orate 
i" 


an ae 


N, mle 
“ aL) We A 
tat Ny 5 A 
MCG aE alt 


K Laie Res fe 


Pe Wag AAG a 


we 
Nun 


we 


sees OG 


14 4 
tl a 
i mt y) 


hae 


Lins 
es 


a My eM 
fea ake hie 


ay 


ad i a 


re 


>» 


rer 
in 


= 


a 


u DMA, Ai 
of Av Me ola ie 
uit Mess Na els iM 
i, Dues sure ‘ 


Ma as 


> net = 


aT te: j 
ah ea 
Ne Ne | 


. sty i a 
tn 
Liat 


th s 
ge oe 
= TK at ie 


acy 


Ce airs tht 
PRR 





~ ae a 





ee i Te 
a F cae a ane eicee ang . 


= - . ; é 
ar. er o ayy 


4 yee : 
“a 2 es 
oe + 
—? -. 
‘ " 

s 

> 

“aos 

ox . 

* t 











a Sat ith 
o ae a Dehua gs wah : P' ~ 
ma 4 oes pee aren = 
- ie Arye pe 
wis at ae 
y Mateos 
ad 2 ey! 
x, ae es 
io a 
ae THE 
ae 
” 


BY 







SOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Pu.D. (Harv.) 


PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN HARVARD Garranarte 


be 06 y oO Brit dpxh mayrds Epyou péyiorov, dddws Te kal véw Kal drag 
<i érwotv; —Priar. Rep, II. 377 a. 


XG Boston, U.S.A. ; 
PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY — 
sf 1896 





CoPpYRIGHT, 1892, 


By JoHN WILLIAMS WHITE. 


Att RiegHts RESERVED. 


131011 


TyrpograPHy By J. 8. Ousnine & Co., Boston, U.8.A. 


PRESSWORK BY GINN & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 








TO 





TOUS aA 
ide, ticoOar & aes Bporav 


TOV viv, 
THIS BOOK 


IS GRATEFULLY DEDICATED. 


™ rs aee > = “ ie: ee ee 
~ eons / Pi a oo 
a a eee eS katet... ce 
rel : aie i rie on A 
od 2 aaa nae 
ures ¢ % A 
oven ret ee lee , 
- pe hea ~e ae 
Sr 
, y jo 
otk sal i “"e 
wi ~ a 
tage ae : 
a § Ke 
Dee, oat 
ee eh ir 
7 + r “ - 








PREFACE. 


Tuer Beginner’s Greek Book which is here submitted to the 
public is complete in itself, and is intended to furnish work 
for the first year’s study. In writing it I have assumed that 
the main object of elementary instruction in Greek is to teach 
the beginner to read; further, that the pupils who use this 
book will be fifteen years of age, on the average, when they 
_ take it in hand, that they will already have studied Latin for 
at least one year, and that they are to be fitted at the end of 
two years to read simple Attic prose at sight. 

This book differs in important particulars, but not essen- 
tially in its plan, from my First Lessons in Greek, first pub- 
lished in 1876. The two books make about equal demands 
upon the pupil during the first six months of his study. The 
increased size of this book is due mainly to the fact that it is 
complete in itself and contains the text of the first eight chap- 
ters of Xenophon’s Anabasis, with summaries of contents and 
notes, arranged as reading lessons. I am well aware that 
there is a demand in some quarters for small introductory 
books in teaching the elements of Greek and Latin. But the 
remarkable favour with which my First Lessons in Greek has 
been received encourages me to think that most teachers agree 
with me in believing that in the study of Greek at least, 
which is so highly inflected, it is well to lay broad and secure 
foundations. 

In order to be able to read even simple Attic prose at sight 
one must know the usual forms of the Greek language, its 

Vv 


vi _ PREFACE. 


ordinary constructions, and its general vocabulary. These — 
three things are absolutely necessary and are of equal impor- ~ 
tance. 

In presenting forms I have employed strictly the deductive 
method, if so large a phrase may be applied to such elemen- 
tary matters. The pupil is given a set of facts, commonly a 
paradigm or the like, with the necessary explanations, and is 
then required to observe the illustration of the general law or 
fact in particular instances of its use. In each of the lessons 
on inflexion a double set of exercises, consisting of Greek sen- 
tences to be translated into English and English sentences to 
be rendered into Greek, follows the facts of Grammar which 
form the subject of the lesson. I have small faith in the 
method which requires a pupil to construct the Greek para- 
digms from bits of text by a process called induction. Such 
a method of acquiring the forms of the language is unneces-~ 
sarily difficult and confusing, and cannot establish its claim to 
afford superior mental training. 

I have aimed to give only the usual forms of the language, 
those that will be of practical service to the pupil when he 
begins to read. The study of grammar should be only the 
means to this end. My aim in general has been to give the 
minimum amount of grammar. When this minimum amount 
has been learnt thoroughly, what else the pupil will need to 
know, as he reads, he will acquire naturally and easily at the 
time when he needs it. During the second year’s study a ~ 
good grammar should be constantly in hand and constantly in 
use. Opinions differ as to what this minimum amount is, It 
is a mistake to reduce it unduly, in the hope of getting on 
rapidly. There is no such thing as learning Greek in six easy 
lessons. Its forms are numerous, apparently complex, and 
hard to acquire; its syntax is highly developed. ‘The first 
year’s study of Greek is the hardest. If it is made too simple 
and easy, we merely defer to an evil day the acquisition of 
knowledge which should be got early, and bring confusion on 





——— ll sila 4 


PREFACE. vii 


our pupils by setting them to read before they are properly 
prepared. | 
The verb is introduced at the first and its forms are devel- 
oped alternately with those of the other parts of speech. 
Fifty-three of the first one hundred lessons are on the verb, 
twenty-nine on the other parts of speech. If this is a proper 


_ division, it is obvious that the heavy task of mastering the 


verb should be undertaken as early as possible. We thus also 
secure variety, and are able to employ from the beginning 
exercises for drill that consist of complete sentences. The 
verb is developed first by moods, later by tense systems, a 
method which has received the hearty approval of teachers. 


. If the development were at first by tense-systems, the sub- 


junctive and optative moods would be introduced at a time 
when it would be impossible adequately to explain their 
uses. But when the beginner first learns the forms of these 
moods, he should have the most important of their uses ex- 
plained to him. If he is taught to translate the subjunctive 
with may and the optative with might, as if they were inde- 
pendent moods, he gets no adequate feeling of their force, 
and his confusion of mind is often permanent. He should 
first be taught the forms and uses of the indicative, the 
mood of predication, in all of its tenses and voices. He can 
then safely undertake the subjunctive and optative, which 
are mainly moods of dependence. The presentation of verbal 
forms a second: time by tense-systems furnishes the needed 
review of a difficult part of speech, with the great advantage 
of the variety secured by a new order of development. In 
general reviews should not be the mere repetition of earlier 
lessons. 

Only vowel verbs and verbs with themes in -8 are introduced 
in the exercises of the first fifty-nine lessons, with the excep- 
tion of three common mute verbs, dyw, éyw, réurw, and some 
forms of «iué; and vowel verbs which contract are not intro- 
duced until the thirty-first lesson. 


"viii PREFACE 


I have not hesitated to analyze the forms of the verb, since 
I believe that this is the quickest and surest way in which to 
learn them. It is a severe strain upon the memory of the eye 
and ear to attempt to retain these numerous forms as separate 
and individual elements. But if the pupil is given a clear 
conception of the significance of theme, tense stem, and per- 
sonal endings, the strain is greatly relieved. He is then able 
to construct his paradigms by the combination of a relatively 
small number of facts, and is not dependent solely on his 
memory in recalling forms, but reclaims them by a logical 
process of form-building. This very process fixes them more 
securely in his mind. I have for the same reasons analyzed 
the forms of nouns of the consonant declension. ‘The recogni- 
tion here of stem and case endings as distinct elements in 
combination makes the acquisition of the forms easy. : 

Since the exercises of the lessons consist of sentences and — 
not of phrases, in developing the forms I have had to deal also 
with laws of construction. Principles of syntax are presented 
inductively as needed. Examples are given and the general 
law is developed from particular instances of its use.’ But 
the subject of syntax is not made prominent in the first one 
hundred lessons. Principles which hold good also in Latin or 
English or in both are taken for granted, being at most referred — 
to in a foot-note. Moreover, single occurrences of constructions 
not in themselves difficult are explained by a mere statement 
of the fact in a foot-note. Difficult constructions have been 
avoided in selecting the sentences for these exercises, and 
with the same object in view the sentences have often been 
simplified. | 

The subject of syntax is formally presented in nineteen les- 
sons at the end of the book, which are arranged alternately 
with lessons for reading. Each of the lessons on syntax con- 
tains three parts: first, a Greek exercise consisting of num- 


1 See §§ 89, 173, 222, 270, 272, etc. 








PREFACE. SOR ISS 


bered sentences which illustrate a given set of principles; 
secondly, statements, in the form of rules, of the laws of con- 
struction thus illustrated, each rule having prefixed to it, with 
comment, the numbers of the sentences which establish it as a 
law; thirdly, an English exercise consisting of sentences to be 
rendered into Greek, in which the pupil will apply construc- 


‘tively the principles just reached by induction. Lessons of 


just this constitution have never before been used, to my 
knowledge, in any elementary Greek book. 

Fourteen of the first one hundred lessons are solely devoted 
to the study of words and to the art of reading. These four- 
teen lessons mark a significant departure from the methods 
of most elementary Greek books, especially in the attention 
here given to the systematic acquisition of a vocabulary. 

The meagreness of the vocabulary of most pupils who enter 
college from the schools is an evil not to be ignored. There is 


no good reason why this evil should exist at all. The vocabu- 


lary of ancient Greek is copious; but one does not need to 
know a multitude of words in order to be able to read with 
facility. ‘The important words to fix in the memory are the 
root or stem words; with these the words that are related to 
them in form and meaning, the two tests by which we estab- 
lish the relationship of words in etymologizing, naturally 
group themselves. The very great majority of Greek words 
are either derivatives or compounds. But the beginner’s ap- 
proach to the use of the group system must be gradual. 

The words used in this book, with a few exceptions, occur in 
Xenophon’s Anabasis, and my aim has been to select for use 
those which occur there the oftenest. In the eleven lessons 
that follow the four introductory lessons one hundred and 
sixty-five words are used. One hundred and thirteen are 
nouns, twenty-six are verbs. These nouns occur in the Anab- 
asis over thirty-five hundred times; on the average each noun 
occurs over thirty times. The verbs occur more than twenty- 
two hundred times; if ciué is thrown out of the count, each of 


; tan PREFACE. 


the other twenty-five verbs occurs in the Anabasis on the 
average some forty times. 

There are forty special vocabularies in this book. Each of 
these contains all of the words in the exercises of the lesson 
of which it is a part that have not occurred in previous 
lessons or do not occur in the lesson itself in the part that 
precedes the exercises. No use of the general vocabulary 
need be made before the fifty-eighth lesson. The words in 
the forty special vocabularies are collected in five lists for 
review. The principle of associating Greek words that are 
related in form and meaning is first applied in the sixteenth 
lesson. It is gradually made more and more prominent in 
the following special vocabularies and lists. No stress is laid 
on the relationship of Greek words to English words in these 
early lessons. It is silently indicated by the use of different 
types. Nothing is said about the connexion of Greek words 
with Latin words until the fifty-seventh lesson. ‘The impor- 
tant thing to do first is to confirm the pupil in the habit of 
tracing the relationship of Greek words among themselves, so 
that when a new word is met his first inquiry will be whether 
it is not related to some other word that has previously 
occurred. | 

Forty groups of words follow the special vocabularies. The 
first of these is a part of the fifty-seventh lesson. Preceding 
this are two lessons on the formation of words. The words in 
each group should first be analyzed, and should then be com- 
mitted to memory. This will now be an interesting, easy, and 
profitable task. 

The number of words used in this book will seem to be 
large, but the principle has been adopted deliberately. On an 
average there are twenty words to the lesson in the forty-four 
lessons covered by the five word-lists. I should not feel justi- 
fied in making the number so great, if I believed that in 
‘acquiring these twenty words the pupil would be obliged to 
fix in his mind twenty distinct and separate signs of ideas, 


PREFACE. Xl 


Even at this early stage of his study dependence can be placed 
on the widely applying principle of relationship to make his 
acquisition of a vocabulary increasingly easier. 

The exercises consist of sentences, either in their original 
form or simplified, that have been taken, with a few exceptions, 
from Xenophon’s Anabasis, chiefly from the first four books. 
Those who have done these exercises will find it an easy task 
to read the Anabasis. But amore important consideration in 
thus basing the exercises on the work of Xenophon is that 
thereby we secure a more consistent vocabulary, uniformity 
of style, a single theme whose story can be told the pupil at 
the begining, and real drill on the forms of the language as 
actually used by a classical writer. Each sentence illustrates 
the principles of the lesson in which it occurs, The exercises 
are copious and are intended to furnish the maximum of prac- 
tice. Each consists of two parts. The second part contains 
English sentences to be rendered into Greek. Such construc- 
tive drill is of great value in the acquisition of a language, 
since it fixes forms, constructions, and words securely in the 
mind. These English sentences are chiefly translations or adap- 
tations from the Anabasis. For the satisfaction of teachers who 
may care to know the original order and choice of words, Greek 
renderings have been published in pamphlet form and may be 
had on application to the publishers. In the prefatory note 
to this pamphlet I have discussed the difficulties which a 
beginner meets in rendering English into Greek, and have 
offered some suggestions which teachers may find to be of 
service. 

Ten passages of continuous narrative are introduced among 
the first one hundred lessons. These give in simplified form 
the story that is told in the first eight chapters of the Anab- 
asis. The story is repeated in its original form in twenty 
reading lessons at the end of the book. 


1 Teachers are referred to the suggestions given on page 302. 


xii PREFACE. 


In teaching beginners, too little attention, in my opinion, is 
given to the art of reading. Left to himself, the beginner 
naturally falls into the pernicious habit, in attempting to trans- 
late the exercises into English, of reconstructing the Greek 
sentence after an English model. He searches first for the 
subject and then for the predicate, and ignoring the Greek 
order makes a Chinese puzzle of a simple matter. I have, 
therefore, early introduced directions for reading.’ These 
should be followed in all the reading that is done. They are 
practically directions for reading at sight; and all reading 
should be at sight in the sense that no help from any foreign 
source should be used until every resource that the reader has 
within himself has been exhausted. The sharpest possible 
distinction should be drawn between reading and translating. 
Translation should be made the final test of the accuracy with 
which the pupil has read, not the means of arriving at the 
thought contained in the sentence. Hach sentence should be 
read aloud in the original. From supposed lack of time we are 
disposed to neglect this training of voice and ear in the class- 
room. But it is an exercise of great importance. To read the 
sentence aloud, with proper expression, is the only natural way 
in which to approach its meaning. This process defines sharply 
the forms of the words, fixes their meanings in the mind, and 
presents the thought as a whole in the natural order of its de- 
velopment. 

I have given the pronunciation of single vowels, consonants, 
and diphthongs, that was used in presenting the Oedipus 
Tyrannus of Sophocles in the original Greek at Harvard Uni- 
versity in 1881. This differs but little from the general usage 
in this country, although it attempts to mark the natural 
quantity of the vowels with more care than is perhaps common. 
In two important particulars it varies from the current practice. 
It abandons the sound of « adopted by the Germans, but which, 


1In Lesson XVII, See also § 148. 


-_- - "> 
ora 


——— eS oo - ——_—_ 


PREFACE. xiii 


with all the vicissitudes through which this combination of — 
vowels has passed, it never had among Greeks, and gives to 
both « and ev the force of a true diphthong. 

Whatever may be said in favour of the current pronuncia- 
tion of Greek on the ground of its simplicity, it cannot be 
urged that it is the ancient Greek pronunciation. Not to men- 
tion other points of difference, we do not and cannot pro- 
nounce any one of the rough mutes nor € or y as did the 
ancient Greeks; we do not attempt to give the pitch indicated 
by the written accents, nor should we succeed if we made the 


attempt. Xenophon would certainly not have been able to 


understand his own Anabasis, if he had heard it read after 
the modern fashion. We might nevertheless believe the cur- 
rent pronunciation to be the best for use, if it were uniform 
and if it were acquired with ease and used with facility, but 
neither supposition is true. The only alternative to the pres- 
ent practice is the modern Greek pronunciation. If scholars 
should agree to adopt this, we should at once have an abso- 
lute standard and a living pronunciation. The precision and 
facility with which educated modern Greeks pronounce their 
ancient language are impressive; no less impressive is the 
quiet scorn with which they listen to a foreigner who attempts 
to read it after the fashion prevailing in northern Europe. 

I have not introduced colloquia into any of the lessons, 
although I am of the opinion that they are a profitable exer- 
cise. They can easily be added by the teacher. Any sentence 
will furnish material for questions and answers, and with 
practice pupils may be taught to manage simple conversation 
without difficulty. Oral practice may be had in other ways, 
and it will furnish excellent training for voice and ear. It 
may be made the means for drill on forms, short Greek and 
English sentences being pronounced by the teacher and ren- 
dered by the pupil into English and Greek. The oral method 
may be used with good results also in training pupils to follow 
the Greek order in reading. The sentence should be pro- 


XIV PREFACE. 


nounced aloud, one word at a time, and the class required to 
show step by step how the thought is evolved. It is good 
practice also to review the exercises of previous lessons orally. 
Variety may be secured by substituting from time to time 
work at the blackboard for oral drill. This use of the black- 
board trains the pupil’s eye, and soon initiates him into the 
mysteries of accentuation. 

The first year’s work is full of difficulties for the beginner. 
His teacher should smooth the way for him and enliven his 
task as much as possible. During the first six months the 
teacher should go over the grammatical parts of each lesson 
with his class before they undertake it and forestall difficul- 
ties. The main object of instruction during this time is to 
teach the pupil to read. But the teacher may do more than 
this without in any way interfering with his main purpose. 
He may give his pupils some knowledge of old Greek civiliza- 
tion. He is dealing with persons whose imaginations are 
lively and whose sympathies are quick. Let him tell them 
each day some interesting fact about the people whose lan- 
guage they are learning. The topic will naturally be sug- 
gested by some part of the lesson, and will relate to the 
manners and customs of the ancient Greeks, to their history, 
to their military system, to their political institutions, to their 
religious life, or to some other of a dozen themes that might 
be named. Young persons are quick to respond to such an 
attempt to lighten and enliven the work of the class-room. 

I am greatly indebted to Mr. Francis K. Ball for assistance 
in collecting materials and in reading the proofs. Mr. Ball’s 
correction of typographical errors has been sharp and accu- 
rate and his criticism of details suggestive and valuable. But 
errors of one sort or another have doubtless escaped both him 
and me, and I shall be obliged to any teacher who will point 
them out. I shall be especially grateful to any teacher who 
after using the book with a class will tell me in what respects 
he finds it not well suited to his needs. 





{ a tee — - rv 





JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE. 


nN 











LESS. SECT. 
et, 

L 5, 6. 
U 7-14. 
I. 15-22. 
IV. 28-40. 
i. -41-03. 
VL 64-56. 
VIL 57-68. 
VII. 69-72. 
IX. 73-78. 
xX. 79-88. 
XI. 89-92. 
XII. 98-99. 
XIII. 100-106. 
XIV. 107-111. 
XV. 112-129. 
XVI. 130-137. 
XVII. 138-143. 
XVIII. 144-150. 
XIX. 151-162. 
XX. 163-168. 
XXL 169-176. 
XXII 177-182. 
XXIII. 183-190. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 
Introductory: The Greek People and Lan- 

BURN er el ae LS boa is Ugaea vad nan abuavederunteanks 1 
The Alphabet. Pronunciation .....................-+-- oR: 
Vowels, Consonants, Diphthongs, Pronuncia- 

yk sie © Ads aS Eo a 4,5 
Breathings, Syllables, Elision......................-....... 5 
NPE TALC CEAULONN 22. 220 so cencecvasseavsssonoconsasunenns my! 
Number, Case, Accent, Declension, Stems, , 

Case-Endings. Feminines of the A-Declen- 

CEU Sou BES Ss at La a ee ee 8,9 
Feminines of the A-Declension in -a or -7........ 10, 11 
Person, Voice, Mood, Tense, Accent, Theme. 

Present Indicative Active ..2...............scs00- 12-14 
Feminines of the A-Declension in -a (short).... 14, 15 
Impertect Indicative Active ..............-.:.sese0. 16, 17 
O-Declension. Gender, Adjectives, Article.... 18, 19 
Neuter Plural Subject. O-Declension .............. 20, 21 
emer Mn LACS PR a ano. oo. 2 occasg can tyetdawatp his 21-23 
Future and First Aorist Indicative, Active.... 23-25 
Masculines of the A-Declension.....................-..- 26-28 
Classification of Consonants. First Perfect 

and Pluperfect Indicative Active. Redu- 

plication. Compound Verbs ....................... 28-31 
Affinity of Words. First Word List. Word- 

Re UME CMI GR he Beet oo oy fees ero. cq kn adic icivie Sdeepecsacage oo 32-34 
The Art of Reading. Directions. Life of 

OVS Utes easel le cea Shak tee! RS Aad, FC . 34-36 
Adjectives of the Vowel-Declension. Direc- 

tions for Translating into Greek .................... 37-40 
Theme, Tense-Suffixes, Tense-Stems, Variable 

Vowel, Personal-Endings. Analysis of Pri- 

mary Tenses of the Indicative Active............ 41-43 
Analysis of the Secondary Tenses of the In- 

PUM OA UR ade oe de vaal eos dadencolwnes 44,45 


Attic Second Declension. Declension of otros 46-48 
Contract Substantives of the Vowel-Declension 49-51 
Present and Imperfect Indicative of eful. En- 

PME NOM RR Al saf0 Bd Songs cptcac cance acanaber 52-54 





XVlll 


LESS. 


XXIV. 


XXV. 


XXVI. 


XXVII. 


XXVIII. 


XXIX. 


XXX. 


XXXI. 


XXXII. 
XXXIII. 


ALY; 
XXXYV. 
XXXVI. 
XXXVII. 
XXXVIII. 
XXXIX. 
XL. 

XLI. 
XLII. 
XLIIlI. 
XLIV. 
XLV. 
XLVI. 

>.@ FLO tB 


XLVIII. 


SECT. 


191-193. 
194, 195. 
196-202. 
208-209. 
210-220. 
221-229, 
230-240. 
241-248, 


249-251. 
252-257. 


258-264. 
265-275. 
276-282. 
2835-285. 
286-294. 
295-306. 
307-309. 
810-312. 
313-315. 
316-820. 
321-329. 
330-334. 
335-337. 
338-344, 


345-3857, 


CONTENTS. 


Contract Adjectives of the Vowel-Declen- 


Second Word List. Life of Cyrus, II. .. 
Middle Voice, Personal-Endings. Pres- 
ent, Imperfect, and Future Indicative 
Mid dle ....025.2.-.nssc.dcnceecet stk 
Aorist, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future 
Perfect Indicative Middle ..................... 
Consonant-Declension. Case-Endings. 
Formation of Cases. Stems in a Labial 
or Palatal Mute. Accent, Gender ...... 
Passive Voice. Indicative Passive .......... 
Lingual Mute Stems of the Consonant- 
Declension. . Gender. .....22:.2 eee 
Contraction of Vowels. Contract Verbs 
in the Indicative ....:..i....2:anne 
Third Word List. Life of Cyrus, III. .... 
Tense-Systems. Principal Parts. Vowel 
Verbs... Deponents_.........2 eee 
Adjectives of the Consonant-Dariaenn 
with: stems iN. <v7='\..1.c5.¢40s50)-sc cee 
Subjunctive Active. Future Indicative 
and Present Subjunctive of eiyl.............. 
Subjunctive Middle and Passive .............. 
Contract Verbs in the Subjunctive .......... 
Liquid Stems of the Consonant-Declen- 


sion, . Gender icscis...2csec.uesc0ke.0 
Optative Active. Present Optative- of 
Cb ci sesssnniensaknntiaeincadunnscdaueadeeie tana 


Optative Middle and Passive.................-..-- 
Contract Verbs in the Optative —.............. 
Fourth Word List. Life of Cyrus, IV... 
Stems in -o- (-eo- and -ac-) of the Con- 
sonant-Declension. Gendev.................. 
Imperative Active. Present Imperative 
OF eb pil aiciceesscedsoscticd Ss :cuatachten eee 
Imperative Middle and Passive ................ 
Contract Verbs in the Imperative ............ 
Adjective Stems in -»- and -ec- of the 
Consonant-Declension 
Infinitive Active, Middle, and Passive. 
Present Infinitive of eijuf and of Con- 
tract Verbs. Present and Imperfect 
Indicative Of Qapil .scisicsss.csssssaseece ee 


PAGE © 


54-56 - 


57, 58 


59-61 
62-64 

65-68 
68-71 
72-74 


75-78 
79-81 


81-84 - 


85-87 
88-91 
92-95 
95-97 
98-101 
101-105 
106-108 
109-111 
111-114 
114-116 
116-119 
119-121 
121-123 


124-127 


127-130 


LI. 
LII. 


LIV. 
: 


LVI. 


LVII. 
LVIII. 


LXII. 
LXIII. 


LXIV. 
LXV. 
LXVI. 
LXVII. 


LXVIII. 
LXIX. 
LXX. 


| LXXI. 


/ 





LXXII. 


LXXIII. 


SECT. 


358-362. 


363-374. 


375-881. 


382-387. 
388-392. 
393-395. 
396-410. 
411-430. 
431-435. 
436-444, 
445-A55. 
456-463. 
464-468. 
469-471. 
472-480. 
481-483. 
484-486. 
487, 488. 
489-495. 
496-499, 
500-509. 
510-518. 
519-525. 
526-533. 


534-538. 


CONTENTS. 


Stems in -- and -v- of the Consonant- 
Pperenmon.  GONUEL ...0. 0. esse sesccsvenss 
Participles Active. 
of efuf and of Contract Verbs in the 
Ok Po eet lk a a SBS OR Eh ei i ae a 
Participles Middle and Passive. Present 
Participles of Contract Verbs in the 
DiPadie ANG LASSIVE:.. 2... 2.0.00. secede 
Adjective Stems in -v- of the Consonant- 
Declension. Irregular Adjectives.......... 
Stems in a Diphthong of the Consonant- 
Declension. Gender 
Fifth Word List. Life of Cyrus, V 
Simple and Compound Words, Primitives 
and Denominatives, Suffixes. Forma- 
tion of Substantives <..............c.cccccccce ccs 
Formation of Adjectives. Denominative 
Verbs. Compound Words: Form and 
Meaning 
DUM VRA Ee ox POUR NTE S06 cake c nck anaceepessceevsccbieed 
Tense-Systems. Verbs of the First class. 
PAV OLLIY OTNIE 2 ce isle testes acudcdeoese cb ids becesdidy 
Comparison of Adjectives. . Inflexion of 
DOLE RT 7 1s 4d) Sa Se ep oR nae oe ea 
Future and First Aorist Systems of Mute 
Verbs. Verbs of the Third Class.......... 


Present Participles 


xix 
PAGE 


131-133 


133-136 


137-140 
140-143 
143-145 
146-148 
149-151 
151-155 
155-157 
158-161 
161-165 


165-168 


Future and First Aorist Systems of Mute — 


Verbs. Mute Verbs of the Fourth 
Irregular Comparison of Adjectives .......... 
Future Systems of Liquid Verbs. Liquid 
and Vowel Verbs of the Fourth Class.... 
First Aorist Systems of Liquid Verbs........ 
Formation and Comparison of Adverbs... 
Review of Groups. Life of Cyrus, VI. .... 
Second Aorist System. Verbs of the 
SLEW COE pene Oe oat i On Sa 
RUE SE ck ee Rg Sd once avin aunsigve epee Su ecb ns 
Wats? OTieCb: SY Stemi ee hove ccteleceessccn sect sctanes 
Personal and Intensive Pronouns .............. 
Second Perfect System ...................0..04. bron 
Reflexive, Reciprocal, and Possessive 
Tk TL EES FMR 9 ae eo 
Perfect Middle System of Vowel Verbs... 


168-170 
171-178 


173-176 
176-178 
178-180 
181, 182 


183-186 
186-189 
190-192 
192-195 
196-198 


198-201 


. 201-2038 


xx 
LESS. 
LXXIV. 
LXXV. 
LXXVI. 
LXXVII. 


LXXVIII. 
LXXIX. 


LXXX. 


LXXXI. 
LXXXII. 
LXXXIiII. 
LXXXIV. 
LXXXV. 
LXXXVI. 


LXXXVII. 
LXXXVIII. 


XCVI. 


XCVII. 


XCVIII. 


XCIX. 
C. 





SECT. 


539-544. 
545, 546. 
547-554. 
555-561. 
562-564. 
565-573. 
574-580. 
581-586. 
587-591. 
592, 593. 
594-602. 


603-608. 
609-612. 


613-615. 
616-622. 
623-629. 
. 630, 631. 
. 632-638. 
639-641. 
642-644. 
645-649. 


650-654. 


655-658. 
659-663. 


664-666. 


667-669. 
670, 671. 


672-677. 
678, 679. 
680, 681. 
682-687. 


688, 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 


Demonstrative Pronouns .............0:....000-. 204-206 - 
Review of Groups. Life of Cyrus, VII. 207-208 ~ 


Perfect Middle System of Mute Verbs.. 209-212 
Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns... 212-214 
Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs 215-217 


Relative: Pronouns: (772 51....c5,.0eeeee 217-220 
First: Passive System = .....-4incct eee 220-2238 
Verbal Adjectives../.3....:.u eee 223-225 
Second Passive System .::..... cae 226-228 


Review of Groups. Life of Cyrus, VIII. 229, 230 
Verbs of the Variable-Vowel or First 


Clas 6.2.22. ex edeecdasdsienedivetes eee 231-234 
Verbs of the Variable-Vowel or First 

Class us.) id... dicgeces onions 234-238 
Verbs of the Strong-Vowel or Second 

Class otc on nil as sca 238-241 
Verbs of the Tau or Third Class............ 241-244 
Verbs of the Iota or Fourth Class.......... 244-248 _ 
Verbs of the Nasal or Fifth Class.......... 248-251 © 
Review of Groups. Life of Cyrus, IX. 252, 253 
Regular Verbs in -MI, rlOnue.....--200.------ 254-257 
Regular Verbs in -MI, dl6wyw.................. 257-259 


Verbs of the Inceptive or Sixth Class .. 259-262 
Regular Verbs in -MI, tornm. Verbs of ° 

the Theme or Seventh Class................ 262-266 
Regular Verbs in -MI, defxviyu and edvp. 

Verbs of the Fifth Class in -vim ........ 266-269 
Verbs of the Mixed or Kighth Class...... 269-272 
Second Perfect System without Tense- 

Surffiw oc5-o.Jeannspnsne cette ecceey: eee 272-274 
Irregular Verbs in -MI, pyul, edul, efus.. 274-276 
Irregular Verbs in -MI, tn, xetuar, Huac 277-278 
Review of Groups. Life of Cyrus, X. 279, 280 
Alphabetical Index of Paradigms of 

WOLDS nooo casccceccedeer veces eeverenceceeeeeean 
Paradigms of the Six Systems of \bw.... 282-285 
Paradigms of the Future and First 


Aorist Systems of Liquid Verbs........ 286 
Paradigms of the Second Aorist and 
Second Perfect Systems .................--. 287 


Paradigms of the Perfect Middle Sys- 
tém 3.050 50 ee 288-290 


COM Bins ee ete ie 


eS 


LESS, 


CXXITI. 
CXXIV. 
CXXV. 


SECT. 


689-692. 


693-696. 


697. 


698-704. 


705. 
706. 
707-711. 


712-721. 


122. 


723-726. 
727. 
728-740. 


741. 


742-750. 
751. 


752-764. 
765. 
766-778. 
779. 
780-782. 


783. 


784-788. 


789. 
790-794. 
795. 
796-799. 


800. 
801-806. 


807. 
808, 809. 
810, 


CONTENTS. 


Paradigms of the Present System of rlOnu, 
Sl5wy, torn, and delxvogue 
Paradigms of the Second Aorist System of 
rlOnut, Stdwut, Cornus, ANA Obw ..........0.-20-0- 
Paradigms of Second Perfect System with- 


Paradigms of ofda, dnul, eiul, elu, init, ketpat, 

and xd@npat.............. <2 7 Nie elastin arte oe 
Suggestions to Teachers.........................-.::c00+- 
Introduction to Reading Lessons.................. 
Anabasis I. i. 1-6, Text and Notes............... 
Introduction to Lessons on Syntax.............. 
Subject and Predicate, Apposition, Adjec- 

tives 
Anabasis I. i. 7-11, Text and Notes............ 
aE TA ge a RR 2 9g Reo 
Anabasis I. ii. 1-6, Text and Notes 
Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative 

Cases 
Anabasis I. ii. 7-12, Text and Notes 
PRI AAO TARVER SO Ge oo. 2 2 os ccaanddevasaoveudancvcethone 
Anabasis I. ii. 18-20, Text and Notes 
DAE RBEMIIEI VSS RAO cae Sy opted oc awedananes ice eon chee 
Anabasis I. ii. 21-27, Text and Notes 
The Dative Case 
Anabasis I. iii. 1-7, Text and Notes............ 
Voices, Tenses, Causal Sentences, Imper- 

ative and Subjunctive in Commands, 

Exhortations, and Prohibitions 
Anabasis I. iii. 8-14, Text and Notes.......... 
Interrogative Subjunctive, Subjunctive and 

Future Indicative with od uy, Verbals, 

Optative in the Expression of a Wish...... 
Anabasis I. iii. 15-21, Text and Notes........ 
Final and Object Clauses.......................----++. 
Anabasis I. iv. 1-6, Text and Notes............ 
Conditional Sentences: Present and Past 

PR CUCUIAT CONCILIONS 2.2 so. .cciecaee--oeeterentee 
Anabasis I. iv. 7-11, Text and Notes.......... 
Conditional Sentences: Present and Past 

General Conditions. Iterative Tenses.... 
Anabasis I. iv. 12-19, Text and Notes.>...... 
Conditional Sentences: Future Conditions 
Anabasis I. v, 1-7, Text and Notes........... — 


wacccens 


Xxi 
PAGE 
292-295 
296, 297 
297 


298-301 
302 
305 
304-306 
507 


308-310 
311-3158 
314-316 


319-322 


339-342 


346-348 
348-351. 


351-353 
354-357 
357-359 
359-362 


368-370 
370-3873 
373-376 
376-379 


Xxil 
LESS. 
CXX Vie 


CXXVII. 


CXXVIII. 


CXXIX. 


CXXX. 


CXXXI. 
CXXXII. 


CXXXTII. 


CXXXIV. 


CXXXV. 


CXXXVI. 
CXXXVII. 
CXXXVIII. 
CXXXIX. 





SECT, 


811-815. 


816. 
817-825. 


826. 
827-833. 
834. 
835-841. 


842. 
843-847. 


848. 


849-854. 
855. 
856-861. 
862, 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 


Relative and Temporal Sentences: 
Conditional Relative. Table of Con- — 
ditional Sentences..................sasensvergeere 379-882 

Anabasis I. y. 8-15, Text and Notes .... 3838-886 

Relative and Temporal Sentences : Rel- : 
ative Clauses of Purpose, Result, or 
Cause, and Temporal Clauses with 
éws, Zore, wéxpt, and mpiv. Consecu- 


tive Clauses With Wore ...........cce0e00---- 386-889 
Anabasis I. y. 14-17 and vi. 1-5, Text 
and Notes <.1..5.4..25 1... ae 889-392 


Indirect Discourse: Simple Sentences 

after 8m. and ws and in Indirect — 

QUIESHIONS oi. cii a oane.cencseud sce eee 892-396 
Anabasis I. vi. 6-11, Text and Notes.... 397-399 
Indirect Discourse : Infinitive and Par- 

ticiple in Indirect Quotations ............ 400-403 
Anabasis I. vii. 1-10, Text and Notes.. 403-407 
Indirect Discourse : Indirect Quotation = 


of Complex sentences ............0:-tcn-ce- 407-410 
Anabasis I. vii. 11-20 and viii. 1-3, 

Text and Notes :.02...0...... eee 411-414 
The Infinitive ® 33.00... cnn 414-417 
Anabasis I. viii. 4-16, Text and Notes.. 417-421 
The Participle™..:..4..0..04).... eee 421-424 


Anabasis I, viii, 17-29, Text and Notes 425-428 


Map of the Route of the Ten Thousand 


Greeks. 
Abbreviations ..2...:,.22..i:....c2eee ee 2 
Greek-English Vocabulary...................... 8-55 
English-Greek Vocabulary ..................... 56-70 
Greek Index %...:.2..14.-15.454.5 ee 71-77 





THE BEGINNER'S GREEK BOOK. 


INTRODUCTORY. 


The Greek People and Language. 


1. The people of ancient Greece called themselves Hellenes. 
We call them Greeks, from the Roman name Graeci. The 
Hellenes, or Greeks, inhabited not only the mainland of ancient 
Greece, but also the islands and coasts of the Mediterranean 
Sea, to which they were dispersed by colonization. 


2. They were divided into Aeolians, Dorians and Ionians. 
The Aeolians inhabited Aeolis,! Boeotia and Thessaly; the 
Dorians, Peloponnesus, northwestern Greece, Crete, some cities 
in Caria, the neighbouring islands, Sicily and southern Italy ; 
the Ionians, Ionia, Attica and most of the Islands in the 
Aegean Sea. 


3. To the Greek language belonged three groups of dialects, 
the Aeolic, the Doric, and the Ionic. 


4. The Attic dialect was the Ionic dialect as spoken in 
Attica, and was the language of Athens during the period of 
her literary eminence, the fifth and fourth centuries before 
Christ. It was the most cultivated form of the language, and 
is therefore made the basis of Greek grammar. 


1 Let the teacher use a wall-map, and point out the situation of the 
places named. 


1 


2 THE ALPHABET. 


LESSON I. 
The Alphabet. 


5. The Greek alphabet has twenty-four letters : — 








Form. NAME, VALUE. GREEK NAME. 
Ao a alpha papa, father? dAda 

B £B beta bed Bra. 
Dey gamma go* yoppo 
Ae sé delta do déATa 
E e¢ epsilon met é widov 
V eas zeta, adze tyra 

H y» eta prey nTa 

® 86 theta thin Ora. 
eet tota pin, pique? iéra 

K kx kappa kill KOT, 
AR eX lambda land Aap Pda 
M p mu men po 
Dy nU now vo 

- ar 2 xi wax : an 

O o omicron obey O pikpov 
TD sr. pt pet me 
BSsp rho run pa 

> tae ae sigma sit olypa 
Titer tau tell Tav 
See upsilon v pidov 
o ¢ phi graphic pi 
Ry chi 5 xt 

v wv pst : hips ame 

Q wow omega tone @ peya 


1; at the end of a word; else- nounced as ng in sing, and is called 


where o. gamma nasal. 
2 The short and long sounds re- 4 Like French w or German i, 
spectively. short or long. 


8 Before x, 7, x, or & vy iS pro- 5 German ch (as in buch). 





THE ALPHABET. 3 


Learn the first three columns in 5.1 Master the forms of each letter 
so as to be able to recognize them at sight. Associate the name of 
each letter closely with its forms. 

Give the name of each letter in the following exercise : — 


An: Rae EXERCISE. 


Kd-pos dé wWi-Ajv €-yov tHv Ke-ha-Anv els THY 
Cyrus unhelmeted with head into 


, f 9 Q \ 9 ne 
pox Ka-Qi-ora-ro. i-dav dé av-Tov a-70 Tov ‘EX- 
battle went seeing him from the Hel- 


: w~ al > aA e 4 - e 
An-vu-Kov Ee-vo-dov °A-On-vat-os v-me-hd-cas os 
lenic-(quarter) Xenophon (the)-Athenian riding-up 80-as 
A ¥ ¥ 4 € > 
TUV-AV-TH-TAL H-pE-TO EL TL TA-pay-yéA-Aot: 6 6 
to-meet- (him) asked whether he-had-any-orders he 
> / = > \ , > ? A 
€-7l-OTH-TaS €El-TEe Kal hé-yew €-Ke-AEV-CE TA-TW 
checking-(his-horse) said and to-say-(it) | bade-(Xenophon) to-all 
9 . AX e X ‘\ \ a’ , , 
O-TL KaL TA L-€-pa Ka-A\aG Kal TA Oda-yi-a Ka-la. 
that both the internal-omens (were)-good and the external-omens (were)-good 
\ / . ¥ \ la , 
Tav-ra d€ ée~ywv Oo-pv-Bov y-Kov-ce Si-d TOV Ta-Ee-wY 
this saying a-murmur he-heard through the ranks 
27 ey , e , ¥ . \ 
t-OV-TOS, KQL 1)-PE-TO TLS O 00-pu-Bos €U-7). O d€ 
passing and asked what the murmur meant 
9s y XN 
Knié-ap-yos ei-rev 0-71 TO ovv-Oyn-pa Ta-pép-yYeE-TaL 
Clearchus replied that the watchword was-passing-along 
, ¥ Sink 3 , Les 2 
dev-Te-pov 7-0. Kat Os €-Oav-pwa-ce Tis Ta-pary-yéd-deu 
for-the-second-time and he wondered who gave-the-order 
, » y ¥ XN , € - 9 = 
KQUL Y-PE-TO O TL El-Y) TO ovv-Oy-pa. O A-TE-K Pl-VA-TO 
and asked what was the watchword he answered 


ZETS SOQ-THP KAI NI-KH. 6 ée Kv-pos a-Kov-aas, 
Zeus Saviour and Victory Cyrus on-hearing- (this) 

"Ad-a Sé-yo-par, €-hy, Kal Tod-To *-oTw. Tad-tTa & 
Well I-accept-it replied and this let-it-be this 
> ‘ > \ e€ la , - > - 

El-7TWVY ELS TYV E-AVU-TOV \W-pav a-77-Nav-ve. 

having-said to his-own place he-rode-away 


1The proper pronwenciation of literated English name precisely 
the name of each letter must be like the Greek name. The name 
given to the pupil by his teacher. is then the key to the sound of the 
It is best to pronounce the trans- letter. 


4 VOWELS, CONSONANTS, DIPHTHONGS. 


LESSON II. 
Vowels, Consonants, Diphthongs. 


7. Vowels and Consonants. — Of the letters of the alphabet 
a, €n, t, ow, v are vowels. The remaining letters are consonants. 


8. As in Latin, vowels may be short or long. 


9. In case of the e and o sounds there are separate charac- 
ters for the short and long vowels, « and o for the short sounds, 
7 and w for the long sounds. In case of the a, 7 and w sounds 
there is in each instance a single character, a, t, v, for both 
sounds. But in this book, a, t, v, when long, are marked a, ij, v, 
except when they have the circumflex accent (23), which can 
stand only on long syllables. 


10. There are then the short vowels a, ¢, 4, 0, v, and the long 
vowels a, 7, t, w, U. 

Learn the phonetic value of each letter in the alphabet as shown in 
the fourth column in 5.1 


11. aa, € 7, ow, from their pronunciation are called open vowels; 
Lt, vv, close vowels. 


12. Diphthongs. —The diphthongs are a, «, o15 a, y, ©} ar, 
Ev, OV; nv, ve a, y, » are Called improper diphthongs. Their 
second vowel is called tota subscript. Their first vowel is long. 


13. The diphthongs are double sownds, formed by uniting 
an open and a close vowel, except in w, where both vowels are 
close. Both vowels were originally heard, but closely united. 
The sound of ov, however, early became a simple one, and in 
a, y, » the « ceased to be pronounced. v, where it occurs in 


diphthongs, has its earlier short sound, as in ‘put,’ equivalent 
to the sound of w short in Latin. 








1 The values here given are in tively more exactly represented in 
some cases only approximate, as, ‘desperate’ and the French word 
for example, « and » are respec- ‘féte,’. (short) in ‘report.’ 





BREATHINGS, SYLLABLES, ELISION. 5 


14. Pronounce at, et, ot as in aisle, eight, oil; g, n, w as a, 7, 0; 
av as ou in our; ev, nv (for which there are no exact equivalents in 
English) as ¢h-oo, éh-oo rapidly pronounced ; ov as in group; vt as we. 

Give the phonetic value of each single vowel, consonant and diph- 
thong in the exercise in 6. 


LESSON III. 
Breathings, Syllables, Elision. 


15. Breathings. — A vowel or diphthong at the beginning 
of a word has either the rough breathing () or the smooth 
breathing (’). 


16. The rough breathing shows that the sound of h precedes 
that of the vowel or diphthong; the smooth breathing simply 
shows that the sound of h is lacking. 


17. The breathing stands over the simple vowel when a small 
letter, but before it when a capital. Diphthongs, except a, y, , take 
the breathing over the second vowel. 


18. Syllables. — Every Greek word has as many syllables as 
it has single vowels or diphthongs. 


19. The last syllable is called the ultima; the one before 
it, the penult; the one before the penult, the antepenult. 


20. In dividing a word into syllables in pronouncing it, single 
consonants in the middle of the word and such combinations of conso- 
nants as can begin a word (to be learnt from the lexicon) are con- 
nected with the following vowel or diphthong, except that compounds 
formed without elision are treated as if their elements were separate 
words. Other combinations of consonants are divided. 


21. Elision.— Elision is the cutting off of a short final vowel 
when the next word begins with a vowel. An apostrophe (’) 
marks the elision. Thus 6’ for de. 

22. The elided word is pronounced as if a part of the following 
word. Elision is often neglected in the written Greek. 

Pronounce each syllable in the exercise in 6. 


er a 


6 ACCENT, PUNCTUATION. 


LESSON IV. 
Accent, Punctuation. 


23. Accent. — There are three kinds of accent, the acute (’), 
the circumflex (“), and the grave (°). 


24. The accent, like the breathing (17), siands over the vowel of 
the accented syllable when a small letter, but before it when an initial 
capital. In case of a diphthong, except a, y, @, the accent stands 
over the second vowel. 


25. The acute and grave accents follow the breathing when both 
belong to the same vowel, but the circumflex accent is placed over the 
breathing. 


26. The accent can stand only on one of the last three 
syllables of a word. 


27. The antepenult cannot be accented if the ultima is 
long,? or ends in -é or -y. If accented, it takes the acute. 


28. Syllables containing a long vowel or diphthong are long. But 
final -a1 and -o. are considered short in determining the place of the 
accent, except in the optative mood and in the adverb otxou, at home. 


29. If the ultima is short, a long penult, if accented, takes 
the circumflex; a short penult, the acute. 


30. If the ultima is long, the penult, if accented, takes the 
acute. 


31. A short ultima, if accented, takes the acute; a long 
ultima, the acute or circumflex. 


1 Greek accent consisted in a 2The terms long and short are 
change of pitch, and so it had three here used to denote the natural 
written forms. But to us, in pro- quantity of vowel sounds, without 
nouncing Greek, accent amounts regard to position. © 
simply to stress. 








ACCENT, PUNCTUATION. (i 


32. The place of the accent on words must be learnt in 
part by observation. But in most words it recedes as far as 
possible from the end (26, 27). This is, therefore, called reces- 


sive accent. 


33. A word which has the acute on the ultima is called 
oxytone; on the penult, paroxytone; on the antepenult, pro- 
paroxytone. 

34. An oxytone changes its acute accent to the grave accent when 
followed by another word without intervening mark of punctuation. 
Except the oxytone forms of the interrogative ris, ri, who, what? 

35. A word which has the circumflex on the ultima is called 
perispomenon; on the penult, properispomenon. 


36. A word which has no accent on the ultima is called 


— barytone. 


37. Proclitics are monosyllables which attach themselves so 
closely to the ‘following word as not to have a separate accent. 


38. Enclitics are words which attach themselves so closely 


to the preceding word as to lose their own accent. 


39. In elision oxytone words generally lose their accent. 


40. Punctuation.— The comma (,) and the period (.) are 
the same in Greek as in English. The colon, a point above 
the line (-), is equivalent to the English colon and semi- 
colon. The mark of interrogation (;) is the same as the Eng- 
lish semicolon. 


Observe in order the application of the principles stated in 26-31 


_ and 34 to the accented words in the exercise in 6.1 


Pronounce each word in this exercise and name each accented word 
according to 33 and 35.? 
Pronounce the exercise entire. 





1 rdtewv is an exception to 27. ceives an accent from the following 
2 The proclitics in this exercise enclitic’r:. In such cases the prin- 
are eis, as, <i, 6. The proclitic ei re- ciple in 34 does not apply. 


8 NUMBER, CASE, ACCENT, DECLENSION. 


LESSON V. 
First or A-Declension, 


41. Number. — Greek distinguishes three nwmbers: the sin: 
gular, which denotes one object, the dual, which denotes two 
objects only, the plural, which denotes two or more. 


42. Case.— Greek distinguishes five cases: nominative, geni- 
tive, dative, accusative, and vocative. These have in general the 
same meaning as the corresponding cases in Latin; as nom. 
a man (as subject), gen. of a man, dat. to or for a man, ace. a 
man (as object), voc. O man. The chief functions of the Latin 
ablative are divided between the Greek genitive and dative. 


43. In form (a) the nominative and vocative singular are 
often alike; in the plural they are always alike. (b) In the 
dual, the nominative, accusative, and vocative are always alike, 
and the genitive and dative are always alike. (c) The nomi- 
native, accusative, and vocative of neuter words are always 
alike in all numbers, and in the plural always end in -a. 

44, Accent.— The accent of a noun remains in all the 
forms on the same syllable as in the nominative singular, or 
as near that syllable as the general laws of accent permit. 

a. The word noun according to ancient usage includes both sub- 
stantives and adjectives, and is so used in this book. 

45, The ultima, if accented, generally takes the acute (see 
31). But in the genitive and dative of all numbers a long 
ultima, if accented, takes the circumflex. 

46. Declension. —'There are three declensions of nouns in 
Greek, corresponding in general to the first three declensions 
in Latin, and called First, Second, and Third. 

47. Stems and Case-Endings.— The stem of a noun is the 
eommon base to which in most of the forms certain endings, 
called case-endings, are added to form the different cases. 


. : — == 





.9 


48. The stem of nouns in the First Declension ends in -a-. 
This declension is, therefore, sometimes called the A-Declension. 


49. In feminines which keep the vowel of the stem long, 
a is retained if ¢, . or p precedes; otherwise it is changed to y 
in the singular. 


50. The nominative singular of these ends in -a or -y.! 
51. PARADIGMS. 


xépa, land | orparid, army | xépn, village | tiwh, honour 
(stem xwpa-) |(stem orparia-)| (stem xwud-) | (stem Tipa-) » 


re | ern |e | | 


Sing. N. V. XOpa oTpATLa Kaun Tip 
Gen. Xpas oTPATLas Kops TINS 
Dat. X#pq oTPATLG Koy Tiny 
Acc. — Xopav oTparidy Kop Tipyy 

Dual N.A.V.| yxopa oTpaTid Kop Tip, 
G&D. Xopary oTpatiaty KOPOLY Tipaty 

Plur. N. V. XGpar orpatial KOpaL Tipal 
Gen. Xopav oTPATLOV KOPOV TILOV 
Dat. X@pats oTpatiats Kop.cLs Tipats 
Acc. X#pas oTparids Kops Tipas 


52. Special Rule of Accent.— The genitive plural of sub- 
stantives of the A-Declension is always perispomenon (see 44). 
Observe in the paradigms the cases that are alike (48). 
Observe in the paradigms the application of the laws of accent in 
28, 29, 30, 44, 45, 52. 
53. Definite Article. —The Greek has the definite article 
the. The forms in the feminine are: Sing. Nom. 7, Gen. rijs, 
Dat. 77, Ace. ryv; Plur. Nom. ai, Gen. rév, Dat. rats, Acc. ras. 
a. The forms 4, ai, are proclitic (37). The vocative is wanting. 





1 Tn the First and Second Declen- syllables into their two parts is not 
sions the final letter of the stem and here made, because difficult and be- 
the case-endings closely unite, giv- cause not practically necessary. But 
ing in each instance a single syl- the change in form of the final syl- 
lable. The division of these final lables should be carefully noted. 


/ 


10. 





LESSON VI. 


Feminines of the A-Declension. 


54. VOCABULARY. 


SUBSTANTIVES. 
ayopa, market-place. 
mpepa, day. 

Ovpa, door. 
Kpyvy, spring. 
paxn, batile. 
olkla, house. 
oKyvy, tent. 
odevdovn, sling. 


PREPOSITION. 
éy,! with dat., in. 


ADJECTIVES.? 
Kaky, bad. 
Kady, beautiful. 
pakpa, long. 
ptxpa, little, small. 
oPepa, terrible, formidable, 


VERBS. 
wv, (he, she, it) was. 
yoav, (they) were. 
éxeu, (he, she, it) has. 
€xovor, (they) have. 


55. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. ofkla pixpa.® 
4, 9° pwixpa oixia. 

paxpas. T. Huépav paxpav. 
Kanals KOMALs. 


2. oixiar pixpal. 8. oiklé pixpa. 
D. TOV piKpOV oiKLOv. 


6. aépas 
8. iuépas papas. 9. Tais 


10. cxnvaiv xaraiv. 


II. 1. 1% hoBepa orpatia. 2. 4 hoBepa payn.* 3. oxnvijs 


Karjs. 4. oikiav Kadnjv. 
KaKav spevdovav. 


9. 1) ayopa Kany Hv 


d. THS Kans yopas. 
T. Tas pixpas ayopas. 
10. yer oxnvny Karjv.® 


6. Tar 
8. oxnva Kana. 


Decline together: ofkéa pixpd, dyopa Kady, 9 poBepa paxn, } KaKi) 


oKnvy: 


1 A proclitic (37). 

* The masculine and neuter of 
adjectives will be taken up in con- 
nexion with substantives of the 
Second Declension. 

3 Observe that the adjective (as 
in Latin) and the article take the 
case and number of the substantive 
which they modify. 

4 Observe that the substantive 


may end in -» in the sing., while the 


adjective ends in -a@ (50), and con- 
versely. : 

5 Observe that (as in Latin and 
English) the subject of a finite verb 
is in the nominative case, and that 
the verb agrees with it in number. 

6 Observe that (as in Latin) the 
direct object of a transitive verb is 
in the accusative case. 


\ | 


; - 3 ‘ 


FEMININES OF THE A-DECLENSION. 11 


\ 


56. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. % ofkia pixpa jv. 2. ai pixpad oixiat Karal joav. 
3. Kaxn hv ) odevddvyn. 4. eyovot oxnvas Karas. 5. ai 
THs oTpaTias oxnval Kadai joav. 6. ai oixiar Ovpas Exovar. 
1. pixpal Roar ai Tov oixidv Ovpar. 8. ev TH Yopa Kphvar 
Kadai joav. 9. ) otpatia év Tipy jv. 10. év tals Karas 
KOpats ai Kpivat kaxal jHoav. 11. év TH pixpa ayopa oiKia 
Kary Hv. 12. év tais oxnvais ai odevdovar ths otpatias — 
joav. 18. 1) otpatia ogevddvas éyer év Tals oxnvais. 14. év 
TT] Xopa oxnval joav Kal (and) oixiar. 15. 1 oiKia pixpa 
qv Kal} oKNV) Kakn. 

Rem. An adjective, qualifying a substantive, is either attributive 
or predicate. An attributive adjective is directly joined with the sub- 
- stantive without the intervention of a verb; a predicate adjective is 
connected with the substantive by the copula or an equivalent verb. 

As to the order of words, observe in the exercises above (1) that 
an attributive adjective regularly follows its substantive when this is 
without the article; (2) that, when the substantive has the article, the 
attributive adjective comes between the article and the substantive, 
but that the predicate adjective never has this position; (3) that the 
attributive genitive (a genitive fulfilling the purpose of an attributive 
adjective), qualifying a substantive, may or may not stand between 
the article and the substantive. 


II. 1. The house was long. 2. The days were long. 
3. (He)' has a beautiful house. 4. (They) have small slings. 
5. The tents of the army were small. 6. The battle was ter- 
rible. 7. (There)? was a small spring in the village. 8. Armies 
were in honour. 9. The land was bad. 10. The springs were 
bad in the land. 11. (He) has a sling inthe tent. 12. (There) 
was a small tent in the market-place. 13. (They) have tents 
and (xa/) houses. i4. The tents were small and the houses 
(were)*® bad. 15. (There) were houses and tents in the market- 
place.* 


1 Omit. Of. 66, 1.4. 2 Omit. C756, 1.8 * Of, 56,1.15. 4 Of. 56,1. 14. 





12 PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 


LESSON VII. 
Present Indicative Active. 


57. Person. — Greek distinguishes three persons: the frst 
the second, and the third. 


68. Voice. — The Greek verb has three voices: the active, 
the middle, and the passive. 


. 
| 59. Mood. — Hach voice has six moods: indicative, subjunc- 
tive, optative, imperative, infinitive, and participle. 
60. Tense.— The indicative mood has seven tenses: present, 
imperfect, future, aorist, perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect. 
61. The present, future, perfect, and future perfect indica- 
tive, which denote present or future time, are called primary 
tenses; the imperfect, aorist, and pluperfect indicative, which 
denote past time, are called secondary tenses. 


62. Accent. — Verbs have recessive accent (32). 


63. Verb-Theme.— The theme of a verb is its fundamental 
part, corresponding to the stem in nouns (47). The theme of 
Aiw, loose, is Av- OF Av-.2 


. 64. The Present Indicative represents an action as going on at 
| the time of speaking or writing; as Avw, [ loose, or Tam loosing. 


65. PARADIGM. 
| SINGULAR. DUAL. -PLURAL. 
. eee eee 
Pres, | 1 | Aww, ZT loose Avowev, we loose 
Ind. | 2 | Awets, you loose Averov, you (two) loose were, you loose 
Act. | 3 | Awe, he looses Averov, they (two) loose  dAwover, they loose 


1 The consideration of tense- sons are reached, for the teacher 
rat stems and personal-endings is de- simply to call the pupil’s attention 


ferred to Lessons XIX. and XX. carefully to the change of form in: 
It will be sufficient, until these Les- the syllables added to the theme. 





Rear: 2 Ss) 
ie» ie 
\ 4 2 


PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 13 


a. The first person dual has no form distinct from that of the first 
person plural. 


66. VOCABULARY. 
VERBS. SUBSTANTIVES. 
dye, lead, bring,.carry. dpetr, goodness, courage. 
~ Wpot{w, collect. tovn, girdle. | 
dptrate, seize, capture, pn Gea, goddess. 
éxo, have. oyxn, spear. 
Bavpdte, admire, wonder at. TvAn, gate. 
Que, sacrifice. oToAy, robe. 
Avw, loose, destroy. pvdaky, guard, garrison. 
ADJECTIVES. é&,! prep. with gen., out of, from. 
“EAAnvecr, Greek. Y 
Ilepouxy, Persian. OV, OVK, OVX,” adv., not. 
67. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. dXweTe. 2. Oiopev. 3. Eyouev. 4. ayovot. 5. dOpoi- 
Gerov. 6. Overs. T. apmafer. 8. Oavyater. 9. dwverop. 
10. dyo.. 11. -aOpoifer. 12. dpwafere. 18. Oavpdters. 
14. éyere. 15. rvopwev. 16. Oavpdtere. IT. ri‘er. 


II. 1. You (sing.) collect. 2. He looses. 3. I sacrifice. 
4. They seize. 5. He has. 6. They admire. 7. You (plur.) 
sacrifice. 8. We collect. 9. They loose. 10. You (plur.) 
lead. 11. We capture. 12. You (dual) have. 13. We lead. 


68. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. dOpolfopev otpatiiv. 2. ob Oavpdlers tiv yopar ; 

3. Adyynv Eyer. 4. Ader THY Covnv. 5. ev TH Kaun Ovoper. 

; 6. éyete Adyyas paxpas. T. dyw otpatiav poBepav. 8. Tas 
Kaas oxnvas rAvovet. 9. apmrdles THY ohevdorvnv. 10. 7H 

Gea Over. 11. riv dpetnv Tis “ENAnuixijs pudaxhs Oavpd- 


_1 é before vowels, é« before con- ov before a consonant, ov« be- 
sonants.. The word is proclitic (37). a the smooth breathing, oy be- 
The following od is also proclitic. fore the rough breathing. 





‘ee a? a 


14 FEMININES OF THE A-DECLENSION. 
Gere. 12. ek TaV KopoV dyes THY oTpaTLav. 18. ai Kopat 
mUNas ovK éyoval. 14. tHv Hlepovxny otorHnv dio. 


Rem. Ina simple sentence, the normal order in Greek is subject,. 
verb, object ; but exceptions occur constantly. 


IJ. 1. He sacrifices in the market-place. 2. We admire 
the Persian spears. 3. You have a beautiful girdle. 4. He 
captures the Persian robes. 5. They sacrifice to the goddess in | 
the small village. 6. He collects a Greek guard. 7. We do 
not seize the girdles and robes. 8. He destroys the houses in 
the village. 9. Does he not admire the courage of the army ? 


LESSON VIII. 


Feminine Substantives of the A-Declension in -a (short), 


69. Some feminines of the A-declension shorten a of the 
stem to a in the nominative, accusative, and vocative singu- 
lar. See 49. | 


70. PARADIGMS. 


meipa, experience| yépipa, bridge | déta, reputation| @ddatTa, sea 


| (treupa- ) (yepupa-) (S0éa-) (@arAarTa-) 
Sing. N. V. meipa ye pupa Sofa Odharra 
Gen. aeipas yehupas Sons Oaddrrns 
Dat. tre(pa. yehupa Soe Gadrarry 
Acc. meipav ye dipav Sofav OaAarrav 
Dual N. A. V. qmetpa yepupa Sofa Oadarra 
G. D are (pay yepupay Sofa Oadarray 
PlurN. V. Teipar yepupar Sofat OoAarrat 
Gen. ArELpwV yehipav Sofav Sararrav 
Dat. me(pais yepipats Sofas Badrarrats 
Acc. aelpas yebupas Sofas | Bararras 


a. These nouns have a in the genitive and dative singular, if ¢, 4, 
or p precedes; otherwise, 7. 
Review the rules for accent in 27-80 and 52. 








> = 


FEMININES OF THE A-DECLENSION. 15 


71. VOCABULARY. 
SUBSTANTIVES. ADJECTIVES. 
Gykipa, anchor. ayaby, good, brave. 
GAnPea, truth, sincerity. tepa, sacred. 
Gpata, wagon. orevy, narrow. 
Bactrea, queen. Xarern, hard, dangerous, severe. 
evvoia, good-will, fidelity. 
paxoa.pa, knife, sabre. eis, prep. with acc., into, to. 
Moica, Muse. ém(, prep.: with gen., on, upon; 
Tpatreta, table. with dat., on, by, at; with acc., 


upon, to, against. 


72. : EXERCISES. 


I. 1. eis tHv ayopay dyovor tas audéas. 2. emi thy 
yépUpav ovK ayet THY Baca 3. THY THs Bacireias 
ehiPerax Gavpatoper. 4. ért tH yedipa duhanqy EVEL. 
5. THY lepav yopav apmagess éx Oaratrns eis Oadarrav. 
6. tn Bacidela otpatiav Edaqvuciy aOpoifer. T. metpav 
O2¢é i” a? Baciheva, THS EvvOias THS Ed Aquuets gs eaqies 
8. 7) Oddatta otevn Hv Kal yarerrn. Y. ayKipds Kal Tpa- 
mébas emi Tov auaktov dyete. 10. ai Modoa Beal Karat 
kai ayabai joav. 11. dudkas ayabas éyouev Kai payaipas. 
12. » Bacinreva éyer oixids éri tH OaratTy. 18. Kpyvn lepa 
hv emt tH Oardrryn. 14: Scfav dyabhy eye. 15. él thy 
Odratrav ovK ayo Thy duraKny Ths Bacirelas. 


Il. 1. We destroy the bridge. 2. There was a bridge by . 
the sacred spring. 3. I sacrifice to the Muses. 4. I have’ 
experience of the queen’s good-will. 5. They do not capture 
the Persian wagons. 6. He does not lead the garrison from 
the villages to the sea. 7. The bridges were long and narrow. 
8. He is bringing the robes and girdles on the queen’s wagon. 





1 Proclitic. 3 The interjection 46 (O) is usu- 
2 The conjunction 5¢, but, and. ally prefixed to the voc., but some- 
See 21, 22. d¢is postpositive, i.e. it times it is lacking (as is a 
is always put after one or more the case in English). 
words of the sentence. 


I oo 


t 





16 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 


LESSON IX. 
Imperfect Indicative Active. 


73. The Imperfect Indicative represents an action as going 
on in past time, as éAvov, I was loosing or I loosed. 


74. PARADIGM.1 
SINGULAR. DUAL. | PLURAL. 
Imperfect 1 édvov é\vopev 
Indicative 2 eXvES éXverov éXvere 
Active 3 eAve eXveTHY éXtov 


75. Augment.— The secondary tenses (61) prefix in the 
indicative an augment (increase) to the theme of the verb as 
the sign of past time. 


76. The augment has two forms: syllabic, in case of verbs 
beginning with a consonant, when e is prefixed; temporal, in 
ease of verbs beginning with a vowel, when, if the vowel is 


‘short, it is changed to the corresponding long vowel (but a- 


becomes y-), if it is long, it remains unchanged (but a- be- 
comes 7-). Diphthongs lengthen their jist vowel. 


Augment and conjugate in the imperfect indicative active the — 
verbs given in 66.2 See 62, and review 26-28 and 30. | 
Review the meanings of all the words given in the paradigms and 
vocabularies in Lessons V.-VIII. ; 


77. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. d&jdov. 2 Fyov. 8. npmaverov. 4. Ayes. 5. eOad- 
pate. 6. eOvete. T. nOporlérnv. 8. eOavpaterov. 9. nOpoi- 


1 See p. 121. take the syllabic augment. This is 
2The imperfect of %yw is eiyov, here contracted with e into «-, as 
an exception to the general rule. elyoy for e-exov. 
A few verbs beginning with a vowel 





IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 17 


Cowev. 10. eZyov. 11. elyere. 12. Ove. 18. ervérnv. 
14. Hpmalov. 15. édjdere. 


II. 1. He collected. 2. I captured. 3. They sacrificed. 


4, They led. 5. We admired. 6. You (sing.) loosed. 7. You 


(dual) had. 8. You (plur.) collected. 9. They (dual) seized. 


10. You (plur.) led. 11. You (sing.) sacrificed. 12. I ad- 


mired. 13. You (dual) loosed. 14. We had. 15. We de- 
stroyed. 


78. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. duakds ev rH ayopa ceive. 2. Apmakes rHv Ilep- 


\ / 3 a + US A, > 9 \ / 
olKny Kounv. 98. ek THs oiKias ovK rye THY durAaKHD. 


\ na a » \ b 4G ca: / 
4, thv Tis otpatias aperiy eOavpdfouev. 5. TH Bacirela 


oTpatiay pixpavy HOpate. 6. Adyydas, & Bacidea, Kab pa- 


xaipas éml THs audEns Hyov. T. odK eavpalov THY cToAnV 
Tis Bacrrelas. 8. dudraxiv hoBepav Fyov eis THY ayopav. 
9. 1) oixid Oipas Karas ceive. 10. rye tiv pudrakhy els THY 
Kony. 11. ov« Opoiferov otpariay él (against) thy 
Bacirevav. 12. edves tHhv Cavnv tis Baoireias. 18. ert 
TV OdratTav Hyov tiv “EXXAnuKkny duracyny. 14. reipav 
elyete THs TOV Movodv evvoias; 15. 4 Bacireva orora; 
Ilepotxas eiye cal Sovas “EAXnuiKas ev TH oxnvyn. 16. ocx 
HpTaCopev Tas pikpas KomAs. . 

II. 1. You had beautiful robes. 2. The queen collected a 
small army. 3. Did he not admire the good queen’s garrison ? 


4. They sacrificed to the good goddess. 5. You led the army 


from the houses to the sea. 6. They captured the Persian 
wagons. 7. I destroyed the houses in the queen’s villages. 
8. He did not capture the tents of the garrison. 9. They 
wondered at the good-will of the Muses. 10. We plundered 
the wagons and tents in the queen’s country. 11. They did 
not lead the army from the Persian village. 12 We were not 
leading the queen’s army to the sea. | 





i 
3 


-~ —-. 


LP ALLEL — LL ALLE A LLL LLL LLL TIO AO 





ED i PIE Tm et oe ay 


18 


Review 43-46. 


79. 


ee EE | ES | EE | | ES | Sl ‘ 


Dual N. A. V. 


GSD, 


ero: V5 


G. 
Dp, 
A. 


80. The stem of nouns (47) in the second declension ends 
This declension is, therefore, sometimes called the O- 
Declension. 


in -O-. 


81. The first and second declensions together constitute the 
Vowel-Declension, so named because all stems in the first and 


O-—DECLENSION. 


LESSON X. 


Second or O-Declension. 





PARADIGMS. 

N vijoos 6 &vOpwros 
island man 
(yn¢0-) (av@pwrro-) 
vyoos avOpwtros 
vijoou avOpurou 
vyo@ dvOputre 
vyoov dvOpwtrov 
vroe avOpwrre 
view avOpdire 
vrjoouv av@potrow 
vyoou dvOpwrrot 
Vir ev avOpurrev 
vrjcous dvOpcrrots 
vyjcrous avOputous 


second declensions end in a vowel (-a- or -o-). 


82. The nominative singular in the O-declension ends in -os 


(masculine, rarely feminine) or -ov (neuter).? 


83. Gender. — Greek distinguishes three genders: the mas- 


culine, the feminine, and the neuter. 


1 The gender of a substantive is 
often indicated by prefixing or an- 
nexing the corresponding form of 


the article, 6 when masculine, 4 
when feminine, 7é when neuter. 
2 See p. 91. 








O—DECLENSION. 19 


84. The gender of substantives in Greek is sometimes 
determined by the natural gender of the object, as in English. 
Thus, words which designate males are generally masculine; 
those which designate females are generally feminine. 


85. But in Greek many names of things are not, as in 
English, neuter, but masculine or feminine. The same general 
rules hold as in Latin. Names of rivers, winds, and months 
are masculine; names of countries, towns, islands, and trees, 
and of most abstract qualities are feminine. 


86. The gender of substantives must often be learnt by 
observation. It may frequently be known from the form of 
the word. 


87. Adjectives. —The masculine and neuter of adjectives 
of the Vowel-Declension (81) follow the O-declension, the 
feminine usually follows the A-declension. The nominative 
singular, therefore, ends in -os, -» or -a, -ov (Latin -us, -a, -wm), 
aS Kadds, KaAy, Kado ; piKpds, WiKpa, pLKpov. 

Form the nominative singular and plural, masculine, feminine, and 
neuter, of the adjectives given in Lessons VI.-VIII. 


88. Definite Article. — The full declension of the definite 
article is as follows : — 


M F. Nz. et 2 EN Me 
6 yf tto/DNAJStrds HO oO | PN 
TOU THS TOU G. D.| toty rotv tot G 
D.| tots tats tots 
A. 


a. The forms 6, 7, ol, ai are proclitics (37). The vocative is lacking. 

Decline together: 6 Kadds Adyos, 6 pixpds dvOpwros, 4 pwaKpa vaoos, 
4 orev) 500s, TO KaKdv O@pov. — 

b. Observe that adjectives agree with their substantives in gender, 
as well as in case and number (p. 10%). The adjective, therefore, 
may be of the A-declension while the substantive is of the O-declen- 
sion, as in the third and fourth examples above. 





20 O-DECLENSION. 


LESSON XI. | | 
Neuter Plural Subject. — 0-Declension (continued), 


; 89. Examine the following: — 


ovK HV Acta, there WERE no boats. 
Ta dpa Kara nv, the gifts WERE beautiful. 


Observe that, although the subject is in the plural, the verb is in 
the singular (cf. p. 105). Hence: 


90. Rule of Syntax.— A neuter plural subject regularly has 
its verb in the singular. 


91. VOCABULARY. 
i SUBSTANTIVES. TOTAMOS, 6, 7VEr. 
- dyyedos, o,! messenger. otros, 6, corn, food. 
Bacol\erov, palace.? oTpaTnyos, o, general. 
eds, 6, 4,° god. TUppAaXos, 6, aly. 
Onplov, wild beast. xoplov, place, spot. 
tmtos, 6, 4, horse, mare. 
Kipos, 6, Cyrus. ADJECTIVES. 
olvos, 6, wine. SuaBaros, -7, -ov,* passable. 
otrAov, implement, plur. arms. épupvos, -1], -ov, fortified. 
medlov, plain. lox ipos, -d, -ov, strong. ia 
arXotov, boat. perros, -1, -ov, full. ~ 
TOAELOS, 6, WAP. havepos, -d, -dv, manifest, visible. | 
92. EXERCISES. | 


I. 1. orev S Hv 4 080s. 2. od Oavydfers, ® Kipe, ra | 
SHpa; 38. TO ywplov oixias ov« eiye. 4. eis rediov HOporte i 
\ 5) Y 5 fh ) Nao. a ’ ¢ 
Tovs avOp@rrous. +d. hv Bacireva épupva év TO Tedio. 6. ai 


1 See p. 181, “either masc. or fem. are said to be 
2Commonly used in the plur. of the common gender. 
Compare Latin aedés. * That is, diaBards, diaBarh, dia- 


8 Substantives which may be Bard», 








PREPOSITIONS. 21 


vhoot peotal joav otrov! Kal oivov. T. év iaxydpois ywplous 


+ > ey ¢ \ > , \ i e 
Tov atTov eiyov. 8. 0 oTpaTnyos év ToAgu@ KaKos Hv. 9. O 
moTapmos oun mv dSiaBatos maAotos. 10. évravda (there) 
Kip? Bacireva fv. 11. drra Sé, & Kipe, ovx éyopmer. 


38 


12. davepol joav xai® imroe cai avOpwro. 18. ctupayos 


Hoav ot Geol Tois ayabois ayyédous. 14. tovs Kipov doyous 


eOavpatov ot dvOpwro. 10. év To Tedio Hv Onpia. 


II. 1. The generals had horses.* 2. Did they not admire 
the generals’ arms? 3. You were sacrificing to the gods. 
4. The place was narrow. 5. The queen had brave allies. 
6. He led the horse into the river. 7. Cyrus was a brave 
general. 8. The place was full of wine. 9. The horses car- 
ried both*® the generals and the arms. 10. The villages were 
full of men and horses. 


LESSON XII. 
Prepositions. 


93. Some prepositions are used with the genitive only, as 
e€ (before consonants éx, Latin ex, é), out of, from (properly 
from a position in something); dé (Latin ab), from, off from, 
away from (properly from a position on something). 


94. Other prepositions are used with the dative only, as éy 
(Latin in with the ablative), in. 


95. One is used with the accusative only; namely, es (Latin 
in with the accusative), into, to (properly to a position in some- 
thing, opposed to éé, out of). 


1 Adjectives denoting fulness e@yw, might the sentence be ex- 
take the gen. (as in Latin). pressed ? 

2 With the verb to be, and simi- 3 nal... «al, correlative conjunc- 
lar verbs, the possessor is expressed tions, both... and. 
by the dat. (as in Latin). This is 4 Translate this sentence in two 
called the Dative of the Possessor. ways. 
In what other way, by the use of 








22 PREPOSITIONS. 


96. Some prepositions are used with the genitive and accu- 
sative. 


97. Some other prepositions are used with the genitive, 
dative, and accusative, aS apa, with genitive from beside, 
from, with dative by the side of, beside, with accusative to a 
position beside, unto, to; éri, with genitive on, upon, with dative 
on, close to, by, at, with accusative upon, to, against. 


98. Examine the following : — 


EK THS KOpns THV oTpatiav Hye, he led his army out oF the vil- 
lage. 

€Onpeve Kipos amd tov, Cyrus used to hunt on horseback (liter- 
ally rrom a horse). 

év TH Kopyn Ovopev, we are offering sacrifice IN the village. 

eis THV KOunv prdraxyy TFyov, I led a guard INTO the village. 

6 dvOpwros dyyeAos Hv mapa Kipov, the man was a messenger FROM 
Cyrus. 

rapa To Kipw joav ot otparnyot, the generals were witH Cyrus. 

dyovot Tov &vOpwrov rapa Kipov, they bring the man To Cyrus. 

Ta dra ert apagay jyov, they conveyed their arms ON wagons. 

éxt TH yehipa prdrakyy exe, he has a guard av the bridge. 

Ertl Tov ToTApOv OvK Hye TOV tov, he did not lead his horse To the 
river. 


a. Observe that, in general, the genitive is used with prepositions 


to express passing from an object, the dative being in it, and the accu- - 


sative coming to it. But there are many exceptions, as, for example, 
the genitive with é/ cannot, in the nature of the meaning of the 
preposition, express separation (passing from). It differs from the 
dative only in expressing closer relation. : 

b. The prepositions express many other relations besides those of 
place (illustrated above), such as time, cause, etc. These other rela- 
tions must be learnt by observation. - 

c. One use of prepositions has been illustrated above: as separate 
words, connected with particular cases, they show the relations of 
words in a sentence. Prepositions have another important use: in 
composition with verbs, they define the action of the verb. See 127. 





FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 28 


99. EXERCISES. 
I. 1. rots Oeois tmmov éOvov év TH vicw. 2. of oTpaTn- 
\ > @ Fa 9 > \ / 3 e xX Ki 1 
yol Tovs avOpwrTrous Hyov eis THY cKNVHV. 8. of Tapa Kipo 
cvppayot ayalol joav. 4. Tods tmmous dyouev ex Tod 
/ > Lal / 5 ear / fay xX 
xapiov. 9. év TH Tedim av odds atevj. 6. odds havepa 
” > L ng Ki fires ve 0 t \ 3 ’ 
Gye eis Tas TOU” Kipov Kamas. T. aOpoifer tovs? cuppa- 
; et gee a 5) \ , € \ ” 
yous él Tov Kipov. 8. eis TO mediov 0 otpatnyos HOporte 
Tovs ouppayouvs. 9. él TH ToTau@ Hv oO otpatnyds. 
10. dapov ai kdpar Hoav Tapa Kipov. 11. hoav ayyerou 
a a a CoN >] \ / \ 
Tapa Tov ayalou otparnyov. 12. 1 odds eis TO mediov oTEVn 
\ 5 € \ \ / / b) \ 
Kal vader) iv. 13. 0 otpatnyos Ta Onpia Onpever aro 
G > ee Laeaeg. \ 4 ¢ / 
trmov. 14. év tin joav mapa Kip@ ot otparnyol. 


II. 1. The road, O Cyrus, leads into a beautiful plain. | 


2. Cyrus had a fortified palace in the plain* 3. The generals 
led the man to the queen. 4. He led the messenger from the 
market place to® the tents. 5. The generals of Cyrus collected 
horses in* the plain. 6. The general leads his*allies from the 
Persian villages. 7. Men were visible in the plain. 8. The 
generals were sacrificing, in the tents, to the gods. 9. He was 
general of the allies with Cyrus." 


LESSON XIII. 


Future and First Aorist Indicative Active. 


100. The Future Indicative denotes that an action is to take 
place in time to come, as Aiow, I shall loose or I shall be loosing, 
sometimes J will loose. 


101. The Aorist Indicative expresses the simple occurrence 
of an action in past time, as édvoa, I loosed. 





1 Prepositional phrases and ad- 8 his. The article is often used 
verbs may be used attributively, like in place of the possessive pronoun. 
the adj. and the gen. Cf.56,Rem. , +4 Translate in two ways. 

2 Proper names may take the 5 ént. 
article. 6 Cf. I. 8 above. 





24 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST INDICA TIVE ACTIVE. 





102. PARADIGMS. 
SINGULAR. DUAL. PLURAL. 
Future 1 iow Aioopev 
Indicative by AVorets Avorerov Avoere 
Active 3 vores AUoeTOV - Avoovcr 
First Aorist! | 1 éd\toa eAvoapev 
Indicative 2 éAtdoas éXvorarov éXvoare 
Active 3 édtore éhioarnyv eAtoay 


103. In the future and first aorist o is added to the theme 
(63).? The aorist, as a secondary tense, has augment (75, 76). 
Form and conjugate the future and first aorist of @vw. 


104. The theme of many verbs ending in -€ ends in 4, as~ 


dOpoiZw, theme afpod-. In forming the future and first aorist 
of these verbs, 6 is dropped before o, as af poilw, époirm,, 70 powe. 
Form the future and first aorist of ap7alw and Bavpaleo. 


a. The future of dyw is dw, and of éyw, é&w. These forms will 
be explained later. Neither of these verbs has a first aorist. 


105. VOCABULARY. 

VERBS. SUBSTANTIVES. 
avaykate, force, compel. dipyupuov, silver money, money. — 
Onpevo, hunt. dpurroy, br" eu 
KeAevw, Did, command, BapBapos, 6, barbarian, for eigner. 
KoAdle, punish. yvoun, understanding, judgment. 
Korvw, hinder, prevent. proQos, 6, pay. 
aréwrrw,® send. moe pos, 6, enemy (in war). 
orpatevo, make an expedition. TdAavrov, talent (sum of money). 
owlw,* save, rescue, preserve. smoluyov, beast of burden. 
Totevo, shoot. dbiros, 6, friend. 


Form the future and first aorist of the verbs given above. 


1 Some verbs have a second aor. forms will be explained later. 

This will be treated later. 4 Except in the pres. and imperf., 
2 See p. 121. the iota-subscript (12) is dropped. 
8 Fut. réwpo, aor. éreuva. These Fut. cdow, aor. éowoa. 




























FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 25 


106. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. 6 eds €xéXevoe TOV oTpaTHnyoV Tos avOpwrrovs 
Abew.1 2. of S& BapBapor érofevcav aro TeV imTeD. 
8. 6 otpatnyos Ta Onpia Onpevoes amo immov. 4. TH oTpa- 
Tia? tore (then) émeuyre Kipos pucOov® tadavtov apyv- 
plov. 5. To otpatny@ Sapa méurpover, atodnv LlepovKny 
kal trmov ayabdv. 6. of ctpatnyoi éGavpacav ore (because) 
Kipos pucOov obk érepe. T. THv Bacleay éowoav Kab 
Ta UTobvyia Kal Tors avOpwrovs. 8. Kab Tapa THY yépupav 
Tov otpaTnyov téprew éxérevce Kipos pudraxnv. 9. ets 
TO mtediov AOpoicere Tods “EXAnViKOrs TUppadxous. 10. ev 
mrolois Ta Orda Kal Tov Gitov awaovat Tois idous.* 
11. 6 otpatnyos HvdyKxace Tovs eapnapous atpatevery é7rh 
Kdpov. 12. yraun® dé Ttods KaKcous avOpémovs éxdXace. 
13. tols otpatnyots of Bupiaxot dapiorov ov Bek ogi? 
14. ov« éxodvoav of Toddutoe THY Kipov otpatiav Ovew? 
15. rods BapBdpovs Kondo quey év THD eivat". Tapa Kip. 


II. The barbarians sent the man. 2. Cyrus will compel 
the barbarians to send gifts to the generals. 3. The enemy 
will capture the beasts of burden. 4. He bade the barbarians 
send breakfast to his friends. 5. The generals sent to the 
man a talent of silver as* pay. 6. He will command the gen- 
eral to make an expedition against® the barbarians. 7. Cyrus - 
sent good wine to his friends. 8. The river carried away ” the 
men’s arms. 9. The general will not punish his allies. 


1 Present infinitive active, to This is called the Dative of Advan- 


loose. tage or Disadvantage. 

2 Observe that (as in Latin) the 5 The dat. is used to denote the 
indirect object is put in the dat. manner (as the ablative in Latin 

8 as pay. Observe that (as in 6 Infin. dependent upon. 


Latin) an appositive is inthe same av, hindered from sacy 
case as the noun which it describes. erally to sacr ifice). 
4 for their friends. 'The person 7 Pres. infin, 
to whose advantage or disadvantage 
anything tends is put in the dat. 





26 


Review 43-45 and 52. 








LESSON XIV. 





MASCULINES OF THE A-DECLENSION. 


Masculine Substantives of the A-Declension. 













107. PARADIGMS. 
6 vedvids | 6 SevOns | 6 wodirns | 6 weAtaorhs | 6 Mépons 
young man| Seuthes citizen targeteer Persian 
(vedvid-) | (Sev0a-) | (wodira-) | (weAracra-) | (TMepoa-) 
Sing. N veavlas Devons | wodttns | wedtaorrys | I¢pons 
G. veavlov XevOov | mwodtrov | mweAtacrod | Iléprov 
1D; vedvig Levy TOALTY TEATATTH Il€épory 
AS veaviay LevOnv | woditnv | wedtacryy | Il¢ponv - 
Vv. veavla Levby moAira TEATAC TS. II¢poa 
Dual N. A. V.| vedvia TON TS TeAT ACTS Ilépoa 
G. D. vedvlaty Todita | meAracraiv | Ilépraw 
Plur. N. V. veavlar moAtra, | meAtacrat | Ilépoa 
G. VEQVLOV tmoXirav | wedrartav | Ileprav 
1D. veavlats moXitats | mweAtacrats | IIdpoais 
A. veavias moditas | mweAtaotas | Ilépods 
108. The stem (47) ends in -a-. Cf 48. 


109. The nominative singular ends in -ds, or, by change of 
a to 7, as in some feminines of this declension (49), in -ys. 
The change occurs unless «, 1, or p immediately precedes a of 
the stem. 
a. Observe, as to the final syllables in these forms, that masculines 
-as or -ns differ from feminines in -a or -y (51) only in the nom. and 
bao, : except that those in -rys and names signifying nationality 

io. in -ys have the voc. sing. in -a. 


weavias ayalds, 6 Kakds SwAirns; oTpaTL@TaL TpLa=- 





MASCULINES OF THE A—DECLENSION. att 


110. 


"ABpoxcpads, Abrocomas. 

dKovTioTys, javelin-thrower. 

dpporrys, governor, harmost. 

Evdparns, the Euphrates. 

Kopopxys, village-chief. 

ElepEns, Xerxes. 

omXitys, heavy-armed foot-soldier, 
hoplite. rne’s 4 

catrparns, Persian viceroy, satrap. 

oTpatiirnys, soldier. 

odevdovrtys, slinger. 

Tototys, Lowman. 


VOCABULARY. 


Bactrevw, be king. 

BorPea, aid, help. 

Bufavrioy, Byzantium. 

Seftos, -d, -ov, right. 

Eévos, 6, guest-friend. ¥ Str angel” 
TnHyy, source. 

tralovov, square (of troops). 
awevpa, side, flank. 

réxvoy, child. 

TpLaKooLoL, -at, -a, 300. 


apos, prep., properly confronting: 
with gen., over against ; with 
dat., at; with acc., to, against, 
towards. 


cvy, prep. with dat., with, in com- 
pany with (Latin cum, with abl.). 


ait 


EXERCISES. 


I. 1. 0 catpdmns Bonbeav érepe tots wordttas. 2. mapa 
TOV OTPATLWTOY é 5 Kipw dyyen 8. 0 év Bufar- 
patiwtav érewrpa TO Kipw dyyedov. 8. 0 év Bufav 
cone ¢ \ Xx a Ne 4 \ Ev £ 

Tip” appootns Acta paxpa eye. 4. Tov Kigparny rora- 
pov ev deFia? eye. 5. of otpatidra év* duraxh E€ovor 
. TOV Kopdapynyv Kal Ta Téxva. 6. BonOevav & éréurropev Tois 
IIépcais. 7. 0 O& otpatnyos tpidKociovs peév® omdttas, 

- / de x 54 8 e , \ 5 \ 

TplLaKocliovs O€ TEATATTUS EXEL. - 1) K@OLN KAAN HV, Kal 

Bacireov® ciye T@ catparyn. 9. Kal Tos ody TO OTPATHYO 

- 5 Ld 

ohevdovntas Hyov mpos YevOnv. 10. o dé otparnyos ovte! 
Eo 5 § ” > iA At \ Lal "AB , ¢ j 
TotoTny eixev® ote AKovTLOTHD. - Kal TO poxoua Oo | 


1 The definitions of the prepo- 
sitions given in the special vocabu- 
laries are generally confined to des- 
ignations of place. Other meanings 
will be explained in the foot-notes 
as they occur. 

2 Cf. 99, I. 3. 

_ on (his) right (hand). 
4 under. 
5 When two parts of a sentence 


are contrasted, they are very com- 
monly correlated by pév.. . dé, in- 
deed... but, or on the one hand... 
on the other, but in many cases pév 
can hardly be rendered in English. 
The intensive particle wéy (Latin 
quidenv) is postpositive. Cf. p. 152. 

6 Here in sing. Cf. p. 202, 

7 otre ... ote, neither... nor. 

8 See p. 421, | 





i 
; 





28 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 


veavias Eévos hy. 12. wépav1 (across) dé tod Evdparov 


ToTapov nv yopiov icxvpov. 18. tod Kvdparou ai mnyat 
ov mpdaw' (far from) Tov ywpiov Aoav. 14. amo tis deEvas 
jeupas TOU TAaLclou ayouoww* omAitas mpds Tas TAGS. 
15. tore BépEns éBacireve. 


II. 1. He will send aid to Xerxes. 2. The young man 


was in honour. 8. The general was not leading the hoplites. 
4, Both® the slingers and the bowmen were brave. 5. Abrocomas 
was close to the river* Euphrates. 6. He sends a horse to the 
village-chief. 7. He will send beautiful gifts to the harmosts. 


8. The harmost in Byzantium commanded the soldiers to sacri- . 


fice the beasts of burden. 9. He leads the Persians into the 
soldiers’ tent. 10. He sends the peltasts and the bowmen. 


LESSON XV. 
First Perfect and First Pluperfect Indicative Active. 


112. Classification of Consonants. — Consonants (7) are di- 


vided into semivowels, mutes, and double-consonants. 


118. The semivowels are A, p, v, p, o, and y-nasal (p. 2%). 
A, », v, p are called liquids; o, a sibilant; p, v, and y-nasal, nasals. 


114. The mutes are of three classes and of three orders : — 


CLASSES. ORDERS. 
Labial or x-mutes ¢  MSmooth mutes 7 7 k 
Lingual or r-mutes 6 Middle mutes B 8 y 
Palatal or x-mutes x Rough mutes @ 0 x 


za a 
2 wD 


a. Mutes of the same class are called cognate, since produced by 
the same organ (lips, tongue, or palate); those of the same order are 


' called co-ordinate. 


115. The double consonants are é (for xs), y (for zs), and &. 


1 The gen. is used with adverbs 2 See p. 421. 38@ . p. 213, 
of place. * For the order, ef. I. 4, 12 above. 











PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 29 


116. The Perfect Indicative represents an action as already 
finished at the present time, as déAv«a, I have loosed. 


117. The Pluperfect Indicative represents an action as already 
finished at a given past time, as éX<cAv«n, [ had loosed. 





118. PARADIGMS. 
SINGULAR. DUAL. PLURAL. 
First Perfect 1 A€AvKa AcAvKapev 
Indicative 2 eAvKas AcAUKaToV AceAUKaTE 
Active 3 AcAvKE AeA UKATOV AeAUKGoL 
First Pluperfect| 1 ein éheA DKepev 
Indicative 4 éLeddnns eXeAVKETOV éXeADKETE 
Active 3 ehedtner eheduKeT ny eheddKerav 


119. Reduplication.—The perfect and pluperfect have re- 
duplication in all of the moods as the sign of completed action. 


120. Reduplicatiom consists in the repetition of the initial 
sound. Verbs beginning with a consonant repeat that conso- 
nant with «, as Adw, AEAvKa 3 KeAEVo, Ke-KeAcvKa. A rough initial ° 
mute is changed to the cognate smooth, as diw, ré-Guxa. 


121. But in verbs beginning with two consonants (except 


a mute followed by a liquid), with a double consonant, or with 


p, the reduplication omits the consonant and consists only of «, 
aS orpatetwo, EoTparevKa. 

122. Verbs beginning with a vowel lengthen that vowel, so 
that the reduplication in these verbs has the same form as the 
temporal augment (76), as aprdlw, npzaka. 

123. The pluperfect as a secondary tense has augment (75). 
This is prefixed to the reduplicated theme; but it is omitted 
when the reduplication consists of « (121) or the simple length- 
ening of the vowel (122), as éeAvKy, but eorparediy, YpTaKy. 











30 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 


124. In the first perfect and first pluperfect « is added to 


the reduplicated theme. 


Form the first perfect and first pluperfect of @ypevw, Ovw, as 


KWAVW, TTPAaTEvw. 


125. In forming the first perfect and first pluperfect of 
verbs in -€w with themes ending in 6 (104), 8 is dropped 
before x. 

Form the first perfect and first pluperfect of dOpoi{w, dvayxalw, 
apralo, Oavpalw.} 

a. The perfect of dyw is yya, of é EX, exUNGe and of zéurw, 7e- 


opcpa.” 


126. VOCABULARY. 


adeAdos, o, brother. 
*AOrvyct, adv., at Athens. 


aripate, dishonour, disgrace. 
BovAevo, plan, plot. 


St-aprrafw, plunder, sack. 
Sia-cwlw, preserve, keep safe. 
SovAeva, be a slave. 
ém-Bovretw, plot against. 
tal, strike. 

TAno dle, approach. 


Sid, prep., through, originally be- 


*Apratéptns, Artaxerxes. 
Sdpeckos, 6, daric (a gold coin). 
Sixalws, adv., justly. 

Sky, justice, retribution, deserts. 
evratla, good order, discipline. 
Knrtéapxos, 6, Clearchus. 

Opkos, 6, oath. 

apooGev, adv., before, previously. 





orovd1j, Libation, plur. truce. 
TpiorxiAtor, -at, -a, 3000. 
$oBos, 0, fear. 


127. Compound Verbs. — Compound \verbs are formed by 


tween, asunder, Latin di-, dis- : 
with gen., through ; with acc., 
on account of. 


prefixing a preposition to a simple verb. See 98c. If the 


preposition ends in a vowel and the simple verb begins with 
one, the prep. is generally elided (21),° as di-apragw. The 
force of the preposition is generally apparent in the com- 
pound, as d&-aprdfw (Latin di-ripio), tear | part, plunder utterly 
(‘through and through’), sack; dw-cwlw, save through danger, 
preserve, keep safe; émt-Bovredw, plot against. 


1 See 120 end. 8 Elision occurs, then, also in 
2 These forms will be explained forming compound words, but in 
later. _ this case without the apostrophe. 


| 


> ie 


Ee ee 








PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 31 


128. Compound verbs take the augment and reduplication 
after the preposition. The first of two vowels thus brought 
together is elided (21), as d:-€owfov, d:-é eer but d:a-céowxa. — 


Form the imperfect, future, first aor if BAA, perfect, and first plu- 
perfect of the verbs in 126. 


129. . EXERCISES. 


I. 1. évt BuSavriov éotpatrevcapev civ TH otTpaTnyo. 
2. ) TOV OTAITOV evTAaEia écecwKet THY oTpaTLav. 38. Tods 
Tpiryirlous ddpetxovs Svececwnns. 4. ovK éexexwAvKer Kré- 
apyos Tods otpatimtas mAnoidbev. 5. KrAtapyos Toh 
catpatn Kkaxov'’ éBeBovareveer.~ 6. "AOnvnot SedovrevKev? 
6 TweATacTNS. T. of oTpaTi@tat TOV dvOpwTroY ‘TeTAiKacL. 
8. "ApraképEns dé Kupov Tov aderpov. HtTiudxe. 9. Kal 
Tas apatdas ot BapBapo. dinprdxecav. 10. Kréapyos &é 
mpoabev éreBeBovrctces TH catpaty.® 11. HOpoiKxas, @ 
Kipe, éml tovs BapBapovs tovs axovtiotas Kal tovs Tokd- 
tas. 12. Kal dixaiws To dppootyn émiBeBovrcvKaTe* ever 
yap (fom)* ta Sra. 18. of 8& otpati@tat Tas dauakds 
erertxecav Sid TOV TOV TodELLoV poBov.2 14. Kréapyos, 
@ oTpaTi@tal, erred (since) Tas orovdas Kal Tovs SpKous 
AéduKe, THY. OLKNV exeL. k 


Il. 1.’ For we had broken the truce. 2. The soldiers have 
sacked the villages. 3. The satrap has plotted against Cyrus.® 
4. I have compelled the village-chief to lead. 5. His brother 
had ordered Cyrus to send gifts. 6. They have planned to 
break the truce. 7. And we have ordered the general to bring 
hoplites. 8. But I have struck the man justly. 9. The hop- 
lites had approached. 10. The generals have broken their 
oaths; for they have not sacrificed to the gods. 


1 evil, neut. of the adj. as subst. on the preposition. 

2 See p. 421. . * Postpositive. See p. 152. 

8 Many verbs compounded with 5 That is, their fear of, etc.. 
év, ovv, éri, take a dat. depending 6 Cf. 129, I. 10. 


| 








32 


Give the meanings of the following words. 


AFFINITY OF WORDS. 


LESSON XVI. 


have occurred in the previous lessons. 


130. 


"ABpokopas 


adeddos 
"Adyvyce 
aOpolLo 
GKOVTLE-TNS 
dArGeva 
apato 
dvayKate 
avOpwros 
aro 
apyvpiov 
apeTH 
dpurrov 
ApLooTys 
dprrato 
"ApragepEns 
aTipote 
BoipBapos 
Bacireva 
Bac f\evov 
Bactrevw 


1 These words occur, with an ex- 
ception or two, in the Anabasis of 
Xenophon, on which the exercises 
in this book are based. It is impor- 
tant to commit these words thor- 


BorSera 
Bovrevo 
Bufdvriov 
yap 
yédbipa 


-yvepn 


Sapeukos 
8¢ 

Sefvos 
Sua 
StaBaros 
Staprrate 
Siac wlo 
Stkalws 
Sky 

Sofa 
Sovrevo 
Sapoy 

els 
“EAAnviKos 
év 
évravla 


émBovreva 


WORD LIsT.! 


> ld 
EPULLVOS 
evvola . 


Tinepa 

HY, Nooy 
OdAarra 
Bavpata 
Sed, 

Geos 
Onpevo 
Onplov 
Ovpa 

Ovw 

tepos 
{arcros 

lox dpos 
Kal 
kal... Kal 
KaKOS 
Kados 
KeAevo 
Knréapxos 
KoAdLw 


Affinity of Words. 


Kpyyy 
Kwpos 
KoAVM 
K@ApX 1S 
kop 
Aoyos 
Aoyxn 
io 
paKpos 
pox Lupa 
pax 


pev... S€ 
- perros 


pikpos 
pirbos 
Moica 
veavlas 
vrjo0s 
Eévos 
Fépeas 
0, q, TO 
odds 
olkia 
olvos 
omAtrnys 
OTAov 


All of these words — 


épkos 
Ott 
ov 


OUTE... OUTE 


rralw 

Tapa, 
aredlov 
Treipa 
TEATATTHS 


- aréparre 


Trepay 
Ilépons 
Tlepouxds 
7HyN) 
tAaloov 
aheupa. 


— arhyodte 


atXotov 
arOAEWLOS 
TOAELOS 
woXtrns 
TOTALOS 
POS 
ampoo Bey 
Tpocw 
TVA 


oughly to memory. The nouns (sub- 
stantive and adjective) in this list 
occur more than 3500 times in the 
Anabasis, the verbs more than 2200 
times. 


- 











as ee 


AFFINITY OF WORDS. 33 
caATparns oTPATEVH odevSovytTys TOTE oPepos 
Levys oTpPATHYOS colo Tpatreta oBos 
otros oTpATa TaAaVTOV TPLAKOTLOL ovAaky 
oKHVI oTpATLaOTNS TEKVOV Tpriorx Avon Xarerrds 
orovd1 TVPL.AX OS Tipy dmroluvytov Xopa 
oTEVOS ouv Tokevw davepos Xoplov 
oToAy odhevdovn TogOTNS piros o 


131. An inspection of this list shows that these words are 


oe _ not all separate units, but that some of them are related both 


ee 
i 5 


in form and in meaning. 

For example, a-ripd{e, tiny; Stkalws, Slkn; Ged, Geos ; Onpevw, Onplov ; 
Kop-dpxns (village-ruler, tpxw, rule), Kon; omAttyns, dmdov; Ilépons, ~ 
Ilepoixos ; odéftos, moAepos ; mpds, mpoobev; odhevdovn, cdevSovyrys ; 
Totevm, TotoTns; doPepos, doBos; xwpa, xwplov; Baclrca, Pactrcrov, 
Baottevo ; poxotpa, paxyn, TUpP-paXxos; oTpaTevw, oTpaT-ynyos (arnry- 
leader), orparid, oTpatiorys. 


182. Greek words, then, fall naturally into groups. The 
words in any group are related to one another both in form 


-and in meaning. 


133. There is commonly an original element for the entire 
group called the root, the primitive part that remains after all 
formative elements have been removed. Roots are properly of 
one syllable, and may suffer variation of form. Thus, the root 
of d-ripdlo, rivy, 18 Tr, pay; Of orparevy, etc., arpa, spread, which 
appears in other words in the forms orep, crop. 


134. But the root is not always ascertainable. The origin 
of many Greek words is obscure, and the ultimate ascertain- 
able element may be the stem, the body of the word to which 
the inflexional endings are added. (Cf. 47 and 63.) Thus, the 
stem of Bacirca, etc., is BactAev-, but it is uncertain what the 
root or roots may be which underlie it. 


135. That word in the group which best shows the root or 
ultimate stem may be called the root-word or stem-word. 


186. Two or more roots or stems may appear in one word, 
which is then said to be compound. Thus, xwp-dpyns, orpar-ny6s. 








84 THE ART OF READING. 


The facts stated above are of great practical importance, and natu- 
rally suggest the following direction : — 


137. In acquiring a Greek vocabulary, do not commit words 
to memory as separate units, but group those that show affinity in 
form and meaning about the root-word or stem-word. 


LESSON XVII. 
The Art of Reading. 


138. In reading an inflected language, such as Greek, the 
knowledge of three things is absolutely necessary, first, of 
words; secondly, of forms; thirdly, of constructions. 


139. The acquisition of this knowledge is gradual. The meaning 
of each new word as it occurs should be thoroughly committed to 
memory, so far as possible, according to the principles stated in the 
last lesson. In learning the paradigms, the forms of the different 
cases, tenses, and numbers should be so sharply impressed on the 
mind the first time the paradigms occur, that these forms will be 
instantly recognized thereafter at sight. And as the pupil reads, the 
laws of construction should be carefully noted, especially those which 
differ from the corresponding constructions in Latin and English. 


140. DIRECTIONS FOR READING. 


1. Read each sentence aloud in the original. Pronounce each 
word distinctly. 


In reading, 

a. Observe sharply the forms of the words, so as to become at once 
aware of their grammatical relations. 

b. Make the utmost effort of memory to recall the meanings of words 
already given. 

c. Follow the Greek order strictly in arriving at the thought. Observe 
carefully the order of the words and the marks of punctuation. 


2. If the thought expressed in the semene is not perfectly 
clear, repeat the whole process. 
3. Translate the sentence into simple, idiomatic English. 


THE ART OF READING. 35 


The pupil who has properly mastered the facts presented in the 
previous lessons should now be able to read the following connected 
passages. Follow carefully the directions in 140. 


141. Kv€éapyos. 


1. Kiéapyos Aaxedaipomos (a Lacedaemonian) pév jv, 
diros 5é TH Kipw. tovt@ (to him) éwxe (gave) Kipos 
pupiovs (10,000) Sapecxovs. 06 dé (and he) HOpocev ard 
rouTapy (these) omditds yidious (cf. Tpia-xtdvov, Tpels, three) 
Kal TeATACTUs OKTaKOGloUs (cf. OxT@, eight, and TpLa-KoctoL) 
Kal Tokdtas didKoaclovs (ef. dvo, two). 

2. évtedbev (from this place) é€exavves (marches) Kipos 
eis Tupiatov. evradéa éferdfer (he reviews) év Ta Tedio 
ThVv oTpaTiay* ceive Sé TO pev Sekvov (1.e. wing) Méver, To 6é 
_ evovupov (infer the meaning from the context) Kr€éapyos, 
TO O€ pécov (centre) of gdot (other) otpatnyol. Tav dé 
BapBapwv poBos Hv (i.e. they were alarmed at what they 
saw), cal 7 Kidiooa (Cilician queen) éduyev (fled) émt 
THS appauaéns (carriage) cal ot (= those) év TH ayopa epu- 
yov. ot de” EAXnves (Greeks) éml tas oxnvas nrAOov (went). 

3. émel (when) 88 joav él tails Tod catpatrouv Ovpais, 
of pev otpatnyol HAOov elow (within), IIpdc&evos, Mévwr, 
Kréapyos, oi dé Noyayol (captains) eri tats Ovpats Euevov 
(remained). (The generals are seized. Ariaeus comes to 
the Greek camp.) 6 88 ’Apuaios ele (said) Krdapyos per, 
@"EnaAnves, eel (since) tas crovdas édvcev, eyes THY diKNV 
Kat TéOvnke (is dead), IIpe&evos dé cat Mévav év tipy eior 
(are). él rovtos (on this) Kevoddv ’A@nvaios eime* 
Knréapyos peev toivuy (then), ei (if) mapa (contrary to) 
Tovs SpKous Ave Tas orovoas, THY Siknv Eyeu: IpdEevos Se 
kat Méver érret eiouv Uuérepos (your) pev edepyérar (bene- 
factors), jpérepor (our) dé otparnyol, méuspare (aorist im- 
perative) adrovs (them) Sevpo (hither). 








36 | THE ART OF READING. 


142. In the following passage, such aid as the student should need 
is given in notes following the passage. These notes should not be 
used until each sentence has been read according to 140, 1 and 2. 
Each sentence makes greater demands on the pupil’s knowledge than 


he can meet unaided. But if, depending entirely upon himself, he — 


honestly makes the effort to see what the sentence tells him, he will, 
first, fix securely in mind facts already acquired, and secondly, define 
clearly to himself the new facts (whether meanings of words, forms, — 
or constructions) that he must now learn. Such a process cultivates 
the powers of observation, strengthens the memory, and is the short 
road to the acquisition of the power to read rapidly and with pleasure. 


143. Kupos. 


I. Kidpos vids wéev Adpetov jv, aderdos Sé "Aptrakép£ov. 
> \ \ e / - A \ lal ; 3 / 
érrel O€ bm-wmteve Adpeios TeXeuTHv Tod Biov, éxéXevceV 
"AptaképEnv cal Kipov wrap-etvar. o péev odv AptraképEns 
non tap-nv: Kipos 8€ omditras éywv tpiaKxociovs dva- 
5 Baiver dro Tis apyis js abtoy,catpamnv Adpeios érot- 
5) \ 53 5) , es yee i, i 
noev. émel S& éreredrnce Adpeios Kal éBacidevoev 
"AptaképEns, o THs Kapiads catpdmns Ticoadépvns dia- 
Barres tov Kopov rpos tov aderdov as éruBovrever avTo. 
0 6€ avdAdapBaver Kipov: 4 S& pynrnp o@fer adrov Kat 
10 dro-méures Tad él THY apYyHDY. 


NOTES. 


1. vids, son. —2. tar-omreve: imperf. of the compound verb ér-orredw, 
suspect, apprehend, the prep. éré being equal to sub in the Latin word that 
corresponds in meaning, su-spicor.— redevtyv: TeAcuTh, end. With this ~ 
cf. the verb reAeutdw, aor. éreAedTynoa (6), come to an end, t.e. die. —Blov: 
Blos. Cf. the word bio-graphy. — 3. wap-etvor: elicit the meaning from 
the two elements (cf. 106, I. 15). —odv, now, not temporal, but continua- 
tive. — 4. 45n, already. —éyov: pres. part. act. -—dvaBalver, goes up (his- 
torical present, as in Latin), ¢.e. from his épx7, or province, to Babylon. — 
5. ys: gen. sing. fem. of the relative pronoun és, which. — avrov, him, acc. 
sing. masc. So avr@ (8), dat. sing. masc. — érolyoev: orew, a0r. erolynoa, 
make. — 6. €Baotdevoev: the so-called inceptive aor., became king. —7. Sva- 
Padre: diaBdrAaAw, accuse falsely, followed by ds, that. —9. 6 8é but he, 
i.e. Artaxerxes. —ovAAapBdver: cvAAauBdvw, arrest. —pyryp, mother, cf. 
mater.— 10. wad: adv., again. 








ADJECTIVES OF THE VOWEL-—DECLENSION. 37 


LESSON XVIII. 


Adjectives of the Vowel-Declension. 
Review 87. 





144. PARADIGMS. 
&ya0ds, good _ BfAos, plain, clear 
M. F, N. M. F. N. 

S.N.'| dyads aya8y ayaboy | Sydos SyAy SyAov 

G. | dyabot adyabys dyalov | SyAov SANs SxjAov 

D. | dyabd aya0y ayabd | Syd SyAq SyA@ 

A. | dyabev dyabyv ayalov | SryAov SrAnv SyAov 

V. | dyabd dya8y ayabov | Syre SHAN SyAov 
D.N.A.V. | dyabo dyaba, ayabo | SrAe Sy AG S1jAo 


G.D. | dyaboiv dyaSaiv dyaloiv| Sydow SyjAaw SyjAouw 


P.N.V. | dyabol ayabal ayaba | SyAror Syrar SyAa - 
G. | ayabdv dyabav dyadav | Sydov SrAov SyjAov 
D. | dyabots ayabais dyalots| SyAots SyjAats S1jAots 
A. | dyabots dyalas ayala& | SrAous SAGs Snva 


pixpés, small, little pirios, friendly 1 


M. F. N. M. F, N. 
N. | ptxpos pikpa, pikpov | ofAtos outa idvov 
G. | pixpod pikpas  ptxpov | drAlov urlas didrtov 
D. | pixpe pikpg pikpo | dirlo puria purtto 
A. | pixpov  pixpav = pixpev | didiov = lav pidvoy 
V. | pipe pikpd pixpov | dire buria oiALov 


D.N.A.V. | pixpo pikpa pikps | dirto ourta dirlo 
G.D. | pixpoty pixpaty pixpoiv| didlow diriav  drdrfow 


P.N. V. | pixpol pikpal pikpd | dirror bircar bidva 
G. | pixpav pikpay pikpav | dirteov diilov - drrlov 
D. | pixpots pikpats pixpots| dirlois  didrtats didlos 
A. | pixpovs pixpis pikpa | dirlovs grdrlas didva 





1 Cf. the related word in 105. 





; Soy > ae 3 
ee 


38 ADJECTIVES OF THE VOWEL—DECLENSION. 


145. If «1, p, or po precedes the final vowel of the stem, 
the nominative singular feminine ends in -a, otherwise in -y. 
Cf. 49. 


146. The nominative and genitive plural feminine follow 
the accent of the masculine, as dyAwv, Piriat, piriwv, NOt dyrdv, 


dirAvat (from nominative singular qiAia), Pcdv, aS in substan- — 


tives of the A-declension. 
Decline dyptos,! wild; éXevOepos, free; ixavds, able; mores, faithful. 


147. Some adjectives of the vowel-declension have only 
two sets of endings, the masculine form being used for the 
feminine, aS GAxkijos, aAxipov,' valiant, warlike ; apakirds, -dv 
(cf. dpaga), passable for wagons; dropos, -ov, impassable, im- 
practicable, without means ; adpOovos, -ov, abundant, fertile. 


Decline these adjectives. 
Review 138-140. 


148. Follow the directions given in 140 in reading single de- 
tached sentences also. No inflected form occurs in the exercises in 
this book which has not been given previously in the paradigms or 
elsewhere. Difficult constructions are explained by deduction from 
examples before their use in the exercises, if peculiarly idiomatic; 
otherwise, by immediate reference to notes at the foot of the page. 
New words occur, of course, in all of the exercises, and their mean- 
ings must be acquired. But it is important, first of all, to recog- 
nize clearly in each sentence what words are new, as distinguished 
from words that have already occurred. The meanings of these new 


words are ultimately to be sought for in the special vocabularies, : 
which from this point follow the exercises. But neither notes nor- 


vocabularies should be consulted until the sentence has been read 
aloud once or twice through to the end, according to the directions 
in 140. The notes will then frequently simply confirm the pupil in 
conclusions to which he has come by his own reasoning, and the 
vocabularies will often simply define to him more clearly meanings 
at which he has arrived independently either from the context or by 
word-analysis. 


1 All new words thus introduced should be at once thoroughly com- 
mitted to memory. 


a so ee ee 





ee se ee ee ee 


— = 











ME aes -, 


ora = _ =. “re _——_ > (Joe 4 . _— _? « a 
& vers. 4 ¢ ” . 4a 


ADJECTIVES OF THE VOWEL—DECLENSION. 39 


149. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. dvoe dypior yidwor €v TH Tredio Hoav. 2. 6 Evdpa- 
TNS ToTaMos atropos Hv. 38. % Xeppovyncos Hv yopa Kary 
Kal apOovos. 4. dixaiws éPavydfouer tors muctovs Kal 
BeBaiovs.! 5. Kal d4rov Hv ore (that) éeyyds 0 ’AptaképEns 
wv. 6. Ta Sdpa Siac@lew? ixavol Foav. T. of rotapor 


aay, fs a8 4 5 Gs 3 \ de eee 
“Tp0cW TOV THYWY" aTOpOL NOAV.. O. OLKALOV HY KaL* TpPOS 


Oedv Kal rpos avOpdrav rv ydpav SiaprdtewS 9. tows 
dé Kal (also) dixarov Hv émiBovrevev TO catpdry. 10. ra 
yap émiTydeva ovK Hv! éyev. 11. 76 AptaképEn mwordutos 
4 £ \ t > Yi 3 PELs G 2 / 
nv, Kipm o€ micros. 12. ovK a&vov iv Te OTriTn Tale 
Tous oixérds. 13. 7 68 “eiaBor) Hv 0d0s apuakitos opbia 
ioxvpas. 14. of Xardator ére’Oepor Kal GrKipot Hoar: 
oma 6 eiyov yéppa paxpa Kal Adyyds. 15. jaav of Tod 

Upov OTpaTia@tar aéiou EdevOepias. 16. dia didias yopas 
ager 0 KMpapyns To’s oTpaTiMTas. 17. mas Ta émiTHdeLa 
EEopev ; 

Rem. The special vocabulary should now be thoroughly com- 
mitted to memory. No Greek words will be needed in translating 
the English-Greek exercises in this book that have not already oc- 
curred in previous Greek-English exercises. 

The sentences which compose these English-Greek exercises are 
patterned more or less closely after Greek sentences that have oc- 


curred in previous exercises. In re-composing these English sentences 
into Greek, observe the following : — 


DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSLATING INTO GREEK. 
1. Compose the entire sentence aloud in Greek before com- 
mitting any part of it to writing. 
2. If in doubt about the construction or the order of the Greek 
words, search for a model. 





1 The masc. of the adj. used sub- 4 Of. 92, I. 12. 
stantively. Of. 129, I. 5. « ° inthe sight of. Of. T10. 
2 Inf. depending on the adj. ira- 6 Subject of the verb Fp. 
vol, Which denotes ability. 7 it was possible. 


8 Cf. 111, I. 13. 


i 





iA 


40 ADJECTIVES OF THE VOWEL—DECLENSION. 


3. If an English word or phrase occurs which has not been 


given in the vocabularies as a definition, recall its English equiv- 


alents. 


4, Commit the sentence thus composed in Greek to writing. 
Observe sharply the form, accent, and spelling of each word. 


IJ. 1. The hoplites were faithful to Cyrus. 
3. The general was worthy of honour. 
4, We justly punish the bad. 


was impassable. 


fertile land of the barbarians. 


2. The road 


5. Cyrus had plundered the 
6. They will lead the hoplites 


into a friendly country. 7. The javelin-men were both valiant 


and faithful. 


9. Cyrus hunted wild asses on horseback. 


abundant food in the villages. 


provisions.’ 12. It was right to keep the arms and the horses 
13. But perhaps it was right to plunder the villages of 


safe. 

the enemy. 
150. 

détos, -d, -ov (uyw),” equal in weight, 
worth, worthy, befitting. 

BéBaros, -d, -ov, firm, constant. 

yéppov, wicker-shield. 

Sixatos, -a, -ov (Sinn), just, right, 
reasonable. 

éyyus, adv., near. - 

elo Body, entrance, pass. 

ehevepla (e€rcvOepos), freedom. 

émiTndetos, -d, -ov, suitable, fit 

loxupas (icxipds), adv., strongly, 
vehemently, exceedingly. 


1 Cf. 92, I. 6. 

2 Related words that have oc- 
curred in previous lessons will here- 
after be placed, in parentheses, after 
the words in the vocabularies to 
which they are related. If two or 
more such words have occurred, the 
simpler form will be given.— déuos is 
related to &yw in its sense of weigh. 


8. He was not able to hinder the enemy. 


10. There was 
11. The villages were full of 


VOCABULARY. 


tows, adv., perhaps. 

olkérys (olxos, @ house, home; cf. 
oikla, @ house, dwelling), house- 
servant, domestic. 

OvoS, 6, 4, WSS. 

OpO.os, -d, -ov, steep. 

mohépios, -&, -ov (rdAeuos), at war 
with, hostile.* 

amas, adv., how? 

XadSator, ot, the Chaldaeans.5 

Xeppovyncos, 7, the Chersonese. 

xtAror, -at, -a,° 7000. 


8 In the neut. plur., ré érir7dera, 
provisions (‘things suited to sustain 
life ?). 

4 roAcuios, given in 105, is the 
masc. of this adj. used as a subst. 

5 Borrowed English words will 
hereafter be printed in black-face 
letter. See p. 1551. 

6 Cf. rpis-xtaArot, 126 (pls, thrice). 








ey so 2 








ANALYSIS OF PRIMARY TENSES. 41 


LESSON XIX. 
Analysis of the Primary Tenses of the Indicative Active. 


151. Verb-Theme. — The theme of a verb is its fundamental 


_ part (63). 


+152. Tense-Suffixes and Tense-Stems. — From the theme are 


formed, by means of tense-suffixes, the different tense-stems of 


the verb. 


153. Variable Vowel. — The final vowel of a tense-stem is 
said to be variable when it is -o- in some of the forms and -e 


in others, indicated by ~/.., 


154. Personal-Endings.— From the tense-stems the differ- 
ent forms of the verb are made by adding to them certain 
endings, which in the finite moods mark the persons and num- 
bers, and are called personal-endings. 


155. There are two series of these personal-endings, one 
found in the active voice, the other in the middle. Each of 


these series includes two sets, one for primary tenses, the 


other for secondary tenses. 


156. The personal-endings of the pr imary tenses in the 
indicative active are : — 


SINGULAR. DuAL. PLURAL, 
1 ~put ~pev 
2 -s OF -ou -TOV -TE 
5 -ou OF TL -TOV “vot 


Review the paradigm of the Present Indicative Active in 65. 


157. The present stem of dtw is Av°/.., formed by adding 
the variable vowel ~/,.. as tense-suffix to the theme dv-. The 
form is Avo- before p or v in the endings, elsewhere duve-. 





i iii i 


42, ANALYSIS OF PRIMARY TENSES. 


158. The present indicative active of Avw before change was 


perhaps, in the singular, Avo-yw, Ave-or, AVe-r1, and in the third 


plural, Avov-ou. 
a. In Avo-pu, -we is dropped and ois changed tow In Ave-ot, t passes 
over to the preceding vowel, and unites with it by contraction. In 


Ave-rTL, « passes over in the same way and 7 is dropped. In Avo-vat, v 


is dropped before o and o lengthened to ov. 


Review the paradigm of the Future Indicative Active in 102. 

159. The future stem of rAtw is Avo?/.., formed by adding 
the tense-suffix -c°/,.. to the theme. It is inflected like the 
present. 


Review the paradigm of the First Perfect Indicative Active in 118. 
160. The first perfect stem of Atw is Ae-Avea-, formed by 
reduplicating the theme and adding the tense-suffix -xa-. 


a. In the first person singular -w is dropped; in the second the end- 
ing is -s; in the third -or is dropped and a changed to e«. In the plural 
-aot is for a-vot, v being dropped before o and a lengthened to a. 


161. EXERCISES. 3 
1 of dryye- 
Not. 38. TeOUKapev Tois Beots. 4: of d€ BadpBapos Hdn AEedAv- 
Kaor tas yedipas. 5. rNbcopev Tas dudtas as (which)? 


I. 1. ras érictoras méwropev. 2. adnbevovow 


éyouev. 6. 0 ovv Kréapyos méumes Tov dyyedov éml Tov 


Nogov. T. Kerevow Tors Idpads Avery Tas yedipds. 8. o 
, ~ , , Pn eZ , 
catparns viv Bactrever. 9. Onpia aro immov teOnpevca. 


10. of otparnyol thy otpatiav dyovot. 11. trav 62 Iledo- 


Tovunoiov éyouev omditds éxatov. 12. of catpdmat Tovs 
otpatioTas Oavydfovar. 13. omdrtrds eyes yidiovs kal 
TeATacTas mevtaxociovs. 14. Kipos, 6 rod Adpedou,® 
Baoirevoes avtl tod aderpod. 15. omnirds dSuryirlous 


—— > 





1 Some words annex v when the called »-movable. It is sometimes 
next word in the sentence begins written at the end of a sentence. 
with a vowel: (1) all words in -o:; 2 Acc. plur. fem. of the relative 
(2) all verbs of the third person pronoun és, %, 8. — 
sing. in -e; (3) éori, is. This is 8 Sc. vids, Son. 


\ 


fi f 


Le a Dv a ey ets, See ee ee ee ny Per ee TS Ee oe | 














«i 


~~ allies. 


ANALYSIS OF PRIMARY TENSES. 43 


: x - 
Kal weATacTas ppiovs méurete. 16. of dé moreuoe Tas 
L = 
omovods Kai Todvs Spxovs NeAVKAoL. 17. TA Se ywpla 
uA la) 
gatpatevaovow ot Tov Kipov diro. 18. tors BapRdpovs 
€ 4 \ BY a fal / 
npTakapev Ola TOV OrEOpoy TAY oTpatiwTav. 19. KalToL 
4 la lal 
éyo Taidia Tov otpatnyav év Mirnto. 
Analyze each finite verbal form in the above exercise. 


II. 1. We are destroying the bridges. 2. We shall collect 
3. He has plotted harm to Clearchus. 4. They will 
save the men and the horses. 5. He punishes his servants. 
6. The queen will dishonour her brother. 7. The satrap will 
be king. 8. I have commanded the hoplites to sacrifice. 
9. The hoplites will sacrifice. 10. You (sing.) have hunted 
wild asses on horseback. 11. You are planning harm to the 
allies. 12. You are plotting against Cyrus and his allies. 
13. The soldiers of the enemy will approach. 14. The sol- 


diers will sack the country of Cyrus’s brother. 


15. You have 


commanded the soldiers to plunder the wagons. 


—:162. 


GAnlevw (4AAGera), speak the truth, 
tell the truth. 

avrt, prep. with gen., over against, 
against, instead of, in prefer- 
ence to, in return for. 


_ Adpetos, 6 (cf. dapeccds), Darius. 


Sio-xtAror, -at, -a (xZA101),! 2000. 

éxaroy, indeclinable, 700. 

émurtoAy, letter, epistle. 

mon, adv., already, forthwith, at 
length. 

Katlro., conj., and yet. 

Aodos, 6, hill, height. 


1 Sis, twice. 2 See p. 1551, 

® This inferential conj. is post- 
positive, i.e. it is always put after 
one or more words of the sentence. 
See p. 152, 


VOCABULARY. 


MiAnrtos, 4, Miletus. 

pupror, -ar, -a, 70,000. 

vuv, adv., Now.2 

OAcBpos, 6, destruction, loss. 

ovv,? conj., therefore, accordingly, 
consequently. 

madioy, child. 

TleXotrovvyctos, -a, -ov, Peloponne- 
sian. 

mevrakoowot, -at, -a,¢ 500. 

carpatevw (catpdrns), rule as sa- 
trap, rule. 


4 wévte, FIVE. Of. tpia-kdorn in 
110 (tpeis, THREE). The suffix for 
cardinals to denote hundreds (after 
éxatdév) iS -Kociol, aS dia-Kdorn, 200, 
etc. Ss 





44 ANALYSIS OF SECONDARY TENSES. 





LESSON XxX. 
ean of the Secondary Tenses of the Indicative Active. 


vA 


163. The personal-endings of the secondary tenses in the 
indicative active (155) are :— ) 


SINGULAR. DUAL. PLURAL. 
1 -v ~pev 
2 “S -TOV oTE 
3 none -THY -y OF -cay 


Review the Imperfect Indicative Active in 74. 


164. The imperfect is formed on the present stem (157 ) 
but it has augment (75, 76). 


Review the First Aorist Indicative Active in 102. 

165. The jirst aorist stem of Avw is Avoa-, formed by adding 
the tense-suffix -co- to the theme. In the first person singular 
-y is dropped, and in the third -a- is changed to -e. As a sec- 
ondary tense the aorist has augment in the indicative. 





a. 


Review the First Pluperfect Indicative Active in 118. 
166. The first pluperfect is formed on the first perfect — 
stem (160), with -xe- for -xo-. In the sing. v is droppe? 3 in the - 4 

first person and -xe- appears as -Kn, -Kn-, Kel. 7 


“ ‘4 
' f ‘ f ‘4 ~) 
ee ee ee ee re ee ey 





167. EXERCISES. 


; I. 1. of rwodtrau éreprpav vatrds Séka. 2. of Noydryor 
) €TeLTOV oTpPATLATAS TéVTE Eis TO oTparomedoy. 3. Kal Oeots 
Kal Ocats éreOvxyn. 4. 7Hv epee @ oTpaTlOTat, édv- 
cate. 9. olxéras kal timovs e’youev. 6. Kopos yap 
éreutre Bixous oivov. T. of catpamat éxexeAevKEcaV TOUS 
vedvids Ove. 8. eis Tors "AOnvaiovs Tos cTpaTL@Tas res. 
9. éret édvoav, Tas omovdds, Tas Kouds Svapracoper. 

















ANALYSIS OF SECONDARY TENSES. 45 


10. arrAa ti (why)! od Ayes tos ateddvous Kal Tas gid- 
Ads; 11. 6 yap carpdmns éxexerevKer TOS OTAtTds Sacpors 
méprew, 12. cvveréurropev tH Bacidela® tods otpatimtas 
ods (whom)*® o atparnyos eiye. 18. TH tiorepaia* ereprre 
Tov avOpwrov ’Apiaios o otpatnyds. 14. otpatiotdas év 
TO TOT elyeTe ixavors Tas KOpas Siaprdfew. 15. Tov Ko- 
papxnv Tote Hyev® 0 otpatnyos mpos Tovs oixéTds. 16. ef 
Tapa TOvs Opkous Eves TAs o7rovdas, Tiy Sixny exets. 
Analyze each finite verbal form in the above exercise. 


II.- 1. You were striking the peltasts. 2. Both generals 
and captains had sacrificed. 3. The queen commanded the 
captains to sacrifice. 4. The hoplites with Cyrus were plun- 
dering the wagons. 5. The soldiers had previously plotted 
against the queen. 6. I had collected hoplites and bowmen. 
7. You (sing.) hunted on horseback. 8. You had broken the 
truce. 9. The satrap dishonoured the soldiers. 10. He had 
commanded the hoplites to plunder the country. 11. And the 
general made an expedition against the satrap’s country. 
12. He had sacrificed to the goddess. 13. Cyrus plotted harm 
to his brother. 14. I had destroyed the boats. 


168. VOCABULARY. 
*ASnvatos, -a, -ov,° Athenian. vauTns, sailor. 
GAAG, conj., but, yet. mévre (Cf. mevtaxdo.ot), indec., FIVE. 
*Aptatos, 6, Ariaeus. orépavos, 6, crown, wreath. 
Bikos, 6, jar (for wine). oTpato-medov (orpatia),® camp. 
Sacpds, 6, tax, impost, tribute. oup-réptre (ctv, réurw),? send with. 
Séxa, indeclinable, Ten. Tomos, 6, place, region. 
el, conj., if, proclitic. vorepatos, -a, -ov, following. 
Aox-Gyos, 6 (dyw),’ captain. _ An, cup (broad and shallow). 

1 Acc. sing. neut. of the pron. ' ‘5 Seep. 421, 
tls, who? what? used adverbially. 6 Cf. *AOjvnot (126). 

2 See p. 31 3. 7 Cf. Adxos, company. 

8 Acc. plur. masce. of the relative 8 Literally, the ground occupied 
pronoun ds, 4, d. by an army (1rédov, ground). © = 

4 Sc. nuépa. ‘The dat. is used to ® y before a labial becomes x. 


denote the time when. . 





46 ATTIC SECOND DECLENSION. 


LESSON XXI. 
Attic Second Declension. — Declension of ovros. 


169. The O-declension includes a few stems ending in -w-. 
This w appears in all the cases except the neuter nominative, 
accusative, and vocative plural of adjectives, but takes iota- 
subscript where the common ending has «. 


170. PARADIGMS. 
6 veds, temple ikews, propitious 
(vew-) (iA€w=) 
M. F. N. 
Sing. N. V. vews thews fheov 
G. veo thew Trew 
D. veo Trew theo 
A. vey theov fheov 
Dual N. A. V. vew frew thew 
G. D. vewy TAewv trXewv 
Plur. N. V. vew Trew trea 
G. vewv trYewv frewv 
D. VEWsS frews trhews 
A. veus thews trea 


a. Observe that the accent of these nouns is peculiar in two re- 
spects: first, the genitive and dative, when accented on the ultima, 
are oxytone (cf. 45); secondly, the long w in the ultima does not ex- 
clude the accent from the antepenult (cf. 27). 


171. Some substantives have -w or -wy in the accusative singular, 
as & Xayws, hare, accusative singular Aayo or Aaydv. 4 €ws, dawn, has 
only €w. 


172. The declension of the demonstrative pronoun obros, 
this, is as follows : — 





ll ee 
ea ae ee eee nee 





ATTIC SECOND DECLENSION. AT 





SINGULAR. DuAL. PLURAT, 


M. F, N. M. F, N. M. F, N. 
ovTOS AUTH  TOUTO |TOUTW TO’TW TOVTW |ovTOL atTaL Tatra 
TOVTOY TAUTHS TOVTOV| TOVTOLW TOUTOLY TOUTOLW|TOUTwWY TOUTWY TOUTwV 
TOUTM TAIT TOUT TOUTOLS TAVTALS TOUTOLS 
TOUTOV TaUTHY TOTO TOUTOUVS TAaUTGS TaUTA 





173. Examine the following : — 


= e ‘ > \ S 
ovTos 6 otpatnyos ayalos Hv. 

x a a , £ , 
Ta TAOLA TAUTA TEUWoLEV OLTOV METTA. 


It would be impossible to say 6 ovtos otpatyyds, Ta TadTa Tota. 


174. Rule of Syntax. — Substantives with otros require the 
article in prose, and the pronoun takes the predicate position 
(cf. 56, Rem.). 


175. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. of vem joav oixias tov Ocdv. 2. év "Edéow mapa 
TO THS Oeds vem Sévdpa jv. 3. ev TOUTS TO vem Bowpol 
4 é c & 
> ¢ e \ = A / lal s 
noav. 4. thew of Oeoi joav TH Bacireig. 5. Tols otpa- 
THyots evTos (within)! orlyov tuepav Tov picOov éxTrEwV 
¥ 6 ” S bal / po 
Teper. 0. ExmAEWV NV TO feEcoV 
ae A \ _ /- \ A 4 b] \ > 
Aiyvrrios pev Av, diros dé TO Kip. 8. ézrevd) (when) 6 
of gota = \ sym Sot on A 9 > oe 
EWS nV, EXVTaV THY yedupaV ol oTAITaL. Y. Es THY EW 
meyer 0 Kdpos tov adyyerov todtov. 10. 6 Tayo vios tod 
/ 4 ? 4 x! 11 ¢e La \ \ A 
vavapyou* Aiyvmrrios Hv. . 0 vedvias TOY Nayar TovTOL 
vepérn® éOnpevoev® 
Kab troremixos Hv. 18. 7) dé mpos Ew odds els Tols BapBa- 


Tov TrAaiciov. T. Tapas 


12. 0 Aeas TaV ’AOnvaiwy dayvdpetos 


1 This adv. governs the gen. both the time when the dawn shall have 
in its temporal sense (as here) and _ been reached. 
in its local sense. Cf.111, I. 12 and 4 An appositive to Tau. See p. 
8 


13, and note. 25 8, 
2 Neut. of the adj. used substan- 5 The dat. is used to denote the 
tively. instrument or means, as the ablative 


8 at daybreak, eis being used of in Latin. 6 See p. 421, 





48 ATTIC SECOND DECLENSION. 


pous nyev. 14. év tots Tov Oedv vews otHrar Hoav. 15. ov- 
TOL Ol oTpaTL@Tar ~cwoav Tors ev TH vEew Onaavpovs. 
16. ovTos 0 Kwpdpyns Aayas e€Onpeve, Kal ovK ev TH KON 
hv. 17. évredOev (thence) 88 tods otras Hyev eis medlov 
kanov Kal dévdpov' ciprdewv kab apurédov. 


II. 1. We shall sacrifice in these temples. 2. These gods 
were propitious. 3. He sacrificed in this temple. 4. The 
temple at Ephesus? was beautiful. 5. We have five hares 
and a jar of wine. 6. Tamos has the boats of Cyrus. 7. This 
village-chief’s son will hunt hares. 8. The treasure in these 
temples was small. 9. This country abounded in ® tall trees. 
10. Cyrus sent to these soldiers their pay in full. 11. The 
roads to the east lead into the satrap’s territory. 12. This 
people had temples in their market-place. 13. There were 
three thousand peltasts alongside‘ the temples of the gods. 
14. When it was dawn, the generals and the captains were 


sacrificing. 


176. 


Alyvrrvos, -a, -ov, Egyptian. 

Gptredos, 4, Vine. 

dvSpeios, -a, -ov, manly, brave, val- 
tant, 

Bwopos, 6, altar. 

Sév8pov, TREE. 

ex-mhews, -wv (é¢),° FULL, complete, 
entire. 

"Edecos, 7, Ephesus. 

Oncavpds, 6, treasure. 

eds, 6, people. 


1 Cf. 92, I. 6. 

2 Cf. 99, 1.3. 

8 Use ciumAews with the proper 
form of ein. 

4 See 97. 


5 Cf. waéws, FULL. So that %- 


mAews Means filled out, very full, 


VOCABULARY. 


Péoros, -1, -Ov, MIDDLE. 

vav-apxos, 6,° admiral. 

vedeAn, cloud, net. 

oAlyos, -n, -ov, small, little, plur. few. 

TOAELLKOS, -41, -OV (wéAEuos), OF OF for 
war, warlike. 

oTyAn, pillar, post. 


oup-TAEws, -wv (civ),5 FULL, abound- 


ing in. 
Taps, 6, Tamos. 
vidos, 6, SON. 


as otj.-rAews below means literally 
Jilled altogether. For ovp-rAews, see 
p. 45%. ‘ay 

6 The underlying elements are 
vais, ship (cf. vatrns), and dpxe, 
rule. 








| Pee ii eae ce 
SUBSTANTIVES: VOWEL-DECLENSION. 49 


LESSON XXII. 


- Ontrat Substantives of the Vowel- Declenstont 











PARADIGMS. 
 fwva,mina | 4 yf, earth | 4 ‘Epufs, Hermes 
(uvad-)~ . (yeaa) 4 1, CEpued-) 
N. | (urd@) pra | (4) ya | (Epudis) ‘Epps 
Bertie) ute | (eis), vis, | .CEpudor) . “Bound 
D. | (ede) pve | (vez) WH CEpueg) = “Eppa 
A. | (uvdav) pvov | (yéav) yqv |~ CEpuéday) “Eppny 
V. | (urd) pve (yea) yn CEpuea) “Epp 
V. | (ude) pv (‘Epuéa) ‘Eppa 
D. | (urdav) pvaiv (‘Epuéav) ‘“Eppatv 
aml (uvda) vat . 7 CEpuéar)  “Eppat 
~G. | (urvaév)  pvav : (‘Epuedv) ‘Eppov 
DD. | (urdais) pvais (Epudus) ‘Eppats 
A. | (urdds) pds -  CEpucais)  “Eppas 


em 10 P Bubstantives of the OS daclension whose stems. end in ° 
_-€0- OF -00- suffer contraction. 


PARADIGMS. 
6 vods, mind — Td Kavodv, basket ~ 
© (00) 5 _ (kaveo-) 

_(vdos) yous  (kdveov) — Kavoov 
(vdov) vou. (kavéov) Kayood — 
(vdq) vo (Kavé@) Kava 
(vdov) vowv © (kdveov)  Kavovv 
(vde) vou (xdveov) Kavotv 








50 CONTRACT SUBSTANTIVES: VOWEL—DECLENSION. 


D.N. A. V. (vdéw) vo (kavéw)  Kave 
Coe); (véov) — votv (kavéow)  Kkavotv 

5 Sag (vor) vot (kdvea) Kava 
G. (véwv)  vov (kavéwv)  Kavev 
D. (véois) —-vots (kavéois)  Kavots 

A. (véous) vous (kdvea) Kava 


a. Observe in the contracts inflected in 178 and 180, first, that 
the short vowel preceding the final vowel of the stem is absorbed by 
the following a, long vowel, or diphthong, except in the singular of the 
A-declension, where ea and ea become y and y; aud secondly, that in 
the O-declension 00, oe, €o, are all contracted into ov. 

b. Observe that all the contracted forms are perispomenon, except 
the nom., acc., and voc. dual of the O-declension, which are oxytone. 

ce. But compounds in -oos keep the accent on the same syllable as 
in the contracted nom. singular, as (d70-7A0os) dd-7Aovs, 6 (7Ados), 
voyage home, genitive (awomAdov) dozAov, etc. 


181. EXERCISES. 


a e e / / 4 / A 
I. 1. Kidpos odin éxdote méuer wévte apyupiov pvas. 
e \ / YO- € 4 \ n \ / : b] lal 
2. ot yap lépcas EOvo0v rim Kal yn Kal cerjvn. 38. &v TO 
\ iY a= ”~ ae a “ € 
vem EOve TO Dew “Epuy. 4. ti (what)! év v@ éyete; 5. 0 
dé to£oTns TO Kavodv eBatpalev. 6. Karol Hoav ot TroOl eis 
\ > /=— UA i” e A ¢ / / \ 
Thv Aciav. 1. tavtTn TH 0d@ of TroAguLOL Mpowéyovat TOV 


S nm if al Lal 
voov.2 8. of Oeol tXew Hoav Kal Tois vavTaLs KaNOV TAODY 


mapetyov.® 9. 0 mAods HY AdnAos Tots vavTats. 10. duocor 


: ao @ / 4 for"9 a e a 
noav ovtot Oavydlew” TL év v@ Exovol ol oTpaTL@Tal. 
11 bY =! ? fal Macey | 4 5 \ 2 / 

- a@mropol joay €v TO aToTAM ExYELY TA €miTHOELA. 
12 ¢ / > Hib! A / \ ‘a 138 , 

- 0 mepitAovs LiKEdlas THs ViToV paKpos HV. . TOTE 
J an fal an 5 ¢e / \ > A rd 
ev TH Yn Tpa@Tot Hoav ot Aaxedaipowo. Kal év TH OaddtrTn. 


14. év trovTm dé TH TOTr@ Hv 1) yh Tediov Sévdpav cUpTAEOr. 


1 Acc. sing. neut. of the inter- 8 See p. 837. 
rogative pronoun tls, ri, who? what? 4 Dependent on suo, were like 
2 apply their mind in the sense to wonder, that is ‘seemed to be 
of ‘direct their attention,’ ‘give at- wondering.’ 
tention.’ 5 Dependent on dopo. See 147. 











CONTRACT SUBSTANTIVES: VOWEL—DECLENSION. 51 


15. Tore xatetyov oi jpérepot Tpdyovos Tode“L@ TOvs TOTP 
Mpoyovous Kal Kata yhv Kal Kata OdratTav. 16. Kal Tére 
djrov nv ti (why) ot BapBapot tas adwreKds em) tails 
Keparais éyovow. 17. nal mrolm péev Hv els tadrny THY 
xopav é« Bufavtiov Kkomais! jyépas wdda paxpas mTdods, 
év 6€ TO péow” over Hoav BapPapor. 

II. 1. The voyage was to Asia. 2. We wonder what the 
enemy intend. 3. The sailors sacrificed to Hermes on the 
island. 4. There were trees and vines in this land. 5. The 


oe 
d . 


servant had five minas of silver. 
7. The barbarian wears a fox-skin cap on 


beautiful basket. 


6. He sent the gifts in a 


his head. 8. We made an expedition by land against the 


Peloponnesians. 
and a mina of silver. 
plundered the islands. 


9. Cyrus sent gifts to this man, a horse 
10. On their voyage home, the soldiers 
11. Cyrus, the brother of Artaxerxes, 


sends to the bowmen ten days’ pay, five minas of silver. 


182. VOCABULARY. 


G-Syros, -ov® (dfjA0s),* not clear, 
uncertain, doubtful. 

dAwreky, fox-skin, fox-skin cap. 

"Acta, Asia. 

éxacros, -n, -ov, each, every. 

TAvos, 6, SUN. 

MPETEPOS, -G, -oVv, OUT. 

Kara, prep.: with gen., down, under- 
neath ; with acc.,° down, down 
along, by, opposite. 

Kat-€xw® (xard, €xw), hold down, 
check, control. 

KehoaAn, HEAD. 

Korn, oar. 

Aaxedaipovios, -G, -ov, Lacedaemo- 
nian. 


poda, adv., very, very much, greatly, 
exceedingly. 

povos, -n, -ov, alone, only, sole. 

Gpovos, -a, -ov, like, similar. 

map-€xwo® (mapd, @xw), hold near, 
afford. 

mepl-Aoos, mepl-rAous, 6 (7Ados),” @ 
sailing round, voyage round. 

tAOOS, TAOUs, 6 (Cf. mAoioy, and mAéw, 
sail), voyage. 

apoyovos, 6, ancestor. ° 

mpoo-€xw (mpds, €xw), hold to, apply. 

TMPHTOS, -n, -ov, first. 

owedyvn, Moon. 

Lukedla, Sicily. 

Torte, adv., then. 





1 Dat. of instrument. See p. 47>. 


2 Of. 175, I. 6. 3 See 147. 


4 The first part of the word is 
the inseparable prefix a- (called a- 


privative), signifying negation (Lat. 
1n-, English un-). 

5 See 96. 8 See 127. 

7 Cf. wept, prep., around. See 180c. 





52 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF eipi. 


LESSON XXIII. 


. Present and Imperfect Indicative of the Irregular Verb eiui, be. 





183. PARADIGMS. 
PRESENT. IMPERFECT, 
Sing. Dual. Plur. Sing. Dual. Plurs; 
1 ell é€opev Hv Or A pev 
2 el é€otov €oté yo8a Worov Or yrov Wr OF nore 
8 éort €otov elo 7 Horny Or yTHy «Yoav 


184. The theme of eiu/é (Latin swm for es-wm) is eo- (com- 
pare Latin es-se). The present indicative uses the primary - 
endings (156), the imperfect, the secondary (163). These end- 
ings are added directly to the theme. | 

a. eit is for ea-ut, « being dropped before p and e lengthened to 
et; e for ect (eo-ot); cio for evor. In the imperfect the final o of the 
augmented theme is dropped in many of the forms. 7-06a has the 
ending -o6a (found also in other verbs) for -s, and Hy (third singular) 
has the ending -v. 


Review 38. 


185. All the forms of the present indicative of eiué are 
enclitic except ei. | 


186. The word before an enclitic (a) retains its own ac- 
cent and never changes an acute to the grave (34); (b) if pro- 
paroxytone or properispomenon (33, 35), it adds an acute on 
the ultima; (c) if a proclitic or an enclitic, it takes an acute. 


187. Enclitics retain their accent. (a) when the vowel to 
be affected by the enclitic is elided (21); (b) when there is 
emphasis on the enclitic; (¢c) when a dissyllabic enclitie fol- 
lows a paroxytone; (d) when the enclitic begins a sentence. 
The last case is relatively of infrequent occurrence. 














PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF éipt. 53 


188. The third singular, éoré (ordinarily an enclitic), has the 
regular recessive accent éor, (a) when it signifies existence or 
possibility ; (b) at the beginning of a sentence; (c) after oi, 


py, &, ws, Kai, ddAd, and rodro. 


189. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. paxpa dé ta Iepovxa toéa éori. 2. ai dé ryyab 


tod Masavdpov rotapod ciow! ek tTav Bacireiwv. 38. hv 


yap 9 mapodos orevyn. 4. éumdptov 8 iv TO ywpiov. 5. at 
Sé K@pal eiot Ths Bacirclas. 6. juev ev TH Tapaceicg. 
T. evradda joav kdpar. 8. év Kivdvvois éopév. 9. ef érrd? 
TO G0EAGH. 10. evtadda Kipw Bacireva jv Kal rapdde- 
gos. 11. Aiytarios S obroi ciowv. 12. Kip@ padrdrov dirot 
éoTé 1 TO GEAPS. 13. jv 7H Kipw woreuos pos Muaovs. 


14. od duvarov éott TAncidfav. 15. trois 5é oTpaTnyots 


browia éotlv' Ste dyes Kidpos mpos tovs PBapRdpovs. 
16. Kipw éoré, ® otpatidtat, Kal piroe Kal cippayot. 
17. Eévor éopev, ® Kipe, t@ catpdryn. 18. jv dé rapa 
\ Be Z S 5 \ \ A a3 \ a 
Tov Kidparny mdpodos orev) petaEv Tod rotapod® Kal ths 
tadpov. 19. gore 5& Kipw yuplov icyipov él tats tod 
motapmov myyats. 20. gots dé kat (also) Bacinea év Kedau- 
vais épupva érl tals mnyais ToD Mapovou rotapod. 


IJ. 1. He is a soldier. 2. Clearchus, the general, was 


a Lacedaemonian. 3. The country is hostile to Xerxes. 


4, The trees are tall and beautiful. 5. You (dual) are brave 
soldiers. 6. The satrap is in the power of the Lacedae- 
monians. 7%. These friends of Cyrus were soldiers. 8. For 
there was wine in the villages. 9. The soldiers have arms 
and horses. 10. In this place there was a beautiful park. 
11. There is a wagon-road beyond the river. 12. This is just 
in the sight of both gods and men. 13. For you are now ina 
hostile land. 14. It is plain that they will approach. -15. The 
sailors are apprehensive that the voyage is to Asia. 


t See p. 421, 2 in the power of. 8 See p. 281. 4 Cf. 111, I. 12. 


- 





54. CONTRACT ADJECTIVES: VOWEL—DECLENSION. 


190. 


Suvatos, -1, -ov, able, possible. 
éparoptov, place of trade, emporium. 


VOCABULARY. 


7H, conj., than (Lat. guam). 
Kedaal, af, Celaenae. 
klvSuvos, 6, danger, risk. 
Matavdpos, o, Maeander. 


POAAOv (udAa), adv., more, rather. 
Mapovas, Marsyas. 


petagtv, adv., between. 


Muoos, 6, a Mysian. 


OT, COn]., that, because. 

mapadecros, 6, park. 

map-oS0s, 1] (zrapd, 654s), way by, pass. 
Tadpos, y, ditch, trench. 


totov (cf. rogedw), bow. 


tropa, suspicion, apprehension. 


LESSON XXIV. 


Oontract Adjectives of the Vowel-Declension. 


Most adjectives in -eos and -oos suffer contraction. 


191. 


PARADIGMS. 





Xpucovs, GOLDEN 





N. | (xpiceos) 
G. | (xpicéov) 
D.| (xpicéy) 
A.| (xpiceov) 


-| (xpicéw) 


P.N. | (xpiceor) 


XpvTovs 
Xpvscov 
Xpur@ 
Xpvcovy 


Xpv0ow 


-| (xpucéov) xpucoty 


Xpucot 


G.| (xpucéwr) xpucav 
D. | (xpvcéos) xpucots 
A. | (xpieéous) xpucots 


S. N. | (amados) 
G. | (amddov) 
D. | (aradq) 
A. |} (arAdov) 


(xpiséa) Xpvoy 

(xpicéas) xproys 
(xpicee) xXpro7q 

(xpucéav) xprojy 
(xpicéa) xpv0d 

(xpucéuv) xprcatv 
(xpiceat) xpvcat 
(xpucéwv) xprcav 
(xpicéas) xpuoats 
(xpucéas) Xpvods 


rdovs, simple, sincere 


ardovs 
ardov 
dria 


atrAovv 


(amadn) admrdAq 
(araAdns) amdAqs 
(amadn) amdy 
(amAdnv) dardyy 


(xpiceov) xpicotv 
(xpicéov) xpvcot 
(xpicéy) xpiod 
(xpiceov) xprcovv 


(xpicéw) xpvod 
(xpicéov) xprcotv 


(xpicean) xXpv0d 
(xpicéwv) xpicoav 
(xpicéois) xprcots 
(xpicea) xXpvoa 


(amddov) amdotv 
(amAdov) darhod 
(anady)  amdr@ 
(arAdov) dardotv 














CONTRACT ADJECTIVES: VOWEL—DECLENSION. 656 





D.N.A.| (arAdw) ado (amrdda) aarda (anadw) airde 
G.D. | (amadow) aardotv (amrAdav) dardatv (amAdow) dardotv 
P.N. | (arado:) ardot (armada) amdat (amwAéa) dada 

G. | (a4rAdwv) amidov (arAdwv) dmrhav (arAdwv) damdov 
D. | (amAdois) dardois (amAdais) dardais (amAdois) atrdots 
A. | (@mAdous) dardots (amddas) dardds (amrAéa) amda 


No distinct vocative forms occur. 

So xdAxeos, of bronze ; durAdos, double ; retpamAdos, fourfold. 

a. Observe that in contraction and accent these adjectives follow 
the corresponding substantives (178, 180). 

b. But in the feminine singular of adjectives in -peos, ea and ea 
become a and gq after p, the e being regularly absorbed, as (dpyvpeos?*) 
dpyvupods, of silver, (apyvpéa) dpyupa, etc. So avdypeos, of iron. 

ce. Compounds in -oos, however, keep the accent on the same sylla- 
ble as in the contracted nominative singular (see 180 c), as (€v-voos ”) 
ev-vous, well-disposed, (evvoov) evvovv, genitive (edvoov) evvov, etc. So 
Kak0-voos,® evil-minded, ill-disposed. 

d. Compounds of vods are of two terminations (147), and do not 
contract the nominative and accusative plural neuter, as evvoa (not 
evva). 


192. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. evvous dé Kip 4) Bacined éotiv. 2. elyov 8 Kat 
AOyyas o1dnpads. 38. adrAoL Sé THY oTpaTLWTOY STrAA YarKa 
éyovow. 4. dmdods hv 0 AOyos. 5. ai Se wéATAL YarKat 
noav. 6. Tov omAITaVY aotépavos ExdoT@ YpiTOUS Hp. 
T. diros evvots Kodpos miatos jv. 8. To Bacinevov onpetov 
aeTos ypicods Av. 9. Ta 88 GOAa Hoav otpertol ypiool. 
10. edvoi eiot TH AppootH of otpatimtra. 11. of Karol 
karya0o) 4 Kip edvot joav. 12. edvor hoav Tols oTpatnyols 


1 Related to apytpiov. 

2 ed, well, and vdos. 

3 kaxds and védos. 

* A case of crasis. Crasis (min- 
gling) is the contraction into a sin- 
gle syllable of a vowel or diphthong 


o 4 
. ea 


at the end of a word with one at 
the beginning of the following word. 
The cordnis or ‘hook’ (’) is placed 
over the contract syllable, unless the 
first element has the rough breath- 
ing. Thus, raya6ot for kat &yabol. 


| 
i 
| 


eee eee ee 


SS SS 








56 CONTRACT ADJECTIVES: VOWEL-DECLENSION. 


kal tpofipas cvveBovrAcvov. 18. obTo mpoddTrat Kalb KaKd- 
vot Tols oTpaTL@Tals Hoav. 14. Kdpos ixavos Hv Ocparrevew 
Tovs TLaTOUS Kal evVOUS Kal BeBaiovs. 15. Kidpos dé érreprpe 
To avOpoT@ otpeTTov xXpicoby Kal Wédrta Kal aKkivdenv 
ste a 16 > A 4 K Md b) / / > 
YX pvcouv. - OVX OUTWS, @ KrEapye, AXOYLTTOL EopED, 
GANA Tots TOD Kipouv dirois edvor. 17. dHpa 8 erreprvay, 
7 \ / 2 A \ \ \ \ - 
irmov Kal diddnv apyupav Kal oxevnv Leporxny kal dapec- 
\ , 1 ate \ v4 v4 § n 
Kovs Oéxa. 18. Kal dapevxov Exactos &e, ® oTpaTi@Tal, 
Aoyayos 5é TO SurAodv, oTpaTHYyOs Sé TO TETPATTAODD. 


II. 1. For Cyrus had a short sword of gold. 2. But Cyrus 
sent the man a silver drinking-cup. 38. The words of good men 
are sincere. 4. The barbarians’ swords are of iron. 5. The 
prizes are drinking-cups of gold. -6. You are ill-disposed to 
the noble and good. 7. The brave general is worthy of a- 
golden crown. 8. These soldiers had bronze spears. 9. The 
- soldiers are well-disposed to their general. 10. These barba- 
rians were faithful and well-disposed to Cyrus. 11. The ser- 
vants have the provisions in baskets of gold and silver. 
12. The altar in the temple at Ephesus is of gold. 13. The 
general is ill-disposed to the satrap. 14. He was faithful to 
Darius, and is now well-disposed to Cyrus. 


193. VOCABULARY. 
aetds, 6, eagle. méATH, & small wicker shield. 
aOXov, prize. awpodorns, betrayer, traitor. 
axivakns, @ short sword (Persian). arpo8ipws, adv., eagerly, zealously. 
GAXos, GAAn, GAAO,! other, another. onpetov, signal, standard. 
G-Aoyirros, -ov (Adyos),? unreason- oaKevy, equipment, dress. 

ing, inconsiderate. oTperros, 6, necklace. 
Bacldeos, -ov (Baciretdw), royal. cup-Bovrtevw (ctv, Bovretw),* plan 
Separrevo, take care of, court. with, advise. 
ottws* (obtos), adv., thus, so. Wédvov, bracelet. 

1 Neut. nom. and acc. sing. &\Ao 8 Before consonants oftw. Of. 
for &AAor. eg, éx (p. 181). - 


2 See p. 514. 4 See p. 45 9, 











AFFINITY OF WORDS.— READING LESSON, 





LESSON XXV. 
Affinity of Words. — Reading Lesson. 


Give the meanings of the following words: — 


194. 


Gyptos 
GdnAos * 
derés 
*AOnvaios * 
dOdov 
Atytrrvos 
a&xivakns 
dANVedw * 
GAKLLOS 
GAG 
GAAS 


— GAdytorros * 


ddorrekt 
apatites * 
Gy.trehos 
a&vSpetos 
avrl 

d£vos * 
arhdos 
&rdardoos * 
Gropos 
d&pytpeos * 
*Aptatos 
"Acta 
apPovos 
Bac ircros * 
BéBaros 
Bikos 


Bopds 


-‘yéppov 


yA 


Aapetos * 
Sacpds 


— «Séxa 


SévSpov 
SHAos * 
Sikavos * 
SurAdos 
Stox taro * 
Suvards 
éyyts 

et 

eipl 

elo Bory 
éxacros 
€xaTov 
éxmrdews * 
éXevepia * 
éXevBepos * 
éu.1r6 pov 
émioroAn 
émrurhSevos 
‘Eppijs 
evvoos * 
"Eqecos 
gas 

q 

oy 

aALOS 
mPéTEpOS 
Oepatredio 
Onoavpds 


WORD LIST. 


ixavés 
trews . 
tox Upds * 
tows 
Katrou 
KaKdvoos * 
KaVvEov 
KATO 
katéx wo * 
Kedarat 
Kepadrh 
k(vduvos 
KOT} 
Aayas 


AakedSatpdvios 


Aeds 
AdShos 
Aoxayds * 
Matavdpos 
pada * 
paddov * 
Mapotas 
pécros 
peaks 
Midnros 
pve. 

p.6vos 
pUpLou 
Muoés 
vavapxos * 
vavTns * 


vedern 
VEDS 

véos * 

viv 
olkérns * 
otkos * 
6A€8pos 
oAlyos 
OP.0LOS 
ovos 
op8t0s 
ovv 

ovTos * 
ovTas * 
ama.dlov 
Tapaderoros 
Tapex wo * 
ma&podos * 


TleAotrovvycios © 


TwEATH 


arevTaKoc or * 


amévre * 
meplardoos * 
TLOTOS 
aASdos * 
TroNEenLKds * 
ToNEptos * 
Tpdyovos 
arpodéTns 
arpolvpws 
mporéx wo * 


of 


TPOTOS 

TOS 
cTarTpatreva * 
cedqvy 
onpetov 

adi peos 
ZrKedla 
oKEevh 
orébavos 
oTHAy 
oTparémmedov * 
OTpETTOS 
ocupPovreda * 
ouptrépare * 
ovpmrrews * 
Tapas 
tapos 
TETPATAGOS 
ToEov * 
TOTOS 

vids 

vrowla 
vorepatos 
prady 
irvos * 
XadSaior 
XGAKeos 
Xeppdvyoos 
XtArou * 
Xpvoreos 
Wé\vov 








58 AFFINITY OF WORDS.— READING LESSON. 


Review 1380-137. 


Associate each starred word in 194 with some other word or words ~ 


of those given in 130 and 194 related to it in form and meaning.1 


Review 138-140 and 142. 
Read and translate again 143. 
Read and translate the following passage :— 


195. Kvpos. 


II. ottws odv tov Kipov nriwacev AptaképEns. érret 
dé Hee wad Kdpos él tiv apynv, éBovrAeve Bacirevoat 
dvtt tod adeAdod. Llapvcartis pév 5) 7) wytnp var-Hpxe 
To Kip: épiret yap avtov padrov 7) tov “AptagépEny. 

& tm-Apyov Sé Kip Kal of rapa ait@ BdpBapot, evvoi te 


a ¢ 
dvtes Kal ToNeuetv ikavoi. “EXAnuiKny 6€ otpatiav HOpot- 
tev de. hvdraxas elyev év Tais Todeot. TOUTwWY Sé TOUS 


dpoupdpxous éxadatous éxédevoe ANapBavew Ledorovyy- 
cious ws Médnrtov év ve éxywv trodopxeiv. Midyjrov yap 
10 tore Ticcaddpyns 0 ths Kapias catpamns hpye modémwos 
Kipo wav. 6 & érodsopres Midntov kat Kata ynv Kal Kata 
Oaratrav. ovT@s ody otpaTiay ‘EXAnviKny HOportev. 


NOTES. 


2. ye, was come, had returned, imperf. of ixw, be come. — Pactredoa, 
to become king, aor. inf., corresponding to the aor. indic. éBaciAevoa. — 
3. Sy, NOW. — var-npXE: bm-dpxw, support, with the dat. For the accent, see 
p. 83?.— 4. éptre.: by contraction for égiree, third pers. sing. of the imperf. 
of piréw, love. —6. dSvtes, being, nom. plur. masce. of &v, pres. participle of 
eiul.— modepetv, o war, by contraction for roAcuéerv, pres. inf. of moAcuéw. — 
7. ode: adv., thus, t.e. as follows. —moreor, cities, dat. plur. of wdéAts, 7, 
city. — 8. ooupdpxovs ppovpapxos, 6, commander. — r\apBavew, to take, 
enlist. — 9. as, as, as tf. — moAvopxety : contracted pres. inf. of Tontopree, 
besiege. —MidAyrov: the gen: is used with verbs of ruling. — 10. TIPXE? 
imperf. of %pxw, rule. —11. 6 8€, but he, t.e. Cyrus. 


1 The relationship of words should simple lines may be begun early, is 
not be traced too elaborately in the very profitable, and may be made a 
first stages of a pupil’s acquisition stimulating class-room exercise. 
of a language; but etymologizing on 


5 Fh 








INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 59 


LESSON XXVI. 
Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Middle. 


In the middle voice the subject is represented as acting 


upon himself or in some manner which concerns himself. 


| Three uses of the middle may be distinguished : — 


196. The direct middle, in which the subject is represented 
as acting directly on himself. | 

Thus ypiw, anoint, middle ypioua, anoint oneself; ratw, make to 
cease, middle make oneself to cease, cease, stop (intransitive); dz-éxw, 
keep away from (transitive), middle keep oneself from, desist from, 
refrain from; mopevw, make go, middle go, proceed, march, advance. 


197. The indirect middle, in which the subject is repre- 
sented as acting for himself or on something belonging to himself. 


Thus dyopaw,1 buy, middle buy for oneself; cKxevalw,? equip, pre- 
_ pare, make ready, middle prepare for oneself; wapa-oxevalw,? prepare, 
procure, middle prepare or procure for oneself, make ready; ov-cxevalw,4 
collect baggage, middle collect one’s own baggage, pack up; pera-réurro, 
_ send for, middle send for one’s own or to come to oneself, summon; iw, 
LOOSE, middle LoosE one’s own, ransom; dyw, lead, middle lead one’s own. 
a. The indirect middle sometimes has a causative force. 
Thus daveifw, lend, middle have lent to oneself, borrow; Odw, sacrifice, 
middle cause to sacrifice, take the auspices, offer sacrifice. 


198. The subjective middle, in which the subject is repre- 
sented as acting with his own means and powers. 

Thus zap-¢yw, furnish, middle furnish from one’s own property ; 
oTpatevw, make war, middle make war with one’s own resources, take the 
field; so ov-orparevopou,' take the field with, join an expedition; Bovreve, 

plan, middle form one’s own plan, consider, deliberate, purpose ; 80 ovp- 
 Bovdredopua, consult with. 


1 Related to dyopé. form cxevd(w, and is to be used in 


2 Related to crevh. preference to it. 
8 The compound form zapa-crev- 4 y before o is dropped- 


_ dw is commoner than the simple 





60 _. INDICATIVE MIDDLE. eee, 


199. The personal-endings in the indicative middle (154, 4 


155) are: — a 
PRIMARY. SECONDARY. 4 
Sing. Dual. Plur. Sing. Dual. Plur. =3 
i ~pLaun -we8a, pny -pe0a, 
Bi -o OL -o Bov -obe -70 -obov -obe 
3. “TOL . -o ov ~VTOL -TO -o Onv TO 
200. PARADIGMS, , P 
PRESENT. IMPERFECT. Future. 
Sank Avo-par é-Avo-pyv Avoro-par q 
2. Aver é-Avov Adorer 
3 Ave-TaL é-Ave-TO Avore-TAL 
Indicative | D. 2. Ave-c ov é-Ave-o Bov Avoe-cbov - 
Middle. 3. Ave-oBov é-Avé-c Ov Adore-oPov 
PA. Avo-peba é-vo-peda Avoo-pc0e. 
a Ate-o8e é-ie-oOe Adoe-oe . E 
3. AVo-vrar é-AGo-vTO Avoo-vrat 





a. For the present stem Av °/.., found in the present and imperfect 
(augmented in the latter), see 157 and 164, and for the future stem 
vo ?/<., see 159. 

b. In the second person singular Aver is for Avecat, EAvov for 
e\ve-co, and Atoet for Avce-cat. The o is dropped, and the last two 
syllables are then contracted, -e-au into -e1, -e-o into -ov. € 


201. EXERCISES. i 


I. 1. dferas ta Sara Kal tovs tmmous. 2. of d€ oTpa- — 
tnyot éBovrevovto mopevecOar.! 3. oteppas Tov aya0av? 
a a , a 
drerydpela Sia toils tdv Oedv Spxovs. 4. apyupip® ta 





' A Y \ 4 
masa Avcovtat of TwoNtTar. 5. eita & émopevovtTo éml TOV 
motamov. 6. TO dpyéptov Savelfovrat of moditat. T. Kdpos ~ 





1 Pres. inf. middle, depending separation. Cf. the corresponding 
upon éSovdevorro. use of the ablative in Latin. 
2'The gen. is used with verbs of 8 Cf. 11b, aa 












- 
cr 
* 
, 
SS 
is 


, 


7 


Py 


INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 61 


Sé roils otpatnyois! Kab Aoyayois cupPBovredvera. 8. eis 
Kaiclav rh otpariav aGéera. 9. tayéws Sid rod qediov 
émropevopucba eis Kopas. 10. ody Tois otparnyois BovAcverat 
Ti? dixatov éort. 11. Kab iepeta Oicetar To Deo. 12. Kab 
of Gddot exptovro. 18. pucbdv exrrewv srapeixeto eis? 
thv otpatiav. 14. Kopos S& petaméureras tov Kréapyov. 
15. cvotpatetcovras YevOn1 16. pera 8& TodTo THY 
Qvalay wapecxevafovto. 17. rH O& torepaia Kipos ézro- 
pevero nucdnpévws padrrov. 18. Kal oxvnpds cuveckeva- 
fovro. 19. wépav Sé rod Eidparov jv copy: é« travrns of 
oTpatiaTat yyopdlovto Ta émiTHdea. 20. yidos odes 
qavu éoti, Kipos dé mapackevdleras Sid Tv émipérecav. 

II. 1. And he was proceeding on the wagon. 2. They will 
not deliberate carelessly. 3. He took the field against his 
biother. 4. Cyrus will summon the village-chief. 5. They 


_ will bring their horses to the camp. 6. They proceed through 


7 
g 








this country to the river. 7. The bowmen send for their 
bows. 8. The generals are offering sacrifice. 9. You did not 
proceed to Cyrus. 10. And on the following day he offered 
sacrifice. 11. When it was dawn, the soldiers anointed them- 
selves. 12. We shall ransom our servants. 13. But on the 
following day they summon the generals and the captains. 
14, The targeteers will purchase provisions for themselves. 





202. VOCABULARY. 

elra, adv., then, thereupon. - dxvypas, adv., reluctantly. 

émupédea, care, thoughtfulness. mavu, adv., wholly, very, altogether, 

Hpednpévos, adv., carelessly. very much. 

Guoia (iw), sacrifice, offering. OTAVLOS, -G, -ov, SCArCe. 

tepetov (icpds), victim (for sacrifice). oreppds, adv., firmly, resolutely, ob- 

Kuttxla, Cilicia. stinately. 

peta, prep.*: with gen., with; with tayéws, adv., quickly, soon. 

 ace., after. Xtss, 6, fodder. 
1 See p. 31 8, 4The literal sense is amid, 
pun iol, 1. 4, among. pera implies participation, 

pap © to, for. as ody accompaniment. | 








62 INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 


LESSON XXVIII. : : 
Aorist, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Middle. 


203. The Future Perfect Indicative denotes that an action 
will be already finished at some future time, as Ae\vooua, I 
shall have ransomed. It is a perfect transferred to the future. 











204. PARADIGMS. 

First Aor. PERF, Pup. Fut. Perr, 

S. 1. | @drod-pynv | AAv-par | éAeAd-pyv | AcAtoro-por 

2. | éAtow AAv-car | é-AéAv-cro AcAtorer 

8. | é-Atoa-To AeAv-TaL é-Aé€Av-TO AcAVore-TaAL 

Indicative | D. 2. | é-Atca-cbov | AéAv-oBov | é-AéAv-cbov | AeAdoe-cov 
Middle. 8. | &-Avod-cOnv | A€Av-cBov | é-AcAv-cOqv | Achioe-cPov 

P. 1. | &Avod-peba | AeAV-peOa | €-AcAV-peOa | AcAtoro-pc0a 

2. | &-Atoa-obe | A€Av-cGe é-LéAv-o Be AcAivore-o Oe 

3. | éAtoa-vro | AéAv-vrar | é-AeAv-vTo | AeAvoro-vrar 





a. The first aorist middle has the same tense-stem as the first 
aorist active, Avoa- (165). In the second person singular é@Aitow is 
for eAvoa-co. o is dropped, and the last two syllables are con- 
tracted, -a-o into -w. 

b. The perfect and pluperfect middle use the perfect middle stem, 
formed simply by reduplicating the theme. Thus AeAv-. To this the 
pluperfect, as a secondary tense, prefixes the augment. 

ce. The future perfect uses the perfect middle stem with -c°/.. 
added. Thus Acd\vo° /-., 

d. The perfect and future perfect middle use the middle primary 
personal endings, the aorist and pluperfect, the secondary (199). 


205. Note also the following : — 






Puvp. PLUpP. 
S. 1. | éoxevac-par | éoxevdo-pny érremép pny 
2. | érkeva-car | éoxeva-co émrérreprpo 


8. | éoxevac-rar | éoxevac-To 


=. 
a 


al ste 


a S ee 
d i , 
al at ats Stes oo ‘. ’ 
lt a _ ae nS sore eres 
a 








INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 63 





éxxeva-cBov | éoxeva-cbov | 7x8ov | 7xov | awérephOov | érérendoy 
éoxeva-cbov | éxkevd-cOnv | x9ov | 7XOnv | wérephOov | éremepdhOnv 
erkevdio-pe0a | Exkevdio-pela | rypeOa| aypeOa| teméppeOa | érreméupeda 
erxeva-o0e | éxxeva-obe | xO | HxOe | mémephOe | erérendbe 
érkevac-pévor| érxevac-pévor| 7ypévor| rpypévou| mwemeppévor| tmemeppevor 
elo Hoa clot} oav elo "oa 


eee 


206. The perfect and pluperfect middle of such verbs in 
-€w as have already been introduced are inflected like éoxevao-por 
and éoxevac-wnv above. 68 of the theme (104) is dropped before 
endings which begin with o; elsewhere it is changed to o. 


207. The third person plural is a compound form, consist- 
ing of the perfect middle participle and é¢io/ in the perfect 
(literally they are having prepared themselves, that is they have 
prepared themselves), and of the perfect middle participle and 
noov in the pluperfect (they were having prepared themselves, 
that is they had prepared themselves). 

Inflect the perfect and pluperfect middle of déyopafw and daveilw. 

a. The perfect and pluperfect middle of dyw and véuzw are in- 
flected as above. ‘The forms will be explained later. 

b. The perfect and pluperfect middle of éyw are éoyn-par and 
éoxy-pyv. These are inflected like AcAv-pat and €-AeAv-pyv. 


208. EXERCISES. 

J. 1. of 6€ MiAnjrov ronrirat 7déas erravcavtTo. 2. Kat Tov 
oTpaTnyov Kal TOV catpatny ateréuato. 38. éoTpateuvTo 
Sé Kdpos eis THY TOV Trokeuiwv yopav. 4. ovTOS TOD pds 


tovs BapBadpous Todéuou! reravceTra. 5. of 58 oTpaTia@rat 


5) , fa) \ 92 , 2 \ ee a ) a 
émeTropevyTo ataduovs* mévre. 6. Kal ot omrttat évtadba 
if / la) A 

averavoavto. 7. or(you TOV oTpaTLwTaY aitov® éyevoarTo. 
8. mapeoKkevacpévor hoav él Tovs modeplous. Y. of omAtTaL 
> a LA : af \ 7 \ \ £ = 
adeOs TemopevvTat él TO adxpov. 10. Kal To Yarapriara 

1 Cf. 201, I. 3. 8 In Greek the gen. is used with 


2'The extent of time or space is verbs which signify an action of the 
expressed by the acc. (as in Latin). senses or of the mind. 





3 


I ge a a oe 





64 INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 


édicdcOnv tov immov. 11. cuveotpdrevpar ev TH Ppvyia — 
avy Kreadpye. 12. 0 ’A@nvaios ottws eGicato. 18. ’Apta- 
EépEns eis padynv mapecxevacto. 14. of rooTar payns 
metravoovtat. 15. adr\rAa IIpdfevos tov "AOnvatov peteméu- 
rato olxoQev. 16. of wrorduot ovK erravcavTo dua OANS THS 
nuépas. 17. o carpamns BeBovrevtar btrws Tas THY TOAL- 


TOV bmowplas mwavoe. 18. évrad0a dwakar peotal adevpov | 


joav Kai olvov, as! rapecxevdcato Kipos. 19. Kal 6 
dppoorns peteTéu ato Tovs otpatnyous Kal Noxayovs TOV 
oTpaTioTav eis Bufavtiov. 


II. 1. Cyrus summoned Proxenus. 2. They have proceeded 
to the sources of the river. 3. The army had advanced ten 
stages. 4. He has consulted with Cyrus. 5. But he summoned 
Cyrus from his satrapy.? 6. The soldiers will rest in the plain. 
7. We have taken the field against the queen’s soldiers. 8. He 
offered sacrifice to the gods. 9. They will have ransomed their 
children. 10. We have kept our own arms safe. 11. You have 
ceased from battle. 12. Why® did you take the field against 
the satrap? 18. He summoned the peltasts and the bowmen. — 
14. Cyrus has considered how he shall be king in pias of his 
brother. 


209. VOCABULARY. 
dSeds, adv., fearlessly, ajSéws, adv., gladly. 
axpov, height, summit. otkobev (oikos, oixia), adv., from home, a 2 
GAevpoy, flour (commonly plur. ). Sdos, -n, -ov, whole, entire. fi 
dva-rave,! make to cease, make to émws (ras), conjunctive adv., in 
halt; mid. desist, halt, rest. what way, how. 


Gro-trépro, send off or away; mid. TIpofevos, 6, Proxenus. 
send away from oneself, dismiss. Xmapriirys, a Spartan. 

yevo, give a taste; mid. give one- orabpds, 6, stopping-place, day’s 
self a taste, taste. march. 

évrav0a (ev), adv., there, thereupon. Ppvyla, Phrygia. 





1 Of. 161, I. 5. The prep. avd, up, in composi- 
2 See 143. tion here merely "strengthens the 
8 Cf. 167, I. 10. meaning of the simple verb. 











jap oe2 





LESSON XXVIII. 


Third or Consonant-Declension. 


910. The third or consonant-declension includes all nouns © 


whose stems end in a consonant or close vowel (., v). 


211. The stem of a noun (47) in the consonant-declension 
cannot always be determined from the nominative singular, 
but may generally be found by dropping the case-ending (47) 
of the genitive singular. 


212. The case-endings of the consonant-declension are :— 


SINGULAR. Dua. PLURAL. 
M. and F. N. M. F. N. M. and F. Ne 
-s or none none | N.A.V. -€ N.V. | -es -O 
-0s G.D. -OLV G. -@OVv 
“t Dp. -oU 
| -a Or -v none A. | -as OF -vs -a 
like N.ornone none 


213. Formation of Cases. (Section 213 for reference only.) 
1. The Nominative Singular of masculines and feminines 


3 adds -s to the stem. 


a. But stems in -y-, -p-, -o-, or -ovr-, reject the ending -s and 


lengthen a preceding e to 7 andotow. Final 7 is dropped (232). 


2. The Accusative Singular of masculines and feminines 
adds -a to consonant stems, -v to vowel stems. 

b. But barytone (36) stems in -r-, -6-, -0-, after a close vowel, com- 
monly omit the mute and take the case-ending -y. 

3. The Vocative Singular of masculines and feminines is . 

regularly the mere stem. 

But in the following cases it is like the nominative: (c) oxytone 
stems ending in a liquid; (d) all participles; (e) stems ending in a 
mute; (£) but in stems in -1d- and barytone (36) stems in -vr- the voca: 
tive singular is the mere stem. Final 6 or r is dropped (232). 





She Se Sey ee 
a ie, =", =a 
~ r a, 7 
: = 


66 THIRD OR CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 


4, The Accusative Plural of masculines and feminines adds 
-as to consonant stems, -vs to vowel stems. ie 

5. The Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Singular of - 
neuters are the simple stem. Final -r- ig dropped (232). 


Stems ending in a Labial or Palatal Mute (114). 

















214. PARADIGMS. 
6 Xdavp 6 KAdp 6 ptaAatl 6 h até H Si@pvk 
(XadvB-) | (kAwm-) (pvAak-) (ay-) (Siwpux-) 
Chalybian thief guard goat canal 
S.N. V. | Xodup KAwys vra£ até Sidpvé 
G. | XddvB-os | kdwm-ds | dvAak-os aly-os Siwpux-os ) 
D. | XadvP-r kXor-C ovAak-t aly-¢ Siwpvx-t 
A. | XodvB-a KAOTr-a, dvAak-a aty-a Sudipux-a_ 
D.N. A.V. | XcduB-e kA@rr-€ odv\ak-e aty-e Sidpux-e 
G. D. | Xadvp-ow| kArwm-otv | hudck-ouw aiy-oty Stwpvy -oww 
P.N.V. | XddvB-es | Krdr-es | dvdax-es aty-es Sidpvx -es | 
G. | XadvP-ov | Krwm-dv | dvddk-wv | aty-av Siwptx-wv | 
D. | Xadvn Krol pvAage aigt Stadpvée | 
A. | XdAvB-as | KAdr-as | diAak-as aty-as Stapvyx-as 3 


a. Observe the case-endings (212) and apply the principles stated q 
in 213, 1, 2, e, 4. | 
Review 112-115. a 
Apply the following laws of euphony to the paradigms :— ey 
215. Mutes before 3.— (a) A labial mute before ¢ forms 
with it y (for ro). (b) A palatal mute before o forms with it 
é (for xc). 
Review 44, 45. 


216. Special Rule of Accent. — Monosyllabie stems of the 
consonant-declension accent the ultima in the genitive and 
dative of all numbers. 


1 Cf. pvdaxh, Which means a body of pvAakes. 











THIRD OR CONSONANT-—DECLENSION. 67 


217. Gender.— Stems ending in a labial or palatal mute 
are never neuter, but are either masculine or feminine. 

Review 83-86. 

218. Like the substantives in 214 are declined: AcAow, AdXoz-os, 
6, a Dolopian; cxdAow, oxoAoz-0s, 6, stake, pole, plur. palisade; @pa, 
@pax-ds, 6, a Thracian; Owpaé, Odpax-os, 6, breastplate; knpv§, kjpuk-os,} 


6, herald; Kidé,? Kidix-os, 6, a Cilician; pdorig, pdoriy-os, 4, whip, — 


mrTEpvé, TTépvy-os, 9, wing, flap; pdrayé, padayy-os, 7, line of battle, 
phalanx. 


219. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. év 8é tats otkiats Hoay aiyes. 2. Owpaxa éyer® tov 
e , s \ 4 = ” \ n ” 
immixov. 8. TOTe O€ KHpUKas ETreprfe Trepl oTrovdav. 4. év0a 
ai Sumpuxes eict, yépipar 8 Errevowv. 5. of BapBapor érdEev- 


4 6. Kal ovxére mévte otddia® duevyérnv 


cay UTO Mactiywr. 
T® parayye. T. TovTO TO ywpiov eiyov TAY Kidixwv pira- 
kes. 8. tddpos yap. hv wept TO ywpiov Kal oKoroTes éml 
Ths avaBorjns. 9. of yap TokdTat Tovs KA@Tas éxdXacaV. 
10. éyer pucPopopovs XaddvBas nal Opaxas. 11. ddr év 
pécw® Huev TOD ToTapod Kal Ths Sidpvxos. 12. TovTwv &é 
tptaxdotot Opaxes Hoav. 13. 0 otpatnyos omditds ever 
xidtous, Adrorras kal ’OrvvOious. 14. 4 d& wrAnciov™ yopa 
éotl XddvBes.2 15. emt O& TH eis TO wediov bmepBorH 
joav pvraxes. 16. ceive O€ 7 Kiduooa diraxas Kindsxas. 
17. évredev érropevovto dia XadrvBov otabpovrs révte* obToL 
etyov Owpaxas divots, avTi Sé TOV TTEPYyoV oTdpTAa TUKVA. 

II. 1. The whips are in the house. 2, This thief did not 
speak the truth. 3. The Thracian has the horses. 4. He will 
punish the guard with judgment.? 5. He sent guards with the 


1The ob of the stem xnpux- is 5 Cf. 208, I. 5. 


shortened in the N. and V. sing. 6 in the middle, t.e. between. 
2 Of. Kiduxia. 7 Here equal to neighbouring. 
8 Zyw in the sense of have on. See p. 231, 
4 under the lash, that is, of their 8 In English we should say, ‘‘is 
leaders. This was a part of Persian that of the Chalybians.”’ 
discipline. 9 Cf. 106, I. 12. 











68 INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 


queen into Cilicia. 6. You were buying goats in the market- 
place. 7. The heavy-armed men had breastplates. 8. But on 


the following day he sent heralds. 9. He ordered the whole! 


phalanx to advance.? 10. The guards give attention? to the 


words of the herald. 11. The canal is long and narrow, and 


upon (it) is a bridge. 
rampart of the camp. 


220. 


avaBory, bank (of earth), rampart. 
S.-€xo, intrans., be apart. 
év0a (ev), adv., there, here, thereupon. 
évrevbev (ev), adv., thence, thereupon. 
€r-eupr (eiul), be on, be upon, be over. 
lmrmuKxos, -41, -ov (Zrros), for cavalry, 
cavalry-. 
Katooa (Kiait), Cilician queen. 
Alveos, -G, -ov,4 of linen. 
pi8o-hopos, -ov,5 receiving pay; 
MiaGopédpo., as Subst., mercenaries. 
*OdtvOtos, 6, an Olynthian. 
ovx-éru,° adv., no longer. 


12. There is a high palisade on the 


VOCABULARY. 


wept, prep., around on all sides: 
with gen., about, concerning ; 


\ 


with dat., around, about; with ° 


ace., around, about. 
wAngo lov (cf. rrAnoid(w), adv., near. 
TUKVOS, -11, -ov, thick, close together. 
omaptov, rope, cord. : 
orddiov, stade (measure of length 
= about 582 feet). 
trrepBody, crossing, mountain-pass. 
Umo, prep., under (Latin sub): with 
gen., under, by ; with dat., under ; 
with acc., under. 


LESSON XXIX. 


Indicative Passive. 


221. In the passive voice the subject is represented as 
acted on. Thus, A¥ouat, I am loosed, ehuounv, I was loosed, ete. 


222. Examine the following: — 


6 otparnyds rods SrAirds méuipe, the general will send the heavy- 


armed men. 


ob OmXirat brd Tod oTparyyod aeupOnoovrat, the heavy-armed men 


will be sent by the general. 


1 For the order, cf. 208, I. 16. 
2 Cf, 201, 1.2. 
Gf. 181, 1. 7, 


* Declined like: ypioo%s (191). 
5 wi Ods and pépw, carry, gain. 
6 od and én, still, Surther, longer. 


rae ete 7 _ . .. Ta. ——— on ee — — 





INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 69 


2 
- 
a 


sot -Todguton Tas Orovdds Acd’Kaor, the enemy have violated the 

, treaty. 

ak orovdal rots rodeuiors AéAvVTaL, the treaty has been violated by 
the enemy. 


a. Observe that the object of the active becomes the subject of the 
passive; and that the subject of the active, the agent, when the sen- 
tence is converted into the passive, is expressed either by to (by) and 
the genitive, or, when the verb is in the perfect tense, by the dative. 
Hence : — 


223. Rule of Syntax.— The agent is usually expressed, in 
the passive construction, by iad with the genitive. 


224. Rule of Syntax.— With the perfect and pluperfect 
passive the agent is sometimes expressed by the dative. This 
is called the Dative of the Agent. 


225. The present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, and future- 
perfect have the same forms in the passive voice as in the 
middle. The remaining tenses are the aorist and the future. 








226. PARADIGMS. 
First Aorist. First Furure. 
Rack. é-AvOn-v AvOyoo-par 
2. é-AVOn-s AvOyoret 
3. é-Av0-n AvOrore-rat 
Indicative D2. é-AvOn-Tov AvOrore-c Pov 
Passive. 3. é-Lv0q-THv AvOyoe-c-bov 
Pel. é-AvOn-pev AvOnoo-pe8a 
2. é-AvOn-Te AvOrjore-o Oe 
3. é-AVOn-cav Avoyoo-vrat 


a. The first aorist passive uses the first passive stem, formed by 
adding the tense-suflix-Ge- (lengthened to -67- in the indicative) to the 
theme. Thus Av-Oe- (Av-On-). As a secondary tense, it has augment in 
the indicative. It uses the active secondary endings (163). 








70 INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 


b. The first future passive uses the first passive stem with -0°/.. 
added and -6e- lengthened to -0y-. Thus Av-6yo0°/.-, It uses the middle 


primary endings (199). 


ec. For the form AvOjca, see 200 b. 


227. In the first aorist and first future passive of such = 


verbs in -Cw as have already been introduced, 6 of the theme 
(104) is changed to o before the tense-sign -Oe- (-7-). 


Form the first aorist and first future passive of apralw, Oavpale, 


aripalo. 


a. The first aorist and first future passive of dyw and wéumw are 


NXOnv, axOnoouon and éréuhOnv, reupOnoopar. 
The first aorist and first future passive of éyw do | 


explained later. 
not occur in Attic Greek. 


228. 


I. 1. wés AvOnodpeba ; 


- 4 c s\ a y 1 
OU1N VTO TMV OLKOL 


tais* Adpeiov tratdevOncovTat. 
6. eis Kactwrod trediov abpoifovrat. 


Oncav omNitat Sdvo. 


(vA >] 9 > i & > a 
1. ovTw 8 avd éo@fovto éxetvor 


OELVOV. 


9. radra codferat dia’ Kipov tn otpartia. 
11. cat evOds peterréupOnoav dpov- 
12. év rovT@ TO ywpio oO oiKérns éoTir, Ei 


SeveTO GUY TOLS AAAOLS. 


pol 


AEAUTAL. 


*Twvixot. 


15. re aderdo@ brd Tod SidacKdrov Tretraideva ov. 


1 See p. 231, 

2 Instead of the usual order, arti- 
cle, attributive, substantive (see 56, 
Rem.), the article with the attribu- 
tive may follow the substantive, in 
which case the substantive itself 
may also have the article before it. 

3 Sc. wing. 

# An emphatic they. 


AVTLOTATLWTOV. 


8. wate HnvayKxacn 


These forms will be 


EXERCISES. 


2. Kat ovTos 8) érAvOn. 38. érrié- 


a VA 
4. émt tais Ovpais 
5 » Pea | n > 7 wo? > E ao 
. €Tl TO EeVoVUpM® éTokEd 


4 5 


avv® trois Oeots é« mwavu® 


€ 


0 gpovpapyos mAnodlev. 
10. Kipos émai- 


13. pera TOV oTpaTiwTav EVO Oo KOYaYOS TOVdE 
tov tpdrov.® 14. @ ; t rn? yea Oar. 
po7rov. . MOTE NvayKalovTo axor}” TropeverCar. 


16. éx 


5 by the favour of. 

6 Adverbial modifier of the fol- 
lowing adj., although the latter is 
here used as a subst. 

" through, by. 

8 in the following manner. The 
acc. is used in many expressions 
with the force of an adverb. 

® Of. 106, I. 12. 





a ee eS es ee en ee ee 






INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 71 


TOV KOpoOV SinpTacto UT TaY BapBapwy Kai (even) Ta 
amo Tov oikiav Evra. IT. of otpati@Tat Tpos Tos ToNeE- 
pelovs tropevec Oar exexéXevvTO T@ oOTpATNHYO- 
nOpoicOnaav Kipw otpati@rat Ste éml Tov adergov ’Apta- 
EépEnv éotpatevero. 


IL. 1. They are saved by the peltasts. 2. Ten thousand 
heavy-armed men were sent for. 3. Pay was sent to the 
soldiers by Cyrus. 4. The bridges will have been destroyed. 
5. I have been compelled by the general to stop. 6. They 
will be collected in the villages. 7. The young men will be 
educated by good teachers. 8. I was compelled to send pay 
to the guards. 9. Ten bowmen on the right (wing) are shot. 
10. He was shot through the breastplate by the bowman. 
11. The villages have been saved by the satrap’s army. 12. He 


18. ottTws obdv 





sent gifts to the general because he had been saved. 


229. 


dvrirracwirys, opponent. 
av, ady., again, in turn. 

Servos, -4, -ov, dreadful, perilous ; 
deivdy, aS Subst., peril, danger. 
$y, intensive and postpositive parti- 

cle, now, indeed, in particular. 


SiSdoKados, 6, TEACHER. 


Svo, TWO. 
éxetvos, -y, -0,! that, that one. 


bus, adv., straightway, immediately. 


evovupos, -ov, left (as opposed to 
5etids). 
"Twvikes, -y, -ov, Ionic. 


1 Demonstrative pronoun, refer- 
ring to something remote. Declined 
like @adAos (193). The rule in 174 
applies also to éxeivos. 

2 Demonstrative pronoun, refer- 
ring to something near, declined 
like the article, with the demonstra- 
tive suffix -d¢ added to the forms. 


VOCABULARY. 


Kaorwdos, 7, Castolus. 

EvAov, wood, plur. timbers. 

05¢, 75¢, Tode,” this. 

olkou® (olkos, oxida), adv., at home. 

ore, conjunctive adv., when. 

masevo (cf. maidiov), educate, train. 

melo, press hard. 

oXoAn, leisure. 

TpoTros, o, manner, character. 

povp-apxos,t o, commander of a 
garrison. 

dpovpos, 6, watcher, guard. 


Xeplrodos, 6, Chirisophus. 


éde is used in referring forward to 
an object yet to be mentioned, odTos 
in referring back to an object already 
mentioned. The rule in 174 applies 
also to 5c. 
3 See 28. 
~ £ ppoupds and &pxw, rule, 








72 LINGUAL MUTE STEMS: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 


LESSON XXX. 7 


Lingual Mute Stems of the Consonant-Declension. 


230. PARADIGMS. 
n vbt h éAnls nN xdpis a) Spvis 6 yépwv 
(vukT-) (eAm5-) (xapir-) (opvi0-) (yeport-) 
NIGHT hope favour bird old man 
S. N. | vue earls Xapis Spvis yépav 
G. | vuKT-os €irrld-os | Xdpit-os opvi0-os yépovT-os 
D. | vunr-b erlB-e Xaper-t Spvid-t yépovT-t 
A. | vuKT-a &arlB-a Xap opviv yépovT-a 
V. | we dari Xapis dpvis ‘yépov 
D.N. A.V. | vuxr-e éarlB-e XapiT-e opvi0-e yépovr-e 
G. D. | vu«r-otv | édmid-ow | xapir-ow | opvid-o1w | yepovr-orv 
P.N.V. | vwo«r-es | amides XapiT-es Opvid-es yépovT-es 
G. | - vuKt-ov &irl8-wv | xaplr-wv | dpvid-wv | -yepovt-wv 
D. | vv lor Xapioe Opviot yépovce 
A. | vuKr-as €&\rrlS-as | xapit-as dpvi0-as yépovT-as 





: 
i} 
a | 

: 
| 
iit 
til 
i 


a. Observe the case-endings (212) and apply the principles stated 
in 213, 1, a, 2, b, e, f, 4. 


Apply the following laws of euphony to the paradigms : — 
231. Mutes before }.— A lingual mute before o is dropped. 


232. Final Consonants. — The only consonants which can 
stand at the end of a word are v, p, ands. Final w(as) and (xs) - 


are not exceptions. Other final consonants are dropped. 


233. N and a Lingual before %.—vz, vd, v6 are dropped be- 
fore o, and preceding a, 1, v lengthened to a, 7, v, € to «, o tO ov. 

a. Observe that vvg is for vuxt-s, vu«-s (231, 215 b). 

Review 44, 45. 

234. Gender.— (a) Masculine are all substantives whose 
stems end in -vr-. (b) Feminine are all those whose stems 
end in -6-, -0-. (c) Some words of masculine or feminine form, 
denoting persons or animals, are of common gender (p. 20%). 





ee 


wee | 


—e 











IG 
’ 


LINGUAL MUTE STEMS: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 138 


235. Like the above are declined: dpywv, dpxovt-os (cf. ppovpap- 
xos, and for the voc., see 213 d), leader, commander ; pvpids, pvpidd-os } 
(pipior), ten thousand ; rats, atd-0s,2 6, } (ef. radevw), child, boy, girl; 
orreyyis, otreyyis-os, a tiara; hvyas, puyas-os,! 6, 7, fugitive. 


236. PARADIGMS. 
To cOma Td bvoua Td ppéap Td Tépas 
(cwmart-) (ovouar-) (ppear-) (repar-) 
body NAME well portent 
S. N. A. V. copa Svopa dpéap Tépas 
G. TWPLAT-0S OVOPAT-0S péat-os TEpaT-0s$ 
D. CwOPLAT-t Ovopar-t dpéar-t Tépar-t 
D.N. A. V. TwpLar-€ Ovopar-e dpéar-e Tépar-€ 
G. D. capor-ow | svopdr-ow | pedr-ow TEPAT-OLW 
on a CwLAT-O OVOPaT-o mpéar-a Tépat-a 
G. TOPAT-wV Gvopat-wv | dpetit-wv TEPOT-wVv 
Dy THLATL OVOP.AoL dpéace Tépact 


a. Observe the case-endings, and apply the principle stated in 
213, 5. péap and répas, and a few others, are exceptions to the rule. 


237. Gender. — Neuter are all substantives with stems in -ar-. 


238. Like cpa and ovoua are declined: xrjpa, kryyar-os, a pos- 
Session ; mpayya, mpaypyat-os, thing, matter, event, plur. affairs, troubles ; 
oTOpa, OTOpaT-os, mouth; orparevpa, oTpaTevpat-os (oTpaTevw), army ; 
owOnpo, cvvOypyat-os, watchword ; rokevpa, Tofevpat-os (Togov), arrow ; 
XpnvA, xpypat-os, a thing that one uses, plur. things, wealth, money, property. 


239. EXERCISES. 

I. 1. 76 & dpyovre éxetvos éyOpol joav. 2. 7rd S& dOrov 
qv otreyyis kari Kal.ypich. 38. ovTws odv éxivdivevaayr ot 
apyovres. 4. kal Tols TOV ToAeLlwY KTHpacLW ovK érreBoU- 
heve. 5. Eats Sé otpatevpa BapRapixov év TO TANoiov 
mapadeiow. 6. kal rapa tHv yédbipav Tov Tiypntos roTa- 
fod méurpes huraknv. T. THY yédhvpav TavTnv AéAUKEV O 


1 See 213 e. and plur. are irregular in accent 
2 Voc. rai (213f). The gen.dual aldo, raldwv. See 216. 











74 LINGUAL MUTE STEMS: CONSONANT—DECLENSION. 


- old man. 


caTparns THs vUKTOS.. 8. TO Tov PpéaTos oT6ma piKpdv eoTLV. 


9. havepa ove hv 1) THv puyddwv émiBovry. 10. obdTos yap 


Aapeiov cat Ilapvodridos éott mais, éuos 6€ adeddds. 
11. cat d&w rods huyddas eis THY yopav evOev eiph huyds. 
12. ypjotuna yap Av Ta Toedpata Tois ToEOTaIs. 18. Ti éote 
TO ovvOnpa ; 


OTL Of TOAEMLOL OAiryOL HoaD. 
otpatevpate érmides elol cwrnplds. IT. eel & év tovTas 
éopev TOs Tpayyact, cup~BovrevoduEba aou.® 18. reATacTal 
dé TeTpaxicytdior Hoav, Kal TOV peta Kipov BapBdapwv déxa 
pupiddes. 19. évtad0a, ® Levon, EEer TO oTpaTevpa Tpodyp. 
II. 1. But they had bows and arrows. 2. Across the river 
were old men and boys. 3. But in the houses were goats and 
birds. 4. Clearchus the Lacedaemonian was a fugitive. 5. We 
have saved our lives* and our arms. 6. The boys will be 
punished by their teacher. 7. We rightly feel grateful to the 
8. He has a good name. 9. Thus they rested dur- 
ing the night. 10. The gods send portents tomen. 11. The 
barbarians caused ® the army trouble. 12. And he ordered the 
exiles from Miletus to take the field. ‘y) 


240. VOCABULARY. 


BapBapikds, -1, -ov (BdpBapos), bar- 
barian, foreign. 


KivSuvevm (Klydivos), be in peril, run 
a risk. 


14. otparnyol yap Kal Aoyayol ov ypnuatov 
évexa ovv Kip érropevovto. 15. tots obv Oeots yapiv etyov® 
16. ody tois Oeots Karal TH 


ews, -1], -ov, my. 

évexa, adv., with gen., on account 
of. 

évOev (ev), thence, whence. 

ért-BovAn,® a plan against, plot. 

éxOpos, -a, -ov, hostile.® 


{Tapvcaris, -.S0s, Parysatis. 
cowrtypla (cd w), safety, deliverance. 
TeTpaKtor-x tALot,-at,-a.(xZA01), 94000. 
Ttypys, -yTOos, 0, the Tigris. 

tpody, nourishment, support. 


XPITUWLos, -y, -ov (xpHuc), serviceable. 


1 The gen. denotes the time within 
which. Cf. the use of the abl. in Lat. 

2 ydpw exw, feel grateful. 

8 Dat. sing. of the pronoun at, 
you. An enclitic form. 

4 Te. bodies. 


5 See p. 632, 
6 Use rapéxw. 


7 Often called an improper prepo- 
sition. €vexa comm. follows its case. 

8 Cf. émi-Bovkedw. The underly- 
ing word is BovAy, plan. 

9 Of personal hostility, whereas 
modeutos carries the idea of wéAeuos. 

10 rerpduis, four times. 





—<s I = = r= 





= CONTRACT VERBS IN THE INDICATIVE. 75 


, | LESSON XXXII. 
Oontract Verbs in the Indicative. 


_ 241. Contraction of Vowels. — Two successive vowels, or a 
vowel and a diphthong, within a word, are often united by 
contraction into a single long vowel or diphthong. 


~ Vowel with Vowel.—a. An open and a close vowel (11), in this 

order, form a diphthong, as dpe-i, dper; Kpéa-i, kpéat. 

b. Two like vowels form the common long, as dyAd-o, dno ; pire- 
nrov, piAjrov. 

e. But e« gives a, and oo gives ov, as dircerov, pircirov; dydrc- 
opev, SnAodpev. 

d. An osound (0 or w) absorbs a, ¢, or y, and forms o, as ripd-o, 
TINO; Tipd-opev, Tinapev; pire-w, PAD; SyAd-yTov, SnAG@Tov. 

e. But eo and oe give ov, as gdirc-opev, pidrodpev; Syd0-erOoy, 
dyAotrov. 

f. If a and ¢€ or y come together, the first absorbs the second and 
forms either @ or 1, as Tipd-erov, TiLaTOV; Tiud-nTOV, TILATOV; OpE-a, Opn. 


Vowel with Diphthong.—g. A simple vowel is absorbed before 
a diphthong that begins with the same vowel, as ¢uAé-els, pircls ; 
SnAo-over, SyArovor; Preys, PiAys; SyAo-oinv, Syroinv. 

h. Further, ¢ is absorbed before ou, as duAc-oinv, ptAoinv. 

i. In other cases, a simple vowel before a diphthong is contracted 
with its first vowel. The second disappears, unless it is s, when it 
becomes subscript. Thus ripé-es, riuds; Tipd-ovet, Tiu@or; PirA€é-ovat, 
prover; Tipd-ys, Tipas; Tia-olnv, Tiudyv. 

j. But oe and on give o, as dyAd-ets, SnAots ; SyAd-ns, SyAots. 


242. Accent of Contracted Syllables. —If neither of the 
contracted syllables had an accent, the contract syllable re- 
ceives none. 











76 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE INDICATIVE. 





243. If either of the contracted syllables had an acces gs, | 


the contract syllable receives one. - 


a. If the contract syllable is a penult or antepenult, the accent is | 
regular (27-29). 


b. If the contract syllable is an ultima, it has the circumflex, un-— 


less the ultima before contraction had the acute, when it has the acute. 


For the application of these principles, cf. the examples in 241. 


244. Contract Verbs in the Indicative. — Verbs in -aw, -eu, 
and -ow contract the final a, ¢ or o of the theme with the fol- 


lowing variable vowel. The only contracted tenses are. the 


present and imperfect. 


Tipd-w (tin), honour, pire-w (Pidros), love, and dyAd-w (dyAos), . 


manifest, are thus inflected in the indicative : — 


245. PARADIGMS. 
ACTIVE. MippLE and Passive. 
Present. Imperfect. Present. Imperfect. Re 
S. 1. | ttp(dw)o értp.(aov)ov Tiy( do) o-oo érip.(ad)o-pnv 
2. | Tip(deus)as értp(aes)as Tip. (der)a érip.(dov)@ 
8. | rip(der)g érip(ae)a Tip(de)a-rar | érip(de)d-ro 
D, 2. | rip(de)d-rov | érip(de)d-rov | Tip(de)d-oboy érip.(de)a-cbov 
8. | rip(de)d-rov | erip(ad)a-ryv | rip(de)d-ocbov érip(aé)a-oOny 
P. 1. | rip(do)d-pev | erip(do)d-pev | Tip(ad)o-peba érip. (ad) o-peba 
2. | rip(de)d-re erty. (de) a-re Tip. (de)a-obe érip. (de) a-obe 
3. | rip (dov) dot érip(aov)eov Tip.(do) @-vrar érip(do)a-vro 
S. 1. | drA(ew)o épid(cov)ovv iA(<o)od-par MeNstlek ane 
2. | piA(éers)ets étd(ees ets dur (ex) et édid(éov)ov : 
3. | did(der)et eid (ce) er did(ée)et-raw ebid(ée)et-ro 
D. 2. | pid(de)et-row | epA(de)et-rov. | pid(ce)et-oBov | éedrd(ce)et-cBov 
3. | mur(ée)et-rov | eprd(ce)el-rnv | pid(de)et-obov | edrA(ec)el-cOnv 
P. 1. | pid(éo)ot-pev | éptd(o)ov-pev | pidr(€d)ovpeda Hite oats 
2. | ptA(ée)et-re éciA ( ce) et-re pid(ce)et-obe | eprr(cc)et-obe . 
3. | diA(dov)otor | epiA{cov)ovv oiA(<o)ov-vrar eprA( co) ov- VTO 


A 


Pi 


j 
al 





i S. 1. | SyA(dw)o yA (oov)ovv 
- 2. | SHA(dets)ots yA (oes ous 
Pa 8. | SHA (der)ot &rfA(oe)ov 
2D, 2. | SyA(de)ov-rov Pas €)0U-Tov 
a 3. | SyAd(de)ov-rov | €SynA(o¢)ov-THV 
— -P. A. | SH A(do)ob-pev | enA(d0)00-pev 
rs 2. | SyAd(de)ov-re | EnA(de)ov-Te 
| 8. | ByA(dov)odor | eSrjA(oor)ovv 






CONTRACT VERBS IN 


SyA(d0)o0-par 
SyA(der)ot 
SyA(de)ov-Tar 
SyA(de)ov-c8ov 
SyA(de)ov-cbov 
SyA(0d)ov-peba 
SyA(de)ov-o0e 
SyA(d0)ov-vrar 


THE INDICATIVE. 


17 


&5nA(0d)ov-pnv 
€yA(dov)ov 
€5nA(de)ov-To 
€5yA(de)0v-c-0ov 
én (0¢)ov-c Ony 
€SyA (0d) ov-peba 
e5yA(de)ov-o0e 
é5nA(d0)ov-vTo 


a. To obtain the uncontracted form, omit the syllable next after 
the parenthesis; to obtain the contracted form, omit the letters in the 


parenthesis. 


246. In the saine manner are inflected Boda, call out, shout; épw- 
Taw, ask, inquire; vikdw, conquer; aduxéw (diKy), do wrong, wrong; KaAéw, 
call ; rrovew, do, make ; Pavardw, condemn to death. 


247. 


EXERC 


I. 1. de ody érroreito THY GUAAOYHD. 


Tov Tov tomov Mido. 


ISES. 


U a 
2. wxouv! 3é Tov- 

- A \ a4 ¢ = 
3. vixate Tors cuv Kipw omdttas. 


4 > i 19 \ a x , 5 / > 
- €PWTA EL“ Kai TOLS AAAOLS TTPATLWTALS TTOVOAL ELOLD. 


/ f a / 
5. TovTovs yap of moditat padiota édidovr. 


Elevohavta aro Ths ovpas. 
/ 3 a 
medlov éxanetTo. 
euehéTov To&evey of Opixes. 
" n / 
Tis Kops. 


12. Kipos ériuad todrov tov Ilépanv ou’ evvovav. 


tov Oavatovaow, adLKovoLy. 
MiAnrov. 


8. edyXou Sé TovTO TH VoTEpaia. 
t é 


6. Karet 


7. 6 de TOTos ovTOs Kact@Xo0vd 


9. Kat 


10. 6 & dpywv epyato amo 


11. rods Kipou dirouvs xaxes trovetv 


14. 


, nr a > i = 
15. ri rotto mpaTov npwras ; 


v,° 


¢ IAG 
@MS avuTOS 


3 qreipaTat. 


18. ef Tov- 


0 6€ Kdpos ézrodtopKes 
16. warduv 8é o 
ov opmodoryets, 





Kdpos para, Ovxodv* tortepo 
1See 76 end. a- and e- be- 


come y- when augmented; o- be- 
comes w-. ov is never augmented. 

a whether. The conjunctive par- 
ticle ei (see 168) is used not only in 
conditions, in the sense of if, but 
also, as here, to introduce an indi- 
rect question. 


3 Contract form for rovéev. 


kan 


K@s trovew, do harm to. 
4 Not then? Equivalent to nonne 


in Latin. 


5 afterwards, acc. sing. neut. used 


adverbially. 


6 yourself, Latin ipse, to be taken 
with the following ov, you. 





‘ae CONTRACT VERBS IN THE INDICATIVE. 


17. épwrapev ei ta 
(18. Kat edOds tots 
otpatiatais éBda Kal BapBapixas cai EdXdAnukds. 19. 7d 
, ? > Le ” \ / et \ fi 
Knredpyo éBoa dye TO otpdtevpa él Ttods Todeulous. 
- n ¢ — na Kn r A 
20. Ojpav érrovobvto of Tel Fevopavtos taides Kal of?rav 


lal A \ ‘ , =- 
KaK@S €Tolels THY ENVY YKwpar ; 

, / 4 \ a 
copata ducwoacbe Kal Ta Oda. 


I ANNOV TONTOD. 


II. 1. What are the other soldiers doing? 2. The river is 
| called Marsyas. 3. The barbarians were wronging the guard. 
4 4, He conquers the enemy. 5. For they were occupying 

strongholds. 6. You love these especially. 7 This (man) ~~ 
asks, What are you doing? 8. The Thracians wrong the ex- ._ 
iles. 9. And he honoured the commanders with other gifts.® 
10. But Xenophon was asking, Why do you call? 11. But 
the soldiers were shouting to the guards to stop. 12. They 
| ask why you are not calling the bbowmen. 13. But when* Cyrus 








called the generals, I proceeded to Asia. 


248. VOCABULARY. 


BapBapixas (BapBapirds), adv., in the 
barbarian tongue. 

“EAAnViKas $=(‘EAAnuinds), adv., in 
Greek. 

Oxpa (Onpedrw), a hunt or chase. 

KaKas (ands), adv., badly, il. 

podurra (uddAa), adv.,. most, espe- 
cially. 

pederaw, practise. 

My dos, 6, a Mede. 

Eevohav, -avros, Xenophon. 

olkéw® (olxos), inhabit, dwell, occupy. 


lre...nal, both...and. réis 
enclitic. For the accent of the pre- 
ceding of (proclitic), see 186 c. 

2 T.e. maides. 

8 See p. 475. 

4 Cf. 175, I. 8. 


Oporoyéw, agree, confess. 

Oppaw, set in motion, often intrans. 
hasten ; mid. start, set forth. 

ovpa, tail, rear (of an army). 

wad, adv., again, back. 

meipaw (meipa), try, prove ; mid. try. 

mo\opKéw, besiege. 

cvddoyn, a levying, levy. 

torepos, -a, -ov (Cf. borepatos), later. 

ade (85e),” adv., thus. 

#s, conjunctive adv., as, how, pro- 
clitic. : 


5 See p. 771. 

6 Subjective middle (198). 

7See p. 712. The same distinc- 
tion holds for the advs. oftws, which 
refers to what precedes, and Gér, 
which refers to what follows. 


a? % - 
va - , 
. > 
an a 





. AFFINITY OF WORDS.— READING LESSON. 


| 


249. 


&yopa{lw * 
adeaGs 
a8tkéw * - 
até 
dkpov ~~ 
d\evpov 
évaBorh 
d&vatravw * 
avTLeTAcLw- 
™m | 

amex w * 
Gromer * 
apxav* 

| av 

| BapBapikds * 

— BapBapikds * 

Bodo 

Yyépov 

yevo 

Savel{Lo 

Servds 

54 

SyAdw * 

S.8dc0Kados 

Sréx w * 

Siapvé 

Aédro. 

Si0 

elra 

éxetvos 

*EAAqvicds * 

mls 





LESSON XXXII. 


Affinity of Words.— Reading Lesson. 


éuds 

évexa - 
év0a * 
évOev * 
évraitba * 
évredbev * 
meu * 
értBovdrh * 
érupedera 
épataw 
evOus 
eVOvULOS 
éx Opds 
15éws 
neANpLEvws 
Bavaréw 
Ohpa* 
Opa 
Oucia * 
Odpaé 
tepetov * 
immmukds * 
*Twvikds 
KaKdas * 
Kadéw 
Kaorwrds 
Kfipus 
Kudrcxia* 
Kite * 
Kittooa * 
Kivduvevo * 


kro 


WORD LIST. 


KTT}po 
Alveos 
padtora * 
paorrié 
pedreTaw 
peta 
peratréeware * 
M‘fdos 
po Boddpos * 
pupids * 
vika 

woe 
Eyevobav 
EvXov 
o5<* 
olkéw * 
otkodev * 
otkou * 
oKvy pas 
oXos 
"OdtvOL0s5 
Opodoyéw 
dvopa 
OTrws * 
Oppae 
Opvis 

OTE 

ovKéri * 
otpa 
tTravdsevw * 
traits * 
TOA. 


Give the meaning of the following words : — 


TOV 
Tapa Kev- 
afew * 
Tlaptoaris 
rave * 
Teipaw * 
qepl 
melo 
awAyo lov * 
ToLew 
To\LOpKew 
TOpEevM 
TpaypLa 
II pdéevos 
awrépve 
TUKVOS 
oKevdtw * 
oKddoy 
oTdvios 
Uraptiarys 
oTapTov 
oTdd.ov 
oTabyes 
oTEPPAS 
otheyyls 
oTOpLA 
oTparevpa * 
ovddoyj 
ovvOnpa 
ovo Kevalw * 


TVveTpATEvo- 


poor * 


19 


cTXOAH 
copa 
cwrnpta * 
TAX EWS 
Tépas 
TETPAKLOX - 
Atou* 
Typys 
Tipde * 
Tofevpa * 
TpOTrosS 
Tpopy 
vTrepBorAy 
v6 
torrepos * 
parayé 
piréw * 
dpéap 
ppovpapxos * 
ppoupds * 
Ppvyla 
ovyas 
ovraé * 
Xdrvyy 
Xapis 
Xeuplorodos 
XAds 
Xpfipa* 
XPHouwos * 
Xpto 
wde * 


€ 


ws 





a NS TRIO OT a I TE = et 
me 








80 AFFINITY OF WORDS.— READING LESSON. 


Review 194. : a 
Associate each starred word in 249 with some other word or words 
of those given in 130, 194, and 249, related to it in form and meaning. 


Review 140 and 142. 
Read and translate again 143 and 195. 
Read and translate the following passage : — 


250. Kipos. 


III. aro dé capes To Kip@ nOpoifero év Xone 
vno@ TOVvde TOV TPOTrOV. KR yes Aaxedaipovos duyas 
pev nv, diros 6€ TO Kipw. tovt@ Kdpos Edmxe pvpiovs - 
daperxovs. .0 O€ otpdtevpa HOpoicev ato ToUT@Y TOV 

5 eugegh Kal eTOheMet eK Stppounges soa ge Tols 
Opaki, Kai aoperet Tous “EXAnvas: woTte Kal xpnuare 
éSwxav avT@ els THY TPOPHY TOY oTpPATLWTa@Y ai eV Xep- 
poviow moves. TovTo 8 av ovitas étpéheTo av’To TO 
bapa tay ’ , t LC \ / ® ro get a) 
otpatevpa. ‘Aplotimmos bé 0 Oetrardos E€vos Hv avTo, 

10 Kal mielopevos Uo TAY oiKoL avTLcTacLWTaV aites Kdpov 
eis Ourxirlous Eévous picOov. o é ie eSmKxev avT@ 
eis TETPAKLaYiALous pLcOdv. oUTw dé ad TO év @erraria 

> nA 3 , / TI 9€ 52 > 
auT@ étpépeTo oTpaTevpa. potevor age Kal ofpaiverov 
Kat Lwxpatnv. Eévous dvtas Kal TovTous éxédkevoe oTpPa- 
, - / Nee / WA @ . 
15 TuMTAas AapPBaverv* Kal érrolovy oUTas OUTOL. 


NOTES. 


5, érrodéuer: this verb is followed by the dat. — dppopevos: contracted 
from épyaduevos, pres. part. mid.—6. cbehat, assisted (apedew), —"EdAnvas: 
ace. plur. of “EAAnr,“EAAnp-os, 6, a Greek. — doe, so that, conj., compounded 
of és (proclitic) and the enclitic particle r¢é. See 186 c.—8. woAeus: nom. plur. 
of rdéAus.—érpéhero: rpépw, support, maintain.—9. Oerradds, 6, a Thessa- 
lian. See below @erraafa, Thessaly. —10. qmue{opevos: here the passive 
participle. — airet, asks (airéw). Such verbs take two aces., as here Kipov 
and picddv.— 11. ets, for. —févous: éévos here in the sense of foreign sol- 
dier, mercenary. — 14. dvras: acc. plur. masc. of év. | 


Note in the previous passages (I., II., III.) that each new sentence 
begins by the rule with a conjunction. 











TENSE-SYSTEMS. © 4% 81 


Review the directions for translating into Greek in 149. 
Translate the following passage into Greek : — 


251. Cyrus, the son of Darius and Parysatis, was satrap of 
Phrygia. When Darius died, Artaxerxes, Cyrus’s brother, 
became king, and dishonoured Cyrus. But his mother loved 
him and rescued (him). When he had been sent back again 
to his province, he immediately collected an army, both Greek 


and barbarian. For he planned to become king instead of Arta- 


xerxes. He collected his army in the following manner. He 
gave money to Clearchus and Aristippus and bade them to 
enlist soldiers with this. And they did so. 


LESSON XXXIII. 


_ Tense-Systems. — Principal Parts. — Vowel Verbs. — Deponents. 


_ Review the indicative of Avw as given in 672-67 ree 


252. The tense-stems (152) so far presented may be grouped — 
in the following Tense-Systems : — 


a. Present system, including the pres. and impf. tenses in all the 
voices. Tense-suflix -o/.., tense-stem AU°/<.. Thus iw, &Avo-v, Avo- 
pat, €-AVO-pyv. 

b. Future system, including the fut. act. and mid. Tense-suffix 
-o°/c., tense-stem Ado°/e.. Thus Avow, Atco-pa. 

¢. First aorist system, including the first aor. act. and mid. Terise- 


pattix -oa-, tense-stem Aidoa-. Thus €-Avaa, €-Adod-unv. 


d. First perfect system, including the first perf. and first plup, act. 
Tense-suffix -«a- (first plup. -ke-), tense-stem AeAvKa- (first plup. 
Aedvke-). Thus A€Avea, é-AcdAvy (166). 

e. Perfect middle system, including the perf., plup., and fut. perf. 
mid. and pass. Tense-suffix none (in the fut. perf. -0°/..), tense-stem. 
AeAv- (fut. perf. AXeAva?/e-). Thus rX€eAv-paw, €-edv-pnv, Nerdoo-pat. 

f. First passive system, including the first aor. and first fut. pass. 
Tense-suffix -Je-, lengthened to -Oy- in indic. (first fut. pass. -On0°/..), 
tense-stem Av6e-, dv6ry- (first fut. pass. AvOyc°/..). Thus &dv6n-v, 


AvOjoo-paL, 











82 PRINCIPAL PARTS.—VOWEL VERBS. 


Observe that the tense-suffixes-and reduplication form the tense- 


stems, the personal-endings and augment (found only in the second- 


ary tenses of the indicative) inflect them. 


253. The Principal Parts of a verb are the first person sin- 


gular indicative of the first tense named in each of the six 
systems above, namely, present active, future active, aorist — 
active, perfect active, perfect middle, aorist passive, as po Rs 


Avow, €dvoa, AeAvKa, A€AvpaL, EAVOnv. 


a. Not all verbs have all the principal parts; that is, some verbs’ 


are defective. 


254. Verbs are called Vowel Verbs, Mute Verbs, Liquid 


Verbs, according as their themes end in a vowel, a mute, or a 


liquid. 
a. In forming the different tense-stems, the theme of vowel verbs 
is sometimes modified. 


b. Most themes ending in a short vowel lengthen this vowel in all 


the systems except the present, a to y, € to y, o to w; but when a fol- 
lows «, t, or p, it becomes a. Thus: — 


Tipdw, TILYow, éripyoa, TeTipnka, TeTtP HAL, éripyOny. 
drréo, duiiyow,  éeépidrnoa, mepirnka,!  amepirAnpat, éptdrryOnyv. 


Sydow, Syrdow,  erjAwra,  SeSrAwka,  SeSyAwpar,  eSyoOnv. 


IreLpa.w, meipaow,  émelpaoa,  meme(paka,  memelpapat,  émerpadny. 


Give the principal parts of the following vowel verbs, all of which ~ 


are regular and complete : — 


adikéw, wrong; Aovdopéw, abuse; probow (uicGds), let for hire, let; 
vikaw, conquer; olkéw,” inhabit; dpodoyéw, agree; dppaw, set in motion; 
qovew, do, make. 


255. Many verbs, called Deponent. Verbs, are never used in 
the active voice, but only in the middle, or in the middle and 
passive. 


1 See 120. 2 See p. 771. 








VOWEL VERBS, — DEPONENTS. 


ee eee ee a se ee eT 


83 


a. In most deponent verbs the principal parts are the pres., fut., 


aor., and perf., of the indicative middle. These are called middle depo- 


nents. Thus :— 
airudopar, blame, accuse, aitiacopat, yTiacdpnv,! yriapar. 
nHycopar (ayw), lead, conduct, ryyoopa, yynodunv, yynpar. 
Xpaopar (xphua), use, employ, xprycopar,? éxpyodyynvy, Kkéxpypar. 


b. A few deponent verbs have the aor. pass. instead of the aor. 
mid. ‘These are called passive deponents. 


256. 


EXERCISES. 


I. 1. rod otparedpatos? jyetto eis TO Trediov. 2. of Arrow 


a ” ; OS. , \ ” 
OTpaTL@TaL ETraicay Kal éXoLdopncav Tov avOpwTov. 


3. On 


j=“ a a 95 a) 
EKKANT aD ETrETTOLNKEL TOV OTpATLWTaV. 4. ypnoducba, @ vad- 


Tat, Tois TAOlols.* 5. Kipos yap TodTov éTeTimHKer dv edvOLaD. 


6. éuepicOopeba® THv oiKiav. 
Baxravovu treToinKaor. 
mpoabev® Ady SedjAwTAL. 
10. rropever Oar clace® 


\ = 
TOUS OTPATLOTGS. 


5 aA fal f= 
T. oivoy éx Ths Tod doilvixos 


8. ws Kopos érerettncev ev TH Eu- 
9. eira Oé €Ejyov" Tov dpyovta. 


11. 0 58 otpatnyds 


> 2 au 7 = / 4 \ an 
émeipacaTo Tas Kwpas mepiéyev. 12. moreunoes ory Tols 


Ttav Miarnciov duydoe. 
TApeKeNEvVETO. 


> fal \ DS € / 
15. 7TiavTo Sé TOY appooTHp. 


13 \ aA 7 a 9 ig , 
. Kal Tols Ewmpocbev® brayew 
14. Hevoddv nomdcato tovs otpatioras. 


16. nKorovOncav Sé Tots 


atpatnyois eis ayopay Tv ddX@V oTpaTioTaV ws"! SiaKd- 


ovo. 17. of dé rorgmlou errimpKnKaci TE 


1 See p. 771. 

2 Against the rule (254)b), a is 
lengthened to ». 

8 The gen. is used with verbs of 
ruling and leading. But a&yw is an 
exception. 

4 ypdouo takes the dat., as utor 
in Latin the ablative. 

5 Causative mid. (197 a), in the 
sense, have let to oneself, hire. 

6 Of. 228, I. 3. So 6 éumpocbev 
Adyos, the previous book. 

7 The accent in compound verbs 
cannot pass back beyond the aug- 
ment or reduplication. 





ANS 
12 Kal Tas omovéas 


8 A few verbs beginning with a 
vowel take the syllabic augment 
(76). With e- this augment is con- 
tracted into e-. See p. 162, 

9 those in front. A substantive 
denoting men or things is often 
omitted after the article and an at- 
tributive. — The dat. here follows 
mapekeAeveTo as indirect object. See 
p. 252. 

10 The dat. is used with words ex- 
pressing association or opposition. 

11 With words of number and 
measure, os signifies about. 

12 Cf, 247, 1. 20, and see 186 b. 








“§ 





84 


Kal Tovs GpKovs NEAVKACLD. 


pc8od evexa povov" 


lai 
TLOTOTNHTA. 


II. 1. He was loved by the barbarians. 
hired by the general.* 3. The army was besieged by the 
enemy. 4. Miletus was besieged both’ by land and by sea. 
5. I made war against the Thracians. 6. Cyrus will besiege 
Miletus both by land and by sea. 
(man) on account of his valour. 


loved by the citizens. 
country by Darius. 


were sent to Artaxerxes by Cyrus. ee 
soldiers and boats, he will besiege the stronghold of the 


enemy. 


257. 


aKkodovléw, follow, accompany. 

domafopar, welcome, greet. 

Badavos, y, acorn, date. 

Sia-Koovo1,® -a, -a, 200. 

édw, permit, allow. 

éx-KAnola (Karew), a meeting, an as- 
sembly. 

ép-mpooSev (ev, mpdcbev), adv., in 
Front, before. 

ée€-dyw, lead forth. 

ém-opkéw™ (Spxos), swear falsely, 
commit perjury, forswear or per- 
jure oneself. 


1 The dat. of the indirect object 
(see p. 257) is used with many in- 
transitive verbs, some of which in 
English take a direct object with- 
out to. 

2 Used adverbially. od udvov... 
GAAG Kal, not only... but also. 

8 In the same construction with 
pug Bov. 


4 See 224. 5 See 181, I. 15. 


ort mk ‘ T % , - . 
2° _ = i si i > Ss Beata x 


¥ / > \ \ an / 3 
UTNPETHTOMED ANAA KAL THS YapLTos.” 
19. éretiwnco yap bro “AptaképEov &: evvody Te Kal 


9. He has been made satrap of this 
10. But when Darius died, messengers 


VOCABULARY. 


f-- 


18. 76 catpdéry! od Tod 4 
2. They have been > 


7. Cyrus has honoured this 
8. For the soldiers were not 





11. Since Clearchus has 


Midyouos, -a, -ov (MiAnros), Mile- 
sian. 

mapa-KeXevouar, urge along, exhort. 

Tept-exo,® surround, encompass. 

TLSTOTHS, -NTOS, W (micrds), fidelity. 

modepwew (rdAeuos), make or carry on 
war. 

reXevTaw, end, finish, die. 

vt-dyw, lead on slowly, intrans. 


advance slowly; mid. suggest — 


craftily. fe 
dmnpeTew, ServE. 
doivig, -txos,? 6, the date-palm. 

6 See p. 484, 

™The prep. does not suffer eli- 
sion in any of the forms of émopkéw. 
See 127.- 

8 In compound verbs whose first 
part is wept, the prep. always retains 
its final vowel. See 127. 

®The z of the stem qowir- is 
shortened in the N.and V.sing. Cf. 


Khpué, p. 674, 






ADJECTI VES: CONSONANT—DECLENSION. 85 





LESSON XXXIV. 
Adjectives of the Oonsonant-Declension. 


«258. ‘The feminine of adjectives of the consonant-declen- 
_ sion, when it differs from the masculine, follows the A-declen- 
sion. Its nominative singular ends in a (short). 


259. Stems in -vr-. —In these the feminine has -oa with the 
preceding vowel lengthened. But stems in -evr- have the femi- 
nine in -eooa.' In accent it follows substantives (52). Cf. 146. 


260. PARADIGMS. 
xaplers (xaptevr-),” pleasing mas (aravt-),° all 
M. F, N. M. F. N. 
8. xaples Xapleroa yaplev TOS Tara Wav 


N 

G. | xaplevros yapiéecons  xaplevros | mavtos macys mavTds 
D. | xaplevre §=yapiicon = yaplevte | mavtl racy travri 
A. | xaplevra yapleroav yaplev TOVTa  Twaray Trav 

V. | xaplev Xapleroa  yaplev Tay TACK Tov 





D.N.A.V. | xaplevre yapiicoa yaplevre | wdvTre Traca wmavte 
G. D. | xapiévrow xapieroaw yapévrow| mdvroww macaw mdvroww 











P.N.V. | xaplevres yapleroat yaplevra | mdvres Taco tavra 
G. |.xapiévrav yxapicocav xapiévrav | rdvrev Tracey TavTeV 
D. | xapteor Xapiéroats xaplerr TAC TACOS TATE 
A. | xaplevras yapieooas yaplevra | ravras macas tTavTa 


a. For the endings and fermation of the cases in the masc. and 
neut., see 212, 213, 1, 2, f, 4, 5, 233. But note that yapéeou in the dat. 
plur. is formed on a shorter stem yapver- (231), and that the stem 
mayt-, although not barytone, forms the voc. way (213 f). 

b. In the form zay the vowel is long by exception; the com- 

__ pounds have it short, as dav, ciprav. The gen. and dat. sing. of 
was conform in accent to 216, but not the gen. and dat. dual and plur. 


1 Any further analysis of the fem- 2 Cf. xdpis (280), grace, favour. 
inine forms is here impracticable. 8 Cf. ravu (202), wholly, altogether. 








86 ADJECTIVES: CONSONANT—DECLENSION. 


261. There are two other important adjectives with stems 


in -yt-, éxav, willing, and its compound axwy, axovoa, axov,! wnwill- 


ing, declined in the masculine like yépwy (230), except that the 


vocative singular is like the nominative. Present active par- 
ticiples are declined in the same manner. 








262. PARADIGMS. 
éxdv (éxovt-), willing Avwy (Avovr-), loosing 
M. F. N. M. F. N. 
S.N.V. | éxov éxovoa  €kov Avov Avovra Atov 
G. | éxovros éxovons ékovTos | Avovros Avovens AvovTos 
D. | ékovts €xovon ékovre Avovt. Avovon AvovrTe 
A. | ékovta éxotoav ékov Avovra Avoveav Adtov 
D.N.A.V. | éxovte €xovoa €kovTe Avovte DAvovTa  AvwvovTe 


G. D. | ékovrow éxovocaw éxovrow | Avovrow Avovoa.w Avovrow — 





P.N.V. | €xovres €xotoar. ékovra AvovTes Avoveat Awvovra 
G. | €kovrev éxoveav éxovrwv | Avovrav Avovcavy AvovTrov 
D. | kotor €xovoats éxovor Avovoet Avoveats Advovor 


A. | €kovtas ékovoas ¢éKovrTra Avovras Avovoas Avovra 


263. EXERCISES. 
, @ e , > , e \ 
I. 1. waves obrou of cvppayor amrey@povv. 2. of AnoTal 
/ an te = a 
Siaprafovow amavta. 8. év TovT@ dé TO TOT|e hw H Yi 
mediov adrav.2 4. adda Widn hv aradoa ) yopa. 5. évradba 


9 U / U £ 
Hv Tapadetcos Tavu Kaos, Eyov TavTa boa® @pat diovat. — 


6. mavtes yap 01 ToUTwy Tov Ilepowv traides ert tais “Apta- 
EdpEou Ovpas Tradevovtar. T. wdvta dé TadtTa catparevov- 
aw of Tov ewovd aderdod diror. 8. Tots aAXOWS Tat Tapa- 
KeAeveTaL Omoroyelv. Y. ai orovdai eict Kal Tols AAXOLS 
(4 = e / 4 > \ \ / 

admact. 10. doTe ypnpata émreurpev eis THY Tpodny TavT@V 
TOV oTpatloTav 7H Bacirea. 11. tavtnv Thy yopav Sunp- 


1 Compounded of a- privative (p. 3 so many as, t.e. which, ace. plur. 
514) and éxdév. Cf. English un-will- neut. of the relative of quantity or 
ing, Latin, 1n-vitus. number, écos, -n, -ov. So éco:, nom. 

2 Te. wholly a plain. plur. masc., in 15 below. 









 Tacav ws Toveuav ovaav.! 
_ pipior Kal yédzor. 
épyov dovvatov. 


ADJECTIVES: CON SONAN T—DECLEN SION. 87 


12. of cbumravtes omNiTar Roav 

13. ro pev évOipnua yxapiev Hv, To & 
14. Svaprafovtes Ta yopia Tov év Tails 
oixiats Oncavpayv? ovK aTreryouca. 


15. ctpatnyov Sé Kopov 


émoince Tavrwv dco eis Kactwrov mediov abpoifovra.. 
16. cai evOvs Tac. éBoa Kal BapBapixas cat ‘“EXdnviKds OTe 


jaeratepens els pany TapacKevateTat. 


17. «ivdvvevortes 


Kal aKovres, Omws of otpatiatar Ss’ aicxivnv Kip@ avup- 


nKkorovbnoav. 


II. 1. The gifts of the satrap were pleasing. 2. All had 


bronze armour. 


3. All these barbarians are hostile to Cyrus. 


4, He will withdraw with’ all his army. 5. Everything* has 


been done by the generals. 
ingly.® 


do this. 


6. All the soldiers proceeded will- 
7. The entire army proceeded through the plain. 
8. The soldiers all had shields. 
10. Clearchus commanded the entire army to proceed. 


9. All exhorted Xenophon ® to 


11. The Cilician queen, being in peril, withdrew from’ the 
country. 12. You put the man to death because he was plot- 


ting against® Cyrus. 


264. 


a-5vvaros, -ov® (Suvards), impossible, 

unable, powerless. 

_aloxivy, shame, disgrace. 

G-mras, -aca, -av (ras),! all together, 
all. 

dro-xwpéw,"! withdraw, retreat. 

évOdpnpa, -aros, thought, device, 
plan. 

épyov, WORK, deed, execution. 


1 Sv, otea, bv, pres. part. of eiul. 

2 Cf. 201, I. 3. 

8 Le. having. 

4 Use the plur. 

5 In Greek, willing, the adj., not 
the adv. 

: Cf. 256, I. 18, and I. 8 above. 

é. 





VOCABULARY. 


Ayorys, plunderer, robber. 

Opws, CONj., nevertheless. 

TUp-1was, -aoa, -av (civ, was),!? all 
together, all. 

ovv-axorovléw, follow with, accom- 
pany. 

diw, produce. 

Wiros, -1, -ov, bare. 

wpa, period, time, season. 


8 In Greek, as plotting against. 
Cf. I. 11 above. 

9 See 147. 

10 Strengthened by the prefix a-. 
Cf. obp-ras. 

1 ywpéw (Cf. x dpa, vaniaa give 
place, withdraw. 

12 See p. 45°. 








SU ah Sp Ys vals A 


on 


rs 








a ee 
SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. — ae Ste! 


LESSON XXXV. 


Subjunctive Active, 






















265. The distinctions of time which mark the various tenses 
in the indicative disappear in the subjunctive and pagar | 
and generally in the optative and infinitive. 


266. When these distinctions disappear, the tenses differ. 
only in denoting the continuance, the completion, or simply the 
occurrence of an action. The present tense denotes an action — 
as continued or repeated, the perfect as completed, the aorist as =z 
simply brought to pass. 3 


267. Only these three tenses occur in the subjunctive, and — 
the perfect is rare. The time of the present and aorist is pre- 
cisely the same, and is generally future. But the present 
expresses the action as going on or repeated in the future, while — 
the aorist expresses simply its occurrence. Thus éav xwrin 
means, if he shall be hindering or if he shall hinder (habitually), 
but éav kwAton means simply, tf he shall hinder. See further 
the examples in 270, 272. berg 





a. The subjv. has the long variable vowel -»/,., even in the aor. ; 
and perf., in place of the final vowel (-°/c., -a-, -a-) of the tense-suffix. — 
The form is -w- before u or v in the endings, elsewhere -7-. : 














268. PARADIGMS. 
PRESENT. First Aorist. First Perrect. — 

S.1 Avo vow AeAVK@ 

2 Ads voys AeAVKYS 

3 Ady Avon AeAVKD 
D. 2 Avn-Tov Avon-Tov AeA VKN-TOV 

3 Avy Tov Avon-Tov AeAVKY-TOV 
Pith Avo-pev Adow-pev AeAVK@-pev 

2 hvn-Te Avon-Te AeAVKN-TE 

3 Avoor Avowor 


AeAVKwoL 


oy os 


v« 






-SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 89 


Bethy The subjv. uses the endings of the primary tenses (156). For 


Ry 





3 the forms Adw, Adys, Avy, Aiwor (for Adw-pL, Av7-ot, AV7-TL, AVw-vot), 
___ and the corresponding forms in the aor. and perf., see 158 a. 

269. Future Indicative and Present Subjunctive of «ipl. 

; Future INDICATIVE. PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE. 
= 

i ” > , > iy 

| 1 Eoro-p.aL éoo-peba, rs) o)- Lev 
weer 2 éoeu €re-c0ov = Ea-eo Ve ns q-TOV y-Te 

4 3 eo-Tar €xe-c8ov = Ewo-vrar 1 y-TOV Oot 

q 

: a. The fut. has the mid.form. Cf. the paradigm in 200. In éorau (for 


éoe-rat) the variable vowel is dropped. @ is for éw from eo-w (184), etc. 


ves y 


270. First Person of Subjunctive as Imperative. 
Examine the following : — 


A ta 


youn ae xordlwper, let us always inflict punishment with judg- 
ment, 
7a. Avxata Gicwper, let us offer the Lycaean sacrifices. 
py AVowpev tiv yéhvpay, let us not destroy the bridge. 
a. Observe that these sentences all express exhortation; that the 


verb is in the first pers. plur. of the subjv.; and that, if the exhorta- 
_ tion is neg., 47H, not, is used. Hence: — 


271. Rule of Syntax. — The first person of the subjunctive 
(generally plural) is used in exhortations. Its negative is pi. 


272. Subjunctive in Protasis. - 
_ In conditional sentences the clause containing the condition 
is called the protasis, and that containing the conclusion is 
ealled the apodosis. 
_ Examine the following : — 
qv mapexopev a&yopav, ere Ta emitydeia, if we provide a market, 
you will have supplies. 
€Gy py Tadta Toinoy, aroxwpycopev, if he does not do this, we shall 
withdraw. 
Gy vikyowpev, THY xdpav ov Suaprdace, if we conquer, he will not 
plunder the country. 7 


eee ee a ee 





ea 


———<— elm a oe ee 





a8 ee ” 
(Ta OTA Ey@p"ED. 


90 _ SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 


a. Observe that these sentences state a supposed future case vividly ; 


that the protasis is expressed by the particle éav,1 if, with the subjv., 


and the apodosis by the fut. indic.; and that when the protasis is 
negative it takes yy, but when the apodosis is negative it wales ov. 
Hence : — 


273. Rule of Syntax.— When a supposed future case is 
stated distinctly and vividly (as if I shall go or if Igo in Eng- 
lish), the protasis generally takes the subjunctive with éay, the 
apodosis the future indicative (or some other form expressing 
future time). The negative adverb of the protasis is regularly 
py, that of the apodosis is od. 


For the force of the tenses of the subjunctive in the examples 
above, see 267. 


274. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. é€oppnowpev kal tovs addrous érl THY apeTnv. 
2. cay wu TadTa acKynon, adiknoe. 8. TOUTOV Ov TipnoopLeD, 
4 Wy O€ Tis? H [awagy' ! n 0 a5 > 

7) s® nuas* ths 0600° atroKa- 
6 5 xX 8 € a - Z ¢ 
. hv & pets vieno@perv, ob 
¢€ ik P b] - fa! BA 
NueTEpot piror EV TIM EGOVTAL. 


éav TavTa TeToinKy.” 
diy, StaTroNEUNoTOMEY TOUTY. 
6. Hv ovTM Tpocaymper, 
TEpLTTEVTOVTLY HU@V' of TorNEeuLoL. T. TAapwpmeEeV OVV WaT EP 
8. éav TovTovs Tovs Taidas KAaN@S TraLdev- 

9. um TodTO Trowjocwpev. 10. eav dirov 
mounaons® todTov, apernoet. 11. dvdpelws woreunooper, iv 
12. jv “ABpoxopas 7 éri To Evdparn 


Kdpos KENEVEL. 
ONS, TLnTOVaL. 


nm 2 x 8 / 138 DI Oe > a > Af 
TTOTAMD, TTEL PAG Oat QUTOV KATEVELV. 2 Hv S aT”, €KEL ee 


; éav by contraction becomes fv D. éuol or pol, A. éué or pé; N. fmets, 
or av, and often appears in these we, G. judv, D. jyuiv, A. quads. The 
forms. Kay results from crasis (p. monosyllabic forms are enclitic. 


554) of xal-av, and if or even if. 

2 shall have done, t.e. shall prove 
to have done. 

3 anybody, nom. sing. masc. of 
the indefinite pron. rls, 7!, an en- 
clitic. 

4 The declension of the personal 
pron. éyd, J, in the sing. and plur. 
is as follows: N. éyé, G. éuod or pod, 


With éuod, etc., of. euds, my, with 
Hmets, etc., Cf. Nuérepos, Own. 

5 Cf. 263, I. 14. 6 See p. 83 10, 

7 Verbs of superiority and infe- 
riority take the gen. 

8 Verbs signifying to name, call, 
appoint, make, may take a predi- 
cate acc. (here pfaov) besides the 
object acc. 








SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE, 9] 


- mpos* tadtra BovAevoducOa. 14. 0d’ av yépipat @ot, TadTa 


cwoopcba. 15. eav jyiv diros 7 0 Kipos, rips? d&ov 
pirov &opuev. 16. Hv To évOipnua 4 Tapamdno.oy, TavTa 
moimaopev. 17. nv dé un Xeuipicodpos mrotia ayn ixava, Tots 


—evOade® ypnodpcOa. 18. diros pot éotiv, @ oTpaTL@TAaL, Oo 
BapBapos:* iv obv mréurypnté pe, rota ere. 

IL. 1. Let us, Cyrus, honour‘ our guest. 2. If he does not 
collect an army, his brother will be king. 3. The messenger 
shall have ten talents, if he does* this. 4. Let us besiege* the 
emporium both by land and by sea. 5. If you are brave, you 
will be honoured by Cyrus. 6. If he does* this, he will be 
punished. 7. Let us immediately convoke* a meeting of the 
soldiers. 8. What® will the soldiers have, if they conquer‘? 
9. And let us send with Xenophon® the peltasts from the 
van.’ 10. If he does not send the money, I will borrow (it). 
11. The soldiers will not approach, unless® the general ends 





their suspicions. 


275. 


eal, adv., always, EVER. 

dvSpelws (avdpeios), adv., bravely, 
courageously. 

ar-eupr (eiul), be away or absent. 

daro-kwAvw, hinder or prevent from. 

dokéw, practise, observe. 

 Sta-rodepéw, carry the war through, 
Sight it out. 

éxet (cf. exeivos), adv., there. 

évOdde (€vOa), adv., there, here. 

€-oppaw, wrge out, incite, arouse. 

Kaha@s (adds), adv., beautifully, hon- 
ourably, weil. 


1 in respect to. 
2 The gen. is used with adjs. and 


advs. of value. 
Cf. 256, I. 4, and 


om ag mAolots. 
5 Of, 181, I. 4. 


4 Use the aor. 


i 
p ry ' 
} >. 


VOCABULARY. 


Avxkatos, -a, -ov, Lycaean. 

ovdé (ov, 5¢), aS Conj., and not, nor ; 
as adv., not even. 

TAPA-TANTLOS, -G, -Ov, OF -os, -ov 
(rAnatov), near by, similar, like. 

map-eyt (eiul), be near or present. 

mepirtevw (epi), be over and above, 
reach beyond, out-flank. 

mpoo-ayw, lead to or against, in- 
trans. advance. 

do-mep,? conjunctive adv., just as. 

apedéw, be of service to, help, bene- 
Jit, assist. 


6 See p. 818, 

7 ordua. 

8 T.e. if not. 

9 &s strengthened by the inten- 
sive particle rép, which is enclitic. 
For the accent, see 186 c. 








= S| = wt %: 
92 SUBJUNCTIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE, ——— 
LESSON XXXVI. 
Subjunctive Middle and Passive. 
276. PARADIGMS. 
PRESENT | First AORIST PERFECT First AoRIsT 
M. and P. MIDDLE. M:’ and Pf, PASSIVE. 
S.1 Avo-par Avorw-pat AeAv-pévos (-1, -ov) Avda 
2 | Ady Avon 3 1s AvOys 
3 | Avy-Toe Avon-TaL i n Avy 
D. 2 iyn-cbov | Avon-cBov | Acdrv-pévw (-d, -w) Wray AvO7-Tov 
3 Atn-c ov Avorn-o ov he rev AvOy-Tov 
P.1 | Ave-peba Avorw-pe0a AeAv- ee (-at, -a) oye AvOa-pev 
2 | Atmote:: | Aton-oOe fire | AvOq-re 
3 | Ado-vrat Avorw-vrat i aot AvOdor — 


a. The aor. has distinct forms for the middle and passive (225). a 
b. The long variable vowel is used also in the passive (268 a). But 3 
in the aor. pass. this is added to the tense-stem (252 f), as Av0é-w, AVGG 
(by contraction). s 
c. The subjv. uses the endings of the primary tenses 198), bat § in @ 
the aor. pass. the active endings occur (156). et st eas a 
d. The form Avy is for Ady-ca. Theo is dropped and the remain- = 


ing final syllables are contracted (241 i, f). So Avoy arises from. — . 


AVor-cat. 


e. The perf: is a compound form, consisting of the perf. mid. and~ : 


pass. participle and the subjv. of efué. The participle is declined — 
like an adjective of the vowel-declension (144). 

f. For the forms Av#0, AvOy7s, AvO7, AvVOGor, see 268 b. For con- — 
traction in the forms of the aor. pass. (from Aub eek Avbens, AvOEy, 
etc. e+)s see 241 d, g, b. 


277. Subjunctive in Clauses which denote Purpose. 
_ Examine the following: — 


Cytotpey Tovs apxovtas, iva piv ovpBovretwct, we are seeking the 
commanders, that they may give us thetr counsel. 








SUBJUNCTIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. OS 


THY yehupav Aioouer, tva pH ob woA€uLOL wANTLdT wor, We Will destroy 
_. the bridge, that the enemy may not approach. 
TovTOv ayopuev dedpo, py KaKOs Buds wonon, we are bringing him . 
here, that he may not do us harm. 


a. Observe that the clause which denotes the purpose takes the 


4 subjy.; that the particle which introduces it is iva, that, in order that; 


that the verb which precedes is in a primary tense’(61) ; that the neg. 


of the clause of purpose is my, not, and follows the particle fva; but 


that sometimes in a neg. clause of purpose py alone is used in the 
sense, that not, in order that not. 

Two other particles, ws and dws, will occur in the following exer- — 
cises, used in the same way and in the same sense as va. Hence: — 


278. Rule of Syntax. — Clauses which denote purpose, Are 
introduced by iva, ws, drws, that, in order that, and iva Hy OS [Ns 


Gros py, wy, that not, in order that not, and take the subjunctive 
if the leading verb is in a primary tense. 


279. Subjunctive in Object Clauses after Verbs of Fearing. 
Examine the following : — 
dedoixa? py Tas yehipas AvVwor, I fear that they will destroy the 
pees. 
Sedoikapey pt) od murrot Hre, we fear that you will not re faithful. 


a. Observe that the clause which expresses the thing feared is the 
object of the leading verb; that this abject clause takes the subjy.; 


: that the particle which introduces it is py, that, lest; that the verb 
which denotes fear is in a primary tense; that the neg. of the object 


ab: 








clause is ov. 


In the following exercises an equivalent phrase will sometimes, 
occur in place of the verb which denotes fear. Hence:— . 


280. Rule of Syntax.— After a verb or phrase which is 
notes fear, the object of the fear is expressed by py, that, lest, 
or py ov, that not, with the subjunctive, if the leading verb is 
in a primary tense. 

For the force of the tenses of the subjunctives in the examples 


in 277 and 279, see 267. 





1 A perf. with the force of the pres., inflected like aéAuca. 





/f 


94 SUBJUNCTIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 


281. EXERCISES. 

I. 1. cai déd0rKa on THY Yopav caxov ti} épyacwvrat? ot 
movguto. 2. TtovTov € otTparnyov To.jcopey,® ws eis THV 
"Aciav cwolapev. 3. dvaravowpeba, @ dpirot, TovTOU Tod 
monéuov. 4. nv dé THY eipnvny TroLnowpeba, aoharas THY 
Yapav oiknaouev. 5. cxorH? tropevovTar, iva py 7) parayé 
SiactracOy. 6. cuvdeirrvovs pi) TroinowpeOa Tors apyovTas 
Tov Kwouav. T. Bodct mavtes, iva oi Todéuoe eEaTraTnO@ct. 
8. dv dé  yédipa Aedupevyn H, of TorAguLor amoywpycover. 
9. hoBeirar wn TO oTpaTevpa érl THY env apxnv oTpaTev- 


ntat. 10. ropevopcba, va atrocracbapev Tod BacthiKod | 


atpatevpatos. 11. poBos Tods ronitas &yer pn ai cvvOjKaL 
bo TOV ToNELiov AVOGoLV. 12. Hv 5é dH Kal coOGpEVv er 
Oaratrav, as mrota Eouev; 18. TodTov, ® oTpaTi@rat, 
matcopev Kat Biacwpeba rropeverOa. 14. édy tis mietynTat, 
o mwAnaiov® BonOnce. 15. éyo yap dédotKa py OV TOU TrOoNéE- 
pou Tretravpévor Mow. 16.7 dé yopa rorepla éotiv: émixiv- 
duvov ovv EoTal, NV AMEOS TE Kal APVAAKTwS TropevnaOe ert 
TH €TLTNOELA. 

II. 1. I fear that the satrap will be sent. 2. Let us there 
deliberate about’ this. 3. They are proceeding quickly, that 
they may not be separated® from the other soldiers. 4. I do not 
fear that this (man) will be made satrap.’ 5. Let us deliberate 
about? the safety of the soldiers. 6. He will send a messen- 
ger, if he arrives safely in Asia. 7. I fear that the bridges will 
be destroyed. 8. Let us halt, soldiers, and deliberate. 9. For 
the exiles will not follow with us, if we proceed to Miletus. 
10. We will destroy the bridge, that the enemy may not send 
for the peltasts. 


1 Acc. sing. neut. of the indefinite 4 Cf. 201, I. 3. 
pron. rs, 7!, some, any, an enclitic. 5 Cf. 228, I. 14. 

2 Verbs signifying to do anything 6 Cf. 256, I. 18. 
to a person or thing may take two 7 Cf. 274, I. 138. 
accusatives. 8 Use the aor. 

3 Of. 274, I. 10. 9 wept with gen. 


ff 


a lala ieee Len aan ee eel oe ee 


~~ 


/ 








Ti 
tou 


CONTRACT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 95 








a 
i. 





. 


282. | VOCABULARY. 


‘ duedas, adv., carelessly, incautiously. 8va-cmdw,' draw apart, scatter. 


- Garo-omrdw,! draw off, separate. elpyvn, peace. 
 apxy (cf. pxwv), government, prov- é€-arardw,? deceive grossly, mis- 
—— tnee. lead. 

 ardadds, adv., safely, securely. ému-klvBvvos, -ov (kivdivos), danger- 

 a&hvddkrws (piAat), adv., unguard- ous, perilous. 

4 ; edly. épyafopar (epyorv), WORK, do. 

 Bacrdikds, -14, -cv (Baciretw), royal, {nyréw, seek. 

the king’s. cuvdetvos, 6, table-companion. 

— -Prdfopar, force, compel. ovvOrKn, compact, agreement. 
BonSéw (Bohcia), give assistance, oPéw (pdBos), frighten ; poBéoua as 

bring aid, help, assist. pass. dep.,® be frightened, be ter- 


_ Sevpo, adv., here, hither. rified, fear. 


LESSON XXXVII. 


Contract Verbs in the Subjunctive. 






- Review 241-243 entire. 
288. PARADIGMS. 
; PRESENT ACTIVE. PRESENT MIDDLE and Passive. 
8.1 Tip. (dw) @ Tip. (dw) @-por 
2 Tip(dns)gs Tip(dn)¢ 
3 Tip(dn)g Tip(dn)G-rae 
D. 2 Tip(dn)G-Tov Tip.(dn)a-obov 
3 Tip.(dn)a-Tov Tip.(dn)a-cbov 
a: Tip. ( dw) O-pev Tip.(ad)0-pe0a 
2 Tip(dn)a-re Tip (dn)a-obe 
3 Tip.(dw) aor Tip (dw) o-vrar 
1 ondw, crdow, AOY. Pass. éordaOny, 2 arardw, deceive, related to ardrn, 


draw. The short vowel of the theme deceit. . 
is retained by exception (see 254 b), 8 The first aor., therefore, is épo- 
and o is added tothe theme in the A78nv. See 255 b. 














A a a 
oj eae 


96 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 





S. 1 Pur(w)o pir (€w) a- par 
2 $id (Eps) is dX). - E 
3 bd (én) Seen lars : 
D. 2 ir(en)q-Tov oir (én) 7-0 8ov 
3 id (én) 4-TOv dud (én) 4-o Pov 
Bak, 1 id (ew) o-pev r(ed) o-e0a 
2 ir(en)H-Te pir (en)7-obe 
3 PiAr( ew) aoe r(éw)a-vrar 
8.1 SnrA(dw) a SyA(dw) a-por 
2 SnA(dn5)ots SydA(dn) ot 
3 SyA(dn)ot SyA(6n) @-Tar 
D. 2 SyA (dn) @-Tov SnA(6n) d-oov 
is sabia S1yA( dn) d-rov SyA(dn)@-cbov 
i sae ‘Syd (dw) O-pev SyA(0d)d-peBa 
2 SyA(dn) a-Te SyA(dn) a-0 Oe 
3 SyA( dw) aor SyA( dw) o-vrar 
See 245 a. 
284. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. xpavyhv mowdpev. 2. rreipm@meOa ovvepyol tots — 


irous eivat. 
peba. 


tnyn. 6. dedoixact pn Tors Kipou dirovs Kak@s crovety? 
A N \ os An € / 5 7 
meipacbe. T. Hv O€ vix@pev, of Todéusoe EcovTat cKevodo- 


poe 7éTEpoL. 


12. doBetras pur) weipavrat 
13. ev0vs cropevopeba, 


an +X, 7 4 } / 
cwdppovynte, THY VUKTA~ ONGETE. 
¢ al . U \ 10 
Ol TWoNtTal KaTayely TOUS huyacas. 
fa) fa) id a 
@S [) TOUTO EVVO@VTAL OL OTPATLMTAL. 
a U MOUs = abumta ) 15. éav od 
dtacmatat, TovTo evOvs abvmiay Troinoet. . €ay ovv 


3 who? See p. 501, 


1 Of. 256, I. 1. 
Caer 4 Of, 239, II. 9. 


2 Cf, 247, I. 11. 


7. \ X bd = b an b) 1 

3. €ay dé TOUS oTpaTLWMTAas adLKH, OV Tropevdo- 
4. éav 5€ TovTOVS ViKOpev, TavTa Hiv qemoinTal. — 
L e fen t \ eer , eee | 4 

5. Tas apatas NUcwpev, va pn Ta vrrotuyia nuav! oTpa- — 


8. GAAd 7}dn Sydpev Tv THv BapBdpov yhv. ; 
9. dav é jrTopeOa, Tis? judy cwOyjcera; 10. Kos di) épw- 
TOpmev TOY KouapynVv Tis eat 1) yopa. 11. TodTov dé, jv 


x 


14. day 4 pdray£ — 





on 


CONTRACT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 917 





 viK@ow Of TOAEULOL, THS ATOMEV THY yédvpav; 16. Hdéws 
 movapmev kat Oapparéws xtopeOa. 17. Hv tovs adXovs 
_ OTpPATLMTaS TapaKaAHTe, TEipacovtar TravTes ayabol eivas. 
18. ey viv driyov! Tovapev, dpayel tiv Novy oddv Topev- 
_— adpeBa. 19. jv dé Kopos éa tov Kréapyor tovs otpatimtas 
a éyelv, ov agparevcoursy ot dAXoL otpatnyol. 20. Tos pev 
ae éevOepapev, Tors 0 éxOpovs yerpwpcba. 


If. 1. Let us free the servants. 2. We shall be honoured, 
a if we conquer. 3. Soldiers, let us follow with? Xenophon. 
_ 4, With the help of* the gods, let us conquer the enemy. 
_ 5. You will have supplies, if you conquer. 6. Let us set forth, 
: ee ahers, against the enemy courageously. 7. I fear that the 
soldiers will wrong these citizens. 8. I am frightened lest he 
% may try to do this. 9. Let us, then, make the levy in the 
~ following egeant 10. You are fearful* that the exiles will 
- not accompany ° us, if we proceed to Asia. 11. Let us call out 
_ to the general® to lead the targeteers against the stronghold. 
_ 12. If we free these men, I fear that the commander of the 
Medes will not withdraw. 



















ag 
Pi 
Phe 


285. VOCABULARY. 
adapta, despondency, dejection. Kpavyr, outcry, clamour. 
 é-paxel (udxn), adv. ne: KTdopar (Cf. KTHua), acquire, gain, 
2 oe. bind, fasten, tie. Aoutres, -y, -ov, remaining, the rest of. 
ieee lay waste, ravage. tmapa-karéw, call forth, call to, urge. 


ehevdepow (eAevdepos), free, liberate. movéw, toil, labour. 
a a (véos), pass. dep., have oevo-chopos, 6 (cxeuvn, pepw, carry), 


“Sey : 
ait in mind, consider, be apprehen- baggage-carrier. 


— Stve. oTparnyew (otparnyds), be general, 
‘WTTdopar, pass. dep., be inferior, be command, lead. 
a defeated. ovv-epyos, 6 (epyov), helper, assist- 


appahéws, adv., courageously, boldly. ant. 
tar-dye, lead down or back, restore. cwdhpovéw, be prudent, be wise. 
“ty Re ma adv., in common, jointly. Xetpow, handle, subdue. 


J Cf. the use of Screpor, 247, I. 16. 4 Use poBepéds. 
2 Use ovv. 5 Cf. 263, I. 17. 
* with the help of, odv. 6 Of. 247, I. 19. 





98 LIQUID STEMS: wonton si >see 


LESSON XXXVIII. = 
Liquid Stems of the Consonant-Declension. 


For the liquids, see 113. 





4] 
y 286. PARADIGMS. 
6 Auhy 6 phy 6 ayo! 6 daiuwr 5 phtwp 
(Aimev-) (unv-) (aywr-) (Satuov-) (bnrop-) 
harbour MONTH contest divinity orator 
Ss. N Aupny py ayay Saipev _ prTwp 
i G. Atpév-os PNV-0s Gy @v-os Salpov-os P1|TOp-os 
j D. Aupév-e pyy-l Gyov-t Salpwov-t PrTOp-t 
A Atpév-a pHy-o ayov-a Salpov-a prTop-a 
Vv Avpry pry ayy Satpov pyTop 
D.N. A.V. Aupév-e prv-€ dy av-e Salpov-e PyTop-e 
G.D. | Atpév-ow | pnyv-otv | aywv-ow | Saov-oww | pyrop-ow 
nV Atpev-es pny-es Gyav-es Salwov-es prjTop-es 
G. Aupév-wv pyHv-ov | aywv-ev | Satpov-ev PNTOp-wv 
D. Aupéore pyol ayaou Salpoot PrjTOp-ct 
A. | Atpév-as pyv-as | ayev-as | Salpov-as PrjTOp-as — 


| a. Observe the application of the principles stated in 213 a, 2, 3, c, 
4, and 216. 
Apply the following law of euphony in forming the dat. plur. : — 


287. N before =.—v before o is dropped, and the preced- _ 
ing vowel is lengthened (see 233). But before o: of the dative 
plural the vowel remains unchanged. 


288. Like the above are declined "E\Any, “EAAnv-os (of: “EAAy- 
vixds), a Greek ; yyenav, ayenov-os (Hyeopat), leader ; KpaTHp, KpaTHp-0s, 
mizxing-bowl. 


1 Related to &yw, in the sense of a bringing together, especially to wit- 
ness a contest, and so a contest, games. 


\ 










— % : 

1 oe Ny 
A s 
rie 4 
a 
a. 


~ LIQUID STEMS: CONSONANT-DECLENSION, 99 


*. 











For the gender of these words, see 292. 

289. Byneopated Stems in -ep-.— Four substantives with 
ems in -ep-, TaTnp, yTyp, Ovyarynp, yaorHp, drop e« of the stem 
F in the genitive and dative singular and accent the ultima. In 
; _ the other cases they retain « and accent it, except in the voca- 
tive singular, where they all have recessive accent. The voca- 
__ tive singular of all of these substantives is the mere stem. In 
ae dative plural -ep- is changed to -pa-. 


290. A fifth substantive, dvyp (cf. dvdpetos), follows the 
analogy of rarnp, but syncopates all of the cases in which -ep- 
comes before a vowel and inserts 6 between v and p. In these 
_ eases the accent is thrown back on the previous syllable, ex- 
_ cept in the genitive and dative singular and dual and in the 
genitive plural, which accent the ultima. 







« 
ae 


_ stems end in -v-. 


Ovyatép-as 


be .. 291. PARADIGMS. 
6 mathp n eNTNp n Ouyatnp 6 avnp 
(mar ep-) (untep-) (Ouyarep-) (avep-) 
FATHER MOTHER DAUGHTER man 
Tart p puTnp Ouydrnp avrip 
TATP-OS LNTP-0s Ouyarp-os avdp-os 
matp-t pyrp-l Ouyarp-t av6p-C 
Tmarép-a pntép-a Ovyatép-a avip-a 
TOTEp pyTEp Ovyartep avep 
TATEp-€ pnrép-e Ouyarép-e avdp-e 
TaTép-oLv pntép-ovv Ovyarép-oww av5p-otv 
TATEp-€S pnTéep-es Ouyarép-es avip-es 
TATép-wyv pnTép-ov Ouyarép-wy avip-wv 
TATPA-ot pyTpd-ot Ovyarpa-ou avSpa-oe 
marép-as pntép-as avSp-as 


292. Gender. — (a) Masculine are most substantives whose 
(b) Masculine are most of those whose stems 


end in -p-, except 4 yaornp, belly, and 4 pajrnp, y Ovydéryp, for 





_ which see 84. 
i 





100 LIQUID STEMS: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. = = 





293. EXERCISES. 
I. 1.79 88 bcrepala dvev tryeuovos érropetovto. 2. eBewper 
dé Tov ayava Kai Kdpos. 8. 6 advip obTos Kaivois Saipoow 
evev. 4. “ABpoxouas éyOpos avnp ért to Evdpatn mo- 
Tao éott. 5. cupBovrei’w eyo TOV avdpa ToOUTOV éxTrOOWD 
rouicba. 6. tov && ‘EAAjvev ever omditas TpLaKocious. 
: 7. kal apiOuov Tov ‘EXAjvev érolnoev ev TS wapadeicw. 
8. Hye O€ Kai THY AptaképEou Ouyarépa érit yam. 9. Kal 
aitel? Kopov && unvav picOov. 10. adra nal ratépa ene 
éxareite.® 11. érolncav O€ Kal aydva yupviKov év TOUT TO 
- tomr@. 12. év d& TH BovrH cixov pyjtopas émitndeiovs ob 
"A@nvaio. 18. joav Sé cal ipo Kat xKpiOal Kat oivos 
KpiO.vos év Kpathpaw. 14. écecbe avdpes d&tor édevOe- | 
pias.t 15. dv® pddrota dvOpwrror ériOipotow, 6 Saiwov 
hiv tadta Tapecxevaxev. 16. tod S8 otpatedpatos Hoav 
dpyovres kal otpatnyol Kal iyewoves Tértapes. 17. TavTnv 
ovv THY Huepav nvdrifovto® mpos T@ rAuuévr. 18. Kati Tore 
pev mept THs Kipov Bactrelas avdpes HTe ayaois viv be 
mepl Ths twerépas cwrnplas 6 dyav eaotw. | 
II. 1. I have two men. 2. He asks Cyrus for a leader. 
3. His father summoned Cyrus. 4. They send men with Clear- 
chus. 5. Cyrus was made satrap of Phrygia by his father. 
6. Cyrus sent six months’ pay to the general. 7. You were 
calling Xenophon father. 8. And Cyrus summoned the gen- 
erals of the Greeks. 9. Each man shall have five minas of 
silver. 10. His mother sends Cyrus back again to his proy- 4 
ince. 11. He carried on war with the Thracians’ and was of 
service to® the Greeks. 12. Thence they proceeded to the vil- 
lages of Parysatis, the mother of Cyrus. 


1 upon terms of, t.e. in. 5 what, gen. plur. neut. of the 


. 2Verbs signifying to ask, de- relative és, #, 4. For the case, see 
mand, may take two object accs., p. 633, thet 
one of the person, the other of the 6 For the augment, see 76 end. 
thing. 7 Use the simple dat. (p. 831°). 
3 See p. 908. 4 Cf. 274, I. 15. 8 Use apedAéw (275) with the acc. 
= ee 
,, ee erg P 
a a 











oe eet 
— 
— alrée, ask, demand. 
dev, ady., with gen., without. 
— dpiOpds, 6 0, number, enumeration. 
; ~ adAtfouau, pass. dep., lodge, be quar- 
tered, bivouac. 
— Paorrela (Bacircdw), kingdom. 
: Bovdy (cf. Bovretw), WILL, plan, 


Py 
-_- senate. 


-yapos, 6, marriage. 
-YRMKGS, -1, -dv, gymnastic. 



















* 
i 





OPTA TIVE ACTIVE. 


VOCABULARY. . 
éxrrodwv, adv., out of the way. 


é€, indec., srx. 


émt-Ouvpéw,? desire, long for. 
Dewpéw, view, witness, inspect. 


KALVOS, -1, -oV, New, strange. 
Kpi0y, barley, commonly plur. 
KptOvos, -y, -ov (Kpidn), of barley. 


mupos, 0, wheat, commonly plur. 


térrapes (Cf. TeTpakio-xtA101), FOUR. 


Dpérepos, -G, -ov (Cf. iucis), YOUR. 


LESSON XXXIX. 


Optative Active. 


: 1 Often, like gvena (240), called 
n improper preposition. 
_2The underlying word is Oiués, 


6, soul, heart, especially as the seat 


of desire. 
Oiuws, év-Oiunua, and a-dipla. 


295. Besides the present, aorist, and perfect, two other 
_ tenses occur in the optative, the future and future perfect. 


«296. The distinction between the present and aorist is gen- 
erally precisely that found in the subjunctive (267). 
ed xwddou means, if he should be hindering or if he should hinder 
a _ habitually) , but e xwAdoee means simply, if he should hinder. 
| - See further the examples in 299, 301, 303. 


297. PARADIGMS. 
PRESENT. FurTure. First Aorist. First PERFECT. 
5.1 Avou-pe Adorot-p Adorat-pu AeAvKoL-jut 
wh Atot-s Atoot-s Avoreva-s, Avoai-s AeAVKOL-S 
3 Adour Atorou Avoreve, Adora AeAVKOL 
1 Atow-rov Avoot-Tov Adorat-Tov AeAVKOL-Tov 
2 Avol-ryv Advorol-ryv Atoal-ryv AeAvKol-THV 
1 Avou-pev Avorot-pev Avorat-pev AeA VKoOL-pev 
2 Avou-Te Asoou-TeE Atoa-Te AeAVKOL-TE 
3 |  Adoure-v Avoroue-v Atoea-v, Avoase-v AeAVKoLE-v 


Here belong also po- 


Thus 








102 | OPTATIVE ACTIVE. ee ee 


a. The opt. adds the mood-suffix -c- (in the third pers. plur. -te-) to 


the tense-stem (which has the form in -o- when it ends in the variable _ 7 
vowel, 153), as Avo-t-yt, Avoo-t-ut. In the perf. the -a- of the stemis 


changed to -o-. 


b. The opt. uses the endings of the secondary tenses (163), but 


the first pers. sing. act. takes -yu. 


c. The forms dtrcea-s, Adoee, AVoEa-v in the aor. are irregular. 
But they occur more frequently than the regular forms Avcat-s, AVAL, 


Avoate-v. 
d. For the accent of the forms ending in -ou and -aw, see 28. 


298. Present Optative of «ipl. 


1 eln-v el-pev Or eln-pev 
2 ely-s el-roy or eln-Tov et-re or ely-re 
3 etn el-rnv or ely-Thv ele-v or eln-cav 


a. env is for eo-tn-v (184), the mood-suffix being -ty, ete. 


299. Optative in Protasis. : 
Examine the following : — 
et mapéexoipev dyopay, éxoure dv Ta emurpdeia, if we should ie a 
market, you would have supplies. 
ei py) TadTa Toincelev, aroxwpycaimer av, if he should not do this, we 
should withdraw. 
ei ViKnoalpeV, THV XOpav ork av Siupracete, if we should conquer, ie 
would not plunder the country. 


a. Observe that these sentences state a supposed future case less 
vividly than the subjv. (see 272); that the protasis is expressed by 


the particle «i, if, with the opt., and the apodosis by the opt. with the ~ 
particle dvy1; and that when the protasis is neg. it takes wy, but when 


the apodosis is neg. it takes ov. Hence : — 


300. Rule of Syntax.— When a supposed future case is 
stated less distinctly and vividly than the subjunctive would 
state it (as if I should go in English), the protasis takes the 
optative with ¢, the apodosis the optative with é. The negative 
adverb of the protasis is regularly pj, that of the apodosis is oi. 


1 This particle a, which is used only in apodosis, must be carefully 
distinguished from the conditional particle av, a contracted form of éév. 





~s 






OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 1038 


301. Optative in Clauses which denote Purpose. 
| Examine the following : — 
—-nrodpev tovs dpxovtas, tva Huiv ovpPovdcdoer, we sought the 
commanders, that they might give us their counsel. 
__—srhv yéedupav édvoaper, iva pH of ror€usor rAnodceLay, we destroyed 
the bridge, that the enemy might not approach. 
TovTov yyouev Setpo, py KaKOs Huds Trorjcee, we brought him here, 
that he might not do us harm. 
a. Observe that the clause which denotes the purpose takes the 
opt.; that the particle which introduces it is tva; that the preceding 
verb is in a secondary tense (61); that the neg. of the clause of pur- 
pose is px, and follows iva; but that sometimes in a neg. clause of 
4 ge py alone is used in the sense, that not, in order that not. ws and 
Omws may occur in place of tva. Hence: — 


«802. Rule of Syntax. — Clauses which denote purpose are 
introduced by iva, os, dws, that, in order that, and iva py, ws py, 
Srws py, wy, that not, in order that not, and take the optative if 
_ the leading verb is in a secondary tense. 


:. 3803. Optative in Object Clauses after Verbs of Fearing. 
Examine the following : — 


—— Bevoa.! pp ras yehipas rvouev, I concen th that they would destroy the 
a “picked 
i. eefoaper py ov moro eire, we feared that you would not be faithful. 















____ a. Observe that the clause which expresses the thing feared is the 
object of the leading verb; that this object clause takes the opt.; that 
_ the particle which introduces it is pm, that, lest; that the verb which 
_ denotes fear is in a secondary tense; that the neg. of the object clause 
_isov. Sometimes an equivalent phrase is used in place of the verb 
_ which denotes fear. Hence :— 


304. Rule of Syntax. — After a verb or phrase which de- 
_ notes fear, the object of the fear is expressed by py, that, lest, 
_ OF pi ov, that not, with the optative, if the leading verb is ina 
_ secondary tense. 
a. For the force of the tenses of the opts. in 299, 301, 303, see 296. 





. 4 1 Aor., corresponding to the perf. dé5o.xa, and inflected like ZAica, 


Pag) 











305. 


I. 1. évatvoarto, iva wn mrANoLACELE TOls TrONEpIOLS. 


dé Kréapyos Tatra varjyerto,? 6 


“EAAnves 2) TavTn?® m poo dryotey OL TONE HLOL. 6. To i nedasian 
érreBovreve Mévar, O7rws tees ein TO catpamp. "€ a€voe a av 
eiuev piro., eb Evoumev TA Oma. 
’ \ ¢ , ? xX ? v 
els THY EXAada, ovK av ayapioTws ExoL, 
KNELTELAV, TOMLOPKHTaLm“EV AVY TO Ywplov. 
n , : « =) 
dpyev Tois”EXAnow nyepova erreprpev, O7rws Sia THS mode- 
11. trav 5é BapBapwv® érrepe- 
NelTo, WS TroAEMEiY TE LKaVvOL einoay Kal EvVOiKaS Eyo”eY 
12. tov otpatiatnyv obttos amnyev, iva Stacwcee 
13. cuveBovrAevca eyo TodTOV 
2 \ fal 6 e ARE s/o leven \ fb > a9 am 
éxTroowv Troteta Oat, ws ayoX1) ein uly TOs dirous ED Trovetv® 
\ eee ee eS ied ” Nn 2 ES >» v d 
14. cai ody vpiv” pév einv adv Tipos, Yudv'! 82 ef Epnwos einy, 
Eevopav d€ tous dmicbodiraxas Frye 
Tpos TOTO TO Ywplov, STws TOUT Of TOAEULOL TpoTéYoLED 
- 


plas “Yw@pas ayou avTous.! 


AUTO. 


Tols AnoTais TA YpHmata. 


15. 


> be xX ” 
aduvatos av elnv. 


TOV VOUD. 


adevoovar, émopevovTo KUKA®,"” Orws Ta Ora ExoLeV mpo® 


ToOV TOEEULATMDV. 
els 4 


1 See p. 83 29, 2 See 257. 

3 be well-disposed. exw is used 
with an adv. in the sense of eiut with 
an adj., aS Kkad@s exer, it ts well. 

4 to him, dat. sing. masc. 

5 Dat. sing. fem. of odros as adv., 
in this way or direction. 

6 The declension of the personal 
pron. oi, THOU, YOU, in the sing. and 
plur. is as follows: N. ot, G. 700, 
it): ool, A. aé;, N. omets, rou, G. vay, 
D. var, A. ouas. The forms oo, 
gol, oé, are enclitic, unless there is 
special emphasis on them. With 
vuets, etc., cf. Cuts Pa) YOUR. 


OPTATIVE ACTIVE. bs 


EXERCISES. 


OT WS EVVOLKMS exoser! abto* of 
“EnAnves. 8. ovK époBetto wn doEav rrovnpias eyo. 4. Tov- 
Tous d€ didous ézrolEetTo, ws TuUvEpyoUs exoL. 


16. érrel O€ émiéfovto bro Tov TokevpaTwY Kal 


17. wary npwetncev 6 Kopos, "Ete obv av 
a lal »} a / ed \ \ / \ / 
TO €UO GdEAP@ Troreutos, Ewol dé hiros Kal moras ; 







2) ss 
0 aa 

. a 
Ss 
- 


5. &evcav ot 


8. a drow wa atu Duais® 


9. ef Tas UNAS 
10. 0 Tis yopas  — 


. a 


7 them, acc. plur, masc. = 

8 See p. 63 8. 

9 benefit. Of. kaKk@s movew, P. 77 3, 

10 The protasis is sometimes not 
expressed in the regular form with 
ei, but is contained in a partici- 
ple, or implied in an adv. or some 
other part of the sentence, as here 
in obv viv. 

11 The gen. is used with adjs. of 
plenty or want. 12 See p. 255, 

18 Te. as a defence against. 

14 The protasis is often altogether 
omitted, leaving the opt. with a 
alone as an apodosis. 
































«grote ETL TiaTEvOLs. 


to 


a minded. 


306. | 

| — dar-dyw, lead away. 
dro-cwte, bring back in safety, re- 
| 5 store safe. 

 &xaplorws (xdpis), adv., without 
thanks. 

_ yé, intensive particle, even, at least 
(Lat. quidem), postpositive! and 
| _—enclitic. 

“Eds, -aSos (cf. “EAAnv), Greece. 
br pedopar,” pass. dep., care for, 
a give attention to. 

- Epnpos, -ov, Or -n, -ov, deserted, desti- 
tute of, deprived of. 

Eau (cf. obk-ér:), adv., yet, still, further. 
et (cf. e#-voos), adv., well, well off, 
happily. 


} 
| 
| 


+*) 


i _ 1The accent is lost with the 
Es ided vowel, 

* 2 See p. 841. 

Use xapur a and cf. 239, I. 15. 
.* 4 Of. 129, 

5 oe 

a sf Te. the other Greeks. 

Bt Sede, 8 Use the aor. 


OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 


II. 1. He feared that he would not have friends. 
o  .. good friends, that he might have helpers. 
_ you should do this, we should justly feel grateful to you.® 
_ 4, They feared that the soldiers would not be well-disposed. 
Dw If you should plot evil against me,* you would be evil- 
6. All the soldiers feared that the enemy would 
_ plunderthe camp. 7. This he did, that the rest of the Greeks® 
P might approach. 8. But I was terrified lest he might lead us 
3 among’ the enemy. 9. It would be well, if the general would 
 convoke® a meeting of the soldiers. 
_ anxious® lest they should not have provisions. 


105 


18. ot8! ef piros Kad mates cou einv, & Kipe, éwol? vy dv 


2. He 
3. cL 


10. And the Greeks were 


VOCABULARY. 


ev-voikds |? (ed-voos), adv., with ae 
will, kindly. 

KAclw, shut, close. 

KUKAOs, 0, circle, curve. 

Mévav, -wvos, Menon. 

omic bo-dvAa£,!3 -akos, 0, rear-guard. 

murteva (miords), trust, rely upon. 

tovypla (cf. rovéw), a bad state, wick- 
edness, knavery. 

moté, adv., at some time, ever, en- 
clitic. 

apo (Cf. mpdow, mpatos), prep. with 
gen. (Lat. pro), before, For, in 
preference to, in behalf of. 

tiptos, -a, -ov (tiny), valued, hon- 
oured, worthy. 


9 Use the impf. of évvoéoua. 

10 See p. 152. 

ll Cf, éri-wéAera. Here belong also 
G-ued@s, pmereTdw, huecAnuévws, all 
formed on the root wea. - 

122 A word of four syllables, as 
the two dots (diaeresis) show. 

18 Omiodev, adv., behind. 





106 


307. 


PRESENT 
M. and P. 


3 | Avou-To 

2 | Avou-cBov 
3 | Advol-cOnv 
1 | Avol-pweba 
2 | Ador-0be 
3 | Avou-vTo 


a ee ee ee ee, Se 


OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. — 


LESSON XL. 


ae 


Optative Middle and Passive. 


FUTURE 
MIDDLE. 


Avool-pnv 
Atcot-o 
Atoou-To 
Ator-or-c-Bov 
Adorol-cOnv 
Atool-pe8a 
Atoror-o- Oe 
Atoot-vTo 


PARADIGMS. 
First Aor. PERFECT 

MIDDLE. M. and P. 
Avoal-pnv | AeXv-pEévos (-y, -ov) elnv 
Atorat-o a elns 
Adoa-To 7 ely 
Atoat-cbov | AcAv-pévw (-a, -w) elrov or elnTov 
Adoal-cOnv st elrynv elyntnv 
Avoral-pweOa | AeAv-pévor (-at, -a) eluev elypev 
Atoat-obe sh elre ene 
Avorat-vTo ‘5 elev = elnovav 


Future PERFECT First AoRIst First Future 


. M. and P. PASSIVE. PASSIVE. 
Sel AeAvorol-pyv AvGeln-v Avoyool-pnv 
2 NeAdorot-o Avdeln-s Av#rycrot-o 
3 AeAtoro-To AvGein AvOycot-To 
D. 2 AeAto-or-oBov AvOei-rov or AvOely-Tov Avdycou-cbov 
3 AcAvorol-cbyv Avel-ryHvy =  Avlery-THv Avoyncol-cOyv 
P.1 Aedrvool-pela AvGet-pev AvOely-pev AvOynool-peba 
2 AeAVoroi-o- Oe Avbet-re AvOely-Te AvOrorot-o Ve 
3 AeAVorot-vTO AvOete-v Avvelnoav AvOrjco1-vro 


a. The fut. and aor. have distinct forms for the mid. and pass. 

b. The same mood-suffix is used as in the act. (297 a), except in 
the aor. pass.; here it is -ty- in the sing. and sometimes in the dual 
and plur., but the shorter forms AvOet-rov, AvOei-ryy, etc., occur more 
frequently. In these forms the accent cannot go back of the mood- 
suffix. ‘ 

c. The opt. uses the endings of the secondary tenses (199), but in 


<a 










Be - 308. 


_OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 


de ot ete a eh OF OY Bi 


107 


“the aor. pass. the active endings occur (163). The mid. ending -go in 
the second pers. sing. drops o between the vowels. 

_d. The perf. is a compound form, as in the subjv. Ce e), consist- 
Bi g of the aie mid. and pass. participle and the opt. of eiyé. 


EXERCISES. 

: | I. 1. évevonOn pi ot éxOpoi ripnOetev. 2. ei dua érevOepos 
eins Kal mrovoros, Tivos av ére déo107 ; 

eis THY TONELaY yhV érropevOnaar,® iva SiapTafo.vTo. 


3. Of oTpAaTL@TAL 
4, Tov 


_ otparnyav* catnydpncev, tva adtos® cwbein. 5. Kip piroz 























2 1Gen. sing. neut. of the inter- 
 rogative ris, who? what? Observe 
fi that the gen. is used with verbs of 
plenty and want. 

_ 2Verbs in -ew of two syllables 
admit only the contraction into e. 
Other combinations than those that 
Y ee sult in e remain uncon- 
‘tre te 

8 Aor. with the force of the mid., 
that ropevoua (196) is practically 
ass. dep. 

*The gen. often depends on a 
ep. included in a compound verb. 
1y compounds of card, especially, 
ich involve the idea of feeling or 
g against take the gen. of the 


 elvat mept mavros® av toincaipeba. 
3 mous" éyoute, Tovs Aiyumrious padiws av Kordcaicbe. 
viknoaev, kal c@loimeba av Kai Ta ériTHdera ExoLpev. 
8. AdEvarmov dpyovra auiponet a: @S aptolueba. 9. mropev- 
— olpeba o dv oixade, ef ‘Apratepens al KWAUOL. 
ap dv dpeis od a ths aitids eire. 
7) Eyoumev, Kal TOV oopdroy 
a: aronEjtoe édetcav pn amroxAera eter. 
_vTd cov, col ydpiv dv éyowmev Sixaias. 
; mers epoBnOn nad KuKAwObeEln éxarépaver. 
AEapyos époPeiro pe) of yépupa AvotTO UTO TOU GaTpaTroU 
| tis vuxtos.4 16. duds, & dvdpes otpatnyoi,” rapexarovpucba, 


6. ef TovTOUS cUppa- 


{Parse 


10. ottw® 
11. ef dada 
orepnOcimev adv. 12. of 
13. e¢ cwOecipev 
14. arn Guas o 
15. o & 


9 


. 5 himself, Lat. tpse. Cf. 247, I. 

6 surpassing (rept) everything, 
t.e. all important. 

7 as allies. See p. 25%, 

8 See p. 10419, 

9 Verbs of depriving sometimes 
take the gen. This is, in fact, the 
gen. of separation (see p. 602). 

10 The aor. pass. of kAelw is 


éxAeloOnv. Cf. the aor. pass. of omdw 
(p. 951). 
11 Cf, 239, I. 7. 


12 Words denoting station or con- 
dition are often connected as appos- 
itives with &ydpes, which then im- 
plies respect. 








108 OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 


Sirws mpos Tatra Bovrevoiueba. 17. Tov KwrdvovTa! Tors — 
omiabopiraxas tropeverOar erraica mvE, Omas pi AOyYn* — 
imo TOV ToAEuioV TaiotTo. 18. wapexaddrouv buds, @ avdpes 
oTpaTiarat, OTas cvv Upiv BovArevoipnv TL? Sixasov éott KaL 
mpos Oeav kal mpos avOpatrav. 

II. 1. I feared that the bridge would be destroyed. 2. The 
general would do wrong,‘ if he should send for the boats. 3. I_ 
struck this (man), fellow-soldiers, with my fist, that I might 
force® him to desist. 4. How, then, could J°* force you to pro- 
ceed with me? 5. He was terrified lest the enemy should not 
cease from war. 6. We rested in the plain to deliberate’. 
about a truce. 7. How, then, should we proceed in safety, if it 
should be proper to proceed? 8. I would not take part in the 
expedition, unless? Xenophon were present. 9. We made 
Xenophon our commander, that we might be brought safely ® 
to Greece. 10. There was danger that the enemy would try* 
to withdraw within the night. . 





309. VOCABULARY. 
airla (cf. airidoua), blame, censure. Kat-nyopéw," speak against, charge, 
dua, adv., at the same time. accuse. . 
amo-kXrelw, shut off, intercept. KuKAow (KUKA0s), surround, encirele, 
a1ro-Avw, LOOSE from, acquit. hem in. 
Aééurmos, 6, Dexippus. otkade (olkos), adv., homeward. 
Séw,!° want, need; mid., as pass. dep., mAovoros, -a, -ov, rich, wealthy. 
want, beg, request. awv& (cf. ruxvds), adv., with the FIST. — 
éxarépwOev (cf. exacros), adv., on pabdiws, adv., easily, readily. 
both sides. orepéw, deprive, rob. 
1 the one hindering (see P. 83°), 8 Te. if not. 9 Cf. 305, I. 8. 
i.e. him who hindered. 10 déw, Seow, etc. The theme, 
2.Cf: 175, 1.11. except in the pres., is dee-. The act. 
5 Cf. 201, 110; is used commonly only in the im- 
4 Use the aor. personal form de?7, fut. defoe: (SUbjV. 
5 Cf. 281, I. 18. dén, opt. do), it is necessary Or 
6 To be expressed in Greek, as proper, it behooves, one must or 
emphatic. ought or should. 4 
7 Use the finite mood in Greek, 11 Cf. ayopebw (ayopa), eeok ha 
and cf. I. 16 above. ~~. licly, harangue. ‘ 


- _ ef -. 
~ f 


ie he NE oe . ‘ : 
or VERBS IN THE OPTATIVE. 


LESSON XLII. 
uf Contract Verbs in the Optative. 
| " Review 241-243 entire. . 
| . | | PARADIGMS. 


PRESENT ACTIVE. PRESENT Mip. and Pass. 


Tip(aol)wn-v OF Tip(dor)w-pr Tip. (aol) w-pyv 

Tip(aol)ay-s Tip(dois)o-s Tip.(cdor)-o 

Tip(aci)wn ~ = Tip(doe Tip. (do1)o-To 
Tip.(dor)@-Tov Tip.(do1) 0-0 Bov 
Tip(aol)@-ryv Tip(aol)o-o nv 
Tip(dor)o-pev tip (aol) @-pe0o 
Tip(dor) o-Te Tip.( dor) o-obe 
Tip,(do1)me-v Tip.(d.or)@-vTo 


did(coljoly-v or dtA(éo.)ot-pe A (cot)ol-pynv 

tA(col)oly-s tA (dors) ot-s tA (éo1)ot-o 

A(coi)oly prA(<o1) ot tA (01) ot-ro 
ovA(<01)ot-Tov tA (¢o1)ot-cbov 
iA (cof)ol-rhv iA(cof)ol-cOnv 
iA (01) ot-pev A (cof)ot-peba 
iA(<o1)ot-re td (<0:)ot-o be 
iA (01) ote-v tA (<o1)ot-vro 


SyA(oot)oly-v or SnHA(do1)ot-pe SA (ool) ol-pnv 

SyA(o0/)otn-s SyA(dois)ot-s SnA(do1)ot-o | 

SyA(oo/)oly SyA(do1) 08 8nA(d01)ot-ro 
SnA(d0:)ot- Tov SyA(d0:)ot-c8ov 
SyA(oo!)ol-rny SA (00!) ol-c Onv 
Syd (dor) ot-pev Syd (00l)ot-peOa. 
SA (dor) ot-re SA (dor) ot-o Be 
hush Syr( ater Se 


* 


= Ons 
a kg i | 
Go bo et co bo Oo De 


yi 
id id 
e ’ 


i, 


- - 
= <> 


so Ors 3 _ 
oh eee 
ai al os 
ve “Tr — , 
= 
. 


1 
2 
8 
2 
8 
1 
2 
8 
1 
2 
3 

.2 
3 
| 
2 
3 


q “A 
i, &3 


tn In the act. these verbs =e have -n- as mood-suffix i in the 








110 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE OPTATIVE. 


b. Observe that when the mood-sign is -ty- the first pers. sing. act. 
has the regular ending -y (163), but when it is -- the ending is =u 
(297 b). For the mood-suffix -i7-, see 297 a and 3807 b. 


311. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. ras av tiv paxny trocoimnv; 2. ef 8é nrTevTo, ovK 
av cobeicv. 8. érAncialov, iva Tovs aixuarwrous! éreuvOe- 
potev. 4. ovxéts époBetto m1 ot orhitar abvpotev. 95. Et ot 
“EAAnves vix@ev Tos BapBdpovs, Karas av eyo. 6. ovK 


dv ovv Oavpalouuse ef of rrorémutoe nutv? émraKkodovOoier. 
/ =: 9 \ e / Aa \ , 
T. xivdvvos Hv pn ot modgutoe ahevdov@ev Kai Tokevoev.- 


8. ef Revodav nuav otpatnyoin, evrretas av cwbeipev. 9. ef 
éyouuev ypnuata, pirous padiws dv rrotoiweOa. 10. eita dé 
TOUS oTpaTLWOTas amThyov, wa TOV KaKav Epywv® Enusotvto. 
11. ravres époBodvTo un 0 KrXéapyos tipwpotto tovs otpa- 


| fll toe AL yA \ a bd tee | , 
Tiotas. 12. ef dmra Eyoimev, Kal TH apeTH av ypwpeOa. 


13. éhoBodvro pn ovKétt TO oTpaTevpuate* HyotTro. 14. Tov- 
ra)  otpatedpare * ary 
Tous Tovs plcboddpous Tay’ av pcOoiTo, ef mopevo.vTo eis 
\ b / b] aA \ > e j= e > / 
THY apxiiy. 15. éboBeiro un é& browias roloiev avyiKkeota 
kaka’ Tors "EXAnvas. 16. aA ei TovTOLs TpoTPiAas KPO- 
peOa, nuiv edvor av eiev. 17. et Sé Tis® ce Avon, ws 
SearroTns av Kordoetas, éyov"™ huds vanpéras. 18. col ovK 


XN na: n / € lal 8 > \ \ a / 
av Tov putabod Evexa povov vrrnpeToimev® AAA Kal THs yapl- 


Tos, HVv® cou av éxoipev Sixaias. 
II. 1. I feared that they would depart to” the boats. 2. If 
we should ravage their land, the enemy would be frightened. 


3. They feared that the citizens would be discouraged. 4. They 
sent a thousand soldiers, that the enemy might not give assist- 


1 the captives. See p. 839. 6 Of. 274, I. 4. For the accent, 
2 Cf. 256, I. 16. see 186 c. 
8 Verbs of judicial action take a 7 See p. 1041, 

gen. expressing the crime. 8 Cf. 256, I. 18. 
£ Cf. 106, I. 10. ® which, acc. an fem. of the 
5 See p. 312 and p. 942. relative pron. és, 4, é a 


10 pds With acc. 








fa 
wn? ey ee 


ek ll ee ie a Oe Ee 


i. ae 


~. 


Se a ee 


snern 


Ot 5 




















aie J re 


ance. 


ie 


grateful to us. 


312. 


—-&-Dipéw (Oduds), be discouraged, be 

dejected. 

 alxpddwros, -ov, taken in war, cap- 

tured. 

 dyikertos, -ov, incurable, irrepara- 
ble. 

 Serrrorys, master, lord. 

a ie-nkchovitw, follow upon or after, 

pursue. 

_ edtrerais, ady., easily. 

ie do damage to, punish. 


— AFFINITY OF WORDS. — READING LESSON, 


111 


5. But if we , should be worsted, we should ‘depante 
«6. . We should proceed homeward, unless somebody? molested 
us. 7. The barbarians feared that they would be besieged. 
#4. 8. If we should be of service to the citizens, they would feel 
9. But when Cyrus called (me), I proceeded, 
_ that I might be of service to him.? 
* co-workers with these men, they would always love us. 


10. [f we should try to be 


' VOCABULARY. 


Avtréw, grieve, distress, annoy, molest. 
mpoo-piras (pidos), adv., in a 
Sriendly way toward, kindly. 
odhevdovaw (cpevddvn), use the sling, 

throw with a sling. 
Taxa (taxéws), adv., quickly, forth- 
with, in apodosis with ay, perhaps. 
Tipwpéw, avenge; mid. avenge one- 
self on, take vengeance on. 
dmnpérns (cf. brnpetew), assistant, 
attendant. 


LESSON XLII. 
Affinity of Words. — Reading Lesson. 
Give the meanings of the following words : — 


WORD LIST. 






aixpddwros  avikerros arog wLw * axaploras * 
a eros diKodovbém * avip* arox wpéw * Badavos 
et axov * - Grady * aps Bacrdrcla* 
Wipéo * Gy.0, aaras * apxy * BacAtKos * 

af ebiula* dpayel * Grrevp * aoKéw Brdfopar 
Siextvn dyed as * dtrokAelw * domalouat BonPéw * 
alréo av Grokwvw* — dodadais BovAy * 
altrla* dvBpelws * arohvw * avAlLowar ‘yapLos 

Hopar* dvev Groom * abvrdktas*  yaorip 





1 Cf. I. 17 above. 


2 airdy, acc. sing. masc, 








112 AFFINITY OF WORDS. — READING LESSON. 


ETS: é€ 
YUEVuKOS éayw * 
Salpov éEatraraw 
Aéévriros eEoppaw * 
SeomroTys étrakodov0éw * 
Sevpo érrvOup.éw * 
Séw (bind) émuxivouvos * 
Séw (need) €rrured oper * 
Syow érrtopKéw * 
Svaxooior* épyafopar* 
Starodepéw*  Epyov* 
Sacra * €pnos 
div (av, %v) = emu * 
édw ev * 
elpyvy EvVoiKds * 

. éxarépwbev * — evarerus 
éxet * {nprow 
éxkAnola * tytéw 
éxtrodwy nyepov * 
éxoy * nyéopar * 
élevOepow* yTTdopar 
*EdAds * Bappadréws 
“EXAnv * Dewpéw 
épmrporbev*  Ovyarnp 
évOade * tva 
évOvpypa * KQLVOS 
évvogopan * Kkadws * 

Review 249. 


KaTayo * 


karnyopéw * 


kAelw * 
KoLy 
KpaTyp 
Kpavyt) 
KpiOn * 
KptOuvos * 
KTOopa * 
KvKAos * 
KUKAOw * 
Ayorys 
Aur 
Aovbopéw 
Aoutros 
Avkaros 
AUTréw 


pre 
Midyoros * 
probow * 
olkade * 
Opws 

oma Bodv- 


Aag * 


ovsé* eg 


TrapaKkadéw * 
TapaKeevo- 
pear * 
TapaTANCt- 
os * 
arapeupe * 
Tas * 
TaTrp 
qreprex w * 
TEpL_TTEVO * 
TirTevo * 
TirToTNHS * 
tmOVoLOS 
Trodepew * 
Trovéw * 
trovypla* 
Tore 
™po * 
Tpooaya * 
mpoodtidws * 
ave * 
TUpOS 
padlws 
prtwp 
okevopo pos’ - 
orepew 


oTparnyeo* a . 


oupmas*® 
ovvaKorovléw * 


ovvdeurvos © 


ouvepyos*  - 
cuvOyky 
odevSovae * 
cwdppovéw 
Taxa. * 
TehevTaw@ 
rérrapes * 
ttptos * 
Tippee 
vpérepos ~ 
raya * 
Umnperéw * 
umnperns * 
poBRéw * 
otveg 

pie 


xaplers * 


Associate each starred word in 318 with some other a or hae 
of those given in 180, 194, 249, and 318, Bees to it in form and 


meaning. 


Review 140, 142. 
Read and translate again 143, 195, 250. 
Read and translate the following passage : — 


314. 
IV. 


Kupos. 


> iS \ iA 5 a uf 
émrel O€ Etoupos av Kopos mropeverOar 
> / eas. \ \ a 
aderghov, éxéXevoe TO’S oTpaTHyoUs TapElvat. 
kat tous Midntov modopKodytas, kal Tovs guyddas — 


(4 
, Foal ¥ \ 44 
él Tov 
Kare dé 


a 
q 



































A 
P ‘Va bd : x 


i " apyiniry OF WORDS.— READING LESSON. 118 
: — eedever abv avuT@ orpareves Gar. ot 5& dws HKOXOU- 
¥ Oouv > émiatevov “yap auto. Tesoadpépyns Sé érel tabra 
= warevonce, mopevetar mpos tov “AptaképEnv. o O€ otTw 
‘thy ériBouvrdiv joOdvero Kal dvtirapecKkevdtero. 

Kipos dé exe TOUTOUS TOUS OTPATLWTAS HpuaTO aTrd 
_ XdpSewv: Kab eeenauves bua mS Avdias ota mous Tpets 
| epee ey yas elkoat Kal dvo érrt tov Malavdpov motrapmov. 
él 5é ToUT@ yédipa érqv. évTedOev éEehavver cTaOpmovs 
TéTTApaS Tapacayyds eiKoot Kal OKT@ eis Keraivas, THs 
Ppvyias modi. évtav0a Kipw Bacireva Hv Kai wapade.- 
aos aypiwv Onpiwv mrNpns, a éxetvos EOnpevev aro immov. 
dia pécou 5é Tod Trapadeicov pet 0 Maiavédpos motapos: 
ai O€ THyal avToU Eiawv ex TOV Bacireiwv: pel O€ Kal dia 
Ths KerXaivav morews. éote 5é cal “AptaképEou Baciiea 
év Kedawvais épupva emi tats mnyais Tov Mapavov trota- 
pod: pet dé Kal ovTos dia THs TOAEWS Kal EuBadXeL. Ets 
2 tov Maiavépov. évtrav0a Eépéns, ote éx ths “EXAdbos 
 amrexwper, @xodounoe TadTa TA Bacirera. évtad0a epee 
Kdpos uépas tpraxovta, Kal apiOuov Tov “EAAHvav éroi- 
noev ev TH Tapaceiaw, Kal Hoa oi OTALTAL eV pipLot Kal 
xidvot, TeATaTTAl Oé Sioyidzor. 


NOTES. 


1. growpos, ready, prepared. —3. wodopKovvras: pres. part., contracted 
from moduopxéovras. —4. oi 8é, and they. Cf. 6 dé, and he. —6. karevonce : 
aon . Of kara-voéw, observe. —7. yoOdvero: imperf. of aicAdvoua, perceive. — 
Z yri-raperkevatero: note the force, in composition, of the first prep. — 
9. ‘SdpSewv: gen. of Sdpdeis, Sardis. — tehavver, marches. —Avdias: Avdia, 
4 Lbydia.— tpeis, THRBE. — 10. mapacdyyas: mapacdyyns, @ parasang, a Per- 
z ian road-measure, equal to about three and one-third miles. — ekoor, 
twenty. —12. rérrapas: acc. plur. masc. of rérrapes. — éxT#, EIGHT. — 
modi: acc. sing. of réArs.— 14. wArpys, FULL. See p. 211.—d: ace. 
r. neut. of the rel. pron. és, 4, 6, which, referring to Onplwyv. — 15. pet: 
, flow. —16. avrod, of it, gen. sing. masc.— 17. moAews: gen. sing. of 
ts. — 19. &uBddra, empties. — 21. GkoBdunoe: aor. Of oikodoucw, build. — 
| tua: Zuewa, aor. of eve, 1 remain. — 22. rpidkovra, thirty. 


fm * 





Pe ee a ee Oe Bee ee 


114. STEMS IN -c-: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 


Translate the following passage into Greek : — 


315. Thus, then, Cyrus collected an army both Greek and a 
barbarian. Of the Greeks there were 11,000 heavy-armed men _ 
and 2000 targeteers. With these he marches through Lydia 
and Phrygia to Celaenae. There he had a beautiful park, — 
abounding in trees and vines. Through Celaenae flows the 
river Marsyas, and empties into the river Maeander. There 
Xerxes built a fortified palace at the sources of the Marsyas. 
Cyrus remained a month at Celaenae and made an enumera- ~ 
tion of his Greek soldiers in the park. 


LESSON XLIII. 
Stems in -c- (-eo- and -ac-) of the Gonsonant-Declension. ~ 


316. PARADIGMS. 


td dpos (opec-) | 6 Swxpdtns (Swkpatec-) | 7d Kpéas (Kpeac-) 











mountain Socrates meat 
S.N. | dpos Dwkparns Kpéas 
G. | (dpe-os) Spovs | (Swxpdre-os) Lwxparouvs | (kpea-os) Kpéws 
D. | (épe-t) Sper (Swxpdre-i) Dwoxparer (kpéa-i)  Kpéq 
A. | dpos (Swxpdte-a) Doxpary kpéas 
V Opos LoKpares  Kpéas 
D.N.A.V. | (dpe-e) Oper (xpéa-e) pea 
G. D. | (épé-o1v) spotv (kped-ouv) Kpedy : 
P.N. A.V. | (dpe-a) py (kpéa-a) Kpéa 4 
G. | opé-wv dpav (kped-wv) Kpeov 
D Ope-ot Kpéa-ort 


Observe the application of the principles stated in 218 a, 2, 3, 5. 
But note (a) that neut. stems in -eo- have -os for -es in the nom., acc., _ 
and voc. sing.; (b) that final -o- of the stem falls away before all case- © 
endings, and that vowels thus brought together are contracted (see 241, 
-e-e giving «, but-a-a giving -a, not -@); and (c) that such substan- 
tives as Swxparys have recessive accent in the voc. . 





‘STEMS IN -o-: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 115 


Cie Sst 




























ae 


$17. Gender. — Neuter are all substantives whose stems 
end in -eo-, -ac-, except names of males. 
p 318. Like &pos are declined: Bdbos, depth; Bédos, missile ;. €bvos, 
nation, tribe ; ctpos, breadth, width; kpdvos, helmet; péyeBos, greatness, 
igniiuce; Teixos, wall ; réXos, fulfilment, end, plur. magistrates ; 3 twos, 
height. «épas, horn, is declined both like xpéas and like répas (236). 
4 age 8 Tadrhs Tis Hue pas TOUTO TO TéXOS HD. 
Tov ToTapovd TO evpds eats Svo TAEOpa. 38. elyov Sé Kpavy 
4 a Lal 1 
Boca: 4. cat 0 Ticcadépvns pddra taxéws Ew THY Bedov 


EXERCISES. 


2. TovToU 


 amexoper. 5. wavtes 8 ob tor Kata? éOvn érropevovto. 6. Kab 
 éxédeve Kréapyov tod deEvod Képws? iryeicOa. T. joav 


Kata? TO evovupor Tov “EXAnvwv Képas. 8. Ta O€ Kpéa TOV 
 aypiwv dvev jv TaparAno.a* Tols éXadelos.” 9. To Mévovos 
 otpatevpa Hon ev Kirixla jv ecw tov opéwv.' 10. évOev 
— pev® yap dpn nv irra, évOev Sé 0 Trotapmos. 11. Téros7 Se 
Kal Tavtes aTeywpnoav. 12. évtadOa Hv Tipapis, TO pév 
_ evpos® rr€Opov,? To bé irxpos Sv0 mrEOpwv. 
ae el ae a s 3 Was tals , ” 
ed vmép Tov BEETLE TOS nV, Kal amo TavTns &hodos 
a ils TOV Mpor éva"” noav ot TONs|tOL. 14. e@avatadn iro 
> 6 15. éret dé 
‘Tov év TH YTapTyn TEA@Y OvTOS 0 AVOPwTOS. . met O€ 
- foav emi tais Ovpats tats"! Ticcadépvous, of otpatnyol 
a+ AG} ” 16 4 Q e \ Ti \ ” 
“mapexrAnOnoar cicw. . €v0a o pev Tiypns motapmos aropos 
“qv dia TO Babos Kai wéyeBos. 17. Hv dé rapa tov Evdparnv 
“mapooos atevn petakv Tov ToTapmov Kal Ths tadpov ws” 
: 7] Se \ 5 18 e 5 e \ . Nir fam 
“€lKOGL TOOMY TO Evpos. . nv dé H pev KpNTis TO Edpos 
“WEVTHKOVTA TOOY, Kal TO Dryos TevTHKoVTA. 


13. 7) Tov dpous 


: ee, \ UA 
émt O€ TavTn 





8 The acc. is joined with verbs, 


1 Qf. 111, I. 12. 
adjectives, and substantives, to de- 


2 See 182. 


mee cy. 256, I. 1. 

4 Words of likeness or Slike: 
mess take the dat. 

un”: Sc. Kpéact. 

——s 8 Sypev wiv... evOev Se, on the 
one side . . . and on the other. 

7 finally, neut. acc. used as adv. 


‘a 












4: 


note that in respect to which the 
expression is used. This is called 
the accusative of specification. 

9 Gen. of measure. 

10 Here in the sense of where. 

ll Cf, 228, I. 4. 

12 Cf. 256, I. 16. 








~ 116 


iv reixos, TO pev evpos TEevTHKOVTA TodaV, TO be iryos 


EXKATOD. 


2. But Menon had the left wing. 3, And Socrates advises! 


Xenophon. 


5. The tables were laden with® meat. 


to the mountain. 


320. 


etkoon, indec., twenty. 

elow (eis), adv., within, inside of. 

éXdderos, -ov, of a deer. 

é£w (€f), adv., without, outside of, 
beyond the reach of. 

&dh-o80s,4 4) (eri, 65ds), way to, ap- 
proach. 

Képas, -aTos and -as, horn, wing. 

Kopudy, top, summit. 

Kpnrts, -i80s, foundation, base. 

mevtynkovTa (reve), indec., jifty. 


LESSON XLIV. 


Imperative Active. ¢ 


Review 265, 266. 


321. The only tenses found in the imperative active are the 


IMPERATIVE ACTIVE. 


II. 1. The generals proceeded through the mountains. — 
4, But the breadth of this wall is twenty feet.2 — 


7. On the table is venison. 
sent the messenger upon the mountains. 
tain surrounds this plain from sea to sea. 
was twenty feet? in breadth and one hundred in height. 


VOCABULARY. 


_———  * 





< 


- 
— 
- 


6. They lead peltasts 
8. Thence he 
9. But a lofty moun- 
10. But this wall 


m\pov, a plethrum (100 Greek 

feet). +i 

Tous, TODOS, 0,” FOOT. 

wupapis, -(S0s, pyramid. 

Xmdpry (cf. Sraptiarys), Sparta. 

Tvrcadépvys, ~€0S, -ovs® Tissa- 
phernes. 

umép, prep., over (Latin super) : with e. 
gen., over, above, for, in behalf 
of; with acc., over, beyond. 


vnAos, “1 -Ov (dos), high, lofty. 


-— 


& 
‘ 





present and aorist.” The distinction between these is precisely _ 
that found in the subjunctive (267). Thus rots Oeots Ode means — 
offer sacrifice to the gods (habitually), but 6tcov means simply, 
sacrifice. See further the examples in 324, 326. 


6 The acc. is Ticoapépyny, the voc. 
Tisoapéepyvn, formed on the analogy 
of masc. substantives of the A-de- 
clension (see 107). 

7 Only a few perfect active forms 
occur, and these are rare. 


1 Use cuuBovaedw, and see p. 31 3. 

2 Use the gen. (of measure). 

8 Use weords, and cf. 92, I. 6. 

4 A smooth mute before a rough 
vowel is made rough. 

5 An exception to 234 b. 





: The personal-endings, Pluck are peculiar to the i AB POR, 
e, in the active are: — 


SINGULAR. ; PLURAL. 


-Oc 


-T@ 


PARADIGMS. 


PRESENT. First Aorist. Pres, Inv. of eiuf. 


Ave Avoov tor-Oe 
Avé-Tw Avod-Tw éo-Tw 
Auve-Tov Avoa-Tov éo-Tov 
Avée-Tav | AVod-TwVv €o-TeV 
Ave-Te Avoa-Te éo-TeE 
Av0-vTeV AVod-vToV éo-TwV 


a, In the second pers. sing. of the pres. the ending -@ is omitted. 
T he form Atvoov in the aor. is irregular. 

_p. In the imv. of eu, to-6: is for éo-61, and éo-rwy (third plur.) for 
é -ytwv. For éorwv the forms éorwoay and 6vrwy also occur. 


824. Imperative in Commands, Exhortations, and Entreaties. 
_ Examine the following : — 


ei keAevet 6 rats, strike, if the lad commands itt. 
vTwY TOs OTpaTiwras, let them bring the soldiers. 
Fv obv pds Gedy cvpBovtrAcvaor jpuiv, do you, then, in Heaven's name, 
a — advise us. 


325, Rule of Syntax.— The imperative expresses a com- 
m: Bi , exhortation, or entreaty. 


826. Imperative and Subjunctive in Prohibitions. 


_ Examine the following : — 


rcidesere Tovs matdas adixetv, do not train the boys to me wrong. 
ov Tov maida pi KoAdoys, do not punish this boy. 





118 IMPERATIVE ACTIVE. 


827. Rule of Syntax.—In negative commands, or prohibi- 
tions, #7 is used with the present imperative if the act is con- 
tinued, but with the aorist subjunctive if the simple occurrence 
of the act is to be expressed. 


328. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. dcdowoor jpiv Ta mpoBata. 2. rods Aaxedatpoviovs — 
f Ne 9S / \ U a \ 
mapaye. 3. ur aye, @ Kréapxe, TO oTpatevpa Sevpo. 4. py 
Tounons Tavta, ® Kyréapye. 95. wn AvTHONS TOV TaTépa. 
6. Kipw padrov didor éote ) TH AdeAGO. T. awa TH huépa 
TOV oKoTrov TeuryavTwv emt Ta dpyn. 8. éaodTw pe eivat . 
[4 Ave) f 9 \ / ms eS } “14 
Kadov te Kal ayabov. 9. uy Katappovnons Tod ayyédouv. 
10. suas Kaxds pn Toijons, Tovs Kipov dirous. 11. py 
KaTadvons mpos Tovs avTictaciwTas. 12. wéurrate pos 
TOV appocThyv oTpaTnyovs Kal AoYayoUs Kal TOV AAXwV TOS 
bd 6 / 13 a an VA al ~ 2 
émriuTndelous. . Hevodavta tmpotéuyate tots tarmois 
TO otpatevpa. 14. cd 8é, & Revopav, avaxoivacov ta Oew® 
mept THs mopelas. 15. cal mapa tHv yépvpav Tod Tiypntos 
a / / 9. ss i e 7 
motamod méuate duvaknyv. 16. éav dé ovTos obTw KEdEVCN, 
mapeate eis THY ayopav. IT. dyeTe, @ avdpes NoXayol, TOS 
Aoxous dpOious,* Tors péev® ev aprotepa,® Tors 8° év dekia.® 


2" ae 
ETT b 


18. kal eis TO Heo D 4 TOU oTparomédov TOUS apKovTas ayeTeE* 
Beer © Oy LA Kal Todpidns O ep. 19. Tipeceeos dé 
cat Mévv érreitrep ciolv vpérepol bev evepyérat, nweTepor Se 
oTpaTnyol, méuate avtovs Sevpo. 


II. 1. Send Xenophon with me. 2. Be well-disposed to the 
Greeks. 3. Send the messengers here. 4. Do not destroy the 
bridge. 5. Send men with me from the van.’ 6. But do you, 


1 See p. 1074. right. The dat. of yelp, xeipds, 7, 


2 on horseback. See p. 255. hand, is understood. 
3 See p. 83 10, OOF 315, de ee 
£ in column. 8 Some verbs compounded with 


5 of wey... of 5é,some... others. mpds, mapd, wept, bwd, take a dat. 
®So we say on the left, on the depending on the prep. See p. 31%. 
9 Use oréua. 





vo fee ie 


119 


low-soldiers, bring hoplites. 7. Do not make us foes! to 
Greeks. 8. And let this be the watchword. 9. But send 
ers upon the mountain. 10. Be friends and allies, soldiers, 
Cyrus. 11. But do you, Xenophon, call the (two) Lace- 
monians. 12. Fellow?-soldiers, do not wonder that® I am 


VOCABULARY. 


Kata-ppovew,® despise. 

hoxos, 6 (Cf. Aox-ayds), Company. 
tmap-ayw, lead along, lead on. 
mopela (cf. mopedw), journey, march. 
mpoBarov, com. plur., sheep, cattle. 
mpo-ménrw, send forward, escort. 
oKorTros, 6, scout, sentinel. 

TodAptdys, -ov, Tolmides. 


“dva-Kowwde,! consult with, confer 
with. 

rTEDOS, -d, -ov, left. 

ep, COnj., since indeed. 

; S, -ov (ev, epyov), well-doer, 
benefactor. P 

a-Avw, LOOSE or put down, un- 


as “ yoke, make peace. 


LESSON XLV. 
Imperative Middle and Passive. 


and 
The aorist has 


_ $80. The tenses occurring in the imperative middle 


massive are the present, aorist, and perfect. 
tinct forms for the middle and passive. 


381. The personal endings in the imperative middle and 


ssive are :— 


PLURAIN 


SINGULAR. DUAL. 


-c0 -obov -oe 


2 
3 -7 bw -obwv -cbwv 


ci “1 Upe 2x Opds (240). 
2Cf. I. 17 above. 
eis 8 Use Sr. 


* For the force of avd, see p. 644. 


-h, -dv, common, joint; cf. Kow? in 
a) consult. 

5 érel, since, and ép, very, just, 
even, postpositive and enclitic par- 
ticle. 

6 See p. 1244, 











asin pe 





= sz ars ed 
120 IMPERATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. a 
$82. PARADIGMS. 
PRESENT First AORIST PERFECT First Aorist 
M.andP. | M. M. and P. Es ' 
8. 2 Avov Avorar AéAv-oro — AVOy-tTe 
3 Avé-c Bw Avod-o0w AeAV-o Bw AvOq-Te 
D. 2 Ave-o ov ioa-cbov A€éAv-o Pov AvVOy-Tov 
3 Avé-cBav Avod-c0wv AeAv-cbov Av0y-Tev 
ae: Ave-o¥e Avoa-o be AéAv-o Be AvOn-Te 
3 


Avé-c wv Avoa-cbov AeAv-c Bav Av0é-vrav 





a. Avov is for Ave-co (see 200 b). Adoa is irregular. : : 
b. In the aor. pass., which always uses active endings (see 226a, 
276.c, 307 c), AVOy-re is for AvAy-6, to avoid the occurrence of the 
rough mute (114) at the beginning of successive syllables. Observe 
that the aor. pass. lengthens the tense-suffix, before a single consonant. 


330. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. ets 1 mrediov aOporcBévtrwy ot “EXXnves. 2. avdpes 
oTpaTi@tat, Tos Oeois Ovcacbe. 3. Hynoat, @ Kréapye, Tod — 
otpatevpatos eis Bufavtiov. 4. cvvdevrvov wn toujon) Tov 
Kopmapynv. 5. evOvs odv tropeveobe, iva jpiv? TapacKnyate. 
6. ripnOntw obTos 0 avnp Siahepdvtws. T. ef Sé ypnters, 

ee b] \ \ BA 8 7 >% , / 3 Py \ nv a 
mopevou él TO dpos. 8. eis Xeppovnaov Bia® dia Tod iepod 
” Ul , (Sola) Pees \ 7 ie 
dpouvs mropevecOe. 9. cvaotpateverOe nuiv eri Tovs BapBa- 
pous. 10. cmfécOwv brn Suvatov éotiv. 11. KoracbevTav — 
dé viv akliws Tis abixias* 12. aicypadv obv épywv® amréxou. 
18. ta wrola py petaréunobe. 14. rervcOw® 7» yédupa. 
15. pi) aitiaoncbe Tov apxyovta. 16. tovrov, @ avdpes, — 
maiete Kal Bidcacbe topeverOa. 17. évOupunOnte ott adnra 

, 9 / Aik we fears. te / a 
mavtt avOpore@ tadtd éotiv. 18. ta & éritnder’ ayopadtecOe, 

\ / 19 b) \ ney ens / Loe. a 
Kal cvoKkevated Ge. . elg THY Ew! oppnodobav amo Tov 





1 See 327 and 276. 6 The perf. imv. expresses final- 
2 Cf. 328, I. 18. 8 See p. 255, ity, let it be destroyed once for ail ; 
4 See p. 912. literally, let it have been destroyed. 
5 Cf. 263, I. 14. ALG AALS: 


rie. Pr 

* 

gre ets 
7 Aas ks ay 


ae VERBS IN THE IMPERATIVE. 121 


Tlapuodridos kopav. 20. rapaitnodcbav of otpatnyol 
of Aoxayol mrepl Toiv avdpoir. 
TI. 1. Rest in the plain. 2. Put! this man out of the way. 
all a meeting,? Cyrus, of the citizens. 4. Desist,? therefore, 
om this war. 5. Proceed slowly,* soldiers, through the plain. 
6. Summon, Cyrus, the general and the peltasts. 7. Welcome 
e soldiers, Xenophon. 8. Summon the generals and the cap- 
s of the Greeks, 9. Let the citizens ransom their children 
with money.’ 10. Let the boys be well educated. 11. Proceed 
with me, fellow-soldiers, against Miletus. 12. Let the citizens 
be collected in the market-place. 


«884. , VOCABULARY. a. 
alexpds, -d, -dv (cf. aicxtvn), shame- Say (cf. 8nws), conjunctive ady., 
= ° 
“A ful, disgraceful, base. wherever, in whatever way. 

tws (tos), adv., worthily, fitly. map-atTéonat (airéw), beg, intercede. 

% (cf. Bidoua), force, violence. Tapa-ckynvew (cxnvh), encamp near 

— adv., pre-eninently. or by. 

Jvpéonar,® pass, dep., havein mind, xpytwo, want, need, desire. 


rf reflect. 
LESSON XLVI. 


Contract Verbs in the TU DeBAyS: 
a Bieview 241-248. 


B% 
__ 885. PARADIGMS. 
PRESENT ACTIVE. Present MIppie and Passtve. 


rtp(ae)a Tip.(dov)@ 
Tip(ad)a-Tw rip(ac)a-cbw 
Tip.(de)a-Tov TiYy(de)a-cbov 
Tip(a¢d)a-Trev Tip(ad)a-c0wv 
Tip(de)a-Te Tip(de)a-o0e 
Tip(ad)a-vrov Tip(ad)a-rbwv 


ay +1 Use the aor. mid. of roréw. 4 Cf. 228, I. 14. 
s if. 256, 1. 3. Use the aor. mid. . 5 See p. 475. 
6 See p. 1012. 











122 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE IMPERATIVE. 





pir(ec)e r(dov)ov 


S. 2 ; 
3 bid(cd)el-ro bid(ed)el-c 0 — 

D. 2 iA(ée)et-rov ir(<e)et-c8ov ; 
3 ir(e¢)el-Tav ir(ed)el-cBav 

Po ir ( ¢e)et-Te vd( ce )et-o Be 
3 id(€d)ov-vTav ir(cé)el-cbwv 

S, 2 S1jA(oe)ou SyA(dov)ov 
3 SyA(0€)ov-Tw SyA(0¢)ov-c8w 

D. 2 SyA(de)ov-rov SyA(de)ov-cbov 
3 SyA(0¢)ov-Tev SyA(0¢)0v-cbwy 

te SyA(de)ov-Te SyA(de)ov-oBe 
3 SyA(0d)ov-vrov - SnA(0¢)ov-c8wv 

336. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. pw) woreuetre adixov TONE pov.’ 2. TOhpaTO Kab 
o idvemTns mopeverOar. 3. evOds Hyod mpos ramorideae 


4. oftw cro.eite, Kal ovoxevdcacbe. 5. Gappovvrav ob a 


€ a a 5 
omAiTar.. 6. duirdrdobe, @ avdpes, él TO axpov. T. Kade 


tovs Aaxedatpmovious Sedpo. 8. adevdovate, ® avdpes, Kal — 
yy \ pes \ / an ¢ , q 
tokevete. 9. Tovs apyovs pnmote picOodabe. 10. rryeucva — 


aiteite, daotis® dia pirias ths yopas anata. 11. épwra dé 


b) Ss / 4 (4 > / > 9 b] , 12 € n Lb WAS 
QuTovsg TLVOS EVEKAa EOTPATEVO AV €7 €EpMé. e nYyOoU, 63) 


/ e \ 4 / \ \ / : 
Apaxcvtte, drrov tov Spopov remroinkas. 18. Trovs 5é yépov- 

> 7 By + = / > an \ if 
Tas, @ LevOn, olkor éa. 14. wnxére arrastetre Tov pura Gov. 


15. xpdres TGV aicypdv ériOdmidv.2 16. To Noxay@ Boaire — 


dye Tovs omAiTds éml Tovs Todeulous. 17. Huds ex THs 


xapas ate Ta émriTHdeca eye. 18. ypnuata pi) KTacOwv — 


ot waives. 19. suds Tos Kipov dirous kaxds trovety py 
meipacOw. 20. eis THY &w opudabe éx Xeppovyncov. 21. wy- 
Kéte hoBod, @ Kréapye, wn KuKrAWO As Exatépwbev. 22. aXAN 


1 An acc. may repeat the idea 2 See p. 554. 





Z 


already contained in the verb. This 8 who, nom. sing. masc. of the : 
is called the cognate accusative, and SS iobe relative pron., 8etis, firis, 
may follow intransitive as well as 87 ek 

transitive verbs, r Cf. 808, I. 2. 5 See p. 907. 


SF i" ie 
we. ; 
* Bas 
4 “nw 5 ‘ 
i 





























; 
uh 


a i mopevéa ov. 


II. 1. Ask Cyrus for boats.® 
. Always fear the gods. 


the hoplites with Clearchus. 
- friends. 


give assistance to the satrap. 


837. 


G-Buxos, -ov (dixn), unjust, wicked. 
ay wwAAdopar, pass. dep., race, struggle. 
n ~auréw, ask from, demand. 
‘tp yos, -ov,!® not working, idle. 
paKOVTLOS, 6, Dracontius. 
[40s, 6, TUN, ace, race-course. 
ag desire. 
», live. 
Ricky (cf. Oapparéws), be bold or 
4 courageous, take heart. 


eae be | 


(1 Of. 305, I. 11. 
oe, 2 because. 
8 After od the enclitic eiot retains 
Its accent. See also 188 c. 
4 whoever. Cf. I. 10 above. 
e ng Contracted form of (dew. 
also, further. | 
18s p. 908, 


by 
4 


7 





CONTRACT VERBS IN THE IMPERATIVE. 


9. Let the general be honoured by the citizens. 
_ Clearchus lead the right wing” 
3 him lead the heavy-armed men slowly to the camp. 12. Call 
“out to the general to bring the army here. 
(0 be a helper to your friends. 


7 eer y. 
aah Sh ea 


128 


ts ose , 

 Upeis pév, @ avdpes otparnyol, ToUTwy! émiperciabe, ot Sé 
23. un aOdpeire, ® avopes oTpaTL@TAL, 
cc eon \ 5) s 8 t a \ t fi 
Sore? ajutv pe ouK eiol® Tok€oTat, Tois Sé ToAEpiows TrapEetory. 
24. datis* Chv® émiOdpet, trespacbw vixdv: 
Xenpareov 8 émriOvpet, Kpateiv Tre:pacOw. 


kat® ef tus? Se 


2. Do not do this, Clearchus. 


; 4. Thus, therefore, Cyrus, make 
your levy. 5. Call the general from” the rear. 


6. Conquer 


7. Try to do well by” your 
8. Besiege the stronghold by land and by sea. 


10. Let 
and Menon the left. 11. Let 
13. Try, Seuthes, 

14. Fellow-soldiers, do not 
15. Confer, Xenophon, with 


- Socrates, the Athenian, about your journey. 


VOCABULARY. 


iStorys, -ov, an ordinary or private 
person or soldier, private. 

Kpatéw, control, be superior, master, 
overcome. 

pykére (un, ere), no longer. 

pytore (un, wore), not ever, never. 

otov (cf. mn, bxws), conjunctive 
adv., wherever, where. 

ToApaw, venture, dare, have the 
courage. 


8 Cf. 293, I. 15. 

9 Cf, 298, I. 9. 

10 Cf. 247, 1.6, 
: 11 6% troéw, do well by. Cf. 247, 
bal Wis 

12 Of, 256, I. 1. 

18 Contracted from eseies (yor). 

14 See p. 1012. 














LESSON XLVII. 


124 ADJECTIVE STEMS: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 


Adjective Stems in -v- and -eo- of the Consonant-Declension. 


Review 258. 


338. PARADIGMS. 


péAaS (meAap-) 


black 
M. F. 
S.N. | péAas péAarva. 
G. | péAavos pedalyns 
D. | péAave pecalyy 
A. | péAava péAatvay 
V. | pé\av pédatva 
D.N.A.V. | péAave peAalva 
G.D. | pedAdvow pedralvacy 
P.N. V. | péAaves péAatvar 
G. | peddvev pedatvav 
D. | pédAace peratvars 
A. | péA\avas pedalvas 


evdaluwy (evdaimor-)} 


fortunate 
N. M. F. N. 
peday evdalnov evSatpoy 
péXavos evdalpovos 
pédave evdalnove 
pédav evSalnova  evdSatpoy 
péAay evSatpov 
péeAave evdalnove 
peAavory evdatpovoiy 
péAava evdalpoves  evSalpova 
pedavev evSatpovev 
péAace evdalpoor 
péAava ev8alnovas evdSalpnova 


a. Observe the application of the principles stated in 213 a, 2, 3, 4a 


5, and 287. 


b. But stems in -av- add -s to form the nom. sing. masc., against 
the rule (213.4). The fem. ends in -atva.? 


c. Most other stems in -y- are of two endings (147), and form the q | 


nom. sing. masc. and fem. regularly (213a). The accent is recessive 
(32). Cf. the declension of dacuwv in 286. : 

339. Like evdacuwv are declined: é-yvwpwv,? ignorant, thoughiless ; 
d-ppwv,* senseless, foolish ; pvnpwv, mindful ; od-ppwv,' of sound mind, 
discreet ; brép-ppwv,' high-minded, haughty, arrogant. : 





1 ¢d-daluwy (daluwv), of good fate 
or porsine. 

2 See p. 851. 

8 Root yyw, yvo, KNow. (Cf. 
yveun, vdos (where y is lost, as in 
Lat. 0800), €v-voeo, e¥-voos, eae, 
ev-voik@s, kakd-voos, dvopa, ‘that by 


which one is known’ (ef. Lat. no- 
men). 7: 
4 Related to pphy, pper-ds, q mid- 


rif, heart, mind. So od-ppwv (og {w), 
cwhpwvéw, tr ép-ppwy, and KaTarppovew, | 
which means literally, set one’s — - 


against. 





<i 
r 



















_ ADJECTIVE STEMS: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 125 


= ; 
$40. Adjectives with stems in -ec- are of two endings. 


$41. PARADIGMS. 


&ANOhs (arnBeo-),) true mwAnpns (wAnpeo-), full 





MF N. M. F. N. 
he a Anbrs adnbés arAxjpns arrjpes 
e} (GAnOé-0s) adAnPods (wAnpe-os) mAnpovs 


a (4andé-t) dAndet (wAhpe-i) wAripe 
| tee) dAnO7 dAndés (mAhpe-a.) wArjpy TwANpES 


ddnbés apes 
(GAnOee) ddnbet (wAhpe-€) mAHper 
(GAnOé-o1v) aAnPotv (aAnpé-otv) Anpotv 
| Wate) GAnPets — (GAnHE-a) GANOY | (wAhpe-es) TWANpets — (wANpe-a) wATPH 
(GAnOé-wv) adnPav (rAnpé-wv) tAnpav 
y aAnPéor TAT pert 
addnbeis (4AnGé-a) dAnOy | awAripers (aAhpe-a.) ApH 


____ @. Observe the application of the principles stated in 213 a, 2, 3, 5. 
_ The masc. and fem. acc. plur. in -es irregularly follows the nom. | 
b. Review 316 b, and compare the first two paradigms in 316. 


r $42. Like the above are declined: dodevys, weak, feeble ; do padijs 
(cf. dodadas), safe, sure, secure; adavis, unseen, out of sight; ey- 
cig aie in possession of, master of ; evaddys, sweet-smelling, fragrant ; 
dens, half full; xatapavys, clearly seen, in plain sight, visible ; 
oy aAns, level; capys, clear, manifest. 


«848. EXERCISES. 


LT. 1. pérav 10 yopiov iy. .2. ovr racw é&jv evdai- 
poow elvar. 38. otros 88 mdvtes bTAa pédrava elxor. 4, Kal 
ively TO otpatoredov vuKtos® ovK aadarés Hv. 5. Kipos 
yap & Tre LTT € Birous olvov npudects. 6. evdaiwovés eiow o1. 
avé ha oft Trews exquce tous Oeovs. T. ote Tis ovTwS 
al 8. Av yap ovTM cwTnpia acdharis, ddrAwWsS O€ TavuU 


% “1 0f GANVera, dAnNBetdw. 8 Cf. 308, I. 15. 
Fin control of (of. npatéw). 4 who, nom. plur. masc. (p. 45%). 








ee ee a a ae ee i a ee 
: : ors Nic, eh Ce = 


yareTrov Hv atroxwpelv. 9. ovTws odv éxchacav of Beod Tors — 
wrépppovas tovTouvs. 10. émiotevov dé avT@ ot OTpATLOTaL 

a , r 
@S Beary? cappovt vt.» 1. of mpérepor pinot THS 


apxiis® THs TaTp@das eyepare’s €covtat. 12. pwryynpoves TOV 
Tod Sidacxarov doywv? yoav of trav Lepodv aides. 


13. ravtdracw ayvopovés gate. 14. épwrd tov Opaxa ei 


arnOn tadr’ écrit 15. cages tac Hdn éotiv OTL 6 oTOAOS 


eoriv él AptaképEnv. 16. év tovtm Sé To TéT@ HY pev 7 
yh wediov array oparés Waomrep OaraTTa, aivOlov Sé mrAApes. 
17. pérav tu® éywv as erucovpy tua THS xudvos © Tpo TOV 
Be eA eY ST IAEUeT a 18. ? Tou ‘Apratepgov apxn mri Oer? 
Hey yo@pas kal avOpwrev toxipa nv, Tos O€ pnKeot TOV — 
odav acbevns. 19. évtadOa eciyov ravta Ta émuTndera boa® — 
éotiv ayada, iepeta, airov, olvovs tranatods evmdets. 


II. 1. But the birds were black. 2. All were senseless. 
3. But this® was true. 4. These are not ignorant. 5. The 
people” in this country were all blacks. 6. The Chersonese 
was a fair and flourishing" country. 7. Thence the Greeks — 
proceeded to prosperous” villages. 8. The soldiers were not 
yet out of sight. 9. For it was not safe to be among” the © 
trees. 10. It was already mid-day,” and the enemy were not — 
yet visible. 11. There Cyrus had a palace, and a park full of 
wild beasts, which he used to hunt on horseback. 12. But 


there were also other villages in this plain, full of supplies,“ — 


Nes 


along the river” Tigris. 


1 Cf. 263, I. 11. » the object of the action. This is — 
2 The gen. is used with adjs. ex- called the objective genitive. 
pressing power, as with verbs of 7 Dative of respect, a species of 
ruling and leading (see p. 838). the dat. of manner (see p. 255), 
8 The gen. is used with adjs. ex- 8 Cf. 268, I. 5. 
pressing sensation or mental action, 9 Use the neut. plur. 
as with the corresponding verbs (see 10 Use the plur, of &v@pwmos. 
p. 63 8), 11 Use eddaluwv. 
4 See 187 a. 1 év, 
5 something. Cf. 281, I. 1. 18 négov jucpas. 
6 protection against the snow. 14 Gyabd (‘good things’). 
The attributive gen. here expresses 15 Use the acc. 





FINITIVE ACTIVE, MIDDLE, AND PASSIVE. 127 





















VOCABULARY. 
5 (4AAos), adv., otherwise. madawos, -d, -ov, ancient, old. 
: or Sicticn, wormwood. mavTa-mact (ras), adv., all in all, 
a -eott (efui), impersonal, it is al- altogether, wholly. 
e lowed or possible. TATPHOS, -d, -ov (maThp), ancestral, 
 émrixovpnpa, -aros, protection, relief. hereditary. 
Kir move, remove. twAnOos, -eos (Cf. rAhpns), fulness, ex- 
mKOS, -€0s (Cf. waxpds), length. tent, number, multitude. 
ene adv., not yet. oToXos, 6, armed force, expedition. 
eeweeNnes, 6 6, eye. XLV, -dvos, 7,2 snow. 


LESSON XLVIII. 
Infinitive Active, Middle, and Passive, 


_ $45. The forms of the infinitive are as follows: — 





PRESENT. Fourure. |First Aor.|First Perr.| Fur, Perr, 


Active. Avew Adore Atoat AeduKé-vat 

_ Middle. Ave-oBar | Avoe-cbar Avoa-cbat | AcAvV-cOar | AcAdore-cOar 
_ Passive. Ave-oOar | AvOroe-cOar | AvOy-var | AcAV-cbat | AeAtore-cOar 
eB . _ a. The inf. endings are: active, -ev (contracted with a preceding e 
_ to -ewy, as Ave-ev, Avewv) or -var; middle and passive, -c ba. 

__ b. The perf. act. and aor. pass. (which always uses active endings) 
7 ‘ add -vat, but the perf. changes a of the stem to ¢, and the aor. lengthens 
_ the tense-suffix as in the indic. (226). The aor. act. is irregular in form. 
_ ¢@. Observe, as exceptions to the principle of recessive accent in 
verbs (62), that all infs. in -va, the aor. act. inf., and the perf. mid. 
_and pass. inf. accent the penult. 

_ 9846. The present infinitive of ciué is evar (for eo-var). 

347. The present infinitive of contract verbs is as fol- 
lows : — 


* Tip(dew)ayv rr (der) ety Snr (derv)ovv 
Tip(de)a-obar ur(<c)et-o bar SyA(de)ov-cbar 


16% and dé, indefinite enclitic 2 An exception to 292 a. 
ady., yet, up to this time. 








or), So eee ae 
: F “ 
a rte Ai 

2 . ie 


128 INFINITIVE ACTIVE, MIDDLE, AND PASSIVE. * 


a. Observe that -a-ewv and -o-e are here contracted into -Gy, -odv 2 
(not into -ay, -otv), against the rule (241 i, j). ~ a5 


348. Present and Imperfect Indicative of pypé, say. 
PRESENT. IMPERFECT. ' 
1 | $y-pl pa-péev | edn-v iba-pey 
2 dys ga-tov da-ré €py-o0a orépy-s épa-royv €ha-tre = 
3 oy-cl da-trov aol eon épd-ryy tpa-cay 
a. The theme is da- (Latin fa-ri), which is lengthened to ¢y- in | 
the sing. All the forms of the pres. indic. are enclitic, except pys. 
Review 186, 187. 
349. Subject of the Infinitive. 
Examine the following : — 
gyot Kréapxov yycioba, he says that Clearchus is leading the way. 


Moov ériOipe? rAovretv, Menon desires to be rich. 
oupBovredw cor JiecOau, I advise you to offer sacrifice. 


350. Rule of Syntax.— The subject of the infinitive ‘is 
in the accusative. But the subject of the infinitive is not 
expressed when it is the same as the subject or the object 
of the leading verb. 


351. Infinitive as Subject. 

Examine the following : — 3 
det’ Tovs Aoxayovs aroxwpety, the captains must withdraw. = 
ddvvatov éott Tadta Toinoat, it is impossible to do this. . 
eSqv” nly ropever Oat, it was permitted us to proceed. 1 

352. Rule of Syntax.— As subject nominative the infini- — 
tive is used chiefly with impersonal verbs or éovi. 


353. Infinitive in Indirect Discourse and as Simple Object. 
Examine the following : — 


gyoi Kréapxov jycicba, he says that Clearchus is leading the way. 
dyot Kipov Onpetou, he says that Cyrus hunted. 





1 See p. 108 1°, 2 See p. 837, 





Peep es 






ies) 


= a INFINITIVE ACTIVE, MIDDLE, AND PASSIVE. 129 


edever Kiéapxov Hyeto0au, he orders Clearchus to lead the way.- 
ti ovy KeAEVw ipas TorHoa, What, then, do I bid you do? 


a. Observe that in all of the last four examples the inf. is the object 
of the principal verb, but that in the first two it represents the words 
_ of an original speaker and its tense corresponds in time to the same 
tense of the indic. (the speaker said: KAéapxos iyetrau, Kipos €0n- 
d _ pevoe), whereas in the last two examples, where the inf. is the obj. of 
a simple verb of commanding, this distinction of tense does not exist, 
but both yyetoPar and zoujoa refer to the future. This is the use of 
_ the pres. and aor. also in the subj., opt., and imv. See 267, 296, 321. 

_ Hence: — 


a 
a 


| 354. Rule of Syntax.— The infinitive in indirect discourse 
is used as the object of verbs of saying or thinking, or equiva- 
lent expressions. Each tense of the infinitive represents the 
corresponding tense of a finite mood. 


4 
we 


355. Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive, when not in indirect 
discourse, may be used as the object of any verb whose action 
_ directly implies another action or state as its object. The 
_ present infinitive when thus used expresses continuance or 
_ repetition, the aorist the simple occurrence of the action. 














Observe sharply the force of the tenses of the infs. in the following 
exercises. 


356. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. ta yap éerirndeca ovn éoriv4 exew. 2. Misav rov 
- Sdrupov Onpedoai* ddcw. 38. arn dvdyen éativ Hn Tropev- 
— eobat. 4. ébn ypijpara xricacba2 5. oi 82 ddrot épacay 
_ BovredoecOas. 6. Kaxds &pate rovrovs BeBovrcdcbat mpd 
q Upwear. T. jets ypnfouev SiacwOjvar mpos tiv ‘“ENAdda 
met. 8. dp’ odxyl* nat dprdca dkidv gor; 9. of Ded 
- BpKor Hpas nwdJbover moreulovs elvar. 10. Kal rods duyd- 
1 See 188 a and c. 8 He said, yphuara éxrnoduny. 


2They say, Midas tov Sdrupoy 4 Strengthened form of od. 
Ue. 








a? 
; 


fees bh ne : 


am ree 


180 INFINITIVE ACTIVE, MIDDLE, AND PASSIVE. 


11. éyo, & dvdpes, — 

12. nai éxéXeve 
18. ) vixndv Sejoert? 
14. érriOdpet pev wrovteiv icxipas, émiOdpel 


das éxéXevoe cuv a’T@ oTpaTever Oat. 
Séouat! vuav? otpateverOar adv éuol. 
KrXéapyov tod defo Képws nyeia at. 
H nTTacOaL. 
dé Tipacbar. 
16. tovs ayabous eis Todepmov Efacav Tov Kdpov d:adepovtws 
Tipav. 17. méurrar Kedevoovat dvrakyy, ws Stavoeitar THY 
yédvpav Adcat Ticcadépyns ths vuntds. 18. Bevodadvros 
dé katnyspnoav packovtes® adixnOjva br’ avtod. 19. jpe- 
Tnoev 0 Kipos avrov, “Oporoyeis* odv éué adsxelv ; 

II. 1. They said that Cyrus was loved® by the Greeks. | 
2. He said a Greek had been shot.6 3. Try, Cyrus, to make ~ 
use of these.’ 4. We, fellow-soldiers, must do this. 5. And 
they bid him keep the sheep safe. 6. Why should® we de- — 
stroy the bridge? 7. I advise you to put this man out of — 
the way. 8. They were trying to conquer the enemy. 9. But — 
the general compelled the Greeks to proceed slowly. 10. I not 
only ® struck the man, but also forced him to proceed. 11. He 
said that the Lacedaemonians were taking the field against 


15. tivadcOar 5é Kal OeparreverOar jEiov. 





Tissaphernes. 


357. 


dvayKy (cf. dvaynd(w), necessity, con- 
straint. 

afiow (utios), deem worthy, deem 
proper, demand. 

dpa, interrogative particle; joined 
with od (ap ov) it implies the 
answer yes. 


1 See 309. 

2 For the const. after verbs of 
plenty and want, see p. 1071. When 
déoua: Means request, it may take a 
gen. of the person and an acc. of 
the thing (here the inf.). 

8 Pres. part. of pdorw, say, allege, 
nut having no part. in Attic prose. 


VOCABULARY. 


Sia-vogopat,!o pass. dep., be minded, 
intend, purpose. 

Misas, Midas. a 

mefLos, -y, -ov (molds), on foot; dat. 
sing. fem. re(q as adv., on foot. 

mAovtéw (cf. tAovctos), be rich. 

Zarupos, o, the Satyr Silenus. 


* This verb takes the inf, in indi- 
rect discourse. 

5 They said, Kipos piAcirau. 

6 He said, “EAAny érogevOn. 

7 Of. 256, I. 4. 

8 See p. 108 10, 

9 not only... but also, cal... Kal 
(both... and). 10 See p. 1248. 





‘ “ > wr 2 he : ‘ a : Aa 

ous ce in ok Meee ~ 
. j SR eel ee a 

. a2 Seen 4 


_- §8TEMS IN -1-, -v-: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 181 


LESSON XLIX. 


Stems in -:- and -v- of the Oonsonant-Declension. 





858. PARADIGMS. 

n mors 6 whxus Td &orv 6 lx ds 

city Sfore-arm town Jish 
(rod) (xv) (acy) | (ix60-) 

SN. | awdAus THXV-S dorv tx 05-5 
G. | aWoXe-ws THX €-WS Gorre-ws ix Ov-os 
D. | (wérc-i) mode | (rhxe-i) wyxe | (tore-i) doer | tx Ov-t ~ 

A. | qmodu-v THX V-V dor tx 0d-v 

V. | modu THX aor ix 0d 

a D. N. A.V. | (wode-e) wore | (rixe-e) whxe | (dore-€) Goer | tx Ov-e 
y G. D. | aoAé-ow arnxé-oww do-ré-owv tx Ov-ouv 
P. N. V. | (wédc-es) modes | (rixe-es) mwrxets | (dore-a) Gory | txOv-es 
G. | amoXe-ov TX €-ov dorre-wy tx Ov-ov 
D. | troAe-ot TXE-oU Gorre-ot lx Ov-ov 

A. | odes TX ELS (aore-a) adorn | ixOus 















9 =% Apply the principles stated in 213, 1, 2, 38,4,5. In the ace. plur. 
moAes, myxeis irregularly conform to the nom. plur., but ixis is for 
i bors (213, 4). 

__b. Except in the nom. acc. and voc. sing., most stems in -t- and 
ee ne in -v- insert an ¢ before the -t- or -v-, and the latter is dropped. 
Contraction then occurs, except in the gen. sing. and gen. and dat. 

Bk ‘dual and plur. See 241 a,c,f. The gen. sing. has -ws instead of -os, 
but this does not affect the accent. The gen. plur. follows the accent 
of the gen. sing. 

c. Most substantives in -vs retain -v- and are regular, like ixOis. 

d. Oxytones and perispomena with stems in -v- have 0 in the 
‘nom. acc. and voc. sing. 


$59. Gender. — Feminine are all substantives with stems 
‘in -- with nominative in -ts. Neuter are all those with stems 
im +, -v-, with nominative in -., -v. 








Cee ES eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee er ere oe 
: 1 os a 


= r ry a al wy 
=e “a - ™~ i) nak at ‘ 
ain nia’ a 


1382 STEMS IN -1-, -v-: CONSONANT—DECLENSION. 


360. Like zoXts are declined: d&kpo-roXs (cf. dxpov), citadel, acrop- 
olis; dvd-Bacts,! ascent, march inland ; dia-Bacts,! crossing, ford; diva- 
pus (cf. Svvards), ability, force ; Eek inspection, review; xatd-Bacts,) 
descent, march to the coast; tagws, order, rank. 


361. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. Kat rots ddXots Oeois Oicouey Kata? Sivamiw. 2. 6 
td > \ i 8 / / + ee | 7 > 
ToTapLos €oTt TO Evpos® mAEOpov, ANNs 8 iyOvav. 38. ev 
TavTn TH OaratTn Tavtoio ixOves Hoav. 4. év TO TOV 
>A poe ” \ \ 3 5 e9 \ , 
A@nvaiwv dare: vem Karol Roav. 5. Hoav ai lwvKat ores 
Ticcadépvors.* 6. 5é Kittooa thv td€w tod otparev- 
patos eOavpacev. T. odtTos érrodéunoev éuol® éywv tHv ev . 
> U ) f 8 54 be bu \ \ Nant . 
dpdecw axpoTroduv. 8. éxer dé Svvapiv Kal megnv Kal imm- 
knv. 9. eiyov® 8& of XaduBes Kal Sopu was? mevrexaidexa 
myxewr,® Noyynv® éyov. 10. 4 KatdBacis Hv eis TO qediov. 
11. év 5¢ 76 Tpitw octaOuw Kipos é&éracw moveirat tav 
€ / * a / b] ” b¢ \ / - A 
EAAnvov Kai. Tov BapBapwv év Tw Tredim TrEpl wéoas VUKTAS. 
12. ypdvou mAHO0s Tis avaBdoews Kal KataBdcews éviavTos 
a \ a a 13 AZ / dé > A § , 10 a 
Hv Kal TpEls pHves. . Aiyurrious Oé, ef th Suvaper” rH 
viv crv eno ypnaatcbe, Kordcacbe av. 14. éoti™ dé Kal 
} > cal > ee Wares aA an na / 
Bacinreva év Keratvais épupva éri tais mnyais To0 Mapovov 
Pas eb, Oia Ya . f ’ , a + oe 
qToTamov vr0 TH akpoTrode. 15. RépEns @xodounce taita 
te Ta Bacidera Kal tiv Kerawav axpdroduv. 16. of &é 
Mdxpaves éyovtes yéppa Kal Adyyas KaTavTiTépas THs S1a- 
/ 13 49 17 \ bé 9 / / Ké 80 
Bacews 8 joav. . ov 5é, @ catpdmn, Thy Te Kipouv dvva- 
3 \ if =, ” A 14 2 \ v4 ¢€ dé 
pu Kal xyopav eyes Kal tTHv cavTov apynv o@lers, 7 Sé 
> / / f F 4 / 15 bp] 
Apraképfou Suvapis cou cbppayos” éotw. 


1 Compounded of the prep. avd, 8 cubits, a cubit being about the 

up, and the root Ba which appears length of the fore-arm. 

in Baivw, go. So &id-Baois and xard- 9 Here, point or spike. 

Baors. 10 Cf, 256, I. 4. 11 See p. 702, 
2 according to. 12 See 188 b. 18 See p. 281. 
3 Cf. 319, L 12. 14 of yourself, gen. of the reflex- 
4 Predicate gen. of possession. ive pron. 
5 Of. 274, I. 4. 15 Here the adj. odm-paxos, -ov. 
8 carried. The word given in 91 is the masc. 


mC 31001. 17: of this, used as a subst. 








—— PARTICIPLES ACTIVE. 188 


Il. 1. Tissaphernes plots against the cities. 2. There are 
_ fish in these rivers. 3. For Cyrus sent the tributes from the 
cities. 4. You have a city, you have money, you have men. 
5. There was a road to the ford. 6. There Cyrus made a 
review and enumeration of the Greeks. 7. The spears andthe 
ranks of the soldiers were in sight. 8. He collected his Greek 
3 force in the following manner. 9. The soldiers of Tissaphernes 
_ were withdrawing from the towns. 10. If you make use of 
_ the Greek force, you will easily conquer these barbarians. 


e res 


















362. VOCABULARY. 
_ Bdpv, Sépar-os, rd, spear. mavrotos, -a, -ov (mas), of all sorts. 
 tnavrds, 6, a year. aevre-kal-Sexa, indec., 75. 
Kataytimépas, adv., over against, ZdpSers, -ewv, plur., Sardis. 
4 opposite. wTpels, THREE. | 
_ Makpoy, -wvos, ¢ Macronian. tplros, -n, -ov (Tpeis), THIRD, 


olko-Sopéw (olkos),1 build, construct. xpovos, 6, time. 


LESSON L. 
Participles Active, 
363. The forms of the participles in the active are: — 


PRESENT. FururRe. First Aorist. | First PERFECT. 


Adov Adowv Atoas AeAUKWS 


x ‘ 
a . 


_ @ For the declension of Avwy, see 262. Avowv, about to loose, is 
_ declined in the same manner. 


364. PARADIGMS. 


Avods (Adcavt-), having loosed AeAvKds (AeAvKoT-), having loosed 





M. F, N. M. F, N. 

— S.N.V.)Atods Atcaca Atoav AeAvKws AeAvkvia AcAuKOS 
G.| Adoavros Avodons Avoavros | AeAvKOTOS AcAvKvlas AeduKOTOS 

Di.) Atoavr, Atodoy Avoavrs | AeAvKcTL AeAvKvig AeAvKOTE 
A.|toavra Avodocay Avoav AeAvKOTa AeAuKViav AeAvUKOS 





1 The second part is related to d€uw, build (cf. Latin domus). 








134 : PARTICIPLES ACTIVE. 





D.N.A.V.|Atoavre Atodod Atoavre | AcAvKdre DeAvKvlG eduKorTe 
G. D.| Avodvrow Adodoaw Avodvrow! AeAvKOTOW AeAvKviaLy AeAUKOTOLY 


P.N.V.| AXtoavres Atvodoat Atvoavra | AeAvKOTes AcAvKViaL AcAVKOTA 


G.| Avoavrav Avoarav Avoavrwy| AeAVKOTOV AeAVKULOY AEAVKOTOV — 


D.|Atvoact Avoacats Avoacr AeAvKoot AcAvKvLaLs AcAUKOCL 
A.| Ajoavras Avodods Avoavra | AeAvKOTAs AcAUKUIAas AeAUKOTA 


a. The participles form their stems by a special suffix added to the 
tense-stems. In the active this is -yr- (but for the perf. -or-). Thus, 
pres. Avo-vr-, fut. Avoo-vr-, aor. AVaa-vt-, perf. AeAvK-or-. The a of the 
perf. stem (160) disappears before the suffix -or-. 

b. For the formation of the cases in the masce. and neut. from these 
stems, see 213, 1,2, d, 4, 5. The forms AeAvKus and AeAvKds are irreg- 
ular. The fem. of the aor. ends in -doa, of the perf. in -via. 

c. Observe, as to accent, that the perf. act. participle is oxytone (33). 


365. The present participle of ciu/ is dy, ovoa, ov, genitive, 
OvTos, ovans, avtos, etc. (for édv from ec-wy, etc.). 
366. Participles in -dwy, -éwv, -dwy are contracted : — 
Tindey, Tipdovoa, Tindov, contracted tipav, Tipaca, Tipay; 
Hir€av, dirdéovea, prrdéov, contracted girav, dirotoa, didrody; 
Syrcwv, SyrAcovea, SyAcov, contracted SnAav, Syrovca, SyAowv. 
Review 241, 242, 243. 


367. The contracted forms are declined as follows : — 





M. F. N. M. F. N. 
S. N. V.] ripoyv Tipera  Tipev irov piovoa dirovv 
G.| Tipavros Tipaons Tipavros | piAovvTos diAovons diAovvros 
D.| tipovte = tipwoy tipovTe [| ditovvte giroveyn drdovvte 
A.| Tipevra Tipeacay tipev girovvtTa dirdotcay didovy 


D.N.A.V.| tipavre tipwoa ripwvre | dirowwre ditovea didovvre 
G. D.| tipwvrow tipdcaw tipwvrow) duiovvrow didovcaw didovvrow 


P.N. V.| tipavres tipdoat ripevtra | ditovvres didovoa: didovvTa 
G.| Tipwvtav Tipwoay Tipwvrev| diiovvrev ditoveay didovvTev 
D.| tipaot = tipworats tipwor | didrovor  drdovoas drdovor 
A.| tTipovras tTipwoas tipavra | diovvras grAoveas dirotvra 





a. dnAGv (contracted from §yAdwy) is declined like fuAdv. 





7 


5 
a 


] 


~ 


i 
| 
q 





















PARTICIPLES ACTIVE. 135 


a 368. The Attributive Participle used Adjectively. 

= Examine the following : — 

- otk épire Tov BactAcvovta Aptagépénv, she did not love Artaxen ‘20e8, 
who was king. 

y én TOV TOTAMOV TopEvovTal, OvTa TO Evpos TApov, they proceed to 


the river, which is a hundred feet wide. 


4 369. Rule of Syntax.— The participle, like any adjective, 
_ may qualify a substantive as an attributive. 


$70. The Attributive Participle used Substantively. 
q Examine the following : — 


a. Observe that the participle is here used as an attributive adj., 
to modify a subst. Hence: — 


_ Tov Tods immous AvoaryrTa éxdArace, he punished him who had loosed 
the horses. 

 ovrot ciow of tpas mévras aduxjoovtes, these are the men who will 
wrong you all. 


% a. Observe that in these examples the subst. is omitted. Hence : — 
$71. Rule of Syntax.— The attributive participle with the 
_ article may be used substantively. 


____ a. Observe, in the examples given above, the time of the participle 
in relation to that of the principal verb. Hence :— 


=" 
p 


5 


{ 372. Rule of Syntax. — Participles denote time present, 
_ past, or future, relatively to the time of the leading verb. 


373. EXERCISES. 


LL 1. of mrpdcbev npyiv BonOnoavres tovs dpkovs edv- 
_Kadow. 2. joav yap of Kwdtcovtes tépav! tov roTrapod. 
_ 38. @ dvdpes oTpaTL@Tal, yareTTa eoTL TA TrapovTa.* 4. rave 
 émeipato Tos KwAvVOYTas THY Tdpodov.2 5. TpinpEets yap 
eS eS Ae e P4 6 a > a , \ al 4.2 

exer Huds 0 KwAvowY. 6. Revodav épwta ti Td kwddov* éote 
a , © 9 2 \ , ‘ ¢ ’ ” 

_ mopever Bau. T. 0 & avtovs Kxerever Tov apmavtovTa aye 
1Cf. 111, I. 12. 8 Here passage in the sense of 


2 The (things) that are at hand the act of passing. 
(275), i.e. the: present situation. 4 Te. the obstacle. 





a Pe Ee ge ae eS ere ee ean ee are 


186 _ _PARTICIPLES ACTIVE. 


\ eZ 8. “A N - s > \ a e a~_1 
Tpos aUTOV. TOV yap viKwvTwv éotl Kal Ta éavToV 
ote. 9. Kal Tov mpaTov eal at paxaptoroy érroin- 
cev. 10. ddrov Oé KwAvovTa Kal Upais Kab nets mopevea Bau 
” 2 
érratca TUE. 11. rpos TH TOTALS KwOpN Hv, aTréxovea* Tod 

A fe) 4 ’ = 
TOTaLov mapacdyynve 12. wera tadra éropevovto érl Tov 
Xddov enauou, dvTa TO Evpos wrEO pou, mipn oS ixGiov. 
18. pis, @ avdpes oTPATLATAL, on étt vixate “EX- 
Anves dvtes BapBapous. 14. arr ovte TovToLs * érrixoupeEtTe 
an \ aTTESS \ > na / 15. °A ae 

re adv éuol Tov ataKTovVvTa ‘TrateTe. . "ABpoxcudas 
b] \ SN oF oe a by £ Lewes | > f , 

ey Opos avip ert TO Kidparn mrotau@ éatw, aréyov dHdexa 
ataOpovs.® 16. &pn tov pév KadOs TrolobvTa érratvely, TOV 
dé adtxobyTa ovK érrauvetD. 


II. 1. Parysatis loved Cyrus more than Artaxerxes, who 
was king. 2. He sent those who would rescue® the queen. 
3. He courted those who were rich. 4. With the help of® 
the gods we will try to punish the wrong-doer.’ 5. But he 
called those also who were besieging Miletus. 6. Those who 
dwelt along® the sea were brave. 7. For J, Clearchus, am the 
one who bade the soldiers strike Dexippus. 8. Aristippus, 
the Thessalian, who was® guest-friend to Cyrus, asked (him) 
for pay.” 9. Here there was a prosperous city, twenty para- 
sangs distant from the sea.. 10. He says that this commander 
always punishes wrong-doers. 


374. VOCABULARY. 
*Aplorurmos, o, Aristippus. . paKapioros, -1, -ov, deemed happy, 
a-raKtéw (cf. Tdés),1! be out of order. enviable. 
80-Sexa (dv0, Séxa), TWELVE. Tapacayyns, -ov, parasang, Persian 
érrawvéw, approve, commend, praise. road-measure = about a league. 
émixoupéw, lend assistance. TPLIAPNS, -€0S, 4, War-vessel, trireme. 
@erradds, 0, a Thessalian. Xddros, 6, the river Chalus. 

1 of themselves, gen. plur. of the 6 oby 
reflexive pron. See p. 83%. 7 See (246, and cf. I. 16 above. 

2 Here intransitively, be distant. 8 rapa with acc. 

8 See p. 63 2, ® Te. being. 


4 See p. 252. 5 See p. 244. 10 See p. 1002. -11 See p. 514. 








s ss: PARTICIPLES MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 137 


LESSON LI. 
Participles Middle and Passive. 









875. The forms of the participles in the mid. and pass. are : — 


PRESENT. FUTURE. First Aor. |First Perr.| Fut. Perr. 





_ Middle | Avd-pevo-s | Avord-pevo-s | Avord-pevo-s | AeAv-pévo-s | AeAvord-pevo-s 
Passive Ado-pevo-s | AVOnod-pevo-s | AvOels NeAv-pévo-s | AeAdo-d-pevo-s 
a. All participles in -os are declined like ayafds (144). 

b. The special suffix (864 a) added to the tense- atom in the mid. 
_ and pass. to form the participles is -pevo-. 

_¢. Butthe aor. pass. uses the active pags (364 Bs bier Aude-vr-. 


376. PARADIGM. 





AvOels (AvOevr-), loosed 














M. 


F, N. 
S.N.V. Av¥els Av0etoa Avbév 
G. Avévros Avdelons Avévros 
D. AvOévre Avbelory AvOévre 
A, Avbévra Avbeioay Avbev 
DN. A.V. Avbévre Avbelora Avbévre 
G. D. Avbévrow Avbelorary Avbévrow 
N.Y. Avbévres AvOeio-ar Avbévra 
G. Avbévrav Av0eroav Avbévrwv 
D. AvOetort Avbelorats Av0etor 
AS Avbévras Av0eloas - Avbévra 


BE a: Bee 213, 1, 2,4, 4,5. The fem. ends in -eiva. 
_b. The aor. pass. part. is oxytone; the pf. mid. and pass. , paroxytone, 








377. The present participle of contract verbs in the middle 
and passive is as follows : — 


Typ Ralod\é-yevo-s, ~N, -0v5 $A (cd)00-pev0-s, ~y, -0v; 8SnA(00)00-pevo-s, -1, -ov 








ee 


Loe ee ee ee oe 


138 PARTICIPLES MIDDLE. AND PASSIVE. 


378. Uses of the Circumstantial Participle. 
Examine the following : — . 


Tors BapBdpovs vixnoavres oixade éopevovto, when they had con- 
quered the barbarians, they proceeded home. 
peices airov éxatoa, I struck him because I had been wronged. 


énopevovTo THV xwpav apragovres, they advanced ravaging the a 


country. 

Apojsevot con, they live by plundering. 

€ropevero ext THY OAV Tas OTovdds ToLncdpevos, he proceeded to 
the city to make the truce. 

owhévres xdpw tpiv av exoumev, if we should be saved, we should . 
feel grateful to ss: 

mpocektvnoav avrov émt Odvarov ayopevor, they saluted him, atthoughl 
he was being led to execution. 

raphy éxwv SrAtras tptaxocious, he was there with 300 hoplites. 


a. Observe that these participles are adverbial in their nature, that 


they define the circumstances of the action of the principal verb, and “i 


that they express respectively relations of time, cause, manner, means, 
purpose, condition, concession, and attendant circumstance. Hence: — 


379. Rule of Syntax.—The circumstantial participle, which 
is predicate in its nature, defines the circumstances of an ac- 


tion, and expresses relations of time, cause, manner, means, — 


purpose, condition, concession, or attendant circumstance. 


a. The rule in 372 applies also to the circumstantial participle. 


380. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. qv 8 odtos trav audit Midnrov otpatevopévwv.s — 


2..éwol, @ avdpes, Odopévm ta (epa* Kara jv. 8. émrecdy Se 
nuépa nv, Xeiplaodos Odadpmevos Hye Kata THY OOdv. 4. HryEtTO 
dé 0 Kwpdpyns AeAvpEvos Sid yYLdvos. 5. éotpateveTo 57 


ef 3 fi fe) 4 b a a UA ‘ 
ovtws éEarratnbeis. 6. viv &Eeotiv adtois awOeiot mropev- 
ecOar. T. éx tis “EXAddos ArrnOels TH pdyn® atrey@per. — 
: 3 


1 Predicate partitive gen., was 2 the mak (p. cae 
(one) of those who, etc. 8 See p. 25 








PARTICIPLES MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 189 




















8 b PoBovpevot o€ Thy ne dmas cuynkorovdncav. Y. éyyus 
dow OL Mranepitot eis! paynv mapecxevacuévor. 10. did 
—- bewva pepaneeray, a) avdpes OTPATLOTAL, Teo wpevor Ta- 
peote. 11. Kal érordue éx Xeppovyjoov opHapevos Tols 
E. @ Dpaki tots umép EAXjotrovtov oikotot. 12. Tiwa@mevos pa- 
Mota v0 Kipou favtos, viv ids Tovs Kipou di/rous xaxds 
moveiv weipatar. 18. 9 O&€ pntnp eEartnoapévyn avdtov arro- 
méures Tad emt THY apynv. 14. of “EXdXnves Kouavrar 
— Ta TavTa viKav? Kal Kdpov civ 15. TT 
vos ovV eis TaUTaS Tas xepas TOUTOUS apxovras” érrolet, 
meta dé Kal adnors Sepous ® ertpa. 16. 7H 5é totepaia 
é Bicavres xa) apiorijcavres erropevovTo TOUS rofdras peragv 
TOV oxo ® exovtes. 17. 7H Se OORT, Ovcdpevos o 
Revopav eEayes vixtop wav TO otpatevpa. 18. Ti ovr, 
“in 0 Kdpos, adixnbeis tm’ éwod viv émuBovrevers por ; 


Il. 1. He sent wine that had been made from dates.” 2. If 
_we make a truce, we shall not be wronged by our opponents at 
home.’ 3. When they had packed up, they at once advanced 
through the snow. 4. Aristippus, the Thessalian, since he oe 
hard pressed by his opponents at home, asked Cyrus for pay.® 
5. Those who took, the field against Artaxerxes were Greeks. 
6. But Xenophon, when he had thus offered sacrifice, pro- 
ee eeded to Asia. 7. But Cyrus, since he had been in peril and 
had been dishonoured, deliberated” how he should be king in 
place of his brother. 8. Phalinus, although he had been sent 
to bid" the Greeks proceed, advised them” as follows.¥ 9. He 
et not withdraw his right wing from the river, since he was 
ead that he might be hemmed in on both flanks." - 


1 for. | , 10 Use the historical pres., and 

2 See 354. say, deliberates how he shall, etc. 

8 (dw takes 7 instead of a in the 11 Cf. 378, fifth example. 

ntract forms (see 347). 12 qurots (p. 31%). Use oupBovreto 

meay, 274, I. 10. for advise. 

5 See p ATS, 18 +45, a cognate acc. (p. 1221). 

6 See 44 28 1, 8 Of. 228, 1.3. For the declension of éd¢, see p. 712. 
¥ T from the date. 9 Of. 293, I. 9. 14 Cf. 808, I. 14. 





ee * _ 
, 2 FP 





ia hes 


140 ADJECTIVES: STEMS IN -v-; IRREGULAR. ees Bc 


381. VOCABULARY. a 











—* 


dp, prep., on both sides of: with Gdvaros, 6 (cf. Gavardw), death. 
gen., about, concerning; with Kod, put to sleep; mid. go to 


acc., about. sleep, sleep. 
“Gpirtdw (dpicrov), breakfast. Aqlopar (cf. Anorhs), inden pit. ~ 
“EdAyoovros, o, the Hellespont. lage. 
a é€-auréw (airéw), ask from, demand; vixrtap (vvté), adv., by night. . 
mid. beg off, save by entreaty. otowat,! pass. dep., think, believe. — 
ém-eura (él, cira), adv., there-upon, mpoo-Kuvéw,2 make obeisance to, sa- — 
there-after, moreover. lute. 


LESSON LII. 


Adjective Stems in -v- of the Oonsonant-Declension, — Irregular 
Review 258. Adjectives, 


382. PARADIGM. ae 


novs (Hdv-),3 SWEET 





S. N. y5vs qdeta ou 
G. 75€0s ndelas 15€0s 
D. (Hdéi) Set dela (Hdei) Set 
A. Suv 7detav 15v 
Vi Sv mdeta 75 
D. N. A. V. (H8é-c) Set Bela  Chbé-e) Wet 
ow, 7déouv ySelarv 7Séouv 
ONG Y:. (ndées) Sets detour 1d€éa 
ee 1déov mderov mdéov 
D. mdéor njdelats ydéor 
A. Sets 15elas nSéa 





"a. Observe the application of the principles stated in 213, 1, 2, 3, 5. 
b. The masc. is declined like rjyvs and the neut. like dorv (858). — 
But the gen. sing. masc. and neut. has the regular ending -os (not | 
-ws), and the nom., acc., and voc. plur. neut. remain uncontracted. — 
c. The fem. ends in -ewa.4 | : 





1The fut. and aor. are formed 2 Of. xuvéw, kiss. : ae 
on the theme ore-, oijgouat, @HOnv. 3 Cf. 7d€éws. See p. 85 ee 








4 cn 
Ooo 


Se aarOrivGs - STEMS IN -v-; IRREGULAR. 141 






i - 388, Like dvs are declined: Babds (Baos), deep; Sacvs, thick, 
nse; ypiovs,! half; maxvs, thick, stout; tpaxvs, harsh, rough. 

384. Irregular Adjectives. — Two adjectives are trreguéar, 
ef their forms being derived from different stems. 





ia 885. 


PARADIGMS. 


méyas? (ueya-, weyado-) 


modus (1roAv-, TOAAO-) 




















great much, many 
S.N.] péyas peyodn peéeya Twodvs wordAy qTorV 
G.| peydAov peydAns peyddou ToAAOU ‘odAns toddov 
D.| peyddm peyddq = prey mo\AN® woddAy modA@ 
A.| péyav peyaAnvy péya jToAvy qmodAnv 7oAv 
V.| peydke peyodn péya 
a -N.A.V.| peyido peydAa peyddw 
—  G.D.| peydAow peyddaw peyddou 

P.N.V.| peyddo. peydAat peyoda modhot modal oAAd. 
G.| peyddkov peydiov peyddov jwo\A@v qTodAdv mo\hav 
D.| peyddows peyddats peyadots tmoddots «mrodAais srodAots 
A.| peydAous peydAds peyada moAAovs moAAds ‘trodAd 

386. EXERCISES. PY 


2. tpdyvs yap hv TH 
3. évtav0a 


LT. 1. kal wavy 780 To Tepa Hv. ! 
ge vn® Kréapyos, cal éxoralev ael ioxyvpas. | 
ig mapddeva os mavu péeyas Kal Kadds. 4. Kab mods avToOs - . 
@KelTo peyahy Kal evdainov. 5. 0 8 avipp tordov* aktos 
bidos éoti. 6. Tov bé8 BapBapov ho Bos modus dds ie Kipp 
ahi ” Kituooa xeieara ToAAa eis THY orparviiy. | 
8. Kata yap a TOV ees TOUTOV Tabpos %V GpUKTH | 
Babeia. 9. kal tpaxyds Hv 6 ToTapos peydros riBas.° 

10. tov b€ oricOodurdKkov Tors Huloes Omicbev THV UITrobu- | 


r% 
i? 





refers to a part of the subject. Thus 


9 1jur, inseparable prefix, half-, | 
meon 7 xpd the middle of the coun- 


of. Lat. sémi-. 

—— 2 Of. néyeos. 8 Of. 348, 1.18. try, but 7 pwéon xo@pa, the middle | 
4 worth much, valuable. See p. cowntry. | 

912, 6 The dat. is used to denote the 
5 uésos in the predicate position cause. See p. 47. . 
> : 


iS 
“ae g 


aoe he 
a 





CFA: 
— J 

« ay ~ mp 
i a 


142 ADJECTIVES: STEMS IN -v-; IRREGULAR. 





























ylov! eiyev. 11. morrdkis 88 yfjvas uiBperovs ereure — 
kai dptov nuicea 12. évtradda éote Kpynvn dos VdaTos — 
Kal apOovos. 18. jv 88 odTos 6 wotapods Sacds SévSpors, — 
maxéot pev ov,® ruKvois dé. 14. év tovT~ TH Tredip eicl 
rérrapes Sidpuxes, TO ev edpos TAreOpiatar, Babeiar Se — 
iaxyvpas. 16. mera tadta Kipos émopeveto émt tov Xddov 
POPs OVTa TO edpos TAO pov, TANPN 8 ieee peyaov. 4 
16. ea éyyis mapadeicov! peyddou Kal KaXod Kal — 
dacéos mavtoiwy dévdpwv.A 1T. Xewpicodos pev Hryetro, 
éY@V TO Hulov TOD oTpaTevmaTos, TO O utov ets HY dV 
Eevopavr.. 18. évred0ev mopevovtar eis Koroooas, modu. 
oikoupévnv, evdaiuova Kal peyddnv. 19. éwmoprov § Fv ro 
xopiov kal dpuwouv avTobs oAKdbes TONAL. 4 

II. 1. The soldiers were in great hopes. 2. The wine was a 
both fragrant and sweet. 3. There Cyrus had a palace and a i 
great park. 4. We have plundered much property of the Cil- — 
cians. 5. Xenophon proceeded to the place with® the half of — 
the rear guard. 6. But the place was thickly grown® with large — 
trees. 7. Thence they proceeded into a large’ and beautiful — 
plain. 8. There were many villages in this plain, full of food — 
and wine. 9. Abrocomas will do this, since he has* a large’ 
army. 10. At about the middle of this day’s march there was — 
a deep river, a plethrum in width. 


387. VOCABULARY. 
aptos, 6, @ loaf of bread. ABos, 6, a stone. 
avrobs, adv., here, there. OAkads, -ados, merchantman. 
npl-Bpwros, -ov,? half-eaten. Omirbev (Cf. omic00-piAat), adv., be- — 
Kodoocai, Colossae. hind, in the rear. 
1 Cf. 319, I. 4. 6 thickly grown, i.e. thick, dense. 
2 halves. Observe that the neut. 7 Use wéyas when the idea is — 
plur. is here used. See p. 312. largeness in extent, moAvs when it is — 
8 The proclitic od takes an accent largeness in amount or number. 
at the end of a sentence or clause. 5 eines he has, t.e. having (878). 
4 The subst. in the gen. limits 9 ju and. Bpwrds, to be eaten, 


mapadelcov. If it stood with Sacéos verbal adj. from AiBpdcrew, eat. Cf. 
it would be in the dat. Cf. 13 above. turdehs (842), wanting-half G00) a a 
5 Ie. having (878). 














es THONG STEMS: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 148 
es - 
_ “ y : 
é éputo, ti at anchor, be moored. Tapa, -atos, drink. 
: 0s, -4, -ov, dug, artificial. oKynvéew (oxnvn), encamp, be en- 
Opiaios, -a, -ov (rAdOpov), of a camped. 
plethrum, a hundred feet. bdwp,! -aros, To, water. 
dks (rodds), adv., many times, dwvr (cf. dnul), voice, speech. 
often, frequently. XV, -Vos, 0, 7], GOOSE. 


LESSON LIIt. 
Stems in a Diphthong of the Consonant-Declension. 


—- 388. PARADIGMS. 





56 Bacreds? 56 Bots |  ypavs? n vavs* 
(BaotAev-) (Bov-) (ypav-) (vav-) 
king ox, COW | old woman ship 
.N, Bactdrev-s Bov-s ypav-s vav-s_— 
G. BacA€é-ws Bo-os Ypa-0s VE-OS 
D,: (Baotré-i) Bactdrct Bo-t ypa-t vy-t 
A. Baotré-a Bov-v ypav-v Vav-v 
ee Baorred Bow ypav vav 
a Baodé-e Bo-e ypa-e vij-€ 
ah Us Bactdé-ov Bo-otv Ypa-otv ve-otv 
iB (Baciré-es) Bacrdets Bo-es Ypa-es ‘vyy-s 
G. Bactré-ov Bo-av ypa-av Ve-OV 
D, Bactrev-or Bov-ol ypav-ol vav-ol 
A. Bactré-as Bov-s Ypav-s VaU-S 


§ a Observe the application of the principles stated in 213, 1, 2, 3, 4. 
it (a) substs. in -evs add -a and -as (with the vowel lengthened) in 
ace. sing. and plur.; (b) in the ace. plur. Bods, ypats, vats are for 
VS, ypav-vs, vav-vs, v being dropped (287); (c) final v of the diph- 
thong is dropped before all vowels in the endings, and in vats the 
lting va- becomes ve- before a long vowel and vy- before a short 
vel ; (d) the gen. sing. may end in -ws instead of -os. 


Pane 236 a. 3 Cf. yépwr. 
‘be f. Bacircbw. ; 4 Cf. vabrns. 








144 DIPHTHONG STEMS: CONSONANT-DECLENSION. 


389. Gender. — Masculine are all substantives whose stems — 


end in -ev-. 


390. Like Baoweds are declined: épunveds (of ‘Epuis),! snl 4 
and imeds (irmos), horseman, knight, plur. cavalry. .. 


391. 


I. 1. érowuot eice td Kipw of (ames. 


ais” érrodtopKet Midntov. 


> ee 5 9 , vs - \ \ 4 te 
oixlats Hoav aires, oes, Gpvides, kal Ta Exyova TovUTwWY. — 
6. ef Bactreds év TO Tedim oTpaToTrEdevOLTO, OTALcaLYTO AV 
T. téros O€ wavtes of immels ameyopnoav. — 
8 } Ké 4 a as) Il , a ie a 

. Kal Kipw* rapicav ai éx IeXomrovyncou vies Tpraxovta 


€ rn 
OL OmAtTaL. 
44 4 
KGL TreVTE. 


11. ropeverar os 
ous. 


Téurpato. 
Rigs A nm 
Au t@ coript. 


arror Ilépoat tpeis. 


*"Edécov, éywv vais Kipovu trévte cab elxoow. 
Lal fa) a 
avepwToot TOV Koudpyny Sua TOD TepalfovTos Eppunvéews Tis 


€oTly 1) yopa. 


/ 4 
Bacitréws tropevovtar mpos TOY caTpaTny. 


1 Hermes (or Mercury) was her- 
ald of Zeus and the god of persua- 
sive speech. 

2 with which, dat. plur. fem. of 
the relative pron. és, 4, 6. For the 
case, cf. 175, I. 11 

8 the king. When the reference 
is to the great king of Persia, the 
article is commonly omitted. 

4 Cf. 106, I. 10. 


EXERCISES. 


3. lmméds yidlous peTeTréurpato. 
4. kat Baorrels? 6) avtimapecKevaterto. 


9. mpos 6€ Bacihéd Erreptrev aryyéXous. 
dé otpatevpa éropifero citov éx tav Body Kal svar. — 
Bacthéa imméds Exov ws 
12. tavtns &vexa ths mapddov Kipos tas vats pete- — 
18. joav © adtois ixavol Boes atrodica TO 
14. «al rapa peydrov Bacitéas raphy — 
Tiscadhépyns Kal o tis Baciiéws yuvarkds adeddos’ Kab 
15. ayetro 58 Tapas Alytrrios && 


17 € Y e \ 95 8 pA ae a 
- Oo EPLNVEVS ELTTE™ TEPOLOTL, OTL TTAPA 






















—~ 


2. elye vais, 


5. év 6€ Tats 


10. ro 


6 qrevTaKocl- 


16. xow7A 5) 


18. o && Trav 


5to. &s, in its use as an im- 
proper prep. (see p. 747), takes the — 
acc. of the person. 

6 Of, 319, I. 17. 5 

7 Le. 5 adeApds ris yuvainds Ba- 
ciAgws. 

8 said, third sing. of the second — 
aor. elrov, I said, inflected like the — 
impf. 



















We ma aad 
if cy _ bigs 
oS eS wal eae 


‘Eaajvov Eppijvevs épyn TOV Perreau on adedpov ov Tots 
Pitioca: eivat. 19. évraida o Opak exov imméas @s Tpla- 
_KovTa niToudrnoe pos Baciréa. 20. ef Sé Tus Vudv AOdpet 
“i cr \ > tea ¢ a a \ / N 
OTe apiv pev ove eioly imets, Tois O& TroNeplots TroAXOL 
nf ae, ea cf ela a . na FOC Pre A 
mapeowv, evOipnOnte OTL ob pplou immets ovdev! aAXO 1 
pupiol eiow avOpwrro.. 

A 


=) IL 1..The ships lay at anchor by? the tent of Cyrus. 2. It 
was evident that the® king was near. 3. He sent the inter- 
preter to? the generals of the Greeks. 4. The expedition‘ will 
be against the great king. 5. Chirisophus also, a Lacedae- 
-monian, was on board® the ships. 6. Let us plunder the king’s 
country. 7. The horsemen often hunted these wild animals. 
8. For Cyrus sent to the king the tributes from the cities. 
9. They asked the village-chief* for sheep and goats and cattle 
and asses. 10. And Xenophon through an interpreter de- 
-manded back the horses. 11. There is a fortified palace of 
the great king in Celaenae at the sources of the river Marsyas. 


892. 


dv-epatde,’ ask, inquire of, question. 

GyTi-rapa-cKevdlopar, prepare one- 

self in turn. 

ro-Ovw, sacrisjice in payment of a 

vow, offer a votive sacrifice. 

avTopodéw, desert. 

vq, y, woman, wife. 

Exyovos, -ov, born or sprung from; 

_ &xyovor, as subst., offspring. 

€rTousos, -ov, OF -y, -ov, ready, pre- 
pared. 















1 Neut. of ovbdels, oddeula, ovdér, 
ne nobody, nothing. 
2 apd with acc. 
8 Of. I. 4 above. 
4 Use 686s. 
8 Use ne ént with gen. 
Ba ead 293, I 


of 
ae 


VOCABULARY. 


Zevs, o,? Zeus, highest of the gods, 

OTAllw (8rAov), arm. 

TleXotrovvygos, y (¢f. MeAorovyvjcios) 
Peloponnesus. 

mepoitw (I¢pons), speak Persian. 

mepoiori (mepol(w), adv., in Persian. 

mopife, furnish, provide. 

orparotesevw  (oTpatdredov), 
camp. 

carr, -7pos (cd lw), saviour. 

TpiaxovTa (rpeis), indec., THIRTY, 


ene 


7 See p. 644, 

8 Irregularly declined: sing., yurf, 
quvairds, yuvairl, yoraira, yuva; dual, 
yuvaike, yovarroiy ; plur. +» ‘yuvaikes, 
yuvaka@y, yuvaitl, yuvairas. 

9 Trregularly declined: Zeds, Aids, 
Aul, Ala, Zev. 








146 


AFFINITY OF WORDS.— READING LESSON. 


LESSON LIV. 


Affinity of Words. — Reading Lesson. 


Give the meaning of the following words : — 


3 fey * 
ayVapov 
aduKkos * 
alo-x pos * 
aKpotroAts * 
adnOrs * 
ddAws * 
GAA cop.cu 
aye 
avaBacts * 
davayKn * 

> , oa 
dvakoivow 

> ’ a 
dvepwraw 
AVTLTApAcKEv- 

afopar* 
aftow * 
délws * 

> s * 
atravréw 
aro8vw * 
apa 
apyos * 

Z yo 
— apirrde 
dpioTepos 
*Aplorurtros 
dptos 
do Bevis 
dor 
aoxdadrs * 
arakréw * 

> , 

avToOu 
avTopokéw 
adavys 
adpey * 
apivO.ov 


Bados * 
Babus * 
Baorevs * 
BéXos 
Bia * 
Bows 
pas * 
you" 
Sacvs 
SiaBacis * 
Stavogopar * 
StadhepovTws 
Sopu 
Apakovtvos 
Spopos 
Svvapis * 
SwSexa * 
éykpatrs * 
€8vos 
elkoot 
alow * 
éKyovos 
€Xadetos 
“EAA qoTrov- 
TOS 
evOvpeopar * 
EVLAUTOS 
eEartéw * 
ébeore * 
ébéracis 
€Ew * 
erravew 
érretarep * 


» 


WORD LIST. 


émreira, * 
éemvOupia, * 
émruKoupew * 
eukovpypa * 
Eppnvevs * 
€TOULOS 
evdatipov * 
evepyérns * 
evpos 
evwons 
€dodos * 
{aw 
Zevs 
mdus * 
7H {Bpawtos * 
Tpuderjs * 
vpLous * 
Odvaros * 
Dappéw * 
@erradds 
StaTys 
iarqevs * 
ix Bus 
kataBacs * 
Karadyo * 
KOTOVTUTE- 
pas 
katradavys 
Kkaradpovéew * 
Képas 
Kivéw 
KOLL.do 
Kodoooal 


Kopudy 
KPaVvos 
Kpatéw * 
Kpéas 
Kpytris 
AyLopar * 
AlBos 
Aoxos * 
PAkapio-ToS 
Maxkpev 
peyas ' 
péyebos * 
péXas 
pykere * 
paKos * 
pytrore * 


Midas 
BVT|BoV 
vaus * 
vuKTwp * 
olkodopéw * 


Orio Bev * 
oTAlLw * 
Otrov * 

c 

Oppéw 
Spos 
OpUKTOS 
ove * 


opbarpcs 


cs id foe TE a 
rs ch 
ce 


Tada.os 
TavTatact * 
mavrTotos * 
Tapaye * 
TaparTéopat * - 
Tapacayyns 
Tapacknvew * 
matpaos* 
TAX VS = 
telos * 
TleAorovvn- 
wos * 
Tmevrekalde- 
ka * 
TevTyKovra * 
tmepo (tw * 
mepoio Tl * 
THXVS 
atAeBpratos * 
ahEéBpov * 
aAn9os * 
wAnpyns* 
tmAovTEw * — 
aoAus * 
troAAakts * 
ToAvs * 
aropela,* 
tropife 
Tous * 
tpoBarov 
ampotréptrw * 
mpookuvew 
Tupapls 





AFFINITY OF WORDS.— READING LESSON. 1417 























oTokos TEXOS TpLnpys byt * 

dl orTparotedevo * Trircadépyys tpltos * dovy * 

_ Zdrupos Zoxkparys TOAPAW tdwp Xdos 
. _ wadpris corryp * Todpldns vTrép xX1V 
 oKnvéw * oudppov * TPAX US utépdpwv * Xtav 

_ TKoTOS Tags * Tpeis * tripnrds * Xpy le 

 Zarapry * TELXOS ‘TpiaKovra, * tripos * Xpovos 


g i Review 313. 
__ Associate each starred word in 393 with some other word or words — 
of those given in 130, 194, 249, 313, and 393, related to it in form and 
- meaning. ? 

Review 140, 142. 

Read and translate again 143, 195, 250, 314. 

Read and translate the following passage : — - 


q 894. Kupos. 


| V. evredOev éEerXavves ctaOuors érta trapacayyas 
7 , \ , > / ? t ? a ) 
ss TevTHKOVTA Kal vo Eis TrOALY OiKoumevyny. évTadOa adt- 
_—KvetTat Tapa Kipov 4 Tod Kirixwv Baciréws yuvy, Kat 
avT@ €OwKe YpnmaTa TOAAG. TH Oe 1 TOTE ATES 
_QuTs XPNMATA TOAAA. TH OE OTPATLA TOTE ATrEdWKE 
i lal \ lal 
5 Kipos picdov tettdpwv pnvav. eixe dé 4 Kidttooa nal 
_— dvraxas Tepl avtiv Kiduxas cal Acrevdiovs. 
| evtedOev é€eXavver ctaQmovs tétTapas Tapacayyas 
| 4 4 
__— étxoawv eis Tuptaiov, rod oixovpévny. évtav0a Epervev 
_ npépas tpels. Kal edeitro 7 Kidtoca Kipouv é&erafew 
= \ 5 a Lf an 
10 TO otpatevpa. é&éraciww ovv Toteita ev TO Trediw TOV 
' € rn 
EXAjvev kai tov BapBdpwr. eiye dé To pév Sekvov 
n ¢ A 
tav “EXAnvev Mévev cal of civ adto, To 5é evevupov 
Kyéapyos cai of éxeivov, TO de pécor of adroL oTpaTHYOL. 
24 Z 9 ¢€ fal al \ \ / > 
_ €ewper ovv o Kipos mpatov péev tovs RapBapous, eita 
- 6é Tovs “EAXnvas. eiyov S& Tmavtes Kpadvn yadKa kal 
i ass ? \ \ , ? / t - € s- 
@aomidas. émel d€ mavras eOewpynoe, tméurras épunvéa 
\ \ \ a ¢ / ? / ? 
mapa Tovs otpaTynyous TOY ENAHV@Y ExéXEVTEV ETTLYO- 
phoar oAnv THv ddrayya. Tav dé BapBdpwv ddBos 
; \ f n 
modus nv Kal % Te Kidttooca éduyev emi Ths apwaydéns 





A , 


4+ 








(148 AFFINITY OF WORDS.— READING LESSON. ae 


. 
20 kal of év Th ayopa duyov: of S&”’EAAnves ov yétore — 
éml Tas oKxnvas Gov. yi dé Kittooa THY NapTpoTnTa — 
Kal THY TEL TOV oTpaTEevpaTos EOatvmacer. 4 
évTevbev Spec ye! dua THS Dpuyles Kab Tis Avxdovias 
otabpuovs bxT® Tapacdyyas mevtiKovta. Tv Se Avedo- 
25 viav Sujpracav of “EAAnves &s TOAEmLAY OdaaV. évTEDOEV — 
—Kopos rv Kituooav eis thy Kiduxiav awoméwres nai 
cuvéerremrev ait Mévava cat tods éxetvouv. Kipos S& — 
peta ToV ddXrov é€erXavver Sd Karmadoxias ctabpods — 
réTTapas Tapacayyas elxoot Kal mévte mpos Adva, roku 
30 olKoumEevny, meyaAnv Kal evoaipova. 


NOTES. 


1. émrd, SEVEN. —2. ddikvetrar: agixvéouat, arrive. —4. dar-Swxe: amd 
in composition often signifies what is due.— 5. terrdpwv: gen. plur. mase. 
—6. aityyv, herself, acc. sing. fem. of the reflexive pron. —’AoevSlovs, 
Aspendians. —7. Review 141, 2.—9. Kwpov: cf. 356, I. 11.— 12. ot cdv 
atro, those with him. See p. 839 and cf. of éxelvou, of év 7H a&yopa, in lines 
13 and 20.—14. «wpdrov: acc. sing. neut. used adverbially. — 16. domiSas: 
doris, -i50s, a shield.—17. émixwpnoar: ém-xwpéw, advance. —20. yédote: 
yéAws, -wtos, laughter.— 21. Naprpornta: Aaumpdrns, -nTos, splendour. — } 
27. adry, her, dat. sing. fem. 





Translate the following passage into Greek :— 


395. When he had made this enumeration of his soldiers in 
the park, Cyrus set out from Celaenae, and marched through — 
Phrygia 7 stages, 52 parasangs, to an inhabited city. Here 
he remained five days; for his soldiers were demanding their 
pay. At this point the Cilician queen arrived (on a visit) to 
Cyrus, accompanied by Cilicians and Aspendians, and made 
him a large gift of money. With this Cyrus paid his troops. 
Thence he marches to Thymbrium (@vpBpuv), a city of 
Phrygia. Here by the side of the road is the spring of 
Midas, king of Phrygia. At this spring they say that Midas 
caught the Satyr. Thence Cyrus marches many stages through 
Phrygia, Lycaonia, and Cappadocia to Dana, a populous city, 
large and flourishing. 





ss FORMATION OF WORDS. 149 — 


LESSON LV. 


Formation of Words. 
























_ Norz.— Lessons LV. and LVI. should be read carefully (the teacher 
explaining difficulties), and should then be used for reference. A careful 
eading of these two Lessons, with proper inspection of the examples, will - 
nake it easy for the pupil to understand the formation of the words sub- 
‘sequently to be introduced, especially in the groups which are to be a part 
_ of the following Lessons. 


» 
on 


¢- 


396. Simple and Compound Words. — A simple word con- 
tains a single stem, as xaxd-s, evil; voo-s, mind. A compound 
word contains two or more stems, as xaxd-voo-s, evil-minded. 


_ $897. Primitives and Denominatives.— A word formed di- 
rectly from a root (133) or the theme of a verb (151) is called 
_ & primitive, as apx-7y, beginning, rule, from apx, root and also 
} ‘theme of &px-w, begin, rule. A word formed directly from the 
stem of a noun (substantive or adjective) is called a denomina- 
tive, as dpya-io-s, original, ancient, from apya-, stem of dpy-r. 


$98. Suffixes. — Most substantives and adjectives are formed 
by means of certain endings called suffixes. Thus ddy-o-s (stem 
Royo-) from the root dey (cf. A€y-w, say), by means of the suffix 
-0-; apxa-io-s (stem apxao-) from the stem apxa-, by means of 
the suffix -to-. 


ce 399. A root may suffer change of form in the process of word- 
fe rmation. In particular, the vowel of the root is often changed. 





400. A root is sometimes increased by the addition of a 
consonant at the end. The consonants most commonly added 
are 0, v, 0 

_ 401, The addition of suffixes gives rise to many sound- 
changes. For example : — 

a. The final consonant of a root, theme, or stem, is subject to the 


‘usual euphonic change before a consonant in the suffix, as A€£is, speak- 
‘ing, for Aey-ot-s (215 b); dixacrys, judge, for dixad-ry-s (p. 1504). 


















150 FORMATION OF WORDS. 


b. Vowels brought together are often contracted, as apyxatos, ancient, 
for apxa-to-s ; Scie just, for 8ixa-10-s. = 
ce. The final vowel or diphthong of a noun-stem is often dropped 
before a suffix that begins with a vowel, as ayp-tos, wild, from dypos,_ 
field ; Baotr-txds, royal, from Baotrev-s, king. ae 
d. The final vowel of a noun-stem is sometimes changed to another — 
vowel, as oiké-rys, servant, from oiko-s, house; pofe-pos, fearful, from — 
poBo-s, fear. = 
e. The final vowel of a verb-theme may be lengthened before a con- _ 
sonant, as a&/w-pa, dignity, from d&wd-w, think worthy ; qwoin-ous, composi- 
tion, from zrové-w, make. 
















Formation of Substantives. 


402. A few substantives are formed from roots or verb-themes — 
without suffix. Thus :— ; 
Kray (stem kdAwr-), thief, from the root krAer (899), steal; pvaAak 
(pvdak-), guard, from the theme gvaak- of puAdrrw, guard. -. 









403. Many substantives are formed with the suffixes : — : 
-o- (nom. -o-s, masc. or fem., or -o-y, neut.) and -a- (nom. -& or “My * 


fem.). Thus :— _ 
Ady-o-s, word, root Aey (399), speak. — pop-a, tribute, root pep (899), bring. — 
mé5-o-v, ground, root med, tread. mwé5-n, fetter, root wed, tread. 













404. The following suffixes denote the agent in priinitives (397), q 
the person who has to do with an object in denominatives : — 





-ev- (NOM. -ev-s, MASC.), AS ypad-ev-s, Writer, TOO ypap (-ypap-a, mrt) 5 ; 
imn-ev-s (401 c), horseman, stem immo- (irmo-s, horse). ' 
-rnp- (NOM. -rnp, Masc.), aS gw-rhp, saviour, theme cw- (cw, save). 
-Twp- (NOM. -Twp, Masc.), aS f7-Twp (599), orator, theme ep-, fe- (20-9 e 

| Ishall say). 4 
-Ta- (NOM. -T7-s, Masc.), aS Ano-rH-s (401 a),! robber, theme An5- Qa- 4 
Coua, plunder) ; rotd-rn-s, bowman, stem rofo- (rdko-y, bow). 












405. The action is expressed (in primitives only) by the suffixes :— 

-Ti- (nom. -ri-s, fem.), as mic-ri-s (401 a),! faith, root m0 (wel0-w, per- 
suade). 4 

-ot- (nom. -oi-s, fem.), as rdéi-s (for ray-or-s, 401 a, 215 b), arrange- — 
ment, theme tay (tdtTw, arrange). 

-o1d- (nom. -cid, fem.), as Ou-ofa, offering, root Ou (6t-w, sacrifice). 








1 A lingual mute (114) before another lingual mute is changed to co. 


(nom. -un, fem.), as ti-uh, honour, root ti (ri-w, honour). 
i- (NOM. -ed, for -ev-.d, from verbs in -ev-w), aS orpat-eld, campaign, 
parev-w, march). 


; 406. The result of an action is expressed (in primitives only) by | 


- -eo- (OM. -os, neut.), as yév-os, race, root yey, produce. 


a 407. The means or instrument is expressed by the suffix :— 


3 -rpo- (nom. -rpo-v, neut.) as Av-rpo-v, ransom, theme Av- (Ad-w, loose) ; 
r tpo-p0-v, plough, theme apo- (apd-w, plough). 


- 408. Substantives expressing quality are formed from adjective- 
stems by the suffixes : —- 
2 Berar (nom. -rn-s, fem.), aS mord-ry-s, fidelity, stem moro- (mord-s, 
fa ithful). . 
a K. -cvva- (NOM. -cvy7, fem.), as Sixavo-obvn, justice, stem S:rato- (dikato-s, pe. 
. -G- (nom. -é, fem.), as éAevdep-ia (401 c), freedom, stem edevOepo- 
(2 édebOepo-s, Sree). 
_ -eo- (Nom. -os, neut.), aS Bdb-os (401 c), depth, stem Babv- (Babd-s, deep). 


— 409. Diminutives are formed from substantive-stems by the suf- 


‘a — (nom. -o-y, neut.), aS macd-lo-y, little child, stem maid- (mai-s, child). 


410. The place is expressed by the suffix : — 
Z _ rps Epon. -rnpio-v, neut.), aS dinac-rjpio-v (401 a),! court-house, theme 


LESSON LVI. 
Formation of Words (continued). 


Formation of Adjectives. 
_ 411. The following are the commonest suffixes forming primi- 
tives : — . 
 -v- (NOM. -v-s, -e1a, -v), aS 75-0-s, sweet, root 45 (399), sweet. 

_ -éo- (nom. -ns, -es) aS Wevd-hs, false, theme evd- (pevds-w, deceive). 


1 See p. 1501, 





“FORMA TION OF WORDS. 


 -pov- (NOM. -uwy, -wov), aS uvf-uwy (401 e), mindful, theme pva- (ue 
uvy-oxw, remind). 


412. The idea of belonging or pertaining to is expressed in denomi- 
natives by the suffix : — 

-vo- (NOM. -Lo-s, -1, -co-y, OF -l0-s, -vo-v), AS moA€u-Lo-s (401 ei s 
stem moAeuo- (méAeuo-s, WAL). 


413. The idea of pertaining, often with the notion of /itness or 
ability, is expressed by the suffixes :— . 

-uKo- (NOM. -1Ko-s, -LKN, -K0-V), AS moAeu-iKd-s (401 C), skilled in war, aan 4 
moAemo- (1dAcuo-s, WAN); ypap-tcd-s, able to write, root ypap (ypap-w, write). 

-TiKO- (NOM. -rTiKo-s, -TiKN, -TLKO-V), AS BovAeu-Tixd-s, able to advise, theme 
BovAev- (BovaAed-w, advise). 


414. The idea of material is expressed by the suffixes : — ; 

-co- (NOM. -eo-s, -ed, -e0-v), AS xpuo-co-s (401 c), golden, stem xpea 7 
(xpio-d-s, gold). 

-wo- (OM. -1vo0-s, -wvy, -1v0o-v), aS KplO-wo-s (401 c), of barley, stem 
Kplba- (xpi0n, barley). 


415. The idea of fulness or abundance is expressed by the suffix:— — 
-evT- (NOM. -el-s, -ecoa, -ev), AS xapl-e-s, graceful, stem xapiT-, xapi- 
(xdpi-s, grace). 


416. The following suffixes cannot be so distinctly classified as 
those given above : — 4 

-o- (NOM. -o-s, -& OF -y, -0-v, OF -0-s, -0-v), AS Aoww-d-s (399), ea ‘a 
root Aum, leave. : 

-uso- (NOM. -mo-s, efc.), AS BAK-mo-s (401 c), valiant, stem adAkda-— 
(4AKh, prowess). ; 

-oipo- (NOM. -cimo-s, elc.), AS xph-omo-s (401 e), useful, theme Xpar 
— (Xpd-omat, use). : 

-vo- (NOM. -vo-s, et¢.), aS dei-vd-s, fearful, root Ser (deldw, fear). 

-po- (NOM. -po-s, ef¢.), AS poBe-pd-s (401 A), frightful, stem poBo- (pdBo-s, 
fear). 


-ho- (NOM. -Ao-s, ef¢.), AS det-Ad-s, timid, root be, fear. 


Denominative Verbs (397). 
417. The most important endings, as seen in the present indica- — 
tive, are the following : — 4 
-@-w, aS Tiud-w, honour, stem riva- (tiuh, honour) ; airid-oma, accuse, — 
stem aitia- (airia, blame). 








a a 3 ; ; 
pen FORMATION OF WORDS. 153 

































--€-@, aS PoBé-w, frighten, stem oBo- (péBo-s, fear) ; kparé-w, be master 

’ of, stem xpareo- (xpdros, power). 

 *0-@, AS dovAd-w, enslave, Stem Sovdo- (SovAo-s, slave) ; éAcvdepd-w, free, 

stem eAevbepo- (e€AcvOepo-s, free). 

q -ev-@, aS Baoided-w, be king, stem Bacirev- (BaciAed-s, king) ; Bovact-w, 

_ plan, stem Bovaa- (Bova, plan). 

— -abw (for -a5-10), as avaynd(w, compel, stem avayka- (avdyin, necessity) ; 
épydCouat, work, stem epyo- (Zpyo-v, work). 

ag -ufo (for -15-1w), aS mepoifw, speak Persian, stem Mepoa- (Ilépon-s, Per- 

sian) ; eAmi(w, hope, stem eAmid- (éAmi-s, hope). 

-aivw (for -av-iw), aS onuaivw, signify, stem onuat- (ojma, Sign); xare- 

 matvw, be angry, stem yadremo- (xadremd-s, severe). 

-tvw (for -vv-iw), aS dvvw, sweeten, stem 7Hdu- (Hdv-s, sweel) ; Aaumpivw, 

a _ brighten, stem Aaumpo- (Aaumpéd-s, bright). 

a. Denominative verbs are formed from the stems of a great variety of 
nouns. The endings here given displace, by the rule, the last vowel or 

Eipbthong, or vowel and consonant, of the stem to which they are added. 

_ But they are sometimes added to a stem without change. 


Compound Words. —I. Form. 


7 418. When a noun stands as the first part of a compound word, 
_ only its stem is used, as xaxd-voos, evil-minded. 


419. In the case just mentioned, the following changes of stem 
may occur : — 

a. In stems of the A-declension, & may change to 0, as Aupo-roids, lyre- 
maker (Atbpa, lyre, stem Avpa-, and rodw, make). 

: __b. Stems of the vowel-declension may drop the final vowel before a 
ring vowel, as kwu-dpxns, village-chief (kéun, village, stem kwua-, and 
apxw, rule); orpar-nyds, general (otparés, army, stem orpato-, and ayés, 
le adler). 

q c. Stems of the consonant-declension generally add o before a conso- 
‘ne nt, aS avdpiavr-o-mroids, image-maker (avdpids, Image, stem avdpiayt-, and 
movew, make). 

_d. But stems in -c- may change to o-stems, as crevo-pédpos, baggage- 
parrter (oxevos, baggage, stem creveo-, and gpépw, carry). 


7 — 420. An adverb may be the first part of a compound word, as 
€U-voos, well-disposed ; det-Aoyia, continual talking. 


_ 421. A preposition may be the first part of a compound word, as 
mt-Bovdy, plot; éy-Kparys, master of (év, in, and Kpéros, power). 








‘fixes >— 


as oTpar-ny9s, general (&yds, leader); Aox-ayos, io) (Aoxos, com- 


154 - FORMATION OF WORDS. 




















422. For compound verbs, see 127, 128. Compound verbs, prop- 
erly so called, can be formed only by prefixing a preposition to a 
verb. When formed, as denominatives, from the stem of a com- — 
pound noun, they are called indirect compounds, as otparnyéw, be 
general (otparnyo-s, general, stem otpatnyo-). 


+ 


423. Compounds of which the first part is a verb are chiefly poetic, 
but on the stem of such compounds other words are formed which — 
occur in prose, as zreé6-apxo-s (7re/O-opat, obey, and dpyds, leader), obe- 
dient to authority ; weapxé-w, obey. “-z 

a. The first part is either the theme of the verb (sometimes with a | 
vowel added, sometimes with -o.- added, which becomes -c- before a — 
vowel) or the present stem. § 


424. The following inseparable particles are used only as pre- 


a. a- negative, originally ava-, afterwards év- (which is its usual form — 
before vowels, whereas 4- is used before consonants), with negative force, — 
Lat. in-, Eng. un-, as &-dixos, unjust ; av-jceoros, incurable. : 

b. a- copulative (older form 4-), expressing union, Eng. together, as 
&-Aoxos, bed-fellow (Aéxos, bed); a&-ras, all together. 

Cc. dua-, ill (opposed to ed, well), aS dvc-050s, hard to pass. 

d. jui-, half-, Lat. sémi-, as jul-Oeos, demigod. 


425. The last part of a compound is often a word not in use as a ~ 
separate noun, aS Avpo-rods, lyre-maker (-aowos, maker, is not used — 
separately). 


426. The initial vowel of the last part of a compound noun may 
be lengthened, e.g. a, €, or o may respectively become 7 or a, 9, OF @, 


paw) KaT-yyopos, accuser (kaTd, against, and dyopevw, speak) ; érr- 3 
wvupos, named for (dvopa, name). 


. 427. When a noun stands as the last part of a compound, its final — 
syllable is often changed, as guAd-ripos, honour-loving (ty); ovv-tpa- | 
aelos, table-companion (rpazela, table). 


Compound Words. —II. Meaning. 


In respect to their meaning, compound nouns (substantive and 
adjective) are of three classes : — ‘ 



























WORD-GROUPING. 155 


r. “428. Objective Batpoands, one part of which is a substantive and 
stands to the other part in the relation expressed by an oblique case, 
as Avpo-roids, lyre-maker, orpat-nyds, army-leader, otpard-redov, camp 
x ground for an army’). 


429. Determinative compounds, in which the first part defines the 
‘second in the sense of an adjective or adverb, as dxp0-roXs, citadel 
oe dKkpa 7OXLs ), aet-hoyia, continual talking. 


2 | 430. Possessive compounds, adjectives in which the first part 
defines the second (as in determinatives), and the whole describes the: 
possessor, as dpyupo-rovs, with silver feet ; Kako-daipwr, evil-fated. 


= LESSON LVII. 


Review 132-137. Bea ree 
_ 481. The Greek language is very closely connected with 
Latin as a sister language. Both belong to the family of lan- 
guages called Indo-European, and contain many words that 
had a common origin. 


For example, dyw and ag6 (R. ag) ; dpyvpiov and argentum (R. arg) ; 
Joemdtw and rapid (R. rap) ; Sépov and dénum (R. do), etc. 


+432. Again, many English words are more or less directly 
borr owed from Greek. 
For example, barbarous; demon; Hellenic; metropolis; myriad; 


philanthropy ; phonetic ; theism ; zone, efc., English words obviously 
connected with Greek words in the preceding lists. 


a 
I 


a> 


433. Some important English words are not borrowed from 
Greek, but are nevertheless related to Greek words, since they 
a ve derived from the same original source. Such English words 
a re called cognate.’ Their relationship to the Greek words is 


1 Borrowed English words have capitars. This practice will be con- 
been printed in the vocabularies tinued in the English division of the 
and occasionally elsewherein black- groups to be given hereafter and in 
face letter, cognate words, in smatu the general vocabulary. 








156 WORD-GROUPING. 


generally obscured by changes in form,’ and sometimes in 


~ 


meaning. There is generally a corresponding Latin word. 


For example, waryp, FATHER, pater; hépw, BEAR, ferd; Kkadéa, HAUL, a 
calo ; yévos (race), KIN, genus; xxv, GOOSE, Gnser ; prjtHp, MOTHER, ns ¥ 


va: TEN, decem ; @vpa, DOOR, foris, etc. 


We thus discover a second important guiding principle, to be added 
to the direction given in 137: — 


434. In acquiring a Greek vocabulary, associate with the = 


Greek words that belong together in a group the related Latin 


and English words. 


The bearing and importance of the directions given in 137 and : 
434 will be made clearer by an inspection of the following typical 


group. 
Analyze the Gteck words in the group, referring to Lessons LY. 


and LVI., and point out the case- -ending (47, 212) or abn! coda : 
- (154), the suffix, the stem, and the preceding stem, theme, or root on ~ 


which it is formed, noting carefully changes of form (399, 400, 401). 
In denominative verbs (417) it will be sufficient to point out the end- 


ing and the preceding stem. In compounds, name first the parts that 3 


compose the word. 


which are not given in Lessons LV.and LVI. The number of suffixes 


(i 


Many suffixes will occur in the groups in the following Lessons — 


both in Greek and in Latin is very great, and the brief lists in Lessons _ 


LY. and LVI. give only the most important. The meaning of suffixes, — | 


moreover, sometimes shifts; and the distinction of suffixes as forming 
primitives or denominatives (397) is often not applicable. The i 
however, stated in Lessons LV. and LVI. generally hold good, ant 
these Lessons exemplify the proper method of analysis. 

Simple (396) Greek words printed in black-face letter are sonerstiall 


formed on a stem derived directly from a root or from an ultimate 7 


theme. But simple words which are formed on a stem derived from 


a stem that either appears in some preceding word or may easily be ~ 
assumed, and compounds, are generally printed in light-face letter. — 


This distinction is not made in case of the Latin words.” 


1 The following law holds for and -z, 6, and 6, as th, t, and d, but 
mutes: mr and @ will generally ap- there are many exceptions. 


pear in English respectively as f 2 Only the most important Latin 
and b; x, y, and x, as h, k, and g; words are given. For a more ex-— 








ss WORD-GROUPING. 




























oo 
~ Compound verbs are omitted, unless eens for the develop- 


ec Reecion with the group in each case is obvious. 
_ Matters of especial difficulty are explained in the note that follows 


; the > group. 
435. R. ay, ag, drive, lead, weigh. 


* 
as 
nal 


—dy-w, drive, lead, bring, carry, weigh; dy-av, -dv-os, 6, a bringing to- 
her, esp. to witness a contest, hence, contest, games; dywvi¢o-ua, con- 
1; ay-po-s, 6, field (place where flocks are driven); &yp-to-s, -a, -0-v, 

ranging the fields, wild; ay-o-s, 6, leader; orpat-nyé-s, 6, general; ov- 
oTparnyo-s, 6 (civ, p. 59*), fellow-general ; otparnyé-w, be general ; otparny- 
ta, -as, generalship ; Aox-ayd-s, 5 (Adxo-s, 6, Company), captain ; Aoxayé-w, be 
cay ptain ; Aoxay-ia, -as, captaincy; ovp-dyd-s, 6 (ovpa, -as, rear), rear-leader ; 
f Nyé-0- [eat lead, command, consider, think ; nye-uév, -dv-os, 6, leader ; jyemov- — 
la, "as, padarakip'; nyeud-cuva, neut. plur. (p. 594), thank-offerings for safe 

gt dance. — aywy-n, -js, a carrying away; an-aywyh, -js, removal; map- 

_aywyh, -fs, transport ; dywy-d-s, 6, guide; Snu-aywyd-s, 5 (Bfu0-s, 6, hence 

leader of the people; dnuaywyé-w, play the demagogue; sir-aywyd-s, -d-v 

(ciro-s, 6, grain), grain-carrying. — d&-wv, -ov-os, 6, axle; G&u-aka, -ns (dua, 

adv., together), wagon with two connected axles, prop., therefore, fowr- 
heeled wagon; auat-rrd-s, -d-v, passable by wagons ; auat-taio-s, -a, -o-v, 

enough to fill a wagon; df10-s, -a, -o-v, equal in weight, worth, 

worthy ; atia, -as, value; agid-w, think worthy ; akiw-ua, -at-os, Td, ahgntty ; : 

Awo-orpdenrys, -o-v, worthy to command. 

__ag-6, move, lead, drive ; cOg6 (co-ig-0), drive together, part. co-ac-tu-s ; 

a m-ex, -ig-is, m., rower (‘ oar-driver’) ; Ac-tu-s, -us, m., impulse, act a 
ag-men, -in-is, n., train, army on the march; ag-er, -gri, m., field ; ag- 
ili-s, -€, adj., easily movable, quick ; ax-i-8, -is, m., axis. 

_ ACRE, ACORN, AXLE; agony, ant-agonist, strat-agem, ex-egesis, par- 
agogic, dem-agogue, ped-agogue, syn-agogue, axiom. 


_ Nore.— jyé-0-ua shows the same lengthening of the stem ayo- that 
appears in orpar-nyé-s, etc. The rough breathing is irregular.—'The root 
ears reduplicated (399) in aywy-f, etc., and increased (400) in d-wy, etc. 
ayt+o=at). So also in ax-t-s. — dti-orpdrnyo-s is a note- worthy forma- 
F3 ° : < : 

tion, as showing the same root in different forms. 





ended treatment of these, teachers mentary Latin Dictionary, and for 

referred to the Table of Roots the history of the English words, to 

the end of Lewis’s Latin Dic- Skeat’s Etymological Dictionary of 
ary for Schools or of his Ele- the English Language. 








158 VERBS: PRESENT SYSTEM; FIRSTCLASS. — 


LESSON LVIII. | 
Present System of Verbs. — Verbs of the First Class. - 


436. Six tense-systems have now been completely presented 3 
for vowel verbs in all of the moods. 
Review 252 entire. 


487. Three other tense-systems remain, the second aorist — 
system, including the second aorist active and middle; the ~ 
second perfect system, including the second perfect and second — 
pluperfect active; and the second passive system, includ 
the second aorist and second future passive. 


438. The second tenses differ from the corresponding Gs tense 4 
in form, but have like meaning. 


439. The verbs that have already occurred have been a 4 
most exclusively vowel verbs. In addition to these, a few 
mute verbs have been used with themes ending in -é- (104). 
In forming the different tense-stems of mute and liquid verbs — 
(254) various euphonic modifications occur. q 


440. The present system of the vowel verbs so far pre- 
sented has been formed by adding the variable-vowel ~/.. (153) 
as tense-suffix directly to the theme. Verbs that form the 
present stem in this manner are said to belong to the Variable 
Vowel or First Class. This class includes some mute and 
some liquid verbs. ye 

a. There are six other ways in which the present stem is formed — 
from the theme, giving six other classes of verbs. 

b. In the previous lessons the verb has been developed by moods. — 
Hereafter the development will be by tense-systems, and the conjuga- — 
tion of Aiw, already given, will be repeated. 


Review 254 a and b. 


441. In some vowel verbs the final vowel of the theme re- 
mains short in all of the systems in which the verb occurs, © 
Thus :— 3 









| ie 
» 


—-yeddw, laugh) 





VERBS: PRESENT SYSTEM; FIRST CLASS. 159 


yeddoowar? éyéhaca 
onde, draw, éorraca 
Tedéw, complete, tedéow, TeA@,® ETéeLETO 


éyeAaio Onv 
éorrac nv 
érehéc Onv 


éomraka 
TETENEK 


EoTracpar 
TETENET PLL 
a. These verbs add o to the theme in the perfect and pluperfect 
middle and passive, and in the first passive system. 
_b. The same enlargement of the theme may occur in other vowel 


verbs. Thus:— 
KAclo, shut, KAelow e€kAcrora KékAeupar Or KékAeropat éxAeloOnv 
KeAcUw, order, Kedevow éxéXevoa KeKkéAcuKa KekéXevopar exedevoOnv 


442. In other vowel verbs the final vowel of the theme 
remains short in some of the forms, but is lengthened in the 


others. Thus:— ? 
Séw, bind, Siow edyoa SéSexa SéS5epan eéOnv 
Btw, sacrifice,  Cicw €0vc-a TéOuKa TeOupar érvOnv 
Ado, LOOSE, Atow educa Aé\vKa. A€Avpar evOnv 
| = alvéw, praise,* alvécw Tveoa qveka qvypae nvebnv 
| Kado, call, Kado? éxadeoa KéKAnKA” = KEKA LAL ékAnOnv 
\ 


‘ —_— ~ 









Review the present, future, and first aorist systems of Avw in 672- 
674.6 


Read again 148. 


No special vocabularies will be given hereafter. For information 
in regard to the forms of words, their etymology, and their meanings, 
consult the general vocabulary at the end of the book. But,do not 
do this until the sentence has been read aloud once or twice through to 


_ the end, according to the directions in 140. Endeavour to ascertain the 


meaning of new words by analysis, determining their parts, if they are 


_ compound, their stems, and their roots, and comparing them with any 
' word or words of like derivation that may have previously occurred. 
If this fails, endeavour to infer their meaning from the context.? In 


all cases of doubt, the general vocabulary should be finally consulted. 











: 1Tt will be remembered that 
| many verbs are defective (253 a). 
2 In many verbs the fut. act. is 
lacking, the fut. mid. being used in- 
stead. 
8 Some verbs in -ew drop o in the 
fut. and contract. Thus redéow, 
TeA€-w, TEAS. The fut. has thus the 
same form as the present. 
} 4 Used mostly in compounds, esp. 
_ ér-auvéw, bestow praise on, applaud. 


5 The theme cadc- appears as KAy- 
in the last three principal parts. 

6 In each system, give first the 
forms of the active in each mood, 
passing down the column, then of. 
the middle and passive, or of the 
middle. ; 

7 Assistance in determining the 
meaning of new words in this Lesson 
and in the two Lessons that follow 
will be given in the notes. 








| 





eis THY TOALY seeXOute 


160 VERBS: PRESENT SYSTEM; FIRSTCLASS. — 


443. EXERCISES. 3 

I. 1. Bevias tra Avcasa GOvce. 2. Oicoper dé Bods. 38. Ka- q 
Aéoas mapexereveTo Tois” EXXnow! tropeverOar. 4. Kipos be 
eee oes TOUS oTpaTioras sls aoe. 
tov® mdvrov Gel wert eryeNa 6. kal Tovs oTpaTnyous Tapecd- 
Necev clow. T. Tovs tamous édnaav. 
TLWTOV ToAAOL ov SveTérXecav* THY OddD. 
early 0 otabmos év0a® tke sce 10. eye: bev, @ avd per 


i&n twas era. 
Neves woe. 
TAYENAV, GAN ETLUwpETO. 


la) \ - 
KATAAVTAL TPOS TOUS AVTLOTATLMTAS. 


> \ “~ / 
o€ ETL TOLS NOYOLS. 
9 


er eM TOV. 16. Hv bé UuEts TOUS aAAOUS 7 pana GQKONOU- — 
17. Darivos 88 éyérace al elmer, "AAA 


Onc ovew Upiv. 


eyes, @ veavioke, 


Baotréa éri tats Ovpais avtod Kal KatayeXaoavtes aTnd-— 
Oopev.® 19. arr Guws 0 Kréapyos ovK atréotracev a0 TOD 
ToTapod To defvov Képas. 20. Tov ev KaN@S TroLOvYTa éTraL- — 
voupev, TOV O AdLKODYTA OVK éTraLVOD[ED. a 


II. 1. He drew his“ sword. 
3. You will applaud me. 


1 For the case, cf. 256, I. 13. 

2 Before a palatal (114), v be- 
comes y nasal (p. 2%). For the 
force of the prep. in composition, 
cf. ciumas (264). 

8 jytwy is gen. plur. of the parti- 
ciple &v. ovvdvrwyr is, therefore, the 
gen. plur. of the compound verb 
ovv-eyui, ANd of cuvdvres Must Mean 
those who are with one (870), one’s 


associates. For the case, cf. 308, I. 4. 


# For the force of the prep. in 
composition, cf. diaprdw. 
5 where. 


11. Kal Karecdpevos tovs otparnyovs 
12. rods Kaxovpyous’ kai adixous ov« eia® Ka- 
18. Kai deitas “Apiotinmov py 
15. @\Aa KrelcavTes Tas TUKAS ovTe ; 


TOUS oTpaTLwTas ouvTEe &&@ aryopav ‘ 


OUK ayaploTa. 


4, But his” father called Cyrus. © 





















5. trav be ouvep- < 


8. rv 8 dhdwv oTpa- 
9. Kal myo tov 


bs = 
, 


14. viv 8é cad érrawvd — 


2 18. pets evixdpev 


2. And they bound the euidele q 


6 Note the two parts of the word. — 
So arise the meanings, 1) unyoke 
the baggage-cattle, i.e. halt, and — 
2) make peace, in sentence 138 below. — 

T kakds and épyor. Of. ober ae : 
(285)i- oe 8 See Pp. 83 8, 

9 The meaning of déxyoua can be 
inferred from the context. 

10 efrov, said, a second aor. 

it Cf. veavioos with veavias. 

ms denen -ov, Cf. xdpis, dxapl- 
OTS. 

18 FAGor, went, a second aor. 

14 See 197. 15 See p. 23 3. 


a 


161 


5. The army halted for! breakfast. 6. We shall call the sol- 
diers together there. 7. And he ordered the exiles to take © 
the field with Clearchus. 8. And they completed their jour- 
n ney and halted. 9. The other soldiers applauded Clearchus. 
1 0. Xenophon will intercept the cavalry. 11. This man will 
le laugh at his opponents. 12. When he had offered sacrifice, he 
called the soldiers together. 


rN From this point groups of related words are substituted for the 
special vocabularies. Make a careful study of these groups, analyzing 
tt 1e words according to the principles stated in Lesson LVI. Then 
Co commit all the Greek words to memory. 


— 444. RK. nn, pay. 


rf, ti-w, pay, value, honour; ti-v-w, pay for, mid. make pay Jor: (197 a), 
# ao; amo-tiv-w, pay back, mid. make pay back, punish ; ri-py, fs, value, 
worth, price, honour, esteem; &-tipo-s, -o-v, without honour, dishonoured ; 
drindlw, dishonour ; &-tiwo-s, -o-v, in honour, honoured ; évriuws, adv., in 

honour ; pidd-riwo-s, -o-v (ptro-s, loving, dear), loving honour, ambitious, 

Mulous ; pirotipe-o-ua, be ambitious or jealous ; rtu-t0-s, -a, -ov, valuable, 
honoured ; tivd-w, value, esteem, honour; tiuwpd-s, -6-v, watching over or 
upholding honour, avenging ; riwwp-la, -as, help, vengeance ; tinwpé-w, help, 
avenge, mid. avenge oneself on, take vengeance on. 
 timo-cracy. 

_ Norr.— The meaning of the root, pay, branches in two directions: 
1) set @ price on, value, honour; 2) pay a price for, pay a penalty. — 
‘iuwpd-s is for riua-fopo-s,2 the stem fopo- carrying the idea of watchful. 

pd-w, see. 


LESSON LIX. 
Comparison of Adjectives. 


_ 445. There are three degrees of comparison of adjectives in 
er reek, as in Latin and in English. 


ae with ace. equal to Latin w consonantal, Eng- 
 2The oldest Greek alphabet had lish ». ‘This letter was lost, but 
» | ter f, called digamma, diyauya traces of it appear in many Greek 
Beem), from its form, words. 





nae Ve gs eS aeee 
ro, Tee 
: ” f a Ae Z 


162 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. — 


PosiTIVE. CoMPARATIVE, SUPERLATIVE. — 
Sikaos (Simaio-), just, Siaid-TeEpos Siuccud-ratos 
isxipds (1rxipo-), strong, ioxvpd-repos loxipd-raros 
motos (moto-), faithful, mit 6-T Epos mwisté-TaTOS 
moA€utos (roAeuo-), hostile, TOAEMLO-TEPOS TOAEMLH-TATOS 2 
aoparhs (arpareo-), secure, a&opadréo-T Epos doparéo-raros = 


446. The comparative is generally formed, as above, by 
adding -repos, -repa, -repov (stem -repo-), and the superlative — 
by adding -raros, -rarn, -rarov (stem -raro-), to the masculine © 
stem of the positive. 


a. Adjectives in -os keep the stem unchanged in the comparative — 
and superlative when the penult is long or the vowel of the penult is — 
followed by two consonants. Otherwise the final vowel of the stem * 
is lengthened to -w-. 3 

b. The comparative and superlative in -repos and -tatos are de. 
clined like adjectives of the vowel-declension (144). = 


447. Some adjectives take the irregular endings -eorepos, — 


-€OTATOS. 2 


a. Stems in -oy-. Thus evdaiuwv (evdaipov-), fortunate, evdarpov 
EOTEPOS, EVOALLOV-EOTATOS. 4 

b. Some contract adjectives in (-oos) -ovs. Thus (evvoos) evvous — 
(evvoo-), eivovarepos, edvovataros (by contraction for eiyoecrepos, eivoe 
oTaTOos). ‘a 


448. A less common ending of the comparative is -twv, -tov — 
(stem -iov-), of the superlative -toros, -vorn, -uorov (Stem -tcTo-). 


POSITIVE. CoMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. — 
novs (stem 75uv-), pleasant, Hd-twv Hd-wt0s 
Taxus (Stem raxv-), swift, Odirrwy (for tax-iwy)! rdx-ioTos 
kaxds (stem kako-), bad, Kak-Lwv KdK-LOTOS 
aisxpés (stem a:rxpo-), shameful,  — aiox-twv alox-icTos 


a. These endings are added to the masculine stem of the positive EC 
denuded of its suffix. Adjectives thus compared generally end in -vs — 
or -pos. These syllables disappear in the comparative and superlative. © 


1 When, foranyreason,therough 9 or x, it appears at the beginning, 
sound is lost at the end of a root ‘This is called transfer of aspiration. 
whicb begins with 7 and ends with ; : 





Pet ise is 


aA 


PARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 


Comparatives i in -iwy are declined like eddaipov (338) ; 
in some of the cases shorter forms may occur. 


ba aa 


PARADIGM. 


M. and F. 

yStov 
1Stov-os 
7Stov-t 

jotov-a, note 
7Stov 
ndtov-e 
Otov-oww 

1Stov-es, 75tous WStov-a, 7Sto — 
1StoVv-wv 
qdtooe 

WStov-as, 15tous ~  WStov-a, Ste 





POO SsS/sP Uae 


4 450. The Comparative Degree. 

_ Examine the following : — 

‘ bro Kaktoves eiot Tov dAAwv, these are greater cowards than the 
others. 

em opevovro paxporépay 600v, they proceeded by a longer road. 


ABI. Rule of Syntax. — Adjectives in the comparative de- 
gree take the genitive. The genitive is sometimes not ex- 
pressed, but merely implied. 

ABQ. The Superlative Degree. 

_ Examine the following : — 

repre Tov TeATATTaY Tos izXUpoTdrous, he sends the strongest of 
the light infantry. 

XT ro a THV ee oddv, he sends her back by the quickest route. 


oAewidraros Hv Bacrdeds Tois "EAAnor, the king was very hostile to 
i. _ the Greeks. 


453. Rule of Syntax. — Adjectives in the superlative degree | 
may be followed by the partitive genitive. The genitive is 
ee 


> 
-25 a 


= 


Pe 





164 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES = 


sometimes implied. The superlative may express simply a very 
_ high degree of the quality. In this sense it never has the article. © 


454. EXERCISES. 


a \ : . 

I. 1. Baotre? mictotatoi ciow. 2. 0 8 avnp yareTTo- — 

2 \ n / ee, , ” en 

TatTos €yOpos Tois modelos eotiv. 8. TovTOUS EpacaVv ot 
oTpaTevodpevot TorEeuLKwTATOUS elval. 4. maphv o Kodpos — 
\ n ? , A I \ Q\ , y a 
TUV Tos EvOaLmoVEedTATOLs TOV hitov. 5. Ta O€ KPEa TOUT@V — 
Tov opvidav Hdicta jv. 6. ovm@ bn TodXrOV ypovov! Hdto- — 
vos olvov” 
5 n € = 

8. un Kaxtous @uev TOV GAXAwV ‘EXAjvav. Y. TO? dé GAXoUS — 
Tapeivat Kal Tois Kaxioot Oappos* éurrove’.” 10. evtedOev 
a \ / b \ glee > / \ x 
Kopos tiv Kidiooav eis thy Kidctxiav aroméumet thy Ta- 


yéyeupat. T. ovTos tTdyiaTtos Odvatos éoTiy. — 


/ <A 11 Go CRIs / / oa, _ 
yioTny oddv. . OUTOL Eliot KadKLoTOL TE Kal aiaytoTOL 
” 5 \ \ A) a \ \ > 6 , 12 \ - f 
avopes Kal mpos Oewv Kal mpos avOpwrrov. . Kal Tapa- — 

a a - 4 a x 
TELTOV TOV TEATATTA@V TOVS LaXUpOTaTOUS KEAEVEL EPWTH- — 
if 2) \ fa) / & € / 
oat ti éote TO KwAvVOV. 18. rdvTes ovTOL of BdpBapor 
an 5) Qn \ al ’ 
TOAEMLOTEPOL HMiv EcovTal TOV Tapa PBaciret dvT@V. 
14. Kodpos ottws érerev np ov Bactr\LKa IS TE 

. Kop s éTehevTnoEV, avnp ov RBaciKwTATOS TE 

se BY > , 15 > 50 e Y ” =A 
Kal apyew a&iwratos. . LevOns txavwtatos éotar vas — 

\ 5 \ a a e \ > \ > : a 
Kal ev Kal Kak@s qotety. 16. of péev ayabol evdatpove-— 

5 ¢ Se \ . A 6 , 5 ry a a 

oTaTo. Haav, ot d€ KaKkol dovAOL® TovTwWY eivat HELODVTO. — 
) (ed oe r 

LT. icws odv dopahearepov eT al Ngee 7 ope Trai- 

oLov Tounoapevous | TOV OTAITOV, iva Ta oKEVOpepa ev 


; 


achareotépw® 7. te 


II. 1. This road is narrower. 2. All were most faithful to 4 
the king. 3. Basest of men, why do you do this? 4. Now | 
we will proceed by a longer road. 5. The cavalrymen were ] 


¢ 


1 Cf, 308, I. 15. 5 évy and mwovéw (p. 45%). For the 

2 Cf. 208, I. 7. case Of raxtoo., see p. 31%. 

8'The inf., as a neuter verbal 6 SodAos, 6. For the meaning, Cf. 
subst., may take the art. SovAevw. ‘ 

* @dppos, -cos (316). Determine iN modifier of the subj. of mo- — 
the meaning by comparison with peveaOa, muds understood. 
Oappéw, Oapparéws. 8 T.e. in greater a 





MU TE VERBS; VERBS OF THIRD CLASS. 165 






















» eager. 6. He has the most valiant of the soldiers. 
fs The citizens will be more courageous. 8. They called 
forth the most faithful of the men. 9. The satrap was a 
4 “very unjust man. 10. These will be better disposed to us 
than the others. 11. Of all the Persians Cyrus was the 
-ablest to benefit} his friends. 12. He was led? into the tent 
5 of aman who was? very faithful to Cyrus. 


_ 455. R. pax (399), mac, be great, have power. 
i 4 POK-po-s, -a, -d-v, long ; pdK-ap, -ap-os, powerful, rich, blessed; parapiw, 
— account happy; wakapio-rd-s,* -4, -d-v, accounted happy, enviable ; pxK-os 
(899), -ceos, 76, length; pryk-toro-s, -7, -o-v, Sup., Longest. — pnx-avy, -fs, 
_ means for doing, device; unxavd-o-wat, devise; a-uhxavo-s, -o-v, without 
— means, impracticable. — pAy--8 (stem peya- and weya-Ao-), great; weyddrws, 
 ady., greatly ; weyado-mrpemhs, -és (mpéra, befit), befitting a great man, magnif- 
_ tcent ; } Meyado-rperas, adv., magnificently ; pel{wv, -ov (for wey-iwy), comp., 
greater ; péy-toro-s, -7, -0-v, SUP., greatest ; uéye-Oos, -e0s, 7d, greatness. 
mac-tu-s, adj., glorified, worshipped ; mac-t6, magnify, glorify ; mag- 
 nu-s, adj., great; maior (for mag-ior), greater; maximu-s (for mag- 
simu-s), greatest ; mag-is, adv. (for mag-ius), more ; mag-ister, -tr2, m., 
master. 
, _ MAKE, MAY, MIGHT, MUCH, MORE, MOST, MANY, MAIN (strength), MAID ; 
_ macro- -cosm, mechanic, o-mega, mega-therium, megalo-saurus. 


4 


LESSON LX. 


# "uture and First Aorist Systems of Mute Verbs,— Verbs of the 
- Third Class. 


__ 456. Verbs whose themes end in a mute are called mute 
verbs (254). 


457. A labial mute (z, 8, ) at the end of the theme unites with 
_@ of the tense-suffix (-o°/. in the future, -ca- in the first aorist) and 
forms y (215 a). Thus: — 

 wéurw (theme reun-), send, méubw, zreuba; rtptBw (rpiB-, TPB), rub, 
_ tptyw, erpila ; ypdpw (ypap-), write, ypdpw, eypapa. 


* 1 Cf. 305, I. 18. * Formed on the theme parapid- 
= 2 See 227 a. 3 See 369. of warapi(w. See p. 15014, 





a ees 
AS ae - tea F q 


166 MUTE VERBS; VERBS OF THIRD CLASS. 


- 458. A palatal mute (x, y, v with o forms é (215b). Thus: — 
Aéyw (Acy-), gather,! speak, Adéw, Zrcia; Sidxw (Siwx-), pursue, Busty 
| €dlwta; upxw (apx-), begin, rule, dpiw, jpka- ; 


459. A lingual mute (7, 8, 4) ee o is dropped (281). Thus: — 2 


Becta (omevd-), hasten, cmevow, Eawevoa; TépOw (wepd-), destroy, wépaw, 
emepoa. 


All of the verbs cited above Beltae to the first class (440). | E 
Conjugate the fut. and first aor. systems of any one of these verbs. — 


460. Some labial mute verbs form the present stem by add-— 
ing -r°/.. as tense-suffix to the theme. 


‘THEME. PReEs. STEM. For. First Aor. 
KAértw, steal, KAe- KAemT9/ ¢. KAeWo exAewa : 
KomTw, Cut, koT- Kor? /¢. Koyo éxowa 
okKEenTOMaL, VIEW, okeT- oxeTtT9/ ¢- oKeyouat eoxevauny — 
Brdrrw, injure, BdaB- Baar? /e. BAdiw ZBraba 
KaAUTTw, COVEr, KaAuB- KaAumT? /. kaduw exddva — 
Odrrw, bury, Tap- barr? / ¢. baw fava 
kpintw, hide, Kpug- KpuT 7° /e- Kpv yw expua 
ptrrw, throw, pip- pir? / ¢. pio Epptya? 

a. The final labial of the theme becomes codrdinate (114 a), B and - 
¢@ changing to zw before 7 of the tense-suffix -r°/¢., as BXdar-rw for@ 
BraB-rw, Kadv7-Tw for KadrvB-Tw, Oar-rw for tad-Tw, Kpva-rw for — 
KpuB-Tw, piz-Tw for pid-rw. = 


461. These verbs belong to the Tau or Third Class. 


462. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. ApEat0* To otpdtevpa ropevecOar. 2. Tors tamous 

/ 2 / 3 ¢ Be 5 , VE aes 14 aan 
mavras éxréEopev. 38. of b€ SuwEavtes Tayd® émavovTo. 

yy f ’ a es, £ \ noe ry % 
4, érewé pe Apiaios, muctos Ov Kipw kcal vpiv evvous. 
D. Tovs 6€ avdpas éxédevov Odrirar. 6. Hrvov O& vepéry — 
éxadduev. T. TovTovs tos avdpas dyot Krérar® TA ypH- — 


1 In the sense of gather, used by 8 Transfer of aspiration. Seep. — 
Attic writers only in compounds, as_ 1621. af 
éx-Aéyw, pick out, select. 4 See 198. 

2 Initial p is doubled when, by 5 Neut. of the adj. used adver- 
inflexion or composition, a simple _ bially. a 
vowel is brought before it. 6 Cf. 356, I. 2. 


































f see ee 


“a 


“mara. 


12. 


Aarrav. 


gore 5 


_oTroveas TroincwpcOa. 


Po. 


pulovs ovK 


€OLWKE 


éBrarpev. 


£84 / / -- 10 
ploodhos memes KopnTas 
_TeXevTaio. 

If. 1. You stole the horses. 


4 e (two) men. 


+ 
= 
“=i 


mee Gy. 176, I. 11. 

2 S1a-TptBw, sc. xpdvov. 
tero in Lat. 

8 gud-Aéyw for cuvv-Acyw. Before 
A, mM, OF p, v becomes A, p, OF p. 

4 See 327. 

5 See 188 c. 

6 For the force of the prep. in com- 
position, cf. amo-omdw, aro-KA€lw, etc. 
17 $dd10-s, -a, -o-v. For the mean- 
¢ of this adj., cf. the adv. fpgdlws 
( 3¢ 300). 


So tempus 


(aoe “MUTE VERBS; VERBS OF THIRD CLASS. 


9. ra 88 dra els Tov ToTapov piripopev. 
_€omevoe TAcaV THY odov Kal ov SiéTpiwev.2 11. curAréEaS? 


Korat S& od padvov™ értat Tots Adyous. 
Kpuye Kal Ta Oda Kal Tovs avOpwrrovs. 

Képos éeuce py Bacirels Kxataxdyrn To 
18. arAAd Siatpiba, Wa PoBdvtat of dyyedou pw 0d8 Tas 


_atpatnyovs éxédXevoe Tropever Oat. 
5 n rs an f 4 / 
_pav tov Viypnros trotamod méuryat KedXevovot duraKnv. 


i 3. They throw stones into the river. 
the king. 5. J will not pursue these men. 


8. Cyrus sent jars of wine to his friends. 


167 


8. of “EXAnves tais payaipais! éxoav ta yéppa. 


10. Képos 


_oTpatevpa etrodudpxer Midntov Kal Kata yiv Kat Kata Oa- 
ovTot ov Prdxpovcw nuads TropEevopévous. 
Va iD \ / 9 —- / Ni / 4 
(18. Ta ypiwata, @ vedvioxe, pn KrEWys. 


14. Kai ovk 


mopeverOa, ef a) TovTovs atroxowouev® 15. dva- 


16. » yvov aré- 
17. &v@a 6 
“EXAnveKov. 


19. méuyrds tov éppnvéa trapa Tovs 


20. cal mapa thy yépu- 


— a na 
pev Eevohav aro tis pddayyos, Tovs dé troXe- 
22. éevcayv of “EXAnves un Tpocd- 
. \ \ / \ 3 \ , / 
“yovev mpos TO Képas Kal avTovs KaTakofeav. 23. cxépacbe 
€i TOUTO TeTTOINKaoLY of BdpBapot. 
oKeromevous 


24. év 6€ TovT@® Xeu- 


ll n 4 ¢ 
TT WS EXOVGCLV Ol 


2. Cyrus cut down”® the park. 
4, He wrote a letter to™ 
6. We will bury 


7. He will make haste to proceed to Greece. 


9. He said that the © 


8 See 280. 

9 Sc. Te xpdvy. 

10 kwun-Ty-s (404), cf. dun. 

11 See 379, and cf. the fifth exam- 
ple in 378. 

12 reXevta-io-s, -a, -o-v, from the 
stem of the subst. reAevrh. For-the 
meaning, cf. réAos (318), TeXevTd-w 
(257). 

13 éx-KndaTw. 

14 tapd with acc. 





168 MUTE VERBS; VERBS OF FOURTH CLASS. 


boy hid! this. 10. He orders them to find out? what the hin. 
drance® is. 11. To beat off* the enemy was a necessity. 
12. The army will slaughter® the oxen and asses. 138. He co . 
lected an army by means of® the money. i 


463. BR. apx, be first. : 

‘dpx-o, be Jirst, —in point of time, MeL: in point of station, Ful part. 
as subst., apywyv, -ovr-os, 6, ruler; bx-dpx-w, be a foundation or begins £2 
apx-1, -Hs, beginning, rule; apxa-io-s, -a, -o-v, from the beginning, ancient, 
old ; dpx-iKxd-s, ~h, -6-v, fit for rule; dpx-o-s, 6, leader ; ta-apxo-s, 6, subordi- — 
nate commander, lieutenant ; tv-apxo-s, -o-v, without leaders; avapx-la, -as, 
lack of leaders, anarchy ; trn-apxo-s, 6 (trmo-s, 6, 7, horse), commander of — 
the horse; jdv-apxo-s, 6 (udvo-s, alone), one who rules alone; povapx-ia, — 
-as, monarchy ; vadt-apxo-s, 6 (vad-s, 7, Ship), admiral; vavapyé-w, be admi-- 
ral; melO-apxo-s, -o-v (mei0-o-um, obey), obedient to authority; meOapyé-w, 
obey ; modv-apx-ia, -as (roAv-s, much, many), government of many ; ppovp- 
agxecss 6 (ppoupd-s, 6, garrison-soldier), commander of @ garrison ; Keeopte 
dpxn-s, -ov (kéu-n, village), village-chief. = 

archaic, archaeo-logy, archives, arch-angel, arch-bishop, archi 
pe rcnd, arche-type, an-archy, hier-archy, tetr-archy, etc. 


LESSON LXI. 


Bavire and First Aorist Systems of Mute Verbs (continued), — Mate 
Verbs of the Fourth Class. 


- 


464. Many palatal mute verbs form the present stem by 
adding -.°/.. to the theme. « or x unites with the ¢ of this 
present tense-suffix, forming with it rr. y unites with une 


Je 
oe generally rr, sometimes € ‘Thus :— 


THEME. Pres, STEM. For. First Aor. 
KnpitTw, proclaim, knpuK- KnpvTT?/ ¢. Knpitw éxhpvia 
pvuaddtra, guard, pvaAak- pudatT?/«.  puddtw eptraka 
rapdrrw, disturb, Tapax- raparT? /¢. Tapdtw érdpata — 
ahAdrTw, change, dAAay- addatT?/e aAAdtw HAAata 
mpatTw, do, ™pay- mpatT/ mpatw empzta 
TaTT HW, Arrange, Tay- Tart / 6. Tdkw érata 
dAard(w, raise the war-cry, adraday- adadale/e.  GAaddtouar™? HAdAaka 





1 Gf, 356, I. 2. 8 Of. 373, I. 6. Bidar 7 Seep. 1592, 


2 oxémTouat . £ dmo-KdrTH. 6 Grd. 


























: Par TE ee VERBS or FOURTH CLASS. 169 


65. Many lingual mute verbs with themes ending in 38 
form the present stem by adding, as above, -°/.. to the theme. 
6 unites with the u, forming with it Z| Thus:— 


THEME. PRES. STEM. Fur. First Aor. 
-aOpol(w, collect, a0po.5- abpor(? /c- &Opolaow HOpowwa 
épydfoun, work, epyad- epyag? /e- épydoouat cipyacduny 1 
Cavpd fw, admire, baupad- Bavuale/e-  Pavudooua Caduara 
vot w, think, : voud- vous? /e. Vope 2 évouioa 


% a. Some of these verbs with themes in 6 have been introduced in 
the previous lessons. 


_ 466. The verbs described in 464, 465 belong to the Jota or 
Fourth Class. 
— 467. EXERCISES. 
I. 1. radv 6& oxevdv ta mepirre BranNae Oper. 2. éxnpv- 
‘ Fav ol oH ai TOUS oTparunras ovTw Tovetvy. 38. cuvéreee 
'y «elas xopls TOV ad\XrAwv Kal Ede~e Tade.2 4. dyabov 
oa 
4 Guiv mapa Baciréws Siarrpafoua. 5. Kal éra€e Uiypnta 
g. / x ae oe a A RSLS OS a) a 
“quvexfipdtewr Tas auakas. 6. Kipos vopset br’ éuod HodrKi- 
Oa. T. Bacirgeds 88 Ta GAXra Siaprdce. 8. tadta Sei 
mapackevacacba. 9. Mévwrs 6€ Sapa Kipos éréyero 
7 Abe peyarorperras. 10. To de Ew® tetyos Bactréws 
11. , 7 xX na if 8 \ > “4 8 
a ¢ gurakn purdéeu. Tine’ dv Gedy Bvov® Kai evyomevos 
KaXOS mpagas aowleinv; 12. ékédevce Sé TOvs oTpaTnyovs 
@ iat TOUS cba 13. nrdXaEav of “EAXXnves TeA- 
TagTai. 14. éy@ Oér0, & dvdpes, SiaBiBdoat duds, av épor 
e a9 , - yt, ane , 
T rahavTov peur moplonre. 15. 0 & ’Opdvras, PORES éTol- 
prous eivas® tovs imméas, ypade aT te TONDY ape Bactréa. 
6. ras dv ody éyo Bracaiunv® vuads ody éuol éraxondov- 
1 See p. 838. 4 Of, 348, I. 17. 
 2Verbs in -:(w with themes in 5 See 354. 
-6- make their fut. in -1ew instead 6 Cf. 228, I. 3. 
Of -icw, and contract. So vou-éw, 7 Dat. sing. masc. of the ‘inter. 
ua. This is called the Attic Fu- rogative ris. Cf. 308, I. 2. 


cure. 8 See p. 10419 and '379. 
_ 8 See p. 71%. 9 See p. 10414, 


> 
<— 

% 

a 



































170 MUTE VERBS; VERBS OF FOURTH C LASS. 


Bety : 17 Nev Se DieN a a , a 
ep ; . KedEevEL O€ AUTOV TO oTPATHYO ovpTéwrat aro — 
‘tov atopatos avopas. 18. avtutaEdpevos tovTos! évinate — 
avv Tois Oeois. 19. aXX aro TovTwY THY YonLaT@V cUANE- 
Eds otpdtevpa érrohéuer Tois Opaki. 20. o b& Kréapyos — 
duerpakato mévTe wév oTpaTnyovs Trapetvat, eikoot 5é NoYa- 
, ssid > \ f woes , 
yous. 21. éxkédNevoev avtovs cvaoKevacapévous Kal é€orAt- 
, , > \ , na XK > i : 
capévous TopeverOat eis TO mpoobev. 22. viv  evKrEaS — 
Ee uriooner i) =KaNOv epee épyacoueda tovs “EXXnvas — 
TWCAVTES. 


II. 1. We will guard the acropolis. 2. And after this they ~ 
raised the war-cry. 3. Let us plunder the city and the palace.. — 
4, He sent heralds to arrange’? a truce. 5. Cyrus will pursue — 
them with triremes.2 6. He took his post behind the soldiers. — 
7. But this disturbed Clearchus exceedingly. 8. For I thought. ’ 
you were‘ both friends and allies. 9. Those with® Xenophon — 
_ packed up their baggage ® and proceeded. 10. For if we shall 

delay, the enemy will be more courageous. 11. He made proc — 
lamation to the Greeks that they were to pack up their bag- — 
gage.’ 12. These, then, were the exploits of the Greeks® in — 
their march inland with Cyrus. 


468. R. Fepy, work. 


epy-o-v, 74, work, deed; apy-d-s, -é-v (contracted from d-epy-6-s), without 
work, idle; «bd-epyé-rn-s, -ov, well-doer, benefactor ; evepyeté-w, do a kind- 
Ness; evepye-old, -ds, kindness ; kaxovpy-o-s, 6 (contracted from kakd-epy-o-s, — 
raxé-s, bad), wrong-doer ; xaxoupyé-w, do harm to; cvv-epy-6d-s, -d-v, working — 
with ; épyd¢o-ua, do work, labour ; mav-odpy-o-s, -o-v (for rav-e-opy-o-s, mas, 4 
all), that will do anything, villainous ; ravoupy-la, -is, knavishness ; bn-ovpy- 4 
d-s, -d-v, serviceable, conducive to. ; 

WORK, WRIGHT, WROUGHT; en-ergy, organ, ge-orgic, chir-urgeon, — 
s-urgeon, /lit-urgy, metall-urgy. 3 

Nore. — For the digamma in the root, see p. 1612. In avotpyos and — 
dmoupyds, an e is prefixed to the root. : 


1 See p. 831° and cf. 274, I. 4. 5 Those with, oi aut with the acc. 
2 to arrange, wept with the gen. 6 Use the aor. participle. 

8 Cf. 308, I. 17. 7 that they were, etc. Use the infingy a 
4 The original thought was, They 8 Say, This, then (radra 5h), the 


are, etc. Cf. 1. 6 above. Greeks did, etc. 


a OF ADJECTIVES. 


LESSON LXII. 
Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. 


469. The following are the most important cases of irregu- 
ar comparison : — 
a ’ Positive. CoMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.- 
1. &yabds, good, &pmelvwy 
&piotos 
BeAtiov BéAtiotos 
kpeltrwy (for xpet-iwv)  — Kpdtioros 
Agwy A@oTos 
kakds,? bad, xelpwv xelpioros 
Arrwy (for jr-iwv) qrota® 
Kadds, beautiful, «4 kadAtwy KdAALOTOS 
peéyas, great, melCwy (for wey-iwv) méyloTos 
pixpés,* small, pelwv 
dAlyos, little, plur. few, éAattwy (for eAax-iwy)  éAdxioTos 
modus, much, plur. many, Aeiwy Or tA€gwy mA€ioTos 
pd¢di0s, easy, pawy pgoros 


EXERCISES. 


IL. 1. dete dderrvor joav of Treicto. THV “EAAHVOD. 


Beyiorov, @ avopes, &xeTe Katpov. 38. ovy nuav Bedtiovs 
4 oa of Miaol. 4. ’Apictapyos Sé imméas ovK édaTTOUS 


o> 


€7 oo elev. }. exopen Ta TOV Lames XPT Nees 

kak Preiparo ouvepryos Tois irois KpatiaTtos eivat. 
s A@ov Kal dpewvov éott oTpatevecOar 7) aTaddAdTTETPaL. 
al akovat TOV NOYaYaV pH Yelpovs eivar. Y. TA SE 
rav diwv pactov eat advraxta Siaprdcar. 10. worr@® 


1 For the distinctions of meaning 4 Also compared regularly, pixpd- 
mong different comparative and _ repos, uixpdraros. 
rlative forms of the same posi- 5 The dat. is used with compara- 
lve, see the general vocabulary. tives to denote the degree of dif- 
% rands has also regular forms. ference. So here, greater by much, 
e 448, i.e. much greater. 
A neut. plur. used as an adv. 














172 IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. — 


















pelCov jv 7 Bon. 11. wevpacovtar Kai bpiv Kab hiv Th 
BéXticta! cupBovrcdoa. 12. Bédriov civar én o oTpatn- 4 
yos amadXaTtecOa. 18. éxouer bé Kal >iyas oly Tols 
Jeois apelvovas tav BapBapwv. 14. tovyapodv Kpatiotoe _ 
67 Umnpétat Travtos épyou Kipw joav. 15. éotpatomedev- — 
ovTo O€ ExdoToTE ATEéXOVTES GAAHAWY TapacdyynY Kal pElov. — 
16. joav & of tadty tarmoe peloves wev Tov lepotkav,? Oipo- — 
eldéatepot O€ TONv.? 17. ov vopifw avdpl Kaddiov eivar KTHA 
ovde Aap poTEpoV aperis kal Sixatocvvns Kal yevvatoTntos. — 
18. otpati@rar tretous 7) Sioyidwor cor patameemaeuto 70 
Kredpxy. 19. dirovs 5é Karas kee pie ia peyoToum 
Koopov avopi évouitev. 20. Hoav Kredpy@ év TO oTpaTEv- — 
pare immels wAElous  TeTTApaKoVTa, TOUT@Y O€ Ob TAELTTOL — 
peev 4 
Hav év Tols GrroLs ow, ws edayiotor Sé cKEevopopact. — 
22. ovmote yap pelov dmeactpatoTedevovTo of BdpRBapor Tod 
“EdXAnvicod éEnxovta ctadiwv. 


21. tadta dradddEwpev, iva ws mretoTor* 


Opaxes. 


II. 1.. These are the® bravest of the captains. 2. There arey 
many Persians nobler than Ariaeus. 38. The barbarians were 
very expert bowmen. 4. For it is much® easier to withdraw. 
5. What do you think to be fairest and fittest? 6. We should — 
be more serviceable,’ if we should have our arms. 7. There E 
were very many wild asses in the plain. 8. The freedom of the 
cities is the® greatest proof of this. 9. It is best for us, Chi- © 
risophus, to proceed at once to the height. 10. They were not 
less * than ten thousand stades distant from Greece. 11. But 
I think you are better and braver than many barbarians. — 
12. Xenophon thought that thus the honour would be greater. — 
13. For all the sons of the noblest Persians are educated at — 
the king’s court. 





1 See p. 122}, 5 Omit. 


2 Sc. trmwv. 8 See p. 1797. 

quam plurimi. gs or 6re may 
be prefixed to the superlative to 
strengthen it. 


6 Cf. I. 16 above. 
7 worth more (see p. 917). 
8 Cf. I. 22 above. 





> ee aes ee Ie 






LIQUID VERBS; VERBS OF FOURTH CLASS. 173 


471. R. «pa, cer, do, make. 

| avTo-Kpd-Twp, -op-os, 4, » (ards, self), being one’s own master ; Kpar-os, 
eos, Td (kpa+ 7), strength, might ; xparé-w, be strong, be master ; «peirrov, 
-ov (for xper-iwy), comp., stronger, better; Kpor-voro-s, -7, -o-v, SUD., strong- 
est, best; éey-xparhs, -€s, possessed of power; ém-Kparhs, -és, master of ; 
 émixpare-ia, -as, mastery ; may-Kpdt-io-v, Td (was, all), complete contest, the 
 pancratium. 

_ ‘-Cer-és, -er-is, f., Ceres (‘goddess of creation’) ; cor-p-us, -or-is, n., 
body; cre-6, produce, create; cré-sc-6, come into being ; in-cré- 
- mentu-m, -7, n., growth. 

_ HARD, @uto-crat, aristo-cracy, demo-cracy, demo-crat, etc. 


& LESSON LXIII. 


ag 


Future System of Liquid Verbs. — Liquid and Vowel Verbs of the 
Fourth Class. 


472. Verbs whose themes end in a liquid are called liquid 
verbs. 


_ 478. The future of liquid verbs is formed by adding the 
_ tense-suffix -e°/,. instead of -o°/.. (159) to the theme; « is con- 
tracted with the following vowel, as in the present of ¢iriéo 
| (245). Thus:— 

3 pévw (theme per-), remain, fut. werd, wevets, revel, etc. ; veuw (theme ven-), 
—o istribute, fut. veud, vepets, vewei, etc. 

These two verbs belong to the First Class. , 


_ 474. Many liquid verbs belong to the Fourth Class (466). 


475. of the theme unites with « of the present tense-suffix 
+°/.., forming with it AA. Thus: — 















THEME. Pres, STEM. Furure. 
ayyéAw, announce, aryyeA- ayyerdr°? /e- wyyEA@ 
BdAAw, throw, Bar- Bard? /e- Bara 
Me éAAw, send, orTeA- oTeAd? /e. OTEA@ 


_ 476. When the theme ends in y or p, « is transferred and 
unites with the vowel of the theme to form a diphthong. 
‘Thus : — 








e J " a | 
a Ban! z 
ae “ 


VERBS OF FOURTH CLASS. 


; 3 a? 
174 LIQUID VERBS; Bars). 


~ 













THEME. Pres. STEM. Furure. 
krelvw, kill, KTEv- Krew? / ¢ Kreva — 
mepalyw, accomplish, TEpav- mepatv? / ¢- Tepava 
onualyw, show by a sign, onmav- ona? / onmava 
relyw, stretch, TEV- rev? / ¢. TEVO 
palyw, show, pav- pay? Mi €- odava 
POelpw, destroy, pep- 0«1p? / «- poepa 
xareratvw, be angry, XaAeTay- xareratvy? / Xarerava 


477. But if the vowel of the theme is « or v it becomes 4 
long when u of the suffix -°/.. is transferred. Thus:— . 


THEME. Pres. Stem. FuruRE. 
KAtyw, cause to lean, KAU- KATve /e- KAWe 
kptyw, distinguish, Kpiv- Kpiv® /e- Kpiwe@ 
aisxvvw, shame, ao xXuY- atx vv? /e- aisxuyG 


478. To the Fourth Class belong not only mute (466) and 
liquid (474) verbs, but also two verbs with themes in -av-. 


THEME, Pres. STEM. Furure. 
kalw, burn, Kav- Kato /e. (for rav-19/ ¢-) kavow 
kAalw, weep,  KAav- KAra/e¢- (for KAav-i9/e-)  KAatoouat OF kAavooduatt 


a. v is dropped between the two vowels. 


Attic prose uses Kaw — 
instead of kaiw, kXaw instead of KAaiw. a 


Conjugate the future system of daivw in 6782, 
Conjugate also the future system of any other of the liquid verbs 
given above. 4 


- 


479. 
tes ol 


e / - e / 
nmEpas ETA. 


EXERCISES. 
2. évrav0a peva 
aA ¢) , , = a 
3. Tapayyerel vrropeverv. 4. moTepov TAaVTA — 
5. 6 tu? &€& rowjoe, ov Stacnmavel. 


§ /— a 
Thv atidv éExdoT@ vewodpev. 


ATAYYEAN@ 1) pevelte ; 








1 Some verbs have, in addition to meaning. It is called the Doric 
or instead of a fut. in -Fopcu, ONE in Future. 
-céouat, contracted -cotua, formed 2 Follow the direction given on ~ 
with the tense-suffix -ve0/e.. This p. 159°. 


formation is found only in the fut. 
mid., and only when it has an active 






® What, neut. sing. ace. of Sorus. ; 
See p. 1228, 


» sit we se, on 
ME ree on 
e ¥ ie ‘ai : 7 ’ ; : “4 74 
mie ee: 


; wee yi 
> i quip VERBS; VERBS OF FOURTH CLASS. 175 

























6. br b€ dyyeXodat Tpds TOV oTpaTnyov. T. ToUTOUS ava- 
oTehodaw oi to&drat Kal weATacTai. 8. ti of dAXoL “EXAM: 
‘ve amoxpivouvtat Kipw; 9. 0 dé Darivos eizre,| Tatra 
“draryyedoipe. 10. aioxuvoupeba® Kal Oeovs Kal apo 
Tabra qmovetv. 11. warw POTIOE, Srrovdas 4) TOhepow 
amayyer®; 12. Tovs péev? adtav amoxtevei, tots 83 
+, ae 13. 2 Sé TH Hpépa TH odrruyys* onpavel. 
é 


tovra.” 


14. repavd ta 15. Ticcadépyns xatoew tas Ko- 
pas. 16. xpweis 8 adtov giropabéctatoy eivar. 17. Tois 
trois euBadeire Todrov Tov xyidov. 18. od pévtou Taxt 
ye atrayyere, adXrAa Svatpio. 19. modXrols THY dptalov- 
_ T@v obtws amroxteveite. 20. of S& oTpaTi@Tat YareTravodat 
; toils Bepariryots.” 21. revovow advw mpos TO dpos. 22. dia- 
- POepobar TOUS pceeras: 23. of S€ otpaTi@tat avTov Te 
- Barodar Kat Ta vTogvyia. 24. ovTos yap Kal THY Tatpida 
obra KaTatcxuvel Kal Tacav THY EAXAdba. 25. Kdpos ovte 
Gov méuTer onuavodvta’ & TL yp Tovety ovTEe avTos® 
—daivera..? 


I 1. I shall answer you. 2. I will report this to the 
soldiers. 3. They will remain there seven days. 4. All will 
weep. 5. And he will burn down the palace. 6. He will kill 
all. 7. I shall lay the country waste. 8. He will put his 
‘brother to death. 9. They say the enemy will give way. 
10. The gods will show us the way. 11. You will send back 
‘the messengers. 12. And on account of this I will not wait for 
you. 13. He says that he will answer the soldiers. 14. I will 
give the signal to the Greeks with the trumpet. 15. I will 
give orders to all to use their slings and bows.” 


 10f. 443, 1. 17. 6 Dat. of indirect obj. See p. 841, 
e 2 Used in the mid. as a pass. de- 7 Circumstantial partic. express- 
ponent (255 b), feel ashamed before, ing purpose (379). 

ith direct obj. in acc. 8 Cf. 308, I. 4. e 

' mt Of. 328, I. 17. 9In the mid. and pass., show 
4 See p. 475. oneself, be shown, 7.e. appear. 

5 See 371. 10 and to use their bows (rotedw). 











tee 


176 


480. R. Bad, throw. 


PBodAw (for Bad-iw), throw, throw at, hit; dia-BdrAd\w, throw across at 
with words, slander ; BéA-os, -c-os, 7d, thing hrc missile ; Bod-n, ~js, a 
throw; &va-Borh, -fs, that which is thrown up, earthwork; 8:a-Bodn, pa 
ela-Bodnh, -hs, invasion, entrance, pass; éu-Bodn, -js, invasion ; Be: 

mpo-Bodn, -7s, a throwing forward ; mpoc-Bodn, -Hs, assault, charge ; 
Boat, -fjs, a hurtling together, encounter ; imep-Bodh, -As, a throwing over, — 
crossing ; metpo-Bod-ia, -as (wérpo-s, 6, stone), stone-throwing ; axpo-Bodto-mat 
_ (&kpos, topmost, outermost), throw from a height or dtstance ; axpoBéArors, — 
-e-ws, 7, throwing from a distance, skirmish. a 
em-blem, pro-blem, dia-bolic, de-vil, para-ble, sym-bol. 


slander ; 


LESSON 


. First Aorist System of Liquid Verbs, = . 


481. 


mepaivw (mepay-), accomplish, aor. 
érepava ; 
palyw (pav-), show, aor. @pnva; 


ayyeArAw (ayyeA-), announce, aor. 
ryyevra. ; 

mévw (uer-), remain, aor. Euewva ; 

oTéAdw (oreA-), send, aor. ZoTeiAa; 

Pbelpw (pOep-), destroy, aor. &pOeipa. 


KAtvw (KAw-), Cause to lean, aor. 
exAiva.; 


alaxivw (aurxuy-), Shame, aor. foxova. 
a. BadXw (475) forms a second aor. (437). This will be explained later. 4 
b. The aor. of kad (478) is éxavoa; of kAdw, éxAavoa. 


Conjugate the first aorist system of daivw in 679. . 
Conjugate also the first aorist system of any other of the liquid 


verbs given above. 


The first aorist of liquid verbs rejects o of the tense- 4 
suffix -ca- (165) and lengthens the theme-vowel in compensa-— 
tion, a to 7 (but to a afters or p), « to a, tot, v tov. 



















TUM ; 


LXIV. 


) 


Thus:— | 


onualyw (onuay-), show by a sign, aor. a 
eonunva. ; 
Xareratvw (xarerav-), be angry, aor. 4 
éxadrérnva. : ; 


KTelyw Gebers kill, aor. erewa; — . 


véuw (veu-), distribute, aor. evema ; 
es 
telvw (rev-), Stretch, aor. rea; 


(xpu-), distinguish, 


expiva. 


kptve aor, aa 


EXERCISES. 

TL 1. 80d Guewav iépav ev To Tediv. 2. Bacirel mpd- 
‘Tos HyyetAa TadTa. 38. padiws TadtTa mavta émepavapev. 
4. 8iépOerpay yap Tos otpatioras. 5. kal Tods dmartras 
éxédevoe pecivat. 6. od O€ mpatos amddnvar! yvopnv. 
1. otpatidras otevhe Tov YOptov Kavoovtas. 8. Kal Oapuva 
mapiyyet\cv 0 Eevodav tovs ees Umoméverv. 9. éx 
ere Pevopiv éoteiAato él moAcwov. 10. ea dé ou 
pny? T@ Képatt, ovoxevatecbe. 11. xataxavowpev Tas 
dpdkas Gs éyouev. 12. Kai ei mapayyeidevav, TO oTpaTevpwa 
mrnovdtor av. 18. euevav S& Kal of rapa tv OddatTay 
oixodvtes év Sdro1s Kai év “Iacois. 14. ixavol écovtar Ta 
Te Tapa Bacihéws? Tois “EXAnow atrayyeihat Kal TA Tapa 
tov ‘EXdjvev Bacired. 15. USHES S amexptvato, ’Axovo 

[ABpondpav exe pov avopa él. TO Eugpary de eivat.4 
16. cai Kipos aroxreivas AéyeTas adtos TH éavtov® yeupt 
Tov apxovra. 17. KrXéapyos xpivas adixety Tov Tov Mévewvos 
“OTpaTL@Tny TANYyaAs Run aiivel. 18. tovrois amok peas 

6 TL KaNNLTTOY TE Kal ae éyete. 19. Kal btw" Soxet 
‘tobr’, épy, avatewdTw TV yelpa: Kal avétevav arravTes. 
20. evOvs ov 0 Revodav avtovs éxédevev evyecOat Tots 


bn = 6 a f cA f \ \ Q \8 
_ €0ls TA TE OVELPATA KAL TOV TOPOV Kat 


9 


Ta NoLTra 
pore €TLTENEC AL. 


It. 1. He accomplished this easily. 2. The soldiers re- 
Biained there five days. 3. He reported the decision to his 
friends. 4. They did not wait for the hoplites. 5. The Greeks 
made answer to this. 6. You disgraced your ancestors. 7. The 


 1$ee 197. If this were the first 5 of himself, gen. sing. masc. of 
aor. inf. act., and not the impera-_ the reflexive pron. Cf. 373, I. 8. 
: mid., the accent would be on 6 whatever. Cf. 479, I. 5. 
the menult (345 ¢), @.e. the form 7 to whomever, dat. sing. masc. of 
would be properispomenon (35). dotis. Cf. 336, I. 24. 

2 8c. 6 cadreynrhs. 8 also. 

_ 8 See p. 839. ® Dependent on cixeoOu. See 

* See 354. also 441 and 346 c. 








178 ADVERBS: FORMATION AND hh - 




















barbarians are said to have given way at once. “e Cyrus and 
the army remained there twenty days. 9. The generals re- 
ported this tu Cyrus. 10. Cyrus put a Persian man to death. 
11. Hereon the trumpeter gave the signal. 12. Abrocomas at — 
that time burned the boats. 13. You corrupted our generals — 
and captains. 14. Equip yourselves for war immediately. 


483. R. $a, fa, shine, show. 

dypt, show by words, say; pd-ox-w, say, allege; dd-o-s, -e-ws, 7, aSser- 
tion ; mp5-padi-s, -e-ws, 7, allegation, pretext; mpopacifo-ma, see up as a 
pretext ; a-mpopdo.a-ro-s, -9-v, not offering excuses ; ampopaciaotws, adv., with- 
out offering excuses, without evasion ; hw-vy, -Fs, sound, voice, language.— _ 
gaive (pa+v), cause to shine, bring to light, show; av-epo-s, -a, -d-v, in 
plain sight, clear; pavepas, adv., evidently ; a-pav-hs, -és, invisible, hidden ; — . 
apavi(w, make hidden, blot out; S:a-pay-7js, -és, seen through, transparent ; 
dia-paves, adv., clearly, distinctly ; éu-pav-hs, -és, in plain sight, visible; éu- 
pavas, adv., visibly ; xata-pav-hs, -és, in sight; mepi-pav-ns, -és, visible from 
every point ; mepipavas, adv., manifestly, notably ; pd-os, -e-0s, 76 (Pat fF), — 
light ; das, dwr-ds, 76 (pw +7), light. 5 

fa-ri, say; fa-t-e-o-r, confess ; In-fi-ti-ae, -arum, f., denial ; fa-bula, > 
-ae, f., story; fa-ma, -ae, f., report; fas, n., divine law. 

BAN, BANNS; eu-phemism, pro-phesy, pro-phet, phase, em-phasis, 
phenomenon, ae phanous, epi-phany, hier o-phang phantasm, phos- 
phorus, photo-graphy. 

Norte. — For ony, see 348. dos, is for par-os. 


LESSON LXV. 
Formation and Oomparison of Adverbs. 


484. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives and end 
IN -ws. 


Examine the UA — 








ADJECTIVE. STEM. Gen. PLur. ADVERB. — 
Sixaos, just, Siucaso- Sixalwy dixalws 
kakds, bad, KaKo- KAK@v KaK@s 2 
evdaiuwr, fortunate, evdaimov- eVdaudvov evdaiudvos — 
aopadrrs, secure, acpareo- aoparay aopadaGs 
novus, pleasant, nodu- Hdéwv Hdéws — 





clension add -s to the stem, the last vowel of which is lengthened, 
1 have the accent of the gen. plur. ‘neut. 
__b. Observe that adverbs formed from adjectives of the consonant- 
declension add -ws to the stem, which takes the same form as before 
in the gen. plur. neut. The adverb is contracted when the gen. 
Pp ur. is contracted and has its accent. 


r Examine the following : — 
4 evov av ToAemotmev ExovTEs TA O7rAa, We should fight better, if we 
had our arms. 

Kpatiota paxovrat, they fight very bravely. 


- 
-y 


_ ¢. Observe that the acc. neut. of the comparative and superlative 
of the adj. is used for the comparative and superlative of the adverb, 
in the sing. for the comparative, in the plur. for the superlative. 


EXERCISES. 


I. 1. oreppas Troddav ayabav paeiveeea: 2. of é 
“EMqu<s Bapéws tadt Heovaav. 3. SPO OYE I TOV 
addrov! dijyov. 4. 0 8é hes a ioyup@s KaTtérewvev. 
9. ToUTOUS KaKds ToLel Kal TH Xpnwara atroavAa. 6. 1 8é 
THXN eens Kkaddiov. T. of dé duwEavtes TOV irTéwv 
Tay? émavovto. 8. Kakas yap Ta tpétepa exe. 9. ef 
avaykn €oTi mayecat, ws* Kpdticta paywpeba. 10. érexyov 
88 7H Baorre? dtr Sixaiws* dv por® yapiforro. 11. yapw 
aobévtes UT0 cod aol av éxowpev Sixaiws. 12. Mévwy 8 o 
@ertaros éemeOiper mrovteiv icytpas. 18. 7ri® ia’ ewod 
adixotbpevos KaKds érolers THY éuny yopav; 14. ode 

KivdvvevaavTes OvTE movijaavres TOV GAAwWVY TAEOV Tipy- 
ceabe! oTpariaTéy t7o Kipov. 15. of & ” Eapnass za 
Ads eropevovto TO AoTrOV THs Huepas. 16. Kal Bod Kal 
BapBapixads cai ‘EXAnvixds Ste Bacirers odlv otpated- 


xy 1 Adverbs in the comp. degree, like 8 Cf. $70, I. 21. 
uC adjectives (451), may take the gen. 4 See p. 10429. 
2 The neut. acc. of the positive of OO 200, 161s.” 
an adj., either sing. or plur., may be 6 See p. 501. The acc. is cognate 
used as an adv. Cf. 247, I. 16, 284, (p. 1221) with ddincoduevos. 
I. 18, 470, I. 16. 7 Fut. mid. in pass. sense. 


ae a 
ys iy 
on “7 




























180 ADVERBS: FORMATION AND COMPARISON. — A 
MATL TOANM eyyvs éotiv. IT. adxovovtes tHv Kipov apetny 
of N~ \ ed Deh , ef \ < Oeeeee 
notov Kal tpodvporepov cuvetropevovTo. 18. wate Kat Hdé@s — 
émovouv Kai Oapparéws éxTovTO, Kal TA KTHWATA HKLCTA — 

a pig oe 7 \ V4 / b tara. = \ 4 
Kopov! éxpurrov. 19. évOa dé réttapés eiot Sumpuyes TO ev — 

3 an n Oe - A / \ y 
evpos mAcOpiaiar, Babeias dé icydpas. 20. waxpoTtepoy yap — 
ot ‘Pddi04 Tov Te Hepa ady éodevddvwr cal Tov TrElo TOY roto | 
tov. 21. todto 8) Set réyewv, Tas av Wo ara TE OS 
doparéotata, Kal et payecOar Séo1, os KpadTicTa payoipeba. E 


II. 1. They were greatly deceived. 2. He sent gifts in a ~ 
princely manner. 3. Most gladly would I hear? the name. — 
4. For they were well enough armed.2 5. We withdrew with — 
great difficulty. 6. If we must proceed, let us proceed with all — 
possible speed. 7. The Persians were paying less attention to — 
the Greeks. 8. How shall we remain here in the greatest 
safety? 9. And they are justly laying plans against us. — 
10. And they were exceedingly angry with Clearchus. 11. He © 
always inflicted punishment with severity. 12. Why should — 
we do damage to the king’s territory? 13. They did not 3 
undergo greater hardships‘ than the rest of the soldiers. 





486. R. 1 Sax, dac, show, teach. 


§-8ax-1, -fis, teaching, instruction ; §-8a-oK-w, fut. duidéw, teach ; si8don= 4 
ado-s, 6, teacher. — dtk-n, -ns, way ones out, custom, right, justice ; &-5ico-s, — 
-o-v, unjust ; adixws, adv., unjustly ; adicé-w, be unjust ; aduc-la, -as, injustice ; 3 
Sira-to-s, -G, -0-V, Le lawful; dicatws, adv., with justice ; dimad-rn-s, “NT-0s, 8 : 
n, justice ; Sicato-cdvn, -ns, justice ; Sind Co, give judgment ; &ixao-rh-s, -od, ae 
one who gives Fudge, dicast. — Selx-vu-pr, fut. delgw, show, point out; — 
Sety-pa, -ar-os, 7d, something to show with, sample. 


doc-e-6, teach ; disc-6, learn ; in-dex, -ic-is,m. and f., one who points — 
out ; iu-dex, -ic-is, m. and f., judge, juror; causi-dic-u-s, -2, m., pleader, — 
advocate ; dic-6, dedicate ; dic-6, say, speak. ‘ 

TEACH, TOKEN ; Gidactic, syn-dic, para-digm. 3 

Nore. — 6:-5d-ox-w is for 8-Sax-on-w, theme d:5ax-. The theme of delk- 
vi-“ is Sex-. The forms of these verbs will be explained later. 


1 Verbs signifying to conceal, like 2 See p. 1041, 
those signifying to ask, demand (p. 8 Use the perf. pass. partic. 
1002), may take two object aces. 4 toil more. 


Lane ea =" Par tae 
FF GROUPS.— READING LESSON. 


LESSON LXVI. 


Review of Groups. — Reading Lesson. 


_ Review the groups of related words in 435, 444, 455, 463, 468, 471, 
480, 483, 486. 
_ Review 140, 142. 
Read and translate again 394. 
Read and translate the following passage : — 


Kupos. 


A n /=_ A - 
: VI. evreddev éeravves dia THs Kidsxids cal rhs Lupids 
. . : : 
él tov Kvdparny rroramov, dvta TO edpos TeTTApwY oTa- 
| diov: évtadda Ewervay tpuépas wévte* Kxat Kipos pera- 
aa , \ \ la) ¢ / / m4 
_ meprpauevos Tovs otpatnyous THv KAAnv@v Neyer OTL 
i \ - a 
5 9 000s éotat mpos Baciiéd péyav eis BaBur@va* kal 
\ a A 
 KeAEVEL AVTOVS AéyeLY TADTA TOls OTPATL@TALS KaL aVvaTrEl- 
oe 4 ‘ € O\ xt > Piet eke OP 
Oew érmecOar. of dé moimoavtes exKAnolaV aTryyyeXdov 
TavTa* of dé oTpaTidtat éxyadérraivoyv Tois otpatnyots 
— yy 5) \ / a / \ > M4 
Kal épacay ators Tada TadTa KpUTTELY, Kal OVK EpacaY 
a 4. a a an 
10 qropetoecOar éav ur) Kipos avtots ypijpata Umicxvita.. 
i. n e \ £ b] y € ee « a 
_ tabra oi otpatnyot Kipw amjyyeddov. 0 8 vricyvetrar 
“ae oe mg five. 5s / a oe \ 5) \ a 
 avopl éExdot@ TévTe apyupiov uvads. TO pev 61 TOV TOD 
ae a / a 5 
EndAnvixod otws éreicOn. Mévwv oé, mpiv SHrov eivat 
, / e » a , ee 
Tb Toincovolv of AAO’ oTpaTL@TAaL, TOTEpoY &YrovTaL 
aw i x ” } \ ¢ a a x pe 
5 Kipo 7 ov, cvvére~e TO avTod otpdTevpa Ywpis TOV 
f if an , 
 adrov Kal édreEe Tade. “Avdpes, av por TeicOnTe, ovTE 
- 7 ? I nN A Ve = ud 
 Kivd0vevoavTes OUTE TOVHGaVTES TOV AAXWY THEOV TiMN- 
. 1 na ue io Ps n 
_ oeabe otpatiwtav vo Kipov. ti ovy Kedevm rroujoat ; 
_ pov Seirar Ktpos érecOar tovs “EXAnvas él Baoidéa: 
ao? Ve a a / fa 
0 eyo ovv dy Vas ypHvar TropevecOat Tpiv Shrov eivat 
od Sf a L ; 
6 TL of GAXOL” EAANVes arroKpivotvTat Kipo. axovoavtes 
= , ~~ \ 
_tadta reiPovra Kal diaBaivovor Tov Kidparny trotapov 
“Se i rn 
“mplv TOVS aAdous atroxpivacbat. Kipos dé avrois méu- 











182 REVIEW OF GROUPS. — READING LESSON. 





















= 


eras Toor elrrev, ie MeV, a) er Hn Upas erava> 
2% Omws o€ Kal Upets ene émravéaeTe éwol pehaiaret, 77 pee 
pe Kopov voutfere. of ev 57) oTpaTi@tas ev éXriot peya- 
Aals GvTEs HUYOVTO avTOV evTUXIcal, Mévovs Sé Kal Spa — 
éNeryeTo PN Ras Mee ae TavTa oé did oué- F 
Baie: ocvvelreto 5é Kal TO GO OTPATEVPA AUTO ATrav. 


NOTES. 


9, avrovs mada ravTa Kpvmrev: the soldiers said, rdAau radta xpvrrere, 
you have long been concealing this. See 354.— otk épacav... imoyxvy- 
av: the soldiers said, 0d mopevoducda, av wh Kopos fuiy xpiata trioxvAra, 
unless Cyrus promises us, etc. —18. éwelo Oy: first aor. pass. of reldw, per- 
suade. So below éay por reisOijre, if you will obey me, first aor. pass. in — 
the sense of the mid., persuade oneself, obey. —amplv SyArov elvar, before it — 
was manifest. After an affirmative sentence, rpiv, before, before that, takes — 
the infin.—15. o¥: the proclitic od (87) takes the acute accent at the end 
of a sent.—20. xpyvar: pres. inf. of the impers. verb xph, it is needful, — 
one must. vas is the subj. of mopeverbar. — 25. enol pedro, J shall see to 
it, third pers. sing. fut. indic. of the impers. verb péAe:, it is a care. — 
29. ovvelrero: see p. 838. 


Translate the following passage into Greek : — 


488. Proceeding through Syria the Greeks arrive at the 
sources of the river Dardas. Here was the palace of the ruler — 
of Syria, and a very large and beautiful park, with trees of 
every description. Cyrus cut the park down and burned the 
palace. He marched thence three stages, fifteen parasangs, — 
to the river Euphrates. Here was situated a large and- 
prosperous city named Thapsacus. There they remained five — 
days; for the soldiers suspected that they were proceeding — 
against the king. And when their generals brought back word — 
from Cyrus that their expedition would be to Babylon, they — 
were angry, and said they had been deceived, and refused to — 
proceed unless Cyrus promised them money in addition to — 
their pay. He made this promise gladly, and all crossed the 
river. Thence he marched nine stages, fifty parasangs, through 
Syria; and they arrived at the river Araxes. They remained 
here three days, and collected supplies. 


A 


at 


LESSON LXVII. 


Second Aorist System. — Verbs of the Second Class, 


7 


Z, 
_ Review 437, 438. 
_ 489. Few verbs have both the first and second form of the 
sa me tense. When this happens, the two forms often differ in 
n neaning. 
490. The stem of the second aorist system is yan by add- 
ing -°/.. (153) as tense-suffix to the theme. As a second- 
tense the second aorist has augment in the indicative. It 
, the inflexion of the present system (672), being inflected 
the indicative like the imperfect and in the other moods 
ot ce the present. 
Conjugate the second aorist system of one in 680. 
a. Note the exceptions to the principle of recessive accent (32), 
Airrod, Aureiv, AuréoOou, Aurroiv. 
ogi also the second aorist system of any other of the verbs 
given below. 


491. The iibcine verbs of the first and the fourth classes © 
form second aorists : — 
e Tueme. Forure. 2p Aor. Srem. 2p Aor. 
yer, lead, ay- diw aya? / iryaryov 
youat, become, yev- vyevioouat vyev? |. evyevdunv 
have, hold, “eX ew and cxhow ax°/e- eoxov ; 
TeT- TETOUMAL mea |. érecov 
», throw, _ Bar- Bare Bar? / ¢- €Badov 
pate, cry out, kpay- par? / ¢- Exparyov 
4 . The theme is reduplicated in nyayov (ay-ay-). 
. The pres. has reduplication (the first letter of the theme being 
‘e pes ined with +) and the theme-vowel is dropped in yiyvopat (for 
a ev-o-uat). In the fut. the theme assumes e (yeve-). 
. The theme-vowel is dropped in éoyov (for e-cey-ov). ew is for 
fo, and in cxyow the theme cex- becomes oxe-. pitas 








2H are 


coo 


Bs: 184 SECOND AORIST. __VERBS OF SECOND. cLass, ee 


f~, 
a 





, 
va 





o> 
d. wimrw (for wi-ret-w) is formed like yeyvopat, érecov is for an 
original ézeroy (found also in Doric). For zecodpat (for wero 


see p. 1741. 









492. Some verbs with short themes ending in a mute or v— 
form the present stem by adding the variable vowel ~/.. to the — 
theme and lengthening its short vowel (a to », « to e, v to ev). 




















Thus ; a THEME. Pres. Stem. For. Aor. 
thw, melt, TAK- T° / e- THhiw érnéa 
Acirw, leave, Aum- Aer /¢- Aelbo ZAvmoy — 
melOw, persuade, m0- me10? / ¢. melow grea 
pevyw, flee, Quy- pevy? /e- pevioua Or epuyov 
pevtodua (p. 1741) 
béw, TUN, Ov- 6e°/<. (for bev?/e.) Oeboouce ua 
tréw, sail, mwru- = wAE? / - (for mAev~/e-) TAEtoomat OF érdevoa 
TAEvocoUmaL E a 
pew, flow, pu- pe°/e. (for pev?/e-) — pedoouat — 






a. v is dropped between two vowels. 
b. The lengthened form of the theme is kept in the fut. ‘andl 
Jirst aor. a. 








493. These verbs belong to the Strong-Vowel or Seoond 
P Class. a 


ro) 
* 














7 


494. EXERCISES. . . a 


lal f AN ; 

I. 1. rot puyovres cwOnoopeba ; 2. Spdmos éyévero Tots — 
eer eral; éml Tas oKnvas. 3. TH Ae THKEL O ALOS. 
z Kal éyévovTo ot iets oT AiTat pipiot Kal xirtoe. 
5. é& ampocdoxntou! yap avtois évérece TO “EXAnviKOV. — 
6. cal ti det oé Autrety tiv oricOopuraxiav; T. Epuvyov 
yoov mpos éxelvous Katadurovres Huds. 8. Kal TA WreloToVv? 
bY Br! > , 9 n foo = 4 \ 
a&ia® eyovtes aérevoav. 9. tavta réEas emevce TOVS — 
dvdpas. 10. va ai duopuyés eiow, amo Tov Téypntos 
n cae \ > int \ a € / ~ 
qmotamov péovoa. Al. cai éuBarov ovv tois éEaxociowg 
vita Tos BapBapous. 12. ébacay cal éuBadreiv* ore els 


1 8c. rpérov. 7 Of.274,1.15. 8 Of.880,1.2. Aor, See 354. 


a 


‘ x a se = ve 
a ee Se le a ee r= tes Db! al ee > aie ge 





ods ce otpatiav. 18. adda Todas Tpoddcets 
00s elev, va vpds évOdde dvaydyo.. 14. éxdumdyTes Tas 
oikias épvyov éml ta opyn. 15. 6 yap Ticoadépyns ev tH 
ns ald auvdd@ ovK« épuyev. 16. TO dé otpadTevpa oO ciTos 
























c réNLTrED. Re tracral ror ‘EAAHvov rede éOeov 
“apis tovs BapBdpovs. 18. tas b& Tdfeus eis TA TAAYLA 
_ Tapayayov euBanetv OvK eTONpaOEY. 19. rovs Mucods 
cUv TH Fapovey pivafieD ramrewvods vpiv Leg sey, sis av. 
20. od« Euewav tors dmdtras, GdXN avaxpayovtes EOeov ért 
rN , june = elt ae \ ” 
‘70 otpatoredov. 21. Zevodavta &é 6 bracts éyov 
oe b) {S sere Sal 99 ov te ge \ a) 
Tnv aorioa ameédTrev. . €00€ev AUT@ oKNTTOS TEcELV 
* ‘ Pee > /- \ \ abies / 

€ls a Tatp@av oikiav. 23. Kal Tovs Tov EXAHvwV oTpa- 
yin itd omAtTas ayayely: of 6€ TavTa érroincay 
yaryoures @s* tpicyidtous omditas. 24. Kai ep Kittooa 
euyer émrl nan appapudaéns, Kal ot éx THs ayopas* Katane- 
_TovTes TA Oa Edvyov. 


If. 1. For Cyrus became my? friend. 2. And provisions - 
failed. 3. He fled with all his host. 4. He led a multitude 
of men against you. 5. When they heard’ this, they were 
I persuaded. 6. Within the night® fear fell also on the Greeks. 
. Thereupon truly a great tumult arose. 8. But all left’ the 
road and fled. 9. This he did that he might inspire all men 
with fear. 10. He led the Greeks into the country of the 
barbarians and fled. 11. The inhabitants" abandoned this city. 
12. But I fear that he will lead us into the country of the 
barbarians. 13. But Menon had the left wing of the Greek 
ce). 14. They raised a shout and struck their shields 
against their spears. 


2 Cf. 228, I. 14. 5 to me. 

2 His thought was, oxnmrrds ére- 6 Eévos. 

gev (354). dSoxéw is here used per- 7 Aor. partic. 

f lly, a thunder-bolt seemed to 8 Cf. 308, I. 15. 

9 insptre (rapéxw) fear in all men 


UETGy etc. 
8 OF 361, I. 9. (simple dat.). 
4 See p. 83 9, 10 See 371. 












12 2 
Chie 


aP5 







Fi cae 


te 8. 









— 495. R. m0, fid, bind. 


s _mel0- (theme 1i0-), bind to oneself, persuade, mid., let oneself b be 
a, bound, obey; verbal rei-té0-v, one must obey ; a-meib-is, -és, disobedient ; 
. aneée-w, disobey ; meid- GpXO-$y-0°% (R. apx, 463), obedient ; meOapxye-w, obey 
authority, defer to ; mwio-rd-s, -h, -6-v, that does obey, orustie Saithful ; maré- _ 
TNS; a os, 4, faithfulness ; &-mirro-s, -o-v, not to be trusted, Sarthiess Pa 
amicté-w, distrust, ge a J} amict-id, -as, Suspicion ; wlo-t-s, -e-ws, 7, tr bet 
confidence ; mixret-w, have confidence in, believe. a 

fid-é-s, f., trust, faith; fid-u-s, adj., trusty; fid-6, trust ; {oodaraae 
-er-is, n., league. ee 
BIND, BOND, BAND, BUNDLE, BODY, BED. ; 





















LESSON LXVIII. 






Numerals, 


496. The cardinals, ordinals, and numeral adverbs which 


occur are the following: — = 


ach a 




















CARDINAL. ORDINAL. ; ADVERB, 
1 els, pla, év, one mparos, first amat, once — 7 
2 Svo, two SevTepos, second Sis, twice 
% 3 Tpets, Tpla tplros tpls Py 
< 4 TéTTApES, TETTAPA TéTapTos TETPAKLS “ 
5 | awévre Tew. TOS TevTOKiS 
6 é ékTos éEdiKis $ 
% 7 énTTA €BS5on0s ETTOKLS a 
8 OKTO dy5o0os OKTOKLS 
3 9 évvéa évaros évaxts ja 
4 10 Séxa Séxaros Sexaxis 
inl évSexa évdéxatos évSekaKts 
12 S0Sexa Sw5éxaTos Swdekakts 
18 Tpiokaidexa tpltos Kal Séxaros 
4 14 TeTTaperkaldeKa rértaptos kal SékaTos 
15 mevTeKaldeka, tméumrros Kal S€kaTos 
| 16 éexkaldeka éxtos Kal Séxatos 
17 éemrrakaldeka EBSop0s Kal Séxaros 
18 oxtwoKaldexa bySo0s Kal SékaTos 
19 évveakalSeka évaros kal Sékatos 





lie 


%, 


BiG NUMERALS. 


elxoot(v) 
TPLAKOVTO 
TETTAPAKOVTA 
“TEVTIKOVTO. 
éfyjkovra 
€BSopykovTa 
oySorxKxovTa 
évevjkovTa. 

é€KQTOV 

Siakoctor, -a, -o 
TPLAKOTLOL, -aL, -o 
TETPAKOC LOL, -OL, -O 
WEVTOKOT LOL, -CLL, -O 
éfakootot, -au, -o 
ETTAKOTLOL, -QL, -O 
OKTAKOT LOL, CL, -a 
€vaKOC LOL, -cL, -a 
XMALoL, -at, -o 
StoxtAror, -at, -a 
TpLoXtALoL, -aL, -o 
PUpLoL, -aL, -o 


elkearros 
TPLAKOTTOS 
TETTAPAKOTTOS 
TEVTHKOTTOS 
éEnkootos 
€BSounKortos 
dySonkooTds 
évevnkooTes 
EKATOTTOS 
StakoctocTos 
TPLAKOTLOTTOS 
TETPAKOT LOT TOS 
TEVTAKOTLOOTOS 
éEaxootoc Tos 
ETTAKOTLOT TOS 
OKTAKOT LOT TOS 
évakoctorT0$ 
XArorros 

Sicy tAvor tds 
TpLo YX Lon TOS 
puplorTos 


elkooakts - 
TPLGKOVTAKLS 
TETTAPAKOVTAKLS 
TEVTIKOVTOKLS 
éEnkovTakis 
€BSounKovtaxis 
oySonKovTaKts 
eveynkovTakts 
EKATOVTAKLS 
SiaKooiaKis 


Xcakis 


PUPLAKLS 


A, In compound numbers such as 21, 22, etc., the numbers can be 
nnected by xa/ in either way, but if xaé is omitted, the larger num- 
x comes first, as in English. Thus, efs kat e¢xoot or eixoot Kat els, 
but without cai always etxoow eis, etc. 


\ ° 


eas 


497. The first four cardinal numbers are thus declined : — 


PARADIGMS. 


Tpeis Tela 
TPLOV 
Tpiol 

Tpeis Tela 


PLURAL. 


TETTOLPES TérTapa, 
TETTAPOV 
TéeTTApotL 


TérTapas TérTapa 








188 





a. With a plural substantive d¥o is often used indeclinably. 


NUMERALS. a RS a 





b. The cardinal numbers from 5 to 100 inclusive are indeclinable. — 


The higher cardinal numbers in -tov and all ordinals are declined like 
adjectives of the vowel-declension. | 
ce. The compounds ovde/s (ovd€ and eis), pndeis (unde and eis), none, 






no, nobody, nothing, are declined like eis, as ovde/s, ovdenia, OVOEV; OVOE- 


/ > A 2 , 
VOs, OVOEMLAS, OVdEVOs, etc. 
ovdepiat, ovdeva, etc. 


498. 


I. 1. Adpeiov cat Uapucariédos} 
2. Aoav 8 ovv ovToL ExaTOV OTAiTAl. 
iArtKov ovdev érroiovy. 4. Hv yap ara Svo0 1) TPLOV nMEpav — 
oor? air oa Xanjter, OVKETL OL TOAEMLOL 1) LL crasgiey iC 
5. 7) TOU TaVvTos apxn puibeiae? évtadla Katervdn 1 nnepg™ 
6. brapye yap vov piv OvoeV TOV 7 
1. tod oe Mapovov TO Epes éoTw elKoot Kal TeVTE | 

8. xal Tov mpaTov peg BonPicavra rondots Oil 4 


Extn 7) EBSomn. 
delwv. 
Toowy.” 


pakaploTov errolna eV. 


\ , V6 XK n lal 
pucOos mAéov!  TpLaV pNVaDv. 
adixnbels br’ €uod vov To Tpitov® émuBouvrevers pov; 11. év- 
Tev0ev e£eAavver oTaOpmous Epnmous TpLoKaloeKa Trapacayyas 
? / \ ’ £ wy. C a + > ae 
évevyxovta, Tov Kidparnv trotapov ev deEva éywv. 12. éyé- 

\ , n e - A b) \9 \ > 5 , € de. 
VOVTO MeV AGYOL THY OTALT@OV appl? Tovs oydSonKovTa, o be 


AOYOS EKATTOS oYEdov eis 10 


Av OveG \ ied ete XNelrre > KOU Xr? Peel 
nV OYO0N, TOUS OLKETAS KATAAELTEL TH hapxXxn TANV TOV 


VOD. 


1Gen. of the source after yi- 
vovta, are born. 

gy, 2 19, 1, 6. 

> Of, 129,'1. 5. 

4 See p. 454. 

5 Predicate gen. of measure. Cf. 
319, I. 18. 

6 in the eyes of many. ‘The dat. 
may denote the person in whose 
view something is true. 


They are found also in the plural, oddéves, — 


EXERCISES. 


9. xal Tols otpati@tats apethero — 


\ i 
TOUS EXQTOD. 


A 5 \ | 
14. ra&v dé Toreulwy érXéyovTO eivat ExaToV Kal ElKOoL 























ne. 


, ad 7 =. 
yiyvovrat maidves dvo. 


3. of 66 Kapdobxou. 


10. Ti odv, épn o Kipos, | 


13. érel & hudpa — 


7 Used indeclinably for raedvwr. 
8 the third time, ace. neut. of the — 
adj. with the article, used adverbi- 
ally. 
9 about, governing the following - ‘ 
acc. The whole phrase qualifies — 
Adxot. In such phrases the numeral — 
often takes the article in Greek. 
10 to the number of. 


NUMERALS. 



























# Be i. Kab appara Speravnddpa Sudkdcta* dArow! 8E 
7 hoav eFaxvoxihior iwmeis, OY ‘Aprayépons MPXEY. 15. Kat 
" - efehadver dua Ths Avdias ota povs Tpels Tapacayyas elKoot 
Kad S00 él tov MalavSpov rotapudv* tobtov Td edpos Svo 
mréOpa. 16. Kal Fee Rennes O Aanedatpovios puyas 
@v omditas yidiovs Kal teXTacTas OpdKxas oxTaKoclous 
Kal tokdtds Kphras didxociovs. 17. évtatda ears 1) [e- 
q pas Séca Kal éFéracis év Tols bros eylyvero Kal apiOpos, 
Kal éyévovTo oKTaKioxtdwot Kal é£aKxdoroL. 


If. 1, The army asked Cyrus for four months’ pay. 2. But. 
on the fourth day they fled to the stronghold. 3. He had 
more than forty cavalry men in his force. 4: But Chiriso- 
_ phus also, a Lacedaemonian, was then on board the ships with 
seven hundred heavy-armed men. 5. He marched thence three 
_ stages, fifteen parasangs, to the river Euphrates, which is? four 
stades in width. 6. He marched thence two stages, ten para- 
= to an inhabited city. There he remained three days. 
7. He marched thence through Phrygia one stage, eight para- 
-sangs, to Colossae, a prosperous and large city. 8. But of 
these nine hundred thousand? were present in the battle, and 
on e hundred and fifty scythe-bearing chariots. 


5 499. 8vo, two. 


$vo (for 5f0), two; adv-5v0, two by two; 5é-dexa (déra, ten), twelve ; 

Sev-repo-s, -a, -0o-v, second; §-d, prep., orig. between, asunder, then 
ough; Sl-xa, adv., in two parts; dixd{w, divide in two; Sls, adv., 
sé, in composition also 8t-; dic-xtArol, -at, -a (tA, thousand), two 
thousand ; 8:-wowpia, -as (uoipa, -as, lot, portion), double share; Si-rnxv-s, 
-v (mijxu-s, -ews, 6, cubit), of two cubits; dl-wAeOpo-s, -o-v (wA€Bpov, 76, 
lethrum), of two plethra; 8:-mAdo-s, -n, -o-v (R. wda in wluranu, fill), 
ed twice, two-fold, double ; 8:-rAdowo-s, -a, -o-v (R. wAa in miuraAnu, fill), 
. v0-fold ; di-ppo-s, 6 (pépw, bear), that which holds two, chariot-board ; 
évdigp-to-s, -o-v, on the same seat with one; d:a-rndor01, -ar, -a (éxaTdy, hase 
‘* , two hundred. 


1 besides. 2 being. 8 ninety myriads. 




















“ P ; i ee i , 
190 _ FIRST PERFECT SYSTEM. 


LESSON LXIx. 


First Perfect System. 






Review the first perfect system of Avw in 675. 


500. The first perfect and first pluperfect are found in voanel 
verbs, in many lingual mute verbs, in many liquid verbs. 


501. For modifications of the theme in vowel verbs, see 
254a and b, 441, 442. 


502. A lingual mute is dropped before -«a. Thus : — 


apracw (aprad-), plunder, hpraxca; voul(w (voud-), think, vevdurira ; a 4 
(ropi8-), furnish, wemdpixa. a 


503. Verbs of the second class (492, 493) have the strong 
form of the theme. Thus :— 

melOw (mi0-), persuade, wéwetxa; wA€w (rAv-), Sail, wewAevKa. 5 

504. Some liquid themes suffer no change before the tense q 
suffix. Thus :— 

dyyéArAw (ayyea-), ANNOUNCE, HyyeArka. a 

505. Monosyllabic liquid themes change e toa. Thus:— 

oTéAAw (aTEA-), Send, ~rTarka; Pbelpw (Pbep-), destroy, épOapxa. : 

506. v is dropped in a few liquid themes; if not dropped it 
is changed to y nasal. Thus :— 

kptvw (kpw-), distinguish, kéxpixa; telvw (rev-), stretch, réraka (505); 
palyw (pav-), show, méparyka. : ZZ 

507. Some liquid themes suffer transposition and become 
vowel themes. Thus:— _ 

BdddAw (Badr-), throw, BéBAnka. 


508. EXERCISES. 


Pe jds\arap. av dé darnyyyed te Trade. 2. TO ord TOD 
‘EAAniK0d obTas pik 3. ovTo dé Ta TAOLa eyovTES 
ametreT\eUKecav. 4. 0 avnp ToLadta! weév qerolnKe, TOLavTA 





1 Neut. pl. acc, of roiodros. 





si ae at hia wae ae 3 yy 
ge a as she ae 
eee 
Sag PIRST PERFECT SYSTEM. ag Roe: 































(be Aédyer. 5. dp’! adtov KexérXevKas clynv KaTaKnpiTTeLD ; 
«6. OKTm yap Hpuépdas pmayopevor StereTeAéKeTe. T. Tos yap 
ao l a Fon cious) ” © mr eee 
_ trmovs dedéxapev. 8. eyo pév, © avopes, )5n Uuas erijvexa. 
9. of 6é rrodeutot TO oTpatoredov Sinptaxecav. 10. Ta oKEvO- 
: oe ceowxapev. 11. Tov trapadeccov Kipos cataxéxav- 
a kev. 12. Bactrevs ee wemoptkey dpiotov. 13. 6 dé madd 
mpernice, Scrovdas a johe“wov atrayyerko; 14. le 
Bxaney TOlVUY AUT®@ OTL paxns” dei mpa@tov. 15. Kat ged ss 
OpOas Tors TiaTOvs Kal evvous. 16. Epy & adTo® TO épyov 
4 17. payerOai dnos thy Bacidevav 

, \ ” Wa Sh ek MA ti. 
memetkévas TOV avopa. 18. HKovTes ad’Toporor Tapa peyd- 
Rov Bacirréws amrnyyédxaot Tept Tis Baciéws otparias. 
19. Ticcadépyns dueBeBrHjKew Tov Kipov mpos Tov aderdpov. 


 avtois mewaptupnKévat. 


5 20. mémeixe Tovs dpyovras Kal éxmémAEvKEV @S° TOE MHTOV 
_ trois Opakiv. 21. ef tas orrovdas AerAVKAaoW oi BapBapo.,’ 
| vrrép jpav payobvrar® of Oeoi. 22. améotadrkxa Tods dyyé- 
hous Kal cdvv adtois omditas diaxociovs. 28. érei S8 Tere- 
Aevtynxev 0 Kipos, amayyé\Xete “Apiaiw bts ajpets vindpev 
Te Bactréa Kal ovdels Ett ajuiv wayertar. 

If. 1. His’ wife has persuaded him. 2. But Clearchus has 
_ strongly insisted. 3. He has provided the army with sup- 
plies.’ 4. They had corrupted the heavy-armed troops. 5. The 
_ Greeks have laid waste the country of the barbarians. 6. We 
_had thought the bowmen® were” ready. 7. He has not with- 
drawn the right wing from the river. 8. We had repulsed the 
_bowmen and peltasts. 9. I have judged these men® to be in 
the wrong.” 10. He was alleging that he had been a slave at 








1d@pa, equivalent to the Lat. in- ing to war, with the avowed inten- 
_ terrogative enclitic particle -ne. tion of warring. 

 2Cf. 308, 1.2. det is impersonal, 6 Future of udyoua, formed like 
there is need. that of redéw. See p. 159, 3. 

8 itself, Lat. ipsum, to be taken 7 Use the article (p. 238). 

with the following subst. Cf. 247, 8 Rephrase the sent., furnished 
~—<[. 16. supplies to the army, using both a 
See 354. direct and indirect object. 

5 With morcuhowv, as if intend- 9 See 350. - 10 See 354. 








192 PERSONAL AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS. 






















Athens. 11. I had passed the order along to all to arm themes 
selves. 12. But the rest of the soldiers have thrown stones! 
at the man. 13. We had made an invasion into the country of 
the Carduchi through the mountains. | 


509. R. vep, nem, allot. 


véu-w, distribute, portion out, pasture; vop-o-s, 6, that which has bech. 
allotted, custom, law; vdu-mo-s, -n, -o-v, customary, lawful ; wyopd-vduo-s, 6 
(ayelpw, collect, ayopa, meeting-place), one who makes rules for the market, 
market-master ; &-vouo-s, -o-v, without law, lawless ; dvou-ta, -as, lawlessness; 
avtd-vouo-s, -o-v (adrds, self), under ones own laws, independent ; oixo-vdmo-s, a 
6 (olkos, house, home), one who controls a household, housekeeper ; vouttw, 
regard as a custom, believe, think ; vop-n, -fs, distribution, esp. of food, : 
pasturage, hence, herd; mpo-vouh, -4s, a going forth for food, foraging. 

nem-us, -or-is, n., woodland ; num-e-ru-s, -2, m., number. j 

NIMBLE, NUMB; nemesis, anti-nomian, astro-nomy, auto-nomy, eco- 
nomy, nomad, numismatic. 


LESSON LXX. 
Personal and Intensive Pronouns. 


510. ‘The personal pronouns are eyo, I, ot, thou, and ob 4 
(genitive), of him, of her, of it. The pronoun airos, self (Lat. — 
ipse), is properly intensive. é 








§11. PARADIGMS. 
S.N. | éyo ov avros avr 
G. | épot, pod | cov ov avTou avTHs 
D. | épot, pol col of avr auvTy 
A. | &yé pé o€ é avroy avTyy 
D.N.A. | vo odd | atrd adr 
G.D. | véov obov avroty avraiv avrotv 
£ > » , 
P.N. | pets upeis odets avrol avrat = ss aura 
G. | pov Upav obuav avTaV avTay avTav 
D. | npiv vpiv odlor avrots avrais  avrois 
€ 
A. | pos Vpas ods aitovs atTas avrd 


TF eeeeeeFeeeFTeFSTFSTFTFTM Se '-™-'-"'"  —- rN 


1 Rephrase the sent., have thrown at the man with stones, and see p. 475, : 





‘PERSONAL AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS. 193 


























aa “512. The Allowing forms of the pare pronouns are~ 
 enclitic (38) :— pod, pot, we; cov, coi, TE; Ov, ol, & 
Review 186, 187. 

Examine the following : — 

 ovros érodgunoev enol, this man made war on me. 

x €uol ov col TovTo dpeckel, this pleases me, not you. 

2 | emi col éyevovTo oi avdpes, the men came into your power. 


513. If the pronoun is emphatic (187 b), and in general 
after prepositions, the enclitic forms of the pronoun retain 
_ their accent, and in the first person the longer forms éyos, 
emo, ewe, are then used. 

| Examine the following : — 

a 8€ oxetn atadAdswperv, let us abandon the baggage. 

at Te yap EXAnv ci kai jets, for you are a Greek and so are we 
Greeks. 


614 Rule of Syntax.— The nominative forms of the per- 
_ Sonal pronouns are omitted unless emphatic. If emphatic, they 
_ are expressed. | 


Examine the following : — 

 PoBoivrat py ot BapBapor odiow éraxoArovldar, they fear that the 
barbarians will follow them. 

_ éroinoey aitov carpdrnv,he made him satrap. 


noun of the third person are generally indirect réfluaives in 
- Attic prose, z.e. they are used in a dependent clause to refer — 
to the subject of the principal verb. To supply the place of a 
pronoun of the third person the oblique cases of airds are used. 


Examine the following : — 

& TO avr@ xopiy pevet, he remains in the same place. 

Gs abrds ob dpodoyeis, Sinprales tiv xobpav, you plundered the 
; country, as you yourself confess. 

at rérpat KaOynkovow ex adrov Tov worapor, the crags reach down. to 
the very river. 


615. Rule of Syntax. — The forms ov, of, & etc., of the pro- - 





194 PERSONAL AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS. — ieee 


516. Rule of Syntax. —airds preceded by the article means 
the same. It may be, in all of its cases, an intensive pronoun, 
self, very (Lat. tpse). When a) if the substantive to ~ 
which it belongs has the article, airés must take the predi- 

cate position (56 Rem.). 





517. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. arw eis duds rods Sapecxors eSamdvav. 2. 6 abtos 
aTondos éotlv iuiv te Kal hyiv. 8. vopifo yap buds enol 
eivat didrous. 4. duels Thy hpeTeépav yopav KaKds érrotetre. 
Do. nas 8 amoméurovow. 6. Oavuactyn éotiv 4 aperi 


cov. 


1. “Apiotimmos 6€ 0 Oettaros E€vos Hv aiTo. 8. Kai — 
PETA THY Waynv TATA” Hyyeddov. 9. emol yap Eévos Kipos 
> , 10 > \ 9 & i" 3 dc = 5 B: oes Q , ‘ 
ey eVveTo. . euol ovv doxet ody wpa eivar® nuty Kabevdev. 
11. GrAra pa Tovs Geods* odK« éywye® adTois dt@Ew. 12. 6 SE 
Elevodav avtov Kerever of cuptréurpat amo Tod oTopatos 
avopas. 18. rav ‘EXXjvev éyov omhitds avaBaives tprdKo- 
cious, dpyovta 6& aitav Zeviav Ulappdciov. 14. cab atrn — 
av adAdkn tpohacis Hv av’T® Tov aOpoifev® otpdrevpa. 
15. of 6& otpatnyol aitov épwTHat Ti odiow éora éav 

/ £ lal nw ’ 
Kpatnowo. 16. vouifo yap vuds éwot eivar Kal warpida 

i = 3 n lal 
Kat dirous Kal cuppdyous. 17. eyo odv dus Sl ocoas det" 
, 6 >. 4 \ Ez 2 é 18. 

mopeverOar él tov Kidparny rotapov. @OTE eye 
ovdéva Kpiva bd TAELOvaY Tepirhnaba.’ 19. évradba reve 
tat “Amodrwv éxdeipar® Mapovav, vinnods® épifovra” of 


oe 


1A dependent gen. of the per- 5 Lat. eguidem. 

sonal pron. always. has the predi- 6 Inf. with the art. used as a 

cate position (56 Rem.). subst. in the gen., dependent on 
2 By crasis (p. 554) for ra abrd. mpdpacrs. oP 
8 It seems to me not to be. Sonéw : See 354. 

in the sense of seem takes the inf. 8 éxdépw, flay, aor. inf. See 481, 

in indir. discourse (354). 9 Sc. aitév, him (i.e. Marsyas), 
4The acc. follows the intensive with which épi(ovra agrees. 

particle ud, by, in oaths. The oath 10 For the accent, see 186 b. 


introduced by ud is negative. 





SONAL AND INTENSIVE PRONOUNS. 195 
oe 2 et 5) ? 
rept aodids. 20. arr eel vmets enol! ovx eOédeTE Trei- 
6 a Ba ovoé Erea Aas, éy@ abv vpiv Apoua. 


er 4.1 myself summoned you. 2. He has been wronged by 
us.? 3. But their® general spoke to them as follows. 4. They 
conduct him tothe same general. 5. This man, fellow-soldiers, 
is a friend of mine.* 6. He feared that his brother would plot 
against him.’ 7. But Menon and those with® him had the left 
(wing). 8. You are plotting against me and the army with 
me. 9. He was himself designing to slander me to you. 10. But 
if I conquer, my friends will be in honour. 11. But since they 
_were in difficulties, they consulted with you. 12. He accuses 
‘the commanders, that he may himself escape. 13. On the 
same day the generals themselves proceeded with the cavalry 
through the plain to the river Euphrates. 


518. ards, self, same. 


QUTO-s, abrh, avrd, self, same, in derivatives and compounds, self, same, 
| very; avrov, adv., in the very place, here, there; avrd-dev, adv., from the 
very spot, hence, thence; avré-0, adv., in this or that very place; aité-ce, 
_adly., to the place itself, thither ; airws, adv., in the very manner; &o-abtws 
bs, thus), in this same way, likewise, just so; av0-juepov (juépa, day), 
adv., on the same day ; av0-aipero-s, -o-v (aipéw, take), self-appointed ; avdto- 
KéAevaTo-s, -o-v (KeAedw, direct), self-directed, of one’s own accord; aito- 
1 drwp, -op-os, 6, 9 (R. kpa, 471), being one’s own master, absolute ; 
aitd-uaro-s, -n, -o-v (Epic pf. wé-ua-2, think upon, desire), self-impelled, 
spontaneous ; aitd-wodro-s, 6 (BAdoxw, go, R. pod), deserter; avtomoré€-w, 
desert ; avtd-vouo-s, -o-vy (R. vep, 509), under one’s own laws, independent ; 
é-avtov, contr. aitod, etc. (05, of him), reflexive pron., of himself, ete. ; 
éu-avrod, etc., reflexive pron., of myself, etc. ; ce-avrov, contr. cavtod, etc., 
teflexive pron., of yourself, etc. 


auth-entic, auto-biography, auto-crat, auto-graph, auto-maton, auto- 
nomous, aut-opsy, t-auto-logy. 


1The dat. of the indirect obj. 8 Cf. 508, II. 1. 
(p. 25?) follows ei@oun, obey, al- 4 Cf. I. 7 above. 
d jough the corresponding English 5 See 515. 
erb is transitive. 6 those with, use of ctv, and Gf. 
2 See 224, 467, II. 9. 











"7 ee - aN oe ice, : 
‘ — an - ag ve 
196 | SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM, 


LESSON LXXI. 


Second Perfect System. 


Review 437, 438, 489. 


519. The stem of the second perfect system is formed by 4 
adding the tense-suffix -a- (plup. -e-) to the reduplicated theme, — ; 
as ypapw, write, theme ypad-, second perfect yéypada. It has 
the inflexion of the first perfect system. 









Conjugate the second perfect system of Aerw (521¢c) in 681. | : 


a. Note the exceptions to the principle of recessive accent (32), 
AeAourrevat, AeXouTrws. re 


Conjugate also the second perfect system of any other of the verbs _ 
given below. 


-§20. The second perfect rarely occurs in vowel verbs. 


521. The following changes of the vowel of the ‘theme 
occur : — a 


a. € becomes o. 

b. a is sometimes lengthened to a or y. Z 

c. Verbs of the second class (492, 493) have the strong form of the — 
theme, but with o: for e. ie 


522. Some verbs aspirate a final labial or palatal mute of 
the theme, changing z or B to ¢ and x or y to x. 


523. The changes just named are illustrated in the followin oe 
verbs, which are arranged according to classes : — 


| 
tyw (ay-), lead, xa ; Sidkw (Siwk-), pursue, dedlwxa ; 
méunw (meun-), Send, rérouga ; Tpénw (Tpew-), turn, TETpOpa ; 
tptBw (rpiB-, tpB-), rub, TéTpipa. 


Aelaw (Aur-), leave, A€Aoura 5 Thkw (rax-), melt, rérnkal; 
pebyw (puy-), flee, repevya. 





1 Used intrans., have melted, am melted. 


=: SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM. 197 


























Dobsieve (BAaB-), injure, BéBAada; KdAértw (kArér-), steal, néxAodga. ; 4 
xéatw (kon-), cut, Kéxopa; pitrw (fip-, fip-), throw, eppipa. 


= wtelvw (xrev-), kill, terova’ TdrTw (Tay-), arrange, TéTaxa. ; 
— galvw (pav-), show, répnva.t 


a, 524. EXERCISES. 
3a é 


| I. 1. nai Kipov améxtove Bacirevs. 2. ta 8 adda eis TO 
mip éppithapev. 38. édXeXoirres XLvévvecis TA axpa. 4. amay- 
yédrer OTL Tehevyaciv of Tmorgutor. 5. huyn en avtors 
 Aehourrévat TO Repiov. 6. woAdas BiBXovs baalil ss oUTOS 
0 avnp. TT. év Se TH Toreula® Suvatérpipev jpuepas ToANAs. 
8. paleo dé Tov eanerier ay ET ETTOUpEL Rep airyryeXov. 
9. Tous 6¢€ pepiapous im7Téas a of “EXAnves. 
10. TOUS pEAAgvas nxn els TOUS BapBagovs. 11. tadra 
(6é Ta Onpia ot im7ets Sedi@yaow. 12. adn adtos wéchopas 
tov irmov. 18. of &é Ee ese éxexohecav Tas muvnas. 
44. Bacvheds dé Kal of civ art@ ededimyecay Tovs “EXA7- 
"vas. 15. ravtas tas Kopmas Ticcadépyns Staprdaas® TOUS 
“EX oWw eeeetPowpe THY pee geeeoaie 16. rods mefods émt 
tais by0ais Tapatétaxyey dvw Tov imréwvA IT. TeToudpact 
we avdpes moto) dvtes Kipp cal tyiv cbvor. 18. tots odv 
Oeois yapis ~otw OTL Huds ov BeBdradacww of mroré€uor. 
(19. pérav jv ro yopiov dia TO exrerovTrévar® abtoOu THY 
yuova. 20. radrnv tiv yopav éretetpdper Siaprdcat Tois 
"EXAnow ws toreuidv ovcav. 21. Kdpos ovre adXdov wé- 
Tope onpavoovta® 
22. elxalov thy yxiova tetnKxévar* Kal éreTHKer Sid KpHVYnV 


ee \ a oo Sie Ni / 
0 TL XP) Trolety OVTE avTOS TEd>NvED. 


a Xx , 5 b) / > U 
2 TAHCLOY HY aTpiCovea ev vat. 


: 1 Used intrans., have appeared, 2G, vag a eg ee > 
whereas repayka (506) is trans., 5 The infin. with the artis here 
ave shown. See 489. used as a subst. in the acc. Cf. 


a 2 Sc. xap 517, I. 14. 
jm * The ati. here expresses pur- 6 The fut. partic. here expresses 
pose. purpose. See 379. 

















198 : ‘PRONOUNS. 0 a 


| II. 1. The enemy have not escaped. 2. You have slain my 
7 brother. 3. He has sent gifts to Menon in a princely manner. 
: 4. But Chirisophus has not pursued the cavalry. 5. But the — 
_ barbarians had left the place. 6. But the satrap has written ~ 
a letter to the king. 7. He said that he had sent’ a guide tog | 
-the army. 8. We had pursued the barbarian (troops) with 
Cyrus. 9. He has put six thousand horsemen to flight. — 
10. He says that the guide has stolen the money. 11. We 
have sent the interpreter to the general of the Greeks. © 
12. The generals of the Greeks have brought three thou- 
sand heavy-armed men. | 


s 


525. R. ovy, fug, bend, flee. : iy: 
— gevy-, flee, be banished; vy-y, -fs, flight, banishment; dvy-d-s, — 
-d5-os, 6, one who has fled, exile, refugee. an 
fug-a, -ae, f., flight; fug-i-6, flee; fugi-t-Iuu-s, adj., fugitive. 
BOW (bend), BOW (the weapon), BIGHT, BOUT, BUXOM. 


de 4 
Fe 


LESSON LXXII. 


Reflexive, Reciprocal, and Possessive Pronouns, 


§26. The reflexive pronouns are éyavrod, éuautijs, of myself; 
TEAUTOV, TEAVTIS (eon traC reg GavTov, cavTys), Of yourself, éavTod, — 
Eats, €avrod (contracted airod, atrys, aitod), of himself, herself, — 


itself. a 
pa 
527. PARADIGM. 
eG. épavrow, -7s EAUTOD, -7S EQUTOV, -7S, -Ov 
D. épavTo, -7 TEAUTO, -7 EQuT@, -4, -@ 
A. épavrov, -1v OEAUTOY, -rV EQUTOV, -11V, -0 
age A Pov alrav, -ov UpOV adTay, -av EQUTOV, -OV, -OV 
a. Las a £ ~ Cal ind Lal ~ -~ ¥ 
D. ypiv avrots, -ats vptv avrots, -ats €avtois, -ais, -ots 
a soa Ps < ce 
A. Pas avToUs, -ds UEGs adTous, -ds €avtous, -ds, -o 


ee , 


1 The speaker said, rémoupa, See 354, a 





pronouns (511) compounded with airés. But in the plural of 

first and second persons the forms are not compounded, but both 

the pronouns are inflected. In the plural of the third person also, 

parate forms sometimes.occur, ofav airav, cdicw adrois, -ais, 
odas avrovs, -as, for éavray, etc. 


co 


_ Examine the following.: — 
adirredaa ext tiv éEavtod oxyvyy, he rides away to his own quarters. 
“mapayychAe Kipos “Apiorinry droreuiyar zpos éavtov tos oTpatid- 
; tas, Cyrus orders Aristippus to send the soldiers to him. 
_ §28. Rule of Syntax.— The reflexive pronouns refer to 
ete subject of the clause in which they stand. But in a 
dependent clause they sometimes refer to the subject of the 
Beincipal clause. They are then called indirect reflexives. 
if See 515. 


_ §29. The reciprocal pronoun is ddAjdwv, of one another, of 
e . other. It occurs only in the oblique cases of the dual and 
plural. 


PARADIGM. 


DUAL PLURAL 


; —G. ddr ow GAATAaLY GAAYAOW | GAANA@Y GAAYAwV aAATAOV 
DD. | dArAow GAATAaw GAAyAoWW | dAArAoIs GAAMAaIs AALS 
A. | dMAA@ = GAAYAG—GAArA@ =| «GAArfAous dAArAGs «= GAA ha, 


ey 581. The possessive pronouns are éuds, my, mine, ods, your, 
Dp our, vuerepos, your. They are inflected like adjectives 
of we vowel-declension (144). 


: ea. These pronouns are formed ron the stems of the personal pro- 
n ouns (511). 

_b. To express the simple idea of his, her, its, their, the genitive of 
xv ibs (515) is used in Attic prose, in the predicate position.} 


1 Of. 517, I. 13. 











>. 3. (q Ui > > / 1 \ a ¢ / ‘ 
— EKENEVTEV UVTTNKOOV ELVAL EOL. 3. Kal Tols NMETEPOLS OTPA- — 



















200 | 3 PRONOUNS. | a 
c. In like manner the genitives of the personal pronouns (especially — 
in the singular) are sometimes used, in the predicate > instead — 
of the possessives éuds, ods, 4€TEpos, UperEpos. 1 a 
d. The article is often used where in English we use an unemphatic — 
possessive pronoun.? < 


532. EXERCISES. 


ne 4 

I. 1. wanyas évérewov adrnrols. 2. ert tHv éuavtov® © 
apynv Topevoopmat avtds. 38. eiye d€ 9) Kidsooa nal didra- 
Kas tept autnv. 4. Koipos 8é pereréumreto tov Xvévvecw — 

1) 

Ne ! 5 ves a eon ae ae | 6 are aN ? £ 
Mpos EavTOv. O. p71) AWENGMEV Hud@Y avT@V.* 6. AUTOS aTro- | 
KTEelveL aUTOV TH éavTOU yeipi. T. TadTa Ta piel TAVTOQ 
cAaTpaTrEevovaty ol TOU Ewovd* adeXhod pias 8. bn 5é Tods — 
“EAAnvas vindv TO Kal avtots.®& 9. o 08 épws rotroulal 
aitios eotuv. 10. éBdwv 5 adrrjroLs pu) Ociv Spoum arr — 
b) / c @ 1d 3. VP be a \ Z : 
év ta&eu Errec Oat. . €xédevoe O€ TOUS TTpaTHYOUS cUVYTA- 
Eau éxactov tovs éavtov.2 12. TrodTov yap o “os maTnp — 


TLMTals 0 aUTOS hoBos Tapécta. 14. worAdOv av érridov? 
ewavtov otepnoaru, ef cé TL Kaxodv erruxerpnoate Tovey. 
15. kal ovKért tpia ) TétTapa otdbia SieryéTnv TM haddayye 
amr add\nrov. 16. wera dé tadta érel cuveyévovTo aNXNj- 
Nos, Luévveois dwxe Kipw ypnwata wordrAd. 17. drra 

cvv Tois bTAoLs Kal Tepl TOV bueTépwv ayabav payovpefa — 
18. evrabOa diéoxov GdAdrjrov™ Bacrre’s Te Kal of “EXAgves — 
@s Tplaxovta aotadla. 19. Hv O wets vixnowper, Huds der 
Tovs npmeTépous Pirovs TovTwr 8 éyxpareis Tovhoat. 20. od — 
dé viv tHv Te Kipou Svvamwy Kal ywpav eyes Kal THY ceav- 
TOU apynv a@tels. 


1 Of. 517, I. 6. 2 Of. 99, I. 7. 6 Sc. orpdrevua (p. 83°), and see _ 


8 Genitives of reflexive pronouns _ p. 231. 7 Construe with afrios. 
take the attributive position. 8 Of. 378, LB.) GR a08, Tote 

4 See p. 633. 10 Cf. 281, I. 1, and see 186 c. 

5 The possessive pronouns take 11 Cf. 508, I. 21. 
the art. when a particular person 12 Gen. of separation. See p. 602, 
or thing is referred to. 18 Cf, 348. I. 11. . 








i ee 
. ne 322 


VOWEL VERBS: PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM. 201 


= a: i. Boa have your own force. 2. They carried on war 
with one another! 3. He gets his own soldiers together. 
Bod, They feared that you would neglect yourselves. 5. They 
‘ proceeded to their own country. 6. It is time for us to delib- 
_ erate in our own behalf? 7. Cyrus and the king became hos- 
- tile to one another. 8. Your valour would be superior to the 
i ing’ s troops.? 9. My* father commanded this (man) to send 
_ the servants to him. 10. And they made a great? uproar, call- 
_ ing one another. 11. If we should war with one another, the 
_ king would destroy us. 





533. dAdos, other. 


re. GAXo-s, -7, -o, other, another; aadd, conj. (neut. plur. with changed 
accent), but (‘in another way’); adn, adv., in another way, elsewhere ; 
_ BAdws, adv., in another way, otherwise; %Ado-ce, adv., to another place ; 
 Bddo-re, ady., at another time; &drdo-ev, adv., from another place ; 
_ &AAo-i0-s, -G, -o-v, of another kind; dddAyA-wv (reduplicated stem aAA-nAo-), - 
of one another ; map-ddAndro-s, -o-v, beside one another, parallel ; &dAdAdtTw 
_ (theme addray-), make other, alter ; adAdd-rpio-s, -a, -o-v, another's, strange, 
foreign. 

aliu-s, adj., other; ali-bi, adv., elsewhere; ali-quis, pron. indef., 
. - somebody ; ali-énu-s, cA , anothers, strange, foreign; al-ter, adj., the 
_ other ; ad-ulter, adj., adulter ous; alter-nu-s, adj., one after the other, in 
turn. 
ELSE; allo-pathy, all-egory, par-allel, par-allax. 













LESSON LXXIII. 
Perfect Middle System of Vowel Verbs. 
_ Review the perfect middle system of Avw in 676. 
Review 254 ab, 441 with ab, 442. 


534. Vowel verbs which add o to the theme in the perfect 
and pluperfect middle and passive (441 ab) drop this o before 
peaings which begin with o. 





' | 1 Use the simple dat. (p. 831°). 8 Use divauis, and see p. 907, 
 2in behalf of ourselves, trép 4 Of. I. 7 above. 
with gen. 5 See p. 1427. 








f. 
y @ 
{ 


Cis a he Ane tal, A a St na Be Si 
? . rs 


ot tS Nt 


i 
| 
| 
| 
| 





ee ee “at © 
a PAS > OS ed ae 

A ye Loa er le ee 
“ =e Tv 


202 VOWEL VERBS: PERFECT MIDDLE system. “— 






















Conjugate the perfect and pluperfect mid. and pass. of FAdo3 in 682. 


Review 207. Compound forms are used when the tense stem ends — 
in a consonant, since here the regular forms in -vrat, -yro could not be 
pronounced. 


535. In the future perfect, the final vowel of the redupled 4 
cated theme is always long before the tense-suffix -o°/.., even if — q 
short in the perfect middle (441, 442). Thus: — | — 


a 


déw, bind, pf. mid. 5é5e-ua:, but fut. pf. Sed-comat 5 3 Atw, loose, pf. mid 
Aédv-uat, but fut. pf. AeAd-coua 


~ 536. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. tovtous & &dn éeyyis addjrAwv éotpatoTededaGat. — 
2. ypjmata modAd KéxTnobe. 38. ottTw yap SiéoTacTO Ta 
, 4 on eR B (pane hes , fa) 5 fee 
otpatevpata. 4. nets Bufavtiou! amoxexderadueba, 9. v0 
TOU AnaoTod SedyjceTat 0 avinp. 6. TEpi TOVTWY OLY TH OTPA- 
a , \ n f \ 5) a ne ‘ 
Tia BeBovrevvta. T. Kal viv TéOupat Trepl avTov TovTOU. — 
8. éBeBovrevto Kipos ras adv THv waynv Tovoito. 9. éyyis — 
mov éaotpatoTédevto Bacirevs. 10. xatéotacpat amo TOU © 
tov. 11. ovdév éretéXeoTO ovTE? éwoi? ovTE? AAA OvOEvi.? 
12. brodedenévor éxotmavTo of ctpatimtar. 18. of b€é dv@- — 
Eavtes TOV immréwv TaxXd TeTavcovTal. 14. moAdaKis yap — 
VUKTWP TrOpevoMEVvos aTéoTTagpHaL ato TaV Tebav. 15. Kal 
id A >) , \ > \ rn a A > / 
Qt TUAAL EKEKAELYTO KAL ETL TOV TELY@V OTTAG EpalvEToO. 
16. avip ayabos Aaxwuxds Kreovupos teto&evtar bia TIS 
adomibos. 17. Kat of Tov ‘EXAjvev otpatnyol KeKeXeVT EVOL — 
celoly omAitas ayayetv. 18. rapaxexerevopucba Tots “EXXnoe 
\ a 
THY Kpavyny TOV BapBapwv santo fo, 19. oi v4 Kpires 
Bpaxvtepa tov Ilepoay érofevov cai dua idol dvtes elow 





1 The gen. depends on the prep- This idiom is not allowed in Eng- 
osition ard in composition with the lish, in which all the negatives ex- ~ 


verb. See p. 1074. cept the first must be rendered — 
2 When a negative is followed by affirmatively. So here, either -.. 

a compound negative, or by several or... anybody. Z 

compound negatives, in the same 8 Dat. of the indirect obj. after 


clause, the negation is strengthened. reAéw in the sense of pay. 












ae ee a 


- 


_ -YOWEL VERBS: PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM. 208 


ToV OTAITOY KaTeKéxrNevTo. 20. Tavcavtes THY Padrayya 
: ’ / / ¢ \ / / 
_ Abyous opOiovs Troijowpev: 7 yap dadrayé ouéorractat. 


IL. 1. I had been shot through my corselet. 2. The forces 
had been separated. 3. We had deliberated in our own behalf. 
4, He says that the Greeks have encamped in the villages. 
6. All had urged Cyrus not to fight. 6. He said that he 
possessed many houses. 7. The Greeks and Ariaeus have 
encamped near one another. 8. In this way the cavalry along 
the river will have been shut off. 9. The enemy have been 

shut up again within the citadel. 10. Cyrus had taken the 
field against Artaxerxes, his brother. 11. On this account+ 

we have resolved to do damage to the king’s territory. 12. I 
am of the opinion that nobody has been loved? by a greater 
- number. 





















537. R..1 0v, rush. 


- Ov-w, rush, rage; Ov-po-s, 6, the animating principle in man, heart, 
wrath ; Pdpd-o-wa, be angry; Oipo-edhs, -és (el50s, 74, look, shape), high- 
spirited ; &-0dp0-s, -o-v, without heart, dispirited ; abvuws, adv., faintheart- 
edly ; a0ip-ia, -as, faintheartedness ; addpué-w, be despondent ; év-Oiue-o-pnar, 
lay to heart, consider ; évOiun-ua, -at-os, 76, thought, idea; émi-Ovpé-w, have 
one’s heart on, desire; énBip-la, -as, desire, longing; ev-Biuo-s, -o-v, of 
good heart, cheerful ; cv@dpe-o-uat, be cheerful ; mpd-Oipuo-s, -o-v, with mind 
intent, ready, willing; mpodiuws, adv., willingly; d-mpd@ipuo-s, -o-v, not 
eager ; mpodupu-la, -as, readiness, eagerness ; mpodiué-o-ua, be eager; pd- 
@vpo-s, -o-v (pd-d10-s, easy), with mind at ease, indifferent, lazy; fbabvp-ta, 
as, laziness ; pabipé-w, live in idleness. 


/ 


538. R. 2 ov, fu, smoke, sacrifice. 


0¥-w, offer, sacrifice ; Ov-rrp, -fip-os, 6, sacrificer ; @v-cla, -ds, sacrifice ; 

(O0-pa, -ar-os, 7d, victim, sacrifice ; Ov-u-éAn, -ns, place for sacrifice, altar ; 

Diu-td-w, burn incense ; Ovdpuld-ua, -at-os, rd, incense ; Ov-d5ns, -es (6¢w, smell), 

sweet-smelling ; Ov-po-v, 7d, thyme. 

fai-mu-s, -2, m., smoke ; fii-n-us, -er-is, n., funeral rites ; fi-li-g6, -in-is, 

Ss soot ; fi-mu-s, -2, m., filth ; foe-du-s (for foui-du-s), adj., filthy. 
Dust; thyme. 

1 on account of this, use évexa to 2 See 354, 

translate on account of. . 8 by more (persons). 








DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 





LESSON LXXIV. 


Demonstrative Pronouns. 
















539. The principal demonstrative pronouns are obros, avrn, 7 
tovto, this, ode, nde, rode, this, and éxelvos, éxeivyn, éxelvo, that. 
Review 172. 4 
a. 60¢ is inflected like the article (88) with the enclitic demonstra- : 


tive suffix -de added to the forms. 
b. €xetvos is inflected like airds (511). 


‘Review 173, 174. The rule in 174 applies also to 6d¢ and éxetyos. 


Examine the following: — = 
Kipos BovAeverat drws pajmote Ett ota emt Td ddeAPO, GAAD Baor- 4 
Aevoe dvT éxeivov, Cyrus plans that he may never in future — 

be in the power of his brother, but may be king in his stead. q . 

kat Tors ctv Kipw BapBdpovs édiwka obv toicde rots mapodet viv per 
éuod, I pursued the barbarian troops of Cyrus with the aid 

of these who are now here with me. 


640. Rule of Syntax. — éxeivos, that (yonder), is used of — 
something remote, dd, this (here), of something near or present. — 


Examine the following : — 
ovdeva Kplvw bird rAcdvov TepirAHoOa* TexpHnptov S€ TovTov Kat TddE, 
I am of the opinion that nobody has ever been loved by an 
greater number. The proof of this is the following. 


541. Rule of Syntax. —ofros is used in referring back to — 
an object already mentioned; 6c, in referring forward to an 
object about to be mentioned. 


542. Besides the above, there occur frequently in Attie — 
prose the demonstratives of quality, rowtros, rovavry, sour d 
and rowode, rovade, rordyde, such, and of quantity, rocodros, rocatrn, 1 
Togovrov, and rocdade, roonde, Too dvds, So much, so many. 


am kos 








DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 205 


, a. The distinction in 541 is true also for rowodros (used in referring 
_ back) and rowode (used in referring forward), but not for rocovros 
and rocdcde. 


543. EXERCISES. 


' / 
I. 1. kat évoiovy obtws otto. 2. cita dé éreFe tordde. 
ea, sees A / 
3. Ta avTa Tavta' Bovrevovta. 4. Kal Kerdeves avdTods 
~! f n n an 
Aéyeww TadtTa. 5. kal Kopos adtos mapyves toils otpaty- 
¥ pe 2 nw 
_ yots,” Oappivev toidde. 6. obtTos 5é 0 avTos KEdEvEL MAS 
Z , fs) v4 a % K , ¢ be a 
mopever0ar. 71. Tatra eime Krdapyos: of O€ otpati@rat 
vA la) f 
of? te adrod éxelvov Kal of dddrow erryvecav. 8. Kréapyos 
\ na fa) 
6 mpos TadTa eimev, AXA TadTa pév 6) od Aéyers: Tap’ 
i) an A na - 
HuaV S& amradyyedre Tae. Y. pweTa TadTa cuyKadécas TOS 
\ bad ; a 
_aotparnyovs Kal Noyayovs Ereke Tordde. 10. ote yap rpels 
/ a a 
€xelVOU ETL OTPATLMTAL EcpeEV, ETrEL ye ov GuVEeTTOpMEOa ALTO, 
? > va) + e An a Py , 4 1 eo \ im 
ovTe éxelvos ete nuiv pucOoddrns. . OUTOS pev ToOLavTA 
5 x an ea la) 6 
eimre* peta Sé Tov’Tov Kréapyos eire TocovTov. 12. apes 
*) Baut tbh a 3 /- teen? nan / ’ a 
Tocolde® OvtTes évixdmev Bacihea err) Tals Ovpais avrod. 
eas , ial , 
18. moddakis 5€ yijvas juiBpeTtovs erepre Kal dprov Hul- 









cea kal adda ToadTa. 14. Kréapyos tovs aitod otpatia- 
Tas éBidfero® mopeverOar: oi 5é avtov te EBarrov Kal TA 
Be , a 15 VaRD a Sy , 
_ vTolvyia Ta éxeivov. . peta b€ TavTa érel cuveyévovyTo 
‘_ Z \ 
aAjro1s, Lvévvecis pev Eaxe Kipw ypyuata TworAd els THY 
£ Ko be ’ NA A A / \ a 
_otpariav, Kipos 5é éxeivm Spa a vouiferar Tapa Bacinret 
tiwa. 16. 0 d& Kopos cvrrdgééds otpatevpa érroddpKer 
nA : \ cf 5S + / 5 ? val Asa Ol 3 
MiAntov: Kal aitn ad adrAn Tpohacis Hv avT@ Tod abpot 
q \ n n n a 
Cew otparevpa. 17. mpos tadta Kopos cime tois trapodou, 
- la} an s ig pntek. 
‘O péev avip ToadrTa pev Tetroinke, ToravdTa 5é réyer* Vwov 


68 od patos, b Kréapye, atrodnvas® tiv yvounv. Kyréap- 


= 










1 See p. 1221, 5 The context shows that the 
2 See p. 841, meaning here is, so few. 
8 Of. 228, I. 4. 6 Impf. of attempted action, was 


_ 4 8c. éorly from the preceding trying to force. 
; eopev. Fy 7 Of. 482, I. 6. 











206 | DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. = 


yos Se ele Tdde* LupBovretw éy@ Tov dvdpa TOUTOV €xTr0- 


Sav movi Bat @s TaxioTa.s Sta 


II. 1. You yourselves did? this. 2. These men lived in © 
idleness. 3. Hereupon Xenophon spoke as follows. 4. These®— 
remained, but the rest proceeded. 5. But another contingent 
was collected for him in the following manner. 6. He coun- — 
selled the Greeks, when they consulted him,’ as follows. — 
7. Tissaphernes spoke first,® by means of an interpreter, in — 


the following terms.’ 8. But Menon collected his own divis- — 


ion apart from the rest, and spoke as follows. 9. But after 
this, when he had brought his own soldiers together,’ he thus. 
addressed (them). 10. He wishes to expel the Pisidians from — 
the territory; and against these he collects both his* barba- — 
rian and his Greek (force). 3 


544. was, ail. 


was, Taca, wav (Stem wavt-), all} mdvr-n, adv., in every way; mdvTws, — 
ady., anyhow; wavta-xf, mavra-xov, adv., everywhere; mdvyto-bev, adv., 
Srom every side; mavro-ce, adv., in every direction ; wavro-damrd-s, -h, -dv, 


of every sort, manifold; mavro-to-s, -d, -o-v, of all sorts; mavrd-waci(v), 
adv., altogether, entirely; mdv-v, adv., altogether, very; mary-xpdti-v, TO 


(R. xpa, 471), all-round contest, pancratium ; may-xdAemo-s, -o-v (xarerd-s, 
hard), very hard; mwayxadrérws, adv., very hardly ; wau-wAnOhs, -és (rAHGos, 
+é, number), in full numbers, multitudinous ; mdu-wodv-s, -r6AAn, -roAv 
(roads, much, many), very numerous ; may-wdynpo-s, -o-v (movnpds, bad), 
wholly bad; mav-otpyo-s, -o-v (R. Fepy, 468), that will do anything, vil- 
lainous ; mavoupy-la, -ds, knavishness ; rav-redts, -és (réAos, 76, end), 
all complete, perfect; mwavredds, adv., perfectly, wholly, utterly; G-ras, 
G-naca, a-rav, all together; ovp-ras, -doa, -av, all taken collectively, all 
together. 


dia-pason, pan-acea, pan-demonium, pan-oply, pan-orama, pan- — 
theism, pan-theon, panto-mime. 





1 Cf. 485, I. 9. 5 See 379. 
2 Use the middle. 6 Cf. I. 17 above, 
8 See p. 275, 7 Cf. I. 2 above. 


4 Cf. 228, I. 18. > 8 See 531 d. 





207 





LESSON LXXV. 


Review of Groups. — Reading Lesson. 


_ Review the groups of related words in 495, 499, 509, 518, 525, 538, 
(537, 588, 544. 
Review 140, 142. 
Read and translate again 487. 
Read and translate the following passage : — 


ae , Kupos. 


a a f— n : 
VII. évreidev eFeratver dua Ths Supids Kat Ths ’Apa- 
/= \ > £ \ b a ma \ b) lal 
Bias, tov Evpparny rrotapov év defia Eyov, cal adixvet- 
ee /~ = 2 a / > fa) 2 / 
tat emt IlvAds. évtedOev mopevopevois avtois épaiveto 
” € / vA KS aig: 14 od \ \ 
iyyn ws Sicxidiov irto@v. ovTo. mpoxatéxaov Kal yidov 
5 Kal el TL AAO YpHnowmov Hv. “Opdvras bé Ilépons avnp, 
a , 4 , 
yéver Tpoonkwv Bacirel, ériBovrever Kip@, kal mpoobev 
Toreunods. ovTos Kipov imméds xirlous aitet, bucyvov- 
\ / £ fa £ \ - 4 e > 
Mevos TOS TrodEmLoVs KMAVTELY TOU KaELY TOV yidOV. O 8 
A > \ tA / > Foe / la) e 
éxéhevoev AUTOV AapBaverv pépos Trap’ ExdoTOU TOV Hrye- 
a , . 7 3 U - feos e / 5 ¢e lal \ 
10 povov. o O ‘Opovtas, vopicas éEToipous eivat avT@ Tovs 
ia = Q = 
_  taméas, ypader errictoAnv mapa Baciréa réyov OTe HEEev 
_—-  » e pele , y \ 4 \ o” 
€y@v immedas moXXovS. TavtTny THY eTLaTOANY édwKe 
a v £ 
TisT@ avopi, ws @eTo* 0 O€ AaBav Kipw ewe. auA- 
95 e a _ n 
RapBaver odv o Kipos tov ’Opevrav, cat cvyKanrel els THY 
a la) \ = lal 
15 éavtod oxnvnv Ilépcas tovs apiotovs tev Tepl avTov 
q e , 5 \ a ¢ / \ ae e Z 
€MTA, Kal TOUS TAV ENXANVwV oTpaTHYyoUSs EKédEVEV OTAL- 
Tas ayayelv. of d€ TadTa éroincay, dyayovTes MS TpLO- 
= e - , 
xidlous omnitds. Kréapyov dé Kal elow Trapexddece 
e a I \ 
avpBovrov. o dé tatepov éEnyyerre Tols hirois THY Kpl- 
20 aw Tod Opovtov as éyéeveto. épn dé Kipov réEau rade. 
, U cf A I ty ‘ La 
Ilapexddeca vuds, avdpes piror, Strws ocvv vuiv Bov- 
vast ft ef , Pte S \ ‘ n \ 
Aevopevos, & TL Sixaidy éott Kat mpos Oedv Kal mpos 
? 6 s a 2 5) , a NA 
avOparwv, tovto mpaéw ep) ‘Opdvrov. TodTov yap o 













1 
ia 





Lene 
eee ENE ~ a 


208 REVIEW OF GROUPS. — READING LESSON. 






















éwos mratyp ewxev UrijKoor eivat éuol: rel &€ Taxes, — 
23 ws &by avTos, Uo TOD éwod adeApovd ovTOS cronéumoey 4 
éwol Rou Tay év Sdpbeow spain DE: éy@ avToV 7 poe 3 
Aewav éerolnca Tod mpos ewe ToAgu“ov Tavcacbat, eat 
defvav éXaBov kai axa. 


NOTES. 


4. otro: to be referred to the fmmezs (the enemy’s cavalry) implied in — 
trmov.— 5. et tr GAXO, if anything else, i.e. whatever else.—6. yéver, in race, — 
a dat. of respect. — kal mpdobev, previously also. —8. rod kdew: infin. with 
the art. used as a subst. For the case, cf. 274, I. 4. —13. @ero: impf. of — 
otoua, think. —dAaBev: second aor. act. partic. of AauSdvw. —20. Kupov — 
Afar: Clearchus said, Kipos dete. See 354. — 22. 6 tu Slxatov eo: the. 
relative clause is repeated in the following todo, hones is right, etc., 
this I may do, etc. —23. wpdfo: aor. subjy. For the mood, see 278. — 
24. elvar: the infin. expresses purpose. — rayQ@els: first aor. pass. partic. — 
of rdrrw. — 27. rot mpos eye modépou: cf. Tod xaew in 1, 8.—28. EXaBov: 
cf. AaBéy in 1, 13. 


a. 
ig 


Translate the following passage into Greek : — 

546. He marches thence through Arabia. In this region 
the land was a level plain, full of wild creatures of all sorts, 
wild asses, ostriches and gazelles. The horsemen some- — 
times chased these wild animals. The asses it was not easy 
to catch; for they ran much more swiftly than the horses. — 
The flesh of those that were captured was like deer-meat, but | 
more tender. An ostrich nobody caught, and those of the — 
horsemen that had given chase quickly gave up; for the crea- 4 
ture easily escaped, using both its feet and its wings. Pro- 
ceeding through this land they arrive at the river Mascas, of a © 
plethrum in width. Here there was a great uninhabited city, 
the name of which was Corsote. They remained here three 
days, and procured supplies. Thence Cyrus marched thirteen — 
stages through a desert, ninety parasangs, with the river | 
Euphrates on his right. But across the Euphrates, before 4 
the army reached Pylae, there was a large and prosperous — 
city, Charmande by name. From this the soldiers purchased 
their provisions, crossing over on rafts. 








LESSON LXXVI. 
Perfect Middle System of Mute Verbs. 


Conjugate the perfect middle system of Acizw, dyw, and zeiOw in 
683-685. 
_ 47. The concurrence of consonants in the stem and end- 
_ ings gives occasion to many euphonic changes. These take 
_ place according to the following principles : — 


548. A labial mute before » changes to 4; with o forms yw 
(215); before a lingual is made co-ordinate (114 a). 
a. When pup would thus result, one uw is dropped, as wéuzra, send, 
pf. memeupot (for memepr-po.). See 205. 


549. o between two consonants is dropped. 






















_ §80. A palatal mute before » remains or becomes y; with ¢ 

forms € (215 b); before a lingual is made co-ordinate (114 a). 
a. When yyp- would thus result, one y is dropped, as éAé¢yxw, con- 

4 _ fute, pf. €dxdeypar! (for edyAeyy-par). 

551. A lingual mute before p» becomes o; before o is 

dropped (231); before another lingual becomes o. 


_ 682. Verbs of the second class (492, 493) have the strong 
_ form of the theme in the perfect middle system. Thus :— 
Aelarw (Acw-), leave, AdAciumar; mwelOw (mi0-), persuade, wéweopat. 
a. Three verbs of the first class, orpépw, turn, twist, tpérw, turn, 
divert, and tpépa, support, change ¢ to a in the perfect middle, éorpap- 
pal, TéeTpappot, and TéOpappo. 

553. EXERCISES. 

TL 1. reOappévoe. Hoav of Tov “EXAjvov vexpol. 2. of 
“EXAnves éyyts té? ctor Kal twapatetaypévos. 8. rocor TaV 


_ 1 Some verbs beginning with a, theme and lengthening its initial 
€, OF 0, followed by a single conso- vowel. This is called the Aétic 
- mt, form their reduplication by Reduplication. 
: prefixing the first two letters of the 2 See 186 c. 





) 
| 
| 








ei 


*7F 


210 PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM OF MUTE VERBS. 


— 


is 


~“ . 


f - 


nr A ; i, 
TTPATLWTAV VTrodedeimpévor eiaiv; 4. apevdovy Kad) TO 

a / , \ , p 
oTpaTny@ TémT\EKTAL. O. TéTaxyOe KaTa darayya. 6. Ka- — 


‘ \ lal 
Takexowovtat vro Tov Kiricov. 
1 


1. TovT@ ézeTéTaKTO 
tadta mpattew.! 8. tovTouvs ws eb wmALopMEéVvoUS eofeiTo. 
9. érédreuro, & Avnie, TO Kredpyw? eat tov Addov. — 
10. jetTar TO oTpdTevpa KaTa pécov TO THY TrodEmiwV, STL 
éxet Bacireds é€otiv. 11. wavy oriyo. apd adtov Kata- — 
NerelovTar. 


an 14 / bis 
13. wot wrote Tetpappévos eioly ot “EXXAnves Kal Ti ev vo 


A / 3 
12. to 5 avdpl® rovtT@ Hdéws Térercpat. 
yy 3 14 ® Oe > , b] \ n > ig an ¢ 
EXOUCLD ; . OUTOS O€ ETETAKTO ETL TH EVOVUMLM TOV LmTl- 
kod* dpyov. 10. cal tov bTrwY Tols GTpAaTL@TALs TOAAA 
] \ id lal oO ee / 16 »” 25 ral d . 
€Tl aake@v HKTO Kal UTrofuyiov. . ETKEMPAL EL? KPEITTOV 
’ a e ’ ” oy i A pee a 
éote Ticcadépyny nryemova éyewv. 17. éx TavTns THs TodEwS — 
a e/ € \ b] / a \ na f—_ 
tots “EAAnow yyeuov éerémeurto, OTws Sta THS ToNEeplas 
Kapas dyot avtovs. 18. cuvnxorovdovy Sé Kat adrrov Tlep-— 
an ra] - / ’ 6 - / 19 ” ot A 
cov TeOwpaxiapévot eis® Tpraxocious. . HAaUVEV el TOUS 
, - an 
Mévavos otpatitas, aot éxelvous éxtreTAHYOaL" Kal Tpé- 
0 , ‘ 
yelv éml ta Orda. 20. elyov 5é mavTes Kpdvn Yarka Kal 


A - a a 0 » 
xiT@Vas povixods Kal Kvnuidas Kal Tas aomidas éxKeKa- 







Avppevas. 21. b7rép yap Ths KwOpuns ynrodos Eotiv ed’ ob® 
avertpappévor cioly of dudt Baotréa. 22. vowifere év rTHde 
TH ipépa éué Te KataxexdiecOat Kal Upads ov ord éuod? 
23. 4 d& dua TOV dpéwv Odds Kal mpos apKToV 


24. évredOev 5é Kipos_ 


UoTepov. 
/ > / 4 
Tetpappévn eis Kapdovyous ayer, 
3 if \ c/ / - n , a> 
éfeXavver oTabpov Eva Tapacayyas TpEls TUVTETAYMEV@O TO 
7 
OTPATEVLATL. 


1 Subj. of éreréraxto, the execu- 
tion of this. See 362. 

2 by Clearchus, dat. of the agent 
With éréreupo. See 224. 

8 Cf. 617, I. 20. 

4 Depends on dépxywy, which is an 
appositive to otros, as commander of 
the horse. 

5 Cf. 247, I. 4. 

6 Cf. 498, I. 12. 


7 The infin. after dere, so that, 
so as, expresses a result. The perf. 
infin. is here simply more emphatic 
than the present would be, were 
thoroughly frightened. 

8 Gen. sing. masc. of the rel. és, 
n, 6, on which, ete. 

® The adv. implies comparison 
(later than) and takes the gen. See 
p- 1791. 












Pay 


_-—s« PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM OF MUTE VERBS. 211 


‘II. 1. The fellow has been led to Clearchus. 2. For on 
_ the previous! day* messengers had been sent. 3. The army 
_ will have been cut to pieces. 4. They had been left behind 
alone. 5. But we had obeyed Xenophon. 6. We have obeyed 
_ our commanders in all particulars. 7. The letter will have 
_ been written. 8. He said the soldiers had made? slings for 
themselves. 9. They have been cut off from the hill. 

- 10. These had been drawn up in line on the banks of the 
river. 11. The horses and the beasts of burden had been 
led through the snow. 12. A messenger has been sent to bid® 
them remain at the river. 13. But Cyrus and his cavalry had 
been armed with corselets. 14. No friend will have been left to 
us, but even those who before were® friends will be hostile to us. 


554. R. tax, tec, beget, hit, prepare. 


| rék-vo-v, 76, Child; ték-pap, 7d, fixed goal, mark, sign, proof; texpalpo- 
| = wat (for rexpap-10-uar), settle by a mark, infer ; texuhp-w0-v, 7d, sign, proof; 
réx-vn, -ns, workmanship, art, ways and means ; rexv-iKd-s, -h, -6-v, artistic, 
so artful ; rexvinds, adv., artfully ; rexvdw, use art, employ cunning.—tdrre, 
7 Cor tax-iw), arrange, form; tax-ré-s, -n, -dv, arranged, set in order; 
 &-rakto-s, -o-v, in disorder, undisciplined; araxré-w, be disorderly; «v- 
|  takto-s, -o-v, well arranged, well disciplined; cvtdxrws, adv., with good 
| discipline; tak-s, -<-ws, 7, arrangement, rank; 4a-ratia, -as, disorder, 
| insubordination; ci-tatla, -ads, discipline; mapd-rati-s, -e-ws, }, order of 
 batile; rati-apxo-s, 6 (R. apx, 463), commander of a rdkis, taxiarch. — 
| revx-w, make ready, make; rebx-os, -c-0s, 74, tool, jar, chest ; tTv-y-x-dv-a, 
hit, hit upon, reach, get; tvx-n, -ns, that which touches man, luck, for- 
| tune; ev-rvx-ia, -as, good fortune, success ; ei-rux-fs, -és, well off, lucky ; 
 evTuxe-w, be well off; «vty 7-ua, -aT-os, 7d, piece of good fortune, success. 
| —vwof-o-v, 7d (rox +0), bow; rot-iKd-s, -h, -d-v, belonging to the bow; 
| _ rotd-ry-s, -ov, bowman; roted-w, shoot with a bow; tétev-ua, -at-os, 76, 
arrow. 
tig-nu-m, -2, ., building stuff; tex-6, weave; té-la, -ae, f., web; 
_ sub-ti-li-s, adj., woven jine ; sub-té-men, -in-is, n., woof; té-lu-m, -i, 
N., missile. 





















lmpdcdev. See p. 231. slings for themselves (use -rAékw). 
2Dat. of the time when. See See 354. 
ip. 454. 5 See 379. 
8 Simply wdvra. See p. 1158. 6 those who were, oi bytes. See 


* He said, The soldiers havemade 371. 


| 











» 
‘ Lf rae i . 
a ee: ‘ 
ea, ; 4 ee >» 


re shoes . re — mete 4 a % 


F i 










212 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PI R RONOUNS, 


- THING, hus-TINGsS; tactics, taxi-dermy, Brower pA tech 
nical, penta-teuch, toxico-logy, in-toxic-aie. F3 


Nore. — The root shows the forms rex, rar, TUX, tox (399). 


LESSON LXXVII. 
Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns. 


555. The principal interrogative pronoun is tis, ris, ri, who 9 
which? what? This always has the acute accent on the first — 
syllable. a 


556. The indefinite pronoun is tis, rls, tl, some, any (Late ; 
aliquis), or, used substantively, somebody, anything (Lat. qui- ~ 
dam). This pronoun is enclitic. 


557. PARADIGMS. 
INTERROGATIVE INDEFINITE 
M. and F, N. M. and F, 
S. N. tis ri tls 
G. tlvos, TOU TLVOS, TOU 
ARF rivi, TO Twi, To 
A rlva rl TWO 
Doe. V. rive Tivé 
Can BS Tivo TLVOlV 
PN: Tives riya Ties 
G. tiywy TWaVv 
D. rlov riot 
ie rivas riva TLVOS 





- Review 186, 187. 


Examine the following : — 


- 


ti BovrAcobe ; what do you want? a 
€pwra ti BovrAcpcba, he asks what we want. Z 


558. Rule of Syntax. — The interrogative rés is used both 
in direct and in indirect questions. | 









-* N WIEBROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 218 


559. Besides the interrogative ris, there occur frequently 
Faia interrogatives of quality, motos) sae agen of what sort? 
int qualis), and of quantity, réaos, roan, rocov, how much? 
(Lat. quantus). See 542. 


a. The principle in 558 applies also to zotos and zéaos. 
a ; 


560. 


EXERCISES. 


I. 1. tis rodto Aéyer; 2. TodTo Aé€yer Tis. 8. Aéyouct 
—6}€ tO 4 /—_— 9 \ ¢ > /=- yA an ko 

é twes Tadde. 4. roid éotly 1 amropiad dvev ths Kupou 

5 £ an n / 

mers fever 5. tl obv Kedkevwm Uuds Toinoar; 6. Té 


wd - an / 
ovy TavTad éoTLV ; ep 0 Parivos. T. woTE VixavTes Tiva 


av amoxteivaimev; 8. Kal épwrd Tov Bevodovta mocov 
_ xpiciov éye. 9. hv dé Tis Ev TH otpatia Fevopov ’AOn- 
__ A 10 > \ f Ae 
vatos. . amo Trolov av 
AL. epwradpev* éxeivov ri? Botrerar jpiv® ypjcba." 12. ris 
 mapayyérre Kal th éots TO cvVOnua; 138. TiB ded Bactréad 
aiteiy nds Ta OrAa; 14. cupBeBovretpeOd cou Ti xpn 
5% - A / lal > \ Ps \ Sy— 
15. éay vikdow, ti def adtodts AveLY THY yédipar ; 


, » , 3 > 7 
Tayous hevywv"’ Tis atropuyot ; 


TOLELV. 


16. év trolos trpaypacw joav of “EXAnves ; 17. Kipov axor- 


‘ 
> 


river Tis TAATO UT TOV ddOarwov Biaiws. 18. Kdpos aré- 


ba / Sar ey. i an c , fe 
Ktewev avopa Ildéponv cal &repov tiva Tov UTapxywv duva- 












— otnv. 19. &vOa dy pépos te THs Tav Hepodv ettaklas Hv 
| OetcacOa. 20. Ti K@dier Kal Ta axpa Hpiv® KedNevdecv Kopov 
_mpokatadauBave ; 21. rola duvdper cuppaxye xpnod- 
 pevor® wadrov av Kordcaicbe Tovs Aiyurrious THs viv adv 
: ll 


én \ ” .10 99, > a \ ” » , , ’ i= 
E LOL ovo7ns, ° EP@OTA TOV ayye OV TOO?) TLS €OTL XeOpa 


oe > / na / \ n / 
9 &v péow Tov Tiypntos Kal Tis Sumpuyos. 


1 The infin. is dependent on the 
verbal subst. dmopla, difficulty in re- 
maining. 









2 With aropiyo. See 300. 
8 See p. 1041, 
4 See 271. 
5 Cognate acc. (p. 1221) with 


xpjcba. 


6 Cf. 361, I. 13. 

7 The irregularly contracted form 
of xpdecOar. Cf. Gv, 880, I. 14. 

fC, UGi, Te 10. 

9 See p. 254, 

10 Sc; Syndicat, and see p. 1791, 

11 See 186 cc. 7s is here equiva- 
lent to the art., how great a land. 











Ay rr e haa 
eked Ss a 


214 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
II. 1. What does he say to this? 2. Why do we remain ? 
3. Let us inquire who said this. 4. Somebody was near with 
a great force. 5. Of what sort were the men in this land? ~ 
6. What will the rest of the soldiers do? 7. What shall we — 
have, if we conquer? 8. And he asks what the disturbance q 
is? 9. What opinion have you about the march? 10. Homa 
many soldiers have you in your division? 11. Who ordered ~ 
the generals to bring heavy-armed men? 12. And for what 
reason should you abandon the servants? 13: He will ask — 
how many days I stayed in Byzantium. 14. How many cds : 
the companies of the heavy-armed men amount to ? 4 































561. R. wep, per, press through. 


weipw (for wep-iw), pierce ; wep-ovn, -ns, tongue of a brooch, pin; me- 
povd-w, ptlerce; Si-au-mep-és, ady., through and through; mepd-w, pass — 
through, cross; weipa, -as (for wep-ca), trial, proof (‘probing’) ; meipd- 
o-uat, try, attempt; a-mweipo-s, -o-v, not having tried, without experience, E. 
unskilled ; %u-meipo-s, -o-v, acquainted with; éumetpws, adv., by experi- 
ence; mop-o-s, 5, means of passing, ford, means, way; %u-wopo-s, 6, one 
who travels, merchant ; éurép-i0-v, 76, trading-place, market ; 68ol-opo-s, 
-o-v (656s, way, road), going by land; d8ouropé-w, go by land; dvti-mopo-s, 
-o-v, on the other side of the way, opposite ; &mopo-s, -o-v, without ways — 
and means ; &ropé-w, be without ways and means, be perplexed ; awop-ia, — 
-as, lack of means, embarrassment ; Bov-médpo-s, -0-v (Bods, 0%, COW), O-= 
piercing ; dbc-mropo-s, -o-y, hard to travel ; dvorop-ta, -as, difficulty of pass- — 
ing; «€v-mropo-s, -o-v, easy to travel through ; edvwop-ia, -as, facility of obtain- 
ing ; vavot-ropo-s, -o-v (vais, ship), that can be traversed in ships, navigable ; 
mopev-w, make a way for, make go; mopev-rd-s, -h, -d-v, passable; dvo-_ 
aépeuto-s, -o-v, hard to get through; mopev-réo-s, -d, -o-v, that must be — 
traversed ; mope-ia, -as, @ going, journey, march; mopi(w, cause to go, 
carry, bring, supply ; wép-a, adv., through, beyond ; wépi-v (prop. acc.), — 
on the further side; dvtmmépay Or ayti-répas, kat-avtimépay OF KaT-avTimépas, — 
adv., over against ; wepa-io-s, -a, -o-v, on the other side, opposite ; mepaid-w, 
carry to the other side, transport; mepztvw (for wepav-ww), bring to the other — 
side, bring to an end, accomplish. E 

peri-tu-s, adj., experienced; peri-culu-m, -2, n., trial, risk, danger; 
por-ta, -ae, f., gate; por-tu-s, -is, m., harbour; porti-cu-s, -is, fi, — 
covered walk; par-6, make ready; par, adj., equal peren-dié, adv., 
on the day after to-morrow. J 

FARE, FAR, FERRY, FRITH, FEAR, FRESH, FRISK; em-pirical, pirate, 
pore, em-porium. iam 


* 









me Per -ERFECT “MIDDLE SYSTEM OF LIQUID VERBS. 215 


LESSON LXXVIII. 
Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs. 


562. Liquid verbs suffer in the main the same changes in 
_ the perfect middle system as in the first perfect system 
(504-507). But if y is not dropped (506), it is changed , 
to o before p. Thus: — 


ayyerAAw (aryyeA-), announce, HryyeAua. See 504. 
_—s orelpw (omep-), SOW, Ecrapuat; oTéAAw (oTEA-), Send, ~oTaruar; POelpw 
 (p0ep-), destroy, %pOapua. See 505. 
kpivw (xpiv-), distinguish, xéxpimar; telvw (rev-), stretch, réraua (505) ; 
— palvw (pav-), show, répuocua. See 506. 
BddAAw (Badr-), throw, BéBAnua. See 507. 
Learn the paradigms of oréAdw and daivw in 686, 687. 
Observe that o between two consonants is dropped (549). 


663. EXERCISES. 


LL. 1. Odupafeo bri otdapod Kipos rédbavra. 2. ésri Tovs 
~m 5 , nm > Vi‘ \ A ’ /, 3 
BapBdpovs vais aréctadto. 3. kal Kxarrvos érépavto év 
ms > / En ate. a 4 Oe, ’ / 
K@pats ov mpdcw. 4. nyets b€ Tavta! wddiv aTroKexpiucOa. 
2 yA 
non 
ys pavepa dé ovdestla mépavrat émBounrn. 












5. tiyendy ob8els juiv erépavto. 6. Kat épord ef 
NYE“@V OVdELS NuiVY eTréepavTo. - Kal EpWTA EL 


‘a epmrcen pearra.” 


8. mpos tabdTa phi at ot “EXdrnves. 9. Kéxpitat ws 


4 


abixdv 6 Td otpdtevpa drodurev.t 10. rapiyyedto 8 


6 11. cuvyiOpoixe Tov buie- 


| Tols immedon pappalets St@KeELv. 
“oTrappevoy Tovs mAelaTtous. 12. Excapyos 5é Tols adXots 
tiyiro KaTa TA mapmyyehweva, ot & elrovto. 18. crept 
carnpids jpiv Ovdopévois oiwvos tod Avs Tod TaTHpoS 


mégavras. 14. areotadpévor eialy of dyyedou Kal ody adv- 


— 


e+ Cf 517, I. 8. and see p. 1221, verb. So here 4 &moxéxpwrat, and not 


2Cf. 553, I. Gmrorekpiuevor eioty. 
_ § When in oe pf. mid. system a 4 See 371. 
liquid verb drops the final » of its 5 The partic. expresses manner 
u eme, it is inflected like a vowel (879). 6 Of, 6b3, I. 7. 






























~ a ‘ag 
216 PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM OF LIQUID VERBS. _ 
‘roils Xeipicopos 6 Adxov. 15. Huds trdyeras péverv Sid 
TO SueomrdpOar! a’td TO oTpadtrevpa. 16. Kal Td Bacirevoy 
onpctov iv aetds Tis yxpvcods él EvAov avaTeTapévos. 
17. érelrovto 88 Tév otpatiwrav of SvebOappevor bd THs — 
yovos Tovs ddOarpmovs.2 18. émioréddXovar S& TadTa Kal — 
GdXot TOA! TO Hevohavts ds* SiaBéBrnTat Kal puddrre- 
aOat det. 


IJ. 1. Tracks of horses have appeared. 2. Boats had been 
despatched to the army. 3. But the cavalry have been dis- — 
persed. 4. The army has been corrupted. 5. None have 
appeared able to aid us. 6. But orders had been given* the 
peltasts to follow. 7. The left wing had already been scat- — 
tered. 8. For Tissaphernes and all his army had already — 
appeared. 9. But this had been announced to the king. — 
10. And this has been-reported to Xenophon and to his © 
troops. 11. We have been traduced by those who were® — 
formerly our friends. 12. I have answered with moderation, — 
in order that he may not be angry with us. 


564. R. ax, ac, sharp, pointed, swift. 


aK-wy, -ovr-os, 6, javelin, dart; axdvt-w0-v, 7d, javelin, dart; dxovtifa, — 
hurl the javelin; axdvri-ors, -e-ws, 7, javelin-throwing ; akovtio-rh-s, -o0, 
javelin-thrower ; édx-pr, -fis, point, edge, highest point; &euh-v, adv. (acc. — 
of dun), on the point, just; axudcw, be at the highest point; aixpy, -js 
(for ax-iun), spear-point ; aixu-dAwro-s, -0-v (aAloxoum, be taken), captured — 
by the spear; dx-po-s, -a, -o-v, at the point, highest; uxpo-v, rd, height; — 
&cpo-BorlCo-ua (R. Bad, 480), throw from a distance or height ; axpoBdar 3 
ai-s, -e-ws, 7, Skirmish ; arxpd-roAc-s, -e-ws, ) (wédus, city), upper city, cita- — 
del; axp-wvuxla, -as (dvvt, nail), nail-tip, spur, crest; &pa, -ds, height, — 
citadel. — dk-v-s, -cia, -t, swift.—tmmo-s, 6, 4 (stem u-fo), horse (‘the — 
swift one’); Yrmr-apxo-s, 6 (R. apx, 463), cavalry commander ; immd-5pouo-s, 
6 (Spduos, a running), race-course ; plr-urro-s, -o-v (plaos, fond), fond of — 





1 See p. 1648. the subj., dcapbelperar Tovs dpOarmovs, 

2 The const. in the act. is dia- he has his eyes blinded. 
Pelpey tiv! Tovs dPOaduors, to blind 8 that. . aa 
(‘destroy’) one’s eyes. In the pass. 4 Cf. I. 10 above. f 


the dat. of the person (riv/) becomes 5 Of. 553, IL. 14, and see 224. % 


es; tmn-txd-s, -h, -d-v, of a horse or of cavalry; tmmd(o-uca, drive or 
a horse ; imma-cia, -as, a riding ; imm-et-s, -é-ws, 6, horseman ; immed-w, 
> immela, -as (for inmmef-ia), cavalry ; sips aad: TO Silas a7 four), 
team of four horses abreast, chariot and four. — 6§-v-s, -<ta, -d (ox +o = 0), 
sharp, sour ; d€-os, ~€-05, 76, sour wine. 
%  ace-ié-s, -2, f, sharp edge or point; acu-s, -us, f., needle; acu-6, 
Barrees; ac-er, adj., sharp, pungent ; Oc-ior, adj., swifter ; equ-u-s, -2, 
., horse. . 
___—*EDGE, EGG (‘egg on’) ; acme, acro-bat, acro-polis, acro-stic, etc. 


LESSON LXXIX. 


Relative Pronouns. 


_ 665. The relative pronouns are ds, 7, 6, who, which, and doris, 
Arts, 6 tt, whoever, whichever. The latter is called the indefinite 
- relative. 


PARADIGM. 


p.N.A. & 8 
G. D. otv otv 


PARADIGM. 


we 


buYaZ 


OoTis 7 vTUS 6 Tt 

iy = a ov 
odTivos, OTOU OTLWOS ovTLVOS, 6TOV 
OTwt, OT qrive STi, 6To 
ovrTiva qvTiwva. O TL 


rive TLE TLE 
olyTivoLy olyTivoLy olvTivoLy 


oitives alrives aria, arra > 
GVTWev, 6TeV OVTLVOV GvTieV, STOV 
Ole Tict, OTOLS aioriot Ole Tit, OTOLS 
ovoriwas aoTivas ariva, arra 


@ z 
ub 


KH 
bPUa eZ 











Pe ee 


218 -- « RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 


a. doris is compounded of the simple relative os and the indefinite aa 
tis, each part being separately declined. Se 
b. 6 tt is so written to distinguish it from ort, that, because. , 


Examine the se ur — 


Nicopev Tas éudéas o as exonev, we will destroy the wagons chie we q 


have. 
tpets 8é, of tadra éroveire, droxpivacbe, do you, who managed this, 

make answer. ee 
Hyeuova airetre, otis tas drage, ask for a guide to conduct you 
(who will conduct you). 


568. Rule of Syntax.— The relative agrees with its ante- 
cedent in gender and number, and follows its person; but the ~ 
case of the relative is determined by the construction of the 
clause in which it stands. 


Examine the following : — 
éxovor b& & BovrAovra, they have what they want (i.e. tatra & Bov- 
AovTat). 
ouK A hate: w clye yvepnv, he did not conceal his opinion — 
(i.e. tiv yvopny nv exe).  - 
569. Rule of Syntax. — The antecedent of the relative may — 
be omitted, when it is implied in the context. Sometimes it — 
is incorporated into the relative clause. 4 


Examine the following : — 
épwra 6 Te BovrAdueOa, he asks what we want. 
npiv Oe A€yere 6 Tu éXeyev, tell us what he said. : 


570. Rule of Syntax. — The indefinite relative ders is often 
used to introduce an indirect question. See 558. 


571. Besides the above, there occur frequently in Attic 
prose the relatives of quality, ofos, ofa, otov, and dézotos, éoia, — 
éroiov, of which kind, (such) as (Lat. qudlis), answering to the — 
demonstrative rovodros (542), and of quantity, dcos, dan, doov, — 
and érdc0s, érdon, Srdcov, how much, how many, (as much or as — 
many) as (Lat. gquantus), answering to rogotros (542). For the 
corresponding interrogatives, see 559. 2 









RELA TIVE PRONOUNS. 219 


ye ‘a. The rules in 568, 569, and 570, apply also to olos, dzoios, dcos, 
 érdéa0s, but in indirect questions ofos and dcos may be used as well as 
_ the general or indefinite relatives ézrotos and dzdaos. 


«572. EXERCISES. 


I 1 \ 5 s er A 4 8 ae 
. 1. od otv cupBovrevoov ipiv 6 TL cou SoKxel Apiotov 
ig 33 a £ Ros A / 
eva. 2. €ay Karas Kxatatpatwow éf & otpaTevopmat, 
an 2 i 
Katatw avtovs oixade. 38. évtavda Kipm Bacireaa jv Kal 
a t , > / / / eee oer Wa 
_Tapddeicos péyas aypiwv Onpiwv mdrnpns, a éxetvos €67- 
. > oS ’ a \ / an fo 
_ pevev aro immov. 4. évravéa cai wapayyédder TH Kredpyo 
: 4 x4 9 a i e = a 
| yovTt HKEew Ooov Hv avT@e oTpatevpa. 5. wpa éotly Hiv 
; ‘J v4 \ val ? / SrA / el 
BovreverOar 6 TL Xp) Trovety Ex TovTwV. 6. Vuiv AéEw olds 
\Z a £; = f= 
€oTLlV O TEpl THS UweTépas owTNpIas aywv ovTOs. T. orrolots 
; f a 
| 6€ Aoryors KAdapyos Errerce Kipov adXrn yéyparra. 8. Kat 
+ / ” / is ” \ € / e \ 
Eevia ayew twapnyyerre Tors avdpas mANV omdco iKavol 
2 x 5) / , 1 9 / cf / ce 
hoav Tas axpotrones hurattev. 9. Tis obTw paiverat baTLS 
ov BovreTai cot diros eivac; 10. rXéEovor Se of ctparn- 
7 Peay = b \ e 3 fu “SS a Ki , , 1 
-yol oia €otiv 7 amopia avev ths Kipov yvouns péverv. 
2. 



















11. Mera taira, édn, @ Spe éotiv & TL oe polene ay 
B12. BAéapxos Hdv0s éppovet ola Set tov apyovta,® of & 
aXXoL @respot ra. 13. dnA@cove tr olovs vopifovcwy eivat 


} 
; 


> , Nace \ > t 
TOUS EV TH Yopa dvtas avOpwrrovs. 14. Kal dpyiKos EdéyeTO 


a / / 
4 €x Tov ToLovTOU TpOoTroU oioV 


eivat Kréapyos ws Suvatov 
KaKeiVvos elye’ yareTros yap Hv. 15. dcwv Sé 8) Kal oiwy 
dv edrribdov euavtiv otepjoayu, ef oé TL KaKov émtyeLpy- 
oaipe Trovetv, TadTa® rAéEw. +16. Siadewpeba Bony pev yopav 
Kal oiav éxovawv, daoous 5é Oeparrovtas, baa Sé KTHVN, ypvoOV 
66, éoOAra é. 


1 The inf. may depend on ad- see 188 a. 6 7 is a cognate acc. 
ectives or substantives, especially Cf. 485, I. 13. 

on those which denote ability or fit- 8 Sc. ppovetv, subj. of det? (352). 
ness or the contrary. Cf. 560, I. 4. - (so Jar) as (it was) possible. 
+2 Ts there any wrong that I have 5 radra repeats the preceding in- 
dc ne you? For the accent of éor.v, direct question. 











220 $8 - FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM. 



















II. 1. Xenophon asks what we are doing. 2. And with her 
he sent soldiers whom Menon had. 3. And they ask him how — 
large the army is. 4. But I will tell how many and what sort — 
of ships he has. 5. But tell us what you were doing. 6. He © 
orders the general to bring whatever force he has. 7. It is” 
time to say what you think to be best. 8. Ask what he says 4 
to this. 9. There, alongside the road, was a spring at’ which © 
Midas is said to have caught? the satyr. 10. And to him Cyrus_ 
sent gifts that are regarded precious at court. 11. Here was 
a very large and beautiful park that had* (in it) all that® thew 
seasons produce. 


. 
Le 


573. apd, pro, before. 

mpc, prep., before, in front of, in behalf of ; ppovpd-s, 6 (for mpo-fop-o-s, — 
cf. dpaw, watch over, see), one who watches in defence of, guard; ppovpé-w, — 
watch, guard; ppotp-apxo-s, 5 (R. apx, 463), commander of a watch; — 
ppovp-i0-v, 7d, guarded post, garrison ; mpo-tepo-s, -a, -o-y, comp., former, 
previous ; mporepa-io-s, -a, -0o-v, on the preceding day; mwp-tv (for mpo-iov), 
conj., before, until ; mpc-cw, by metathesis and assimilation médp-pw, adv., 
Sorwards, in advance, far of ; rpwt, contr. rpg, adv., early ; mpa-ro-s, -n, 
-o-v, first ; mpwrr ev-w, be first ; rpav-hs, -és ee eae ee bent Sorward, | 
headlong ; mp@-pa, -as, prow; mpwp-et-s, -é-ws, 6, man at the bow, lookout. 

pro, prep., before; prae, prep., before; pr-ior, adj., former ; pris 
cu-s, adj., of old; pris-tinu-s, adj., primitive ; pri-mu-s, adj., first; 
por-r6, adv., avai pro-nu-s, adj., bent forward; pri-uu-s, adj., 
individual, peculiar. . 

FOR, FORE. 


LESSON LXXX. 4 


First Passive System. 


Review the first passive system of Avw in 677. 


574. For modifications of the theme in vowel verbs, see | 
254 ab, 441 with ab, and 442. 





1 ér{ with dat. 8 rapa BacwAe?. 5 mdvra boa. 
2 Aor. inf. Cf. 356, I. 2. 4 Partic. of éxw. a 





ee FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM. 291 



















a BT. Before -6e- a labial or palatal mute becomes or remains 
co-ordinate (114 a), a lingual mute becomes o. Thus :— 


ie KpimTw (xpud-), hide, ae i oa meumw (meum-), Send, eréupOny ; rpérw 
(per); turn, érpépOny ; pirtw (pip-, pid-), throw, épptpOnv. 

byw (ay-), lead, fixOny 5 éhéyxw (édrcyx-), convict, nrAéyxOnv; Aeyw 
4 Fas), say, éréxOnv ; mparrw (mpay-), do, émpaxdnv; tapdrtw (Tapax-), 
disturb, érapdxOnv 3 rdrtw (ray-), arrange, érdxOnv. 

Pi  avaryndco (avayrad-), compel, jvaykdcOny; BidCouc (Biad-), force, éBid- 
— oOnv; Hdouar (43-), be glad, hoOnv; voulfw (voms-), think, évoulcOny; ro- 
piw (mopid-), furnish, eroptodny. 


576. Verbs of the second class (492, 493) have the strong 
form of the theme. Thus:— 


 Refrw (Aur-), leave, édrgctpOnv; melOw (m0-), persuade, érelodnv. 


577. Liquid verbs suffer in the main the same changes in 
the first passive system as in the first perfect system (504— 
+507). Thus : — 


_— ayryeAAw (ayyeA-), Announce, nyyéeAOnv; Telvw (Tev-), stretch, érdOnv; 
“Kupive (xpi-), distinguish, éxplOnv ; BdAdw (Bad-), throw, éBAneny. 


_ §78. If vis not dropped, it remains unchanged. Thus :— 
a, aicxtvw (acxuv-), shame, foxdvOny ; wepatvw (mepay-), accomplish, éme- 
pavonv; palvw (pav-), show, épdvOnv 3 xadreralyw (xaremav-), be angry, éxa- 
AemdvOnv. 
7 

—— «879. EXERCISES. 
. rn 

I. 1. rovrous! HoOn Kipos. 2. érropedOnuev mpos tov 
moTapov. 8. drjiyot apd avtov KaterelpOnaav. 4. Kal 
F , / > X. > 7 ’ Rp \ e 
recaoVevtes evOvs érropevovto. 5. amexpvpOnoav Kal ot 
avopwrro. Kal Ta eves TO KATVO” 
17 arrac Oijcerat Ta Dot ete T. nryemoves O€ aptotot 


pee sspseso. évopicOncav civar. 8. év &° dé @mdifovTo, 
4 


6. od Tw yap HKioTa 


HKov of mpotreudOévtes* cxorol. 9. adAX aeis Kepacovv- 


_ 1The dat. is used to denote the 2 See p. 475. 
ause, especially with verbs of feel- é is (sc. xpdvw), while. 
, ; 4 ee 


° 





_ 
‘; i . 
ra 





222 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM. 






















tiavi Pda avTous eBefOnpev. 10. yp, éav ery Micr | 3 
TouTous tiwwpynOjvar. 11. ap noOnceTa te tastes cay 
olxade mropevapeda ; 12. Bacidreds dé érreicOn Te Kal cols 
caTpamas peteTéurrato mpos avutov. 138. Kai doa ev TH 
avod@ érpayOn, év To EuTrpocbev Koyo SedHjrwTat. 14. opo- 
AoynOn Kodpos mpos tavtwv Kpatictos 6) ylyverOar Oepa- 
i) ; , 9 \ / 15 \ a) 9 ° A , “4 
ii mevetv* tovs idous. . Kal dn TE hv ev TO TpIT@ 
| a \ / 5. ates , ea 5) > =i 
oTa0ue@, Kal Xeipicopos avt@ éyaderravOn, OTL ovK els — 

Liem of <7 SS / \ a € a 

Kamas Hyayev. 16. kal avtitayOévtes Toddods TOV aApTra-— 

Covtwy améxtewav of “EXAnves. IT. cuvtaEdpevor apd — 

peécov iuépas érropevOnaav dia THs “Appevias ov peiov % — 

mévTe, Tapacayyas. 18. rovyapodv xpatiotoe bn bmrnpéras — 

mavtos épyou Kip éréyOnoav yevécOa.® 19. odd Bs — 

Kipos é&ny0n Subxevv, adr’ Errepedetto 6 TL Tounces Saat 

| Aevs. 20. exérXevce S€ Todvs “EAAnVas, ws vopsos* avTois 
eis pdynv, oUT@ TaxOnvar éerdyOnoav odv emi TeTTApwD. 4 


IJ. 1. I was compelled to pursue. 2. And corselets will be 

furnished them. 3. But the soldiers were sent to® the king. — 

4. The Greek cavalry were routed. 5. And Clearchus was ~ 

i excessively troubled. 6. But the baggage was thrown into~ 
i. the river. 7. How should we best ae an advance? 8. They 
| advanced four stages in this manner. 9. We felt ashamed 
before both Bits and men’ to abandon them. 10. The soldiers 
, were drawn up® and forced to proceed. 11. But the command-_ 
| ers were persuaded by the general to send the captives away. 
i} 12. But the enemy fled in fear® that they would be shut off. 
{| 13. If these should be worsted, nobody would be left. 14. And 
\| he enjoins on these to send him” the money, if he himself 
| safely escapes. 





||. : Of. 356, 1.11. - 6 Dat. of rpéros. Of, 805, 1. 16mm 
. pret fae ee 8 7 Cf. 479, I. 10, 4 
8 Soe 354. 8 hee partic. ; a 
4 Sc. éotiv. 9 Aor. partic. of def5w. See 378 


| 5 ds. See the Greek-Eng. Vocab. 10 See 528. 









VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 223 


 -§80. R. oa, spa, draw, stretch. 
ond-o, draw ; d-ond(o-ua, draw to oneself, embrace ; ord-§-v0-v, rd (for 
 gma-5-10-v), extended space, stadium; omd-v-t-s, -e-ws, 7, scarceness, lack 
_ (‘straining’); omdv-.0-s, -a, -0-v, scanty; omavifw, lack, need; mwév-o-pow 
Cor ome-v-0-uar), strain or exert oneself, toil, be poor; mev-la, -as, poverty ; 
_ awéy-4-s, -T-0s, 6, day-labourer, poor man ; aetva, -ns (for mev-1a), hunger, 
| famine; rewvd-w, be hungry ; wov-o-s, 6, labour; émi-rovo-s, -o-v, laborious, 
painful ; rové-w, work hard ; movn-pd-s, -d, -d-v, troublesome, bad ; rovnpas, 
ady., with difficulty ; may-wévnpo-s, -o-v (ads, 544), wholly bad; wd-cy-w 
(for ma-6-cx-w), be drawn tight, experience, suffer ; md@-os, -c-os, 7d, expe- 
rience, accident; a-rabhs, -és, without experience of, free from ; 75u-rabhs, 
_ és (7dds, pleasant), experiencing pleasure; jdumabé-w, live pleasantly, be 
luxurious ; wdOn-ua, -at-os, 76, anything that is experienced, misfortune. 
'spa-t-iu-m, -7, n., space, room; pa-ti-o-r, bear, suffer; spé-s, spei, 
f., hope; pr6-spe-r-u-s, adj., according to hope, favourable ; pén-tr-ia, 
 -ae, f., destitution ; pann-u-s, -2, m., piece of cloth; pal-la, -ae, f., mantle. 
A SPAN, SPIN, SPINDLE, SPIDER, SPEED, SPADE, spasm, pathos, allo- 
_ pathy, homoeo-pathy, anti-pathy, a-pathy, sym-pathy. 


LESSON LXXXI. 
Verbal Adjectives. 


581. Verbal adjectives are derived from the themes of 
verbs and are generally equivalent to passive participles in 
meaning. ‘Their stems are formed by adding the suffixes -ro- 
and -reo- to the theme. Thus dAv-rd-s, dv-77H, Av-rd-v, loosed, 
capable of being loosed, Xv-réo-s, Xu-Téa, Av-Té0-v, to be loosed. 


- §82. The theme has the same form as in the first aorist 
passive, but a final rough mute is made smooth before -ros and 
and -reos, t.e. it becomes co-ordinate (114a). Thus: — 
moew, dO, first aor. pass. érouhOnv, verbal woinrtéos 3 mopevouc, advance, 
émopevOny, wopevtéos 3 Téurw, Send, ereupOny, meumréos ; Oavudlw, wonder at, 
—OavpdcOny, Oavpacrds; melOw, persuade, mid. obey, eretoOny, meioréos ; 
—«Bidkw, pursue, 2d.bxOnv, Siwktéos; GAAdTTwW, Change, HAAGKOnY, &AAaKTEoS } 
Reva, Say, EAEXONY, AeKTEos 3 dpiTTW, dig, apbxOny, dpuKrds. 













_ Examine the following: — 
“GAXat vijes peramepmréa ciciv, other ships must be sent for. 
wpeAdntéa cor } ToALs eoriv, the city must be succoured by you. 





204 VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 


583. Rule of Syntax.— The verbal in -reos, when used in — 
the personal construction, is always passive in sense, and 
expresses necessity, like the Latin participle in-dus. The agent 
is expressed by the dative. 


Examine the following : — 


THY mopetay bpiv wel TOUT €0V, you must make the journey on foot. 
TAUTO. api mrotayT EOV eoTiv, ue must do this. 
TELOTEOV ET TO oTpaTnyo Up, you must obey your general. 


584. Rule of Syntax. — The verbal in -reos, when used in | 
the impersonal construction (which is the more common), is 
in the nominative singular neuter, with éor{ expressed or 
understood. It is practically active in sense, and like its” 
verb may have an object. The agent is expressed by the 
dative. 


585. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. os! Bacwhéa, col TropevTéoy® THY taxlorny oOov. — 
2. dfjrov éotiv Ste brdTewrtos Hv o avnp. 8. érel Se 
Trola ikava ovK HV, TOs GTPATL@TAaLs EOOKEL ATTOTTOPEVTEOV — 
Ga 8 A 4 9S 7 y na a = Ae 
eivar® mefn. 4. @ avdpes oTpaTL@Tal, THY Tropeiay meth 
Tountéov* ov yap éott wAoia. 5. wopevtéov 8 apiv Tors 

, ny 
mpatous ataOmovs wast paxpotatovs. 6. dScacKnvntéov Tots 
oTpati@atas eis Tas Kwpas els oTéyas. T. oKeTTéoV mol 
Py a“ 9S ef \ > 18 4 8 ee de lA = 

oxel eivat OTrws Ta émriTHdera EEopev. 8. nuiv dé TavTa 
Pa: £, / 22-9724 a / 5 , a 9 a. a 
TolnTéa WS pnTroT éml Tots BapBdpo.s® yevopeOa. Y. mapHhv 
dé kal Xeipicogos Aaxedatpdvios él TOV VEOV, METATEMTTOS 

\ lal na a 
bro Kipov. 10. ére dé cal Tov GrAX@V oKEVaV ATradraKTEoD, 
rv? v4 / 4 x Z Xx cal ” 11 > Nae 
TAHV boa TOAgLOV EveKev 7) ctTwY 7) TOTAV EXOMED. . ey 

¢ A A R 
dé Uuav Tovs olkade BovrAopévous AtroTropeverOat Tots oiKor® 


1 Cf. 391, I. 11. diers, etc., i.e. they thought. Cf. 517, 
2The copula écri is frequently I. 10. 
omitted, especially with verbals in 4 Of. 470, I. 21. 
-reos (584). 5 Cf. 189, I. 9. 
8 Inf. in indirect discourse (854) 8 Cf. 498, I. 8. For the accent, 
after edéxe, it seemed to the sol- see a8 













VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 225 


-&pderovs oe. 12. oxerréov dé, @ avdpes oTpAaTLOTAL, 
Oras Tota ikava jyuiv Eotar. 13. ob« av ein Oavpacrov 
et KuKAwOein TO defiov képas. 14. duws O€ rexTéov épol 
TO TOU ee rov évopa. 16. TocatTa S¢ don vulv éote 
 mopeutéa, & 1 ev gia dr-opa bpiv Tapéxyew. 16. érreidy 
—~8e Eevodav raphy odvv toils tedtaotals, évtavda 67) Neve 
Xeipiaogos: Eis cadov1 acere éml yap TO Opos mopevaeon, 
AT. ai & oixla isles KaTayetot* ai dé elaodoe Tots pev 
_ wmotuylos dpuxtai, of S¢ avOpwrrot KatéBawov él KNi- 


ako. 


II. 1. The boys must obey their teacher. 2. On the follow- 
ing day the generals thought that they must advance. 3. We 
- must not lose courage. 4. This it seems to me must be con- 
sidered. 5. For there are many? (reasons) why* I must not do 
this. 6. Nevertheless this? must be said, for I am acquainted 
with the country. 7. Now‘ the generals thought that they 
_ ought to advance through the mountains. 8. Xenophon thought 
that pursuit was necessary. 9. Every measure must be taken? 
that we may not fall into his hands. 10. It would not be 
surprising if Cyrus should think that he must be rid of the 
beasts of burden. 11. Chirisophus says that the generals 
ight to consider what the hindrance’ is. 




















586. R. 80x, dec, beseem. 


B0x-é-w, seem, seem best, think ; 80y-pa, -ar-os, 74, that which seems to 
one, principle ; 8e€a, -ns (for dox-ca), opinion, renown ; év-doto-s, -o-v, in 
renown ; dotdtw, think, believe; Sox-wo-s, -o-v, approved; Soxiudw, test, 
examine ; doxma-cla, -as, test, examination. 


| 
‘ 


dec-et, impers., it is seemly, tt behooves; dec-us, -or-is, n., grace, 
glory ; dec-or, -07-is, m., comeliness ; iscsi adj., seemly ; dig-nu-s, 
 adj., worthy. 


dogma, doxo-logy, hetero-dox, ortho-dox, para-dox. 


1 in the nick of time. Sc. xpédvor. 5 Every measure must be taken, 
2 Use the neut. plur. i.e. we must do everything. 

8 Or &. 6 Cf. I. 8 above. 
S * 8h. 7 Cf. 373, I. 6. 








LESSON LXXXII. 





Second Passive System. 










Review 437, 438, 489. 4 


587. The stem of the second aorist passive is formed bea 
adding the tense-suffix -e- to the theme. This suffix is length- 
ened to -y- throughout the indicative, and in the other moods — 
before a single consonant in the ending. As a secondary tense — 
the second aorist passive has augment in the indicative. It 
has the inflexion of the first aorist passive. 


588. The second future passive adds -o°/.. to the stem o : 
the second aorist passive, with the tense-suffix -e- lengthened 
to -y-. It has the inflexion of the first future passive. 


Conjugate the second passive system of oréAAw in 688, 


a. An ¢ in the theme generally becomes a. 


| Conjugate also the second passive system of ane of the verbs given 
below. 


589. The following verbs of the first Fe. classes occur in 
the second passive system. 


ypdpw (ypxp-), write, eypapny ; 5épw (dep-), flay, eddpny ; , 

Adyw (Aey-), gather,! eréyny ; mwA€Kw (TWAEK-), WEAVE, erAdKny ; 3 
orpépw (arpép-), turn, twist, 2orpdpnv; tpéxw (rper-), turn, bend, érpdwny 32 
tpiBw (rpiB-, rpiB-), rub, érplBnv. a 


THhKkw (Tak-), melt, érdxny. 


BAdnrw (BAaB-), injure, éBAdBnv ; Odrtw® (rap-), bury, érdpny ; 
KAénrw (KAen-), steal, éxrAdrnyv 5 kéntw (kon-), Cut, éxdany ; 
pimtw ( pip-, pip-) throw, éppipny ; 4 oKdntw (cxap-), dig, éoxdpny. 





1Aéyw in the sense of gather, 2 Usually in the sense of the 
count, is used only in compounds mid., turn oneself, turn, with intrans. 
in Attic prose. In the sense of meaning. 
say (‘tell off? one’s words, tell) it 8 See p. 166%, 
has the first aor. pass. # See p. 1662. 
































SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM. 227 





GAAdtTw (adAay-), Change, nAAdynY; TAHTTw (wAny-), smite, erAhyny 3} 
omelpw (amep-), SOW, Eomdpny ; TpddrdAw (opar-), trip up, éopaadny ; 
opdtTw (opay-), slay, eopdyny ; patvw (pav-), show, épavny ;? 
below (pOep-), destroy, epOdpyy. 


590. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. 0 Trots atrois éeredavn peT GArAdr\Awv. 2. Kal o 
"EXAnves otpadévtes eis paynyv tapeckevdfovto. 8. Ka 
a ec A t / b] tS / > 
Tov EAAjivev Katexorncdy tives ev T@ Trediw. 4. Eb To- 
pevlein em Tors otpatimTas, éexmrayelev av. 5. UTép yap 
n , / 5 > pI fare 9 / 2 ears \ 
THS KOUNS yHrAOdhos HY, Eh Ov averTpadyoav ot audit Bact- 
Néa. 6. erdrnyn U7 TOV OfOarpov Braiws. T. “Ones 8é Kal 
4 7 b / eat / 8 > x 7 \ ? 
A€Eov, Edy, ex Tivos® émrAnyns. 8. ovK av ein OavpacToy Eb 
/ € la) 4 / 9 > / So 4 A 
SiaxoTrein Hpuoav 1) parayé. 9. ébdvyn KoviopTos W®aTrep vepérn 
Devan. 10. dav O€ te* char}, ov cravices THY BonOnodr- 
5 11 an be e 4 > ae la e / Ys fal 
TOV. . TH O€ VaTEpala ovK efavycay ot TrorEmLOL, OVSE TH 
tpitn. 12. od worr\o® &é votepoy of AoYayol KaTaKoTT- 
covtat. 18. émuBouvrdeves Kipw, cal mpdcbev rodepijoas 
Katarrayels 5é. 14. cai éBovrevopeda ody TovTos OTra@sS 
av tadeinoav’ of Tov “EXXjvwv vexpol. 15. évtadda oi 
Sort ENS / \ \ J if -\ 
MTEATATTAL EdimKxov péypt TO deELov ad Oveorrapyn. 16. mpiv 


8 \ ' \ \ 
TO OTpaTEevpLAa TPOS AptoToVv, PactNeEus 


yap 07 KaTadvoat 
> ra ¢ J € a > tA / \ ¢ 
epavn. 17. as & % Tpomn éyéveto, dvecTapnoav Kat ot 
Kipou é£axooo. eis TO Si@xecv® opuncavtes. 18. ef pévTor 
melovs curXrEyelev, KivdUVEetceLev Av StabOaphvat Todu TOD 


oTpatevpatos. 19. moda 5é mpoBata Kal aiyes Kal Bodes 


1 In compounds, the form of the 4 Cognate acc. with ogaaf. Cf. 
second aor. is éwAdyny, as éxmAjtrw, 485, I. 13. . 
strike out of one’s senses, astound, > Cf..508,; 1.2. 
second aor. éferAdynv. 6 Cf. 470, I. 10. 

2 In the sense of the mid., show 7 The direct form of the ques- 


oneself, appear, whereas the first tion was, més by tapeincuv. See p. 
aor. pass. (578) has its regular pass. 10414. 

force, be shown. ; 8 Of. 487, line 13, and note. 

3 in consequence of what, te. why. ° Cf. 568, I. 15. . 














—< ts 
a 
ee 
—. | (Oe : t 
Bac > eee! VS ee 
- ts, as 


228 _ SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM. 
























Kal dvot ameddpnaav. 20. jvika & hv deidm, eEamivns of — 
Tohéutoe ETepavyncay ev TO Tedio. oy 


II. 1. And those outside! were cut down. 2.Ifthey should — 
be reconciled, the war would come to an end. 38. Mithridates — 
again appeared with a thousand horsemen. 4. You were not — 
hurt at all.2 5. How? he persuaded Cyrus will be described 
elsewhere. 6. The barbarians turned‘ and fled. 7. And the — 
snow had melted’ on account of the spring. 8. In the after- 
noon® a cloud of dust was seen. 9. The soldiers came 
together‘ and deliberated. 10. Show yourselves® the bravest 
of the captains. 11. They said that the companies had been 
cut down’ by the Cilicians. 12. If the army should be scat- 
tered, it would be destroyed by the enemy. 


591. R. rey, leg, gather. 


Aéy-w, gather, count, tell, say; Aex-7d-s, -h, -d-v, selected ; amd-dexTo-s, 
-o-v, selected, picked; éni-Aexro-s, -o-v, selected; dex-Téo-s, -G, -o-v, to be 
said; déy-o-s, 5, word, saying, reason; a&mo-Aoyé-o-ua, say in defence; — 
omovdato-Aoye-w (cmovdato-s, serious), carry on an earnest conversation ; 
6ud-Aoyo-s, -o-v (duds, one and the same), saying the same, agreeing ; 
dmodroye-w, agree, CONFESS ; duodroyoumevws, adv., avowedly, by common con- 
sent ; avaA-Aoyo-s, 6, a gathering, meeting ; svA-Aoy-h, -fis, a gathering, levy; — 
AoylCo-ua, take into account, consider; &-Adyio-T0-s, -o-v, not considering, 
Soolish. 


leg-6, collect, read ; leg-i6, -dn-is, f., body of soldiers, legion; leg-u- 
men, -in-is, n., pulse; supel-lex, -lecti-li-s, f., furniture; 6-lega-n-s, 
adj., accustomed to select, fastidious, choice; lig-nu-m, -2, n., gathered 
wood, fire wood. : 


RAKE, RECKON; dia-lect, lexicon, ana-logy, apo-logy, bio-logy, 
chrono-logy, philo-logy, apo-logue, cata-logue, dia-logue, epi-logue, 
homo-logous, log-arithm, logic, syl-logism. 





1 Cf, 256, I. 18. 5 Use the aor. pass. 

2 ovdév, cognate acc. For the 6 Cf. I. 20 above. . 
negatives, cf. 536, I. 11. 7 They said, xarexéryncav. See 

3 By what arguments. 354 


4 Use the aor. partic. 8 See 223, 






REVIEW OF GROUPS.— READING LESSON. 229 


LESSON LXXXIII. 


Review of Groups. — Reading Lesson. 


Review the groups of related words in 554, 561, 564, 578, 580, 


586, 591. 


Review 140, 142. 
Read and translate again 545. 


- Read and translate the following passage : — 


10 


15 







592. Kipos. 


VIII. Mera ratra, éfbn o Kipos, & ’Opovta, ti ce 
ay %. 
HolKNnTa ; 0 © amexpivato OTe ovdév. madi dé 6 Kupos 
b] £ - > lal e e > \ \ € A Oe ¢. 7 
npeTd, OvKodv UoTepov, ws avTOs GU opmonroyels ovSEV UT 
n n - « 
€u“ov adiKovpevos, KaKaS érrolets THY eunv Ywpav ; edn a 
"Opovtas. Odxobv, Eby o Kipos, emi te Tis “Apres 
Bowe melaas éue Tota Taw édwKds poe Kal éhaBes 
map éuod ; Kal Tavl? dporsryet 0 Dpovras, Té ovv, épn 
0 Kdpos, adicnbels tr éuod viv TO Tpitov émuBouvrevers 
>’ \ ’ 9 a J , = v4 IO\ > / 9 , 
pov; émel © eizrev o ‘Opovtas Ste ovdev adixnOets, npw- 
€ n >] 4 € n 5 \ >] s\ + 
tnoev 0 Kipos avtdv, ‘Opmororyels ody rept ewe adiKos 
an ¢ an » e 9 / - >] / / 
yeyevncOa ; “Oporoya, ébn o ’Oportas, avayxn yap 
éotw. ék TovTOV TadLy npwTnoev oO Kipos, "Ere ovdv 
KX / a 3 a 3 a l4 3 \ \ /. \ 
QV YEVOLO TH EL@ adEANP@ TTONEMLOS, EOL Oe piros Kal 
/ e \ > Zs Ove b) , 5 Ko / 
mictos ; 0 O€ amexptvato, OL eb yevoipnv, ® Kope, col 
y av mote étt doEaipe. 
mpos TavTa Kipos €LTT€ TOUS Tmapovow, ‘O pev avnp TOL- 
avTa pev TreTroinke, TOLADTA 7: Néryee * Upav dé od Tpo- 
/ AY , 
tos, ® Knréapxe, amodnvar tnv yvounv. Kréapyos dé 
3 , 4 oo % \ ” } na bd a 
eime Tade* LYupPovrEvw eyo Tov avdpa TovTov éxTod@r 
moteta0at ws TaXLoTA, ws unKkéte dén ToUTOV duraTTec Oat, 
5 n 5 a 
ANNA YON) HY Huiv Tors dirous ev Tovety. Tavita O ére- 
\ ¢ by A \ n >. an / x 
yov Kai ot aAXAOL. peTa TavTa EXaBov THs CwVvns ToD 
= , an 
"Opovrav érl Oavarm amavtes: cita Oe é&fryov avTor 











; 
Eee 2, 
» 

























% . ar a : 
Z acter fs ~ Loe 
eh. ry rt Ae eS 8 
ESSON. 
. nae ; 


REVIEW OF GROUPS. — READING . 





280 
ae t Fo NEN 1 m9 , aS ae 
ol TeTaypevol. eé7rel dé eis THY ApTtamaTov oKNVHV Elon — 

25 yOn Tov mictoTdtov Thy Kipouv oxnrTovywv, weTa TADTA 
BA a > , = BA / b] \ 5 i 49 * 

ovte Cavta ‘Opdvrav ote TeOvnKorTa ovdels cide THTOTE* 

Taos O€ ovdels TwTOTE aUTOD éparn. 


NOTES. 


1. ri: cognate acc. — 2. éru ovSév: sc. 7dixnoe from the preceding ques- 
tion. Orontas said, Oddéy 7Sicnoas, you did me no wrong. Like ri above, “Z 
ovdév is a cognate acc.—4. dSuxovpevos: the participle expresses conces- _ 
sion (879). — én, said ‘* Yes.” —7. kal tatra, this also. —9. dri ovdév 
aouKNVels : sc. ewiBovAever adrg from the preceding question, and compare 
drt ovdev above. — 14. ovb€, not even.— oot ye: the enclitic yé emphasizes 
gol. — 20. Séy: for the mood, see 278. So 7 following. —22. ris tavys, 
by the girdle, gen. of the part laid hold of. — 23. érl @avdarw, for death, 
i.e. as a sign that he was condemned. — 26. rebvykora: perf. partic. of 
Oviicxw, die. — ovSels: see p. 2022.— elSe: third sing. of the second aor. 
indic. e?Sov, saw. ; 


Translate the following passage into Greek : — 


593. There was in the army a certain Orontas, a Persian, — 
who had already twice warred against Cyrus, but had been 
reconciled. First, at the orders of the king, he warred with — 
him, holding the acropolis in Sardis; and afterwards he — 
brought the Mysians together and ravaged his territory. Now — 
he plotted against him the third time. Cyrus gave him 1,000 — 
horse, and bade him check the enemy who were burning the 3 
forage before them. Orontas, thinking everything is ready . 
for himself, writes a letter to Artaxerxes, saying that he will — 
desert. By chance Cyrus got possession of this letter and — 
arrested Orontas, and summoning some of the Persians and — 
the Greek generals brought him to trial. He at once con- 
fessed that he had wronged Oyrus. On this Cyrus asked him, 
“Are you willing then again to become my friend?” He 
answered, “Not even if I should become (so), Cyrus, should 
I ever again seem to you (to be that).” Then those present 
expressed each his opinion, and all advised Cyrus to put the — 
man out of the way, as a traitor. After that he was led into — 
the tent of Artapates, and nobody ever again saw him alive. 








A - ‘see Ss eS |, =_——_——— --_ _ — * 





VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS. 231 


LESSON LXXXIv. 
Verbs of the Variable-Vowel or First Class. 


_ 694. The present stems of verbs are formed from their 
themes in seven different ways. We therefore distinguish 
seven classes of verbs. 


595. Variable-Vowel or First Class.— Verbs of the First 
Class form the present stem by adding the variable vowel ~/.. 
to the theme. See 440. 


596. This is the most numerous of all the classes. The 
most of the verbs in this class are regular, i.e. they present no 
peculiarities of formation, but they may at-the same time be 
defective, i.e. they may lack some of the principal parts. See 
258 a. 


Review 254 with ab, 255 with a b. 


597. Give the principal parts of the following vowel verbs of the 
First Class, all of which are regular and complete : — 


Bovrevo, plan; Separeda, serve; Onoevo, hunt; Kvdvvevo, run a risk, 
dare ; wadevo, educate ; wavw, make cease; koddw, hinder. 
amraraw, deceive ; édw,! permit ; gpwtdw, ask a question ; ToApdw, ven- 
ture. 7 

airéw, ask for; dxorovdéw, follow; tynréw,? seek; katnyopéw,? accuse ; 
Kivéw, Move; AvTéw, Grieve; voéw, Observe; Todrepéw, fight; mwovéw, toil ; 
 oteptw,” rob ; tipwpéw, help, avenge; xwpéw, withdraw ; wpedéw, help. 
dkiow, think Jit; tnprow,? fine, punish. 


598. The following are middle deponents (255 a) :— 


Swpéopar, present, Swpryocopar, Bwpyrapny, SeSupypar. 
Pedopar, gaze at, behold, Vearopan, Wcaorduny, TeDéapa. 
KTdopar, acquire, yet, KT TY] OPAL, exTHo OHV, KéexTypa.t 
1See p. 838. So édw, édow, claca, 3 Augmented and reduplicated as 
elaxa, elauat, <iaOnv. if a compound verb. See 128, _ 


2See 121. 4 An exception to 121, 











y, =. f a : +: “ole 
i ee eae eis Te I tock ¥, 
ao 


. ees 
‘ a ’ ae ee 
VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS. = 
599. The following are passive deponents (255 b): — : 
dpidrAcopat, contend, apiAroopar, rplrAdAnpar, npedArfOnv.- ; 
évOvpéopan, reflect, évOupyoopar, évreOipypar, éveduprOnv. 
ytraopat, be inferior, TT HTOPAL, ATTHPAL, arTrnony. 


Review 441 with ab, 442. 


600. There are some mute verbs of the First Class which — 






present no peculiarities of formation, ¢.e. are regular. Thus:-— 


1. dpxo, be first, begin, rule, mid. begin, 


dipfwo np&o 
2. Bpéxw, wet, pass. get wet, 
€BpeEa 


3. ehéyxa, examine, convict, confute, 


ehéyEw qAeyEa 

4, Néyw, say, speak, tell, relate, 
héEw éXeEa 

5. orev8o, hasten, 


oTEevow €omrevo-o 


_ 6. S€xopar, receive, 
SéEopar eSeEaunv 
7. evxopar, pray, 
evEopou evéauny 4 


8. h0éyyouar, make a sound, shout, 


P0éyEouar ébOeyEapnv 


601. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. cat ovdeis ere ovdapov® epeycarcs 
ot “EXAnves Exotrrov, omrevdovTes EK TOV yaplou ws TAXLOTO 
3. Av"? Sé Kal obTos Kal 0 Lwxparns TOV audi — 


Py oi bane 


1See p. 2091 and 550 a. 

2 But the compound daréyoua, 
converse, has the perf. d:efAeywa. 
See p. 235 4, 

3 With passive meaning, was re- 
ceived. 

4In some verbs which begin 
with ev the augment may be omit- 
ted. See 76 end. 








TIPYHOL TexOnv 


BeBpeypor  — €Bpéx Onv 


&rjreypart  — mAéyx Onv 


AeAeypan 2 ehéx Onv = 


SéSeypar ex Onv 3 


EpBeyparr > 


2. Ta Sév8pa a 


5 See 550 a. 

OCT, DaOgetet Eke 

7 With several subjects con- — 
nected by and, the verb is regu- — 
larly in the plur. But it may agree © 
with one of these subjects, gen- 
erally the nearest or most impor- — 
tant, and be understood with the 
rest. 





MéAnrov otparevopévav. 4. cal cuverddecev eis THY éavTOD 
oKnvny Tov apiotwv Ilepo@v éExta Kal Knréapyov. 5. adn 
ev ye Aéyels, @ vedvioxe, Kal Toinow TadTa. 6. éxTHcaTo 


1 1%. Bevo- 


¢ \ 4 \ \ e a 9 , 9 an 
ixava wate Kal Tovs EavTOU oiKxelovs wpEeAToaL. 
ca) a , , wv A pie! 
dav 5é tols otpatiwtais trapexereveto* “Avopes, vov él 
Thv “EddAdda vopitere apirrgGcba. 8. Ipdfevov Kardéods 
épaTa ef mavtes érropevOncay ert TO otpatéredov. 9. Kal 
LevOn eOwpycato diddnv te apyupav cal tamida akldv Séxa 
pvav2 10. Oedcacbe ofa % Katdctacls Hpiv Etat THs oTpa- 
rids. 11. xrycopat éx trovTwv dvoua péya Kal Svvamy 
: t \ , , 49 n \ \ Pert, 
Meyadnv Kal yYpnuaTa ToddXa. - TOV MEV YAP VLK@VTOV 
4 3 a be ¢e , \ 5 z > , 18 b) 
TO dpyew,® Tov 5é jTTw@MEvwv TO SovrAEvELY EoTLV. . ayo- 





















pav dé mapetyov TH oTpatevpaTt, Kal édéEavtTo Tors “EXXN- 
vas. 14. peta Oé TodTo THY Ovaiady Hv evEavTO.TapecKeva- 
A \ , \ , an 
fovro. 15. jv S& Aaxedaimoviovs te Tors tTapovtas Tihs 
> A 4 = 4 @ 5 \ \ / Py / 
éEatratns* tiwwpnompcOa® cal thy modi SiapTacwper, 
OP; Sa A » ? a \ ¢ , = 
évOdpeicbe & extras évTedOev. 16. Kal of mpecBitatoe Tov 
a =e fa) s a ? 280 > NX a / 
oTPATHYOV Bevopovra HTL@VTO, STL ediwmKev ATO THs daday- 
_ yos Kal autos te éexwdvveve Kal Tovs mTodepulovs ovdev® 
—éBXNarrev. 


Il. 1. But Clearchus hastened all the more.’ 2. Cyrus took 
_ care of his friends. 38. He received the gifts with pleasure. 
_ 4, Another presented a horse to Seuthes. 5, And the enemy 
_ began to use their bows. 6. The soldiers being in high® hopes 
prayed that Cyrus might have success.’ 7. Reflect that we 
are now in great difficulties. 8. The enemy were contending 
for the height. 9. Nobody got wet to” the knee. 10. Let him 
say what the soldiers" shall have. 11. They were urgent to 


1 Cf. 553, I. 19. 6 See p. 1221, 

2 Cf. 274, I. 15. 7 much (wort) more. 
8 Cf. 454, I. 9. 8 Use péyas. 

4 Cf. 311, I. 10. 9 Use the aor. inf. 

5 The mid. of tiuwpéw means take 10 rpds with acc. 


vengeance on, punish. 11 Cf, 92, I. 10. 









pe VERBS OF THE FIRST CL 







proceed to Greece with all speed.) 12. If thee are SONG 5 é 
they shall be punished? as being ill-disposed to the Greeks. — 









602. R. 2 Sax, dac, take, - 
Sdx-r-vdo-s, 6 (formed on a stem Sax-ro-), that which grasps, finger, ~ 
toe; daxrva-wo-s, 5, Jinger-ring ; Séx-o-par, Ionic Sék-o-par, take, receive; — 
Sox-o-s, 6, sustaining beam, joist; Swpo-ddxo-s, -o-v (ddpor, gift), taking 4 
| presents or bribes; Swpodoné-w, take bribes; S0x-m, ~fs, receptacle; bid- — 
doxo-s, 6, one who takes in turn, successor. — Se§-10-s, -&, -d-v (Sex + o), OP sf 
the right hand, right (since the right hand was oftenest used in taking), — 
Seka, -ais (sc. yelp), right hand ; Setid-o-na, take by the right hand, agit aj 
bmep-5étio-s, -a, -o- My above on the right, above. 3 

_ dig-itu-s, -?, m., jinger ; ; dex-ter, adj., on the right, handy, skilful. 
TOE, TONGS; Gactyl, date (the fruit), pan-dect, dock-yard, synec- E 
doche. 4 

























LESSON LXXXV. 4 


vie ee 


. Verbs of the First Class (continued), s 


603. In stating the principal parts of a verb (253) the — 
second tenses, if they occur, are given, either in place of the — 
Beesron sing first tenses, or in addition to them if both 
a occur.* ae 
- 604. Some verbs of the First Class, chiefly mute re form 
second tenses. Thus :— 4 


_ 


1. dy, lead, bring, 


{ é ” ” 5 > > ” 

om fo "yayov 7X0 TYHO AXOnv 

Fo 2. axovo, hear, 
dKovocopnar®  Kovca aK koa 7 Kove Onv ® a 


3. ypadw, write, 


Ypapo eyparpo. yéypada yéypoppot yay 
sg 10f,1.2above. 5 See 491 a. E 
ia 2 Use riuwpéw. 6 See p. 159 2, : 
3 @s. 7See p. 2091. The full form 


| 5 4The meanings and principal would be aknkova, but v is dropped 
if parts of all the verbs that follow between two vowels. See 492a. 
| should be committed to memory. 8 See 441 b. a 













‘ a ve 
Ve Mab AL 
’ 


pe 





vow 


YY. ‘ 
= oak 


A, Stwkw, pursue, give chase, 
@Slwfa SeSloxa 


. ropa, follow, accompany, 
éomropyy } 


. &xo, have, hold, 


ss VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS 


ux Onv 





éoXov éoxnka eoxnpar 
. Aéyw,? gather, 
éheEa eVAoxa 4 etAcypan éXéynv and 
ehéx Onv 
. oly, open, 
€wka © éwya and Ewypar és Onv 
ewe 
. méwro, send, 
| : errepaya, TréTONpa wéreppoar  — emréndOnv 
a 10. otpéda, turn, twist, 
 oTpépo eorpea exrpoda eorpappar?  érrpadyv and 
| éotpépOnyv ® 
: 11. rpéro, turn, bend, divert, 
| tpdpo €rpepa and  térpoda rérpappar?  érpamnv!? and 
= érpatrov ® érpépOny 
4 12. rpébw, nourish, support, 
E iphje a eOpea Teépappar?  érpadnv and 
2 pépOny 8 
| «18. rptBo,!? rub, ‘eal 
 aptho erpiva Térpia. TéeTpTppce érpiBnv and 
_ erptpOnv 13 











4 1The root of the word is cer. 
| Erouat is for ceroua; éorduny for 
ecerouny, the rough breathing com- 
ing in irregularly from the present. 

For the apert. eimdéunv, see p. 838, 
2 See 491 
__ 8 Used iy in compounds in 

Attic. 
se #In some verbs whose theme 
| begins with a liquid the reduplica- 
tion is irregularly e-. 
6 WUsed only in compounds in 

- Attic prose, avolyw, being the com- 
| mon form. 


6 ofyw irregularly has both the 
syllabic and the temporal augment 
(76). The reduplication assumes 
the same form (122). 

7 See 552 a. 

8 Rare in Attic prose. 

® Used in Attic prose only in 
the mid., in the intrans. sense, turn 
oneself, turn. 

10 See p. 226 2, 

11 See p. 1621, 

12 The theme is zpz8- in some of 
the tenses, in others tp.f-. 

18 Less frequent than erplBny. 







VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS, Pern 


- 605. Some verbs of the First Class add e to the ehokies ing 
some of the tenses. Thus :— “a ; 

























1. BovAopar, wish, will, a 
BovArjoopar BeBovAnpar  éBovdrrOnv 
2. Séw, need, mid. need, desire, request, 7 
Seqjo-w eSénoa SeSeqka SeSenpcr SenOnv a 
3. Soxéw, seem, seem best, think, a 
S0fw €S0fa SéS0ypar SoxOnyv = 
4, @édw, wish, desire, 
WeAyow H9€Anoa HOeAnka 
5. paxopar, fight, 
paxovpart énaxerapny Pepa NCL 
p 6. pévo, remain, . 
pevo épewva,  penéevynka = 
7. vépw, distribute, 


VELLO €veupa, vevewnka VEvEWT LOL éveprOnv 

8. otopar, think, believe, 
olyjropat — @yOnv 

9. &éw, push, — r. 
aow éwoa 2 Coo par edo Ov 4 


606. Two important verbs of the First Class reduplicate 
the theme in the present by prefixing the initial consonant | 


with «. Thus: — 
1. ylyvopar,? become, + 
yevrjoopar éyevopnv yéyova yeyévjpar 
{ ; 2. wtarro,* fall, ; 
TET OPAL éqrerov TETTOK 4 
\ é 
| 607. EXERCISES. z 


I. 1. axovcds tatra o Kréapyos ev éout@ éyéveto.> 

\ a A , > f a > ee \ ee 
I 2. Eevodav. uévtoy éBovr€To Kowh pet avtTav Thy topelav 
| = A t oy > , 5 ‘6 B} nd 
movetcbat, vouitwv ottws aodaddotepor eivat. s TaDT 


1 See p. 1916. 4See 491 d. In rérrwxa the ) 

2 @0ém takes the syllabic aug- theme zer- (wre-) has the form ro 
ment. See p. 838. 5 Ie. came to his senses. 

8 See 491 b. 8 See 354. 





« ,o 
= Dar: Py i “soho 
7 » S nha ced at 
iets ae EE MS eo 


ss VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS. = 





























es 

- dxotoartes of eiperemras dpylitovto icyipas Th Kredpye. 
4, émrel O€ ouveyévovro aAAnrols, edoke KaTA Tas ROUGE 
- dodarkss eiva! tas TdEers oxnvodv. 5. Kayo? Oé, ei tpeis 
| ebéNeTe CEoppav emi Tadta, ErecOat tuiv Botrouar. 6. 6 8é 
Sy = \ 4 \ , 8 
Diravos Sédorxe poy yevntas 
1. épeimovto 6é TAY ToAcuioY cvVELAEypévot TiVés. 8. KaTA- 
mee. fy L Fog ne hist at aes ae, 2 "Ar osaee 
_ oxloomev Tas TAGS, Ef pn ExovTes avoi~eTe. Y. eyw SO e€E- 
_ tTpadynv opphavos rapa Mndcxo To viv Bacirei. 10. évtadda 


a / 4 
TavTa Kal KaTapelyn 7) oTPATLa. 


ae , 5 Niclto® , / A 
éd0fe Kpatiotov eivat Tovs érropévous Trodepiovs hoShaar. 
Al. ériotevov pév Kip ai monreus éretpetropevat, ériotevov 
> raw e ¢ \ 3 (En ae - /# 9 / > ee | \ 
8 of dvdpes. 12. 0 S€ ovK er peru ETPATETO, AAN ATO 
q TOUT@V TOV xpnuaTov avArébas otpdtevpa émroAguer Tos 
Begs 18. of 6€ otpati@tat cuddEyévTES BovrEvovTaL eb 
_ Kata yiv xpn tropevOjvat. 14. od odv mpos Oedv cup Bod- 
Aevoov piv 6 TL cot SoKel KaANOTOV Kal ApLoTOY ElvaL. 
15 \ \ 5) 54 t 9S a / \ 
» Kal yap 6 &ws Troreuos Hv Tois Aaxedatpoviors mpos 
tovs “A@nvaious, trapéuevev. 16. Hv yap WhdicwrvtTa ére- 
aOat, tues So€eTe aitios civar. IT. diamréurrwy éxédXeve Tors 
7 
4 trois éuBadrew 
2 3 2 
| trovToy Tov yidov. 18. Kal ede. Tovs immédas év TH Oardrry 
iS ~ > / U a \ x \ 
TOUS immovs avactpéWwavtas Tadivy ava mpos tov Bwpov 


A \ n , ‘ 
pirous trois Ta éavTdv Topata ayouow 


 airyewv. 19. axovcas tadTa Kevoddrv, catarndnods amo tov 
| brrov, @becirar® Lwrnpidav éx Ths TaEews. 

II. 1. Cyrus thinks Abrocomas will do® this. 2. And he 
endeavoured to restore the exiles.’ 3. Proxenus arrived® with 
fifteen hundred hoplites. 4, The other (things) he has divided 
up among the generals and captains. 5. Many days were 
wasted here. 6. Well,” if you like, stay in command of" the 
army. 7. It seemed best, therefore, to Clearchus to meet 





1 See 554. 7 those that had been exiled (871). 
2 Te. nal éyd. See p. 554, Use the perf. 

8 Cf. 281, I. 1. 8 Of. 454, I. 4. 

4 See 369. 9 See p. 25 2, 

§ Middle. See 197. 10 BAA. 

8 See 854, 350. 11 jn command of, ért with dat. 











eT Seen 


238 VERBS OF THE SECOND CLASS. 
















'Tissaphernes. 8. The Greeks pursued with might and main. 
9. To me, then, it did not seem best to bring the soldiers — 
together. 10. They encamped each time a parasang? apart.? — 
11. But the soldiers did not open the gates. 12. And he © 
inscribed upon‘ the offering both his own name and that of — 
Proxenus. 18. But they were supported by the cattle which — 
they had. F 


608. R. cex, hold, have. 


éx-w (for cex-w), have, hold; t-ox-w (for oi-cex-w), hold, hold fast; 
in-icx-ve-o-uat, hold oneself under, engage, promise; mdeov-éx-ty-s, -ov 
(1Aéwv, more), one who has or claims more than he ought; mwreovenre-w, — 
claim too large a part, get the better; éx-vpo-s, -d, Bae tenable, strong ; . 
éy-éxupo-v, 76, that which holds one ivide pledge; x-H, -is, that which — 
supports, nourishment ; ¢d-wxé-w, nourish well, entertain; edwx-ia, ~ais, . 
Jeast ; 6X-vpo-s, -a, -d-v, tenable, strong; ivi-oxo-s, 6 (jvla, reins), one 
who holds the reins, driver; oxnmwrovxo-s, 6 (oximto-v, oKhn-Tp0-v, staf, 
sceptre), sceptre-bearer ; tx-oxo-s, -o-v, under control, subject to ; vye-80-v, 
adv., holding on, nearly; oyxé€-rA-10-s, -a, -o-v, holding out, bingtinchana 4 
cruel; oX7-pa, -at-os, 76, way of holding oneself, form; xXo-dy, -hs, a 
balding up, leisure; oxodra-io-s, -d, -o-v, leisurely, slow; axoAaiws, adv., 7 
slowly; axordd(w, be at leisure; %-cxodo-s, -o-v, without leisure, busy 5 ; 
aaxoA-ia, -as, lack of leisure, business. 


SAIL; ep-och, eun-uch, hectic, hector, scheme, school, scholas- 
tic, scholiast. 


LESSON LXXXVI. 


Verbs of the Strong-Vowel or Second Class. 


Review 492, 493, 503, 521 c, 552, 576. 


609. The following verbs of the Second Class have themes 
ending in a mute: — 


1. Aeltrw (Acm-), leave, : a 
Aehpo €\utrov AéAoutra, A€Aerpprore eelOnv 





Al 
lwith might and main, kara 8 being distant from (éréxw) one 
kpdros. another. if 


2 07..878, I. 11. 4 éx{ with dat. a 


wstf 

















A Fs 
zx ~- oo — 


melon éreora, 
aoy arérrovba | 
8. trKk@ (rax-), melt, 

tiga érngta réryKka ” 


‘ae : 
i 4A, elBSopar (g.3-), spare, 
Peloropas epeoapnv 


: 5. hevyw (gpvy-), flee, 
— devgopar and édpvyov 


meevya 
— Pevgotpan* 


ending in v:— 


1. O€w (6u-), run, 


2. véw (vu-), swim, 


meh 
aoe VER BS OF THE SECOND CLASS. 


pea a melOo (mb-); persuade, mid. obey, 
ro mémerka and mrémretopat 


érrelorOnv 


éraxyny and 
ern x Onv® 


610. The following verbs of the Second Class have themes 


vevorotpau 4 évevora, vévevka, 
8. hw (ardv-), sail, 
mdevoropar and érdevora mémevka méthevopar ° 
“mhevorodpon 4 
a.” , 
4. avéw (rvv-), breathe, 

rvevorodpan 4 emrvevo-a, ATrETVEVKO 

nes 

| 5. péw (fu-), flow, 

e a 5 > ’ 7 > , 8 
| pevoropar éppunka éppunv 
a 6. xéw (xv-), pour, 

xo? éxea Kéx va, 10 KEX UpLCLL éx vOnv 












1Tntrans., with the force of a 
ay any trust. 

2 See p. 1961. 

8 Rare in Attic prose. 

_ 4£See p. 1741 and p. 1592. 

5 See p. 1592. 

6 See 441 b. 

_1™The short form of the theme 
is used against the rule (503), but 
increased by e, as in some verbs 
0: be mest class (605). 


8 Used in the act. sense, flowed. - 


®For xevow. o is irregularly 
dropped, and v is then omitted be- 
tween the two vowels (492a). The 
fut., therefore, has the same form 
as the pres. In the same manner 
the aor. éyea stands for exevea. 

10 In the last three ~ principal 
parts the short form of the theme 
is used against the rule (503, 562, 
576). 


240 VERBS OF THE SECOND CLASS 


611. EXERCISES. 
























I. 1. aan éhevyov bia Tod abtév otpatomédou eis TOV 

Seo y e \ n re 2 tt, a 
otabpmov évOev Opunvto. 2. Kat wroia mret év TavTals Tats 
dt@pv&t citaywyd. 38. érel € dBata Hv Ta xepiay KaTO- 
NuTr@v Tov immov Eatrevde melh 4, otdé Tous ivi porous 
edlw@Ko?, brroperdopevor. 5. of & “EXAnves i oa Epev-_ 
yov Sia Tov moTapod btt TayioTa. 6. Kalb rave dxpatos 


1 7%. 8a Tas TotavTas — 


v ¢ > 9. f ec > / 
EoTAL O OiVvoS, Edy pH TLs VOwp eTLyen. 
odv avayKas vTedelToVTO TLVes TOV oTpaTLwTaV. 8. vuiv? — 
dé @s povois TreiHopéevors ypyceTar Kal eis Ppovpia Kal eis 
= if = 9 > x be / A, / / ih 
Noxaylas. 9. avtoi dé AumovTes Tas Takers mpolEovTes* 
apwagvew HOerov. 10. ézel 5é jpEavto aroyapety, érreké- 
Oeov évdobev trodXol yéppa Kal Xoakas EXOvTES: 11. of dé 
Bareptoe avtitrapabéovtes of pev® éml TO Serta, of 88 él 
To evovupov, Sveorrdcbnoav. 12. tadtnv thy wédww éxd-— 
TovtTes ol évorxodvtTes hevEodvTat eis ywplov oyupov éml Ta — 
a as : a 
dpn. 18. av dé wrénrte,! eoriv* évOévde eis Livemnv tapa-— 
Tredoa. 14. edOds obv 6 Bevopdy aités te éorevde Kal 
a me S 5 b] n 95 > lé 15 \ c¢ me fal : 
Tols veavioKols°” éyyxeiv oivoy éxédevev. - Kat 0 Revopav — 
dtaTrAcvads adixvettat él TO oTpatevpa. 16. aA éeay Tov — 
OL TOAguLOL KaTANITMOLY aUTOIS Ta émLTHOELA, Kal HES 
évtav0a tropevooueba. 17. wovor d€ KaTareretmpévor Hoav, — 
> \6 € Y ders by , 6 , 7 Ef 9 \ ¥ ¢€ Lal 
ovee® imméa ovdéva® cvppayov Eyovtes. 18. érrel yap nuiv 
Tpaypata Taperyov, évndpevoaper, Strep’ Huds Kal avarrved-— 
cat érroinoev. 19. éyovtes Ta eyxerpiova yupvol ws vevod-— 
pevor® Tov motapov dieBaivopev. 7 
II. 1. The barbarians will abandon the hill without fight- 
ing. 2. The horsemen ran down into the plain. 3. But Aris-— 
tonymus will run past them. 4. Many of the barbarians have 


1 See p. 107 2. 6 Cf. 106, I. 10. The subj. of © 

2 Of. 256, I. 4. eyxetv, spe is to be supplied. 

8 Cf. 328, 1.17. of wév and of dé 6. Cf. 636, Tn Us F 
are in apposition with mwoAéuio. ‘which, t.e. the making of an 


4 See 188 a. ambush. 8 See 379. 4 


sas 2 ag R ' ‘e: | 
aes: at, me 
VERBS OF THE THIRD CLASS. 241 






















ee x: Rtaped £ eon the neighbouring villages. 5. The horsemen have 
OF: abandoned the hill. 6. Many forsook him. 7. Through the 
middle of the city flowed a river, Cydnus by name. 8. Anax- 
 ibius sailed round to the acropolis. 9. Xenias and Pasion have 
deserted us. 10. The third day’s march proved hard, and a 
north wind blew in their faces. 11. They will abandon! their 
_ houses and will flee with (their) wives and children to the 
- mountains. 


612. KR. yev, gen, beget. 
yi-yv-o-par (for yi-yev-o-uar), be born, become; yév-va, -ns, descent ; 
-yevva-io-s, -d, -o-v, besitting one’s birth, noble; yevvatd-rn-s, -nr-os, }, nobil- 
tty; yév-os, -e-0s, 76, family, race; ovy-yevis, -és, of the same race; ovy- 
vyéve-ta, -ds, kinship ; yeve-d, -as, birth; yov-o-s, 6, that which is begotten, 
Offspring ; &x-yovo-s, -o-v, born of ; mpd-yovo-s, 6, forefather ; yov-ev-s, -é-ws, 
_ 6, begetter, plur. parents ; yuv-y, yur-aik-ds, 7, woman (originally ‘mother’), 
gi-gn-6, produce, bear; gen-iu-s, -2, m., tutelar deity ; in-gen-uu-s, 
ad)j., freeborn, noble; gén-s, gen-ti-s, f., race, nation; gon-e-r, -eri, m., 
_ son-in-law ; gen-us, -er-is, n., birth, origin, kind; gna-sc-o-r, na-sc-o-r, 
be born; na-tiira, -ae, f., birth, nature. 
i CHICK, CHILD, CHIT, COLT, KID, KITH, KIN, KIND, KING; endo-gen, 
_ hydro-gen, genesis, hetero-geneous, genea-logy, cosmo-gony, theo- 
_ gony, miso-gynist. 


LESSON LXXXVII. 
Verbs of the Tau or Third Class, 


Review 460, 461. 
613. The following are important verbs of the Third Class: — 


1. date (a9-), fasten, kindle, mid. touch, 


yo Tp tpOnv 
2. Barro (fup-), dip, dip in, 
Basa BéBoppe eed 
3. BrAdarre (BAaB-), injure, 
éPraba BEBAadha, BEBAappor éPrAadOnv and 
. éBAaBny 





1 Use the aor. partic. 





=—.° =| 4 ee ee a ed a 6 Or ee es Be ™ 1 


sees ey Se ee 





















242 VERBS OF THE THIRD CLASS. — 
4, Barre (rag-),! bury, 
Odirro €arpa Tappa éradyny 
5. Kkadvarrw (kadvB-), cover, 
Kad vipa éxahupa KeKohuppar ékarvmOnv 
6. KA€rTw (KAem-), steal, 
KrAapo éxreba kéxXoda KeKAE LPL éxAaarnv 
7. KomTw (Kkor-), cut, 
koa exoa kéxoda KEKO[LpLCLL éxomnv 
8. KpuTTw (Kxpud-), hide, 
Kpvyw expupa KEKPUP.p.OL expvpOnv 
9, plate (pip-),? throw, 
pio éppuba éppida Zppippoe épptpOnv and 
éppl 
10. cKxartw (crag-), dig, Septony 
okope éokaba érkada  Eokappce éokadnv 
11. oxémropat (cxen-), view, consider, 
oKeopat éokeouny Er keppor 
614. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. evel dé cuvércEav Evra ixava, éevinvav. 2. of pev 
“Edrnves éBarav Eidos, of S& BdpBapor rNeyynv. 8. dve- 
mavovto él THS XLdVvOS Of OTpAaTL@TAL éyKEKadUpPMEVOL. 
4. irvov dé vehédn Tpoxarvaca ndduce, péyps é&édurov 
THY TONY Of aVOpwrot. 5. GAN érrepato yphaOat Tois TOV 
amrokpuTrTopévav® ypnpaciw. 6. évtad@ émumtmtTer yYiov — 
ATNETOS, WaTE aTréKpUWe Kal TA OTA Kal TOUS avOpomous. 4 
T. AAW érrotobvtTo yedhipas éx THY howixwy of hoav éxTEe 
TT@KOTES, Tos Oe Kal é&éxorTov. 8. ai yap yuvaixes, 
pimrroveas KaTa TOV TeTpOV TA Tatodia, Elta Kal éavTas érL- 
Katéppitrov, Kal of avdpes @cavtas. 9. éEamrivns yap avée-— 
4 10. duds yap éywye, 
® Xeiplicode, axovw tors Aaxedarpoviovs® evOds éx raidov® 


APY Pict te / fal > a 
Naprpev oikia évnwpévyn TOV év deca. 


1 See p. 1668, ® Middle (197). 

2The theme is lengthened to 4 Sc. oikidv. - 
pig- in all of the systems except 5 In apposition (p. 258) with duds. 
the second pass. Cf. rptBw, 604, 13. 6 from boyhood. 


(s 






- VERBS OF THE THIRD CLASS. 243 


 Kderrew! pererav2 11. Kal tadv vexpdv Tos mrEiaToUS 
_ évOarep érecov éxdotous COaav. 12. cxépacbe & et ov 
TovTo Kal pwpdratdy gat. 18. Kdyo buds tods AOnvatous? — 
axovw Sewors eivar? krérrew* ta Syudora. 14. dyete 87 

_ mpos Gea@v ta éua® oxdpacbe ws éye® 15. év dé TodT 
Xeplcogos méwres Tov Ex THS Kops,’ TKEYromévouvs TAs 
éyovow of TeAevtaiow. 16. Ta dé yéppa ot “EXAnvEs Tais 
paxaipats KomTovres aypela érroiovv. 17. Kal exe? Kata- 
cKeyrdpevos THY ayopay adummever em) tiv éavTod oKNVIY 
Sia tod Mévavos otpatetmatos. 18. ef yap Twa adrAnroLS 

_  paynv ovvdrrete, vowifere ev THE TH Hucpa ewe TE KaTa- 

: KexovrecOat Kal vuds ov moArAv éeuod tatepov. 19. Hv odv 
_ avtav émicxepopeba tives réravtar odevddvas, tows tives 
: pavovvrat ikavol Huds aeretv. 


| _‘Il. 1. But the soldiers will slaughter the oxen. 2. I will 
consider what we must answer. 3. The Greeks had cut down 

all the trees. 4. He purposed to bury the dead. 5. The water 
a did not touch the hay.® 6. He gave orders to set on fire the 
houses on the left also. 7. But he himself stole the property 
that we earned by hard work. 8. They told us what had hap- 
' pened,’ and bade (us) bury the dead. 9. We must” either beat 
: off the enemy or be separated" from the other Greeks. 10. For 
| they hurled great timbers from above, so that it was difficult 
' toremain. 11. After the (exchange of) pledges, straightway 
__ the Macrones helped in cutting down the trees. 12. They kept 
_ throwing ” stones into the river, but did the Greeks no™ harm. 










1 See 355. 9 what had happened, ta yevd- 
2 See 354. beva. 
. 8 Cf. 10 above. 10 Use avdyrn. 
oa 4 Cf. 572, I. 8. 11 Use the pf. infin., and cf. 558, 
- 5 Cf, 482, I. 14. 1 rae 
6 how (i.e. in what state) they 12 kept throwing, use the impf., 
are. Cf. 305, I. 2. to express continuance, and cf. I. 3 
| 7 Sc. ruvds. above. 
| = 8 Verbs signifying to touch are 18 Use ovdé. 
| _ followed by the gen. 14 Cf, 601, I. 16. 





re ie at 








244 VERBS OF THE FOURTH CL. i Sale 


~ 
















615. R. Bo, uol, will, wish. 


BovaA-o-par, will, wish ; Bovd-y, -js, will, plan, consultation ¢ snieBénakel 
-js, @ planning against, ‘plot: ouu-Bovan, -hs, @ planning together, advice ; 
avp-Bova-o-s, 6, adviser; Bovdev-w, plan; Bed-t-twv, -ov, gen. -ov-os (stem 
BedA-ro-), comp., better (‘more desired’); BéA-7-ter0-s, -n, -0-v, Sup., best. 

_ uol-6, will, wish ; uol-un-ta-s, -dtis, f., will, choice ; n616 (non wold), 
be unwilling ; maid: (magis uolo), prefer. a 

WILL, WELL, WEAL, WEALTH, WILD. | 4 


LESSON LXXXVIII. 
Verbs of the Iota or Fourth Class. 
Review 464, 465, 466, 474, 475, 476, 477, 478. 


616. The verbs of this class are very numerous. — 


617. The following verbs have themes ending in a palatal: — 


1. d\Adrrw (addAay-), change, 


ddAAdEw nAAaga mAAaX a TAAaypaL HAAGXOnv and — 
2. KnpiTT@ (Knpix-), proclaim, MAAGYHY 


Knpig® éxnputa KEKTpUXa kekripyypar — éknpdxOnv 
3. Kpate (xpay-), cry out, 
Ekpayov Kéxpaya, 1 
4, opittw (opvx-), dig, 
opv—w aputa opwpuxa 2 Spwpvypar wpux Onv 
5. wdytte (rAny-), smite, 
TAN Ew érAnta mémAnya wérAnypar érAynv® 
6. mparre (rpay-), do, act, 
aTpato empata mémrpayat and srémpaypar érpaxOnv 
TeTPAX a 
7. raparra (rapax-), disturb, 
Trapdte érdpata TeTdpaypat érapaxOnv 
8, Tarte (Tay-), arrange, 
Tago erat, réraxa TETAY POL érdx Onv 
9. dbvddrrw (dudax-), guard, 
dvdrdkw épvAata mepvdAaxa mepvraypar  éebvdaxOnv 


1 With the force of the present. 8 See p. 227 1, 
2 See p. 2091, * Generally intrans., have fared. 


TOpoica TOpouka, MOporo pan 
2, dpwdte (apras-), plunder, 
dior oo TpTaAc-a HpTraKka PTAC par 


mae. Bidfopan (Biad-), force, 
ag 
Bidoopar éBracdpnv BeBlacpar 


4. épyatopar (epyad-), work, 
elpyacapyy 4 elpyao pat 


5. Bavpolw (Aavuad-), admire, 
| Savpdoropar? @avpaca TeOavpaka WavpacOnv 


% . 6. voplte (voud-), think, 


vous évopioa VEVOMLKO, VeVOPLC HLL évop.to-Onv 
ce 7. mopl{w (sopid-), furnish, 
; gia éropira TETOPLKG memoptopa. émroplc nv 


a 8. cwlw* (owd-), save, 


1 

A 

ee 

 geow évooa céowoKka cérwpar> and érdOyv 
— cer wopar 


The following verbs have themes ending in a liquid: — 


ayy&Aw (ayyed-), announce, 
nyyeta nyyeAka myyeApar nYYeAOnv 
. alrxive (aicxvy-), shame, 
yoXvva ToxvvOnv 
BadAAw (Bad-), throw, : 
éBadov BEBAnKa BEeBAnpar éBAnOnv 
Khtve (kAw-), cause to lean, bend, 


éxAtva KeKALpOLL éxA (nv and 


éxAlvyv 
Kplvw (xpiv-), distinguish, 


ekptva Kékpika KéKpip.ae éxplOnv 
. 6. wrelvw (xrev-), Kill, 
 KTEVO éKTewva é€KTOVa 


1 See p. 83 8. 4 See p. 244. 
2 See p. 1592, 5 céowuar and éodOnv are formed 
8 See p. 1692, on a theme gw-. 








VERBS OF THE FOURTH CLASS. _ 





7. wepatvw (mepay-), accomplish, ; 
TEPAVa érépava mevéparpat  érepavOny = 
8. onpalvw (onuarv-), show by a sign, : 
oHPAVO éopnva ceorjparpat  éonpavOny 


9. oré\Aw (oreA-), put in order, equip, send, 
oTEA@ eoreda erTadKka eoradpat €oToAnv 


10. relvw (rev-), stretch, 


TEVO eretva réraka, TETApaL érdOnv 
11. halve (par-), show, | 
pave Epyva mépayka and mépacpar épavny and 
aépyva } ehavyy 2 
12. HOelpw (pbep-), destroy, 
b0epa épOeripa épOapxa épPappar épOapny 
13. xarerralvw (xarerav-), be angry, 3 
XaAerave éxadérnva éxarerdvOnve 











620. The following verbs have themes ending in a vowel: — 


1. Kaw (Kav-), burn, 
Kavow ékavo-a, kékavKa kKeKCLUpLOLL éxavOny . 


2. KAdw (KAav-), weep, 


kAavoopat and KAavootpat 


621. EXERCISES. — 


I. 1. cal rorvra xpipwara aunpT dKaper. 2. KrNaeLY etre 
wmeba oe Tovelv. 38. Tavta réEas atrécTEtnNe TOUS aryyéXOUS 
p M sad 
Kal cvv avtois Xeplcopov tov Adxwva. 4. amnyyédkacw — 
"Aptaip OTe jpets vixdpev. 5. AN Hoyvvero* wadrdov Tors — 
OTPATLOTAS 7) of apyopevor® éxetvov. 6. mpooeBddopmev Tpos — 
% , b 4 a 4 > / \ eek , 
TOV AOgov opHiots Tols AoOYoLS, OV KUKAW. T. Kal emt TovTOU 
Tov dpovs of Koryou twrapatetaypévor Hoav: kal ot “EXAgves 
avrimapetatavto Kata ddrayya. 8. duratrre® dé od ws 
1 See p. 1971. 5 Equivalent to of oTpaTi@rat. 
2 See p. 227 2, See 371. 


8 In the sense of the active. 6 Mid., be on one’s ships: against, 
4 Cf. 479, I. 10. with acc. 

















 qonrepmiovs Huds, Kab jets avtibvAaTropueba. 9. éxxdtvov- 


i _ , bY \ € a , \ IAN / 
be Katépuyev eis TO EavTod oTpdtevpa, Kal evOvs Trapry- 
_ -yetrev eis Ta SrrAa. 13. ’AAXN, Edn, Buels, @ avdpes oTpa- 


—éyete. 14. ds ody HOpoicOn Kipw 1d “EXAnuiKoy Ste emt 
‘ \ > \ ’ / > Le NU ee > a ees 
Tov adedpov “AptraképEnv éotpateveto Kal boa év TH av0d@ 


PERT e MOR Le Sore Brae ts a Le 


kK 
| 


VERBS OF THE FOURTH CLASS. oat 


aw ot BapBapot Kai hevyovow. 10. % Te cdrruyE épOey- 
Eato, cai adadatavtes EOcov eri Tovs avOpw@trovs. 11. ot dé 
Kapdotyot mupa ToAda Exaov KiKrAw él TOV dpéwv. 12. 0 


1 / , ’ ZL / / Psy 
THYOL, TOUTOLS atroxptvac be OUT KAAXLOTOV TE KAL aploTov 


émpayOn, ev Td Eutrpocbev roy SedjrAwTa. 15. 6 6é 
> / 4 id ” \ e a , 5 
éyahérrawev OT’ Tpdws édeye TO avToOD mafos. 16. o 
avopes, nets BovrAcpeba SiacwOjvar mpos THY ‘EXAdba Teh. 
17. KnyXéapyos 5é Torpidnv ’Hrefov éxédevce ciyhv Kata- 
Knpdéar. 18. éreidx 5é brepéBarXov Ta Spn, of TeATATTAL 
’ ” \ € ioe ’ > 9 , ” SuLN \ 
OUK émetvay TOUS OTAiTAas, GAN avaKkpayovTes EOeov emt TO 
otpatoredov. 19. ws ovv amndXaypévot TOUT@Y TOV KAKOV 
noéws exoiunOnoav. 20. éviote dé kal EvrLfouevor Kal yop- 





; 5 u 
_ ~-Tov Kat adda ToLadTa cvAEyOVTES TAN Yas évéTELVOY GAN}- 


Rots. 


II. 1. They attempted to dig through the tower. 2. You 
accomplished what’ you wished. 3. The king believes that 
he is victorious,’ since he has killed Cyrus. 4. We overpow- 
ered the enemy. 5. Clearchus- was exceedingly disturbed 
when he heard* this. 6. They corrupted one captain at least, 
Nicarchus an Arcadian. 7. And they burnt the wagons and 


_ the tents. 8. The enemy were signalling to one another. 


9. The Greeks all ran to their arms in great consternation.* 
10. The generals do not try to furnish us provision-money. 
11. Those who are by’ cry out that® the man is alive. 12. But 


_ the enemy, fearing that they would be cut off, pushed on to 


the mountain. 


1 See 569. 4 Use the pf. pass. partic. of ék- 
— 2 See 354. TANTTH. 


8 when he heard, cf. I. 3 above, 5 See 871. 6 8r., 





248 











VERBS OF THE FIFTH CLASS. 
3 _ 622. R. kad, cal, call. | iat | 
Kad-é-, call; KAx-ot-s, -e-ws, 7, @ calling; éx-KAn-ola, -as, duly sum=_ 2 
Be moned assembly ; éxnanoid¢w, hold an assembly. — xypv-€, -dx-os, 6 (formed — 


on a stem xnp-v-), herald, crier ; xnpittw, be a herald, proclaim; a-nhpin- — 
To-s, -o-v, unproclaimed ; knpi-evo-s, -o-v, of a herald ; knpixeso-v, 76, herald’s ; 
staff.—Kpdfw (for xpa-y-.w), cry out, call aloud ; kpavy-y, -fs, outcry. 


cal-6, call together; Kale-ndae, -drum, f., day of proclamation, — 


Calends ; con-cil-iu-m, -?7, n., meeting ; nOmen-cla-tor, -07r-is, m., one — 
who calls by name; cla-mo, cry out; cla-ru-s, adj., clear; clas-si-s, ~13)8 
J-, Class. 


HALE, HAUL, HAL-yard ; ec-clesiastic. 


LESSON 
Verbs of the Nasal or Fifth Class. 


LXXXIX. 


623. Some verbs form the present stem by adding a suffix 
containing vy to the theme. These verbs belong to the Nasal — 
or Fifth Class. | 7 

624. This suffix may be -v°/... Thus: — , 
1. Sdxve (dax-),! dite, 





SrjEopar? €Saxov SéSqypar e57j}x Onv 
2. &dkavvw® (eda-), drive, set in motion, intrans. ride, drive, march, a 
dot jAaca é\yAaKa > ArrAapar mHAGOnY 
3. Kdpve (xau-), labour, be sick or weary, 
KOpovpar 2 €kapov kéxpnka ° 
4, atv (m-), drink, 
artopan 7 mov TétraKa ® TETOLULAL érroOnv 
1 Some verbs of this class length- 5 See p. 2091, 
en a short vowel in the theme, on 6 See 507. 


the principle of verbs of the second 
class (492, 495), in other systems 
than the pres. and second aor. 

2 See p. 1592. 

8 éiavvw is probably for eAa-vv-w, 
by transposition of y and v. 

4 Formed similarly to the fut. of 
TeAéw(p. 1593). Thus éAdow, CAdw, €Aa. 








7¢ is dropped. Cf. the fut. of 4 
xéw (610, 6). See alsop.159% 

8 The last three principal parts 
are formed on a theme mo-, as if 
there were a pres. mow of. Lat. 
poto). The quantity of the final — 
vowel of the themes (rr, m0-) of 
this verb is variable. j 







eee a VERBS OF THE FIFTH CLASS. 


a 
cy Wie “ ‘ 





pa Trénvo ae) 9 cut, : 
érepovand rérpnxat TET ENOL érprOnv 2 
éTapov 


6. rlyw (7:-), pay back, expiate, mid. make pay, punish, 
erica réTika rerio par 4 éric Onv 


625. The suffix may be -av°/... Thus: — 
1. alcOdvopai (aicd-), perceive, 
fs 


joopar® yobopny qoOnpar 
2. dpaprave (auapt-), miss, err, do wrong, 
a - ae tpaprov jpdpTyKa =| TppTnpat = tjpaprr{Onv 
q 8B. dar-exOdvopar (ex0-), be hated or hateful, incur hatred, 
——— dar-ex Oxjropar® dir-nx Oopnv dir-rjx Onprot 


_ 626. Some verbs which add the suffix -av°/.. insert a nasal 
within the theme. Thus:— 


a 1. Aayxadve (Aax-),° obtain by lot, get, obtain, 


j 


- Arffopan éX\axov etAnXxa? elAnypar yx Onv 
2. AapBave (AaB-),® take, 
3. AavOdve (Aad-),® escape the notice of, mid. forget, 
dy co édalov én 8a. AAAyo pas 


4, pavOdve (uad-), learn, 
ae épadov penaOnka, 
— 
5. awvvOdvopar (rvd-), inquire, learn by inquiry, 
 amrevoropan ® érrvOopny qTrETUC [CLL 


Fi 


' Arfpopar é\aBov etAnda 7 eAnppar ArbOnv 
Be 
if 
it 
| 













6. rvyxdve (rvx-), hit, attain, intrans. happen, 

— reveopa © éruXov reruxnka? and 

rérevyx a, ® 

a. The nasal is inserted within the theme when the vowel of the 
theme is short and is followed by a single consonant. The inserted 
nasal is p before a labial, y before a palatal, and v before a lingual. 








1 See 507. in all the systems which occur ex- 
mo 2 See 577. cept the pres. and second aor: 
- 8 See 442. 6 See p. 2481, 7 See p. 2354, - 
_ £ See 441 b. 8 The theme is lengthened as in 
_ &The theme assumes ¢, as in verbs of the second class (492, nee 


‘80 me verbs of the first class (605), ® The theme assumes e, 






















































1? ri ie oe . 
; x ” a oe 
VTP : 
Se is> 
250. VERBS OF THE FIFTH CLASS. 
627. The suffix may be -ve?/... Thus :— 
1. ixvéopar (ix-) come, 
i€opar tkopynv! Typo? 
2. vn-voxveopat (cex-),7 hold oneself under, promise, 
bro-cXYoopar vr-eryouny vTr-€o-X Har 


There are other important verbs of this class which will be con-— 
sidered later. 


628. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. éym O& yareras Kapvo, THY aoida exywov. 2. of 
yap tatpol Kaovot Kal téuvovow ém ayabo. 38. ovtos 8é 
TeTaypévos eTUyyavev® él TH ELwVULM TOD immLKOD apyYav. 
4, jpiv éeots Ta bpn mpoxataraBodow aropa viv trapé- 
> \ \ Arad a \ \ \ a 
yew. 9. atroTe“@v THY Tod adeApod Kedhariy Kal THY Yelpa 
avectavpwcev. 6. vmod yap iaaov ovdels Ev TH mayn OUT 
€5 On obT EXaKTicOn. T. adAdXA TOUTOVS pév of Deol azro- 
Ticovtar* was Oe det pnmote éEarratnOhvar Ett VO TOUTD. 
8. nal épofeito To dreyOdvecOar* Trois otpaTi@tais. 9. of 
dé dAdo oTpaTnyol SiadayovTes Tas KwOuas érropevorTo &, gear 
aro ToUs éavTav éyovtes. 10. ovTor eis Lapdets adixovto. — 
11. ravrnv dé tHv radpov Bacireds erroler, érrevdy) emruvOd-— 
veto Kipov mpoceratvovta.® 12. étiyyavov® éyov OTe 
moral Kal Karnal éArrides nuiv eict cwtnpias. 18. Kal 
mepl TovTwv wréoxeTo por BovrevcecOa.® 14. arr elKa- 
Cov 7) Subxovta’ olyecOat 7) KaTadn Wopevov TL mpoEANAAKE- — 
1The 7 is due to the augment 4 See p. 1648, F 
(76). 5 Many verbs take the partic, in 
2icx of the pres. stem is for indirect discourse instead of the — 
iox and that for o- TEX; the redupli- infin, (854). The rule for the tenses 
cated (606) theme of éxw (604, 6). of the infin. holds good for those of | 
8 With Aavédvw and TUYX AO, an the partic. also. 
accompanying partic. contains the 6 Verbs meaning to promise may 
leading idea of the expression, and_ take the infin. in indirect discourse, 
is usually translated by a finite verb like verbs of saying or thinking — 
in English, but sometimes by an (3854). 
infin. or adv. So here, had been 7 Sc. abrév as subj. of ofyerOar 


posted as it happened, lit. happened and mpoeAndrakéva. For the con-— 
to have been posted. struction of the infinitives, see 354, 


; F 


_-—s VERBS OF THE FIFTH CLASS. O51 










yuov Képata oivov mpovrivor.! 16. &Oa Todd pev co- 


_ 2 ae / ” > \ ie MN a a ” 2 
| een Be rpnaeot pee KPO? ovdev akovaal EoTLV. 
PAT. ny Tu? Tept nas dpaptavoct, Tept Tas éavT@v rvpuyas 
Kal peuare oT rmeee 18. «al mpoeXavvovtes édav- 
Pe 

Aavov avrovs él TO Noh yevopevot* EvOa érrodLopKOdVTO ot 
Rik Deu p ES Bs 
"Eames. Be Bo8ci icc: yap wn, av dmak wd0wpev apyol Chr, 


 érihabapeda THS olKadE OOOd.? 


II. 1. I got a little® sleep.. 2. A division of the hoplites 
~ happened to accompany’ him. 38. And they will arrive at 
their tents about supper-time. 4. I learn that® the mountain 
- is not impassable. 5. The king did not perceive the design 
against himself. 6. He marched through this plain four 
_ stages. 7. The envoys rode away when they had heard® this. 
_ 8. He himself rode up® and asked, Why do you summon (me)? 
_ 9, There Cyrus’s head and right hand are cut off. 10. I have 
_ promised you ten talents. 11. When he had ridden past” all, 
he ordered them to present arms. 12. When the general had 
learnt” this by inquiry, he took® the cavalry and rode forward. 


629. R. wo, po, drink. 

_-ro-r0-s, 6, a drinking, drinking-party ; wo-r0-v, 76, that which is drunk, 

drink; MO-T1-S, -e-ws, }, @ drinking, drink ; cup-wéor-o-v, 76, drinking-party, 

‘symposium ; cvumoat-apxo-s, 6 (R. apx, 463), president of a drinking-party ; 

papparo-roo- ld, -as (pdpuao-y, drug, eon) a taking of physic or poison ; 
ao-T1p, -fp-os, 6, drinking-vessel ; rorhp-.0-v, 76, CUP; TWa-pa, -aT-os, Td, 
drink ; €x-rwpa, -at-os, 76, drinking-cup ; wt-v-w, drink. 

p6-tu-s, adj., drunk ; p6t6, drink; pd-culu-m, -2, n., cup; im-bu-6, 

_ moisten (‘cause to drink’) ; bi-b6, drink. 

_ sym-posium. 


















ce 
4 


y 1 In compound verbs whose first 5 The gen. follows verbs signify- 

part is mp6, the preposition always ing to remember and to forget. See 

- retains its final vowel. See 127 and p. 633. 

_ p. 848, But the vowel may be con- 8 @ little (uixpdv) of sleep. See 
tracted with a following «¢ into ov. p. 472. 

m See 188 a. 7 Cf. I. 12 above. 

8 make any mistake. Cf. 560, 1.11. 8 ru, 

a 4See p. 250%. So here, got upon 9 Use the aor, partic. (379). 

he hill before they were aware of it. 10 Use the aor, indic. after éreid4. 


a F re 
t= Ce: ee 











252 REVIEW OF GROUPS.— READING LE On 


10 


15 


20 


LESSON XC. 


Review of Groups. — Reading Lesson. 


















Review the groups of related words in 602, 608, 612, 615, 622, 629. 
Review 140, 142. a 
Read and translate again 592. 

Read and translate the following passage : — 


630. Kupos. 


IX. évreddev ebenaties dia THS BaBur@vias orabuors 
rértapas Tapacayyas mevtexaldexa, Kal emutvyyaver 
, y A / ’ , 0 9 4 , > > ee 
Ttadpw opueth Babeia. émel 8 emt tavTn ovK exw@dvE 
\ \ L , / ” a ws 
Baotnreuvs TO Kupou CERARE NED Sea Satvetm, weTo Kopos ov 
pagsio Bas Baoidéa* WoTE TH voTepala €7ropeveTo wen 
pevas a i . 
TH S& tpitn éml Tod apyatos THY Topelay érrovetTo, 
ey, ’ ’ a \ ari sw / os 
ohtryous éy Taker Exwv po avTov. Kal On TANoLOV sk 
0 otabuos évOa Eucrre KaTarvewy, ajuliea Hagges avnp 
Ilépons ip a baa éLavvav ava Kpamess Kal evOvs 7a ot 
Boa kal BapBapixds cal ‘“EXXnvixds Ste Bacideds ov 
PATIL TOAN@ mpoaepyer at @S els paynv Trapeakam ies 
acpévos. évOa 6) Todds ee ey eanae abtixa yap 
eddxouv of “EXAnves Kal mavtes 5é aTAKTOLS SpUnT em ; 
meceiabat. Kipos 6€ katamrndijcds amd tod a&pyatos 
maar mapiyyyedrev eEomdifecOa. eva dn ody moddH 
oTOVOn. TUVETATTOVTO, Kréapyos bev TO Sefuov Képas Top | 
“Eddquicod éywov mpos TH Kvghparn totau@, Mévwv dé T 
so ty: 


5 14 "dei \ ? a ie 

Kal Hon TE HY wécoVv Huépas Kal ovTw KaTahavels Roav 

¢€ / Cae X / b] / Fa] / Xa 
ol ToAéuor* nvika O€ Sein éylyvero, épavn KovopTos 
w@aotrep vehérn AevK? ev TH Tedio. Ste be éeyydTEpov 


ea: ims 
Ere FP AC a, 
Pee ee ey 








Be , | | 

_-—-s«sREVIEW OF GROUPS.— READING LESSON. 2538 
a, ors / 5} \ r o 

——- éylryvovTo of Troréuiot, Taya 1) Kal YaXKOs TLS HoTpaTTE 
Kah ai Roya Kal ai Takers KaTadavels eyiyvovTo. Kal 
ea >’ 4 a V4 > He \ mre a \ 
2% év tovt~ Kipos maperavvwv aitos crv Te Eppnvel Kal 
Grows Tpiciv 7) TéTTapor TO Kreapyw éBoa, "Aye Td 
OTpaTeupa KaTA MécoV TO TMV TrOdEMIoV, STL exer Baci- 
- hs 3 b] x an 93 »” - a , ath - / 
eds ote Kav TobT’, én, vixOpev, TaVvO’ Hiv merolnrat. 
0 de Kréapyos on HOedev Arroomdcal ard TOD ToTapoD 
80 To deELov Képas, hoBovpevos wn KuKrwGeln éExaTtépwber. 


NOTES. 


4 4. ov paxetoOar Baoitéa: Cyrus’s thought was od waxeira: (fut.) Baoi- 
; Ae’s. See 354. émrimeccioba in line 14 is in parallel construction. — 14. kal _ 
 mdvres 8é, and all too (al), i.e. Persians as well as Greeks. — 23. xadkos 
aq ms yotpatre, here and there (rls) their bronze armour began to flash. 


Translate the following passage into Greek : — 


| 631. Cyrus marched thence through Babylonia, with the 
_ river Euphrates on his right. About midnight on the third 
_day’s march he held a review of the Greeks and barbarians in 
_ the plain. There the number of the Greeks under arms was 
found to be 10,400 heavy-armed men and 2500 peltasts, and 
_ of the barbarians, 100,000 and 20 chariots. After the review, 
_ Cyrus called the Greek generals and captains together at day- 
_ break and consulted with them how he should make the fight. 
_ Thence he proceeded one day’s march, three parasangs, with 
_ his entire force, both Greek and barbarian, in battle array. 
_ For he thought that the enemy would give battle immediately. 
- But the king did not fight on this day, nor on the next. But 
_ about the time of full market on the third day, a certain 
- Persian rides into their midst at full speed and cries out 
_ that the enemy are at hand in great numbers. . When Cyrus 
heard this, he leapt from his chariot and at once put on his 
cuirass and took his javelins into his hands. And all the rest 
also armed themselves and fell into battle line as quickly 
as possible. | 
















° 
re 
' * 








% 
?- Cae 
yy 

——. 


he ane 


254 REGULAR VERBS IN -MI, rion. | toe 
LESSON XCI. | a 


Regular Verbs in -MI, riéOnut. 














632. Some verbs form the present and second aorist sys- — 
tems ‘by adding the personal-endings directly to the theme, 
omitting the variable vowel (except in the subjunctive). In © 
these verbs, therefore, the present and second aorist stems are 
the simple theme, which is, however, often reduplicated with 
tin the present system. 

a. Compare the following forms of r/-@n-y1 (Oe-), place, put, with: 
those of Avw (Av-), loose (156, 157; 158) : — 


SING. DUAL. Puur. Sinc. DUAL. Puur. 


Pres. | 1 | rl-On-pe ri-Oe-wev | Ado. Ato-pev 
Ind. | 2 | rl-On-s  rl-Oe-rov —rl-Be-re Avets Ave-TOV Ave-Te — 3 
Act. | 3 | rl-On-cr ri-Oe-rov ri-Oé-Got | Aver Ave-rov Avovor 


633. Such verbs are called Verbs in -u, because they retain 
the personal ending -ju in the first person singular of the present 
indicative active. : 


634. Verbs like Atw, on the other hand, are called Verbs 4 
in -w. See 158 a. 


635. The following peculiarities of inflexion of verbs in-y. 
are to be noted’: — } 


a. The endings -w1, -s, -ov (156) are used in the sing. of the pres. 
indic. act., and its third pers. plur. ends in -aot. ; 
b. The third pers. plur. of the secondary tenses in the act. has — 
-oay (163). 
c. The mid. endings -oou and -co (199) retain o in the pres. and 
impf. indic. oo retains o in the pres. imv. also (331). 


1 Section 635 is to be used for referees 


: oe REGULAR VERBS IN MI, phi 255 
_ Bon: ~ 


d. The ding -O. (322) is sometimes retained in the second aor. 


x A @. The infin. act. has the ending -vau (345 a). 
es. Participles with stems in -o-vr- (364 a) have the nom. sing. masc. 
n -ous. 
_ g. The subjy. has the long variable vowel, as in verbs in -w (268 a, 
(6b), but this contracts with a final ¢, 0, or a of the theme. 
4 h. The opt. has the mood-suffix -i- or -uy- (297 a, 307 b), but the 
a tter only before act. endings. The mood-suffix is added directly to 
— the theme, if the theme ends in ¢, 0, or a, and contracts with it. In_ 
these forms the accent cannot pass back of the mood-suffix. 
_ i. In the pres. and impf. indie. act., the final vowel of the theme is 
- lengthened in the sing. 
__ j. In some verbs the final vowel of the theme is lengthened in the 
- second aor. indic. and imy. act., in all forms where the final vowel 
comes before a single consonant in the ending or where the ending 
is lacking. 
Commit to memory the pr esent and second aorist systems of tinue 
Ge , place, put, in 689, 693. 


Review the endings and suffixes given in 156, 163, 199, 322, 331, 
845, 364a, 375b. 


_ 686. In explanation of the forms in the paradigms, see — 
635abceghi. But note the following: — 


a. In the impf. indic. act., ér/ets, ériOe (instead of eriOns, ertOn) 
are formed as if from a contract verb in -ew (rufew for riOnm). Cf. 
éidets, epider (245). 

__b. For the contract forms of the subjv., see 241 bd. 
c. In the pres. imv. act., Téa (instead of tve6t) is formed as if 
from a contract verb in -ew. Cf dire (335). 

_ 4d. The act. participles riOeés (for tiPevrs) and Gels (for Oevrs) are 
inflected like AvO«is (376). 

_e. The sing. of the second aor. indie. act. is lacking. It is supplied 
by the first aor. forms € xa, €0yxas, €Onxe, formed with the tense- 
-ka- for -oa- (165). 

_ £. In the second aor. imv. act., Oés is irregular (for Oe). 


_ g. In the second aor. infin. act., Oetvar (for Ge-evar) is formed with 
pe nding “EVOL. 


i” 











256 REGULAR VERBS IN -MI, tiOnpt. 


637. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. éwiOjoeras jyiv. 2. Kat Kerevouor dudrarrecOar, 
\ (eo 9 n n \ 1 ¢ / 38 \ od 
py viv ériOavrar Ths vuxTos! of BapBapo. 38. Thv diknv 


xpntw émiecivar avt@. 4. TovTous 5é éxédeve OécOat Ta - 


c/ D> \ \ ¢e an / 5 2 DO by 4) 
Orda wept THY avTOD oKNIYHnV. 5. évTav0a aveTiOecay Bax- 
a \ A 
Tnplas Kal Ta aiypddwra yéppa. 6. Tapa Tovs Oeods rets 
A - - 
THv diriav cvvOémevor kateOéucOa. T. Kal oixiav ovdepiav 
édutrev, StTras ddBov évOein Tols arrows. 8. ovKéte érreTi- 
A / / 
Oevro of Torémtoe Tots “EAAnot, SedotxoTes py aTroTuNnOein- 
a / / \ 4 b peole ¢ 
cav. 9. Kai év Taker Oéwevor TA OTA AveéMEVOY Ol TTpPATY- 


- / \ € - n o) / _ 
yol Kat Aoxayol. 10. Tovs pev omditas avTod Eexédevce 


a x > / \ x 14 / \ x 
petvat, Tas aomidas Tpos Ta yovata Oévtas. 11. Tovs yap 

4 \ \ x e Nin deles PS) béa 2 12 x be 
KUVaS TOUS YaXreTro’s Tas Huépas bidéaorv. . tas oe 


, a L / / > , 
Bardvous tav gowikwv Enpaivovtes Tpaynuata arreTife- 


cav. 18. Trois TreXevtaiow éwéOevTo, Kal améxtewvday Tivas. 
14. taita cvvOéwevor npictwv of “EXXnves. 15. axodoar- 
tes 5€ of dmicbodirakes @HnOncay eumpocbev adrovs ért- 
TiOecOas® rorepiovs. 16. cal mavodpevor audotepor Kata 
yapav evto Ta Oda. IT. Kal cuvTiOéweOa THY viKTa,* HY 
AdBapev TO AKpov, TO ywpiov duratTav. 18. dua dé dpOp@ 
mapnyyetrev 0 Kyréapyos eis taku ta StrrAa TiMecAa Tods 
"EAAnvas. 19. mavtas ottTw diatilels ameréuteTo woTe 
avT@ padrov didrous eivar® 7 Bacinrel. 

II. 1. The hoplites grounded arms. 2. They feared that 
the Greeks would attack them during the night. 3. He will 
inflict punishment on them. 4. We will attack the enemy’s 
cavalry. 5. We ordered arms near the general’s tent. 6. They 
grounded arms beside the river. 7. I fear that he may take® 
me and inflict punishment on (me). 8. They set before them, 


Stl 


OF 
{ 


1 Cf. 808, I. 15. 4 Construe with guvAdrrev, and 
2From 6ldnu, a collateral form cf. 11 above. 

of déw, bind. 5 Cf. 553, I: 19. 
8 See 354, 6 Use the aor. partic. 


Ee ee ee a ee ere 


a ae ee 








aj eli 
aes rales vas a ee a ~ 
ae id "REGULAR VERBS IN -MI, dédeps. 257 


on ‘the same table, meats of all kinds. 9. The my will attack 
the enemy vigorously. 10. They grounded arms’ and rested. 
“44: Put? the baggage on the beasts of burden. 12. And when 
they had made this* agreement, they proceeded to the ford of 


_ the river. 
638. Oe, da, fa, place, put, make. 




























‘ TLOn-p, place, put, do; ém-riOnu, lay upon, mid. atiack; éride-cr-s, 
 =e-ws, 7, & setting on, attack; ed-ewide-to-s, -o-v, easily attacked or assail- 
eg Grywy-0-0é-rn-s, -ov (R. ay, 435), judge of a contest ; Q€-pt-s, -iT-0s, Thy 
that which is laid down, law, right; %-o-po-s, 6, law, “ordinance ; Tapa= 
 Kara-0h-«n, -ns, that which is put down beside one, deposit ; avd-0n-ua, -at-os, 
+6, thing set up, votive offering ; cbv-On-ua, -at-0s, 74, thing agreed upon, 
agreement, watchword ; @y-c-avpo-s, 6, something put away, treasure. 
__--d6, only in compounds, as ab-d6, put away, cré-dd, put faith in, 
believe, per-do, make away with, destroy; fa-c-i-6, make, do; fi-6, be 
_ done, become; pro-fic-i-sc-o-r, set oneself forward, set out; fac-in-us, 
 -or-is, n., deed, misdeed ; fac-ili-s, adj., easy to do. ‘ 
DO, DEED, DEEM, DOOM, king-pom; thesis, anti-thesis, paren-thesis, 
4 syn-thesis, theme, ana-thema, thesaurus, treasure. 


LESSON XCII. 
Regular Verbs in -MI, 8/Swp. 


Review 632, 633, 634. 

__ Commit to memory the present and second aorist systems of oa 
(80-), give, in 690, 694. 

Review the endings and suffixes given in 156, 163, 199, 322, 331, 

845 a, 364a, 375 b. 


‘ 
a 


639. In explanation of the forms in the paradigms, see 
|~66B56abcefghi. But note the following :— 


a. In the impf. indic. act., éd/dovv, edidovs, édéSov (instead of edidwv, 
 e618ws, dd) are formed as if from a contract verb in -ow (dd0w for 
Biba). Cf. eyrovr, edyAovs, edyAov (245). 

b. For the contract forms of the subjv., see 241 d. 

__¢. In the pres. imy. act., d/dov (instead of did06c) is formed as if 
from a contract verb in -ow. Cf. djdov (335). 





1 Use the aor. partic. 2 Use the mid, 3 Cf. I. 14 above. 








258 REGULAR VERBS IN -MI, didope. 


d. The act. participles S:Sovs (for SiSovrs) and Sovs (for Sovrs) are. 
inflected like Adwv (262), except in the nom. sing. mase. Us a 

e. The sing. of the second aor. indic. act. is lacking. It is supplied 
by the first aor. forms édwxa, édwxas, édwxe, formed with the tense- 
suffix -xa- for -ca- (165). 4 

f. In the second aor. imv. act., dds is irregular (for 6061). - a 

g. In the second aor. infin. act., dodvar (for do-evar) is formed with 
the ending -evau. 


640. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. déd@or 58 adt@ Kipos pvpiovs Sdperxods. 
TavTa édidov A€yew TO Bovropéve. 


2. meTa 
3. évtavOa dé pevod- 
4. np@teav éxeivot et 
dotev! dv TovT@Y Ta TIoTd. O. Kal dSodvat Kal NaPeEiV TIoTA 
3 / 

e0éXopev. 


3X \ > a / a 
ow, Edy fy avTols YpHpata SLOOTE. 
6. dédoca py exddTE we. T. mapaddvtes? 0 av 

i AG \ a , 3 Q / 8 > \ BA b) 
Ta OTAa Kal TOV copdTwv® cTepnOecinuev. 8. ov yap éyar 
étt mpeaBvtepos ecopar, cav THuepov mpod® éeuavTov Tots 
moneulows. 9. TadTa Kal céowotar Sv vuds TH OTpaTLa Kal — 

/ 5 aN eee Ae SPA s a X 4 / an 
Tapadioaps avTa éy@ vutv, duels Sé dvabéwevor SuadoTe TH 

a b) a an \ a / \ 
aotpatia. 10. axovcavtes tadta, Kai deEvas Sovtes Kal a-— 
Bovres, amnravvov. 11. TH yap mpdcbev ipépa TéuTTaV Ta 

, dmipravvor. 11. rh yap mpdaber juépa méumc 
e/ p ees 
6mAa Tapadidovas éxérevev. 12. jnoydvOnpev* cal Beors Kab 
13. avaynn® 5) wot Uuas tTpo- 
TH Kipov giria xpjcOa. 14. eel S Hyepa av 
6yOOn, TOV HrYyEwova Trapadidwat Xeiptaddw. 15. dwas dé 
Knrdapyxos. tocovrov Aéyet, STL OV TOV VikovT@V' éaTl TAa~ 
Orda Tapadidovat. 16. tadtnv Thv érictory Sidwat TLGTO 
avoOpl, @ ETO. 


>] e a b / 
avOpwTrovs mpodovvat avTov. 


dovTa® 


. 


17. @ote ANaBovtes Tos vexpods amédocav 
Tov nyepnova. 18. Tors acbevobtytas TovTOIs Tapédocay Kopi- 
ee ae , 5 19 ’ \ > \_ 9 ve Ki 
Cewv® émrl To oTpatomedov. . ov yap Hv pos? Tod Kupou 
TpoTrov éyovTa pn a7TrodLOovat. as 


1 See p. 10414, 
2 Of. 560, I. 10. 
8 Cf. 582, I. 14. 
4 Cf. 479, I. 10. 
5 See p. 2242, 


6 In agreement with ué to be sup- 
plied as subj. of xypjoGa:, not with 


mol expressed. 
7 Of. 361, 1.5. — 8 Cf b24, Tie: 


9 from, i.e. consistent with. 





es ~ 

























‘VERBS OF THE SIXTH CLASS. 959 





= II. 1. And they gave the village-chief (liberty?) to take this. 
2. And he did not give them pay. 3. They bound the guide 
and gave (him) over to them. 4, They gave the Greeks a 
_ barbarian spear. 5. And when the sacrifice had been made,? 
_ they gave over the hides to the Spartan. 6. They say that 
it is time to pass along the watchword. 7. She was said to 
have given* much money to Cyrus. 8. He took the letter and 
gave it to Cyrus. 9. He handed the son of the village-chief 
_ over to Episthenes to guard. 10. These things he was dis- 
_ tributing among his friends. 11. I advise you to give up your 
arms. 12. Cyrus provided wagons full of flour and wine, that 
_ he might distribute them to the Greeks. 

a 


641. R. 80, da, do, give. 

Si-8e-p, give ; mpo-di5w-u1, give over, surrender, betray ; mpodd-r7n-s, -ov, 
— betrayer, traitor ; 1000-56-r7-s, -ov (u10Od-s, Wages), one who pays wages; 
_ pic Bo50T€-w, pay wages, employ; jucbod0-cla, -as, giving of pay; Sa-po-v, 
Ess, present, gift; Swpé-o-uat, give a present; Swpo-5dxos, -o-v (R. 2 Sak, 
602), taking presents or bribes; dwpodoxé-w, take bribes. — 8d-v-os, -e-os, 74 
(8a + v), money lent; davel(w, lend money, mid. have money lent to one, 
borrow. 
do, da-re, give ; d6-s, do-ti-s, f., dowry ; d6-nu-m, -2, n., gift. 
dose, anec-dote, anti-dote. 


LESSON XCIII. 
Verbs of the Inceptive or Sixth Olass. 


642. Some verbs form the present stem by adding the tense- 
suffix -ox° « or -tcx’/.. to the theme. These verbs belong to 
the Inceptive or Sixth Class. A final vowel in the theme is 
generally lengthened. Some verbs of this class reduplicate 
the present stem by prefixing the initial consonant of the 
theme with». Some form second aorists after the analogy of 
verbs in -wu. Thus: — 


 10f. 1, 2 above. 8 Use the aor. infin. 
2 Use the aor. indic. after éred7. 4 Cf. I. 18 above. 





260 


1. dAloKxopar (aA-),! be captured, 





VERBS OF THE SIXTH CLASS. 


GAWCopaL éitwv2 and édAwKa and 
TA@v TAwKa . 
2. yeyveoKkw (yvo-), perceive, know, 
yveoropar eyvoov 3 éyvaKxa éyvoo pa 4 éyvdcOnv 4 
3. Si8deoKw > (didax-), teach, 
SiS0Ew eiSata Sed(Sayxa SeS(Saypar eSrdax Onv 
4. evplokw (eip-), find, discover, 
evpyoa © nvpov nupnka nupnpar nupéedny 


5. Ovyjokw" (Gav-), die, be slain, 
Teéyynka § 


Bavovpar €Qavov 


6. pipvyoKe™ (uva-), remind, mid. remember, mention, 


pvro-w épvyco 


pépvypa ° épvyo On * 


7. wdoxo!? (raG-), experience, suffer 


trelropar 11 éralov 


8. tirpdoKw (Tpo-), wound, 


TPwTw eTpwca 


arétrov0a 


TETPWPLOL érpwOnv 


a. Verbs of this class are called inceptive from their ending -oxw, 
although few of them have any inceptive meaning. 


643. 


\ \ a 
I. 1. dvayvovs thv érictodyy avaxowovtar Lwxparer. 


2. cal trot HXwoay eis? 


7 \ Gee \ eZ 
El\KOOL, KAL N TKHVY) EAL. 


EXERCISES. 


3. Kat 


4 4 / 
TovT@ atreVaverny. 4. cv ye oUTE ylyVaoKELS OUTE ME“VNTAL. 


1 The theme aa- has the form aao- 
in all systems except the present. 

2 See p. 838. a is lengthened to 
ain the indic. é&\wv and jdwp are 
of the -u form. 

8 Ind, eyrwy, éyvws, &yvw, etc.; imv. 
yvoh, yrotw, etc.; 3d pl. yrdrrwr; 
inf. yvévar. Other moods ace. to 694. 

4 See 441 b 

5 For d:day-cnw, x being dropped 
before ox. 

6 The theme assumes e, as in 
some verbs of the first class (605), 
in all the systems except the present 
and second aor, 


7 As in the case of o¢(w (618, 8), 
the iota-subscript occurs only in the 
present system. 

8 See 507. 

9 With pres. force, remember, 
Lat. memini. The aor. pass. éurf- 
anv has the force of the mid. 

10 For 7a6-cxw, 6 being dropped 
before ox. Cf. 5i5doxnw above. 


11 For rév6-coua (233), the theme 
assuming the form zev6- (for mav6-)~ 
by the insertion of the nasal, as in 
some verbs of the fifth class (626 a). 

12 Of. 328,'T. 14. 

18 Cf, 498, I, 12, 









VERBS OF THE SIXTH CLASS. 961 


5. Odxodn, én, a&vol eiot Ta eoyata trabeiv!; 6. Knréap- 
xos, @ avdpes”"EAAnves, eyes THY Sixnv kal réOvynkev. T. Kal 
a \ - ee g > / a ¢€ / / 

MoAXOvs ETITpwoKOY Kal expdTncav TOV EXAHnVOV yu_Vn- 


2 8. trav TeATaCTaY Tis avnp AOnvnot packer Sedov- 


TOV. 

— Xeveévat. 9. ravtes of pirot Kal ovvtpatefor améPavov 

 paydpevos brrép Kipov. 10. Bevopavtos® 8& xatnyopnoav 
Te , / let eh ae nal OE petra tae £2 

 tTwes dacKovtes TraiccOar v7 avtTov. 11. Kal edOvs éyrooay 

= uf 4 > 4 b] / / bf / 

_ mavtes Ott éyyts Tov éotpatotredeveTo Bacinevs. 12. cf 5é 

| Tt aXdXro Bértiov,* ToNpaT@ Kal o idtw@rns SiddoKev. 18. &Oa 

& 2 Z vs ef Li A b) , x \ 

n atrexptvato Kdeavwp OTe mpocbev av atroPdvoley 7 Ta 

Oma Tapadotev. 14. ovS addos Sé TaV ‘EAAHver ev Ta’Ty 

TH wayn errabev ovdels® ovdév. 15. wera Sé Tov TOV drroV 

_ Odvatov otparnyav timwpnbels tro Bacidéws arréBavev. 

16. nab maiee Bacihéa xata TO otépvov Kal TitpocKe Oia 

Tov Owpaxos. 17. é« tovTov Treipadtar MiOpidarns diddaoKeuv 













@$ aTropov éott cwOAvaL. 18. Kal cuvayayovtes Tovs éaro- 
KOTAS HAEyYoV THY KUKAY Tacav yopav. 19. aAXA TroAXAS 
mpopdaces Kipos etipicxerSiva twas Te atrapacKevous NaBou 
Kal nas evade avayayo.. 20. éav Tis ad@ évdov THY oTpa- 
 TwwTar, TipwpnOncerat. 

II. 1. But the soldiers knew this. 2. And thus the city 
was taken. 3. Necessity taught them to camp. 4. He soon 
found him more friendly to Cyrus than to himself. 5. These 
say that Cyrus is dead. 6. Lead, too, was found in the vil- 
lages. 7. When he died, he was nearly thirty years old.7 
8. Ctesias states how many were killed of those about the 
king. 9. They said that not even this (man) suffered any 
hurt. 10. I wish to show® you that you wrongfully” mis- 
trust us. 11. They proceeded with the captured man (as) 
guide. } 











1 Of. 579, I. 14. 6 See p. 2824, 
> *Cf. 336, L. 15. 7 of about (as) thirty years. 
© Cf. 208, I. 4, : 8 Cf. I. 14 above. 
4 See p. 2242, 9 Use diddoKnw. 


5 Of. 536, I. 11. 10 not righily. 





262 REGULAR VERBS IN -MI, tornpe. 


644.. R. yo, gna, gno, know. 

yi-yve-ox-w, know, think ; yvo-p, -ns, thought, opinion ; yvo-pov, -ov-os, 
6, one that knows ; a~yvépmwr, -ov, gen. -ov-os, without knowledge, senseless ; 
ayvwmo-cvvn, -ns, ignorance; o-vo-pa, -at-os, Té (for o-yvo-ua, With pro- 


thetic o-), that by which one is known, name; dvoudtw, call by name; — 
évouac-ri, adv., by name; &yv-dvup-o-s, -o-v, without name, nameless; ei- — 


dvupo-s, -o-v, of good name or omen; vo-o-s, contr. vovs, 6 (for yvo-fo-s), 
power of thought, mind; voé-w, observe, think out; d-vdn-ro-s, -0o-v, not 
understanding, foolish; &yvo-.a, -ds, ignorance; ayvoe-w, not know, not 
recognize ; audi-yvoe-w, think on both sides, be in doubt; «t-voo-s, -00-y, 
kindly disposed ; ctvoia, -as, good-will ; ebvo-ixd-s, -h, -d-v, well-disposed ; 
evvoikas, adv., with good-will or affection; kaxé-voo-s, -00-v (kard-s, bad), 
ill-disposed ; kaxd-vo-ia, -as, ill-will ; 8:d-voa, -ds, way of thinking, purpose ; 
éy-vo.a, -as, thought, inspiration ; mpd-vo.a, -as, forethought. 

gna-ru-s, adj., knowing, skilled ; nar-r-6, make known, tell ; na-uu-s 
(gnd-uu-s), adj., diligent ; nO-sc-6, learn; n6-bili-s, adj., well-known ; 
n6o-men, -inis, n., name ; I-gnord, not know ; no-ta, -ae, f., mark, sign. 

CAN, CUNNING, KEN, KEEN, KNOW, NAME, UN-COUTH ; dia-gnosis, gnome, 
gnostic, a-gnostic, physio-gnomy, onomato-poeia, an-onymous, met- 
onymy, patr-onymic, pseud-onym, syn-onym. 


LESSON XCIV. 
Regular Verbs in -MI, tornur.—Verbs of the Theme or Seventh Class, 


Review 632, 633, 634. 

Commit to memory the present and second aorist systems of 
totnut (ora-), set, make stand, in 691, 695. 

Review the endings and suffixes given in 156, 163, 199, 322, 331, 
345 a, 364 a, 375 b. 


645. In explanation of the forms in the paradigms, see 


635abedeghij. But note the following: — 


a. lornpe is for ov-orn-pt, the rough breathing representing the o 
of the reduplicating syllable. 


b. In the pres. indic. act., iordou arises from iora-act by contraction. 


c. In the impf. indic., t is due to the augment (76). 

_d. The contract forms of the subjv. arise as if from a stem in ¢ 

(iore-, ore-, for iora-, ora-), and the contracted syllables are therefore 
identical with those of r/@nuu 





i 
eee . F 
a a a ee a ee 





(coe 


: asset OF THE SEVENTH CLASS. 263 


















____e. In the pres. imv. act., dor (instead of iora-6.) omits -# and 
_ lengthens the vowel of the stem. 

__ £. The act. participles fords (for ioravrs) and ords (for oravrs) 
are inflected like Adads (364). 

| g. The second aor. middle of tornu is lacking. But the second 
_ aor. mid. of other -~ verbs with themes in a occurs. See 647, 8. 


646. Some verbs of the classes previously introduced have 
second aorists of the -w form, on the analogy of tornm. 
- i Thus :— 

1. Batvo (Ba-),' go, 


 Brjeopas eBnv BEBnka BéBapon 2 éBadnv 
2. Si8pdoKw (Spa-),? run, 
Spdcopar 4 eSpav SéSpaxa 


3. hOdve (p6a-),> get the start of, anticipate, 
HOyjocoparand epOny and 


‘4 bdo ° éhbacra 

647. Verbs that form the present and second aorist systems 
__ by adding the personal endings directly to the theme (632) 
: belong to the Theme or Seventh Class. The tense stems of 
_ these verbs, other than the present and the second aorist, 





_are formed like those of verbs in-w. Thus:— 
1. rlOnpr (Gc-), put, set, place, 
| Ace enka. 7 Teka ® TeBerpar éréOnv ? 
2. SlSwpr (50-), give, 
— bdorw Sexe, 19 Sé5oxa SéSop.cn 2 eo0nv 
3. ayapor (aya-), admire, 
Hyaodpny tydoOny 7 












1 Baivw belongs both to the fifth 
_ class (623) and to the fourth class 
ied but the liquid form of the 
eme is found only in the present 
system. 
2 See 442. 
8 See 642. 
£ See 254 b. 
' 5 See 623. 
6 This form is rare. 
See 636 e. 
8 The vowel of the theme is ir- 


regularly (254 b) lengthened to e 
in the first pf. and pf. mid. sys- 
tems. 

9 For e$e@nv, to avoid the occur- 
rence of the rough mute at the be- 
ginning of successive syllables. See 
also 442. . 

10 See 639 e. 

ll jyauat is properly a pass. de- 
ponent (255 b), but the aor. mid. 
nyacdunvy sometimes occurs. See 
also 441 and 441hb. 





264 REGULAR VERBS 


4, Svvapar (Suva-), be able, can, 


Suvyoopar t SeSuvnpar &SuvyOnv 
5, érlorapar (emora-), understand, know how, 
emuoryropae AriorHOnv 5 
6. tornpe (ora-), set, make stand, intrans. stand, stop,? = E 
orice toryoa and = éernka? eorapar 4 éoradny 
éoTnv 
7. Kpépapat (xpeua-), hang (intrans.), 4 
Kpepyoopar : 
8. dvivnpe® (ova-), benefit, assist, 
ovycw avyoa and ov ony = 
dvrjpmy © | 
9. wlpardnpe? (7rAa-), Jill, a 
TAYow erAnoa TréeTANKA mérAnpar and érdryoOnv 
TréTAHo pars 
10. awlarpypr’ (mpa-), set on Jire, burn, 
TpHTw erpyoa aTrémpn pce erprjr Onv® 
648. EXERCISES. 


e \ , > - 4 
I. 1. of 88 wondusot odxére Eotnoav. 
7 , £ , a 
ouKére toTavTat, ddArAa hevyovow. 8. éav Te OdvM@pat,® TadTa 


TOlnow. 


oi omAlta. 6. pels yap o 


e ee eee ue A , , , 
T. as 0 avéBynoav, Oicavtes kal TpdTaiov oTnoapevor KaTe- 


Byoav eis TO Tediov. 


6Tt Opa vuxtodvrAakas Kabiotavar. 9. Kal épOacav éri TO 


1 S¥vauar, érlorapua, Kpéuauar ac- 

cent the subjv. and opt. as if there 

- were no contraction, dvvwua, duval- 
unr, diva, etc. Cf. 691. 

2The intrans. forms are éerny 
and éornna. All of the middle forms 
also, except those of the first aor., 
may have the same intrans. force. 

8 For an irregular (121) ce-ornka, 
the rough breathing representing the 
first o, as in the pres. (645 a). Plpf. 
elornkn for €-ce-oT Kn. 

4 See 442, 


4. ov yap av dSvvawrto 


8. avéctnaoav of “EXAnves Kal eizrov 







. IN -MI, fornpe. 












2. of peta Aptalov 


10 


TopevOnvat. Oo. oTavT@V 


Uk av atrodpainuev évOévec. 


5 For ov-ovnut by irregular redu- 
plication. 

6 Lengthened as in the second 
aor. act. of farnu: (635]). See, fur- 
ther, 645 g. 

7 The reduplication is strength- 
ened by the nasal pz. 

8 See 441 b. 

9 With recessive accent (82), dis- 
regarding the contraction. Cf. icrd- 
pat (691), and see 635g, 

10 ‘With recessive accent (32). Cf. 
isratvro (691), and see 635h end. 


eo Sees? 2-4, 


VERBS OF THE SEVENTH CLASS. 265 




































; : 
aKp@ yevdpevor! rods qorepiovs. 10. drdrdga Ta bpn drép 
avTOv TOD ToTapov éxpéuato. 11. adda pny Kal TodTO ye 
émiatacbe. 12. Kipos o¢, Wirny éywv tiv Kepadjy, eis THY 
paxynv xaliorato. 18. del éywye nyduny thy onv dvou. 
14 > lA = A b) ? > , 2 3 4 f 

. €k TOUTOV Fevopav avioratat éotadpévos? él modepwov 
@s éOUvaTo KaANLoTA. 15. GAN ed éerrictdcOwv TL OvK aTrO- 

£ = >) Lal 

dedpaxaow. 16. éBovrcevovto bras dv KddANoTa SiaBaier. 
¥ : 

17. cal ove averécOar ode Odrpat adta éduvdpcba. 18. éx 
= 3 ,  i¢ 9 ’ , a x= \) Ae 
€ TOUTOU Kal Ol ANAOL AVATTAaVYTES TUP EKaoV Kal exXpt- 

¢e Land . e lA x , 9 , 
ovto. 19. o dé éuripmdAas adTavT@OY THY yvOuNY ar éreptrey. 
e a a 
20. émrdéotn 0 Kipos avy trois wepl avtov apictos Kal 
eVvOalmoverTaToLs. 


IJ. 1. And accordingly Cyrus went up on the mountains. 
2. Chirisophus, the Lacedaemonian, rose and spoke as follows. 
3. He halted the soldiers. 4. He advanced, halting now and 
then. 5. They kept filling the leathern bags with grass.® 
6. He mounted his horse and rode away. 7. They set the 
houses on fire. 8. He was not able to sleep. 9. You must 
cross the river. 10. He collected an army that he might be 
able to defeat the king. 11. And they raised them up. 12. But 
at that time these cities had revolted to Cyrus. 


649. R. ora, sta, set, stand. 


torn-pt, set, make stand; ord-or-s, -c-ws, 4, a standing, band, faction ; 
érl-craci-s, -e-ws, 7, @ Stopping, halt; nard-oraci-s, -<-ws, j, an establishing, 
state, condition; oracid(w, stand against, form a faction, revolt; avti- 
oracid(w, form a faction against ; avtictacid-Ty-s, -ov, one of the opposite 
faction ; émi-ord-r7-s, -ov, one who stands over or has charge of ; éritaré-w, 
exercise command ; mpo-ord-r7-s, -ov, one who stands before, leader; mpo- 
otaré-w, be leader or manager of; mporraret-w, be at the head, take charge; 
oré-ap, -at-os, 76, stiff fat, suet; t-oro-s, 6 (for oi-oro-s), mast; icr-to-v, 76, 
sail ; orav-po-s, 6, stake, palisade; ocravpd-w, fence with pales ; cratpw-pa, 
-at-os, 76, stockade ; ora-0-po-s, 6, standing-place, stall, station, stage. 





1With gédyw, as with AavOdvw 2 equipped. 

and rvyxdvw (p. 250%), the accom- 8 Verbs signifying to jill take 
panying partic. contains the leading the acc. of the thing filled and the 
idea of the expression. C/f.628,1.18. gen. of the material, : 





266 REGULAR VERBS IN -MI, deixvipr. 


si-std, set, make stand; sta-tu-s, adj., fixed; sta-ti-m, adv., on the z 


spot, immediately; sta-ti-d, -dn-is, f., a standing; sta-bulu-m, -2, n., 
stall ; In-stau-r-6, establish ; st6, std-re, stand ; sta-men, -in-is, n., warp, 
thread. 

STAND, STEAD, STEED, STOW; apo-stasy, apo-state, ec-stasy, histo- 
logy, hydro-statics, sy-stem, stoic. 


LESSON XCV. 


Regular Verbs in -MI, decxviye and édvv.— Verbs of the Nasal or 
Fifth Olass in -vip. 


Review 632, 633, 634. 

Commit to memory the present system of deckvvme and the second 
aorist system of Séw in 692, 696. No second aorist of Seéxvipx occurs. 

Review the endings and suffixes given in 156, 163, 199, 322, 331, 
345 a, 364 a, 375 b. 


650. In explanation of the forms in the paradigms, see 
635abcdeij. But note the following: — 


a. In the pres. system of decxvipt, the personal endings are not 
added directly to the theme detx- (632), but to the theme increased 
by -vv-, as explained below (651). 

b. The subjv. and opt. are formed as in verbs in -w. Cf. Adu, 
Adwpat, and Avount, AVolwnv in 672. 

ce. In the pres. imy. act., dedxvd (instead of Secxvv-6:) omits - and 
lengthens the final vowel of the stem. 

d. The act. participles Seuxviis (for Seexvevrs) and dbs (for Suvrs) are 
inflected Servis, Setxvica, Sexviy, gen. Serxvivros, Serxvvens, Setkvivros, 
etc. Compare the paradigm of Atods in 364. 

e. The second aorist middle does not occur. 


651. Verbs that form the present stem by adding -vv- to the 
theme belong to the Nasal or Fifth Class (623). If the theme 
ends in a vowel, the suffix is -vvwv-. Thus:— 


1. Selkvipe (Serx-), potnt out, show, 
SelEw eeEa Séaxa SéSerypar ely Onv 

























— . Spvipe (ou-), swear, 
Gpovpas ® dpooa,® 


i. 


éwnéa 


oKda! 


éoxédaca 1% 


7. 
- ro) is "@ 
eSuv 


épuoa and 
Epvv 16 
Ss 


optege} 


1 The theme is lengthened, as in 
verbs of the second class (492), in 
other systems than the second pass. 
_ # Rare in Attic prose, 
__%The theme is lengthened in 
other systems than the second pass. 
(Cf. rptBw of the first class (604, 13), 
wv hie has the theme lengthened in 
ll of the systems except the second 
pf. and second pass. 
_ 4 For oA-vvu, by assimilation. 
5 The theme assumes e in the 
first aor. and first pf. systems, as 
In some verbs of the first class (605), 
but without lengthening (441). 
_ Tn the mid. and in the second 
pf., the verb has the intrans. mean- 
ing, perish, be lost. 


?* = 
ao: 


a eas 
ee Ne a 


4, ddAvprt (oA-), destroy, lose, 


2 Ld Ke 
OPOLOKA 


6. arjyvope (a7-),! fix, freeze, 
wérnya 1 


7. oxeSdvvipe (oxeda-), scatter, 


‘1 4 


: % Net ne : . 

- oe . 9 See fe 

a vz BS OF THE FIFTH CLASS IN vote —- 267 
ee fe Levyvope (Cv7-),? ss yoke, 
' élevéa eLevypas évynv and 
. . > a ') 2 

3. plyvupe (ury-),? mix, mingle, sbeuxny 

eptto, péptypar éptyOnv and 

éplyny 2 


Oera® and ddrwdrdexa? 
addopnv © dédoXa 


épopoparand pony and 

Cpoporparl  apooOnv 
érraynv 

éokédacpar éoxeddcOnv 


4 652. Note also the following verbs of the First Class, which 
he ve second aorists of the -we form: — 


1. 800, make enter, intrans. enter, 
édSuvoaltand S8€d0Ka 


SéSupar 15 é5v0yp 


2. hie, bring forth, bear, produce, 
trépuke, 17 


7 See p. 2091, 

8 See p. 159 2, 

9 The theme assumes o in all of 
the systems except the pres. and 
fut. (cf. drloxouat, 642, 1), but with- 
out lengthening (441). 

10 See 441 b. 

11 Intrans., be jixed, be frozen. 

12 Formed like the fut. of éAatyw 
(624, 2). 

13 For the last three principal 
parts, see 441, 441 a. 

14 The first aor. is trans., the 
second aor., intrans. 

15 See 442. : 

16 Intrans., was born. 

17 Intrans., be born, be by na- 
ture. 








” teh Be el Be 


Pre” Se” (ee 





268 REGULAR VERBS IN -MI, Selevi pt. 


653. EXERCISES. 


ss Sore oe 


I. 1. cuppiyvidow adrdAndoLs, Kal vikdow ot “EXXnves 
A 8 , 2 b] be 4 IX > / > I 
kal St@xovow. 2. é« S& TovTov adrrAoe avicravrTat, émde- 


Vi 


, ones. 8 es i= 3 \ oo» ? / yy : 
KvUVvTEsS Old eoTiv ) atropid. 8. Kal avepwos évavtios emrver 
xX 
mnyvus Tos avOpwrrous. 4. &rode(KvUVTas Of mavTELs TaVTES 


= oe ee ee a 


yvouny OTL ovdaph payn éotat. 5. Tos avdpas adTods ois 


+ 


4 \ aA 
@pvuTe atrodwrékate. 6. rod\dAa ToV Uroluyiwy am@deETO 


ens 


bro Aipod. T. Sixatov! yap amoddvabat Tods émiopKobvTas. 
rd x X a a 

8. Kal amoTemovTes Tas Kehadds TOV vExpOVv, émedelKvUcAY 
ry e na ’ \ e A >’ l4 > \ a 

Tots EavT@v Trorcmiows. 9. TO Vdwp 0 efépovTo emi Setmvov 

oi cal a - ‘ 

émnyvuto. 10. rovTos tois Secpots elevyviv tods aoKods 
\ 9 , 4 = b] lal b) A 7, A 3 , 

mpos adAnjAous. 11. efite ev TH AUTH Nope Kat eTpagnre. 

lal na e nr nr 
12. tov otTpatiwTav ol cvVeTTOpLEVvoL TOLS OTpAaTHYOIS aTre- 


rAd 
———s eae, 


~ 


vj 
ae ere? ea 





% 


Novto. 18. dotTe Opa! Kal col émideixvvcbar THY TraLdecav. 
14. dirotipdtatos 5é mepiKas? ody yrTnOjceTar. 15. Kal 
OUTOL TP@TOL cvupiyvvUacs Tols TpoKatadaBovat TO ywpiov. 
16. taita S dpvupev, chdkavtes Tavdpov Kal AVKOV Kal 
Kampov Kal Kpiov. LT. Kal tov “EXAjvov Katéxoav Ttiwas 
TOV aTocKedavvupévov ATO TOD oTpatoTédov. 18. Kipos 








, ~ > \ n ec A , - 2 /Q= ¢ 
KataTnonads amo Tov adpyatos Tov Oapaxa évédv. 19. ot 
dé BdpBapo tpocopvidaar Kal iynoecOar® addrws. 


II, 1. They point out the tracks of the horses to the sol- 
diers. 2. Hereupon he expresses his opinion. 38. They dis- 
closed their plan to the soldiers. 4. He wishes to show his 
justice. 5. I joined the king in your camp. 6. The wind is 
freezing the beasts of burden. 7%. Let somebody express his — 
opinion. 8. When he heard this, he sank down in‘ shame. — 
9. After him another stood up, pointing out the folly of the 
man. 10. For the seers declare that there will be a battle. 
11. The peltasts are straggling from camp. (a 


PUAN Staite tei, 


 , 





1 See p. 224 2, 3 Their oath is, #ynoducba. See | 
2 Causal. See 379. 354. * dnd with gen. _ 


_ os a a. pe f , +e on 7 Py 
. 4 “¥e r y PT ‘ae bon rah * % 5 ay 7 
4 i oe ane 
wa ice ae : 
mies: -ERBS: OF THE BIGHTH CLASS. 269 






















2 65 4, R. tvy, iug, bind. 


5 - tey-s-v, 76, yoke; bmo-(by-v0-v, 74, beast under the yoke, beast of burden; 
tevy-vu-pu, yoke, join, fasten ; tevy-os, -<-os, 76, yoke of oxen, etc., team; 


weil -2, n., yoke ; iii-mentu-m, -2, n., beast of burden; con-itin=x 
or con-iux, -iug-is, m. and f., husband, wife ; bigae, -drum, , , span of 
horses ; ; iixta, adv., adjoining, near; iung-6, join. 


YOKE; sy-zygy. 


LESSON XCVI. 
Verbs of the Mixed or Eighth Olass. 


_ 655. A few verbs form the tense stems of their various 

: stems (see 252, 490, 519, 587, 603) from essentially different 
hemes, Thus: — 

1. aipéw (aipe-, éA-), take, seize, mid. take for oneself, choose, 

elXov ! Henke Tenpar peony 2 

2. elaov (en-, ep-), said,® 

elrrov # elpnka ® elpnpar épprOnv © 

3. Epxopar (<px-, edvd-), go, come, 

Wr8ov 7 €yjArv0a & 

F 4. écBlw (evh-, €5-,2 pay-), eat, 

€Sopau 1 épayov Soka § BrySeopartt ydeoOnv 

5. dpiw (dpa-, 15-, on-), see, 

Sip DOLL elSoy 12 éopaxa and éwpapar and 


éwpaka QPP. apOnv 
1 See p. 838, 2 See 442. 6 See p. 166 2. 
8 The pres. and impf. are sup- 7 RAGov is for nAvOor. . 
lied by Adyw Shit) 4), pnut (848), 8 See p. 2091. 
ai od other verbs. 9 The theme ed- assumes also the 
4 For e-fe-fero-v. The theme ex- forms ede- and edo-. 
is for an original fem- (p. 1617). 10 A fut. formed irregularly with- 
This is Beaaplicated. (cf. 491 a) in outa. 
forming the tense stem of the second 11 See 441 a. 
aor. (490), fe-fero-, e-eno-, by con- 12 For ¢-fido-v. The theme 1d- 
action eimo-. stands for an original fi0-: 
“6 See p. 2354. The theme ep- be- 13 See p. 838. édpaxa and édpa- 
0 nes fe- by shift of the letters in ja: have also the temporal augment. 
he po last three principal parts. _ This occurs also in the impf. édpwv. - 








~ 


Spapovpar €Spapov — SeSpayynkat  SedSpaunpar 
7. dépw (pep-, ot-, ever-*), bear, bring, carry, = 
‘olow qveyka® and  évyyvoxa* evyjveypar = -véxOnv 
Tveykov . 






















270 VERBS OF THE EIGHTH CLAS: 


6. tpéx@ (Tpex-, Spau-), run, 


8. @VEOP.AL (wve-, mpia-), DUY, — : 
OvyTopar érpiapny © éovypar © éovnOnv io 
656. For convenience these verbs may be designated as 
belonging to the Mixed or Eighth Class. “_ 


657. EXERCISES. 


I. 1. od word 88 rpoernrvOaow" obto. 2. kpéa Apovtes: — 
5 38. éay pn mpropeOa, Ta érriTH- 


Seva ovy EEopev. 4. Kréapyos dé etre tade. 5. TovTous 5é 


ee 5) / \ € /_-= 
no Ovov éxelyny THV npEepav. 


/ ; an / a 
Kedever KaTLOOVTAaS Ta UTép TOD AOdov® Ti éotiv™ arrayyel- — 
6 , M4 , oe \ a — 

Nat. 6. TovTovs, iv Tas duvHpela, Kal cbs det karapars a 
Néx Tis ayopas. — 


‘—_, 


yeiv. T. Ta dé érriTHdela M@vetoOat KpEtTTOV 
8. kal of dvot mpoddpapyov. 9. dueAOovTes 5é Tpeis cTa0pods — 
2 relyos. 10. modrovs — 
dé mipovs Kal Kpibas pee To mediov. 11. ravrnv 8) THV 


eacovro Hee TO Myndias Ren ouBezey 


Bupodoy Sunes Te kal 4} otpatia TaphrOev. 12, radra 8 
EiTO@V Eis THY EavTOD yopav amydavvev. 18. Kpéa ody éofi- a 
ovtes 06 otpatiatat Sveyiyvovto. 14. apos todTov ody épy — 
Botvr\coOar® érXOciv. 15. évradOa Kat Tov pa di ToD | 
poivixos mpatov epayov ot ligibest 16. ov« aome- — 
gpevyaow: éyw yap Tpinpets Mote" Edety TO ExElvOV Totov. : 
17. of & éxérevoy adrods éudaydvtas topevecOar. 18. Ta 


1 The theme assumes e (cf. 605). 7 See p. 2514. ; a 


2 Sometimes inthe form eveyk-, 8 Cf. 284,.15ii | 
with inserted nasal, as in verbs of 9 Cf. 482, I. 14. "4 
the fifth class (626 a). 10 The subj. of éoriv refers to ra 

8 A first aor. formed irregularly imép rod Adgov. 
without o. 11 See p. 224 2. 

4 See p. 209 1. 12 (so) called. 

5 A second aor. of the -w form. 13 He said,:BotAoua. See 354, 


See 646, 6 Seep. 83% 1 Of 601, 1.6. 


SO” id ie 




























wore Pens, 
= 


ee. 


'-*- VERBS OF THE EIGHTH CLASS. ate 
| appara éhépovto Os avTav TaV Toreuiov. 19. Kipos &é 
- gyor ods! elpnea wpuato amd Yapdewv. 20. Selods pn od 
_ mp@tos Tapadpapmot eis TO Ywplov, ywpEt avTos Kal Tapépye- 
tat mavtas. 21. xal rpoceNOav avOpwiros npeTnce Tovds 
“mpopvraxas Tod dv idou Ipofevov % Kréapyov. 22. aipy- 
— copar & ovv vuds kal ovrote épet ovdels* ws eyo mpodods 
fe "EAAnvas tTHv Tov BapBdapav diriav ethopuny. 

Ii. 1. For they ran much? faster than the horses. 2. He 
captured many of them alive. 3. Many deserted?’ from the 
_king to Cyrus. 4. And they chose men and sent (them) with 
Clearchus. 5. But when they had come together,’ Clearchus 
spoke as fellows. 6. They ran back to the river. 7. When he 
had said this,’ he dismissed the messengers. 8. He saw the 
tents where the Cilicians had been on guard. 9. The Greeks 
went to their tents with a roar of laughter. 10. But these 
have eaten a little. 11. And instructions have been given® the 
cavalry to go in pursuit. 12. He ran forward from the tree 
_ two or three strides.” 


658. RB. dep, fer, bear. 


 bép-w, bear, bring ; d:a-pépw, bear apart, differ, part. diabépwy, -ovca, -ov, 
differing } diapepdvtws, adv., differently from others, peculiarly, surpass- 
ingly ; dop-d, -as, a carrying or taking ; pic80-popa, -as (uicOd-s, wages), 
wages received, pay ; pop-o-s, 6, what is brought in, tribute ; popé-w, keep 
bringing, carry habitually, wear ; yeppo-pdpo-s, -o-v (yéppo-v, wicker-shield), 
carrying wicker-shields ; 81id-popo-s, -o-v, bearing apart, different; Sopv- 
oédpo-s, 5 (ddpv, spear),.one who carries a spear; Spemavn-pédpo-s, -o-v 
‘(Spéravo-v, scythe), scythe-bearing ; c00-pdpo-s, -o-v (pmic0d-s, wages), 
receiving pay, mercenary ; aKevo-pdpo-s, -o-v (oxevos, gear, plur. baggage), 
baggaye-carrying ; cxevopopé-w, carry baggage; obu-popo-s, -o-v, bearing 
together, i.e. fitting, useful, advantageous ; 55po-édpo-s, -o-v (b5wp, water), 
Co ing water ; bdpopopé-w, carry water ; hop-to-s, 6, what is carried, load ; 
opr-to-v, +6, burden, load; dhop-ev-s, -¢-ws, 6, bearer, carrier; a&upopet-s, 
eé-ws, 6 (for augi-popets, in Homer), vessel with handles on both sides ; 


1 See 569. 6 Use the aor. indic. after ére:d7. 
2 Cf. 611, I. 17. 7 Cf. I. 12 above. 

- 8 Cf. 470, I. 16 8 Use the impf. 

4 Cf. 485, I. 3. 9 instructions have been given, 
— § Use amcpxopa:. elpnrat. 10; Cf; 219, 1.6. 


me 
oe 
4 

1 





. "= vt Cie eg ee ia eer 
ei ae ~ va 


«d-), know, a second perfect with present force, formed without — 



















272 SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM WITHOUT e 3U a 


d1-pp-o-s, 6 (Svo, 499), that which holds two, chariot-board ; BS slegtan -0-¥, A 
on the same seat with one; 60-gp-atvo-wat, 2 aor. ao-pp-d-uny (Stem oo-ppo- 
for 05-po-, é(w, smell, cf. ebdins, fragrant), have an odour brought to one, — 
smell. 2 

fer-6, bear; fer-ti-li-s, adj., fruitful; lVici-fer, adj., lighbringite 4 
for-s, for-ti-s, f., chance ; fOr-t-tina, -ae, f., chance ; far, fur-is, m., thief. — 

BEAR, BURDEN, BIER, wheel-BARROW, BIRTH, BAIRN; para- phere 4 
Christo-pher, dia-phoretic, meta-phor, phos-phorus. 


LESSON XCVITI. 
Second Perfect System without Tense-Suffix. 


659. A few verbs have second perfects and pluperfects: 3 
formed without tense-suffix, after the analogy of verbs in -ps, — ; 
the personal endings being added directly to the reduplicated 
theme. Thus, éorapev, we stand, reOvacr, they are dead. 


Commit to memory the second perfect system without tense suffix ; 
of fornt in 697. 
a. The indicative sacans is lacking. 
b. The participle EoTws (toe é-ora-ds) is inflected éords, éordca, 
éaTds, gen. €aTOTos, EoTHONs, ETTHTOS, etc. ) 


660. Other verbs have forms in the second perfect cyst 
without suffix. Thus:— 4 


1. Balve (Ba-), go (646, 1), indic. BeBao., subjv. BeBdou, inf. BeBdray 
partic. BeBds. 

2. OvyoKw (Gar-), die (642, 5), indic. ré@varov, réOvaper, TeOvaior, er €Ova~ ; 
cay, opt. redvalnv, imy. réOvahi, inf. re@vdvat, partic. redveds (with ¢ for a 
and uncontracted). 4 
«BL 8éBua (3:-), fear! S5.uer, déduTe, Sedlaor, edlewv, €5é5icay, SUbjV. bey 4 
dediwot, Opt. dediein, imv. 65:61, inf. dediévar, partic. dedids. 


661. Here belongs also the irregular verb in -pu, oida (w6-, 3 
reduplication, the plup.(as impf.) being 78y or 7dew, fut. eoopat, 


Commit to memory the paradigm of otéa in 698. 


. 1 This second pf. with pres. force is related to defdw, fear, first aon — 
Zeica, first pf. 5¢50.na (with pres. force). a 




























EXERCISES. 


ay ; € \ 7 va > A A 2 1 
A A. ot 8é GAXot Eotacav aropotytes TO Tpaypyare. 
mS 


2. reOvedtas Toddovs eUpHE @- 3. ovK late & TL TroLEtTE. 
4. édédvcav THY oTpatiav of THY pLcOopopay breaynpé- 
ee \ an Y, , 2 \ ” , 
po. 5. Kal vov dvo Karo Te Kayadm dvdpe téOvarov. 
Oi ToneuLot ovK loaol Tw THY hweTépav cUppayiap. 
T. of d€ arAdor édéctacav éEw TaV Sévdpwv: ov yap Hv 
we pares év Tois Sévdpois éotdvat mretov? 7) Tov éva dédyov. 
8. 0 O€ TOUS Us all a AaBov Xero 9. Kal TavTa 
\ 
Trove Sed:@s5 1) amroldvy o imos. 10. ef bd Aaxedatpo- 
_ plois yevowTo of otpaTi@Tal, TavTos av mpoectainv® Tod 
as , 4 At oe by Sh > @ Yi é ov aie 
“OTpaTEvpaTos. . Omws Oé EldjTe eis obov EpyecOe ayava, 
Me n 
eye vas eidms SiddEw. 12. wdapects dé 0 catpdmns Bovdo- 
pevos eidévar ri mrpayOrf 13. 76 88 dvb) rreloopan? 
vos eidévat TL mpayOnoetar. . T@ O€ avopl Teicopal, 
ea PIN! ? ees Suv. if + 
wa ¢idnte ote Kal dpyecOat érmrictapa. 14. dvdpes otpa- 
ae * 9 , € \ a e \ \ pi 
Tiata, tov “Apxddwv ot péev TeOvacowv, of S€ Rotrrol emt 
Aodou Tivos trodopKovvtat. 15. Kal as mpoOvpoTaTols odow 
ae / 78 Kd 16 \ n / 3 a 
vpiv xdpw ode Kipos. . Kal CavTds Tivas av’T@v Tpov- 
ayy 1 Yet J 3 a > a 7 7 4 id , 6 
OipnOnwev® AaBetv adtod tovTov evexa, bras Hyeudow 
€idoce THY ywpav ypnoaiueba. IT. éav S éxeivos Neveu 
ee a > \ , ¢ ae A > / 4 BY 
OTe aber avTovs mévtTe tuepav' eis yowpiov dbev éyrounae 
Odrarray * el O€ wn, TEOvavar emnyyeidato. 18. 0 dé paves 
bedias 1) perros TavTa ex pepet els TO oTpaTevwa TOVdE TOV 
Royov. 19. Kat ev roiT~ TO ypove HrAOev ’Apyaydpds o 
“Apyeios mepevyas, kal Neyer OTe TEOvaow of dvOpwTrot. 
II. 1. For we know where? they are gone. 2. I wish to 
Know how many are dead. 3. He wept a long® time standing. 
4, But he at once drives away those standing round. 5. Cyrus 
kept finding” many pretexts, as you also well know. 6. For 
107,579, 1.1. 5 See 609, 2. 
. 2a greater number, the subj. of 6 Of. 611, 1. 8. 
TT d va. Ut 6) a is oe Oe 


. 8 See p. 2511. 8 bap. 
 4£See p. 83 3. 9 Use roads. 10 Of. 614, II. 12. 







(cf. *° x 5 eee es os 
2 


O74 


they will follow you and will try to imitate (you). 8. For he 







IRREGULAR VERBS IN -MI, anid ee ; ie gs ee 
re _ 


know well that I should prefer freedom. 7. Know well at 



























knew this. 9. Whether, then, I shall do what is just,) I do — 
not know. 10. I am not willing to go, fearing that he may 
take me and inflict punishment on (me). 11. For cu ee 3 
that Xerxes has the middle of the Persian army. 12. they a 
said that the generals knew this. 


—. 


663. R. Fis, uid, see, know. a 
el§-o-v (15-), saw; i8-éa, -as, look, form ; et8-os, -e-os, 74, look, shape; — 
ev-e1dijs, -és, good looking ; Obdpo-edhs, -és (R. 1 Ov, 537), high-spirited; — 
pnvo-edhs, -és (unvn, moon), crescent-shaped; opaipo-erdhs, -és (opaipa, 3 
ball), ball-like, spherical; ctidpo-edhs, -és (rapa, tiara), tiara-shaped; 
avr pesns, -es (for avTpo-eidns, &vtpo-v, cave), cave-like, cavernous ; 1A 
-es (yf, earth), earthy, deep-soiled ; &§-wdo-v, 745, form, likeness, image; : 8 
ot$-a, know ; to-rwp, -op-os, 6, one who knows, wise man, judge; cron 
seek to know, learn ; iorop-ia, -as, knowledge got by inquiry. 


uid-e-6, see; ul-su-s, -is, m., look, vision; €-uid-én-s, adj., looktng a 
out, obvious ; priidén-s, ad)j., foreseeing, pr udént ; ul-tru-m, -?, 7., yes 
uis-6, look at attentively. 7a 


_ WISE, WISE-@creé, WIT, WICKED, WITCH; idea, spher-oid, -tuphiotal 
idol, history. 


LESSON XCVIITI. a 
Irregular Verbs in -MI, dypi, cil, elt. 


664. Certain important verbs follow the analogy of regular 
verbs in -y in the present and. second aorist systems, but are — 
more or less irregular in formation. Some of them lack the 
second aorist system entirely. In their other systems, so far — 
as these occur, they follow verbs in -w. Thus: — = 

1. dypl (ga-), say, fut. dyow, aor. €pyoa. Cf. Lat. fa-17. 

2. eipl (ec-), be, fut. Zropar.? Cf. Lat. es-se. 

3. elue (i-), go.t Cf. Lat. 2-re. 


1 just ees 4 clue has the force of a fut., 


2 See 4 especially in ‘the pres. indic., am 
8 See an going, t.e. shall go. ‘® 


























inte, ed troujoery® buds. 
H&ewv Baciréa. 
Bev. 


 & avopes, OUopéve iévar® 


pata Kal TLOTEWS. 


_ 1The partic. gas is never used 
aa Attic prose, but instead of this 
pdokwy occurs. 

2 See 354. 

, 8 See 354. The unexpressed subj. 
of the infin. (850) is the same as 
that of not. In the phrase pds 
 ekeivov, mpds Means against. 

meee ty. 200, L, 10. 


meet. 1. avr éya par TavTa eee es Elva. 
_ yeTat @S Kado! TOL eiowy eis THY Enaba. 3. 
: “coppovaper, amipev évTedbev. 


6 \ > / 4 
« OUT®W yap ATTLOVTES 


i? ee tN is ” Ie 
8. Kk@pas O€ Kataxatvcoavtes évOev éEnecav. 


12, kai ovdev® pevtor ovdé TodTov Tabety Shaan, 
2 68 mAota bSpordpas mpotenp KatéKavoer, iva pi) Kipos dia- 
— Bain. 14. viv peév odv aire, KaTandiTrovTes TOVdE TOV avopa* 
_ vortepov Sé mdpecte Tpos THY eptow. 15. 
edOdvres katanaySavovet mmptor BEEPREEAOY ol Paphaper y 
- eyedov 01 PeiNnvEs Taprevant apes te obs Spat id? 4) 

nh KatadBacis Hv eis TO Trediov. 
a BP Bed devo. Ta OmrAa érnecay. 
4 ety fun Tls avTOtS ennota 5160. 


EXERCISES. 


juels, hy 
4. dnoi 84, av mpos EKELVOV 


5. édoxer Kipos eis tHhv ériotvoav &w 


A BN 
acgharas av amriot- 


1. mapa Kipov dovrovu dvtos® ovdels amrjer pos Bact- 


9. éuol, 


ert Bactréad ovK éyiyveto Ta lepa. 
«10. ‘isa dé év TH emia TOAH Kal THS TpocOev diriads vrropvy- 
11. dpets S& ovK Are eis THY yoOpar. 


18. ra 


THS VUKTOS Tpo- 


16. «cai érrei ey 
i hy \ 7” - 7 

- Kat ov pact vEevat, 

LS; ae & avrowndbicwvtat 


ol adXot, a amavtes. 19. rérXos 66 etre, Kai viv accom 
_ Suiv TicTa AaBEiv Tap Hnuav pny diriav trapéEeav vyiv 


5 Concessive use of the partic. 
See 379. 

6 for going. Construe with ov« 
eylyveto, and cf. 524, I. 165. 

7 See p. 837, 

8 Construe with makers and cf.” 
601, I. 16. 

In apposition (p. 25%) with 


Xwplov. 



































276 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -MI, dni, ei 
THY Yopav Kal adds dmragew eis THv “EANada dryopay 8 
mapéxovtas.: 20. ottws of Sechol KUves TOvS ev TapLOVTAas 
Sudkovcl te Kab Sdxvovow, Av Sivovrat, rods b& SsdKovtas 
pevyouat. | 


IJ. 1. They made the attack with a great shout. 2. He aa 
refused to go. 3. Let us goto the men. 4. They denied that 
there was another road. 5. Let the hoplites be at hand with 
their arms. 6. They desisted and went to their tents. 7. I 
say, therefore, that you ought to cross the Euphrates. 8, For 
what herald will be willing to go? 9. You got? your living 
by® robbery, as you yourself said. 10. The enemy advanced 
slowly. 11. But (while) saying this, he heard a noise* going - 
through the ranks. 12. They went frequently to his head- 

- quarters and demanded their pay. 





m): 


+2 


666. R. ec, es, live, be. 


el-pl (for eo-w), et (for eo-1, in Homer éo-ct), etc., be; part. dv, odca, bv, 

‘ gen. dvt-os, etc. (stem ovt-), older form é-dy, etc. (stem e-ovr- for eg-ovr-); 
be ovo-ia, -as (for ovt-ia), property (that which is), being, existence ; ét-ovcta, 
-as, possibility, power (cf. ét-eart, tt is free to one, it is allowed); ovv-oveta, 

-as, @ being together; ér-afw (from a stem er-o- for o-et-0-), examine, test 4 

(see if a thing is); é&erd(w, examine closely, inspect ; éféra-ar-s, -e-ws, 7, % 

examination, tnspection, review; €r-v-po-s, -o-v (er-uv- for o-er-v-), true, 

actual ; &r-ov-o-s, -n, -0-v OF -o-s, -o-v (ér- for o-er-), real, ready, prepared ; “y 

éroluws, adv., readily ; évs (for es-v-s), real, true, good; neut. contracted 

as adv., ed, well. 


s-u-m (for es-u-m), be, inf. es-se; ab-sén-s, adj., absent ; prae-sén-s, pe . 
adj. present ; s-G-n-s, adj., the real one, guilty, criminal; er-u-s, -1,m., 
master, lord. 


‘AM, ART, IS, ARE, SOOTH, SIN; etymo-logy, eu-logy, ev-angelistl. . 


Nore. — The group of Greek words is remarkable as showing in nearly — 
all of the words a complete loss of the root. The Latin words all preserve — 
traces of it. | 





1 Agrees with juas to be sup- 2 Use exw. 
plied as subj. of wapéfew and dard- 8 Use ard. 
feu. 4 See p. 633, 


5 toute Plerett cet ce yk 
re ey a ta ae , 
yh 2 aes 
a 


REGULAR VERBS IN -MI, int, xelwar, Fas. 217 


LESSON XCIX. 

















Trregular Verbs in -MI (continued), fyi, xefuar, yar. 
667. Other important irregular verbs in -w (664) are the 
llowing : — 


ag he 
os 


| i< 
tT. type (é-), send, 

= Too - qka t elka 2 eto elOnv 
2. Keipar (xe:-), lie, be laid, fut. ketoopan. 


3. pat (jo-),® sit, commonly in the compound form xdénua in Attic 
_ prose. 


. : Commit to memory the paradigms of fn, xetuat, and KéOnuae in 
702, 703, 704. | 


668. EXERCISES. 


LT. 1. em tod &ppatos Kadjpevos rhv mopetav érovetto. 
ie e 5 x Se : v2 < n 3 2 Lal 
2. ws cide TOV oTpaTNnyoV SueXadvovTa, tnot TH akivyn. 3. Tots 
Sf / £3 G ¢ K 8 a ov Q 4 / 
StaBaivovowy* émixeicovtat of Kapododyor dmicbev. 4. ri 
a e Qy A / 3 eee ’ 
Katakepat; 7 dé vvE mpoBaivea. 5. Hv dé To Telyos @Kobo- 
x / an 
pnpevov mrivOas ortais ev aoddrT@ Keipévats. 6. evOds 
7a . < 
tevto dvw kata thy davepav oddv. T. of 58 morgutor Sel- 
Be. n ’ e 
“Caves HKaV EaUTOS KATA THs yLdVvOS eis THY VaTTNV. 8. OBTOL 
06, OTL ovK OEE Tors HEevyovtas mpoécbat, éboBobvTo at- 
eas 9 > , / ” \ f , £5 
tov. 9. éuedetwv Tokeverv ava Ta Tokevpata tévTes waxpav. 
10. év péom yap Sn Keita tadtTa Ta ayaa. 11. ai &e 
Bdrava trav howitkwr, olas év tots “EXAnow éotiv® (deliv, 


a / lal 
rots oixétais’ améxewro. 12. xpatictov,® & Xewpicode, jut 





~ 1Compare the first aor. forms of Cy. 189.110. 

—7lOnus and d{5wu1, 686 e and 639 e. 5 to a great height. Sc. é656v and 
 2See p. 83 8. of. 219, I. 6. 

8 ¢ of the theme is retained only 6 See 188 a. 

in the forms fora, foro, and not TCf. 106, I. 10. 

always here. 8 See p. 2242, 





2» 

* 

; 

‘ 

“ 

« 

4 
* 

7 

_ 

3 


ye oe 





ecOa. 17. évOa 89 Iloduxpdrns ’A@nvatos Aoyadryos exé- — 


he will never abandon his friends. 9. But having said, “I see _ 




























278 IRREGULAR VERBS IN -MI, tn, Pe 


tecOat @s TayLoTa emt TO axpov. 138. Kal yap obd3- réppo 
ey pot Kipou} wail de. 14. éya, @ avdpes Nox Oba 
ovte Kabevoerv Suvapae ovte kataxeloOa? ért. 15. TovTov 
vexa Bacihéa tromrevev él Td mediov Td USap aderxévar. 
16. évrad? éxtpamopevos éxaOnvto, Kal ovK epacav Tope 


- a / a i 
Nevoevy adidvar® éavtdv. 18. évtedOev erropevOncav mpos — 
n ” , \ an on , 19. Ar rg 
Bes. <pyiiov weya, mos Th) TONS eee TONDO 
dé Ee eyouot @s ovK akldv éott Baciret adetvat Tovs ep” 
EAUTOV OTPAaTEVcapévous. 


II. 1. Straightway they rushed into the boats. 2. And. 
many were lying outstretched. 3. But they let their dogs — 
loose at night. 4. The snow concealed the arms and the — 
men as they lay asleep.’ 5. If you will make known the one ~ 
who let the ass loose,® you shall receive a reward. 6. But — 
when the trumpet sounded, they charged upon the enemy. — 
7. They surprised the guards sitting about a fire. 8. He says — 


the man,” he rushed at him. 10. They let them go when they — if 
had served’ breakfast to them. 11. The enemy were encamped — 
in® the open road. 12. They were eager to intrust to hims 
money, cities, their own lives. oe: 


669. Ketpo, Jie. | 4 : 
at 
ket-par, lic» Kot-pd-w, lay to rest; Kd-po-s, 6, banquet (where the guests ; 
reclined); Ko-pn, -ns, dwelling- Bide: village (‘resting-place ’); Ka@u-EpXN-Sy 
-ov (R. apx, 463), village chief; kwpi-ry-s, -ov, villager; Kapa, -aT-os, Td, 
deep sleep. : 


cI-ui-s, -is, m., citizen; tran-qui-llu-s, adj., quiet; quié-s, -étis, f., 
a lying still, rest ; quié-sc-6, keep quiet, rest. 


1 See p. 281. 4 ras vixras. Cf. 239, II. 9. 

2The infin. refo6a: retains its 5 as they lay asleep, use the partic. 
accent in compounds, i.e. the ac- 6 See 371. : 
cent is not recessive. 7 Use the partic. 


8 Sc. a’rodts as subj. of apiévat. 8 Use éri with dat. 





REVIEW OF GROUPS.— READING LESSON. 


LESSON C. 


Review of Groups. — Reading Lesson. 


























i Sioyicw the groups of related words in 688, 641, 644, 649, 654, 
, 663, 666, 669. 

Review 140, 142. 

Read and translate again 630. 

Read and translate the following passage : — 


Kupos. 


X. kal ovxérs tpia 4) Téttapa atddia dvevyéTnv TO 
parayye am addjr@V Hvika érratavifov Te ot “EXANVES 
Kal mponpxorno avtiot iévat Tots Tohepiots. as 6 é&e- 
Kipavé TL TIS “blncel desl parayyos, TO ome). 07h ara 
es § ipo Spoum ety: Kal ae Sosy CA TAVTES olovanep 
T® “Eviari érerlfovor, cal mavres 5é EOeov. mpiv oe 
Tofeupa é&txvetcOat, éxxdtvovow ot BapBapor kat dev- 
— -yovot. Kat évtadv0a 87 edimxov ot ” EdAqves. 


3 
Beno & opav tods as vik@VvTas TO KAO avTOrS 
10 Kal SlwxkovTas, Hdd wevos Kal Pease. non @S Bact- 
: Revs Uo Tov aud’ adTov, ovS as eEnyOn Si@Kevv, AdrAa 
. eaten ” \ A \ e noe / 
uvveotreipauevny Exyov tiv TOY oY EavT@ éEaKOTlwV 
Pi c , U > a va / 4 ® 
 tararéwy Tae émremedNelTo O TL TrotncEL Bactrevs. oOvVTOS 
dé écov Exwr Tis avTOD oTpaTias Gums EW éyéveTo TOD 
15 Kipouv evwvtpmou Képatos. érrel bé ovdels ait euayeto 
3 a , 
 €K TOU avTiou, éréxapTTev ws eis KUKAWCLY. EVOa $)) 
_ Kdpos édravver avtios: Kat éuBarov cvv tots éEaxociors 
: ean! a \ s /, A a heed 
ViKa TOUS TPO PaciNEws TETAYMEVOUS Kal Els uynY ETpErer. | 
e€ = \ b] / / \ e Z£ Lg , 
@s 8 1) TpoT éyéveTo, Svactreipovtar Kat ot Kipov é£axo- 
=. > ‘ , ¢ Y, \ , Sn > 9 
2 ctot eis TO Oi@Key Oppyoavtes, MANY TavU OrlyoL aud 
‘ TAR / \ , NTA a 
_ avrov xatereipOncav. avy TovTos dé oY Kafopa Bact- 


éa* Kal evOds ovK HvécyeTo, AXN eimra@v Tov avdpa ope, 
tero ém’ avtov Kal males Kata TO otépvov Kal TiTpwoKEL 


uti not B2 ee lee > 

























280 REVIEW OF GROUPS. __ READING LESSON 


\ a J i- , 5 > \ > / ; ae 
dia Tod Owpaxos. matovta & avrov axovtives Tis TaATe 
en a eee \ 5) \ , ee) A , e. 
25 vmod Tov opGadrpov Biaiws: Kal évtadOa payopevot Kal 
\ Nos 75 Nuc Ne Ory. > ? \ COLNA c t ~ 
Bactredrs cai Kipos cai ot apd’ avtods trép éxatépov, — 
Cu a f= = =z 
oTrocot pev TOV audi Baciréa arréOvyncKxov Krnaoids Néyer* a 
/ Sik a: a / : ; a 
map éxelv@ yap iv: Kdpos d€ avtos te atréBave kal OKT@® ~ 
rn. \ \ la b) a 

Of dpioToL TMV TeEpl aUTOV ExELVTO ET AUTO. OUVTMS OUV 
, ¢ a — 

30 érenevtyncev 0 Kipos. 


NOTES. 


3. exipowé te THs dddayyos, a part of the phalanx surged for- — 
ward. —5. otovrep, just as.—6. mplv... éfxvetoOar: cf. 487, line 15,and ~ 
note. —10. 7S0p<vos, TPOTKYVOUHEVOS : concessive (379), although he was 
pleased, etc. — 12. Tuvermerpapevny : pf. of cv-cmeipdouat.—15. otros 8€... °° 
Képatos: the king’s forces in this battle numbered 900,000. —16. ds ele 
KUkAwo, as if to encircle them. —22. yvérxeto: double augment, dvexo 
here taking the augment both before and after the preposition. — 24. av- 
rov: i.e. Cyrus. —25. paxydpevor... éxarépov: the construction begun by 
these subjects is not finished, but breaks off suddenly in the indirect ques- 
tion éréc0.. . aréOvnoxov. It is partially resumed in the following me 4 
dé... aira. —29. &xewro, lay dead. ; 


Translate the following passage into Greek: — NOs y F 


671. All were armed with cuirasses and helmets except 
Cyrus, but he took his place in the battle with his head unpro- 
tected. It was now afternoon, and the king and his troops — 
were in plain sight. There were 900,000 of these and 150 — 
chariots. On the enemies’ left were cavalry in white cuirasses. | 
Tissaphernes was said to be their commander. The barbarian — 
force came on in even line, but the Greek force was still — 
getting into position. But when the Greeks raised the paean a 
and charged double quick, the barbarians gave way and fled. — 
Thereupon the Greeks pursued with might and main, while 
Cyrus with his 600 cavalry attacked and routed the enemies’ 
centre, and he himself with his own hand wounded the king. ~ 
There in the fight Cyrus proved himself a brave man; but — 
at last he was himself slain, and all his table-companions lay 
dead upon his body. Thus died Cyrus, the son of Darius. 


—-,; 2s 







































INFLEXION OF VERBS. 





Index of Paradigms. 





Perfect Middle System of Palatal Mute Verbs, §684. . . 
SeERPEMIDTOVR(GIy Bua es. lk lw wl ww ww OD 
Been PYecen SUG). ekg kw tlt lt lw tl 6 
Beemanoriey pystem, $694... wt et OE 
eairiaG OyStom, 6696... 2. 4 ce et 
Me ew ge eS ww oe ee 
ECE er ee ee ae ame 
eC cd on Sis ng te be ee 
Present System, §691 . . . 2. 1.» + + +s « . 206 
Second Aorist System, §695 . .. . o. Lees ope 
Second Perfect System without Suffix, § 607 ou tinge } Sc eee 
ON 0 I rer) 
Paragem. § 703... . Peyoe dice: bis 'c., Adee eee 
Second Aorist System, § 680 St a A ee 
Second Perfect System, §681. .. . oo as 
Perfect Middle System of Labial Mute Verbs, § 688 1. eee a 
Peem@ryste, $672). 9. 2 a SS ee : 
DrreVEROCINS SOS 6 Ge kk Se ee kl sis 
Poeeumiey syatem, $674... . 2. kk ce we ee ag 
meee permet oyatem, §675 . 60. ek wk ee 
Pertect Middle System, §676. . .... =. =... 284, 285 
Dumemeeryeoystom, SO77 | . tS. ww wk ee 18 
Paradigm, §698. . ... es): 
Perfect Middle System of Erin Mute pee § 685 o. of 288 
Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs, §686. . . . . 290 
Second Passive System, §688. .. . . 291 
Perfect Middle System of Vowel Verbs with ae 0; g 682 . 288 
Dememmemaatem, S680) . 6 ee ew www te BOE 
Benanm Aorist System, §6908 .°. . . 2. . ww we BOO 
Future System of Liquid Verbs, §678. . .... . . 286 
First Aorist System of Liquid Verbs, §679. . ... . . 286 
_--—-—s Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs, §687. . . . . 290 " 
bnut: Paradigm, § 699. nae : 


: ? ace ¢, a 2 > a WL 
ity fi. d yee 4 7 ee NC tee 
ee ae Coie esd ay ee as?) 


ray. 


INFLEXION OF VERBS. 








672. Present System of rTw, loose. 
ACTIVE. MIppLe and PAssiIve. 
Present. Imperfect. Present. Imperfect. 
S. 1 | Ado é-Avo-v Avo-par é-vo-pnv 
2 | Avets é-Ave-s Aver é-Avov 
© 3 | Aver Z-ve | Ave-TaL é-Ave-TO 
8 Dz. 2 | Ate-rov é-Ave-Tov Ave-obov é-Aie-cbov 
c= 3 | \ve-rov é-Avée-THV Ave-o8ov é-Avée-c Oqv 
S| P. 1 | Avo-pev é-A¥o-pev Ado-pela é-Ave-pea 
2 | Nve-re é-ve-Te Ave-o Oe é-Ave-o be 
3 | Avovct é-Av0-v Avo-vrar é-Ato-vTO 
Present. Present. 
pe il dw Avo-par 
2 ddys Ady 
te 3 hoy AUy-TaL 
a) D. 2 Ady-TOV Avy-oBov 
= 3 Avy-Tov Atn-cbov 
eae. 1 do-pev Avd-pela 
2 hun-Te Ady-obe 
3 Agocr Avo-vrar 
S. 1 AVou-pe . Avol-pnv 
Z Adou-s Advot-o 
3 3 vou Avot-To 
c= ab ap Avot-Tov Avou-cbov 
= 3 Avol-ryv Avol-c nv 
7 Pl Avot-wev Avol-peba 
2 Avou-TeE Avor-obe 
S Avore-v Avou-vTo 
ao 2 Ave Avov 
= 3 Avée-TH AdpE-c Bw 
g 17.2 Ave-Tov Ave-cbov 
3 3 AvEe-Tav AvEe-c wv 
E te Ave-Te Ave-o Be 
3 \vd-vTwov AdE-c Pov 
Infin. Avew Ave-c bar 
Partic. Avwv, -ovca, -ov Ado-pevo-s, -1, -0-v 


























* ‘ ag ¥ 








Future System 


_ INFLEXION OF VERBS. 


283 


674, First Aorist System 
of rAtw. 


ACTIVE. 


| MIDDLE. 


First Aorist. 





é-Avoa 
€-Avoa-s 
€-Avore 
é-Ajoa-Tov 
> ae) , 
é-Luoa-THYV 
é-Avoa-pev 
> ie 
€-Lvoa-Te 


é-Avoa-pyy 
é-Avow 
é-Aica-To 
é-Lioa-cbov 
é-Avod-cOnv 
é-Avod-pe0a 
é-Lioa-obe 
é-Atoa-vTo 





= 
2 
: 
4 


Avon-Tov 


icy 
Avon-Tar 
Aton-cbov 
Avon-cbov | 
Avo-w-pe8a 
Avon-o0e 
AVow-vTar 


a ff | 


Adorar-pe 
Avoreva-s, Avoa-s 
Avoreve, AVoaU 
Avorat-Tov 


Aveal-ryv 


AVorat- prev 
ioat-Te 


Avoera-v, AVoate-v 


Avoral-pny 
Avoat-o 
Avoat-To 
Atoat-cboy 
Avoal-cOnv 
Avoal-peba 
Atoat-obe 
AYoat-vro 


Z ee OS OS 


of Ave. 
ACTIVE. | MIDDLE. 
Future.’ 
oe 1 | Atow Avoro-par 
| 2 | Avores Avoer 
‘je 3 | Avot Avore-TaL 
3 2 | A\tore-rov Avore-oBov 
| 3 | Adoe-Tov Avoe-o ov 
peo 1 | Avoro-pev Adoo-peBa 
e- 2 | Avoe-Te Avore-0- Ve 
3 | Avorovet Avoo-vrar 
1 
2 
3 
2 
3 
i 
2 
3 
1 | Adoror-pr dool-pnv 
2 | Atoor-s Avoo-o 
3 | Avoor Avoo-To 
2 | Avcrot-rov Atoou-c ov 
3 | Adool-rnv Avool-cOyv 
1 | Avorot-pev Atvool-peba 
2 | Adoou-Te Adoor-o be 
3 | Avcote-v Avorot-vTo 
2 
3 
2 
3 
2 
3 
Atoew Avoe-c Par 


Atowyv, -ovea, 





Avo-d-pevo-s, 


“1, -0-v 


Atoa-Tov 
AVod-Twv 
Atoa-Te 
Avod-vrev 


Avoat 


Aiods, -cara, 
-cav 


Avod-o bw 
Avoa-cbov 
Avod-cbwv 
Atoa-obe 


Adoa-cOwv 





Avoa-cbar 


AVCTG-[LEVO-S, - 


bal! Fy -O-V 







ak eo < 
Pe ee ee re 


« 


oe: 
, Fe the 


INFLEXION OF VERBS. 


eS <a 
eo 





at 
eee ree fhe) 
ie ee . 
; — 
' ~— 


ae 






Ne 































































284 hic: on 

A 675. First Perfect System 676. Perfect Middle System — 
; of iw. of diw (seenextpage). — 
a ACTIVE. Mipp.e and Passive. 
First Perf. First Plup. Perfect. Pluperfect. - 
a S. 1 | A€AuKa @-dehoKy AéAv-pae é-eAv-pnv 
= ~ 2 | N€AvKa-s @-deAdKy-s A€Av-cora é-A€Av-c0 ; 
o 3 | NéAuKe &NeAGKEL AéAv-TaL é-A€Xv-TO 
S| D. 2) Acdvka-rov | EdedtKe-rov | MAv-cOov &é\v-cbov 

; 5 3 XNeAVKa-TOV é-AcAUKE THY AéAv-o Bov ’ é-AeAV-o Ony 

SokP od AeA vKa-pev &-eAbKe-pev AeAv-pe0a €-AcAv-pe8a 
2 | AeAvUKa-Te B-DedAie-re AAv-o Be é-héAv-o be 

:: 3 | AeAvKaoe é-AehvKe-oav | A€Av-vrae é-AéAv-vTO f 
; First Perfect. Perfect. j 
; aS AeAUK@ AeAv-pévos (-n, -ov) @ a 4 
: ; 2 AeAVK YS % ns a 
} £ 3 AcAUKy a ae 
, 8 i 8 oa 4 AeAVKN-TOV NeAv-pévwo (-G, -@) TOV : 
bs = 3 AeAVKY-TOV Shey Tov i 
i me AeAVKo-pev AeAv-pévor (-at,-a) Opev 
. 2 AcAVKI-TE epee ; aTE - 
, 3 AeAVKwor ae oor | 
| Sat AeAVKOL-pL AeAv-pévos (-y,-ov) ely a 
a 2 AeAVKoL-s as elns a 
k S 3 AeAVKoL i etn a 
; se D. 2 AeAVKOL-TOV Aev-pévo (-d,-w) elrov orelyrov — 
B 8 AeduKol-rhv bs elrny — elyjty © 

er Ts AeAVKOL-jLev Aehu-pévor(-at,-a) elyev elev 
2 AeAVKoL-TE dre elytre 
3 AeAvKoLe-v ~ elev elvav 

_| 8.92 AéAv-cro | 

ap 3 AeAv-c bo 
| gs | D.2 AéAv-o- ov 
= 3 Aedv-obov 
oP. 2 — NAv-0 Be 
. 3 AeAv-cOov 
: ‘Infin. AehuKé-van hAv-cOar 
5 a = 
| Partic. AeAuKas, -Kuta, -KOS AeAu-pévo-s, 1, -O-v 


7, 


of \vw (continued). 






















Future Perfect. 


AeAtoro-par 
AeAvorer 
AeAdore-TaALWL 
AeAvore-o Bov 
AcAvore-c Pov 
AeAvoro-peba 
AceAvore-o Ve 
AcAtoo-vrar 


wb eH cD OO be 


o 
whe op whe 


AeAvool-pyv 
AcAvoot-o 
AeAGorou-To 
AeAtoro-cbov 
AeAvool-cOnv 
AeAvorol-pe8a 
AeAvoror-oVe 
AceAdorot-vTo 


Ome whe wh & 


Min. and Pass. 


of Niw. 





PASSIVE. 


First Aorist. 


é-AVOn-v 
é-AvOn-s 
é-AVOy 
é-Av0n-Tov 
é-AvOq-THV 
€-AVOn-pev 
€-Av0n-Te 
é-AvOn-cav 


Avda 
AvOys 
Avdy 
Av0y-Tov 
Av0q-Tov 
Av00-jev 
AvO7-Te 


Av8aorr 


Avdein-v 
Avdetn-s 
Avdein 


AvOynool-pnv 


Avbei-rov or AvOely-Tov 


Avoel-rhv 
AvGet-pev 
Avdeci-re 
Avbeie-v 


AvOeun-THV 
Avoe (y-pev 
AvOeln-re 

Avveln-cav 


i | | | ——SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSFSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSHeses 


oS we 









: imperative 
ere | ee ed YY 
5 io as = 
=f — 
h n 


AeAvore-o Baur 


AeAvT-O-pEvo-s, 
“1; ed 





AVvOn-Tov 
AvOy-TeVv 
AvOn-Te 
Avbe-vrwv 


hub y-var 


Avbels, -etoa, 
-éy 


First Future. 


AvOrjoro-pae 
AvOyoret 
AvOyore-TaL 
AvOrjoe-c Pov 
AvOyce-o Gov 
AvOyoo-peba 


- AvOqore-o- De 


Avojoov-TaL 


AvOycot-o 
AvOrjco-To 
AvOrjo-o1-c-Bov 
Avoyool-cbnv 
Av8ycol-peba 
AvOrjcoi-cbe 
Avoycou-vTo 


AvOrjore-c Bar 





AvOyo-d-LEVvo-s, 


“1, -O-V | 


a = gl « 
Ytih«-.ae0 fo 


i « 7 a" i 
ae a ee ee Nae eee fe ek ae 


aR? em ays as) 











ne Bese os, 
286 INFLEXION OF VERBS. 
: 678. Future System of | 679. First Aorist System of 
Liquid Verbs - Liquid Verbs: _ ee 
gaivw (pav-), show. galyw (pav-), show.” 
ACTIVE. | MIDDLE. ' ACTIVE, | MIDDLE, 
Future. First Aorist. = 
Ss. 1 pave havov-par | &-pnva &dnvd-pny 
2 davets davet €-byva-s é-rjve 
2 3 davet havei-rar | &-dnve erjva-ro 
eS ¢D..2 davei-rov avei-cbov | é-yva-rov é-pryva-cbov 
S) a“ “ 2 ’ 2 ’ - 
a 3 davet-rov avei-cbov | é-bynva-THv epyva-cOny — 
SG) Ps 1 ayov-pev avov-peba | é-prjva-pev é-byva-peba 
2 havet-re havet-cbe | é-prva-re e-prva-cbe 
3 davover davov-vra| €-pyva-v é-ryva-vTo - 
sl dyve riveo-pat 4 
‘ 2 oyvys oyna 
£| 3 diva drivn-rau 
eo) DD: 2 1vy-Tov dyvy-cboy 
= 3 pyvy-Tov drvy-clov 
mr. 1 drivo-pev dyve-pela = 
2 drivn-re drivn-oOe 
SUA ER 
S. 1 | havoly-v or havot-pr| pavol-pyy | drvar-pe dnval-pnv a 
2 |dhavoin-s  davoi-s | davoi-o dyvera-s, pyvai-s | dyvat-o = 
a3 3 | davoly gavot | davot-ro prvere, pjvar | dyvar-ro 
2 D. 2 davot-rov davoi-cbov | drvat-rov drjvat-cbov 
es 3 davol-ryv davol-cbyv | dyval-ryy pyvat-cOnv — 
pe jee th avot-pev davol-peba | drjvat-pev dyvat-peba 
2 davoi-te dhavot-obe | ryvai-re rjvat-oe <3 . 
3 davote-v davot-vro | dryvea-v, pjvace-v fiver oa 
Epis, 2 pyvov byvar 
£ 3 oyva-To dyvi-o tae 5 
g | D. 2 yva-Tov pyva-cboy i 
2 3 oyva-Tev davd-o ten | 
i= | ee pryva-re pryva-cbe | 
3 pyva-vrov brivi-oGavll a ] 
Infin. davetv davet-cbar | dyvar drva-cbar ; | 
Partic haveav, -ovea, |davov-pevo-s| rvas, -ar, | ant neret 





-ouv 


-N, -0-v 


a, 


-av 








































-1), -0-V 


y 


1 
2 
3 
2 

Ba 3 

Pl 

2 

3 


o ~~ 
co be co bo 0 be 


rd 


sd 














ob © Ww & Ww 


Second Aorist System 


Of reimw (Ait-), leave. 
ACTIVE. | MIDDLE. 


Second Aorist. 


287 





681. Second Perfect System 


of Aelmw (Arr-), leave. 


ACTIVE. 





é-Autro-v 
é-Aurre-s 
é-Aurre 
€-\lare-Tov 
é-Auré-T HV 
é-Altro-pev 
é-Altre-re 
é-Aurro-v 


Aire 
Alarys 
Alary 
Altrn-rov 
Alary-Tov 
Altrw-pev 
Alarn-re 
Aract 


Altrot-pue 
Altrou-s 
Altrou 
Altrou-rov 
Aurrol-ryHv 
Altrou-pev 
Altrou-re 
Altrove-v 


Altre 
Auré-Tw 
Altre-rov 
Auré-TeV 
Alare-re 
Auro-vrev 


Aurretv 


Aurav, -ovca, - 


-6v 


é-Aviro-pyv 
é-Altrov 
é-\lare-To 
é-Altre-o Dov 
é-Aurré-c Ov 
é-utro-peOa 
é-Alrre-o Be 
é-Aitro-vro 


Alrre-pat 


Airy 
Alarn-Tar 


| Adarn-oBov 


Alary-o Pov 
Aurro-peba, 
Altryn-o Be 


Altrro-vrar 


Aurrol-pyv 
Altrou-o 
Aftrou-To 
Altrou-cBov 
Aurol-cOnv 
Autrof-peba 
Alrroi-o Ve 
Altrou-vro 


Aurov 
Autré-0 Bw 
Altre-o-Bov 
Auré-cBov 
Alare-o Be 


Aurré-c Bov 


Aurré-o Bare 


Autro-pevo-s, 


“1, -0-v 


AéAoutra, 
A€Aoutra-s 
A€Aourre 
AeAoltra-rov 
AeAoltra-Tov 
AeAoltra-pev 
AeAoltra-re 
AcAolract 


Second Perf. / Second Plup. 


é-AeAoliry . 
é-Aeolarn-s 
é-AeAolzret 
é-AeXoltre-TOV 
&-eouré-rHv 
é-eXolrre-pev 
éNeXolrre-re 
é-NeXoltre-cav 


Second Perfect. 


AeAolrrw 
AeAolarys 
Aedolrry 
AeAolarn-Tov 
AeXoliryn-Tov 
AeAolrrw-pev 
AeAolan-re 
AeAolract 


AeAolrrot-pe 
AeXoltrou-s 
AeAolrror 

AeA olrrot-Tov 
AeA outrol-rnv 
AeAolrrot-pev 
AeXolrrou-Te 
AeAolrrote-v 


AeAourré-var 


AeAoutrais, -vta, 


-OS 








Perfect Middle System 
of Vowel Verbs with added c : 
Tedéw (TeAe-), complete. 


MiIpp.LeE and PAssIve. 


Perfect. 


Pluperfect. 


683, Perfect Middle Sytem 
of Labial Mute Verbs: — 
Aclrw (Arm-), leave. 


Mippte and Passrve. 


Perfect. 








Pluperfect. 


682. 
eri 

2 
mors 
PD. 2 
ay 
So) P.1 
eile 
8 


WY 


Optative,| Subjunctive. | 


| | 


Imperative. 


Infin. 


Partic. 





Indic. 
Opt. 
Infin. 
Partic. 


TeTehE-o- Lt 
TevTéXe-C OL 
TeTéhe-o-TOL 
reréXe-cBov 
TeTéXe-c Pov 
TeTEhé-o-peOa 
TeTéAe-o Ve 
TeTENE-o-p.EVOL 


elo-l 


é-rerehé-o-pyv 

> 

€-revTéXe-c0 

3 , 

€-reTéXe-0-TO 

é-reréXe-o-Bov 

é-rerehé-o Onv 

3 , 

é-reTedé-o--pe0a, 

é-reréXe-o Be 

TeTENE-O'-[.EVOL 
yoav 


Perfect. 


TeTehE-o--pEVOS w, CLC. 
TeTehe-o-pévw TOV, etc. 
TeTehe-or-EvOL Bpev, CLC. 


TeTeNe-o-pevos elny, etc. 
TEeTENE-o'-Evw elTov, etc. 
TeTEAE-o-pevor Elev, CLC. 


TeTENE-CO 
TeTeAE-c Ow 
TeréXe-oBov 
TevTeAé-cOwv 
retéXe-o0e 
rere\é-cOwv 


TeTeA€-o- Oar 


TETENE-O-LEVO-S, -N, -0-V 





Future Perfect. 


Lacking. 


A€Aetp-p.OLe 


Bedely-pyvy 








AéAerrpar é-AeAcupo 
AéAeutr-raL é-AéXeutr-Tro 
AéAerc-Bov é-Aéder-Bov 
héXerd-Bov &Dedelh-Onv 
Aedelp-peOa é-Dedelu-pe0a, 
AéAer-Oe | é-Aéherp-Be 
AeAct-pévor | AeAetp-pévor 
ell Woo 
Perfect. 


AeAetp-pévos ow, etc. 
Aederp-pévo arov, etc. 
AeAewp-pévor arev, CLC. 


AeAetp-pévos elyy, efc. 
Aedetp-péva elroy, etc. 
Aedetp-pévor elev, etc. 


a 
eee » 


héAcrrpo 
\ehelb-O0 
AéXer-Bov 
AeAel-Bav 
NéAer-Oe 
AeAel-Oov 


Aeetp-Bar 


NeAerp-EVO-S, -1, -O-V 





Future Perfect. 


Aedelipo-par, etc. 
AeAewpol-pny, etc. 
AeAele-o Bar 

AeAELipo-pevo-s, -y, -0-V 











were cw bd & be 





<i Yee pts m ne A ee! 


tae 2a 7 


¢ 


Perfect Middle System 
of Palatal Mute Verbs: 
&yw (ay-), lead. 


Mippie and PAssiIve. 


Perfect. Pluperfect. 
TY-paw TY-PaV 
Tiga mio 
K-TaL 7K-TO 
1X-Sov nX-Sov 
7X-Sov 1Xx-Onv 
Ty-p<8o. my-He00, 
1x0 71x-e 
nY-PEévor 1Y-pévou 
clot "oa 
Perfect. 


HY-pEvos @, etc. 
Y-Bévw yrov, etc 
TY-PEVOL cre, CC. 


ny-pévos elny, etc. 
nY-pévo elrov, etc. 
nY-pévor elev, etc. 
fifo 

qX-9e 

1X-Sov 

1X-Qov 

7ix-e 

7X-Sov 

nX-Sar 


NY-HEévo-s, 1, -0-v 





Future Perfect. 


Lacking. 


* is Goole fi 
es Y res base 


ss INFLEXION OF VERBS. 





685. Perfect Middle System 
of Lingual Mute Verbs: 
melOw (ri0-), persuade. 


MIppLeE and PAssiIve. 


Perfect. 


TETELO-[LOLL 
aéTrEL-OOL 
aTeTELO-T OL 
arétrer-o- Boy 
arétret-o- Pov 
aretreio-p.e00, 
arétret-o Oe 
TETTELO- EVOL 
elo 


Pluperfect. : 


é-tretrelor-pnv 
é-1rétret-r0 
é-rétreto-To 
é-qrérret-o- Dov 
> 
é-rretrel-o Onv 
é-rretrelor-.ea, 
s) , 
é-rrétret-o- Oe 
TTETTELO-[LEVOL 
vg 
noav 


Perfect. 


Tetrero-pévos w, Lc. 
TeTELT-pevw ATOV, CLC. 
TETELT-LEVOL BLEV, CLC. 


qmetreto-pevos elnv, fc. 
tetreto-péva elrov, etc. 
qetreto-prevor elev, CLC. 


aqréTreL-O 
aretrel-c Ow 
arétret-o ov 
aetrei-c Oov 


arétret-o Oe 


aretrel-cQav 


aetret-o Bar 


IETELT-EVO-S -1, -O-V 





Future Perfect. 


Lacking. 


ft WET era 


oy y ee 


_— 
a 


al a 


Y 








se £49 Se aoe 









a ae aa 
os)? aan 


a 5 .- 
“ 


INFLEXION OF VERBS. 


= 





aaa e ar 

687, Perfect Middle System — 
of Liquid Verbs: 

galyw (pay-), show. 


686. Perfect Middle System 
of Liquid Verbs: 
aTéAAw (oreA-), send. 





Mipp.LeE and PAssIve. MIppLeE and PAssIver. 







Perfect. Pluperfect. Perfect. Pluperfect. 3 

S. 1 | &orrad-par éorod-pyv Tmréepac-.aL emepao-pny 4 

2) €orad-car éxtad-co Lacking. Lacking. 

3 3 éorad-Tat éxTaA-To méay-Tar éméhav-ro 
— | D. 2 éorad-Bov éorad-Oov . amédbav-Bov é-rrécav-ov 

s 3 éotad-Sov éoraA-Onv mréav-Bov émeav-Ony 

ae. «l éotoA-pe0a éotod-pe0a mepdo-peba | emepdo-peOa 

5 2 &orah-Ge éorad-Ge arepav-De. é-trébay-Be ; 

3] €orad-pévor | éorad-pévor mepac-pévo. | mepac-pévor 

clot  yorav clot Toayv 

Perfect. Perfect. ee 


| SY eee  — — ——_—_—_—— 


—_— | —$_—$—$$—$___ | - —————— | ee ee —” 


| | 





éorad-pévos o, etc. 
éorad-pévw nTov, etc. 
éorad-pévor apev, etc. 


‘éorad-pévos elnyv, etc. 
éorad-péve elrov, etc. 
éorad-pévor elev, etc. 


éotad-co 
éotaAd-0o 
éorad-fov 
éotoaA-Sov 
éorad-Oe 
éordd-Qwov 


éoTaA-Sar 


éoTad-pévo-s -y, -0-v 





Future Perfect. 


Lacking. 


















mehac-pévos o, etc. ; 
mepac-péva nTov, etc. ae 
Tepao-pevor wpev, CLC. 


Tepac-pévos elyy, ecc. 
mehac-péve elroy, etc. 
Treao-pévor elev, CLC. 


Lacking. 
Tmepav-0o a 
tréay-Bov é 
tmrepav-Qwv 
méav-Ve 
tmrepav-Owv 


mepav-Oar 


Tepac-pévo-s, ~y, -0-v 





Future Perfect. 


Lacking. 































otadel-Thy 
oralei-pev 
oradei-Te 
orahete-v 


Second Aorist. 


é-oroAn-v 
&-oroA7-s 
é-orddy 
é-oTahy-Tov 
é-orady-Thv 
é-ordAn-pev 
é-ord\y-Te 
é-oToAn-cav 


TTALO 
oTAATS 
orahy 
oTady-Tov 
oTadn-Tov 
oTAAG-peEv 
orTadn-Te 
oTahact 


oraely-v 
oTadely-s 
orale(y 


oradet-rov Or otadely-Tov 
oTaheryn-THV 
oTadely-pev 
oradeln-re 

oTaXe(y-cav 


ordAn-O 
oTAAT-TO 
oTdAn-TOV 
oTadr-Tev 
oTddn-Te 
oradé-vrev 


oTady-var 


Second Passive System 
of oTéd\Aw (oTeA-), send. 


Second Future. 


oTadryoo-par 
oTaAroret 
TTAAYCE-TAL 
oTadroe-o Sov 
oTadryoe-cbov 
oTadnoo-pe0a 
oTadyoe-o-0e 
oTadyoo-vrar 





orTadyoot-pny 
oTadyoot-o 
oradrcol-To 
oTadroot-o ov 
orTadynoot-cbnv 
oradyool-weba 
oTadycot-obe 
oTAAncoL-vTO 





oraXels, -etora, -év 





oradroe-o Oar. 





oTaAnoo-pEVO-s, -1, -O-V 








(7 


=< 
my 


eT 
< 


POT RE al 


TO Se ‘is 


' 
o> me? aoe 


in 


£ 


* 


P 
4 


a 
a 








1 
2 
Se  * 
2} D. 2 
Oo 
= 3 
a1 P. 1 
2 
3 


Present System of tl@nus (0«-), place, put. 


+(-Oe-rov 
vl-0c-rov 
v(-Oe-pev 


| vl-Oe-re - 


rTi-0é-aor 


pat Ay 


7 Lia's 
ha @ ; 
(¢ 2 >"; Oe oa 
<3 


INFLEXION OF VERBS. | 


es 
fae re 3 Si 


VERBS IN -MI. 


é-r(-On-v 
é-ri-Bers 
é-ri-Ber 

é-rl-Be-Tov 
é-ri-0é-THv 
é-r(-Ge-pev 
é-rl-Oe-re 

é-rl-Oe-cav 





Mippiek and PAssive. 


ri-Be-por 


Ti-Oe-orar 
ri-Be-rar 
t(-0c-c ov 
t(-0e-cbov 
vi-Bé-e8a, 
v(-Oc-obe 
v(-Oe-vrau 












é-ri-8é-pyv 
é-ri-Oe-cro 
é-ri-Be-To 
é-ri-Be-cBov 
é-r-8é-o0 Oy 
é-ri-BE-peO 
é-rl-Oe-o be 
é-ri-0e-vTo 






































Present. Present. 
<p T-00 T-0d-pae 5 
a 2 Ti-Oys v-07 a 
£ 3 7-07 wT.-On-TaL a 
2) dD, 2 v-O7-Tov t.-07-c Sov e. 
: 5 3 T.-On-Tov Ti-Oy-0 ov a 
oP. 1 Ti-0a-pev ri-Ooi-peOa, 7) aa 
2 +-074-Te ri-07-00e re 
3 T.-Oact 7Ti-Oa-vrar J 
Deak 7-Oeln-v v1-Oel-pny 3 
2 Ti-Qely-s T1-Qei-o e 
a 3 w-Vely t1-Qet-To i 
is D. 2 vi-Oet-rov or Ti-Oeln-rov ti-Bet-c Pov a 
= 3 vi-Oel-ryy = - Tt-Deut]-T HV Ti-Bel-o-Onv 
oP. 1 vi-Oet-pev = T-Oetn-pev Ti-Oel-e8a Sa 
2 vi-Qei-rTe t.-Oeln-re vi-Bet-o0e Ta 
3 Ti-Qete-v Ti-Seln-cav Ti-Oet-vTo (a 






a 
— | —— | — nT 







2 
| 8 
8 D. 2 _ rl-Be-rov +(-0e-cbov 
2. 3 w-0é-rwv Ti-0€-c dav 
A i Eh. ri-Oe-re +l-Be-obe 
3 T-0é-vrev Ti-0é-cbwv 









rl-Oe-cbar 
71-0¢-pevo-s, N, -0-v 





Infin. 7i-0é-var 


——_—_—_ 






a-Bels, -cioa, -év 













» — 


i 






+ 


z —e 
+ 


_ INFLEXION OF VERBS. 


VERBS IN -MI. 


Present System of Siwy (60-), give. 













Mipp.eE and PAssive. 


Present. 


$i-S0-par 
8(-S0-crar 
S{-S0-Tar 
81-S0-cBov 
5(-80-c8ov 
81-80-18 o 
S{-50-0 


${-50-vrat 


Imperfect. 


é-81-80-pyv 
é-5{-80-c0 
é-§{-50-To 
é-§{-50-c ov 
é-81-80-0 Ov 
é-81-80-peba, 
é-§{-80-0-0e 


é-§(-80-vTo 


x - ‘ be = . ri 
J a > aa e 
, , se *, ht ele 
Ve, ec 
Se a ee OP ey as Sl 





















ACTIVE. 
Present. Imperfect. 
4: 1 | 8t-8e-pe é-8(-Souv 
Rs! . 2 | 8-8-5 é-§{-S0us 
Pog 3 3 | 8l-80-o1 é-8(-Sou 
3 | D. 2 | 8t-80-rov é-§{-80-rov 
a} 8 | 8l-80-rov é-§1-80-ryv 
4] P. 1 | 8¢-80-pev &-8(-So-pev 
can 2 | 8{-80-re é-§(-50-re 
a 3 | 8-80-acr é-8(-50-crav 
a | Present. 
eS. 1 81-80 
ey. 81-80 
£ 3 81-50 
9} D.2 §:-80-Tov 
“4 2 3 $1-80-Tov 
. ce i Pea | §1-80-pev 
s 2 $1-50-Te 
3 $.-Sa0t 
75. 1 81-S0ly-v 
2 $1-S0ln-s 
3 S1-Soly 
D. 2 §1-Sot-rov or 81-S0ln-rov 
3 S-S0l-ryv = 8-Sout-rHv 
1 Si-Soi-pev 8 -Soly-pev 
2 $1-5ot-re 1-50/n-Te 
3 Su-Sote-v $1-50ln-cav 
2 d{-Sov 
3 $1-50-Te 
D. 2 St-S0-Tov 
3 $1-50-Tev 
72 Si-80-re 
3 $1-50-vTev 
§1-S0-var 


$1-Sovs, -ovca, -ov 


Present. 


§1-80-par 


_ 8-80 


$.-Sa-rar 
$-50-0Bov 
§1-50-c Pov 
$1-5a-pe00. 
$1-8a0-0- Be 
$-80-vrar 
$-S0l-pynv 
$1-5o0t-o 
$:-S07-ro 


$1-S07-c Pov 


— 8-B0l-obny © 


§1-Sol-pe80 
$1-S0i-c be 
$.-S0i-vTo 
5-50-00 
81-50-08 
S{-80-c Pov 
$.-80-cbwov 
8-50-08 
$1-80-cbev 
8(-80-cbar 


$1-80-pevo-s, -y » ~O-V 


- 


. 


a 


x 
ro ay 


ee Ne in eee 


Ppt Eh rR 


- 


—s 


Re Fe ~*~ 2 oe Bele, OS ee 


a ae 


\ 
a 





Present System of tornu (ora-), set, make stand. 


VERBS IN -MI. 


y 


INFLEXION OF VERBS. 


ne 























































: ACTIVE. Mippie and Passive. 
: Present. Imperfect. Present. Imperfect. 
; j S. 1 | Gorn-pe t-orn-v tora-pat t-ord-pyv 
: 2 | torn-s t-ory-s t-ora-cat t-ora-c-o 
| eg 3 | torn-ov tory t-ora-rat t-ora-To 
8] D.2 | tera-rov t-ora-Tov t-ora-cbov t-ora-cbov 
x 3 3 | t-ora-rov t-ord-Thv t-ora-cbov =| -t-ord-cOnv 
: || P. 1 | tora-pev {-o-ra-pev t-ord-pe0a, t-ord-pe0a 
3 2 | tora-re t-ora-re t-ora-o0e t-ora-obe 
3 | t-ordor t-ora-cav t-ora-vrat {-ora-vTo ; 
Present. Present. e 
S. 1 i-oro t-oTd-pae : 
“ 2 i-orys tory = 
£ 3 ory i-ory-Tae z 
8 2 i-o-rn-Tov i-orn-c8ov 
= 3 i-orn-Tov i-ory-cbov i 
gi\P.l i-oro-pev t-oro-peba 
2 t-ornj-Te i-or7-00e 
3 t-oTact i-oTa-vrar 
1 t-oraly-v i-oral-pnv 
2 t-oraly-s i-crat-o : 
3 3 i-craly i-crat-ro z | 
z 2 i-orat-rov or i-oraly-rov i-crai-cbov | 
} 8 3 toral-ryy = t-oraty-Thv i-oral-cOnv 
E ae, 1 i-orat-pey —- t-or raly-pev i-orat-pe0a ae 
2 t-orat-re i-oraly-re i-orat-ole . he 
| 3 t-orate-v i-ctaly-cav i-crat-vTo- i 
S. 2 tory t-ora-co 
3 3 i-otd-Te i-ord-00w 
| 1D: 2 t-ora-rov tora-cbov 
By 3 i-ord-Trev t-ord-cbwv 
A \ ieee t-ora-re t-ora-obe J 
3 i-ord-vrov i-ord-cbov § 
Infin. i-ord-var tora-cbor 
| Partic. t-oras, -acra, -ov t-ord-evo-s, -1, -0-V 








se a 
wa bw re] 


my 
Ce be CO 






Present. 


Selk-vo-pe 
SelK-vU-s 
Selk-vv-o 
Selk-vu-Tov 
Seix-vu-Tov 
Seik-vu-pev 
Seix-vu-Te 
Seux-vv-ace 


ACTIVE. 





Imperfect. 


é-Selk-vu-v 
é-Selk-vvu-s 
é-Selx-vv 
é-Selk-vu-Tov 
é-Serk-vv-THV 
é-Seik-vu-pev 
é-Selkx-vu-re 
é-Selk-vu-cav 


VeRBs 1n -MI. 


Present System of Selxvipe (Seux-), show. 


Present. 


Selk-vu-par 
Selk-vu-cra 
Selk-vu-TaL 
Selk-vu-oBov 
Selx-vu-c ov 
Serk-vu-pe0a 
Selx-vu-c Oe 


MippieE and PASSsIvE. 





Imperfect. 


| , 
€-Serk-vu-pyv 


é-Sel(x-vu-cro 
> 
é-8elk-yu-To 


é-Selx-vu-cBov 
2 , 

é-Serk-vv-oOyv 
é-Serk-vv-pe0a 


€-Seix-vv-obe 
é-Selx-vu-vTo 


Se(x-vu-vTat 


















| Present. Present. 3 

ae a a Serkvvo Serkvvapar Re 

sy 2 Serxvvys Seuxviy 4 

ae 3 Seuxviy Secxvunrar x 

Bs MD. 2 Berxvintov SerxvunoQov Ss 

ne, 3 Seuxvuntov Sexvino Pov cS. 
3/P1 Serkvvapev Serxvuwpeba 

oe 2 Seuxvunre Seuxvuno Ge ; 

3 Seuxvv@ot SeuxvuwvTar ; 

1 Serxvvoyse Sexvvoluny x 

2 Sexvvots Seuxvvoro : 

3 Seuxvvot SerxvvouTo : 

2 SexvvorTov SerxvvorcOov Z 

3 Sexvuolrnv SecxvuolcOnv a 

Bo Seckvvowev Secxvvoipneba 

2 Setxvvoure Seixvvorc Ge 5 

3 Serxvvorev SeukvvowvTo ay 

2 Selx-vu Seix-vu-co % 

3 Seux-v-Tw Serx-vv-0 Ow Fs 

2 Selk-vu-rov Seix-vv-cBov . 

3 Seuk-vv-TeVv Seix-vv-c ov ) 

2 Selk-vu-re Seix-vu-o-0e 

3 Seuk-vv-vT@V Seux-vv-cbwv : 

6 ee a 

Sevk-vv-var Selk-vv-obar 

A 


SeuK-vis, -vora, -vv Serk-vv-pevo-s, -T, -O-v ee 


5 a RR I RS ~~ 


a. 


+ 
& 


693. 


Indicative. 


|S sO | ) | | 


wWOoNnNrFwWNwWwWhN 


VERBS IN -MI. 


694, Second Aorist System a 


Second Aorist System 


of TiOnur (0e-), 


ACTIVE. 


place, put. 


| MIDDLE. 


Second Aorist. 


Lacking. 


€-0e-rov 
> , 
€-0é-rHv 
ww 
€-Be-pev 
é-Oe-re 
€-0e-crav 


é-Oé-pnv 
é-Bovu 
€-0e-To 
é-Qe-c Pov 
é-0é-c Ov 
é-Dé-pe8a 
é-Be-0 be 
é-Oe-yro 


of dtdwpr (do-), give. 



















eS eS eS 


R 
bo 


wmwbhy 


Ce bo ee w& 


wom wn oo 


Oein 
Oet-rov or Oeln-Tov 
Oel-ryHy  Bern-THv 
Oct-pev  Oeln-pev 
Oct-re Oeln-Te 
Oete-v 


Qeln-cav 


a 


Oel-pyy 
Qet-o 
Qci-ro 
Oct-c-Bov 
Oel-o Onv 
Oel-pe8a 
Oci-o be 
Qci-vro 









—————— ee ee ee) a 
ie 


Partic. 





Ocivar 


Qels, Oetoa, Oé-v 


0é-c Bar 


Qé-evo-s, 


1, -0-v 


ACTIVE. MIppLe. 7 
Second Aorist. ee a 
&S0-pynyv 
Lacking. é-So0u a 
t80-Tro 
€-50-Tov é-50-cbov 
é-50-rynv &80-cOnv 
é€-5o0-pev é-5o-pe0a 
€-80-Te €-So-cbe 
é-50-c.av é-S0-vTo 
YA) §G-par 
Sas 80 = 
50 Sa-rav  ~ 
8a-rov Si-cfov 
§0-rov Sa-c0ov 
Sa-pev Sa-pe8a 4 
Sa-re 8a-c0e 
Sacre $0-vrat 
Soly-v Sol-pny 
Soin-s Sot-o 
Soly Sot-To 
Sot-rov or Soln-rov | Sot-cfov 
Sol-rnv Sorn-tThv| Sol-cOnv 
Sot-pev Soly-pev | Sol-peOa 
Sot-re  Soln-re | Soi-cbe 
Sote-v  Soln-cav| Soi-vro 
80-s Sov 
S0-Tw 80-00 
8d-rov 8d-cbov 
S0-Twy , 
S0-Te 
§0-vTav 
Sovvar 


Sovs, Sovca, S0-v 










+ 


VERBS IN -MI. 


Second Aorist 696, Second| 697, Second Perf. System 













. 1 | &-orny-v, stood €-80-v 
2 | &-orn-s é-8v-s Lacking. Lacking. 
| 3 |é-orn é-8u 
Dz 2 | &-orn-rov €-80-Tov é-ora-Tov é-oTa-Tov 
3 | &eri-ryv é-5i-rTyv é-o-Ta-Tov €-oTd-THV 
P. 1 | é-orn-pev €-Su-pev é-o-ra-pev é-o'Ta-pev 
| 2 | dorn-re €-5u-Te é-oTa-TeE €-oTa-TE 
aie 3 | &-orn-cav €-8v-crav €-0 Tact é-cTa-cav 
- | Second Perfect. 
|S. 1 lore Siw €-0 TO 
a 2 | orys Svys €-oT7js 
a: 3 org Sun é-oTy 
— 8 | iD. 2 | ori-rov Sunrov €-0'T1-TOV 
. 2 3 | ory-Tov Sunrov €-0-TH-TOV 
g P. 1 | ord-pev — Svapev €-OTO-LEV 
Ss 2 | ory-re Sune €-0'T1]-TE 
x 3 | oract Svoct €-TTOCL 
1 8. 1 oraly-v é-oraln-v 
2 oratly-s €-oTaln-s 
3 orain é-cTaln 
D, 2 | erat-rovor Beir rov Lacking, Serotay or é-oraly-ray 
3 | oral-rny orauy-THv é-oral-rny  €-o-raiy-THv 
P. 1 | orat-pev oraly-pev é-orai-pev  €-o- raly-pev 
2 |erat-re orain-te é-crai-re €é-craly-re 
3 |orate-v otaly-cav é-orate-v é-oraly-cav 
| S. 2 | ory-Oe Sv-O1 €-ora-Ot 
3 | ory-Te 80-Te €-0'Td-TH 
D. 2 | ory-rov $v-rTov €-o-ra-Tov 
. 8 | ory-rev 80-Tev é-oTd-TwV 
P. 2 | ory-re §0-Te €-cra-Te 
3 | otd-vrev 8v-vrev €-0TA-VT@V 
oTT-var 8i-var €-0TO-VOL 


ords, oTaca, ora-v | Sis, Stc0,8v-v| ¢-ords, é-craca, é-ords 


INFLEXION OF VERBS. 297 


System Aor. System without Suffix 
of tornui(ora-), set. | of ddw, enter. of torn (ora-), set. 
' ACTIVE. ACTIVE. ACTIVE. ; 


Second Aor. Second Aor. | Second Perf.) Second Plup. 


Pa OS 


o>) At 
nei: 2 ea 


a ke a 

















' 
- od. 4 


i tan 
te Sw @ 


n 
~~ 


nee 


2° 






eas) . : 

am : “AIRY 

» y es rt 
pe A 

at 

























298 INFLEXION OF VERBS: ee 


- 


IRREGULAR VERBS IN -MI. 





. 698. oida (0-), know. | 699. onul (pa-), say. 
BY ACTIVE. ACTIVE. 4 
: Second Perf.| Second Pluperfect.| Present. Tmpertoees 3 

S| |§ HS | | 

- eed. olSa Woy or ySew pnp env “g 

2 otc ba 7oyno0a or 7Seo8a | dys épyo Oa or tins 

3 ie 3 otSe “Seu or Sev dyot ey a 
pau DD. 2 lo-rov qoTov datov ébarov 

r i) ” ’ ’ 

+ Z| 3 lorov qorny arov éharny 

> pee: «1 lopev nopev dapév ehapev 

i 2 lore nore haré eae , 

3 toa qoav OF Serav dacl thacav < 





Second Perfect. 





pn! 
. 2 
Ea 8 
5S .2 elSqjrov 
2 3 elSqrov oyTov H 
ek. i elSapev papev 7 
2 elSqre _ dire 
3 elSact oot 
& Sood elSe(nv ainv 
; a 2 elSe(ns dalys 4 
4 Py 3 eldSely dain : aa 
| S| D.2 elSctrov gatrov or dalnrov 
= 3 elSeirny dalrny damyryy ; 
Bee! Py 1 elSetwev or elSe(npev atpev dalypev ag 
2 eldetre elde(nre aire dainre 
3 elSetev aipelnamy daiev dalyoay Le 4 
S. 2 toOu abl or abr a 
oS 3 toro pare a 
: eD. 2 lorov darov 
oy 3 torov darev 
aa P. 2 lore dare 
3 lorov davrov 
Infin. elSévar davat 


Partic. | el8us, elSuta, elSds, gen. elSdros, etc. 



















700. 
Ss. 1 
i 9 

* ms) 3 

“ - 

P FS D. 2 
ra 3 
SP, 1 

2 
3 
Ss. 1 

- é 

Be}. 3 

mS |-D, 2 

ie 

a - ze. 1 

q 2 

3 

3 at 

2 

; 3 
— 
m «| D.2 

8 3 
z) P. 1 

a 

mm |S. 2 
a) 8 
pp 

3 D. 2 
ne, 3 
2 | P. 2 
 ‘Infin. 
_ Partic. 





Present. 














eiut (eo-), be. 


ACTIVE. 


Horny 
Tpev 
nore 
Woo 
Present. 


> 


=] s 

Eo = et 9 Be € 
o 36 
se 


9 Bo 
a = 
< 


elnv 

elys 

ely 
elrov or elnrov 
elrnv —s ela rnv 
eluev —s_ elev 
elre elnre 
elev elyoav 


Yo-Ou 

” 

éotw 
éorov 
éoTav 
eore 


INFLEXION OF VERBS. 


Imperfect. 


qorov OF HTov 


THY 


nTe 


éotov, torwocav, ovTwv 


etvar 


dy, Ovoa, OV, ZEN. dvTos, etc. 





IRREGULAR VERBS IN -MI. 


299 
| 701. <u (-), go. 
ACTIVE. 

Present. Imperfect. 
elt yo OF yew 
el jes  yeoda 
elo qe qe 
trov qTov 
trov amy 
Twev rbev 
tre nTe 
tact yoav OF jerav 

Present. 
to 
tys 
ty 
tnrov 
Unrov 
Yopev 
tyre 
Yoo 


Yount or tolny 
Yous 
You 
touroy 
tolrnv 
Youpev 
Youre 
Yovev 


YOu 
tro 
trov 
trov 


ire 
trav, idvrev, iracav 


lévar 





idv, lotca, lov, gen. lovros, etc. 





- 
7 

* aa 
’ 

ea 
; 
wah 
Vite 





ACTIVE. 


tinue (€-), send. 





IRREGULAR VERBS IN -MI. 


Mip. and Pass. 


terBov 
terBov 













ACTIVE. 





Second Aorist. 


ee ee 


—— | eee 


-— |e | —_—_ — es eee, 


eS 
— |— $s | 


Ss. 1 

2 

me D2 
5 3 
Se Ps 
2 

3 

acl 

: 2 
g| 3 
oud). 2 
Bl 3 
3 Po) 
2 

3 

Sr 

2 

s 33 
a A), 2 
= 3 
oP. 1 
2 

9° 

S. 2 
BD. 2 
Sy 3 
=| P. 2 
3 
Infin. 
Partic. 


telnrov 
teutny 
te(npev 
te(nre 

telno-av 


tévrwv 


tévar 


tels, tetoa, téy 


. 
Pee Soe ee 


tetoBov 
telo Onv 
teipeOa, 
teto-be 
tetvro 


téo Oo 
ter Bov 
tér Boy 
teoOe 
térbwv 
ter Par 


tépevos 


as dows, & 










elroy, einTov 
elryny, elytny 
eiwev, einpev 
eire, einre 

elev, elnoav 


elvat 


Pid 
—* 























7. rae é 
a 
os INFLEXION OF VERBS. 301 
_ IRREGULAR VERBS IN -MI. 
703. ketuar (Ker), lie. . 704, «d0-nua (ho-), sit down. 
Present. Imperfect. Present. Imperfect. 
Ss, 1 Ketan éxelnv KaOnaL éxabypny or KkaOrpny 
2 Ketora éxeiro KdOyoar | éxaPyoo Kabyoo 
3 Keira €KELTO KaOHTOL éxaOnTo Kaliyoro 
D. 2 Keio Boy éxeto Pov Kdbyoboy | éxabyobov Kalycbov 
3 Keto Boy éxelo Onv KaOyoGov | exabyoOnv Kalyo nv 
1 KetweBan éxe(pela KaOypeda | exabypeOa Kkabrpela 
2 Keio Oe exer Ge Kabno Oe éexabyo Ge KaOnoGe 
3 KelyTot €KeLyTO KaOnvrar | éxaynvro KaxvTo 
- Present. Present. 
a at Kéopar Kabauor 
ms 2 Kéy Kab 
Se 3 Kénrar KadnTar 
» 2) D.2 Kéno Gov KaOyoPov 
; £ 3 KénoPov Kayo Sov 
3 eel Kewpeba, KaPd.eGo, 
Be: 2 kéno Oe KabyoGe 
“Ss 3 KE@VTOL Kabovrar 
>? — = a 
aS. 1 keotunv Kabotuny 
2 KEOLO Kaloto 
3 KEOLTO Kabotro 
71), 2 Kéo.c Sov Kalotc-bov 
8 Keolo Onv KaboioOnv 
mr. 1 Keo(peba KaGolweba 
2 Kéo.c Oe Kaboic Ge 
_ 3 KEOLVYTO Kaboivro 
5 x 8. 2 Keioro Kabyco 
g 3 kel Ow Kabyobw 
3 D. 2 ketoBoy . KaOno Pov 
g 3} keloOwv Kabyobwv 
my) P. 2 Keto Oe KadyoGe 
4 38 elo Oov Kabyobwv 
.  Infin. Keto Bar KabyoAar 
Kelevos Ka0rj.evos 





aaa 


co. aa er ee oa ae! i 


-Xenophon’s Anabasis, broken up into twenty reading lessons, and a _ 


- But these sentences are introduced later, in their proper place, in the 


- and complex sentences in indirect discourse after drs and ws and of 


























SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS. 





The remainder of this book contains the first eight chapters of 


development, by the inductive method, of the most important princi- _ 
ples of Greek syntax, in nineteen additional gop The two sets ot 
lessons are arranged alternately. 

The notes to the reading lessons aim to give the pupil ee ass 
sistance as will enable him, with the help of the general vocabulary, _ 
to read each lesson intelligently by himself in preparation for the 
work of the class-room. Generally, notes are not given on such parts — 
of these lessons as have occurred in previous exercises and reading — 
lessons. ‘These parts are considerable, and were an important consid- 7 
eration in determining the length of the reading lessons. 

_ The notes to the reading lessons seldom anticipate principle of 
syntax, but simply translate the sentences in which new idioms occur. — 


Greek exercises of the lessons on syntax. Many instances of simple - 


indirect questions occur in particular in the third chapter of the first 
book of the Anabasis. The consideration of the principles which 
underlie these is deferred until it can be undertaken systematically. — 
The teacher is advised in the class-room to make these rea 
ing lessons the means of thorough drill on all forms, on the use of 4 
prepositions, and on such principles of syntax as have previously . 
been presented. ‘This drill has purposely not been anticipated in the 
notes. 4 
Many of the sentences in the Greek exercises on syntax are ‘ocea B: 
from previous lessons. In the preparation of his lesson, the pupil 
should examine these sentences according to the directions given, — 
and then commit to memory the rules which follow. ¥ 
The teacher is advised in the classroom to have each sentence of 
the Greek exercises on syntax read and translated in order, to have it 
examined with reference to the important idiom which it illustrates, 
and then to have the principle stated in the form of a rule. j 
302 





























READING sls) aes 


uae 


ition of Cyrus the Younger against his brother Artaxerxes, 
an ac of the retreat, after the death of Cyrus, of the Ten Thou- 


> epee oition set out from Sardis in the spring of 401 B.c. 


fa father made him, when only seventeen years of age, aatre 
of Lydia, Phrygia the Greater, and Cappadocia, and military 
commander of the forces that gathered at Castolus. Active 
in body, temperate in life, resolute and upright in character, 
he soon won the respect and confidence of his subjects. 

The Persians at this time were bitterly hostile to Athens, 
their ancient enemy, and Cyrus was eager to aid the Lacedae- 
monians in their struggle against her. As soon as he arrived 
at Sardis in the spring of 407 B.c., Lysander, the Spartan 
admiral, appealed to him for help in putting down their com- 
Bon enemy. The answer of the youthful ruler is memorable. 
‘ «These are the express orders,” he said, “of my father, and 
I shall fulfil them. I bring with me five hundred talents. 
f these are insufficient, I will use the private funds which 
my father has given me. If these fail, I will coin into money 
the throne on which I sit.” The cag, aid which he rendered 
the Lacedaemonians did much to hasten the end of the Pelo- 
ponnesian War. Cyrus became the warm friend of Lysander; 
and when in 405 n.c. he was summoned to the bedside of his 
ay Sa father, he turned over to the Spartan admiral his 
treasure, and assigned to him his entire personal revenue. 
"Hor the Anabasis begins, and the following Reading Les- 
s give an account of the ambitious young ruler until his 
fated death on the battle-field of Cunaxa. 

303 


oD gi: ; 


706 The Anabasis of Xenophon tells the story of the expe- 


Se Band Greeks whom he had gathered under his command. The © 


_ Cyrus was the second son of Darius I]. In 407 B.c., his © 








READING LESSON. 























LESSON CI. 


Reading Lesson. 


z | 706. Anapasis I. i. 1-6. 


- Darius, falling dangerously ill, summons to him his two sons, Artax- — 
erxes and Cyrus (1, 2). On the king’s death Artaxerxes succeeds 
to the throne. He is persuaded by the satrap Tissaphernes that his 
brother is plotting against him, and has him arrested. Cyrus, saved 
from death only by his mother’s entreaty, returns in disgrace to his” 
province and concerts measures against the king (3,4)* He concili-. 
ates all who come to him, sees to his own native troops (5), and 
secretly collects Greek mercenaries. A part of this army he enlists in 
western Asia Minor, alleging as a reason that the Greek cities which j 
have put themselves under his protection are in danger from the 


machinations of Tissaphernes (6). by 
I 


Aapeiov Kat Tapuoaros viyvoiea ma.ides yi 
Svo, A PEEBUTEDO> pev “Apragépéys, VE@TEpos: b€ 
Kupos. €met Oe noOéver Aapetos KQL UVITWTTEVE 


TedeuTHY ToD Biov, éBovdero TH Tatde apdhotépw 
5 Tapeivar. 6 pev ovv mpeaBuTEepos tapav érvy- 2° 

xave: Kupov d€ peraméumerar amo THS apXNs HS 

avTov caTpamny érolnae, Kal oTparynyov Oe avTov 

1. Aapetov kal IlapucdriSos: gen. of the source (p. 1881).— ylyvovray: 
historical pres. Cf. werawéurerai, line 6, dvaBatve:, 1. 9, etc.—2. mperBure- 
pos... Kipos, Artaxerxes, (who was) the older, and Cyrus, the younger. 
"Apragéptns and Kipos are in appos. (p. 25%) with matdes. — 3. roéve, 
was tl. The impf. denotes the continuance of the state.—4. ra maide 
dpdotépw: acc. dual, subj. of rapeivar (850). —5. aapav érvyxave, was, as 
it happened, (already) there. See p. 250%. — 7. érolynore, had made, aor. in 
a subordinate clause with plup. force. This use of the aor. is especia Y 
common after temporal conjunctions like ézef, etc. Cf. érededrnee, 1. 12, 
karéorn, 1. 13, &rAAGe, 1. 18, etc. — Kal... 8é, and also, 5¢ being the con- 
junctive word. The word between the two is emphatic. Cyrus was given 








READIN G LESS ON. 






























— mdvrov ooo. eis Kaotwdov rediov abpoi- 
— Covrar. avaBatver odv 6 Kipos Raper Tiroa- 
10 épyny as didov, kat Tov “E\jivev eat om\t- 
ras aveBn peereete, apyovra O€ avTav He- 
 viav Ilappdcuov. émet dé eredevrnoe Aapetos Kal 3 
_ KatéoTn eis THY Bacwreiav “Aptaképéns, Tuo- 
 cadépryns SiaBaddry«. Tov Ktpov mpds Tov aded- 
a. FPN © 3 4 be ha € \ / XN 
6b dov ws emiBovrevor atT@. 6 dé meiHerar Kal 
c , A e 3 lal e \ , 
ovd\apBaver a @s aroKTevav: 1 O€ PAGE 
efaurnoapery avuTov amoméumer mahw emt TH 
apxnv. 098 ws em NUE KWOoUVEvTaS Kal ee 4 
a0eis, Bovheverar Omws prmote ett EoTar emt TO 
2 ddehda, adda, Hv S¥vyta, Bacievoe avT exelvov. 
Ilapvocaris pev 5) H pATHP VINpYE TO Kipa, 
<t a 9 A A EN N , 9 
pirovea avtov paddrov 7 Tov Baoihevovta “Apta- 
 «<€épEmv. ootis 5 adixveito Tov rapa Baciéws § 
mpos avrov mavras ovtw Suatifets ameméeucrero 
2% wore avT@ paddov didovs eivar 7) Baorrel. Kat 
—s a el 3 A AN , 9 A e 
tov Tap éavt@ Se BapBdpwr érepedetto @s Trode- 
military as well as civil authority by his father. —10. ds tdov: Tissa- 
phernes was in fact the bitter enemy of Cyrus at this time, and Cyrug 
probably made him accompany him because he feared to leave him 
nd. —11. dpxovra: in appos. with Zevfay, which is the second object 
éxwv. —15. ws émPovdevor atta, that he was plotting against him. 
—16. ds daoxrevav, as intending to put him to death, with the avowed 
intention of putting him to death. The fut. partic. expresses purpose (879), 
d &s shows that the purpose was that of Artaxerxes.—18. 6 8é, but 
i.e. Cyrus,—20. Av Suvynrar: cf. 648, I. 38.—21. Kip: see p. 841.— 
. mapa Bacitéws, from the presence of the king, used attributively after 
rav, the subst. for persons being omitted. The expression is brief. In full 


it would be doris 5& Trav mapa Bacirci (dat.) apixvetro mapa Bactréws (gen.). 
Go pet I, 24. — 24. wdvras: plur., because of the distributive force of 


Fee SP Bt heen see 7 aan 











READING LESSON. 




























a e . oY» \ > «a oe a = ae Be. 
PRELPSTE RCRD OE EU] O ODIO ©7190 QUT@. 
Tv Oe EhAavacny Suvapiy nOporber OS pdduora 6 

EOUVATO ETLKPUTTOMEVOS, OTWS OTL ATAPATKEVOTA- — 
30 Tov A\dBou Bacriéa. Bde ovv errovetro THY avAO- 

, Crop be ear A , : s- 
yinv. omdaas ciye hudakas ev Tals TOMEoL TAPHY- 

A , ef , YO a 
yee Tots ppovpapyots ExaoTots hapBavew avdpas 
IleXomovvyaiovs ote meiatous Kal BedtioTous, ws 





émuBovrevovtos Ticcadépvovs tats moheou. Kab 

\ 5 e 9 N , , \ 9 
Eexoprioay a Twvixal odes Tio oapeprous TO ap- 
xatov €x Baoiréws dedopevar, Té7€E 8 dperarijKe- 


} 
] 
; | cav 7pos Ktpov macau rAnv Midnrov. ae 
— 28. ws... émixpumropevos, as secretly as possible, lit. concealing his ac a 
(mid., 197) as much as possible (as most he was able). — 29. ote darapo- 
% okevotaroy, as unprepared as possible (p. 1724).— 31. d@vAakas: the antec. 
is incorporated into the rel. clause (569). If the word stood in the princi- : 
pal clause, we should have ray pvdaxdy, depending on ppovpdpx ous. — 83. dg 
| . +. moAeour: On the ground that Tissaphernes was plotting against the 
cities. When a circumstantial partic. (379) belongs to a subst. that is not 
connected with the main construction of the sentence, the two stand 
together in the genitive absolute. The corresponding usage in Lat. is the — 
. ablative absolute. The partic. is here causal, and &s shows that the reason — 
is that assigned by Cyrus. Without és the reason would be given on the 
authority of Xenophon, the narrator. — 34. Kal ydp, and (the reason was” 
plausible), for, etc., Lat. etenim.— 35. yoav...Td dpxatov, the cities of 
Ionia had originally (cf. rd rptrov, 498, I. 10) belonged to Tissaphernes — 
(of. 861, I. 5). The impf. joay is used with 7d dpxaitov of a time prior to” 
the main action. — For the situation of Ionia and of Miletus, one of its” 
chief cities, see the map. 


Review 938, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 entire. 


Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson avril 
20; ard, 6; eis, 8,18; ef, 86; ev, 31; érf, 17, 19; wapd, 23, 26; mpds, 14, 
24, 37), carefully eonepitine the General Vocabulary. Note the case which 
follows the preposition, the meaning of the preposition demanded by the | 
context, and the nature of its relation (98 a) to the rest of the sentence. 
It is sometimes difficult to state the last briefly. Prepositional phrases a1 ane 
without exception either adjective or adverbial. ; 


= 4 6 Se 
. ~S 


> ae 


Dae 


Py, eit 
Tr poe ie eee 


LESSONS ON SYNTAX. 
Introductory. 


peor. Syntax treats of the correct arrangement (cvvragis) 


of words in sentences. 
Ls % 


a 708. Every sentence must contain two parts, a subject and 
a predicate. The subject is that of which something is stated. 
‘The predicate is that which is stated of the subject. 

Eg. The subject is a substantive or an equivalent expression, with 
or without modifiers, or a pronoun expressed or understood. The 
pr redicate i is a finite verb, with or without modifiers, or a finite verb 
fo llowed by a predicate adjective or substantive. 


~ 709. That upon which the action of the verb is exerted is 
called the object. The object may be either direct or indirect. 
The direct object is in the accusative; the indirect object is 
in the dative. 


a. Verbs which may have a direct object are called transitive; 
those which cannot are called intransitive. 


710. An adjective qualifying a substantive is either attribu- 
tive or predicate. An attributive adjective is directly joined 
with the substantive without the intervention of a verb. A 
predicate adjective is connected with the substantive through 
the medium of a copulative verb. 


a. The term predicate adjective includes all adjectives and parti- 
ci ples that are not attributive. 


711. A substantive which forms a part of the predicate 
and is connected with the subject through the medium of a 
copulative verb is called a predicate substantive. 

F a. The verbs which serve to connect a Pa I Cae adjective or sub- 
stantive with the subject are the copula «iui, be, expressed or under- 
stood, and similar copulative verbs, such as those signifying to become, 
be named, be chosen, be made, be thought, and appear. 
307 





























LESSON CII. 


a Subject and Predicate. — Apposition, — Adjectives. 


712. EXERCISE. 


1. éfaiveto iyvn avOporov. 2. Kal exer ak ‘Opdorou 
Svvamiv, ToD THY Bacihéws Ovyatépa éxovTos.4 8. daTE TO 
oTparevya tTautodv éhavn. 4. Ta axpa vrép avTod 08h 
oTpatevmatos jv. 5. doa d1 ev Th dvaBacet Th meta Kipov — 

ot “EAAnves erpakav HEXpl THS pans év TO Tpdabev Noy 
eB narau? 6. rHde yap TH Hpuépa® piplovs derbe avO 
évos Knredpyous. 7. Képos éreupato xatdyew tovs éxme 
mrwoxotas. 8. akovw dé Kopas elvat Kaas ov Tré€ov elkooL 
otTadiov arexyovaoas. 9. Ilaptcatis 5)  pntnp edires Tov 
Kipov waddov y Tov Baotrevovta ‘Apratepiqy. 10. évred-— 
Oev é&eXavvet eis Kenauvas, TONY OLKOULEVND, Beyarny Kab 


ry Oe Ae ie sd 


evdaiwova. 11. ayaos 0 dvip éotiv. 12. cenpige* Sé Tots 
"Errno cvoxevaberOa. 13. Kai eidov tovs Madies ao pe 
yo. 14. év Ee mpoa bev mpacDang OiyousS exou" erabev 
ovddv. 15. 7d 8 amnodbv kai TO ares evdpite TO avTO TO 
Beet! eivat. 16. Kal TO Bactrcvon on petoe opav épacav, 3 
GETOV TLVA ypucouv. 17. wpos cxnvinv hecav tH Bevodav- 
tos. 18. srapynyyerrXe Tots ppovpapyos AapPaverv dvbpas 
TleXovovvnciovs. 19. eis Hicidas éBovnero Kdpos oTpatev 7s 
esa. 20. dua dé TodTO 6 ToTamos KadEiTaL Mapas. 
21. ers obv av yévoio TO Eu@ adEAP@O Tror€pwos, euol de 
piros Kal TucTos ; ? 
1 rod @xovros, him who has (371), 5 with pleasure. A predicate adj. ; 

in apposition with ’Opdvtov. is sometimes used in Greek where 
2 The subj. of Se54#Awraris the in- we should use an adv. or adverbial 
direct question dca... udxns (5714). egies 
8 Cf. 498, I.'5. 6 The partic. is concessive ous 


4The verb implies the omitted " the same as (with) folly. See 
subj. 6 «fpvé. p. 115*. j 





* 
4 
> 
\ 


ha = 
£3 ee» oe - 
es > ae 


it, £ ee Se ie at 
_ APPOSITION. — ADJECTIVES. 






























* c Sry 4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 19, 20, and note their case. 
718. Rule of Syntax.— The subject. of a finite verb is in 
‘the nominative case. 


-. a. The subject is often not expressed, especially when it is a 
“pronoun. Examine 2, 6, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21. 


_ Examine the subjects of the infinitives in 7, 8, 12, 15, 16, 18, 19. 
Bi avisi 350. 


4 _ Examine the finite verbs and their subjects in each sentence of the 
above exercise, except 1 and 4, and note their number and person. 


‘native in number and person. 

_ Now examine 1 and 4, and review 90. 
Examine the predicate substantives and adjectives and the corre- 
sponding subjects in 3, 11, 15, 20, 21, and note their case. 

_ 15. Rule of Syntax.— With the copula eiué and similar 
verbs, such as those signifying to become, be named, be chosen, 
be made, be thought, and appear, a predicate substantive or 
adjective 1 is in the same case as the subject. 


a 


_ Examine the first and second substantives in 9, 10, 16, and “Opdvrov 
and Tov €xovTos i in 2, and note their case and their relation to one another. 
_ 716. Rule of Syntax.— A substantive annexed to another 
‘substantive to describe it, and denoting the same person or 
‘ hing, agrees with it in case. This is called apposition. 
Examine the adjectives, the article, the adjective pronouns, the par- 
ti pe and the substantives (or pronouns) which these qualify, in 3, 4, 
5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 18, 21, and note their gender, number, and case. 

_ 17. Rule of Syntax. — Adjectives agree with their sub- 


to the article and to adjective pronouns and participles. 


_ Examine the adjectives and participles in 2, 7, 14 (dAcyous, ovder), 
15, and observe that they are used substantively and eee have 
the article. 

718. Rule of Syntax. — An adjective or a participle, gener- 
ahiy with the article, may be used as a substantive. 





xamine in the preceding exercise the abies of the finite verbs iy: 


714. Rule of Syntax.—A verb agrees with its subject nomi- 


stantives in gender, number, and case. This rule applies also. 


a 


d * 
a as 
< % re _ 
l < mae 5 - ¢ 
- ry _ © a - 4 ry ‘ 
pany o~ iad 


oF. F . igh) 
Ms we ae RY Oe re, 


e 


ing DA 


’ ; : 
—™ 
i fe 8) i) A i Me eA | eB 























LV ee eee aA ee a ee 


>. - .*e, © 


awa. 1? 


EUs. 3 - SUBJECT AND PREDIOATH 


used attributively) in 2, 5, 9, 14, 16, 17, 21. -- 


Se oe eee ees? es ee ee ee oe Le 





Ais ‘ss 
_ Examine the relative position of the article, substantive, and sea 


tributive (not only adjectives, but also dependent genitives, preposi- _ 
tions with their cases, adverbs, participles, and pees pronouns, 


719. Rule of Syntax.— When an attributive adjective, or 3 
equivalent expression, qualifies a substantive which has the — 
article, the order is commonly article, attributive, substantia 
but it may be substantive, article, attributive. In the latter case 
the substantive may take another article before it. 

a. Dependent genitives often fail to follow the rule, and stand — 
either before or after both article and substantive. 


Examine the relative position of the article, substantive, and prodigy 4 
cate adjective in 3, 11. 

720. Rule of Syntax.— When a predicate adjective qualie 
fies a substantive which has the article, it never stands between — 
the article and its substantive, but precedes or follows both. ~ 


721. . ‘EXERCISE. 


1. And the gods are judges of the contest. 2. I will carry — 
you safely over, if you will give me a talent (as) pay. a 
3. But the enemy on? the hill observed the march of the 
light-armed troops to® the summit. 4. Many of the foot-— 
soldiers were slain in the pursuit. 5. And Cyrus said that 
the expedition was‘ against the Pisidians. 6. All urged Xen- — 
ophon to go. 7. And she gave him much money. 8. The 
commanders are safe. 9. There is in this place a palace of — 
the’ great king. 10. Wherefore the king did not perceive the — 
plot against himself. 11. Clearchus was a Lacedaemonian — 
exile. 12. Cyrus at length determined ® to proceed up country. — 
13. Cyrus remitted to the king the tributes that accrued.’ 
14. He marched through Lydia three stages, twenty-two 
parasangs, to the river Maeander. - 


1 The gen. of the personal pro- 4 For the mood and tense, of 
noun, for example, always has this 712, 16 above. 


a 


position. Cf. 517, 1. 6. b See p. 1443, 
2 ért with the gen. 6 It seemed best to Cyrus. 


8 emf with the acc. 7 See 369 


ate ii? 
Sn at ie i 
eee 


"READIN G LESSON. 


LESSON CIII. 


Reading Lesson, 



























AnABAsIs I. i, 7-11. 


exiles whom Tissaphernes has expelled from this city (7). He ap- 


_ceives the king (8). Other Greek mercenaries are enlisted for Cyrus 
in the Chersonese by Clearchus, who makes this peninsula his base of 
_ operations against the Thracians (9). Still other Greek troops are 
enlisted for him in Thessaly by Aristippus (10), and in Greece, by 
- Proxenus, Sophaenetus, and Socrates (11). 

I. 


= \ » 
ev Midyrw dé Ticcaddpyns mpoatcOopevos Ta, 7 
4 ‘a A 
avTa TavTa Bovd\evopevous, aTooTHvat Tpos Kupor, 

7 \ > “A =| ia ‘\ > 3 , e \ 
TOUS pev avTav ameKTewe Tovs 8 e€€Barev. Oo de 
_ Kupos, vrohaBav Tous pevyovtas, svAEEas oTpa- 
+5 Tevpa emohidpKes MidAynrov kat kata yov Kal Kata 
Oddarrav, kat emeipato KaTdyew Tos éxTeTTH- 

F fa \ Y > » , > 2, A A 
KOTAS. Kal avTY av a\AN TPOPacts Hv av’T@ TOV 

> a , XN \ f= , 

 aOpoilew orparevpa. mpds dé Baciréa réurwv 8 

— Hkiov ddehdds dv avtov SojHvar of tavTas Tas 

a » A 

10 7odets paddov 7) Ticcadepyynv apyew avtov, Kat 

4 = A g eS 
N BYTHP TuveTparrev avT@ Tavta: wate Bacireds 

\ x ‘te AE, \ > > 7 ; 
THV [LEV TPOS EavToV EmLPovAynY OdK HaOavETO, TLC- 
 .1, ta attra... Bovdevopévous: sc. tivds, that certain persons were form- 
ing this same (516) plan. The partic. is in indirect discourse (p. 2505), 
i and its obj. is a enate ace. (p. 1221).—2. amroornva: in appos. with 
Ta avTa Tavira. —3. Tovs pév, Tos S€: cf. 479, I. 12.—7. rod dOpoitev: 


517, I. 14.—9. dv: causal partic. (379). — S0Oyvar: obj. of néfov (355). 
@pxew in 1. 10.— ot: see 515, 513,10, attav: see p. 83°, —12. Trs- 


4 _ Cyrus lays siege to Miletus, with the intention of restoring the — 


peals to the king in his contention with Tissaphernes, and thus de- | 


ee ee ee ee ee ee Se Ae ee ee | eg eey Oe! ee ee ye eee ey Oo ee eee ee a ee 








































READING LESSON, 


os My 








, de eZ x a bree, \ at isl 
oadépver 0€ evourle TohenovvTa adrov adi Ta 
oTparevpata SaTavav: wate ovdev GYOeTo avTav 
«15 modepovvTwv. Kal yap 6 Ktpos damémeume Tovs 
2 \ anes las 4 el 
yryvonevous dacpovs Bache éx TaY TOKEWY @Y — 
, 2s ¥ » \ , a 
Ticoadhepyys érvyxavey exwv. addo S€ oTpd- 9 
ae TEVLA AVT@ GuvEhEeyeTo Ev Xeppovyow TH KaTavTt- 
EB mépas “ABvdov Tovde Tov TpdTov. Kéapyos Aa- 
20 Kedaludovios puyas Hv: TovT® ovyyevdopevos 6 
lal 3 , tek. XN , ~ A - r 
 . Kopos yyaoOy te avtov Kat didwow aiT@ pv- 
2 4 Lee! Flex 4 € \ \ \ bape ao , 

a  plovs Sapexods. 6 dé AaBav 75 ypvaiov oTpd- _ 
Teva cuvere€ey ad TOUTWY TOV YpNUaTwY, Kal 
3 , 3 la € , iol \ 
éroheuer €x Xeppovycov opya@pevos Tots Opaki 
25 Tols virep EAAjomovTov oikovar, Kal @péher TOUS - 
"EAAnvas’ wore Kal ypyjpara cuveBaddovTo aiTa — 

c 
2 \ \ A A € ery. , - 

Els THY TPOPHY TOV OT POTION GY «Oe Be aueak 
akal 7oeLs ExOVTaL. TovTO O ad ovTw TpEPdpeE- 
vov eidvOavev adt@ 76 AUN ees Agar: 10 

- 30 6€ 6 @eTTadds éévos QV Sruy even GUT@, Kab TLE- 

Comevos v7rd TOV OlkOL aVTLOTATLWTOV epxerau Tpos 


cadépver: With worcuodyra (cf. 274, I. 4).—13. adrov: 7.e. Cyrus, sabia 
ge of damravay (854). —14. odSév, not at all (p. 70°). —avrav ak is 
LOUVTOYV, because they were at war, gen. absolute. Cf. 706, 34, and now 
on 83.—15. kal ydp, and (the more) because, Lat. etenim. Of. 706, 34.— a. : 
16. dv: for as. The relative is sometimes attracted into the case of | 
its antecedent. —17. érvyxavev @xwv, had Oe as it happened, 4 
possessed. Cf. 706, 5, and note. For the tense of éréyxavey, of. joav, — 
| —s- 706, 35, and note. —18. Xeppovrjrw ty karavrimépas: see 719. For the — 
q situation of the Chersonese, see the map. —19. ABdSou: cf. 361, I. 16.— — 

21. Hydo8n, came to admire. The aor. of verbs which denote a continued _ 
state generally expresses the entrance into that state. Thus, dc@evéw, — 

be sick, nodevyca, fell sick; Baciredw, be king, éBactrevoa, became king. — 

This is called the inceptive aor. — 24. rots . .. olkotor: see 719.— 

28. Exotoar: of. 712, 18. — rpebdpevov AdivOavev, was secretly supported — 


i . im 





er DING LESSON. 

























ty Kipov Kal Q@lTeL avToV els duarxihious &évous 
Kab Tpray pnvov poor, @S OUTH TE pee On 


3 av TOV GVYTLOTACLWTOV. 6 OC Kipos Slowow avT@ 


a 


ig eis Terpaxioxidious Kat €€ pnvav oe, Pale 
TAL AVTOD py peo Katahvoa mpos TOvs avTt- 
a OTATLMTAS Tp av avT@ ovpBovdedonrar. ovT® 
88 ad ro & Oerrahia éddvOavev atta Tpepopevov 
3 ener svete He pueeior d€ Tov Bowtiov E€vov ovta il 
40 abrd éxédevoe haBovra avopas OTL TAEloToUsS T4- 


og Ps : 


Be payever Oat, « as eis Hioidas Bovhopevos orpared- 
4 —eobat, « @S Tpaypara TOPEXOVT OY tov Iiowev 7? 
 €avrov xeps- LYodaiverov dé Tov Yruudadtov Kat 
— Swxpdrny tov "Axaov, Eévovs dvtas Kal tovrous, 


45 €xéhevoey avdpas aBovras €hOew ore wetorous, 
2  @S TOhELHOwV Le SG Daigle avy Tols muydou TOV 


ee eter. Kal E7OlOVY OUTWS OUTOL. 


_ 


- 


. 2503).— 32. airdv, picddv: objects of aire? (p. 1002). —els, for. The 
e adi. phrase eis... ¢évovs and the following gen. qualify wicddv. — 33. as 
Tw Tepryevopevos av, on the ground that (for és, see 706, 33, and note) 
in this way he (Aristippus) would get the better of. wepryevduevos dy, if expressed 
a finite mood, would be repryévorro &y, to which ofrw furnishes the pro- 
is (p. 1041), — 34. dvticracwrav: see p. 907. — 36. adrod: cf. 856, 
11.— py: the regular neg. with the infin., whereas the indic. regularly 


h him. —41. ds Bovdcpevos, on the ground that he (Cyrus) wished. Cf. 
. 33 above. — els, into the country of. — 42. ds... Tio8av, on the ground 
hat the Pisidians were causing trouble. For the gen. absolute with és, 
706, 34. For Pisidia, see the map. — 44. févouvs dvras Kal rovrovs, 
é also being his guest-friends. rtovdrovs is in apposition with Sopatverov 
and Swxpdrnv.—46. ds wodeprowv: cf. 706, 16, and note.— ody, with the 
aid of. Compare with this the ‘preceding simple dat. Ticcapépve: (p. 831°), 
x Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (aug, 
Grd, 23; eis, 27, 32, 35,41; év, 1,18; et, 16,24; nard, 5 (bis); mpds, 2, 8, 
86; atv, 46; 5rd, 31) according to the directions given in Lesson CI. 


ov. — 37. mply dv atta cupBovrevoeynrar, wntil he should have consulted 





Db el Salle eee Tle te? Faney 


é 7 4 
Pde Cee TS 





ey Ty Co eee a er es et Wu grle se eo ae Le 


‘11. ovy dpa éoTiy nip cptehety. NLOV AVTOV, ara Bow 





















PRONOUNS. 


LESSON CIV. 


Pronouns, 


723. EXERCISE. 


1. ot« é& icov, & Bevopdr, écpuév:! od pev yap ed’ farmov — 
dyel, eyo S& yareTOs Kdpvw THY dorida pépav. 2. Xeupi- 
coop Sé Kedever of ovpTréurpat Tors wirov’s. 8. amropoupe 
vous © avtois mpoonrOe tis avip. 4. adtos dekvas Sods 
auvéhaBes Tovs aotpatnyovs. 5. Hv ovv artav émicKeo-~ 
pea tives wéravtar cdhevdcvas, kal TovT@? Sdpev avTav® 
apytpiov, icws tives avodvtar ixavol huas awdberetv. 
6. Roirov po eimety Omrep Kal péytoTov vopive CLV Abe 
T. adXov tivds* Sef mpos TovTos ois Nerves 8. of oTpari 
yol, of Sua mlatews Tois BapBapors EavTovs evexelproaray 
TONG Kal Kaka TeTOVOdow. Y. pos dé Bacidéa réuTrov 
Kdpos 1jElov dderpds dv abtod S00Avat of tavtas Tas Té- 
res. 10. Ae dé KeXevovot StachcavTa avTois Ta 
mpoBara, Ta pev® avtov® raBeiv, Ta dé oo dmroSotvat. E 


Never Oar & TL YXpH Toveiv ex ToUTwY. 12. GAO O€ oTPa- 
TEULA aAUT@ auvedéyeTo €v Xeppovicw TH Katavtimépas — 
*ABvdSou Tovde Tov tpdrov. 138. gst) ha alge TO 
‘Apiotinne ea LENG pos éavrov 8 elye otpdrevpa. 
14. od te yap ” ay el Kal mets TocodToL® ovTes bcous® 
av opas. 15. ods obv édpa OérovTas eevduvedeny, ToUTOUS — 
dpxovras érrole. Hs Kateotpépetro yopas. 16. dwar 8é om 





1 The preceding pause prevents 4 something else. Of. 508, L 148 
the recession of the accent. 5rd wey... TH O€, SOME... the 

2 T.e. the possessor of a sling. rest. See p. 1185. 

8 for them, t.e. the slings. The 6 Intensive, himself. 
thing bargained for is put in the 7 Cf. 582, I. 5. 
gen. 8 See 542, 571. 










3 mS. Kreapys deréonvat youn 6 tt cou Soxel. 
riva yvepny exels Tepl THs mapelae:; 18. ef odv viv 
uy Bein tiva xpH HyeicOat, ovK av tatepov Bovrcver bar 
déor. 19. ceive 5é 70 péev SeEvov Mévar Kal of adv avTo, 
 evovupov Kréapyos Kai ot éxeivov. “Ree 











xamine the subjects of the finite verbs in 1, 4, 14, 16 (ov), 
md observe that they are all pronouns and are omitted unless 
atic. ) 
Review 514. 
‘Examine the uses of the personal pronoun of the third person and 
f avrds in 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, 12, 19. 


Review 515, 516. 


















Bxa mine the uses of the demonstrative pronouns in 5, 7, 9, 11, 12, 


Review 540, 541. . | 
] xamine the position of the demonstratives, with reference to the c 
and substantive, in 9, 12. 
view 174. The rule applies also to dd and éxeivos. 
xamine the use of the interrogative pronouns in 5, 17, 18. . = 
teview 558. 
amine the use of the indefinite pronoun in 3, 5, 7. 2 


Rule of Syntax.— The indefinite ris may be either : 
antive or adjective. It is sometimes nearly equivalent z= 
the > English @ or an. 7 f 
‘amine the relative pronouns and their antecedents in 8, 14, 


s); and note their = aot olobee person, and case. 3 
view 568. 


Examine the relation of the relative pronoun to its antecedent in 3 


, 


Review 569. : : = 


mine the relative pronoun in 7, 15 (7s), and note its case and 


or dative. The antecedent may be innoepeeeed into 




















READING LESSON. 
725. Rule of Syntax.— When a relative would nati 
be in the accusative as the bai of a verb, it is gener 





relative clause. i 


Examine the use of do7ts in 11, 16. 
Review 570. 


726. EXERCISE. 


1. J am willing to carry you across. 2. For they are now 
themselves burning the king’s country. 3. But once the 
king’s army! invaded their country. 4. And beside these he 
had (those) whom® the king gave him. 5. But if anybody 
sees another better‘ (plan), let him speak. 6. And what sol- 
diers he himself had he commanded to follow. 7. Having 
persuaded his own® city, he sailed away. 8. But they at- 
tempted to induce him to return. 9. You neither love ther n° : 
nor (do) they® (love) you., 10. He thinks the general se 
back to him what army he had. 11. Cyrus set out with | 
(those) whom I have mentioned. 12. He appointed the same 
man general. 13. They panes these same (things). 14. Who ) 
wounded Cyrus, the son’ of Darius ? 


LESSON CV. 
Reading Lesson. 


727. Awanasts I. ii. 1-6. 


Cyrus is now ready to set out inland. He collects his troops a 
Sardis, and announces, in order to conceal his real object, that hi 
intention is to expel the Pisidians from their territory (1-3). 


1 q@ royal army. o-OF, 582, I, 2y 

2 threw (itself) in upon (eis) ~ 6 Use éxeivos. :: 
them. 7 The subst. vids may be omitte 

3 Use boos. after the article, when a qualif 


_ * Use the neut. sing. gen. is added. = 161, I. 14. 


i, , \ 
ri 


~ 
= 







ss READING LESSON. 317 








' formed of the real facts by Tissaphernes, makes ready to meet 
. Cyrus sets out from Sardis and marches through Lydia 
the Maeander to Colossae in Phrygia, where he is joined by 


II. 
2Trel 5 286 au 0D 70 EVE ba ay ’ 1 
€7TEL E€OOKEL AUT@M YON TrOpEevEedVau @, TV 



























pev mpdpacw eéroeiro ws Iicidas Bovddpuevos 
& 3 A , - 3 val , - N > , 

| €kBadeiv Tavtaracw ex THS KOpas* Kab ab potler 
ae ve . AN , , , 6 \ N Cry 

 @s emt TovTovs TO TE BapPapiKoy Kat To “EhAnuL- 





B KOV. evTav0a Kat Raponyeahes T@ TE neue! 
— aBévre NKEL OOOV HV avT@ LRAT ev Kal T@ 
_ Apiotinne punathayexrt Tpos TOUS OlKOL azro- 
 mepapat Mpos EavTov O Eiye CT PAT EU: Kat Bevia 
7@ “Apxddu, 0 OS AUT@ TPOELOTHKEL TOV EV TALS TOETL 
iced, 7 wise marca yest Ah orTe.< Tovs a\Aous 
_ tip ¢ OTOG0L LKavol Noayv Tas aKxpomdAes pudar- 
re. eKdAECE O€ Kal TOUS Midyrov TohopKourras, 2 
kal TOUS guysoas EKENMEVTE TVV AUTO B iporeent ag 
, brooydpevos avrots, Et Kalas Seamer ep a 


1. qopeverOar: subj. of éddxe: (352). — THv péev... BovdrAcpevos, he gave 
s pretext indeed (that he was going) because he wished (cf. 722, 41). 
mplies a clause with d¢, such as 7H & GAnOeia er) Baotréd eropeveto. — 
éml rovrous, avowedly against these. —5. évrav0a, there, i.e. to Sardis, 
adquarters. Construe with jjrev.— kal, also. Clearchus and Aris- 
were at a distance (722, 19-39), and their troops are not regarded 
rt of the Greek force (7d ‘EAAnvixdv) just mentioned. — 6. rew: 
not expressed (3850). So dmoméupa in 1. 7. —doov... orpdrevpa, 
wer troops he had (cf. 706, 81).— 7. rods otkor: cf. 722, 31, and p. 83% 
J — was commander of, plup. with impf. force. The plup. of 
is eior7xn, representing e-ce-oT nk (p. 264).— od tevixod: for the case, 
Tay, 722, 10.—10. AaBovra: acc. with the unexpressed subj. of Hires, 
‘than dat. (cf. ll. 6, 7) with Zevia, because the latter is remote in 
n.—11. mAqv: sc. rocotrwr, as antec. to érdcor.—14. varooyxdpevos 
be, promising them that, if he should successfully accomplish the 




























READING LESSON. 





oy 


15 eorparevero, py mpoo Oey TavoerOar mpiv abrovs — 
Kataydyou otkade. of Se Hdéws émetMovTo: pire: 

\ RAN \ / \ 9 A Tg 

OTEVOY YAP AUT@* Kal peor Ta, OTAG TApHoav 

r) , ; 
eis Yapders. Hevias pev b7) Tovs €x Tov Todewy 3¢ 


ce: haBav mapeyevero eis Sd poets OmAiras Ets TeTpa.- 4 


a 


. 20 KioyiNtous, Hpd€evos S€ tapnyv exwv OmNitas pev — 
eis mevrakocious Kal xidious, yuuvytas 6€ mevTa- 
aa Koa ious, Lopaiveros O€ 6 Yruuadtos mAitas Exov 

| -\ 7 Leet Re en \ € t= » € 5 
Xidtous, Lwxparyns dé 6 “Ayatds OmAiTas €yov ws 
. mevtakootous, Haciwy d€ 6 Meyapeds Tpiakootous 
25 pev omdiras, Tpiakoolous O€ wekracTas ExwV Tape — 
, 9 \ \ _®@ V « , me ae 
yéveto* Hv O€ Kal ovTOS Kal 6 Lwxparns TaV aude 
Midnrov otpatevopevav. oro. pev eis Yapdets 4 

av a Li T -, de 4 oo 
UT@ QPLKOVTO. lacapepyns O€ KaTavoynoas 
TavTa, Kal peilova yynodpevos eival ) ws emt 
- %Q= N , , e } Se 

30 Iliotdas tv TrapacKeuyy, mopeverar was Baoiiea 
} eOWvaTo TaxLOTA imméas Exwv wS TEVTAKOCIOUS. — 
\ N \ Sve! Ars , 7 

kat Baoteds péev 52) evel YKovoe Ticoadepvous 
Tov Kipou ordXor, avrTimaperKevalero. 


object (569) for which he was taking the field, he would not stop (p. 250 ®) 

until he restored them to their homes. —18, XapSers: see the map. = 
Tous ék Tov wodewv: for éx Tay TéAcwy Tovs év Tails wéAcor. Cf. 706, 23. 
—19. dwdtras: in appos. with robs éx ray wéAcwy. — els: of. 498, I. 12.- 
23. ds: of. 494, I. 23. — 26. av: of. p. 2827. — rav orparevopévav: cf. 380, 
I. 1.— 27. ovrou pév: in contrast with those who joined him later. Eve: 
Greek sentence has in general a conjunction to connect it with what 
before. But Xenophon frequently omits the conjunction in a senter 
that begins with a demonstrative (cf. ll. 37, 38) or adverb of place (q of. 
Nl. 5, 41).— 28. aird: dat. of advantage (p. 254).—29. pelfova ... 7 as: 
too great to be, lit. greater than as (it would be, if) etc. — 380. os: of. 391, 
I. 11.—31. qf &vvaro tdéxrora, as rapidly as possible, lit. in what way he 
could most quickly. — 82. Tiecadépvous: gen. of the source. Of. 498, I. 1. 














VATIVE, ACCUSATIVE, AND VOCATIVE. 819 










i , » a “Y € A STEN , 

Dpos dé e€ywv ods elpnKa @puato amd Xdp- 
Sy b ee] 4 ‘\ “~ mock Wake ‘\ ~ 
vy Kal e€ehavver dia THS Avdias aTaOpLovs TpEls 





vag i! , - y \ , INAS , 
mapacdyyas €ikoo. Kat dvo émt Tov Maiavdpov 
motapov. Tovtov 7d evpos do TACOpa: yedupa 





6 emmy elevypevn motos. Tovrov diaBas é&e- 6 


eo 





ers dua Dpvyids arad nov eva Tapacayyas 





40 OKT els Kodoooas, mo\w econLeLyy, eudcti aus 


Kal peyadnv. eévradla euewev nuépas em7a: Kat 
car ee es 

Ke Mévwv 6 Gerradds omXiTas Eywv yidious Kat 
* x , , N 3k a 
qme\tactas mevraKkociovs, Ad\otas Kat Alravas 
kat ‘OhvrGiovs. 


34. @pparo: the march began in the spring of 401 n.c. Trace the route, 
the following description, on the map. — 38. mdolois: dat. of means 
47 ®).— 42. Menon was sent by Aristippus, who was not able to obey 
summons of Cyrus in person (see ll. 6 ff.). 


Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (audi, 
amd, 845; did, 35, 39; eis, 18, 19 (bis), 21, 27,40; év, 9; e, 8,185 emi, 4, 
A, 29, 36; mpds, 7, 8; ody, 18) according to the directions previously given. 


LESSON CVI. 


Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Cases. 


728. EXERCISE. 
nh 


9 


.. ayaddy te Toinoopey tpds. 2. 
Ipwme, avye ovde Opay yiyvwokes oVdE axkovwov péuvynoat. 
 OUTOS, @ avopes, Bactredls eyévero TaV Llepcwv. 4. cro- 
mevor dé Sud TAOT YS THS Yopas adixvodvtat éml Tov 
lacKav MOT aMLOY, TO Benes kel peatov. 5. pelvavtes &é 
ora THY paper TH BAT émropevovto. 6. adda pa. TOS 
gos OUK eywye avTovs Siw~w. T. oTpaTidTds yap ATNTE 


1 Cf. 167, I. 13. 


ee ee ee ek oe ol 

















, y 
® Oavuact@tTate av- 






Bh) SY | in NS, ee oC ete ss ake | * 


‘Tov catparny. 8. TovavTa Tovs éyOpods Huav ot Beot Troun- 





govow. 9. det Tov otpatidtnv phoBetaBar padrdov Tov 
dpxovra 7) Tovs moNdepulous, ef wédhrer huraxas dvdakew.! 

5 yaa n cr a 
10. xpdtictov, ® Xeipicode, jpiv tecOat os Tdyiota éml TO 



























dxpov. 11. date Kal ypyyata cvveBddrovTo adT@ eis THY 
Tpopiy TOV CTPATLWTaV ai Trodels Exodoa.” 12. Kal 70 
NowTrov® o pev Hpxev, ot b€ érreiOovrTo. 18. nee ris 
yapadpas oxT® otadious. 14. “Aptatos 8é, dv tyeis FOE 
Nomev Baciréa xabioravat, ier KQKOV TroLely Telparam 
15. Rane kat [Ipokeve, kai ot GAXOv Ot rapOEtes. “ERAT 
ves, ov iote 6 TL TrovetTe. 16. hoav dé vi Ala kal ‘nae 
ot gdeccav. 17. arr ov TPA Nee TAUTHY my oTPATH a 
yiav. 18. nai pe devyovta éx Tis matpioos Ta Te dra 
Kdpos éréunoe nal piplous exe Saperxots. 19. répav rod 
ToTam“ov TOdLS w@KElTO peyadn Kal evdalnov dvowa Katvai. 
20. dav Sé pt jyepova 8156, cvvratr@Opcba THY raylorny® 
21. obTou aM Btlocs Ta odfavra® Th CT PRTG. 22. dva- 
pvicw yap bas Kal Tovs TOV mporyoveny TOV bperenav covdes In 
vous. 29. ee dé peramepmerat aro THs apxis hs avrov 
Sener eroinae. 24. of Opaxes éBovrovto dparpeta bas 
tous “EAAnvas THY yhV. a 


Examine the substantives and pronouns in the nominative in 2, 
3, 6, 8, 11, 14, 16, 18, 19, 21, 24, and note their relation to the fit e 
verbs. a 

729. Rule of Syntax.— The nominative is used chiefly as 
the subject of a finite verb (713), or in the predicate after 
verbs signifying to be, become, etc. (715), when used in a 
finite mood. 4 


Examine the vocatives in 2, 8, 10, 15. 


1The fut. infin. is used with 4 Sc. rwés as Subj. of jaar. 
péAAw to form a periphrastic future. 5 Sc. 635dv. 

2 Of. 712, 13. 6 See 718. 

3 thenceforth. 7 See 719 end. 

























Examine the accusatives in 6 (airovs), 9 (dpxovra, roAepiovs), 
11 (xphpara), 15 (5 71), 18 (ué, ddperxors), 20 (pyendva), 23 (KSpor), 
the verbs on which they depend, and note their mutual relation. 

781. Rule of Syntax.— The direct object of the action of a 


sitive verb is put in the accusative. a 








Examine the accusatives in 9 (dvAakas), 17, and the verbs to which 
they belong, and note their meaning and mutual relation. 

732. Rule of Syntax. — Any verb whose meaning permits 
it may take an accusative of kindred signification. This accu- 
sative repeats the idea already contained in the verb, and may 
Ow intransitive as well as transitive verbs. It is called the gh 
agnate accusative. 


vw © 
ee 


5 Examine the function of the accusatives in 4 (edpos), 18 (dAAa), 19. , a 
: 
x 













+. ays 


_ 433. Rule of Syntax.— The accusative of specification may 
oined with a verb, adjective, or substantive, to denote that 
m respect to which the expression is used. 


_ Examine the force of the accusatives in 12, 20 (tiv raxiornv). 


784. Rule of Syntax.— The accusative in certain expres- =. 
ons has the force of an adverb. Be 


5 Sr amine the function of the accusatives in 5, 13. 
735. Rule of Syntax.— The accusative may denote extent 
of time or space. 
F xamine the construction of the accusatives in 6 (Oeovs), 16. ; 
736. Rule of Syntax. — The accusative follows the adverbs 
of swearing v7 and pd, by. An oath introduced by vy is affirm- 
bi ve; one introduced by pa is negative. 
Examine the pairs of accusatives in 7, 21, 22, 24, and the verbs 
mn. which they depend, and note their mutual relation. 
737. Rule of Syntax. — Many transitive verbs may take 


wo object accusatives. Such are verbs signifying to ask, 
emind, teach, clothe, conceal, and deprive. 





Examine the pairs of accusatives in 1, 8, 14 (juas, ganiv), noted = 
: signification of the verbs on which they depend, and observe that of 
2a each pair one accusative denotes the person, the other the thing. 











738. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs signifying to do anything t ie 
a person take two accusatives, one of the person, the other ¢ of | 
the thing. aa 
a 
Examine the pairs of accusatives in 14 (ov, Baotdéa), 23 (airdv, 
catpamnyv), and the verbs on which they depend, and observe that of 
each pair one accusative expresses predicate relation. & 
739. Rule.of Syntax.— Many transitive verbs may take a 
he predicate accusative in addition to the object accusative. Such 
; are verbs signifying to name, choose, make, and think. ae 
et a. This is the active construction corresponding to the passive wit 7 
E copulative verbs. See 715. aa 


— ee 
J 















The accusative is used also with prepositions (95, 96, 97) and. 2 7 
the subject of the infinitive (350). 


y 


—_— 


740. EXERCISE. a 


ee os |. ae Ome. 


1. And another army was collected for him in the follow- 
ing manner. 2. What opinion have you expressed, Socrates 2 
3. We will ask the general whether he has garrisons in the 
cities.! 4. Why do you ask me for boats? 5. And thence 
they proceeded one stage, four parasangs. 6. They wished to ) 
rob them of their land. 7. The general has committed a great 
error” 8. This man they made king. 9. But the Greeks pro- 
ceeded safely for the rest of the day. 10. And the wall 
forty feet? in height. 11. They remained there seven days. 
12. Through the middle? of the city there flows a river, which 
is called the Cydnus,® two plethra in width. 13. This man 
was chosen general. - 


1The indirect question is the 8 Of, 319, I. 18. 
second obj. 4 Cf. 386,’I. 8. 
2 Of. 628, I. 17, 5 Cf. 728, 19 above. 



































ae 
_——*s*ss«REEADDIING LESSON. 
LESSON CVII. 
‘ 
Reading Lesson. . 
741. AnABAsIs I, ii. 7-12. 4 


__ From Colossae Cyrus proceeds to Celaenae. The historian, in an 
interesting digression, tells of the palace and great park of Cyrus at 
_ Celaenae; of the sources and of the first course of the river Maean- 
der 1); ; of the royal residence at Celaenae, close upon the sources of 
the river Marsyas, which empties into the Maeander; of the contest 
_ of Apollo and Marsyas and of the naming of the river (8); and of 
_ the building of the palace and of the settlement of Celaenae by 
a Xerxes. Cyrus remains here a month, and is joined by the rest of 
his Greek troops. He reviews and numbers these (9). Thence he 
% marches northwest through Peltae, where the festival of the Lycaea 
is celebrated, to the Market of the Ceramians, on the borders of 
_ Mysia (11). Thence eastward to the Plain of Cayster, where Epyaxa, 
_ the wife of the king of Cilicia, meets him and furnishes him money 


; with which to pay his troops (12). 
: II. 


5 lal - 4 % “a , - 
erev0er e€ehavver oTamovs TpEets Tapacdyyas 7 
¥ > L A f= , 9 , 
etkoow eis Kehawas, Tos Ppvyias od otKoupe- 
¥ , Nig) z E) aA x 
yyy, peyadynv Kal evdaipova. évTat0a Kupw Ba- 
oikewa Hv Kal Tapddeicos péyas aypiov Onpiwv 
5 mAnpys, & Exeivos EOypevey amd immo, dméTE yu- 

, , e , A \ id Q 
pvdoa. Bovdouro éavTdv TE Kal TOUS Ummovs. 1d 

, \ “ , pelea. 3 , 

erov d€ Tov Bepaociaoy pet o Maiavdpos jToTa= 
pos: at de myyat avTOD EloW EK TOV Bactkecms 
pet dé kal dia THs Kehawav Todews. eott Se Kal 8 
10 peyadrov Bactéws Bacitea &v Kehawais épupva 
Bie hiro BovrAotto, whenever he wished. —7. pérov: see p. 1415,— 
Ba. é& Trav Bastheiov : we should say within instead of out of the palace, 


: and the more precise statement in Greek would be éy rots BaotAelois.— 
Dp. Kedawav: in appos. with réaews (716). For the order of the words, 





iy , ots Heroes, MG Zs 
324 ! READING LESSON. a 4 aie eae eet. 


2 N a a A , d AL eos a 
€ml Tas myyats TOV Mapovov wotapov um0 TH 
3 , en Q Q @ 5 \ a , \ - = 
akpomo\er* pet S€ Kal ovTOS Oia THS Wohews Kal 
euBadre eis Tov Maiavdpov: tov d€ Mapovov 76 
S _?0 3 \ ld A 9 “A 
eUpds éoTiw etKoou Kal mevTe Today. evravla 
15 éyerau “Amdd\Nwv exdetpar Mapavar, viknoas épi- 

, e 4 c= \ XN ? ? 3 
Covrd ot mept codias, kal 7d dépua Kpeudoas ev 
a YY y e , \ Q a) € > 
T@ avTpw Mev ai myyais dia dé TovTO 6 ToTapds 
Kahetrat Mapovas. éevtav0a Bépéns, ore ex THS 9 ~ 
‘EdAd80s Hrrnbels 7H dyn dmreydper, \éyerar oiK 
| s nTTHVEls TH ayy atrexapel, M€yEeTat OLKO- 
20 Sounoat TadTa Te TA Bacihea Kal THY Kedawdv 
E) , p) A ¥ A es pis £ 
akpoTolw. evtadla euewe Kupos ymepas Tpua- 
Sie , e , \ 
KovTa* Kat nKe KNéapyos 6 Aakedaiudvios puyas 
¥Y e Z be -\ ? \ .5 aA > 
Exwv Omhitas yidiovs Kat mehTacTAas Opakas oxTa- - 
a? x lens A - , 9 A 
Kooiovs Kat To€dras Kpnras duakociovs. apa de 
\ A A e pe Sof ¥ e £ = - 
2 Kal Loos TapHy O YvpaKkda.os EXwv OTiTAS TPLa- 

id \ ‘4 e > ‘\ ¥ e £ = 
Koolous, Kat Yodaiveros 0 “ApKas eywv Om\iTas 
ONS \ 9 A A Wie Pk) 0 \ 
Xidtovs. Kal évtavda Ktpos é€eracw kat apiOpov 
A e - 3 , 3 ip) la \ > , 
Tov Eddjvev eroinoe év TO Tapadeiow, Kal eyé- 

a4 4 
VOVTO Ob OVpTaVTES OmAiTaL MeV pUpPLOL KaL yiALOL, 


cf. 6 Malav8pos rorauds in 1.7,—11. dao, under, at the foot of. —14. rodav: 
cf. 498, I. 7.—évratOa ... coplas: cf. 517, I. 19.—16. kal kpepdoar, and 
to have hung up. xpeudou, first aor. infin. of kpeudvvius, is in the same 
const. with éxSeipar. —17. d0ev, whence, for 86 or 06, where. See note on 
1, 8.—19. rH paxy, in the (well-known) battle, that of Salamis, fought in 
480 B.c. — A€yerar olkoSopyoat: Cf Aéyera éxdeipa in 1. 15. —22. Kréap- 
xos: of. 722, 19 ff., and 727, 5 ff. —25. Xaois: not previously mentioned, 
and not again referred to in the Anabasis. — 26. Zodatveros: if this is 
the general mentioned in 722, 43, and 727, 22, the purpose for which he 
had been left behind must remain in doubt. —28. éyévovro of cvprravtes, 
the whole number amounted to. —29. éwdtrar pév, weATacral §€: in appos. 
with of ciurayres, expressing the two parts of the whole. The sum-total 
here given does not tally with the total of the numbers given in the 
preceding sections. Xenophon is here speaking in round numbers. — — 






























80 meAtacrTal dé audi Tods Sicyidious. evredOev eEe- 10 


havver atafpovs SV0 wapacdyyas Séka eis Ié)- 





= Ce > 2 > “a {Pp ¥ e 2's 
Tas, ToOAW olKouperny. evTavl” Eenewev yuepas 


: 
Tpeis: ev ais Hevias 6 “Apkas ta Avkata eOvce | 
5 a ET “0 : \ de DN > X iS 
kat ayava €Onke: Ta d€ GPa Hoav oTreyyides 
/ - A 24 , de XN eS N A 5] 
xpucat: eedpe de TOV adyava Kat Kupos. é- 
“A 3 4 \ / 4 = Vd 
Tevler e€chavver oTaO mors Sv0 Tapacdyyas SaddeKa : 
> ] nw b ne , > v4 3 , 
eis Kepapav ayopay, rod oikovpevyy, eoyarny 
A - , , 3 lal 
mpos TH Mucia yodpa. evrevder éEchavver orad- 11 
povs TpEls Tapacdyyas TpLakovTa eis Kavorpov 
2, , > et id b ] af »¥ e 4 -= 
TeOlov, TOW olKovpLEryY. EvTAaVP” Eweey NmEepas 


* a \ A“ , b) / X 

TETE* Kal TOlS oTpaTLOTats @deideTo prods | 
be x la A \ , ah CE 

méov ) TPLOV pyvav, Kal ToAaKIS LOVTES Em 

A , - 3 a ¢ %, 3 - - A 

Tas Ovpas amjrovyv. 6 dé édmidas éyav Supye 

Kal Onhos Hv avidpevos’ ov yap Hv mpdos TOV 

Kupov tpdmov éeyovta pr amoduddvar. evTadia 12 | 

adixvetrar “Exvafa 7 Svevverros yuv7) tov Kudi- 

kav Baoiéws rapa Kupov: Kat édéyero Kip@ : 


bs A ? ld a °° 5 la , 
OVVAL KPNLATA moka. TH OV’ OTPATLA TOTE 


{ 





80. ddl rods Stcxitrlous: cf. 498, I. 12. — évretOev ... els éAtas: Cyrus 
a now changes the direction of his march (see the map), probably with the 
_ double object of increasing his supplies and of getting on the main high- 
road to the east. —34. yoav: irregularly in agreement with the predicate 
substantive ordeyyldes, not with its subj. dra. — 38. évredOev . . . Tpia- 
: _ kovra: these were forced marches. The object of Cyrus probably was to — 
a _ meet Epyaxa before his Greek troops became clamorous for their pay. — 
_ 42. wdéov: used indeclinably for rrAedvwv. —43. &alBas déyov Suye, kept 
(8c) expressing (or continued to express) his hope (of paying them). — 
¥ 44, SiXos iv dviapevos: we should say, was evidently troubled. —od yap 
«+ drobiSdvar: of. 640, I. 19.—46. rod KiAlkwv Bacthéws: but above in 
1, 10 we have simply peydAov BaciAgéws, without the art. See p. 1443 
_—AT. Qéyero Soivar, she was said to have given. Cf. ll. 15 and 19. — 
48. otv, at any rate, i.e. however Cyrus got the money, he at any rate 


€s 
< 
r Ae ~ 
Pe 
ee = 


: “A 2 a 
a 5 








=—_ woe ae | 


See ee | oe eee Pee eT 





SPN hE ae eS att. Tine Oe a en a 
1 reat ies + 
’ 


80 aicxivnv cal GdrAnA@v Kai Kipov cuvynxodovOncav. — 





















GENITIVE CASE, —. = eee 


admédaxe Kipos picbov rerrdpov pynvav. lye dé 
50 9 Kihuooa Kat pidakas wept avtjyv Kidukas Kat 
"Ao 7revolous. | 
certainly had it to pay his troops with. —Syennesis, as Xenophon calls ‘ ; 
him, was pursuing a double policy. He sent money to Cyrus by the 
hands of his wife, but at the same time he was endeavouring to propitiate 


Artaxerxes, being determined to keep his throne whichever of the two — : 
prevailed. = 


Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (duol, 
30; ard, 5; did, 6, 9, 12, 17; eis, 2, 18, 81, 87, 895 ev, 10, 16, 28, 88; 2%, 
8, 18; ert, ‘11, 42; mapd, 47; wept, 16, 503 apds, 38, 443 td, 11) accord- < 
ing to the RieecHane oes given. a 


LESSON CVIII. 
The Genitive Case, 


J42. EXERCISE. 


1. éwt rais Baciriéas Odpais oav. 2. Suas Se of wodrod 


3. Kab yap vopal moddal Bowen paray ATEN ON Oe = 
4, rod &é heed: TO evpos éoTiv elkoot Kal mévTE qTo- 
dav. 5. kal Tov SvaBaivovt@v Tov TOT apLOv ovdels éBpéxOn — 
avotépo Tav pactov.! 6. joapv dé obToL TOV apg Médyrov 
atpatevonevov. T. tadta Oé Aéywv OopvBov hKovce dia TOV 
tatewv idvtos. 8. Kal érakev attovs AaBdvTas Tov BapBa- 7 
pixod aotpatov* cuvexBiBdlerv Tas auakas. 9. Tav dé TepiT- — 
TOV peTeEdidocav adrAnrols. 10. duets yap ddEeTe aitvos civar — 
dp~avtes tod SiaBaivew® 11. rparov pév Kataxatowpev 
Tas dpdtas, iva ph Ta Cebyn juov otpatnyn. 12. BovrAcTar — 


od 





1 See p. 1792. _ ® Se. wépos. 8 Of. 517, I. 14. 


a be 


a —~~S:CO GENITIVE CASE. 






























_ obv Kal oé ToUTHY yevoaatar, 18. tadra Se cvvernveypeva 
: i ™]® carpamevovre THS yopas. 14. cal Trav ore 
BE oUveT ouEvor aTwronreoav. 15. eLamlons ot pev avTav 
E Reétevov, oi 8 éodevdovorv. 16. Kal et tis 5€ ypnuatov éme- 
— <Gvpei, epareiv reipacbo. 11. dipOépas éripwracav yoptou 
 Koupou. 18. aavrtes yap KOLWS garnplas SeducOa. 19. pn- 

Sapas anrepeta ToUTov Tod mpaypatos. 20. Td dé Nowrrov 
nes TavTns THs TaEews. 21. Kab aired Kipov tpidv 
 pnvav picOev. 22. Kai yap joav ai meres Ticcadépvous 
70 apyaiov. 28. tav 5¢ Mévwvos otpatiwtav EvAa oyifov 
tis tnot Kiredpyou tH akivy: Kal obtos avtod fuaprev. 
24. rovTwv yap Kowwvncartes Kal? rpoBdtav Kal avdparro- 
«bap petéoyete. 25. 0 dé KarrXlwayos ws opa ab’tov mapiovra 
emiNapBavetat avtod ths irvos.2 26. mavtes yap ovToL avTE- 
_ mowodvto apetis. 27. Tovrou Sé, @ dvdpes, padiws TevEecOe. 
28. épwra avtovs ef mov yoOnvtat addNoU oTpaTEevpaTos. 
— 29. rovTwv bé ovdeis wéuvyntar. 380. Kal eis Kopas TOAK@Y 
Kayalav yewotods 7XOov. 381. déSorxa yap py émirdOnobe 
THs oixade odod. 32. xal tav map éavT@ Sé BapBapwv 
Emeueh<iro Kipos. 33. ovY wpa éoTiv Wg Gaperely Ov 
avTav. 384. 0 Tov pcan crae hoBos ToS Hv. 30. KpHTIS 
j & umhv ANOivyn TO trpos eixoot Today. 


“a 


___ Examine the genitives in 1, 2, 3, 4 (Mapovov), 5 (rOv dia Bawdv- 
_ tov), 8, 14, 15, 21, 23 (Mevwvos, orpatiwrav), 25 (airod), 34, 35, and 
note the nature of the relation which each sustains to the substan- 
_ tive, or equivalent expression, on which it depends. 


743. Rule of Syntax.— A substantive in the genitive may 
_ depend directly on another substantive. This is called the 
_ attributive genitive and expresses various relations. Thus :— 





3 1 cuvevnveyuéva jv, compound 2 also. 
form in the third sing., where ov- 3 the rim of his Rca avtov (of 
bi vevhverro might have occurred, him) being a gen. of possession. 










_ the principal verb. 


‘GENITIVE CASE. 


1, Possession: 1, 23 (Méwvos), 25 (airod). The possessive — 
genitive. Ee 
2. The subject of an action or feeling: 34. The subjecting 4 
genitive. : 
3. The object of an action or feeling: 2. The objective a 
genitive. a 
4. Material: 3. Genitive of material. a : 
5. Measure of time or space: 21, 385. Genitive of measure. 
6. The whole, after words denoting a part: 5 (rav Saban 
vovtwv), 8, 14, 15, 23 (orparwwrdv). The partitive genitive. y 
a. The partitive genitive may occur with all substantives, pro- 
nouns, adjectives (especially superlatives), participles with the article, — 
and even adverbs, which denote a part. The word denoting the part — 
is sometimes understood. | 























Examine the genitives in 4 (ody), 6, 22, observe that each is 
part of the predicate, and note the relation of each to the UG, of — 


744. Rule of Syntax.—A substantive in the genitive may 
stand in the predicate after the copula. i 
a. The predicate genitive generally belongs to the subject of the 


sentence, and may express any of the relations of the attributive a 
genitive. a 


Examine the genitives in 9, 04, and note the ee of the 
verbs on which they depend. ; 

745. Rule of Syntax.—The genitive follows verbs eignify 
ing to share (give or take a part). 

Examine the genitives in 10, 19, 20, 23 (KAedpxov, abrod), 26 
(irvos), 26, 27, and note the signification of the verbs on which ny 
depend. 

746. Rule of Syntax.—The genitive follows verbs signify- 
ing to take hold of, touch, claim, aim at, hit, attain, miss, make a 


trial of, begin. 


Examine the genitives in 7 (Oopv¥Bov), 12, 16, 98, 29, 31, 82, 33, and F 
note the signification of the verbs on which they depend. a 


— an action of the senses or of the mind, varhienie é 
ose meaning to taste, hear, perceive, remember, forget, desire, 
¢ care Sor, neglect. 
L _ Examine the genitives in 11, 13, and note the sionifdaured of the 
“ye iba on which they depend. 
ee 748. Rule of Syntax.—The genitive follows verbs signify- 
ing to rule and lead. 
Examine the genitives in 17, 18, 30, and note the signification of 
i th he verbs on which they depend. 
¥ 749. Rule of Syntax.— The genitive follows verbs of plenty 
and want. Those signifying to jill take also the accusative of 
the thing filled. 


ay 


750. ‘EXERCISE. 


*1. But we resolutely refrained on account of our! oaths 
7 (sworn in the name) of the gods. 2. And underneath there 
was a foundation of polished stone. 3. And upon this foun- 
- dation a brick fort a hundred feet in height had been built. 
4, So the great (part) of the Greek force was in this way 
_ persuaded. 5. Many of the beasts of burden pera of? 
hunger. 6. He marched on to the river, which was? a pleth- 
4 rum in width. 7. The water did not touch the hay. 8. It 
is right to obtain this. 9. Nobody tasted food. 10. And 
e: ie commanded Clearchus to lead the right wing. 11. Many 
of the barbarians had fled from the villages. 12. For the 
cities were the satrap’s. 13. And nobody missed (his) man.. 
14, There is need of slingers and horsemen. 15. But some 
of the soldiers heard the man’s voice, and opened the gate. 
3 He began the debate as follows. 17. They were angry on 
account of the destruction of their fellow-soldiers. 


= ; 1Use the art. . 2 ind with the gen. .. 8 Use the partic. — 








— |) oe ae 
. 


ye ee 
?¢ ~ 


ghee et! & 
. 


—— +P. | =i 


es ph 
e 


te a ee OS ee 
| , 





¥ Po een, % peel 
2 F — ee eu sal acta! # 5 
Se A Rey oer = 
ral * 
READING LESSON. fs aoe in a 


LESSON CIX. 
Reading Lesson. 
























751. AnABASIS I. ii. 13-20. 


From the Plain of Caster, Cyrus marches south-east to Thym- — 
brium, and thence to Tyriaeum, where he reviews his forces (13, 14). _ 
The Greeks draw themselves up in full array, and make a splendid ~ 
appearance (15, 16). Halting his chariot in front of the Greek pha- 3 % 


Janx, he orders them to present arms and advance (17). Hereupon the a 


barbarian troops are terrified, and the Cilician queen flees precipitately. _ 
Cyrus is pleased to see the terror with which the Greeks inspire the 
native troops (18). Thence he marches to Iconium, and thence through ~ 
Lycaonia, which the Greeks plunder (19). Menon is sent to escort the — 
queen into Cilicia; Cyrus himself proceeds to Dana (20). 


ae 
evred0ev d€ e€ehavver otabuodvs dvo mapacdy-13 — 

- , > , , ) , 2 A ~ 

yas Séka eis OvpBprov, réduv olkovpernv. evTavla 

> \ \ ¢ ys 4 € ‘8 , foun 

nv Tapa THY Odov KpHYN 1 Midov Kkadovpevn Tou 

A ® E a 

Povyav Baciréws, éb 4 éyeras Midas Tov Sdtv- 
eae) if | 3 

‘ A a - an “Fi 
5 pov Onpedoar olvm KEepdoas avTyv. evredfev 14 — 
3 4 “S o. , = l4 > . 
efehavver otalpovs S¥o tapacdyyas Séka eis 

— 'Tupiatov, rod oikovpernv. évtadla euewev jpe- 
pas Tpets. Kat Néyeras SenOnvar y Kituooa Kupov 

F) A \ , Cha ees LMS oa 
emoelEat TO OTpaTEvpa avTn: Bovddmevos ovv ETt- 

10 detEar e&€racw movetras ev TO Tediw ToV “EXy- | 
vov kat Tov BapBdapwr. éxédevore SE Tovs “EAAy- 15 | 
VAS WS VOMOS avTOLS Els PaYNY OVTW TaXOnvaL KaL 
orTnvar, ovvra€ar 6 ekacTov Tovs EavTov. eTa- 

3. mapa thy oddv: the acc. after mapd because of the idea of motion — 
involved, the water, after it. has left the fountain, flowing along the road. 
With jv, a verb of rest, we should expect the dat.—4. rév Zdrupov, — 


the (well-known) Satyr, i.e. Silenus.— 5. otvm, with. wine (p. 475).— — 
12. ds... paxny, as their custom (was) for battle. — 13. oryvas, to take their 


READING LESSON. 331 


































age a , eo Ants \ ‘ 
XOnoay ovv emt teTTdpwy* elye SE 7d pev de€vov 
, XN e ‘\ > ~ XN \ > 2 , 
15 Meévwv Kat ou ovv QUT@, TO de EUWVUJLOV Ki€apyos 
N e > 2 ‘\ X\ , e ¥ , 
‘Kat ot exeivou, Td S€ pécov oi adddoL OTpaTnyoi. 
3 , > e ~ Cas A i , 
efedper ovv 6 Kipos mparov péev Tovs BapBadpovs - 16 
2. = 
ol d€ mapyAavvoy TeTaypevor KaT LAas Kal KaTa 
Tages* eita d€ Tovs “EXAnvas, wapehavvwv éd’ 
9 we , 979 © , > 
appatos Kat 7 Kiluooa ef appapdéys. eixov 
dé mavres Kpdvn xadKa Kal yiTavas gowiKoUs 
kal kvnpidas Kai tas aomidas éxxexaduppevas. 
> \ \ / , la - XN 4 : 
emevor) O€ mavTas Tapyi\ace, OTYTAaS TO appalT 
‘\ ~ 4 , , - , ‘ 
mpo ™ms parayyos péons, méeppas Itypyra tov 
Epynvea mapa Tovs oaTparnyovs Tov “Eddjvev 
3 4, "6 \ 4 \ 3 “A 
éxéhevoe tpoBareobar ta oma Kat emiyopnoar 
9 \ , e ‘ A A A 
ohyv THY dadayya. ot 5€ TavTa mpoeEtrov Tots 
4 b.| > XN 3 4, 4 
OTpatidrais: Kat éemel Eoddmuy&e, TpoBaddcpevor 
Ta OTAa ernoav. €k d€ TovTOU Oarrov TpoidyTwy 
An A f 
vv Kpavyy, 47d TOU avTouaTov Spopmos éyéveTo 
Tols OTpaTi@rais emt Tas oKnvas, Tav dé Bap- 18 
Bapav poBos trodvs, kai n Te Kikiooa epvyev emt 
THS appapagys Kal ot ek THS ayopas KaTaNurovTeEs 





_ places (second aor.).—‘kaorov: sc. otparnydv.— tovs €avrov, his own 
men. —14. elye: see p. 2327, and cf. 741,4.— 17. wpa@rov pév: the correla- 
tive is efra d¢ in 1. 19. —18. war’ thas Kal xard roftes, by squadrons and 
by companies, of cavalry and infantry respectively. —19. tovs “EXAnvas: 
- governed by é@edpe: in 1. 17. —21. adres: i.e. the Greeks. — 22. éxxexa- 
Avppévas, uncovered, a circumstantial partic. of manner (3879). — 23. wapy- 
Race, had driven by. See note on érolnce in 706, 7.— otyods: first aor., 
_ and therefore trans. — 24. péons: cf. 741, 7, and note. — 29. @arrov apoi- 
_ OvTwv: sc. adtav, as they advanced more and more rapidly. For the 
gen. absol., see note on 706, 33.—31. ém ras oxnvds: as if threatening 
the barbarian troops with an attack. Below we are told the Greeks 
later dispersed to their tents with a roar of laughter (of 5t “EAAnves... 
 HaGov).—33. of & tis dyopds Edvyov: i.e. of év rH ayopd Epuyov ek TIF 





A f= / 2 , > a ¥ n 
40 tHs Dpvyids TOW eoyarynv. évTavda Enewe TpEts 





332 | READING LESSON. 


Ta wvia epvyov. ot dé "EAAnves adv yéedwti emt 
% Tas oKynvas WAOov. % Sé Kikwooa idodoa THv — 
Lapmpdrynta Kal THY TaEW TOD OTpaTEvpmaTos EOav- 

A \ oe X\ > a c , : 22 
pace. Kdpos d€ non Tov ék tov “EM\jver eis 
tovs BapBapovs PdBov iddv. évredOey é€edavver 19 
ora0.ovs TpEls Tapacdyyas eiKoow eis “Ikdviovy, 









23 


npepas. evrev0ey e&edavver dia THS AvKaovias 
arabnovs TEVTE TAPATAyYas TpLaKovTa. Tavene 7 
THV Xopav émérpewe Suapmacat Tois “EAAnow as : 
ee ea ovaav. évTedler eet le Kidtiooayr eis 20 
45 rv Kilixiav dvoméume thy tTaxioTny 6d6v* Kal 
cuverempev avT7y TOVS ovparubras ovs Mévwv eiye 
kal avtov. Kipos d€ pera Tov ahiwv eSchasiver 
dua Kamzadokias arab uous TérTapas Trap IRTcey HRS 
eikoou Kal mévre mpos Adva, 7édw oiKouperyy, Ley a- 
60 Anv kal edvdaipova. évradla euewav huepas TpELs* 
év @ Kipos améxrewev avdpa Iepanv Meyadépynp, 
dhowikiorny Bactreuor, kal erepov Twa TOV vIrdp- 
xov Suvaorny, aitiaodpevos eruBovdrevew avTo. 


<i 
~e 


&yopas. Cf. 706, 23, and 727, 18, and notes. — 387. & Trav ‘EAArvev els rods — 
BapBapovs: attributive prepositional phrases (p. 231). — 48. Staprdcau: ; 
of. 624, I. 15 and 20. —ds aodeplav odoav, on the ground that it was hos- — 
tile. For és with the causal partic. cf. 706, 83, and 722, 33, 41, 42, and — 
notes. —45. 68dv: adverbial acc. (734).— 47. adrdv: intensive (516).— — 
51. év Si: sc. xpdve. — 52. wad erepov... Suvderyy, and a certain other — 
powerful man of his subordinates. — 53. émBPovdrevev: see 354. Cyrus’ ay 
charge was ériBovAcdbovo éeuol. 4 

Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (axle 
30; did, 41, 48; cis, 2, 6, 12, 87, 39, 44; ev, 10, 515 ef, 29, 88, 37; ent, 
4, 14, 19, 20, 31, 32, 34; nard, 18 (bis); werd, 47; mapa, 3, 26 ; ps, 243 7 
apés, 49; atv, 15, 80, 34) according to the directions previously given. 






GENITIVE CASE. 333 


LESSON CX. 


Genitive Case (continued), 


A dOe. EXERCISE. 


1. obros judas Bufavriov arocdeloa. 2. ta § appara 
297 Sd aN / Nisiiie uk 2 r a 
— éfépeto Sia THY TaLewy Keva Hvidywov. 38. TovUTOV ce nro. 
4, 7 8é dis THY Baddvav réxTpov ovdev Siéhepev. 5. pa- 
Kpotepov yap ot “Podios Tov Ilepoav éeodhevddvwr. 6. obra 
_ qepiyévoito dv TOV avTicTacLwTa@V. T. Kal Todemwiou ovde- 
: x / md §: 4,\ >’ / , 5) a ro 
vos Kateyéda. 8. Ta Oé émitidera ToTEpov w@vetcOar KpetT- 
tov! éx Ths ayopads Hs? obTOL TapEtyov, Mikpa méTpa® TrOANOD 
2 / FN hk pe | , 1 Kaas Pas / > 
apyupiov, » avtovs* ANapBavev; 9. duwker yap oe ace- 
_ Beias. 10. épurrevpor yap joav tis yopas. 11. Kal o 
_ gatparns para tayéws Ew BedhdOv areyoper. 12. Kipos 
as) = 39 2 > A \ oo 5) \ Z a \ 
© obv avéBy eri Ta dpyn ovdevos KwAVOVTOS. 18. KaKds yap 
TOV HueTeépwv eyovtwav® mTavtTes oTOL ods opate BapBapot 
 moNepmiw@tepot uty écovtat Tov Tapa PBaciret dvTov. 
(14. Bacireds od payeiras déxa jpepov. 15. Trav eis Tov 














ty J + an \ b] / / 

_ ‘Toremov Epywv, ToEiKAs Te Kal axovTicews, piroualérraros 
r cit 16. Bea éx® qavrav TOV épreipeos avToU 
fi | exovrav® édoke yevécOar* avijp othe aas Ts weet yap 
ob Aoxaryol mao tov arrjrov. 18. cal ypovov® twa émréoyov 
THs Topelas ot BdpBapo. 19. dvéoyov adrAjAwY Bacireds 
Te Kal of “EXAnves ws TpLaxovTa otabva. 20. ovdéev® AGEL 
“ye Hav ereihOncav. 21. Zevoddv BovrcTat tiwwpyncacbat 
, = \ a b , / by 4 a bd (ee! 
_avtovs Ths émiBécews. 22. Eore advdpes dEvoe THS éAXevOepias 





1 Sc. éortv. 5 See p. 1043, 

~2 See 725. 8 juodAoyoumevws éx, as Was agreed 
8 Tn apposition with rd émrhiem. dy. . 
4 Intensive (516), to be taken 7 to have shown himself (354). 

en § jas, the unexpressed subj. of 8 See 735. 

LauBdverv. ® See 784. 








334 GENITIVE CASE. 


Hs Uuas ey evdatpovitm. 23. kal adtxovtTo eis K@pmas Toke 
as TOAA@Y TOV émiTNdelwy peaTtas. 24. TOV KaANioT@V 
e \ Ig/ lz oa 
eavTov néiwce* Fevopav. 


Examine the genitives in 4 (7Aéxrpov), 18, 19, a observe that p= 
they express the idea of separation or distinction. a 
753. Rule of Syntax.—The genitive (as ablative) may de- 
note that from which anything is separated or distinguished. — 
On this principle the genitive follows verbs. which signify to — 
remove, restrain, release, cease, fail, differ, yield, and the like. 


Examine the genitives in 6, 20, and note the signification of the 
verbs on which they depend. q 
754. Rule of Syntax.—The genitive follows verbs signify 2 
ing to surpass or be inferior. 3 


Examine the genitives in 9, 21, observe that they express a crime, — 
and note the signification of the verbs on which they depend. 

755. Rule of Syntax. —Verbs of judicial action are followed _ 
by a genitive expressing the crime. Such are verbs signifying - 
‘to accuse, prosecute, convict, acquit, condemn, and the like. # 


Examine the genitives in 8, 22 (4s), observe that they denote a 
cause, and note the signification of the verbs on which they depend. 
_ 756. Rule of Syntax.— The genitive often denotes a cause, — 
especially with verbs expressing emotions. Such are verbs q 
expressing admiration, wonder, affection, hatred, pity, anger, — 
envy, revenge, and the like. Br 





Examine the genitives in 1,7, and observe that the verbs on which q ; 
they depend are compound. a 
757. Rule of Syntax.—The genitive often depends on a — 
preposition included in a compound verb. 


Examine the genitives in 8 (dpyvpiov), 24, and observe that they | 
express price or value. 


1 deemed himself worthy, valued himself at. 







GENITIVE CASE. 7 335 


758. Rule of Syntax.—The genitive may denote the price 
or value of a thing. 


_ Examine the genitive in 14, and observe that it expresses the time 
within which. | 
759. Rule of Syntax.—The genitive may denote the time 
within which an action takes place. 


} 
- } 


ee 


' Examine the genitives in 2 (qyvidywv), 10, 15, 22 (€revbepéas), 28, 
and note the signification of the adjectives with which they are con- 
nected. 

. 760. Rule of Syntax.— The objective genitive follows many 
verbal adjectives. These adjectives are chiefly kindred, in 
meaning or derivation, to verbs which take the genitive, but 
-- some of them are kindred to verbs which take the accusative. 


Examine the genitives in 11, 16 (atrovd), 17, and note the significa- 
tion of the adverbs with which they are connected. 

761. Rule of Syntax.— The genitive follows adverbs derived 
_ from adjectives which take the genitive, and many adverbs of 
place. 


Examine the substantives and circumstantial participles in the 
_ genitive in 12, 13 (r@v querépwv éydvrwv), and observe that they are 
' not grammatically connected with the construction of the sentence in 
_ which they occur. 
_ 462. Rule of Syntax.— A substantive and a circumstantial 
_ participle, not grammatically connected with the main con- 
_ struction of the sentence, may stand by themselves in the 
_ genitive. ‘This is called the genitive absolute. 


Examine the genitives in 5, 13 (rév dvrwv), and observe that they 
_ follow comparatives. 

763. Rule of Syntax.— Adjectives and adverbs of the com- 
parative degree are followed by the genitive when 7, than, is 
~ omitted. 








The genitive is used also with prepositions (93, 96, 97). 


. ‘ 
. ~ 





_ the way from Ionia (21). Cyrus makes the passage, and descends _ 


336 READING LESSON. 


964. EXERCISE. 


























1. The soldier was convicted of treason. 2. He admired 
the citizens for their virtue. 3. You laughed at me. 4. For 
these are still more cowardly than those who have been de- — 
feated’ by us. 5. And they overcame the light-armed sol- 3 
diers. 6. But the Greeks were about? eight stadia distant — 
from the ravine. 7. Hesold the horse for fifty darics, — 
8. And the plain abounded in trees of every sort, and in vines. — 
9. For these rivers are impassable at a distance from their 
sources. 10. This took place while the Greeks were going ~ 
away.’ 11. For this general was at the head of the mercenary 
(force) in the cities. 12. The horse was sacred to the Sun. ~ 
13. But all this (is) hard (to do) by night and when her is F 
an uproar. 


LESSON CXL. 
Reading Lesson. 


765. Anasasts I. ii. 21-27. 


Leaving Dana, Cyrus defers for a day the attempt to cross the — 
mountains into Cilicia, because he hears that Syennesis is guarding - 
the pass. The next day Syennesis is reported to have withdrawn on — 
hearing that Menon is already in Cilicia, and that triremes are on ~ 
into a great fertile plain (22). Thence he proceeds to Tarsi, the capi- 
tal of Cilicia, through which flows the river Cydnus (23). He finds | 
the town abandoned by the king and most of the inhabitants (24). 
Menon reached Tarsi five days before the arrival of Cyrus, having — 
lost two companies in the passage of the mountains (25), and his 
soldiers plundered the town, because of the loss of their comrades. — 
Cyrus, on his arrival, summons Syennesis, who is finally persuaded 
by his wife to obey (26). Cyrus and the king seal their compact of — 
friendship with gifts (27). 


1 See 371. 2 door. 8 Of. 752, 12 above. 


READING LESSON. "oe Oe 


IL. 
evTevbev ereipavto cia Baddew eis THY Kiduktay * 21 






























m S€ eicBohy Hv 600s dpakitds dpbia ioxipas 
Kal aunxavos eicehOew orparevpari, el Tis eKe- 
Avev. Edeyero O€ Kal Yvevveris civar emi TOP 
»” , 4 3 ld \ e , 
akpov duvrartav thy etoBodrjv: 5.6 ewewav Hue- 
pav & T@ TEediw. TH SD VOTEpaia HKev ayyedos 
heywv ore edouTa@s Ein Yververis TA AKpa, Errel 
¥ Y \ , , ¥ 9 , 
nodero ort 76 Mevwvos orpdrevpa Hdy ev Kidixig 
HY ELowW TOV SpEwy, Kat OTL TPLYpELS WKOVE TEpL- 
ad 5 33 s- r) a= A » 
TAcovoas amt Iwvias eis Kidixtay Tayav eyovta 
Tas AaKedayovioy Kat avtod Kipov. Kdpos 6 22 
9 2 2 A . » 9 N Z \ 4 
ovv aveBn emt Ta Opy ovdEVds KwAUOVTOS, Kal Ede 
TaS oKNVAS Ov ot Kidixes efvAatrov. evTedOev Oé 
4 > , , \ 4, o° ? 
KatéBawev eis tediov péya Kat Kadov, éripputov, 
\ PS) , PS) PS) “~ v4 \ pe a ae aN 
Kal Oevopwv TavTodaTaVv CUT AEwWY Kal auTEAWD ° 
‘ \ ‘N a, XN v4 \ , \ 
TON O€ Kal OnTapov Kal pedivyny Kai Keyxpov Kal 
- \ \N =f 2 Sd > > , 
Tupovs Kat Kpilas péper. opos 8 avro mwepiexet 
> ‘ X ¢ A , 3 , 3 , 
OXUpOV Kal VYndov mavTn ek Oadartrns eis Oddar- 
xX SA 
tay. KataBas d€ dia TovTOV Tov TEdLov NHrace 23 


3. dunxavos eloedOciv orparevpari, impracticable for an army (p. 25 *) 
to enter (p. 2191). — 5. vAdrrev ryv eloBoAyv: not with the intention of 
real opposition, but to give colour to his asserted allegiance to the king. 
7. dedourds ... tad dxpa, had abandoned the heights. —émel, since. 
_ —9. ot, because. The order is, 87c Hove Taya @xovta (p. 2505) rpihpers 
mepitmdeovoas (869), because he heard Tamos was in command of the tri- 
remes that were sailing round, etc.—11. ras ... Kipov: with tpifpes (719). 
_—12. ody, at any rate, t.e. for whatever reason Syennesis left the heights. 
Cf. 741, 48. —13. ras oxynvas, the camp, antecedent to the relative adv. o#. 
—épirarrov, had been on guard. Cf. jcav in 706, 35, and érdyxavey in 
722, 17, and notes. —16. woAv: in agreement with ofoauor, the nearest 
subst., but to be understood with the others that follow. —17. hépev: not 
the historical pres., but the pres. to denote the fact that was true at the 





Ss eS ee ee | ee ee Lie ae ata ak, Oo dl aa 
’ aL) pe see 


a 


338 READING LESSON. 


N | 5 , - , . » 
20 gtaQuovs TérTapas Tapacayyas TEVTE Kal ELKO- 
> , ~ a= , td . 
ow eis Tapoovs, THs Kidixias mokw peyadnv 
N b) , 3 > \ - ld 
Kat evdoaipova, Oa nv ta Xvevvéoros Baci- 
Mera TOU Kirikwv Baoirtéws: dia péoov dé THs 
, nee \ 59 ¥ S 5 , ex 
TONEWS pEL TOTALOS Kvovos Ovopa, Evpos OVO aTeE- 
25 Opwv. tavrnv thy modw €€€urov ot EvoikodvTes 24 
peTa Yvevverios eis ywpiov dxvpov emi Ta Opy 
\ e N a) ¥ ¥ Q N e 
ayy ob TA Kamndeta exovTes* Euewav O€ Kal ob 





\ \ , > ep! 3 , \ 3 
Tapa Tv Oddatray otKovvTes €v Odors Kal EV 
‘Iogots. “Emvaka 5é€ ) Yvevvéo.os yuvn mpotépa 25 
30 Kipouv mévte jyepais eis Tapoovs adixeto: év dé 
A e A A 3 v4 A b ] * ‘4 4 
™ vmepBon Tov dpéwv TH Eis TO Tedioy BVO 
Adyou TOV Me&avos orpareduatos am@\ovTo: ob 
pev epacav apmalovTas TL KaTaKoTHVaL VTO TOV 
Kitixwr, ot 6€ trokadb&tas Kal od Suvapevous 
35 evpetv TO GAO OTpaTEvpa oOvdE TAs ddOvS Eira 
4 > / > > 7s - e 
Travapevous arokeaar: joav 8 ovv ovToL Eka- 
TOV OmAtrat. ot 5° adXou Exel HKov, THY TE TOA 26 
‘ \ , ‘N X » A 
Tovs Tapoovs dunpracayv, dua Tov odAePpov Tov 
cvotTpatiwtav dpyilouevor, kat Ta Bacihea Ta ev 
SN A \ 3 N 3 , > ‘ , 
40 avtn. Kutpos dé émet eiondacey els THY Todw, 


time when the historian wrote. So &@pol(ovra: in 706, 8.— 23. pérov: see 
718. — rs moAews: see 743,6. — 24. wdOpwv: limits rorauds (743, 5). 25 
25. tavtnv: cf. 727, 27, and note.— oi évo.uotvres: see 718. Cf. oi Exovres 
and of oixodvres in 1. 27 f. —27. way. . . Exovtes: SC. odm e&éArmoy.— 
29. wporépa ... adtkero, reached Tarsi five days (p. 1715) before (cf. — 
éxovoa in 722, 28, and note) Cyrus (763).—31. ry els ro weSlov: see 719. 
— 32. of pév... Karakornvar, some said that they (7.e. the lost soldiers of 
Menon) had been cut to pieces (354) while committing some act of plun- — 
der (732).— 35. etra, then, taking up the two preceding participles, which 
qualify the unexpressed subj. of awoAéo@a:. &rodéoOa is in parallel const. — 
to KaraKomjva:.— 36. odv: cf. 1, 12.— 37. of 8 dAdo: 7.¢. of Menon’s force. 







‘DATIVE CASE. | 339 


__ merenurero Tov Svevverw mpds EavTov: 6 8 ovTE 
MpOTEpov ovoevii Tw kpetrrove EQUTOU Els Xétpas 
eMOety edn ovte Tore Kipw ig&var nOedre, amply 7 
s x pe eae 4 Sih ¥ rot, \ 
_-yurn adrov érevoe Kal miotes EhaBe. era dé 27 
A > \ ? > , 2 \ 
45 TadTa eel ovveyévovTo addyAoLs, LvEevveris [EV 
bake Kipw ) MAG els 77 a 
e . pe xpymata moka els THY oOTpaTLOV, 
ae A Se aoe te a , \ A 
___Kupos o€ éxetvm dapa & vopmilerar tapa Bacrret 
Tua, immov ypvocoxd\wov Kal oTpeTTOv ypUTOdD - 
‘\ , \ > = , - lal ‘\ i. 
«Kal Wedia Kat aKWwaKyny xpvaovY Kal aToAnp Ilep- 
> , ." \ su = , , X 
80 aiKyY, Kal THY xdpav pyKeTe SiapralerOar> Ta 
d€ HpTacpeva avdopamroda, HY Tov évTvyydvacw, 
atrohap, Pave. 


y — 42, ovdevl: with els xeZpas éNOeiv, come into close relations (p. 831). For 
the neg., see p. 2022, 43. e\@civ: Syennesis said #ddoy (354). — tévar: 
q sc. eis xetpas. —47. Kipos 8€: sc. %5wxe. — 50. Staprater Oar, drohapPa- 
vew: like d6pa in 1. 47, the objects of €dwxe to be supplied. — 51. jv mov 
‘ évrvyxdvecw, if they (Syennesis and the Cilicians) should fall in with 
them anywhere. 
Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (d76, 
“10; 8d, 19, 23, 38; els, 1, 10, 14, 18, 21, 26, 80, 31, 40, 42, 46; ey, 6, 8, 
28 (bis), 30, 39; e&, 18; ert, 4, 12, 26; werd, 26, 44; mapd, 28, 47; mpds, 
_ 41; wé, 33), according to the directions previously given. 


| 





LESSON CXII. 
The Dative Case. d 










766. EXERCISE. 3 
1. eonpnve! trois "EXAnot TH cadTIyyt. 2. TO OE Kipw 
taidta éddKet Lidl eivat. 8. TO d€ OTPaTEVLA aA’T@ 
_ avareraparyyevov? aie To: 4. dvopa Sé Hv TH TOE 
Méoriha. 5. mavrtes yap wotapol mpoiodor® mpos ras 





1Sc. 6 cadmixrys. 8 in case of those going up stream 
2A participle of manner (879). — (sc. Tia). 


* 
a 
sagt == 1 


ee ee ee ee Se ee Se” Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee 


340 DATIVE ‘CARE, 




























anyas SvaBatot yiyvovra. 6. brroxelpvou dé pmderrore yer q 
pea Cavres Tots Trodemious. T. Ta dé peer TOV ayplov dvav — 
Hy mapamhaova Tots eradelows. 8. od yap Kpavyh, adda — 
aiyn, tpooncav. 9. evOds évvota avT@ éurimre, Te cata- — 
ketmat; 10. yépipa é érhy elevypévn rotors. 11. TH dé — 
avrTh Huépa HrAOev emt THY SudBacw Tod ToTapod. 12. dc@ © 
av Oatrov &Ow,! rocovT@ amapacKevotépp Bacinel payod- — 
pat. 18. rovTous HoOn Kipos. 14. of yap tarmot adrots dédev- — 
tat. 15. ravrn yap mavta Tots Oeots broya. 16. avayvors — 
THY eTLTTOANY avaKolvodTat Lwxpater TO AOnvai~ mepl Ths — 
mopelas. 17. rpaypara rapetyev obTos 0 avnp TH uh XYOpa. 4 
18. catarndjods amo tov tmmov wepérecev avt@. 19. Ti- 
Kadov érrémpaxto tuiv; 20. éav twat, pa Dopopa érrat Tois 
otpatiatas. 21. TH eats Tov picbov évexa panpeT ota : 
bev. 22. mrapexedeveto Tots “EAAnat wopeverOar. 23. éuot 
yap Eévos Kipos éyévero. 24. éwot pipious exe Saperxovs. 
25. Spueis euol od« eOérere meiOecOar. 26. 6 Kipos ame 
meme Tovs ylyvouévous Sacpovs Bactre?. 27. Tois veavi- 
oxo évéyeav oivov, 28. kal tov BonOyjcavta todXois — 
paxapiotov érroincev. 29. a’T@® of Karol Te Kab ayabol 
etvo. Hoav. 80. vuiv éeurroddv eiur; 381. Kdpos ovmére — 
nputv prcOodoTns éeotiv. 382. érvye yap Takis avT@ éropevyn — 
TOV OTAiToV. 83. peta S& THY eFétacw apa TH erioton 
Nuepa HKovow air oHOnot. 34. Kai ouvéreprpev avrg tovs 
otpatioTdas. 380. 7) 5&é eiaBorn Hv 000s apuaksTos dpryxavos: | 
eloeN Oely oTpaTevpatt. < 


Examine the datives in 17, 24, 26, and observe that they are the’ 
indirect objects of transitive verbs. 
767. Rule of Syntax. — The indirect object of the action of 
a transitive verb is put in the dative. This object is generally _ 
introduced in English by to. 





1 The subjv. here used after the relative with ay is of the same nature 
as the subjv. after éay, expressing future condition (278). 































DATIVE CASE. | 341 


Pitarine rh aiden in 1 ("EAAyor), 2, 21, 22, 25, and observe 
5 that they are the indirect objects of intransitive verbs. 

768. Rule of Syntax.— Many intransitive verbs take a 
“dative of the indirect object. Some of these verbs are transi- 
tive in English. 


a. The verbs of this class which are transitive in English are 
- chiefly those signifying to benefit, serve, obey, defend, assist, please, trust, 
satisfy, advise, exhort, or any of their opposites ; also those expressing 
4 friendliness, hostility, blame, abuse, reproach, envy, anger, threats. 


_ the person or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage something 
is or is done. 

469. Rule of Syntax. — The person or thing for whose ad- 

vantage or disadvantage anything is or is done is put in the 
dative. This dative is generally introduced in English by for. 


____ Examine the datives in 4, 20, 23, and observe that they follow a 
-copulative verb and denote the possessor. 

770. Rule of Syntax.— The dative with «ii, y/yvoua, and 

_ similar verbs may denote the possessor. 


Examine the datives in 5, 28, and note their relation to the rest of 
_ the sentence. 

771. Rule of Syntax.— The dative may denote the person 
in whose view or in relation to whom something is true. 


7. 
{ 


_ Examine the datives in 6, 15, 29, 30, 31, and note the words with 
which they are connected. 

772. Rule of Syntax. — The dative follows many adjectives 

and adverbs and some verbal substantives of kindred meaning 

with the verbs which take the dative of the indirect object or 
of advantage or disadvantage. 


Examine the datives in 7, 12 (BaovAc?), 16, 32, 338, and note the 
_ Signification of the words with which they are immediately connected. 
773. Rule of Syntax. — The dative is used with words 
implying likeness or unlikeness and association or opposition. 
These include verbs, adjectives, and adverbs. 

4 


Examine the datives in 3, 14, 27, 35, and observe that they denote _ 








342 DATIVE CASE. 




















Examine the datives in 9, 18, 34, and observe that the verbs on 
which they depend are compound. 
774. Rule of Syntax. — The dative often follows compound . 
verbs. Such are especially compounds with éy, ov, and émi, 
and less frequently compounds with zpdés, rapd, repé, and rd. 
Examine the datives in 1 (odAmtyyt), 8, 10, 18, and note the ideas 
which they express. 4 
775. Rule of Syntax.— The dative is used to denote cause, 7 
manner, and means or instrument. 4 


Examine the datives in 12 (6c, rocovrw), and observe that they — 
are connected with comparatives and denote the degree of difference. — 

776. Rule of Syntax. — The dative of manner is used with | 
comparatives to denote the degree of difference. ‘ 

Examine the dative in 19. 

Review 224. 

Examine the dative in 11, and observe that it denotes time. 5 

777. Rule of Syntax.— The dative without a preposition 
often denotes the time when an action takes place. | 


The dative is used also with prepositions (94, 97). 


778. EXERCISE. 


1. They shouted to one another not! to run. 2. But the 
soldiers were angry with their generals. 8, And many of 
the arms of the soldiers? were being carried on wagons. — 
4. And on the third day he called an assembly. 5. There 
Cyrus had a palace. 6. It is safer for them to flee than for 
us. 7%. I, fellow-Greeks, was both faithful to Cyrus, and ot 
now well-disposed to you. 8. He kept warring with the 
satrap. 9. They feared that the enemy might attack then BY) 
10. He hurls his axe? at him. 11. This wine is much 
sweeter. 12. But on the fourth day they descend into the 
plain. 13. For he did not envy those who were rich. 14. Shall 
we trust this guide? 15. The arrows were useful to them. 


1 See note on 722, 36, 2 See 769, 8 hurls with his ane. 





i =~=~=<*“*«<sSRACING.«LES*ON.. 


LESSON CXIII. 


Reading Lesson. 





























4 : 779. AnaABasis I. iii. 1-7. 


CA delay of twenty days at Tarsi is caused by the Greeks, who 
re efuse to go farther. Clearchus attempts to force his own troops for- 
ward (1), and narrowly escapes being stoned to death. ‘Then he 
calls them together, and addresses them as follows (2). “You must 
- not forget what a friend Cyrus has been to me. And remember that 
the money which he gave me I spent on you (3). When our war in 
Thrace was ended, like loyal men we obeyed his summons (4). But 
you refuse to advance farther, and I must choose between you and 
him. Right or wrong, then, I cast in my lot with you (5). I will not 
_ abandon my comrades in arms, nor can I doubt that my interests are 
identical with yours (6).” Hereupon more than 2000 men leave Xenias 


_ and Pasion, and take up their quarters with Clearchus (7). 
¥ Ii. 


oh > A ¥ la \ e x e ae 
y evTavla epee Ktpos kat 9 oTpatia npépds 1 
 €ikoow* ol yap oTpaTi@rat ovK epacay igvat TOD 
, ¢€ , ‘\ ¥ 3 Xx s= = ee! 
“mpoow* vramtevoy yap non ert Baoiréa ievae: 
~ \ 3 a \ , Y “~ \ 
prcbwbnvar Ya OUK €77L TOUTW epac ay. TP@TOS de 
|} Ki€apyos tovs avrov orpatiitas éBudlero evan: 
ae ze eae ¥ VS. Se , eke: 
ou 0€ avrov Te EBadXov Kal Ta virolvyLa Ta EKEl- 
; ae, eg 7 , Sane \ 
vou, eet HpEato mpotévar. Kdéapyos dé tore pev 2 
_ pixpov e&épvye py KatamerpwOjvar, votepov d 
sd. dpewe: of. Hv in 727, 26, and see p. 2327.— 2. otk épacav lévar, said 
they would not go (354). The neg. is regularly attached to ¢nui as the lead- 
ing verb where we attach it to the dependent verb. — rot rpoce, forward, 
agen. of place, 7d wxpdéow being used as a subst. This use of the gen. is 
‘poetic. —3. var, that they were going (354). —4. mparos: predicate adj. 
He was the first to do it; mparov, adv., would mean, he did this first and 
: ‘something else Bee atds. — 5. éBidfero, tried to force. The impf. some- 


times denotes attempted action. —8. pixpov, by a little, narrowly (734). 
— teeuye pn karatetpwOnvar, escaped being stoned to death. When verbs 


— we ee eee a a eS ee ee 
‘ 


344 READING LESSON. 



















3 \, » y 3 , , , : 
evel eyvw ort ov Suvycetar BidcacBa, cvvyyayey 
10 €xkAnoladvy TOV av’TOV OTpaTiwTav. Kal Tp@ToV ee 
\ 30 7 - ‘ , € , e A € 2 ee 
PV eOdKpvE aoNvy XPovov E€OTWS* Ol de OPWVTES 
b) ig . \ > , icy \ + 4 
eJavpalov KQL E€OLWTOV* ELTA de €hefe TOLQOE. 
y a \ , Y a ‘ 
Avopes otpati@tat, py Oavudlere ore yademas 3 
Pepw TOS Tapovot Tpaypacw. enol yap E€vos 
15 Kupos éyéveto kai pe hevyovta ek THs TatTpioos Ta 
oe aad \ - - ¥ - , 
Te ahha ériunoe Kal puplovs edwKe Sapetkous * 
a bd] x, \ 2 > % ¥ , BJ ‘\ 
ous €yw haBav ovK Eis TO idvov KkateDeunv éemot 
aNd’ ode KabyduTrdOnoa, add’ eis Duds edamravar. : 
Kal T™pOToV pev pds TOs OpaKas emodeunoa, 4 
Nee N ia e , > = , tg > 4 
20 Kat uTép THS EAAdOos eripwpovpnv pe Duar, Ex 
A , oes > , , owl 
Ts Xeppovycov avtovs é&ehavvwv Bovdopevovs — 
3 “A \ b) aA id \ A ~ 
apaipetobar Tovs evoikovvtas “Eh\ynvas THY yp. 
p) \ \ A 3.7 N EW els 3 , 
émevon O€ Kipos éxdhe, \aBav vuas €ropevduny, 
% ¥ , 5) , S-5N 3.) (pam > » ‘a 
iva el TL O€oLTO wpedotny avtov av dv ed emafoy 
Wy A 
2 ur exeivou. eet O€ vets ov BovrieoHe oupmto- 5 
peverOar, avdykn Sy por 7 dyads mpoddvTa TH 
Kipov diria ypnobar 7 mpos exetvov pevoapevov — 
which contain a negative idea (here étépuye, escaped = did not suffer) are 
followed by the infin., the negative uj may be added to strengthen the ~ 
negation. Such a neg. cannot be translated in English. — 9. ét od Svvyce- 
tat, that he would not be able, i.e. could not. — 10. mparov pév: see 751, 17, 
and note. —éSdxpve... €o-rds, stood (659) and wept a long time (735).— 
14. mpaypaciw: dat. of cause (775).—15. +d dAAa, in other respects (733). 
— 18. ov8e, not even. —20. éripwpovpnv: sc. abrods, i.e. the Thracians, — 
22. “EAAnvas, yyv: see 737. — 24. et ru S€orr0, in case he should have any 
(732) need (of me).— dv® dv... éxelvov, in return for the benefits I had 
received from him, t.€. avr) robtwy & (725), etc. —25. va’ éxelvov: €b maoxa, 
be well treated, is practically a pass., and is often followed by sé and the 
gen. of the agent (223). — dpets: see 514, and cf. Il. 17, 80, 38, 34, 40. — 
26. dvaykn: sc. éor!. — mpodSovra: in agreement with ué, the unexpressed 
subj. of xp}c0a.—27. irlqa: see p. 834. This is the instrumental dat. 





READING LESSON. 345 


es — fon > r) Q 5} a; , 3 
pel vuov civar. ei pev O17 Sikata Towyow ovK 
> eon 2 > Ss ides \ \ caer y 
olda, alpyoouar & ov vas Kal ody DuW O TL 
' aK , , x » > A 3 Q e 3 Q 
6-80 ay b€n Telcopar. Kal ovmoTe Epet ovdEls ws Ey@ 
f 9 
 “EdAnvas ayayav eis tovs BapBdpovs, mpodods 
_ tovs “EXAnvas THY Tov BapBdpawv didiav eiAdunp, 
c A 
GAN émel vets ewol ovw eOédere TeiferOar ovde 6 
4 Q } \ a 4 bs cd x dé ? 
ereo Oat, €ya ovv duly ebowar Kal o TL av O€y TeEl- 
€ a 5 
3 gouar. vowilw yap vas ewol eivar kai warpioa 
et ee Xx 
Kal didous Kal cuppdayous, Kal odv vuly pev Gv 
> > 2 Y x a de Sf x 
Omar Eva Tiwtos OTov av @, Duar Oe Epnmos Ov 
> x e XN > 5 xy FH , 5) a 
OvK Gv iKavos oimat Elvat OUT av dilov wherdnaoat 
¥y¥> HK > ~ b) / e > la! > 37 
ovr av éyOpdv areEacbar. ws euov ovv idvTos 
= Y -N are A Y \ , ¥ A 
40 oT GV Kat Duels, OVTW THY YvMunVY ExETE. TaVvTAa T 
elev: of O€ OTpaTL@TaL OF TE aVTOU EKEivoU Kal 
e ¥ “~ > , 3 14 NX \ 
ot adddou TavTa aKovoartes emryverav: mapa dé 
Fleviov kai Iaciwvos melovs 7) durytdor Aa Bdvres 
7 A N \ hd > V4 
45 Ta Onda Kal Ta oKEvopdpa éeoTpaToTEdevoavTo 


mapa Ki\éapyov. 















| (775), xpdoua meaning use in the sense of serve oneself. —28. et, whether. 
29. 6 tT dv Sn, whatever I must (sc. mdoxesv). — 36. dy etvar: by quo- 
_ tation (854) for ay ety. The protasis is DppEed, in ody vuiv (p. 1041), 
4. if I should follow with you. —37. éwov dv &, wherever I may be. — 
; P Suey : With épnuos (760).— 38. dv etvar: representing dy efyv, as above in 
1. 36. The prot. is here contained in &v = ef efnv (p. 1041). — ovr ay. 
ott av: thé ay here does not belong to the following infinitives, but re- 
_ eats the & with eivar.— apedyjoa, dréEacbar: with ixavds (p. 2191). — 
89. ws énov ovv lovros, since, therefore, I shall (as I say, és) go, etc. The 
gen. absolute (762) is causal. For as, see 706, 33, and note. —40. day dv 
Kalo vpets, wherever you too may go (sc. tyre). —41. ot: see 186 ¢. 

; % Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (ayri, 
24; eis, 17, 18, 31; ét, 15, 20; éwl, 3,4; werd, 20, 28; rapd, 48, 46; mpds, 
. 27; swép, 20; st) 25; otv, 29, 84, 36), Steriine bo thesdinections 
previously given, 








3 boar 
= Peters 


ers apr 
346 VOICES. — TENSES. — CAUSAL SENTENCES. 


LESSON CXIV. 




























Voices. — Tenses. — Causal Sentences. —Imperative and Subjunctive — 


in Commands, Exhortations, and Prohibitions. a 


780. EXERCISE. 


1. seis Kipou odxérs otpati@tal éopev, émei ye ov cuve- — 

, b] lal) b] \ la) > 4 £. a 
Touela avT@. 2. adda Kadds ye AroOvHTKwpED, UTTOYELpLOL — 
dé pondérrote yevoucba Cavres Tots moAeulous. 38. ef € py 
Gol TOvs oTpaTL@Tas cuyKarely OoKel, Aéye Kal SidacKe. 

c lal is Lal 

4. arn érrel Upels éuol ov« eOérere TreiOecOat, eyo ovv vpiv — 
aaeae- 5. apts piev otv wamep Kidpos xerever. 6. yarera — 
éoTl TX TapdvTa, OTOTE oTPATHYaV TOLOUT@V orepdueban 
7. cal pmdels broAdBn we BovrecOar rabeiv. 8. dels, O 
avopes otpatnyol, TovTois amoxpivacbe. 9. oTpatynyovs — 
éEXwpeOa arroUS ws TdyLoTA, ef pt BovreTaL KrAdapyos — 
andyev. 10. pndels olésOm pe TodTO Aéyerv. 11. avdpes 
oTpaTiatat, un OavadfeTe Ste yareTas hépw Tols Tapovot 
mpaywacw. 12. axovaate Todvs Oyous pov. 18. wn poe - 
avTinéens. 14. pt moreue?re Advxov moreuov. 15. Kodra-— 
‘ ps : oP ta a 
olévtwr Sé viv aflos Tis adixias. 16. et 6é Tis Vea aOv- 
a OTL Hiv pev OvK elaly immets Tois 5é ToAEMLOLS TroANol 
mapevow, évOvpunOnre Ste ot pupLot immets ovdev aAXO 7) pbpiol 
eiowv avOpwro. 17. dtm! odv tadta SoKxei Karas EXEL, 
> f \ n Saas ¢ ; 
avatewaTw THV xyelpa. avérevay aravtes. 18. cvvadda- 
if a 9 , \ \ y b) , \ ? as 
yels, @ Apiotire, pos Tovs olKkot amdmeurrov pos eMe 0 
4 , Ys > V4 Aho 4 roan 
exes Papereat 19. dure Xvevveois Ta aKpa, OTL TPLN- 
pas oe mepuTrcovaas am “lwvids eis Kidixiay Tapov 
Zyovra Tas Aaxedarpovlov cab adttod Képov. 20. eared 88 

son > , , vty 5 Ké 
vpets ov Botrecbe cuptropever Oat, avayKxn dn wor ) TH Kipov 
Fy 7 


v 
La 


1 See 567. 
























a Be fe be: ee £ my 
bu da isa ) pe vudv eivar. 21. éropmeda Kab pi - 


— 


doa Boece repyns THS vuKTos. 238. Kal TO VviKaV Tos 
pirous ev TroLoUVTa Képov" ovoey Oaupacron 7 i, émrelon ye 
7 al Suvararrepos 7 jv. 2A. bre di TodTO odTws eyen, Ovarone- 
jr open TovTous Tols BapBdpois. 


Review 58, 196, 197, 198, 221, 222, 223, 224, 60, 61, 64, 73, 100, 101, 
116, 117, 203. 


_ Examine 1, 4, 6, 11, 16, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, and sina that each 
Besiains a clause which expresses a cause. Note the particle that 
introduces this clause, the mode of its principal verb, the tense of the 
preceding verb, and the negative that occurs, if the clause is negative. 
781. Rule of Syntax. — Causal sentences express a cause, 
and are introduced by drt, ws, ézei, éeidy, dre, and Srédre, because 
or since. They have the indicative after both primary and 
secondary tenses. The negative particle is od. 


Review 265, 266, 267, 321. 


Examine the imperatives in 3, 8, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 22, and note their 
force. 
Review 325. 


‘2 _-Examine the subjunctives in 2, 5, 9, 21, and note their force, 
4 heir person and number, and their negative, if a negative occurs. 
Review 271. 


: sine the imperatives and subjunctives in 7, 10, 11, 18, 14, and 
ote their force, and their tense and negative. 
_ Review 327. 


% 782. EXERCISE. 


1. Do not abandon us. 2. Tell us this first. 3. But he is 
gry because Proxenus speaks of his® ill-treatment lightly. 
4. Let us see this horse. 5. Let him come. 6. Do-not be 


* 
oe 
—— 


# Subj. of vikav. 2 See 734. 8 628, 





2 es eee 


gle is for! deliverance, be much braver. 9. Do not lie. 


348 READING LESSON. 

















dispirited on this account. 7. Let us conquer those who have 
been drawn up before the king. 8. But now, since the strug- 


10. Open the door. 11. Do not despise yourself. 12. Pro- — 
vide yourself with arms. 13. Let us write a letter to the — 
king. 14. Let us go up on the mountain. 15. Fear the gods 
and honour your parents.” 16. Let the general be honoured — 
by his fellow-citizens. ‘e 


1 repi, With gen. 2 See Deel te 


LESSON CXYV. 
Reading Lesson, 


783. Awanasts I, iii, 8-14. Mee 


Cyrus sends for Clearchus, who refuses to obey his summons, but — 
secretly sends him an encouraging message (8). Clearchus again — 
assembles his men, and speaks as follows. “We have broken with 
Cyrus, and must look elsewhere for our pay (9). Naturally, he is in-— 
dignant with us (10), and we must take good counsel. The crisis is — 
grave, and, whether we stay here or leave, we must be watchful of our © 
interests (11). Cyrus is a good friend to his friends, but he can be 
a bitter enemy, and he possesses very great resources. I, therefore, — 
ask you to express your views freely (12).” Different speakers come 
forward, some of whom, at the instigation of Clearchus, show how z 
hard it will be to get away (13). One in particular, who seems urgent, 
proposes a plan for their return which is obviously impracticable and 
full of danger (14). g 

Kdpos d€ Tovrois amopav te Kat vmovpevos 8 

, x iP ¢ \ b 5. 3 
PETETELLTETO TOV K\€éapyov oot | ; de LEVaL [LEV OUK 
nOede, AdOpa Sé TaV CTpaTLwrav TéuTOV a’TO 
adyyedov edeye Oappelv ws KaTacTyTOpEevav TOUT@Y 


1. rovrous: neut. (775).—4. edeye Oappetv, bade him not to be dis- 
couraged (355). %eye is here equivalent to éxéAcve. — as .. . S€ov, since 


as. SS - ) fe, 





READING LESSON. 349 


Beis TO Séov. perareumecOar 5° éxéd\evey adrov: 


a 


> rr... 8 > ¥y ae \ be “ \ 
aUTOS O OVK Edy LevaL, peETA O€ TATA DUWAyayaV 9 
w bd) “nw = S 
—  tovs & éavTod orpartiwTas Kal Tovs mpoceOovTas 
> /?_ al ¥ 
avT@ Kal Tov ad\wv Tov Bovrcpevor, eheE€ ToLdde. 
¥ 3 A \ Z A 7) 
‘Avdpes orpariatar, Ta prev O72 Kipov dydov ore 
$4 V4 ¥ an 5 
10 ovTws EXEL TPOS TNMaS woTEP TA NMETEPA TPOS 
_ «EKEWWOV* OUTE Yap NMELS EKEVOU ETL OTPATLOTAL, 
emel ye ov ovveTrOucla avT@, OVTE EKEWOS ETL NLD 
eo 3 
pucboddryns. ore pevtor adixeic Oar voile. vd’ 10 
HOV olda* woTE Kal peTamrETOMevoU avVTOU OVK 
2 207 2 a \ \ , > - +7 y 
1 efehw edOety, 76 pev péeyroTov aloyvvdpmevos OTL 
owolda eavT@ tavra epevopevos avrdv, erevta 
~ na Ow 
kal dedi@s por) AaBov pe Sixynv émOHn Gv vopiler 
Se. 9 aA ro A a 3 XN 9 S An BY 4 - 4 
Ur €4ov HoiKnoOar. €0i ovy SoKxel odKY wpa Eivat 11 


















np Kadevdoev ovd aperety Huav avTav, adda 





this matter would be settled in the right way (718). For the gen. absolute 
with as, expressing cause, see 706, 33, and note. ds shows that the 
reason is that assigned by Clearchus. — 5. peraméumec Oat, to keep sending 
for him.—6. aires... tévar: but for himself he said he would not go. 
_ abrés limits the unexpressed (350) subj. of iéva:, but takes the case of the 
subj. of the leading verb. The thought is, ‘‘ You keep sending for me, 
but still 7°77 not go.’ —7. @: i.e. ré, by elision (21) and by the change 
of the smooth mute to the rough before the following rough breathing. — 
8. avrg: see 774.—9. td... Kipovu: cf. 614, I. 14. —8ndov: se. éorty. — 
10. ottws,.. ékeivov: his relations to us are in just (wép in dorep) the 
‘same position as ours to him.—11. mpets: sc. eouer.—13. pévror, how- 
ever. — 14. kal peratreprropévov avtov, although he keeps sending for me. 
Note the force of «ai with the concessive partic. (379) used in the gen. abso- 
tute (762). —15. 16 peév péyvorov, chiefly (734). The correlative is ére:ra 
wal. —16. civosa...airdv, J am conscious (for éuavrg, see 774) that 1 
have deceived (p. 250°) him in everything. —17. Suds pj eriOq: see 280. 
—dv... HSucjoGa, for that (sc. robrwy, 569), in which (dv for &, 725) he 
thinks he has been wronged by me. & is a cognate acc. (ef. 485, I. 13, and 
732).— 19. kaQevSev, dpedeiv, BovdeverOar: dependent on Spa (p.2191),— 


. 
’ 
p 
; 





350 READING LESSON. 












, 4 \ a 3 4 4.) Oe? 
20 BovreverOar o TL xpy Tovey EK TOUTWY. Kal EWS 
TE Pevomev avTOU oKEMTEOV pot OoKEL Elva OT@S 
3 , A ¥ ” 3 age eg 
aohahearata pevovper, eb TE NON SoKEl amievat, 
Y b) - »¥ A 4 ‘\ > re 
OT WS aapareorana BLY, Kod CT OSE sures 
efomev* avev yap TovTwy ovTE A de OUTE 
25 iduwTou Ig PEAAS ovdev. 6 8 avyp todXov pev aswos 12 q 
diros @ av didros 7, xaderdtatos 8 €xyOpos @ Gy 





X P, ty be Py 4 \ \ at AN 
ToELLos H, EXEL O€ SUVA Kal TEeLHY Kal LaTUKY 
\ \ aA / a 

Kal VAUTLKYY HV TAVTES Opmoiws OpaLev TE Kal Emt- 


, \ N oe , § Abe ree 
: oTapela: Kal yap ovde TOPpw OoKOUMEY [LOL AVTOU 
A y Y= , Y : , a 
30 kabnofar. wate wpa éyew O TL TIS yryvooKeEL 

» > an 3 x > 4 > \ , y 
apiorrov €iva. TavTa elt@v eravoato. €eK de TOU- 13 
Tov avioTavTo ob pev €K TOV avTopdaTov, AéEovTEs_ 

ae Pag € Oy \ gens See ere, 
& éyiyywokor, ol 6€ Kat um éxeivou éyKéevorTot, 

9 , y- » e 9 s- — » A en ; 
ETLOELKVUVTES OLA ElN  GTTOpia avev TIS Kupap 

, ‘N , \ | ?, 

3 yvouns Kal pevery Kal amidvar. els d€ 62) €ize 14 
PPT MOLAUISELOS OTEVOEW WS Tax mopever Oar 
eis THY “EANdOa oTparnyovs pev Ehé€oOar addovs 
e U4 b) * , - 3 , 

@s TayioTa, eb pn Bovrerar K\éapyos amayeuw: 
\ 2 9» , 2 9 , c $234 4 4 > 
Ta 8 émirnder ayopalerOar (7 S ayopa Hv ev 
40 T@ BapBapik@ otparevpwat.) Kat cvoKevaler Oar - 


20. éws, as long as, while. —21. adrod: adverb. —oxerréov elvar: of. 585, 
I. 8,—-22. Sn, at once. —26. o dv piros 4G, to whomsoever he is a friend. 
—28. dpolws: with mdyres, all alike. —29. avrot: with méppw (761), at a 
distance from him. — 30. wpa dAé€éyew: sc. eori, and see note on |. 19. —— 
32. A€€ovtes: the fut. partic. expresses purpose (3879), to say. — 33. éxelvou: 
i.e. Clearchus. — 34. ola... dmopla, what the difficulty was. Cf. 571a.— 
35. els 5€ S17 etre, Dut one in particular proposed. Seven infinitives follow, 
containing the man’s successive recommendations, dependent on e?ze, the 
first of which is éAéc0a:.— 38. et pr Bovdrcrar, if Clearchus was not will- 
ing.—py: the regular negative in all conditions. — 39. 4 8’ dyopa . . . 
orpatevpar.: this parenthetical statement of the historian shows the 


ante 5 


SS INTERROGATIVE SUBJUNCTIVE. 351 


—€dOovras dé Kupov airety wdota, ws amomhéoev : 
3% \ \ A “ ete bs , B) A aA 9 
€av O€ pn O10@ TavTa, Hyepova airely Kdpov oortis 

A s=- “A - - a 4 5X A A e 
dua didias THS yopas ade: éav dé pndée nye- 











, “~ be N , id \ 
pova 610@, ovvratrec Oar THY TaxioTny, méurpat de 
; \ , Ne 4 \ GC 
4 Kat mpokatadnouevouvs Ta akpa, OTws py b0a- 
. 7 rd ae tg e , , 
awou pyte Kupos pyre ot Kiduxes katadaPovres, 
@ ‘ \ \ 4 ¥ b) 

@v moddous Kat TOMAA ypHpaTa Exouey avypTa- 
KOTES. OUTOS pev ToLavTa €ime* peta SE TOUTOV 
Kiéapyos ele Too ovrov. 


absurdity of the proposal.—41. €\@ovras: limits the unexpressed subj. 
Of aireitv. The subj. of each of the infinitives dependent on eie is an 
_ unexpressed pronoun referring to the Greeks. —42. é&y prj) 880 Taira, 
if he would not give them. — doris amdger, who would lead them, i.e. to 
lead them. —43. diAias: predicate adj. (sc. ovens), that was friendly. — 
44, eyv taxlotyv: sc. ddov, an adverbial acc. (734).— 45. mpoxaradnpopé- 
vous: 8¢.tvdpas. The partic. expresses purpose (379). — darws py bdcwor, 
that they might not get the start. —46. karadaBovtes: for the partic. with 
p0dvw, cf. 648, I. 9.—47. dv... dvnpraxores: these words are in the 
exact form in which they were originally spoken, many of whom and much 
of whose property we have plundered and now have. — txopev avynprakores : 
equivalent to avnprdxouev kal Exouev. 

Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (did, 
| 48; eis, 5, 87; év, 389; é, 20, 31, 82; werd, 6, 48; mpds, 10 (bis); bd, 13, 
- 18, 33), according to the directions previously given. 


LESSON CXVI. 


 Interrogative Subjunctive. —Subjunctive and Future Indicative with 
ov py. — Verbals. — Optative in the Expression of a Wish. 


784. EXERCISE. 


, \ 

1. cxerrréov éotiv! bras acdardctata pevodpev. 2. wn 
lal v4 9 na >’ la 

ToUTO Troimpev;2 8. Bovrer ovv TodTO émicKoTapev ;% 





1 See 584. 3 Do you wish, then, that we 
2 Shall we not do this ? should consider this? 





ee 


— 


Todt Biav dopmev 1) wn Popev civac; 19. wotepov wéuTrw- 


852 _ SUBJUNCTIVE WITH ov py. 



















/ 


4. ov pn oe Kpiirw! mpos Svtiva Bobhopat aqikea Cake 
ES * 


5. modra yap évopa® dv’ a éwot TovTo ov mointéov. 6. Av 
yap amak Svo 7 TpLay, }MEp@V OOO ar ba xm per, OUKETL ae 
dvvntar Bacirels Huds KatadraBeiv. T. txavos 8 Kat 
éoTLv CU es Tols mages ae @S TeloTéov éoTl Kredpyo.t 
8. pnd pwpar® ordcov wwrei; 9. od mpo Ths adnOelas 
Tipntéos avnp. 10. crv Kredpy@ méwrapev tovs TEN- 
ractas; 11. picOwodpucba odv Knipvxa, 4) abtis dvelra; 
12. xatraBaréov obv év péper Exdoty. 18. eirw obv cot TO 
aitiov; 14. émriOipnréov éotl tois avOparaws Ths apeThs. 
15. ed tcOs Ott ov pyoté ce axovta tis dé. 16. rot 
diyouev; 17. ti 80 éxdotm Tov dirwv; 18. méTepov” 


pév Tivas 7) TavtTes iwpev ert TO oTpaToTedoy aphEovTes ; 
20. Hv re els rH SuvnOA TOY AOYoV él TO akpov avaBHVvat, 
ovdels punnéte pelvyn TOv Troreulwv. 21. add TovToUs of 
Oeot aroticawto® 22. jyets yap av ToradTa maOotper,' ofa 
Tovs é€xOpovs of Geol rroujoevav® 23. c@SoicGe aoparas 


Ormrot OéXeL ExacTos. 


Review 265, 266, 267, 296. 


Examine 2, 3, 8, 10, 11, 13, 16, 17, 18, 19, and observe that each 
sentence is interrogative, that its principal verb is in the first person 
of the subjunctive, and that the sentence, if negative, takes py. 


785. Rule of Syntax. — The first person of the subjunctive 
may be used in questions of appeal, where a pepe asks him- 
self or another what he is to do. The negative is py. 7 


a. The question is sometimes introduced by BovAe or BovrAcoOe. 





1T will not (emphatic) conceal 5 And may I not ask, etc. 
Srom you, etc. 6 May the gods take vengeance 
2 The indirect question (570) is on them! ef 
the second object of cpivw (737). 7 See p. 10414, 
8 see in (this undertaking). 8 as may the gods bring upon 


4 See 768 a. our foes (738). 












ve C4 
ae ats 
% 


a nen 
ae i ite 
¢ 


v4 


Reoprarivn OF WISH. 


strongly negatived by ov py, and has its verb either in the sub- 
ive or in the future indicative. 





786. Rule of Syntax. — The subjunctive and sometimes the a 
ire indicative are used with the double negative ov py in 
sense of an emphatic future indicative with ov. 






4 is The subjunctive, when used in this construction, is generally in 
u e aorist tense. 










4 : _ Examine the use of the verbals in -reos in 1, 5, 7, 9, 12, 14. 
Review 583, 584. 


_ Examine the optatives in 21, 22 (xoujoeav), 23, and observe that 
each expresses a wish which refers to the future. 





a 787. Rule of Syntax.— When a wish refers to the future, 
it 5 is expressed by the optative. 






a a. The optative may be preceded by «Me or ei yap, O that, O if. 
_ The negative of these clauses is ju. 


EXERCISE. 













_ 1. The general must pursue the enemy. 2. What shall I 
say? 3. They will not await the enemy. 4. We must make 
on the barbarians.1. 5. For you will never make the vicious 
er. 6. We must not be dispirited. 7. Will you receive? 
h m, or shall we go away? 8. They will not be able to go up 
on the mountain. 9. We must not surrender these soldiers to 
the king. 10. With what*® shall I begin? 11. Shall I pro- 
d with the army into the city? 12. Fellow-soldiers, we 
¢ make our journey on foot. 13. And may I not* answer, 
if some young (man) questions me? 14. The general must 
provide chariots and march against the enemy. 15. We must 7 
never do the state harm, but obey (her). 16. Do you wish, : 
ie that I should answer them? 


ae 















—_—__—_—_—_- — 





ag See 773. 8 With what, i.e. whence. 
— ‘Use the fut indic. 4 and not, cf. 784, 8 above. 





B54 . READING LESSON. 


LESSON CXVII. 


Reading Lesson. 
























789. AnaBAsis I. iii. 15-21. i 


Clearchus declares that he will not lead them, but that he will be E 
obedient to the man whom they put in command (15). Another — 
speaker comes forward who shows the folly of the plan just pro- 
posed (16). “I should distrust,” he says, “any assistance that Cyrus — 
might lend us. I could wish rather that we might get away without — 
his knowledge. But that is impossible (17). We must, therefore, _ 
send and ask him what use he intends to make of us. If this under- ~ 
taking is not different from his previous enterprises, let us follow — 
him (18). But if we cannot approve it, let us tell him that he either 
must convince us of our duty to support him, or must let us depart E 
in peace. When we get his answer, we can make up our minds (19).” 
This proposal is adopted. Cyrus answers that he wishes to march 
against his enemy Abrocomas, twelve stages distant, on the Euphra-_ 
tes (20). The Greeks agree to follow, but demand additional pays 3 
Cyrus promises them half again as much as before (21). ia 
‘Os pev oTpatnyyjoovTa ene TavTyVY THY oTpa- 15 
f= \ pee , \ \ 2 A b) 
Tyyiav pndels vuav heyéra: Toh\a yap evop@ du 
@ €mol TovTO ov ToLnTéov: ws 5€ T@ avodpl dv av 
eeios Teicopa 7 SuvaToV Pah ome iva €lOnre 
5 oT. Kal apyer bau emeoTapiay @s TIS Kal adXos 
padtota avOpdérwv. era Tovtov addos andor, 16 
€mlOEeKVUS ev THY EvyOELav TOD Ta mAOLa aiTeLY ; 
1. os pev... Aeyerw, Jet no one of you speak of me as about to assume 
this command. —3. ds 8€ .. . poAvrra: sc. ofrw Aéyere (imy.) from the pre- 
ceding undels Aeyérw. — 4. f Svvardv podirra, to the best of my ability. Se. 
éotiv. —5. OTL... avOpdrrav, that I know how also to submit to authori y 
as well as any man that lives. wddriora dvOpdrwy (743, 6a), in the highest 
degree (lit. best of all men), repeats and emphasizes the thought of és 
Tis kal BAAos, (as well) as any other man whosoever (kat being emphatic). 







READING LESSON. 8d0 


Fd 7 , \ U4 Z 
KeEVOVTOS, WoTrED TAaAW TOV oTOOV Kipov TroLov- 
4 3 8 x de € x yy e ? b) Lad 
pevov, emiderxvus O€ ws evles En NyEMOoVva atTew 
\ , © = , \ a > \ 
10 mapa TovTov @ hipawouela THv mpakw. et dé 
Kal TO Hyepove TicTEVTOpEY Sv av KUpos 4a, TI 
£ ‘ oem td A , A 
KMAVEL KAL TA Akpa Huw KeheveLY KUpov mpoKkara- 
haBety ; eyo yap dxvoinv pe av eis Ta Tota lT 
euBaivery & Huty Soin, py) Nuas Tats TpLnpect 
15 Ou ? > x -~ e , © PS) ve 
5 katadvon, poBoiunv o av Te HyEemore @ doin 
4 \ ¢ las 3 , Y 3 y b) 
emeoOar, by nuas aydyn ole ovK eordu €&ed- 
a / > HK 4 b S 4 
Oeiy: Bovdoipnv & Gy akovtos amuav Kupov ha- 
A ae XS > ‘i aA 3 tf 3 = > 
Oeiv avrov ateh\Oav: 6 ov dSuvardv éotw. addr 
eyo dye tavTa pev pdrvapias eivar: Soxet dé wou 18 
¥ ) , bs lal 4 3 ta 
20 avdpas é€\Odvras mpos Kipov oirwes émurydecoe 
\ , 3 la 3 A ? 4, e lal 
ow Kiedpyw é€pwrayv éxetvov ti Bovderar nutv 
~A a) PS \ e€ A S a= 
xpncbar: Kai éay pev y mpakis 7 Tapamdynoia 


—8. domep. .. movovpevor, just as if Cyrus were returning (762) home 
(lit. making his expedition back), and so did not longer need his boats. 
— 9. ds etinbes etn, that it was silly, corresponding to rhy eb7jGeay inthe 
clause with nwév.—10. mapa... mpatiw: from this point to the end of 
the speech (1. 32), the words are given in just the form used by the 
speaker. —11. morevoopev, intend to trust. The fut. indic. sometimes 
expresses present intention. — ri... mpoxaradaPetv: 7.e. if we intend to 
trust the guide, we might as well show confidence in Cyrus himself 
- directly, and urge him to secure the heights for us in advance. The ques- 
tion is ironical. — 14. py... karadioyn, lest he may sink us (280) with his 
triremes (775). —15. @: for dv (725). —16. dev: Ze. (exeire) d0ev, (into 
a place) from which. —17. axovros Kipou: sc. gyros. The gen. absol. 
(762) expresses manner (379), against his will. —oamvdv: equivalent to 
ei Gio (379). —dabetv avtov amedOay, to get off without his knowing it 
(p. 250°). —19. Soxet S€ por, L[ think it best, I would recommend. The 
subjects of Sexe? (852) are the infinitives that follow, épwray (1. 21), érecOat 
(1. 23), elvar (1. 24), atiody (1. 27), dmayyetAa: (1. 31), and BovrcdtbeoOat 
(1. 32), each with its modifiers. — 20. dv8pas: subj. of épwrav. — olrwes, 
such as are (sc. eisiv). —21. tl... x proba, what use (7382) he wishes 

to make of us (p. 884). The same use of the cases occurs below in ofzmep 








356 re READING LESSON. 









y N , 3 A an , Y oo % 
olamep Kat mpdcbev éypnro Tots E€vois, EmeoOar 
Kal Nas Kal {7 KaKlous ElvaL TOV mpoo Dev TOUT@ — 

2 cuvavaBavrwv: éay de epoch ” mpaces TS Tpo- 19 
ole Pea Kal ereMOveNT ee Kal é€muKwoduvo- 
Tépa, afiovv H TeioavTa Has ayew 7 TecbeTa 

\ J= > y=? Y \ Nj Beer x 
mpos didtiav adiévar* ovTw ‘yap Kal Eomevor av 

lA 3 “ \ l4 - € 4 >, b) 4 
dior avT@ Kat mpodupor arte KQL QITLOvTES 

30 daaas ap cart yted 6 7.0 Gy pods TavTA es 
amayyethar Sedpo* nuas 8 dkovcavras mpos TadTa 
BovrieverOar. ed0€e tadra, Kal aap appa 20° 
avy Kiédpyw méurovew ot npdtrav Ktpov ta 
dd€avTa TH oTpaTia. 6 8 azeKpivato OTL GKOVOL 

35 “ABpoxouav é€yOpov dvopa ert t@ Evdpdry mo- — 
Tau@ civat, améyovta dddexa oTamovs* mpds 

nA 5 a 
tovtov ouv edn Bovr\eoOau éhOeiv* Kav pev H EKEL, 

\ / ¥ , b) a > fs \ , . 
THv dikny edn ypHlew emleivar adTa@, Hv dé dvyy, 
e “A 3 “A ‘ la) / 3 , ; 
nets exec mpos TavTa Bovhevodpcfa. aKovoavTes 21 — 

A ie e e x > 4 A , - 

40 d€ TavTa ol aiperot amayyédAovot TOS OTPATLO- 

f rn \ oe Fics tage ae » \ 
Talis’ Tots d€ Vropid pev Hv OTL ayou mpds Bact- 
Léa, ouws S€ eddKer erecOar. mpocatitodor SE 
, € \ aA € a € / a ’ 
piclov' 6 dé Kupos vmoxvetrar nuddvoy Trace 


(for ofavrep by assimilation, 725) and rots tévois. — 23. mpdobev: when — 
he went to Babylon, just before the death of Darius. See 706, 9-12.— — 
€recPat, elvar: with judas as subj.—24. rdv... cvvavaBdavrov; see 763.— — 
25. ths mpdobev: sc. mpdtews. —27. dfosv, demand, t.e. the deputies — 
(avdpas) mentioned in 1. 20. dmayyetAu in 1. 31 has the same subj. — 
dye, dbi¢var: the subj. refers to Cyrus. — 28. émdpevor, dmovres: 
equivalent to ¢i éroiueda, ei &rlomev (379). —29. hirou wpoOvpor: predi- — 
cate adjectives. — 34. Sri dxovor, that he heard. — 37. Kav pev q ekel, and 
if he should be there. —38. av 8... Bovdevodpeda: the exact words of 
the speaker. —41. rots 8... Hv, they had (770), etc., i.e. they suspected. — 
For rots dé, cf. 6 dé in 1. 84.— drt dyou, that he was leading them. — 











“s ar ai y, 
Bruen ; a 


Sol 
4 o¢ 





ai Bie ab ‘ 
_———=“—sFIAL AND OBJECT CLAUSES. 357 


wes 
B i 


re. rs , a , ¥ ae = A , 
WOELV OV TT POTEPOv Epepor, QAVTL Oa peLKovU TPLa 
a € - \ a \ A , RAR: yr er. 
4 nuidapenka Tov pyvds T@ OTpaTidTyn* OTL de emt 
a = » SINE ad a ¥ 29Q \ + 
—  —- Baorhea aryor ode Evravba yYKovoe ovdels &Y Ye 
a A A 

TO Pavepa. 


44, Sacrev: see p. 250° — ov: i.c. (rovrov) dv (725). The gen. depends 
br on juiddArov, Which has the force of a comparative, a half more (763). — 
45. rod pmvds, each month (759). — By the expedient here described, 
Cyrus led the Greeks nineteen stages farther inland (in place of twelve) 
before announcing publicly his real purpose. 


_ Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (dyzt, 
44; did, 2; eis, 13; év, 46; emi, 85, 45; werd, 6; mwapd, 10; mpds, 20, 28, 
30, 31, 36, 39, 41; odv, 21, 33), according to the directions previously 


given. 
4 LESSON CXVITI. | 
{ Final and Object Clauses. 
790. EXERCISE. 


1 , 82 CAMS 5 \ / 7 he e \P py, 
. TOUT@ O€ TH avopl Teicopmat, iva eldjTe STL Kal apye- 
5 > / / > X e > / 
o0at ériotapat. 2. oxertéov éotlv bras acharéotata 
 pevovpev, el Te HO Soxet Atriévat, O7Tws dodhardotata ariper, 
Kal Orrws Ta éemriTHdeta CEouev. 38. THhv Sé “EXAnuixny Svva- 
puv HOporfev ws ppdrtota édvvaTo émixpuTToMevos, Straws STL 
atapacKevotatov AaBot Baciréa. 4. Straws Sé Kal dpets ewe 
> bd > -, / 1 5 x % / > / 
émaivéoeTe Emol pedrjoet. . Kal wept TovTav éuvncOnpy, 
ivf \ fa) 
wa py tavTa wdOnte. 6. of Oewpevot éhoBodvTo pr TH 
ma0n. T. Tovs dé atrofavorvtas avtoxérXevoTou of “EXAHVES 
emg e / , n / oy / 
_ akicavto, as Tt PoBepwtator Tols Trorepiots ein. 8. bras 
«8 apvvovpeba ovdels emripereitar. 9. adra dédoLKa fon OoTEp 
of AwToddyo érikaba@pela Ths olxade od0d. 10. iros 
b] 4 be La) "4 / ~ > la) \ f- 
_ €BovxreTo eivat Tots péytota dvvapévots, iva adix@v pn d160in 
' e , , es 
— «<Olenv. 11. Kal 0 YXwxpatns bTa@TTEVTE pH TL Tpos Tis 








1 The clause with érws is here the subj. of weaqoe:. 





ee YT eee 


“ ; =e 
Gee Fee ie 
358 - . FINAL AND OBJECT CLAUSES. . 





















: 2 ; ie 
Tonews érraitiov ein Kip@ pirov yevéoOa.! 12. Kai oe ovK 
nyepov, va ws Horota Kabevdns. 18. ederoe py erremA€d- — 
CAN 14 2 / oe / 4 yg 7 ae 
TWOLV Ai VES. . ¢BovreveTto OTrws pyote ett Eotat eri 
TO GOEAPO, AAA Bacihevoer avt’ exeivov. 15, mwéurpopev — 
* \ a ey, 4 \ / = - 
dé Kal mpokaTarnopévous Ta axpa, OTrws wn POdvact pHTE — 
Kipos pyre of Kidtxes xatadraBevres. 16. AaBov tds 
> 12 A > / res 9 > @ a «> 9 re 
émropevouny, iva @pedolnv avTov avO av ev Erraboy vm’ éxel-— 
vov. 17. déia pry AaBav pe Sixny ériOA Ov vopifer vr — 
2 a nO a A) 18 ee \ > / A 4 228 
éwod nouxno Oat. . éy@ yap OKVoiny pev av 
bd / A oe a a £ bv / ANS a o 
EuPaiverv, un Nmas Tals Tpinpeot KaTadveyn, PoPoimny v 
TO € € he v4 ba \ ¢ n > / 50 > + 3 rE iV. 
@ Hyewove ErrecOat, wn Huds ayayn OOev ovK Eotar éEerOeiv. 


b | \ A «a 
€l¢ Ta TAOLaA 


Review 265, 266, 267, 296. 


_ Examine the use of the subjunctive and optative in the dependent — 
clauses of 1, 3, 7, 10, 15, 16, noting the tense of the leading verb. . 
Review 278, 302. 


Examine 5, 12, noting the mood of the dependent clause and the 4 
tense of the leading verb. 2 
791. Rule of Syntax. — The sabe may be used in 
final clauses after secondary tenses, instead of the optative, 
to express the purpose as originally conceived. 


Examine the use of the future indicative in 2, 4, 8, 14, noting the i 
particle which introduces it, its negative, if it is negative, and the — 
meaning and tense of the leading verb. | 

792. Rule of Syntax. — After verbs which signify to strive 
for, care for, or sett, the object of the action is expressed by © 
drs, that, or drws py, that not, with the future indicative, after 
both primary and secondary tenses. 


Examine the use of the subjunctive and optative in the dependent — 
clauses of 9, 11, 17, 18, noting the tense of the leading verb. . 
Review 280, 304. 


1 Képw olaov yevécOa is the subj. 2 Any opt. which refers to the 
of ef, of which 7) érairiov, some future has the force of a primary 
cause for blame, is predicate. tense. F 


fee ee eae oye 7% 
: a ane LESSON. 


ise the see sn 


- Rule of Syntax. — The subjunctive may be used after 


away. 2. For they feared that the enemy would attack 
m (while) going through the ravine. 38. He thought that 
needed friends, that he might have co-workers. 4. For 
y feared that they would be cut off and the enemy would 
on both sides of them.’ 5. And they were apprehensive 
that, if they should burn? the villages, they might not have 
provisions. 6. Let us therefore burn up the wagons which we 
have, that our teams may not be our generals. 7. But no one 
of us is in return taking any‘ care that we may contend (with 
m) as successfully as possible. 8. They fear that the 
Greeks will attack them during the night. 9. See to (it), 
then, that you be men worthy of the freedom which® you 
— 10. I did this, that the enemy might not think that 
re had set out for home. 


LESSON CXIX. 


Reading Lesson. 


“A 195. Awnasasts I. iv. 1-6. 


Cae F rom Tarsi Cyrus proceeds to the river Psarus, thence to the river 

Pyramus, and finally reaches Issi upon the sea-coast, the last city in 
ilicia (1). Here he remains three days. During this time his fleet 

om 

a . See 761. 2 See 379. 4 oi3é. See p. 2022 and 732, 


it may not take command of 5 See 759. 
(o —" Us (748). 6 See 725. 





360 READING LESSON. 




















arrives, which has been conducted from Ephesus by Tamos (2). 
Chirisophus is on board the ships with 700 heavy-armed men. Cyrus 4 
is joined also by 400 Greek mercenaries who desert from Abroco- 
-mas (8). Thence he proceeds to the Syro-Cilician Pass, a narrow way — 
between the mountains and the coast, and defended at each end by a — 
wall (4). He makes ready to land men on both sides of the further- 
most wall; but this plan proves to be unnecessary, as Abrocomas — 
does not attempt to bar his passage, but retreats towards Babylon (5). 
Cyrus advances through Syria, and comes to Myriandus, a thriving — 
emporium (6). 4 
IV. 
evred0ey e€echatver otabpodvs Sv0 mapacdyyas 1 
déka emt Tov Vapov rotamer, ov Hv TO Epos Tpia 
TAMpa. evredlev e€ehavver oTabpov eva Tapa- 


, = 4 Dc, Nie £ , LPB ‘ 
odyyas TevTe Et TOV Ilvpapov troTapdv, ov HY TO | 
5 eUpos oTddiov. evTedOey é€edavver aTaOpovs Svo - 
, ee 6 > > 4 A : 
Tapacdyyas mevTexaideka eis “Iooovs, THS Kudt- 

fies) 3 , aN 3K A A Xr / 3 , 
Klas €oxaTny moAw emt TH Dadratry oiKoupernp, 
, ae. 10 / 2 a ¥ ¢€ | ete - 4 

peyadny kat evdaipova. evTavla euewav Huepas 2 

A N £ -~ e > -. 
Tpeis* Kat Kupw mapnoay at éx Iehomovyyicov 
10 VHES TPLAKOVTA Kal TEVTE KaL ET avTals vavapxosS 
TlvOayopas Aakedayuovios. ayetro 8 avrais Ta- 
A b) 4 3 3 , 4 la e / - 
pas Aiydatios €€ “Edécov, eyav vats érépas 

£ 5 
Kupov wévre kai etkoow, ats emodudpKes Midn- 
y 5 \ 

Tov, ore Ticoadépvar din Hv, Kab ocuveTroemer 


1. The army has now been on the march four months. Retrace on e 
the map the route travelled from Sardis to Tarsi.—9. Kip@: for the 
case, cf. a’rg@ in 727, 28. The fleet, which here effects a junction with 
the land forces of Cyrus, preparatory to his march into the interior, is the — 
one already mentioned in 765, 9-11.—11. qyetro 8 atrais, conducted — 
them, t.e. the ships (769).—12. & ’Edécov: the Lacedaemonian ships — 
under Pythagoras had joined the fleet of Cyrus at Ephesus. —18. als — 
éroduopKer, with which he (i.e. Tamos) had been besieging. So cuverorAe — 


ue below. Cf. éréyxavev in 722, 17, and note.—14, dre wv, since it had — 







ee 


READING LESSON. 361 


15 Kipw mpos airév. mapyny dé Kat Xeupicodos 8 


Aaxedaundovios emi TaV vEeav, pEeTamTEUTTOS UT 
££ = “a 
Kipov, émtaxociovs exwv omhitas, ay eoTparyye 
QA rj e \ A yY \ \ a4 
mapa Kupo. ai o€ vies wppovy mapa tH Ko- 
, 3 la %,\ e Te de ae Bess 
pov oxnvyv. evrav0a Kal ot map “APpokdua 
20 picfoddpor “EAAnves amooravtes HOov Tapa 
Ktpov rerpaxdo.o omA\trar kat ouvertparevovTo 
emit Bacihéa. evTev0er eEchavver orabuov eva ma- 4 
~ , oy 4, = A f= \ las 
pacdyyas mévte ert mUAGS THS KidtKids Kat THS 
Lvpias. noay dé tavtTa dvo Telyy, Kal TO peEV 
2% €owev td mpd THS KidiKids Yvevvecis ciye Kat 
Kidtixay dvdaky, 7d dé €€m TO TPO THS Lupias 
Baorréws éhéyero hudaky dhvdrdrrew. dud péoov 
d€ pet ToVTwY ToTAaMos Kapoos ovopa, Evpos TeE- 
Opov. dmav dé 7d pécov Tay TeLyov Hoa ITa- 
a \ A 3 S , ey \ e 
30 Ovo Tpeis: Kal wapehOelv ovK Hv Bia Av yap 7 
4 \ + \ , > \ , 
mapooos orev Kal TA Teiyn eis THY Oddatray 
4 y >, 3 , b) , 3 \ 
KaOyKkovra, vrepPev O Hoav wéeTpar HAiBarou: én 
\ A“ ? > - 3 - Ts 
€ Tois Telyeow apdorepois epevoTyKeray TAAL. 
A a la) 
TAUTNS EKA THS Tapddov Kipos tas vas pere- 5 


been (781).—15. avrov: i.e. Tissaphernes.— 16. peratepmrros, sent for, 
verbal in -ros, equal to werameupdets, and so followed by bird Kipov (223). 
—17. ov... Kip, the command of whom he (now) held under Cyrus. — 
‘19. ot rap *ABpoxopa: cf. ray rapa BaciAdws in 706, 28, and note. —ABpo- 
kopa: the so-called Doric gen., found in Attic chiefly in foreign proper 
names. —23. mvAas: the article is omitted, since the subst. is used almost 
as a proper name. — 24. yoav... relxn, this pass consisted of two walls. 
vavra for abra: (with which jcayv really agrees), by attraction into agree- 
ment with the predicate subst. refyn.—ro pév Erwbev: sc. retxos.— 


_ 29. yoav: in agreement with the predicate subst. orddi0, a plur. to ord- 





diov. — 82. kalyxovra: to be connected with jv as a predicate, Av Kabh- 
kovra being equivalent to cafe. —émil... muda, in (on) each wall a gate 





ee. Um 


tee on ek ie rey “oa te 


» .. ee) a See ee. 6 A is OO he 


362 _ CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.  —— 












35 mépaparo, omws omiTas dro PiSaweu ElowW Kab 
e€w TOV TUAOV, Kab Didleee els TOUS moheniaus. a 
Bop wore, El puddrrover ¢ émt Tats Yupiars wUhaLs, 
OTE @ETO Towmoew oO Kvpos TOV ‘A Bpoxdpayr, 
y \ , b / - % 3 * 3 
€yovTa TOAD oTparevpa. “ABpoKdouas O€ ov TOUT 

40 é€moinoev, GAN érret Hkovae Kdpov év Kiduxia ovra, 
b) ig = 3 af \ Q= > vA 
dvaotpébas ex Dowikns apa Bacrréa arydav- 
VEV, EXWV, WS EAEYETO, TPLAKOVTA pUpLadoas oOTpa- 
Tuas. evrevdev é€ehavver dia Yupias cTabpwov eva 6 

Z - la 3 - , 4 3 (i 
Tapacdyyas mevte eis Mupiavdov, modu otkoupe 

¢ \ 7 s N% “A / b) , ht 2 

45 vnv UT Dowikwv emt TH Oaddtry: Eumdprov d° Hv 
NY , \ Y 5 / e a) ra 

TO xwptov Kal wppovy avTob. ohKades TodXat. 


was set. —35. elow kal tm Trav mvdav, within and without the pass, tie. 4 
between the two walls and beyond the wall on the Syrian side. The 
object of Cyrus was to attack Abrocomas both in front and in the rear. — 
— 37. el dvddrrovev, in case they should be keeping guard. —38. éaep, — 
just the thing which, referring to the thought of the preceding clause.— ~ 
39. @xovra: causal partic. (379). 3 

Make a special study of the prepositions in this Reading Lesson (Bd 
27, 43; eis, 6, 31, 44; év, 40; ef 9, 12, 415; él, 2, 4, 7, 10, 16, 22, 23, 32, 
37; mapd, 18 (bis), 19, 20, 41; mpd, 25, 26; wpds, 15; twd, 16, 45), accord. 
ing to the directions previously given. 


‘7 
~ 


~ 


LESSON CXX. = 


Conditional Sentences: Present and Past Particular Conditions. — 
796. | EXERCISE. 
1. ef dpets eOéreTe éFoppar, ErecOar tuiv BovrAopar. 2. eb 
TavTa érpatav, Karas Exyev. 8. eb TadTa émpa—av, KadOS 
my ” 1 4 ” FS + , ’ ) > . Asi 
dv éoyev. . elrep Emos adeAds e€oTLV, OVK ambayel TADT — 
aN / , / ’ \ \ ¢ Ca 
eyo Ajrrouat. 5. Kréapyos totvuy et mapa Tovs Sprouse 


1 Tf they had done this, tt would have been well, an unfulfilled supposi- 
tion. Note that the apodosis has &. € 









3. ; 
ee 
édve Tas oTrovdas, THV Sixnv ever. 6. adXd, ef BovreL, péveE 
Pay A , TURD 27 , > O\ , 
éml TO errors, <ye & €6érw ‘mropever Var > ef O€ ypnteas, 
j opevou éml TO dpos, eyo dé ae avtov. T. Kai av tavT 
-érrolet, el Ewpa as amiovtas.! 8. arr ei BotrAcoOe cvVA- 
_ midvat, Hee Kedever Duds Ths vuKTos. 9. ovK av TOY ViTwV 
exparet, ef py TL vavTixoy eiyev. 10. ef dé Te adAXO BEATIiov,” 
TOAMAT Kal oO idv@Tns SidacKev. 11. otparnyors EXopcba 
adrovs ws Tayiota, eb py BovrgeTar Knréapyos amayeuv. 
12. ef pévtoe tore mreiovs cuvedéynoav, éxivdivevoev av 
SiapOaphvat worv Tov otpatevpatos. 18. ei TovTO TreToin- 
7 > a YA 5 14 / 4 a > / 
Kas, érraiveto0ar a&tos ei. . ef Te On SoKkel amiévat, 
7 / ? \ 4 ? / >” e / 
_okerrtéov éotiv bras acdharéotata aripev. 15. dds 
A / LA eee. 4 > vA Ye. ee ue 
maca SiepOapn av, €¢ dvewos ereyévero. 16. Kal piv x dv 
Tptcdopevos TavT érroies Bacirevs, ei EWpa Huds péverv 
_ mapacKevalouévous. AT. of dé “EXAnves, et Tis Kal &Ovpo- 
aie 3 io \ \ bd if BJ Ve \ Ko > \ 
Tepos® Hv mpos THY avdBacwv, axovovtes THY Kupou apeTHv 
HOLov Kal TpoOdpeTEepov cuveTropevorTo. 



















meemxamine 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17. 

Observe that these sentences are conditional, consisting of a prota- 
_ sis and apodosis (272); that the protasis is introduced by é, if, and. 
has the indic.; that it states a particular supposition in the present 
or past, and implies nothing as to its fulfilment; and that the apodo- 
sis assumes a great variety of forms (being expressed here, e.g., by the 
indic., present, past, and future, by the imv., by the subjv., and by 
the verbal in -reos). 


_ 797. Rule of Syntax. — When the protasis Sipe) states a 
“present or past particular supposition, implying nothing as to 
the fulfilment of the condition, it has the indicative with é. 
winy form of the verb may stand in the apodosis. 


_ Such conditional sentences are designated as Particular Supposi- 
_ tions of the First Class (1. 1). 


1 He would be doing this, if he 2 better plan. Sc. éort. 
saw, etc., an unfulfilled supposi- _. %even (xal) somewhat discour- 
4 tion. aged. 











- 2) vs s Bide a 7 ed - ; 
ae hw Sea 
ha > ; L oan = ‘ cae A ¥ 
364 _ CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. = == 


hoon 4 



















a. The eC ear of all protases is regularly yy, that of all apodoses os 
is regularly ov. 


Examine 3, 7, 12, 15, 16. 

Observe that the protasis is introduced by éi, if, and has a second- i‘ 
ary tense of the indic.; that it states a supposition in the present 01 0. r 
past, using respectively the impf. or aor. indic., and implies that the 
condition is not or was not suliiees and that the apodosis hase a 
secondary tense of the indic. with av. 

798. Rule of Syntax.— When the protasis states a present 
or past supposition, implying that the condition is not or was 
not fulfilled, the secondary tenses of the indicative are used in 
both protasis and apodosis. The apodosis has the adverb dy. 
The imperfect refers to present time, the aorist to a simple 
occurrence in past time. 


r 
* 


_ 


a. The imperfect may refer to an act as going on or repeated 4 in 
past time. Examine 9, which refers to the past. = 

Such conditional sentences are designated as Suppositions of the 
Second Class (II.). | 


799. EXERCISE. 


1. But if anybody sees a better (plan), let him spe | 
2. If he had restrained himself, he would now be king. 
3. And if you had not come, we should have proceeded against 
the king. 4. If you have the money, pay it to the soldiers. 
5. If this is so, I will go away at once. 6. If the general had 
wished to go, the soldiers would have followed (him). 7. If 
he went is?to the city, he received the gold. 8. He would n ot 
have done this, if I had not bid him. 9. If you say this, you 
are deceived. 10. If he wrote the letter, he did well. 11. If 
he had done this, he would have injured me greatly.2. 12. If the 
citizens had been wise, they would then have put this tyran : 
to death. 13. If you have not done wrong, why are you about?” 
to flee? 14. It would be much more wonderful, if they were 
honoured. ; 
1 uéya, See 732. 2 be about, wéAAw. j 



























a i 3 
E es READING LESSON. 365 
LESSON CXXI. 
9 Reading Lesson. 
00. Awapasis I. iv. 7-11. 


At Myriandus Xenias and Pasion, in jealousy of the increasing in- 
fluence of Clearchus, desert by sea. The rumour spreads that Cyrus is 
in pursuit of them (7). But he, calling his Greek generals together, 
_ announces that he shall not do this. “Let them go, traitors though 
they are and though their punishment would be easy, since formerly 
they were true to me(8).” ‘This decision pleases the Greeks, and they 
- accompany him with greater alacrity. Cyrus proceeds eastward, 
crosses the Chalus (9), and reaches the sources of the Dardas, where 
_ he destroys the park and burns the palace of the Syrian governor (10). 
_ At Thapsacus on the Euphrates he announces the real object of his 
_ expedition (11). . 
a Ql) BS 
evrav? epewav yuepas éemta: Kal Hevias 67 
3 ‘\ XN a = la e \ b) 
Apkas otpaTnyos Kat Ilaciwv o Meyapevs eu- 
* ig > ii \ SS , y > , 
_ Bavtes eis TOLOV Kat TA TrEioTOU aka evOguevor 
> , € \ ~ lA > / ; 
_—sGmréthevoay, WS pev Tots mEtoToLs EddKOUY, Pido- 
5 TiunPevTes OTL TOUS OTpaTLM@Tas adiTwY TOS Tapa 
" Knréapyov aed Odvras ws amidvtas eis THY “Eada 
_ madw kal ov mpds Baotréa eta Kipos tov Kheé- 
2 » 3 \ Q>2 9 py A A , 
_ apxov exew. errel 0 Hoav adaveis, dine Adyos 
ore SiHKoL avTods Kvpos tpiypeot: Kal ot pev 


10 nVXOVTO ws SeLovs OVTas avdTods AndOAvat, ot O 





_ 4, péy: the correlative clause with 5¢ is omitted, but uéy implies that 
there was another opinion in the camp. — é&dkovuv: they seemed, the per- 
_ sonal const. We should use the impersonal const., it seemed. — @dortt-~ 
pydévres, since they were jealous (879).—5. dt... ea Kipos: also 
causal (781). For the facts see 779, 43-46.—orparidras: obj. of Zxeu 
in 1. 8.—6. ds dmovras: purpose (706, 16, and note).—7. Kal od: sc. 
< idvras from the preceding amdvras.— 9. dre SiwKo.. . . Kipos, that Cyrus 
was in pursuit of them. —10. ds Sedovs. . . AnpOyvar, that they might be 


4 















366 , READING LESSON. i 


@KTELpoV eb aABcoWTO. Kidpos d€ ovyKahéods& — 
‘\ ‘ > 3 r XV , a e ~ ae. x 
ToUS OTpaTnyous eirev, Amo\cAoiTacw yNuas Fe-- 
a= \ - , tAA. 5 , 3 , 6 4 
vias Kat Ilaciwv. add ev ye peEVTOL ETLCTACU WY 
9 P a > i 
OTL oUTE amodedpaKagw: olda yap om olxor- 
15 TaL* OUTE aTOTEpEVyATW* EYW Yap TPLNPELS WOTE | 
e la Wes , A > \ ‘ ‘ 0 \ 3 
eet TO Exelvwy TAOLOV* aha pra Tous Heouvs ovK 
» 3 a } , 0° Sila HT) ‘ e INS 
eywye avTovs Ov@Ew, OVS Epel ovVdEls WS Ey@ EWS 
\ x ge lal 3 oa oe > la 4 
pev av Tapn TIS yp@pmot, errevdav de amievar Bov- 
Antat, cv\r\aBov Kal adrods Kak@s TOW Kal Ta 
TAL, 
la > - ~ 3 2, ae alae > , 4 4 
20 Xpypata dtoovha. adda iovTwr, ElddTeEs OTL KaKi- 
OUS ElOl TEPL NUAS HY Nmets TEpt Eexeivous. Kaitou 
EXw ‘ye avTov Kal Téxva Kal yuvatkas ev Tpdddreor 
, iN 3 Oe , , IAA 
-— Ppovpovpeva* aid ovde TOVT@V OTEPHaOVTAL, aA - 
b] 4 -~ f 4 1-3 bg “ 
atovyovra, THS mpdcOe Evexa TeEpL Ewe apETHS. 
2 Kal 6 ey TavTa eimev: ot O€ "EAAnveS, El Tis Kal 9 
aOvpoTEpos HY pos THY avaBacw, akovovTESs THV 
Kupov dapetnv yoiov Kat mpoOvpdrepov ovvemo- 
p yo ye 
pevovTo. 
\ al lal > i 4 Q 4, ig 
pera Tavta Kupos e€edavver otabuovs Térrapas 
30 Tapacdyyas elkoow él TOY XdAov ToTAapoV, OVTA 
‘A peers 
N 5 , , > > , , \ 
TO evpos TAEpov, TANPY O tyPvav peyahov Kat 


= 


caught, because they were cowards. ds shows that the reason assigned is 
that of the subject of néxovro. See note on 706, 33.—11. eb dAdcowro, — 
if they were to be captured. —17. ov8 épet ovSeis: emphatic negation — 
(p. 202 2). — &ws dv wapy tis, so long as anybody stays by me.—18. éredSav — 
BovAnrar, when he wishes. —19. avrovs: plur., although referring to 7s. ; 
Cf. 706, 24.— 20. idvrev: imv.— 23. hpovpevpeva : neuter, although it limits — 
both réxva and yvvatkas, since these are regarded as articles of property. 
— By this unlooked-for clemency Cyrus got the good-will of the Greeks 
and lost little; for, although the two generals deserted, their troops re- ; 
mained, numbering some 5000 or 6000.—29. perd ratra: see 727, 27, 
and note. —31. wAé0pov: see 744a. So below in line 87. 3 


kad 












eT " 
, ay, 6 


READING LESSON. 367 


: “a at a e , \ See NTs A 
“Mpaewv, ovs ob Lpor Oeods evopurlov Kat advKety 
OUK Elwy, OVOE TAS TEpLoTEpas. at Sé Kapa ev 

@ > é , > > , 
ais €oxyvouv Ilapvodridos noav eis Cavnv Sed0- 


3 pevar. evred0ey é€ehavver craSuods wevTe tapa- 10 


odyyas Tp\aKkovTa él Tas myyas ToD Adpdartos 
TOTAPOV, OV TO EUpos TAMpov. EevTavfa Hv Ta 
Bedéovos Bacideva Tod Lupias apEavtos, kat Tapa- 
Sevcos wavy peéeyas Kal Kadds, eyov TavTa ooa 


40 Gpar dvovar. Kipos 8 abrov é&€xowe kat 7a Ba- 


gitewa Katexavoey. evTev0ev é€ehavver oTaOpods 11 
TPEls TAapacdyyas TevTeKaideka emt TOV Evdhparnv 
TOTAMOV, OVTA TO EVPOS TETTAPHV TTAdiwy* Kat 
Tous avToh @KetTo peydhyn Kal evdainov Odia- 
45 Kos ovopa. evtavla euewav nuépas Tete: Kal 
Kvpos petamepipapevos Tovs oTpatyyovs THv ‘EN- 
Ajvav éedeyey OTL 7 600s EcoiTO pds Baciéa 
péyav eis BaBudava: Kal Kedever adTovs éyeuv 
TAVTA TOUS OTPATL@TaLs Kat avarrelOew Erer Oat. 


— 32. ovs, Qeovs: see 739.—dBuKetv: sc. tTivd as subj.—34. Tlapvodribos 


_aoav, belonged to Parysatis (744). — 38. rot dptavros, who had been 
ruler. Note the tense. Belesys had probably fled on the approach of 
Cyrus. —47. dtu 4 680s €vowro, that the expedition would be. ‘The fact 


_ here announced must have been apparent to the Greeks for some time. 


» 


_ chiefly as such that they appear in composition with verbs. 


_ They had kept on, however, intending, when they arrived at the Euphrates 


and Cyrus announced his real object, to demand a bounty. 
Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition with 


_ verbs (127) in this Reading Lesson (dva-, 49; daro-, 4, 6 (bis), 12, 14, 15, 
18, 20, 24; dia-, 8; ev-, 2, 3; éf-, 29, 85, 40, 415; kara-, 41; wera-, 46; 
_ mapa-, 18; cvv-, 11, 19, 27), carefully consulting the General Vocabulary. 
Note the meaning of the simple verb, the force of the preposition when 


used in composition, and the meaning of the compound verb when the 
two are united. The prepositions were originally adverbs, and it is 








368 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 


LESSON CXXITI. 


Conditional Sentences: Present and Past General Conditions, — 
Iterative Tenses. 


801. EXERCISE. 
























¢ ak: (eek \ - A pa 2 a & 1 
1. of Deol ixavoi eice Tods pixpovs, Kav év dewvois wor, 

ig b] an 9 xs be > *) 4 \ > red + 
odfew evretas. 2. Tas O€ @Tidas av Tis TAXD aYaTH,” EoTL — 
5 a a x a : 
Aap Bavev. 8. Hv érixovpnua TOV TOodoD, El TIS THY VUKTA 
% 4 qrept nuas auaptdvect, tepl Tas 
an - & na . 
éavTav Wiyds dpaptdvovot. 5. wept mrelotov érroveiTo — 
® kal el T@ UrdoyolTd TL, UNdAaLOS — 
7 \ By 4 > a“ / na \ n La 
wevdecOar. 6. Kalb ef Tis avT@ SoKoin TOV Mpos TOUTO 


2 
vTodvotTto.® 4. Hv TL 


Kdpos, ev T@ omeloatto 


t nee ae > / \ > , ” ‘ 
TeTaypevov ASraKevELY, ExAEyOMEevOsS TOV émLTHdELOY eTraLoEDV — 

; ‘é nan , i 
6 7. ef dd Teva open Kidpos Secvov dvTa oixovopov, ovdéva — 


2 ~ A 
av TetroTe adeireTo,’ aAN del TrEiw Tpocedidov. 8. picel, 
4 


av. 
ove nv Tis Tet aUTOV AOLKH, GAN ay TWa UToTTEvon BEr- 
tiova éavtod ecivar. 9. ef 59 mote mopevolTo, TpoctKad@v 
TOUS pekaus éotrovdatonoyetto. 10. ef tives iorév tn Tos 
aperépous ertkpaTounTas, PUSve pages dv. 11. éay tis te 


8 vixdy teipatat. 12. ava- 


ayabov 7) KaKoV Toman avTor, 
AapBavov avTav Ta Toimpata Sinp@tov dv.2 18. et éEeXav- 

9 (d S995 OF - Ne a x fal _ 
vot Aotudyns, ép tarmov ypvcoxanivou trepinye Tov Kipov. 
14. Kat rods dvous ovK Hv NaBeElv, ei yr) StacTavTeEs Ot imTeEls 
Onpwev Siadeyduevor. 15. cal mdavtes S ot Tav BapBdpov 
adpxovres wécov Exovtes TO AUTAV iyoUVTAL, VowiCovTes OUT@ 

i ae) / 5 1 ck Poe vee ees > Ae + wOeiae 
Kal év aohareatat@ civar,”” hv 7 7 ioxus avTaV éExaTépwlev. 





- 


1 even if they are, etc. 7 used to rob (dy apelrero), etc. 
2 if one starts them up, etc. 8 See 738. 
3 if one took off his shoes, etc. 9 T used to question them. 

4 See 7382. 10 See 354. Their thought isa 
5 if he made a treaty, etc. obrw wal év doparerrdre éouev, iv H 


6 he would beat him. H ioxs hav éxarépwev. 





(op 
‘Stab 
ae 






+ & 
i es 
* i) 


_ 


PRESENT AND PAST GENERAL CONDITIONS. 869 
_ $02. Suppositions are to be distinguished as particular or 
— general. 
q a. The protases of the examples given to establish the rule in 797 
are all particular suppositions, i.e. they refer to a definite act supposed 
to occur or to have occurred at some definite time. 
| b. But a supposition otherwise similar to those referred to in 797, 
_ te. a present or past supposition which implies nothing as to the ful- 
- filment of the condition, may be general. Such a general supposition 
refers indefinitely to any act of a given class, which may be supposed. 
to occur or to have occurred at any time. The apodosis expresses a 
_ customary or repeated action or a general truth in present or past 
time. £.9., if ever he receives anything, he (always) gives it; if ever he 
received anything, he (always) gave it. 
ce. This distinction of suppositions as particular or general is seen 

in all classes of conditional sentences, but it is only in the First Class 
_ (1.) that the distinction is indicated by the form of the sentence. 


a Examine 1, 2, 4, 8, 11, 15. 

Observe that these general suppositions are all present; that the 
_ protasis is introduced by éav (or nv or av, for which see p. 904), if, 
_ and has the subjv.; and that the apodosis has the pres. indic. or its 
equivalent. 
















803. Rule of Syntax. — Present general suppositions have 
_ éay with the subjunctive in the protasis, and the present in- 
_ dicative (or some other present form denoting repetition) in 
the apodosis. 

Such conditional sentences are designated as Present General Sup- 
positions of the First Class (1. 2 a). 


Examine 3, 5, 9, 13, 14. 

Observe that these general suppositions are all past; that the 
_ protasis is introduced by «i, if, and has the opt.; and that the apodo- 
_ sis has the impf. indic. 


- 804. Rule of Syntax.— Past general suppositions have ¢ 
| 3 with the optative in the protasis, and the imperfect indicative 
_ (or some other form denoting past repetition) in the apodosis. 


Such conditional sentences are designated as Past General Suppost- 
ions of the First Class (1. 2 b). 








370 . READING LESSON. 



















Examine 12, and the apodoses in 6, 7, 10. a 
Observe that the impf. or aor. indic. here has day, and expresse oS. 
customary action. a 
805. Rule of Syntax. — The Im Der Oe and aorist indicative _ 
are sometimes used with the adverb dy to denote a customary 2s 


action. 2 ( % 


a. This iterative use of the secondary tenses of the indic. with dy 
must be carefully distinguished from apodoses with av expres < 
non-fulfilment (798). 3 


Observe that 6, 7, 10 are past general suppositions (804). 


806. - EXERCISE. 


1. If any soldier ever stole, he was punished. 2. He is — 
always angry, if he sees anybody doing wrong. 3. If he 
promises anybody anything, he never deceives him. 4. But 
it was a protection, if one journeyed with something black 
before his eyes. 5. If we ever attacked the enemy, they es- 
caped with ease. 6. If the soldiers march in good order, he . 
praises them. 7. If anybody perjures himself, they i pupae a 
penalty on him. 8. He used to beat his soldiers. 9. If he 
suspected that anybody was plotting against him, he put him 
to death. 10. They would not let the late-comers approach 
the fire, unless they gave them a share of their provisions, __ 


LESSON CXXIII. 
Reading Lesson, 


807. AnaABasis I. iv. 12-19. 


The Greek troops refuse to go on without extra pay (12). Cy 
agrees to give each man five minas, when they get to Babylon. Menon, 
in the mean time, urges his troops to cross the Euphrates before th e 
others decide, and so win the favour of Cyrus by seeming to be the 
most zealous in his service (18-15). They comply, and Cyrus ex- 





READING LESSON. OuE 


a 4 
errs GY ¢ 


A presses his satisfaction (16). Cyrus then crosses the Euphrates with 
_ the rest of his troops, and proceeds to the Araxes, where he remains 
three days (17-19). 
¥ Iv. 


ot O€ TonoavTes ExKAnoiav aTyyyedAov TadTa: 12 
ot: O€ OTpari@rat Eyad€rawwov Tols OTpaTYyots, Kal 
F ¥ > \ , SS) EOL , \ 
epac av QuTOVS Tana TQAUT elooTas KPUTTELD, KQU 
9, »” Lg >i , > aA , a 
OUK Ehacay i€vat, Eav [Ly TLS aVTOLS KpHpaTa dLO@, 
5 WOTEP TOLS TpoTEpoLs peTA Kupov avaBacr mapa 
Tov twaTépa Tov Kupov, kat tavtTa ovK mt wayyy 
37 b) XN A A \ A A 
LovT@v, A\AG KahovvTOSs Tov TaTpOs Kupov. Tavta 18 
e \ Z b) , e > e / 
ol otpatnyot Kipw amryyeddov: 6 6° tméoxeTo 
avopt ExdoTw ddcew TévTE apyuplov pas, émHv 
— 10 eis BaBvaava HKwor, Kat Tov proOdy evTen péxpt 
= BY , Sy p) 9 f= , 
av KatactTyoy Tovs EdAnvas ets Iwviay maw. 
TO prev O17) TOAD TOV “EAnViKOU ovTws émeioOn. 
Mévor 6¢, mpl Sndov eivar Ti ToLHaOVoW ot addot 
“~ , y £ x ~ , 
OTpaTi@rat, TOTEpov EovTa, Kupw 7H ov, cvvéedcke 
a a oA , \ A » \ » 
_ 18 70 avTov oTpdTevpa ywpis Tov adddowv Kal edrcke 
"  dde. “Avdpes, av prow wevcOnre, ovTE KwOvVEd- 14 
hq GavTes OVTE TOVHTaVTES TOV aw T)éoV TpoOTi- 
| @ 2. éxadéraivov: the anger of the soldiers was doubtless feigned, to 
| _ force from Cyrus the greater pay. — 3. el8oras, though they had known, 
concessive (379). —4. rls: the reference is, of course, to Cyrus. —5. 
| _ w@emep: sc. Zdwxe, as he had given it.— rots mporepois avaBdor, to those 
| who had previously gone inland. mporépos is a predicate adj. with the 
- force of anady. Cf. rporépa in 765, 29, and note. The reference is to 
_ the 300 Greeks mentioned in 706, 10-12. —6. kal tatra, and that too. 
Se. éroincev. —7. lovrwv: sc. éxeitvwy, referring to rots dvaBaor. For the 
gen. absol., see 762. So xadodvros rod marpés following. —9. Swcewv: see 
p. 250°, —émqv. . . yKwor, when they should get to Babylon. — 10. évredn, 
_ in full, predicate adj. (720). The daric and a half a month, promised in 


_ 789, 44 f., was not to be reduced because of the present bounty of five 
minas. — péxpi dv katactyoy, until he should restore them. —17. tav ad- 










“y 








872 ve READING LESSON. is ee 


A igen. te US r- , ® ne 
pynoecbe oTpatiwTay vio Kupov. Tt ow Keredo 
Tonoat ; vuv detrar Kupos erecbau tods "E\An- - 

20 vas emt Baoiéa+ eyo ovv dyut duas xpHvat dua- 

A \ > 2 \ \ A > Y x 
Byvat tov Evpparnyv motapov mpw dydrov eivat Oo ~ 









» y be 
Tu ot a\AoL EdAnves aroxpwovvTat Kip@. jv pe 15 — 
\ Te y A s A 5 , ¥ > : 
yap indiowrrar eter Oat, vets Od€eTE aiTior elvaL 
¥ ~ , \ - ° ~ 
dpéavres Tov diaBaive, kat ws mpoOvpordrois 
> a , » aA \ 
2 ovowW vl yap eloeTat KUpos Kal amoddcet : 
> » \ » 
émiatatat © el Tus Kal adAOsS: HY Oe amoysndiowr- 
rn y: ¥ \ 4 ¥ L Bass. 
TAL.OL AAAOL, ATILEY EV QATTAVTES TOUpTAALY, DLW 
dé ws povois meopevors miaToTdToLs ypHoeTaL 
Se “th Be Aes - s- Wet, 2 @® : 
Kat els Ppovpia Kal els Moyayias, Kat addov ovTL- 
5 9 £ 
30 vos av dénabe oida ore ws didou TevEeoHe Kupov. - 
> 4 A“ 3 4 \ - \ 
akovoavres TavTa érePovTo Kat SieByoav piv 16 
Yy Z A 5 . ee 
Tovs aAAovs aTtoKpwacbar. Kupos d émet nobero 
/ 4 x ~ 4 , 
dia BeBykdras, noOyn TE Kal TO OTpaTevwaTL TEU- 
- a > > \ le ae, x eae 
was Tdovry eizev, “Eyo pév,@ avdpes, 7on duas 
A Y \ \ s lal A \ 
35 €maw@* OTws O€ Kal YEls Eue ErraweoeTe Emol 
ay A , 
pednoe, H pyKere we Kupov vopilere. ot pev Oy 17 
OTpaTLOTar Ev EhTiTL MEYANALS OVTES NUXOVTO AUTOV 
ue) ~ , XN \ “ b) - , 
evTuxjnoat, Mévwvi dé Kat d@pa édéyeTo méeurpar 
peyadompeTa@s. Tavta d€ mouoas dueBawes ouv- 
, \ \ qi iby , >. A Clue : 
40 etmero 5€ Kat 70 GAO OTpPATEYLA avT@ aTaY. 
Xi a“ , \ x > \ | 4 
Kal TOV SiaBawovTwy Tov ToTapoV ovdEls EBPEXOn 
ov otpariwrav: see 763, —24. rod SiaBatvew: cf. 742, 10.— 26. érlora-— 
TOL: SC. xdpiv amrodiddvar. — el tis Kal GAAos: Cf. ds Tis kad BAAos in 789, 5. 
—27. rovpradw: te. 7d Zuradw (p. 554). — 28. os povors mevBouevots, — 
because you alone were obedient. —mucrordros, as most trustworthy, — 
predicate adj. —29. dAdov. . . Sénrbe, whatever else you want (749).— 


30. revEeo Oe Kipov, you will get from Cyrus (p. 1881).— 33. SaBeBnkoras, 
that they had crossed (p. 250°). — 35. dawg . . . pedrjoer: of 790, 4.— 





¢ 


z P 
4 


FUTURE CONDITIONS. 873 


esta TOV paaror vd Tov TOT apLOU. ot de 18 

— @Barbakynvot ore OTL ovTaTOM ovTOS 6 TOTAapLOS 

BiaBars yévo.to ely el py TOTE, ahr ube 

a a@ tote ABpokduas mpotov KareKavo en, iva py 
Bee Sua Bi. eddKeL 2) Detov civar Kai cadds 
Vroxwpnoat Tov ToTapov Kupw ws Bacidevoovre. 
evreviey e€eavver dia THs Suptas aTabnovs évvéa 19 
Ropar ayyds Ree ovtes: Kab apuxvourTar TT pOs 

80 TOV pdtyy pera ees evTavla yoav Kamat Tol- 
dat peorat olrov Kal olvov. évravda emewav 
Npepas Tpels Kal emeciticavTo. - 


43. Ot. . . yévouro, that never before had this river become passable. — 


44, et py tote, except then, emphasizing odmdémore. — 45. karéKavoev: 
_ plup. in force. —tva py SiaByq: see 791. — 46. éS0Kne. . . Barthevoovrt, 
_ it seemed accordingly that it (the lowness of the river) was a divine inter- 


“a 





vention (718), and that the river had plainly retired before Cyrus (769), 


because he was about to be king. 
Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition in this 


_ Reading Lesson (dva-, 5; dao-, 1, 8, 22, 25, 26, 27, 82, 49; dia-, 20, 24, 31, 
83, 89, 41, 46; ék-, 48; em-, 85 (bis), 52; Kara-, 11, 45; mpo-, 17, 45; 


avv-, 14, 39; bmo-, 8, 47), according to the directions given in Lesson 


 CXXL 


LESSON CXXIV. 


Conditional Sentences: Future Conditions. 


808. EXERCISE. 


> 


Xx fal a Xx 
1. Kav pev 7 eéxe?, tiv Sixnv ériOjcopev aito, jv Oe 


— piyn, tyes éxei mpos tadta BovdevoducOa. 2. et obdv 
re? £ rn ap eta , of AN ‘ 
 Openv vuads awTHpiov tL Bovdevopévous, EAOotwt av TpOsS 
b a 8 A 1 \ A s lal > , a > / = oy 
 ULaS. YO. OUTW” Yap AV VMLELS ATTONEAUPMEVOL TNS ALTLAS ELNTE. 





1 In this way, or if this should happen, representing the protasis. 








a] 


ov 
? ie 2 fi > Se 2 - 
i 





















374 _ CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 


a = ry ia " 
4, éyo Oddo, & avdpes, SiaBiBaoat bas, av ewot av déopar — 
virnpeTnonte Kal Taddavtov picOdv Topicnte. 5. viv ay, Eb 
Bovro10, ot Te Huds dvncas Kal Hues Te peyaV TroLnoaLmED. 
6. xairor eb dua T édevOepos eins Kal mrovaLos yEvoLO, Tivos 
dv déo10; T. Thy édevOepiay édXoluny av avtl av! éyw Tav- 
tov. 8. ef dé dOra mpoTiOe’n Tis, ToAd av Telos Sia 
TovTo éuropevouvTo. 9. ovd ef mavtes EOorev Ilépoar, — 
A. gp 
TAnOer ye ody? brepBaroiped’ dv Tors Trodepiovs. 10. av dé — 
Tis avOoThTal, odv bpiv Treipdoope0a yerpodcbar. 11. ovdée — 
\ + ¢c \ > / > ee } f \ > , 
yap av pe 0 Baotrevs érraivoin, et €EeXavvolut TOUS EvEepyée- 
~ 12 > BY] 8 2k / Cis / 8 8 Les 13 X 
Tas. . ovK imen,® cay un Tis Huly ypnuwata Ode. Dae 
ovv cwdpovite, TodTov Tdvaytia* TroujceTe 7) TOVS KUVAS 
Pie X - 
Tolovat* TOS MEV yap KUVAS TOUS YAaNETTOUS TAs bev Nmépas 
/- A ‘ id 2 yon la) , HK n A ee 
d1dédot, Tas 5é viKTAS adiacot, ToUTOY dé, HY Tw@pPpoVATE, THV — 
U4 \ / \ Vn. wh Piet eg J Ne OA x : 
vikta pev SHoete, THY Sé Huépav adnoete. 14. Kal éay pev 
e a i ln v 5 \ , > n fal 
n Tpakis n TapaTAnola oiarep? Kal mpoobev éyphto Kipos 


a / e / Kone a 3% be / Ts an BAe: 3 
tois Eévots, éTa@pcda Kal nuets* éav dé peiSov 1) mpakis THs 
, 6 ie b) lal f Cs \ =~ 
mpocbev haivnta, afidmev Twevcévta Tuas mpos pidiav — 
> y-f 15 9% an £ S79 3a / as 
agptevat. . €dV KaXNOS KaTaTpaswM éehb A OTpaTEvOMAL, 
buds Katd&w oixade. 16. Kipos dé tots Kinuk&s didwot Ta 
npTacLéva avdopaTrooa, nv Tou évTuyydvwow, aTorapBaverv. — 
1T. Kal ody vpiv® ev av einv tipsos, buav Sé Eonuos Ov" ovK 
av ixavos elnv odT dv dirov @pernoar ovT av éyOpov adé-— 
As a A a a 

EacOar. 18. éav dé pi) 61d Troia, Hryepova aitoyev Kdpov: 
9. be be ¢€ / } Ps a / Q \ tg ~ 
€av O€ pndé nyepova 6166, cvvTaTToOpeOa THY TaxioTHY. 
19. Bovrolunvy & av dxovtos amimv® Kipou rabety avrov — 
> 6 , A > 8 lf b) 20 c \ € , q 
atenOwv: 0 ov duvatov éaTuV. . oUTM yap Kal émromevot 
A } Ee an 3 / Vaid , > as oP i. 
av diroe avt@ érroipela Kal arriovTes aoparas Av ATrioipev. — 
21. dvdpes, éav por mecOhte, THY AdXwv wréov TpoTih- — 





1 See 725. 5 See note on 789, 21. 

2 Not even if all, etc., not even 6 The phrase implies the protasis, — 
then, etc. with you, t.e. if [should be with you. — 

3 See p. 2744, 7 Conditional, i.e. if I should be. 


4 See 738. 8 Le. if I should leave. 


xe 
aw + 
eae 


AeBeaiend v7r0 cd a 22. hv pev yap  Wndicavrat 
2 re rH 
ecOat, vues SdfeTe aitior civar: Av 8 amowndicwrvtTa ot 
soak 

Ol, ATLMEV ATAVTES TOUMTANLD. 


Review 265, 266, 267, 296. 


Examine 1, 10, 12, 18, 15, 21, 22. 

i _ Review 272 a. 

Be: Examine 4, 14, 16, 18. 

‘a Observe that here the apodosis is not expressed by the fut. indic., — 
but by other future forms, namely, by the infin. (4, 16) and subjy. 

a (14, 18). 

; z _ Review 273.1 

ees. - Such conditional sentences are designated as Suppositions of the ~ 

Ti ird Class (iII.). 


_ Examine 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11. 
; e. _ Review 299 a and 300. 
ee Such conditional sentences are designated as Suppositions of the 


4 fourth Class (IV.). 


Examine 3, 7, 17, 19, 20. 
- Observe that here the protasis is not expressed by the opt. with ¢, 
ie at is contained in a participle (17, 19, 20),? or is implied in an adv. 


6) or in some other part of the sent. (17),3 or is even altogether 
om itted (7 ).4 


809. EXERCISE. 


1. For if we take this height, those above the road? will not 
be able to remain. 2. He would gladly give them guides, if 
they should wish to goaway. 8. For if they see you dispir- 
ited, they will all be cowardly. 4. What shall we suffer, if 
ola and get in the power of the king? 5. If they should 
eceive pledges, they would come. 6. If the king fights 
within ten days, I will give you ten talents. 7. For if we 
‘ bhonld besiege this city, we should take it. 8. And we shall 


5 The fut. indic. with ei is often 2 See 379. 
20 for the subjv. with é¢y in future 8 See p. 10429. 
nditions, as a still more vivid form 4 See p. 10414, 
cpression, 5 of brtp Tijs 6500. 





READING LESSON. 
























not be able to pass by, unless we cut off the enemy. 9. Ifthe — 
horsemen arrive before the battle, we shall be victorious. — 
10. If I should escape the notice of these (men), I should be 
| saved; but! if I should be taken, I should suffer death. 11. If — 
ia therefore we make the peace, we shall dwell in the city in? ~ 
; ereat safety. 12. If therefore we should have arms, we should — 
make use also of our valour; but! if we should surrender — 
these, we should lose our lives also. 2 


1 For the correlation of the two parts of the sentence, cf. 808, 1 above. 
2 werd With the gen. 


LESSON CXXYV. 


Reading Lesson. 


810. AnaABAsis I. y. 1-7. 


The march is continued from the river Araxes through the desert — 
of Arabia along the northern bank of the Euphrates (1). The horse- — 
men hunt the wild animals in which the plain abounds (2, 3). The — 
army reaches Corsote, which has been abandoned by its inhabitants, — 
on the river Mascas (4). Thence Cyrus rapidly marches thirteen — 
days through the desert. Many of the beasts of burden perish from — 
hunger (5). Grain failing, the soldiers live upon flesh (6). Once 
during this time the wagons are stuck in the mud, and Cyrus bids 
Glus and Pigres to take part of the barbarian force and aid in getting 
them out (7). _ 
ve 

evrev0ev e€edatvver did Mie "ApaBias tov Ev- 1 1 

ppeTy TOT poy ev deSig € EXOV oral ones Spats a. 

TEVTE TAapacayyas TPpLaKovTa Kab TEVTE. €v TOUT@ 

dé T@ TOTM HY bev H YH TEdloV amayv Opades — 
5 womep Oddarra, aiswOiov dé mrAjnpes> ei OE TL Kal 

¥ Deh y x , y & Si 
aio évyv vAns 7 Kaddpov, amavTa Hoav Eevodn 


4. &wav: cf. 263, I. 8.—6. dawravra, if there was anything else, they 
were all, etc. Cf. 706, 23, 24, and note.—yoav: see 90. This plur. ocew: 's 








READING LESSON. | 871 


@oTEep apapata: devdpov d ovdev evyv, Onpia dé 2 
A A ¥ »¥ \ A ‘ 
TAaVTOLA, TAELOTOL OVOL ayptot, TOANAaL dé atpoviot 
e , , A be \ > , « 8 oO " 
ai peyddar: e&noay dé Kat @rides Kat SopKddes 
10 ravta dé Ta Onpia ot immets eviote EditwKov. Kal 
ol pev ovot, eel Tis SidKoL, TPodpapdvTes EoTaA- 
gay: mov yap Tov immwy eTpexov OatTov: Kat 
, b] A / e Y >] x 3 ? 
Tad, €rel mAnovalovey ob imToL, TaVTOV EToloU), 
\ > Cy a > \ oN, ee A 
Kal ovk Hv ae, ei pr SiacTavTes ol imzets 
15 0 A“ 5 8 -. \ de , “ LN 4 
Npwev OLadeyomEevoL. TA O€ KPEa TaV ahLDKOLE- 
5 , A 2 , e , ? 
vov Hv Tapamhyo.a Tots €dadelots, amahdrepa Oé. 
atpovloy dé ovdels ElaBev: ot Se SidEavres Tar 8 
e 2 \ 5 , \ x a , = , 
LTTEWY TAXUV ETAvOVTO’ Tov yap améoTa ev- 
youoa, Tos pev toot Spdpe, tats Sé arépvéw 
_ 2 aipovoa wotep iotiw ypwpey. tas dé artidas 
ay Tis TayY ayoTH, €oTt hapBdvew: wérovras 
yap Bpaxd womep Tépdixes Kal Tayd amayoped- 
ovol. Ta d€ Kpea avToY HdLOTA HY. Topevdpevor 4 
d€ dua TavTNS THS Yopas adiKvourTar emt TOV 


— 


| % Maokay totapov, Td evpos TAcpiatov. évtavba 
nN , Pay, Bde EEE coe , 

j shy Trodus Epyun, peyady, ovona O avTH Kopowry - 

mepieppettro 8 attn vd ToD MdoKa KvKdo. 
| evrav? epewav nuépas Tpets Kal €meciticarTo. 
> es 3 , \ Sey , 

_ evrev0e eEehatver cTtabuovs eprpous TpioKaidera 5 

| 20 Tapacayyas everynKovra Tov Evdparyny motapov ev 


_ frequently in Xenophon. — 7. 8év8pov: emphatic by its position. — 8. mAé- 
oro, very many (453).— 11. mel Tis SidKor, whenever anybody pursued. 








So in 1. 13, éwe). . . tra, whenever they came near. —érracav: see 697. 
—14. ovK wv, it was impossible.—et py... Onpwdev: see 804.—19. rots 


 +pev. .. xpwpévn, plying tis feet in running (775) and raising and using 
tts wings like a sail. Spdum and atpovoa (379) express the manner. — 
21. ay ts... dvuorry: see 803, — 27. Mdoxa: Doric gen. Cf. 795, 19. — 


| >. 





eS ee ee ee 
p> " 


878 | READING LESSON. 


bela Exwv, Kal aduxvetrar émt IlvAds. € Tov- 
A A AQ “A e , > # 
To“s Tots OTADpots TOMA TaV UTolvylwY aTwArETO —— 


} 


cee ~ la) b) \ 5S , Oe M4 Oe 
vo yous ov yap Hv xopTos ovde addo ovdEV 
ud 3 \ “| \ 9 4 - ¢€ - - e \ 9 
S&vdporv, adda Wir) Hv araca n xdpa* ot dé evor- 
35 KOUVTES OVOUS GAETAS TAPA TOV TOTAMLOV OpUTTOVTES 
A al BS] A i , 5 , A 
Kal tovovvTes eis BaBvA@va iyov Kat emddouv Kat | 
“4 , Ee Da X A , e = 
avrayopalovres otrov elwv. 7d d€ orpdreypa 66 
la b] , \ ? > in > \ 3 ~ 
otros éméNurre, kal tpiacBar odk HY El py EV TH 
- A A 4 , 
Avdia ayopa év t@ Kupov BapBapixe, THY Kazi- 
40 Onv adevpwv 7) additwv teTrdpwv otyhov. 6 € 
ciydos dvvarat éxTa dBorods Kat HutwBdor.ov °AT- 

, ¢ \ és , , 3 i 3 , 
TuKoUs* 7) O€ KamiOn Svo yoiviKas ’ATTLKas ExapeL. 
Kpéa ovv éeofiovtes of otpati@rar SieytyvovTo. Hv T 
dé TovTwY TaV oTAOpaY ods TavU paKpods Hav- 

45 vev, Omdte % pds Vowp BovdouTo SiaTehéoar 7 
Tpos ytdov. Kal dy ToTE OTEVOYwpias Kal Tov 
pavevtos Tats apdagais Suvamopevtou éméaTy 0 

aA x A \ 2258 bee a \ > 
Ktpos ody tots wept avrov dpiorows Kat evdoa- 















33. dAdo, either. —35. dvovs ddéras, mill-stones. From the ass, as a beast 
of burden, the term tvos came to have various derived meanings, as here 
the upper mill-stone. — rapa Tov worapov: note the acc. and ¢f. 751, 3.— 
38. kal... qv, it was impossible to purchase it. —89. ryv Kawidyv... 
otyov, namely the capithe of flour or barley (gen. of material, 743, 4) for 4 
four sigli (758).—41. 8vvarat, is worth, with acc. —43. xpéa éoBlovres: Dy — 
eating (879) jlesh, t.e. on flesh.— Hv... ots: equivalent to jody Ties TolTwy — 
Tay cTaOuay ots, there were some of these marches (748, 6) which, etc. In 
the same way éo7w of signifies simply some (= sunt qui in Lat.). The © 
phrases became fixed and the verb remained in the sing., without regard — 
to the number of the unexpressed subj. Translate jv ofs simply some. — 
The acc. is cognate (732) after frAavvev.— 44. paxpovs: predicate adj.— 
45, omdre BovAorro, whenever he wished. —46. kai Sy wore, and once in 
particular, adding a special fact. — orevoxwplas . . . havévros: gen. absol. — 
(762). The partic. agrees with the nearer subst. —47. rats dydgats Svcmo-~ 
























“a ag “CONDITIONAL RELA TIVE SENTENCES. 
4 te 


ae poveordrous Kat Sechke Trovv kat Hiypyta a Pov- 


379 


60 Tas ToD BapBapixod otparod ouvverBiBalew Tas 
 apagas. 








pevtov, hard for the wagons (769) to get through. —50. erparod: see 
743, 6a. 

__ Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition in this 
‘Reading Lesson (ava-, 21; avti-, 37; amo-, 18, 22, 24, 31, 82; dia-, 14, 15, 
43, 45; év-, 6, 7, 9, 34; e-, 1, 29, 50; én, 28, 88, 47; repr, 27 ; mpo-, 11; 
our, 50), according to the directions Paceiodsty given. 


-—" 


LESSON CXXVI. 


Relative and Temporal Sentences: Conditional Relative, 


811. | EXERCISE. 


n , \ A 

1. btm Soxet tadra, avatewdtw tiv yeipa. 2. TovTous 
Fal \ , is a Bi ick A eae 2 
Tovs otTa0uovs mavu paKpovs HraUVEV, OTTOTE 1) TPOS Vdwp 
Q../ BY \ -~ / \ ? , 
BovrorT0 dtatedXoas 7) Tpos yiACv. 3. eyo yap oKvoiny av 
se: 5 \ nA > / aA Ce A Sol 4 soe ¢ / 

sis TA TAOLa euBaivev & nuiv doin. 4. TH SE Hryemove Te 
a Y Sra KS 81868 5. Ses cuss ’ , yes 
atevooper ov dv Kipos did0. KQl OL OVOL, e7rEL TIS SLOKOL, 
mpodpapsrres éotacav: Kal TaN, émel mAnotalovev ol 
immot, TavTov érolovy. 6. To's mrElaTous eOaryav: ods 
\ ‘ cf , arr 5) / a \ 
pH nipicKxov, Kevotadiov avtois érroincav. T. Td Sé 
my & xX / \ n 
dpi ov av Ernobe treicouar. 8. 6 Te SO adv Tpos TadTa 
Zz oy in 5 an 9 ¢ x > \ eed i‘ 

yn avayyeiNate Sevpo. 9. of & érrel TA Apuata mpoidover, 
atavto. 10. 6T@ otv tadta Soxet Karas exe, émixipa- 
oe \ LSet BY . 
: aro as taxiota. 11. Kal odp ata 6 tt av bén Teicomat. 
12. dé2rov gaperay os o@s én, TOV UAE he 7 Spon 
13. of Sé dvdpes eiciy ot trovobvtes 6 TL dv ev Tals payais 
i f a / la) 
yiyynta. 14. eis ta TrOia Tovs Te dobevodyTas éveBiBacav 
\ . a \ / 5 a* % 
ul TOV OKEVOV Boa py Bayes Hv exewv. 15. as époo ouv 
ros O7rn av Kal bpeebss oUTM THY yvouny éxeTe. 16. erreptre 
ya 9 Bixous olvov, omdte mavy nodvv AGBot. 17. odtivos & 


ae ee ei me 


ee ee eS ee 


always 47. 


380 RELATIVE AND TEMPORAL SENTENCE eee 























dv Sénabe olda bru ds dlrou redEecbe Kipov. 18. & wh 
éBovhero Sodvat, ovx av édwxev. 19. Tro Sé Aowrrov meipo- 
evo TAUTNS THS TAC CIS Bovrevaopeba 6 Te av del kpariar aia 
doxr eivat. 20. ef odv viv dmroderx Dem rivas ypn iyyeiocOar 
TOD TAALGiOU, OVK AV OTOTE OF TroNEULLOL EOOLEV Bovrever Oar ; 
nuas déor. 21. avdpi éxaot@ Swcw révTe apyvpiov mwas, 
érnv eis BaBvrdva jeopev. 22. ovS épet ovdeis @s eyo — 
érretoav amiévat BovrAnTal Tis cvrAdAaB@V avTods KaKOS 
TOL. 4 


812. Relative clauses are to be distinguished according to 
the nature of the antecedent of the relative. a 

a. The antecedent of a relative is either definite or indefinite. It is 
definite when the relative refers to a definite person or thing, or to 
some definite time, place, or manner; it is indefinite when no such | 
definite person, thing, time, place, or manner is referred to. Both 
definite and indefinite antecedents may be either expressed or under- | 
stood. a 

b. A relative clause with an indefinite an toceelet has a conditional — 
force, and is called a conditional relative clause. Its negauivey 7 


c. A conditional relative clause differs from an ordinary condi 
tional clause not in force but only in form. It substitutes for the 
ordinary conditional particle «i, if a relative pronoun or adverb, but 
with the added idea of the person, thing, time, place, or manner con- 
tained in the relative. H.g. in the sentences Bie above 6rq, to whom- 
et ment SGREICBS to et Ti, if to anybody; ; ddre, whenever, in 2, 
to el ore, if ever, a, which, in 3, to ei Tadra, etc. fa 


Review 797, and the observation which precedes it. 
Examine 1, 6, 10, 14, conditional relative sentences of the First 
Class, expressing particular suppositions (I. 1). 


Review 803, and the observation which precedes it. ! 
Examine 13, 22, conditional relative sentences of the First Claas 
expressing present general suppositions (I. 2 a). 


Review 804, and the observation which precedes it. zg 
Examine 2, 5, 9, 12, 16, conditional relative sentences of the First 
Class, expressing past general suppositions (I. 2b). 





















pti al 
Pagtime es ie c ‘ 
= & ‘ pa > Oa “as 
di ecu Peer er Cs 
ee eis, | = 
wee 4 ys 


| mata SENTENCES. 






8. Rule of Syntax. — Conditional relative sentences have 
classes, two (1., II.) containing present and past, and two 
, IV.) containing futwre conditions, which correspond to 
e of ordinary protasis. Class I. has two forms, one (P) 
particular suppositions, the other (2) with general sup- 
ions, either present (a) or past (b). 











814. The following table gives a summary classification 
£f both ordinary conditional and conditional relative sen- 


Present and Pust suppositions implying nothing as to the 
ment of the condition : — 






1 Particular : — 

_ Protasis has ei 

; ~ Conditional relative has relative 
~ Apodosis has 

| Fe Antecedent clause has 


t with indicative. 





‘ any form of the verb. 






2a. Present General : — 

 Protasis has ééy . 

Conditional relative has relative with dy 
_ Apodosis has 


a Antecedent clause has 
: OH 


2b. Past General: — 
’ -Protasis has ei 
_ Conditional relative has relative 


i with subjunctive. 





' present indicative. 


i 2 = 5G 


i with optative. 


' imperfect indicative. 


a‘ 
= : * ; 
OED OT? Pa ee ee ee ee eae ar 


















is riot or was not fulfilled : — : es 


~~ 


cee” Protasis has et ( ? i with past tense of indicative. 
Conditional relative has relative af, 
Apodosis has ‘ past tense of indicative with dv. 
Antecedent clause has + a 


III. Future suppositions in the more vivid form : — 


Protasis has éay 

Conditional relative has relative with dv 
Apodosis has 

Antecedent clause has 


' with subjunctive.? 


‘ any future form. 


IV. Future suppositions in the less vivid form :— 
oe : fo ; with optative. a 
Conditional relative has relative zr 
Apodosis has 
Antecedent clause has 


~ 


‘ optative with ay. 


815. EXERCISE. 


1. But we must suffer whatever shall seem best to the gods. 

2. And I should fear to follow the guide whom he might si =) 
us. 38. But if anybody shall hinder us from our journey, we 
shall fight it out with him? as bravely as possible? 4. He (is) 
a worthy friend, to whomsoever he is a friend. 5. But I grant i 
you, said he, whichever you wish to choose. 6. And in co “ 
pany with you I shall be in honour wherever I shall be. 7. He 
hunted on horseback, whenever he wished to exercise himself, 
8. Whenever anybody wished to go away, he permitted 1a 
9. And whenever it was necessary to cross a bridge, each com- 
pany hastened. 10. (Those) who® were not able to escape 
perished. 11. Whatever® arrows were taken were useful to the 
bowmen. 12. Whenever it shall be (the) proper time, I will come. 


oe. ee oo ey eee el el ey 


~ 


. eae” 


1 See p. 3751. £ Of. 811, 22 above. 
2 Use odtos, and see 773. 5 Use Bins 
3 Lit., as we shall be able most 6 Lit., how many (use érédaos) of 


bravely. the arrows (748, 6 a) 






















READING LESSON. 


LESSON CXXVITI. 
Reading Lesson. 


2 816. Anapasis I. vy. 8-13. 


| The work progresses slowly, and Cyrus bids the noblest of the Per- 
ve sians about him to lay hold. With splendid discipline, they instantly 
obey (8). The march of Cyrus across the desert has been rapid, for 
_ he hopes by a quick and vigorous attack to take the king at a disad- 
_ vantage (9). On the way the soldiers cross the Euphrates, on rafts 
_ made of skins, to Charmande, where they purchase food and wine (10). 

‘Here a dispute arises between the troops of Clearchus and Menon, 
and Clearchus narrowly escapes being killed (11, 12). Greatly in- 
-censed, he calls his men to arms, and advances against Menon’s divis- 
‘ion, who are thrown into consternation by his attack (13). 

= : 
€mel O €ddKOUY avT@ oXohatws TOLELY, BET 8 


Spyi éxéhevoe Tovs Tept avrdov Ilépoas Tovs 
expatiatous cuvemiomevoa, Tas audéas. evla oy 
BNEpos T. TS evTakias Hv OcacacAa. paypavres 
5 yap TOUS Topdupods KaVvOUS OTOU ETUXEV EKATTOS 
: coTNKGS, tevTo domep Gv dpduor Tus mept viens 
Kal pada Kara rpavods yndddov, éxovres tovrous 
TE TOUS ToNvTEXES Xuravas Kal Tas Toukiias ava- 
—— Supib8as, € evior O€ Kal oTpemrovs mept TOUS TPaX')- 
1 ows Kal Wedva wept Tats xepowy: evOds dé abv 
 -rovrous clomndyoavres eis Tov TyOV Oarrov } as 


a 





1. dowep épyq, just as if in anger (775). —6. domep. . . vixns, just as 
7 ‘one would run (i.e. in a foot-race at the public games) to get the victory. 
—7. Kol poda... yndrchov, even down a very (udra) steep hill. = txovres 
_... GdvagupiSas, having on both the costly tunics and coloured trousers 
which they are in the habit of wearing. rotrovs marks the dress as one 
well known. —11, Qérrov.. . dv gero, more quickly than (omit és, as, in 


ee a a ee 


ae fom 





Ae 2 he ad Nh ‘as 


384 READING LESSON. 































5.) ke , 3 , oS Sie he PO 
Tis GY WETO peETEwpous ELeKouLoaY Tas apaéas. 
% \ , A » A e , A 
TO 5€ ctptav Snos Hv Kdpos ws omevdwrv tacav 9 
\ e ~ \ 3 £ 4 A > - ae 
TV Oddov Kat od SiaTpLBav dmrov py EmioiTLTLoD 
Y 54 4 3 i $-* , / 

15 eveka 1 TWoOS aAAOV avayKaiov exalleTo, vopilar, 
dow pev Oarrov €or, Toro’T@ amrapacKevoTepw — 
Baciret payetoba, dom dé ayodairepov, TorovTw 
mr€ov cuvayeiperOar Baoitet orparevpa. Kal 
ouvidew O° Hv TO mpooexXovrt TOV voUY 7H Baothéus 

20 apxi) mdi Geu pep Xopas Kat madi ioyupa 
ovoa, Tos O€ pHKeor TOV GOdv Kal T@ Sveomd-— 


. 


ofa. Tas cumattseles aodanijs, el Tis Oud TAaYéwY TOV 
mohejoy © émoueiTo. mépav dé Tov Evpparov TOTO- 10 
pov KaTa TOUS <pryeovs aoTabwovs Hv mots evdai-- 
23 “ov Kal peyady, ovowa d€ Xapudvdn: ek ravrns 
ol oTpaTiadra, yydpalov ta émurydera, TyEdLats 


English) one would have thought. This indic. with ay expresses past pos- 
sibility, and is called the potential indic. — 12. peredpous eexopicav: 7.¢. 
lifted and carried out. —13. SiAos.. . omev8wv, Cyrus himself (és with 
the partic.) showed that he was making haste. —14. 6S0v: see 735. — od 
StarpiBov: with S4r0s jv, it was evident he did not delay. — mov pa, 
except where, lit. where not.—16. dow... dmapackevotépw, the (dow) more 
quickly he came (to Babylon) the (rocovrw) less prepared, etc. —17. To- 
couTm... orpatevpa, the greater the army that was collecting for the 
king. Note the tense of cuvayelpecOai, expressing an action in progress. — 
18. Kol... otoa, and further (kat) an attentive observer (7G .. . Tov vooy, 
771) Eid see that the king’s empire was powerful in respect to extent 
of territory and number of inhabitants. ovvdezv is introduced as subj. 
of jv, tt as possible to see, and the natural const. to follow would be rhy 
&pxhy icxipay odcay (p. 250°). But after rbv voov the writer’s point of 
view changes, and the rest of the sentence is constructed as if for cuvmdety 
qv the nearly equivalent 54An jv (cf. 1. 13) had been used. —20. awAnOer: 
a dat. of manner (775) used to express the respect. —21. r& Steomdc Oar: 
pf. infin. used with the art. as a subst. in the dat., like rAf@e above. 
22. Suvdpes: subj. of dieomdcba.—el.. . éworetro: i.¢. in case of a Vig- 


— 
« 





ee 






READING LESSON. 385 


. | - 3 

SiaBaivorres He. SidOepas as elyov oreydopara 
ériumracay xdptov Kovdov, ira ouvyyov Kat 
ouweoTer, os py anterOar THs Kdpdys 7d Vdwp* 
80 emt rovTwy S.1€Bawov Kai éhapBavov Ta émury¥Seca, 
oivév te Ex THS Badavou Terompevor THs ard TOD 
4 a= N A ? A la) XN Ss 3 a 
—s oivikos Kat otrov pedivys TovTo yap nv év TH 
| = : 9 , an la 
_——-«x@pa mretorov. aydireEdvrwrv dé tu évtradOa Tov 11 
Te TOV Mévwvos oTpatwrav Kat TOY TOU Khedp- 
_ 35 you, 0 Kiéapyos Kpivas aducety Tov ToD Mévavos 

myynyas evéBarev: 6 dé éMav mpds Td éavrod 
ss atparevpa eheyey* adkovoarres S€ of otpaTiorar 
> , \ 3 Y <l > - la A 4 
€xaherawov kat apyilovto tayupas TO Khedpyo. 
«tH :8€ airy Hepa Kdéapyos ehOav émt rip Sid- 12 
— 40 Baow Tov Totamov Kal éxel KatarKesdpevos THY 
Ss E) aS , ek a ee A N 4 A 
—s- Gyopay adimmever Et THY EavTOY oKnviy Sia TOD 
—  Mévavos orpatedpuaros abv bdiyous Tots wept ad- 

Cae =~ \ =f @ E) 2» , 

Tov* Kupos d€ ovaw fkev, add’ ere mpoorAavve 

A A , A 4 ta e 
tav 6€ Mévavos otpatiwtav Evra oyilav Tis ws 
x > , , @ A 9 & 3 Q 

4% ide Kiéapyov Sdiehavvovta, tnow rH agin’ Kat 

. ged ad y! > ~ oe e y \ / ‘ 
_~—s-OvTOS prev avTOD yuaprev* aAdos dé AiOw Kai 
f ¥ iy A 
ahhos, €ita woddoi, Kpavyns yevouerns. 6 6€18 
Katadevyer €ls TO EavTOU oTpdTevpa, Kal EdOds 





orous attack. — 27. SipOépas, xdprov: see 749. — oreydopara, as coverings 
wy 16).—29. ds pj dwreoPor: the infin. with és (as with éore) expresses 
result. — dps : see 746. —31. ék, daro: respectively out of, off of. — 
| q 82. rotTo... mreiorov, for this (thing) was very abundant in the coun- 
try. rovro is neut., although referring to weAtvns. — 33. dudireédvrov tH, 
having had some iibpiite (732). — 385. dducety. . . Mévavos, that Menon’s 
soldier (probably two soldiers, one of Reto: the other of eras 
had begun the quarrel) was in the wrong (354).— 42. wiv... adrev, with 
_ few about him, lit. with those about him few, drtyos being a ted adj. — 
46. avrov: see 746.—XlOw: sc. tno. —48. Karadhevya, flees for help. — 








tie ea! | 


nail 
; ‘ 


ae? toe 




















* a 
a 


“FP 2? a Nnaeeae 
386 RELATIVE AND TEMPORAL SENTENCES. * 
, 3 . ¢ vor ‘ \ x et \ 2 en 
Tapayyedder €ls Ta OAM’ KaL TOUS pev OTAL- 

- nA A Si — 

50 TAS avTOD exéhevo|E petvaL TAS aomidas mpos TA — 

4 06 S02 aN oe Xr x \ “ ‘\ 
yovara O&ras, avTos 0€ AaBav Tovs Opakas Kat 
Tovs imméas, ol Yoav a’T@ Ev TH OTpaTEvpaTt 
mhelous  TeTTapdKovta, TovTwY dé ob WetoToL 

A 4 ae * fe 4 > = - 
Opaxes, nNavvev ett Tovs Mevawvos, WoT EKELVOUS 
3 A Q oes ? *N ld ESS 
5 éexmeTANYOaL Kat avTov Mévava, Kat TpEXEL Em 
Ta OmA\a’ ob O€ Kal eoTacay amopouYTES TH 

4 

TPAy Late. 
Eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeEeeEeEeeeeeeeeeeeeEeEeEEEEeEeeeeeEeeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEEeEee—eEEOeee a 
50. ras dowiSas... Oévras: an attitude of defence. The shield was set in 
rest on the left knee, which was slightly advanced. — 54. dot’ éxelvous — 


éxretrAnX Oar: cf. 553, I. 19.— 56. trracav: see 697.— 57. mpaypari: dat. © 
of cause (775). a 


Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition in this ~ 
Reading Lesson (augr-, 838; do-, 41; d.a-, 21, 27, 80, 45; cio-, 11; év-, 
06; éé-, 12, 55; ém-, 33; Kara-, 15, 40, 48; mapa-,49; mpoo-, 19, 438; ouv-, 
3, 18, 19, 28, 29), according to the directions previa given. 


LESSON CXXVIII. 


Relative and Temperal Sentences: Relative Clauses expressing Pur- | 
pose, Result, or Cause, and Temporal Particles signifying Until and 
Before. — Consecutive Clauses with wore. > 


é 
— 


817. EXERCISE. 


1. ovror éridow &ws dv TO civOnua mapérdOn. 2. Kat 
} pajtnp ovvérparrev avTo TadTa* wate Bacireds THY TMpdsS 
éauTov émiBovarrpy ovk noOdveto. 8. ovdapudbev adtods adie- 
cav mpl mapabeiev dpictov. 4. écovtar omovdal, pméypt 
av Baotret tadta SiayyerOn. 5. iryewova aitdpev Kipov, 
botis Sua pirids THs ywpas amdée. 6. &ws of ThelaroL 






RELATIVE CLAUSES. 387 


, > Sr e f= 3 5 \ 22 a eX, 
9 e * 

yvopnv amepynvavto, novyiav av jyov. T. Kai éay éyw 
/ a n an 
haivopar adicetv, ov ypn pe évOévde amedOeiv tplv dv bo 
Sixnv. 8. Kab yiyvetar TocovTOy peTakd TOV oTpaTEvMAaTOV 

4 a / 5) > / ¢ , e U 
@oTe TH VoTEpala ovK epdvncay oi TroAguLoL. Y. aryewoves 

Cg ein ee - 

HKovolW ov Upuas, €av orrovdal yévwvTat, aEovowv EvOev &EeTE 
«ta émutndera. 10. adda dvatpipw ear’ av Hewow ot ayye 
‘ov. 11. dtoma Réyes, bs ye Kerevers eue KabnyeicOar. 
«12. avdpl éxdotro Sacer Tov picOov évTedH péypt dv Kata- 
otnon Tovs “EXAnvas eis “lwviay maduv. 18. azo Tod Tpitouv 

. n p 
a , \ / = n La) 
_- ynrodovu ov« éxtvnoav Tos oTpaTi@Tas Tplv amo Ths SeEvas 

‘ a L 

mAeupas TOU TAaiciov avyyayov TEeATAGTAS Tpos TO dpos. 
14. tis ottw paiveras batts ov BovrAETat cou diros eEivat ; 
15. odx aicxiverde, oitiwes Huas mpodedwxdtes ody Tots 
monemios eb nuas épyec0e; 16. Kat rwapynyayov év tpiow 

ay Pe 
, td e 
nuepas Ews él Ta Opia Katéotncay Tors “EXAnvas. IT. o 
dé Krdapyos icyipas Karérewev, ote Suerrpaéatro wévTe mev 

bo 
\ ce 7 ‘ be ~ ¥ 18 Q an 
oTpatnyous iévat, eikoot’ dé AoXaYoUs. . Kab TON MOV 
dueyévero KrYéapyos péypt Kopos éde70n tod otpatevpma- 
p 

\ li 

tos. 19. éxdorote trepiepévopev Ews BactrgEvs trapedavvot. 
3 A x a 

20. Suateroinvy av rorceuav &ws tas vais tTapadoincav. 
21. mdvras otTw dvatiOels ameréwreto Hote av’T@ waddov 
 dhirovs eivat 7) Bacire?. 22. twas ypn SiaBhvar Tov Tota- 
prov mplv dhrov eivas 6 te of AXAOL” EXANVes atroKpivodvTat. 


are 


XL a 
23. éay Kadds xatarpatw éf & otTpatevopuat, ov mpocev 
an , 
Tavoomat Tply av vas KaTayayw olKace. 


Examine the relative clauses in 5, 9 (two illustrations). 

Observe that these clauses express purpose and have the fut. 
 indic. 

818. Rule of Syntax. — The relative with the future indica- 
tive may express a purpose. 


Examine the relative clause in 14. 
Observe that this clause expresses result and has the indicative 
with ov. 









888 CLAUSES WITH és, éote, péxpt, AND dote. — 


819. Rule of Syntax.— The relative, generally with the 
indicative, may express a result. The negative is ov. 


a 


ree 


Examine the relative clauses in 11, 15. 

Observe that these clauses express cause and have the indicative. 

820. Rule of Syntax.— A relative clause may express a — 
cause. ‘The verb is in the indicative, as in causal sentences 
Dipl). 


Examine the temporal clauses in 16, 17, 18. 
Observe that these clauses are introduced by temporal particles _ 
meaning until, that they refer to the past, and have the indicative. : 
821. Rule of Syntax. — When éws, gore, and péxpt, until, refer 
to a definite past action, they take the indicative, usually the © 
aorist. 


Examine the temporal clauses in 1, 4, 6, 10, 12, 19, 20. 

Observe that these clauses follow the construction of conditional — 
relative sentences. 

822. Rule of Syntax.— The particles éws, gore, and péypt, 
until, follow the construction of conditional relatives in both 
forms of future conditions, in unfulfilled conditions, and in ~ 
present and past general suppositions. 


Examine the clauses with zpiv in 3, 7, 18, 22, 23. 
823. Rule of Syntax.— The particle zpiv, before, until, is 
followed by the infinitive, and also (like éws) by the finite — 
moods. | 


a. With the infinitive zp/v means before, and the leading clause is — 
affirmative. With the finite moods zpiv means before or until, and the 
leading verb is negative or implies a negative. 






Examine the consecutive clauses with wore in 2, 8, 21. 
824. Rule of Syntax. — dore, so as, so that, is used with the 
infinitive and with the indicative to express a result. 4 
a. With the infin. (the negative being py), the result is stated as — 
one which the action of the leading verb tends to produce; with the 
indicative (the negative being ov), as one which that action actually 
does produce. 





READING LESSON. 889 © 


* 825. EXERCISE. 


1. They waited until the men left the city. 2. They are 


getting arms together with which to defend themselves. 


‘ 
>» 


8. Let the truce be in force until I come. 4. He had not 


come; so that the Greeks were anxious. 5. He was not will- 
_ ing to go, until his wife persuaded him. 6. They command 


the heralds to wait until the general shall be at leisure. 
7. But the rest of the soldiers struck’ and stoned and reviled 
the man until they compelled (him) to take’ his shield and 


; proceed. 8. Generals have come to collect an army for Cyrus. 


9. When they had heard this, they obeyed and crossed before 
the rest made answer. 10. He will not stop fighting against 
his opponents until he has consulted with you. 11. You are 


_ happy, since you have ancestral gods. 12. For I have tri- 


_ remes, so as to capture their boat. 13. I shall delay in Sardis 


until the general arrives. 14. If I had known this, I should 
have waited until the general had arrived. 15. We will go 
forward until we join Cyrus. 


LESSON CXXIX. 


Reading Lesson. 


826. Awapasis I. v. 14-17 and vi. 1-5. 


Proxenus comes up and endeavours to persuade Clearchus not to 


make an attack (15). Then Cyrus comes (16), and in sharp and 
_ vigorous language shows the Greeks the folly and danger of a quar- 





ae ee: — ‘ ‘ 
- = ¥ 
vy 8 
Be a 


rel (16). Clearchus comes to his senses, and withdraws his troops (17). 
As the army advances, traces of the king’s cavalry are observed. 
Orontas, a Persian noble, turning traitor to Cyrus, offers to go for- 
ward with a thousand horse and cut off the cavalry that are laying 


_ the country waste by fire. To this Cyrus consents (1,2). Orontas 


1 Use the historical pres. 2 Use the partic. 





ae 


* 390 . READING LESSON. 


a @ > , 5) \ , \ , , 
10 oTav Kev EhavvwY Ets TO HETOE KOU Acyet TAOE. 












then writes to the king, saying that he intends to desert with his 3 
command. But his messenger betrays him and carries the letter to 
Cyrus. He arrests the traitor and summons seven Persian noblemen 
and Clearchus to his tent to try him (8, 4). Clearchus altaya 
relates how the trial was conducted (5). : 
Wa 
6 dé IIpdevos (ervye yap voTepos mpooiwy Kal 14 
, > nA e , A e - oA 2AX > ry N 
TaELS AUT@ Eropevn TOV OTAiTaV) EvOdS ody Eis TO 
? b) , + » Noe ABS Qo rs 
péoov audotépav aywv cero Ta Oma Kal €dEtTO 
Tov KXedpyov pr) moely TavTa. 6 0 éyadémawer 
5 6Tu avTov dXtyou Seyoavtos KatakevoOnvar Tpdws 
héyou TO avtov mabos, éxéhevo€é TE avTov ek TOD 
l4 Cmts 
3 eSiorac Gan. év TovTm O€ emer Kal Kdpos 15 
Kat é7vlero 76 TPO evOds chaBe Ta TANTA 


els Tas KEtpas Kab ovUv TOUS TAPOVL TOV ITt- 


Kvéapye Kat Tpdceve Kat ot GAOL of tapdvTes 16 
“EdAgves, OUK LOTE O TL TOLELTE. El Yap TWA ue 
hows paynv cuvarere, vomilere ev THOE TH HMEpa 
éué Te KataxekowerOar Kal vas ov TOAD e“ov 
15 vaTEpov "  KaKOS yap TOV NmeTepwv EX OVT@V 
TAVTES OUTOL OVS ek: BapBapor Tohepudrepor 
nw exovTar TOV Tapa Baie OvT@V. aKovaaS 17 
Tavta 6 K\éapxos év éeauT@ eyéveTo* Kal Tavod- A , 


* 
“ah 


prevor Guddtepor Kara yopav eVevto Ta Oma. — 





1. Gruxe ... mpoorwv, happened to be coming on later (p. 250%).— 
2. rags: sc. Zrvyev. —ovv: resumes the narrative, after the parenthetical q 
statement.— 5. dru... A€you, because, when he (i.e. Clearchus) had barely r 
escaped, lit. had wanted little (749) of (762), being stoned to death, he had — 
spoken lightly. —12. et cvvaere: see p. 3751.— 14. karaxexoperOar: cf. 
553, I. 22. — 15. wands éxdvrov: equivalent to éav ta juérepa kaka@s exp. 
See 762 and p. 10429, ; 






READING LESSON. 391 


VI. 
9 A oo? > , ¥ y \ 
2 evrevley mpoidvTwy eédaivero iyvy imTov Kal 1 
= , is aA 9 o ¢e , e -\ 7 
q Kémpos* eikdlero 8 evar 6 oriBos ws diryidiov 
immov. ovTOL mpolovTes EKGOV Kal XiAOV Kal El TL 
Gio xpyowov jv. “Opdvtas dé Ilépans avyp 
, , A \ Q , , 
yever Te TpooHKav Baciret Kal TA ToAeuLa AEyo- 
b) ™~ Sey 2 a 3 , Z 
pevos €v Tots apiotous Ilepowy émiBovdever Kupa, 


‘\ - aq 
kat mpoclev Toreunoas, Katahdayels dé. obros 2 
> an € - = 
. Kipo eizev, ei ait@ Soin imméas xidiovs, ort TOUS 
. mpokataKkaovras tmméas 7) Kataxdvo. ay évedpev- 
- a \ - pag! x 4 N £ 
oas } Lavras Toddovs avTav av €dou Kal KwAvoELE 
£ 9 
30 TOU Kael EmLOVTAS, Kal TOLWTELEY WOTE [LNTOTE 
ov 0 > ‘ Loo XN 3 4 
vvaolat avtovs woovtas TO Kupov o7pateupa 
La) 5 “A A de - 5 , 
Baowle duayyethar. to d€ Kipm akovoavte 
A 3Q / > /, S N 3-47 PN 
TavTa eddKer Media eEivat, KaL EKEAEVTEV AUTOV 
hapBovew pépos wap Exdorov Tay yyenovar. 0 8 
2 J i U x r 
35 8 “Opdvras vopioas éroipous eivar avT@ Tous 
4 a= 4, b) ‘\ \ sn 9 y 
taméas ypade emurtohny mapa Baoréa ore n§or 
¥ ¢€ a7 ¢ x Ov, , - 3 \ , 
éxov imméas was Gy dvvntat mAELaTOUS* adda ppa- 
_ ae ne a > 2 € , a-ak 
fi oat TOLS EavTOU immevow Exédevey ws didvov avrov 
trodeverOar. evnv dé év TH emiaToOAH Kat THS 
X Eee i n 2 
4 = c v4 ‘\ a , 
40 mpdalev didias vropvypata Kal TidTEws. Tav- 





20. évredOev: from the camp opposite Charmande. — mpoidvrav: sc. 
abrav (762). —24. yéver: of. 816, 20.— ra todépia Acyopevos, reckoned, in 
matters pertaining to war (783). — 27. el avre Soly: the apodosis to this 
protasis (300) contains four verbs. The particle & is expressed with the 
first two and is to be supplied with the others. —6étv: the position is 
unusual. We should expect to find ér: just after c?rev. —30. tov Kaew 
émovras, from attacking (émdvras limits the subj. of naev) and burning 
(753). — dere pryrore Sivacbar: see 824 a. — 33. radra: subj. of eddner. 
— 34. rjyepovev: é.¢c. the Persian commanders. — 36. dtu... wAelorous, 
(to the effect) that he would come with as many horsemen as he should be 









ee 392 INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 


Me) as ees 3) Se 
TY THY EmiaTOAHY Oldwot TLTT@ aVOpl, @S METO* 
6 d€ AaBav Kipw Sidwow. dvayvods d€ avTyv 6 4 

Ra is 
A = ' = > 
Kupos ovdhapBavea “Opdvrav, kat ovyKkade ets 
| THY é€avTov oKnviv Ilépoas Tovs apiotous Tov 
\ PS e , N \ al e id 
45 mept avTov emTd, Kal Tos TOV EAHVaV oTpary- 
\ 4 os 4 e f= 3 A , be Aé. A 

, yous é€xédevey OTrAitas ayayelv, TovTous b€ Déc bar 

| T2 Oma wept THY avTOU oKynVHY. ot S€ TadTa 

etoincav, ayayovTes ws Tpiayxidiovs Omdiras. 
Kvéapyov 6€ Kai etow Tapexadeoe ovp,Bovdor, os 5 

RIB hn \ ee. 250 asik 

: 50 ye Kal avT@ Kal TOLs aAdoLS EdOKEL TpOTYUNUHVaL 

pddiora tov “EdAjvev. éret O° e&hOev, e&yy- 

“A ? \ , a > , = @ 3 a 
yee Tois dios THY Kpiow Tov “OpdvTa ws eye- 

VeTO* OV yap amoppynTov nv. edn dé Kdpov - 









¥ A , a 

apyew TOU Adyou woe. 
able (to come with), i.e. with as many as possible. — 50. kal aire kal rots 
GAXots, not only to him (i.e. Cyrus) but also to the rest (i.e. of the Per- 
sians). That is, it was generally known to the Persians that Clearchus 
was the most prominent (note mpotiunéjva) man among the Greeks. — 
51. trav “EdAyvev: with uddiwra (748, 6 a). — 53. 0d ydp daroppyrov Hv: 7.¢. 


ws 7 plows eyévero. 


ag 


Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition in this _ 
Reading Lesson (dva-, 42; Sia-, 82; év-, 28, 39; é¢, 7, 51 (bis); em-, 7, 
25, 80; nata-, 5, 14, 26, 28 (bis) ; mapa-, 9, 11, 49; mpo-, 20, 22, 28, 50; — 
mpoo-, 1, 24; cuv-, 13, 48 (bis); bro-, 89), according to the directions pre-_ 
viously given. 4 


LESSON CXXxX. 


Indirect Discourse: Simple Sentences after 67. and os and in 
Indirect Questions. 


827. Examine the following : — 


ypadw émioroAnv, I am writing a letter; réye dru (Or as) rodiber 
ériatoAnv, he says that he ts writing a letter. 










SIMPLE SENTENCES. 393 


at Bovr\geobe ; what do you want? épwre ri (or 6 te) BovrAecbe, he 

a asks what you want. 

 tienrw; what shall I say? dope ri (or 6 tr) etry, he ts at a loss 
what to say. 

Observe in these examples that a simple sentence, in the form of a 
statement or question, is quoted indirectly, i.e. that its original words 
are made to conform to the construction of the sentence in which they 

are quoted. This involves in some of these examples a change in 

the person of the verb of the quoted sentence. Whether the person 

changes or not depends on the connexion, as in English. It involves 

also the use of 6ért or ws, that, to introduce the indirect quotation and 

may involve a change of the interrogative pronoun to the general 
_ relative (570) in the indirect question. 


828. Examine the following : — 

edetev ott (OF ws) ypador émiaroAnv, he said that he was writing a 
letter. 

HpeTyce Ti (Or 6 Tr) Bovrowwbe, he asked what you wanted. 

Hrope ti (OF 6 TL) Eizo, he was at a loss what to say. 

Observe that now, with a change of the verb in the principal clause 
from a primary to a secondary tense (61), the mood of the verb of the 
indirect quotation or question has changed to the optative, but that 
the tense remains unchanged. 

: 829. ~~ EXERCISE. 

1. rovt@ relcopat, iva eidfre btu Kal apyecOat éricta- 
pat. 2. adda lovtav, eiddtes BTL Kaxtovs eiol Tepl Huds 
U) npeis Tept éxeivous. 8. @oTe wpa éoth réyety 6 TL TIS 
yiyvonKet dpiorov eivat. 4. Bovrctomuar brrws ce atrodpa. 
5. Soxel O€ pou Nuas éparay Kdpov ti Bovrerat sty XPS 
6. ove éyw* 6 Ti 80 Exdotm THY dirwv. T. atroxptveTat 
bre tadr’ av érrolncev pds iddv.2 8. réyer ws Tepl Tel- 
oTov av ToLncaito cHoat nuds. 9. érredeixvd ws evnOes ein 






1In the original, més ce dmodpa; 2 Ido not know. 
8 Equivalent to ei cide (379). 


ose 


oF 6 ee ee ee ee 


























394 . INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 


Hryenova aireiv. 10. bru 88 err Bacihea diryou ovSe evtadOa — 
HKoucev ovde’s. 11. npdtwv Kipov ri Bovrovro TH oTpaTiad 
ypioOa. 12. ra émitndera jrdpouv omdbev KapPdvovev 
13. eizrov btt odtw cawrnpias av Tvyorev. 14. 0 8 arrexpi- 
vato 6Tt axoves ABpoxopmav ért to Kighparn moray eivat. 
15. rots 58 otpatimtais browia jv bre Kdpos dyer mpos — 
Baotréa. 16. S:éBnoav tov rotapov mpiv Shrov civat 6 Te 
06 Gddor “EXXnves arroxpwodvrar Ktpo. 17. jropodmev eb 
Kataxatowpev Tas dudtds. 18. dié8arre tov Kopov pos 
TOV adeAdhov ws émuBovrctor avT@. 19. SuAAOE Adyos Ore 
Si@Kkot avtovs Kipos tpujpecr. 20. Mévwv dé, mpiv dArov 
elvat TL Troljoovoly ol aANOL OTpAaTLOTAL, TOTEpoY E\povTaL 
Kip@ 7) ov, cvvére£e TO avTov oTpaTevpa yopls TOV a\rov. 
21. 6 ayyeros reFev Ste AeAXouTTaS ein Yvévvecis TA Akpa. — 
22. of 5é Qawaxnvol éreyov btt o’tarof ovTOS 0 ToTAMOS 
SiaBaris yévorro reth ef pr Tore. 23. jodrov ei Soiev dv — 
ToUTwy Ta miata. 24. Kai Kodpos édreyev bre % Od05 EoovTo 
mpos Bacthéd péyav eis BaBudXova. 25. Kal ovmote épet — 
ovdeis as eyh mpodors buds tiv Tov BapBdpav diriav — 
eihounv. 26. éyvm ott od Suvyjcetat Tos otpati@Tas Bid- — 
cacbar iva. 27. &vOa &) of “EXAnves éyvacav 6Tt Tral- 
a.ov iodrdeupov rovnpa tdéis ein. 28. éBovdevovto ef TA 
axevopopa évtavOa dyowTo %) arrioev él TO oTpaTOTeEdoV. — 
29. éBda kal BapBapixds xal‘EXAnuixds Ott Bacireds civ — 
OTPATEVMATL TOAN@ TpocépYETat. 


In examining the sentences cited below, convert each indirect quo- 
tation and question into its original Greek form. 


Examine the indirect quotations and questions in 1, 2, 3, 5, 25. aA 
Observe that each of these follows a verb in a primary tense, and — 
retains its own verb in its original mood (the indicative without dv) 
and tense. ) 





1 In the original, ré@ev AauBdvwper ; 























Bee . ae eo eer ee Saal ye 
’ fh Reet ? 
a 
a ees e _ SIMPLE SENTENCES. — 895 


"i os that in , i Rpra these Seg ett into Ragin we use a 
“past tense of the indicative, or, if they refer to the future, a form 
4 with would. 


‘ 


_ Examine the indirect quotations and questions in 14, 15, 16, 
20, 26, 29. 

Observe that each callow a verb in a secondary tense, but retains 
_ its verb in its original mood (the indicative without dv) and tense. 
.. that we translate the quoted verbs as if optatives (see 
; ~ $30. Rule of Syntax. — After a primary tense, an indica- 
Lt ive (without ay), in indirect quotations after dr and os and 
in indirect questions, retains both its mood and its tense. 


ense of the optative or retained in the original mood and 
| P g 
Et vu 0 n Se. 


rn, 
_ Examine the indirect questions in 4, 6. 

es Observe that each follows a primary tense and retains its own verb 

in its original mood (785) and tense. 


Examine the indirect questions in 12, 28. 
_ Observe that each follows a secondary tense, and that its verb has 
nee een changed from the subjunctive (785) to the optative, but that the 


fou n se of its verb remains unchanged. 


PP icariine the indirect question in 17. 

_ Observe that this follows a secondary tense, but retains its verb in 
‘i ts original mood (785) and tense. 

$31. Rule of Syntax. — After a primary tense, an interrog- 
ative subjunctive, when indirectly quoted, retains both its 
mood and its tense. After a secondary tense, it is either 
changed to the same tense of the optative or retained in the 
same e tense of the subjunctive. 


oe 


é é 
ae. a. sey | 


= a YP 
ri i ‘ 4 “~ Te kee 
Cay id oa ras Mm ioe (ae, 
ates i i ea At. oe ae 
- 


A ter a secondary tense, it is either changed to the same _ 


F * 
a8 we 
uit iP 


i ae 


396 ; INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 


























Examine the indirect quotations and question in 7, 8, 13, 23. 
Observe that each retains its verb in the original mood and tense — 
(an indicative or an optative with dv), whether the verb which it fol- 
lows is primary or secondary. 


832. Rule of Syntax.— After both primary and sectidareas = 
tenses, an indicative or optative with dv, in indirect quotations — 
with dru or ws and in indirect questions, retains both its mood 
and its tense (with dy). 


~— 


833. EXERCISE.! 


1. I said that we had many fair? hopes of safety. 2. But 
he answered that he had deliberated with respect to this. — 
3. For they now knew that he was leading (them) against his — 
brother. 4. And he shouted that the king was coming on — 
with a great army. 5. For the satrap said that Cyrus had 
plotted against the king. 6. But they deliberated how ® they 5 
should drive the men away from the hill. 7 He asked — 
whither he should turn. 8. They knew that their fear was — 
groundless. 9. He said that he would arrest him and put 
(him) to death. 10. But he did not indicate what he would ~ 
do. 11. But he was deliberating whether‘ they should send — 
some, or* should all go to the camp. 12. And (on) being asked | 
what he needed, he said, “TI shall need two thousand sepa 4 
bags.” 13. They were at a loss what they should call this. 
14. For they perceived that the enemy were among the veal 
gage. 15. Thereupon he answered that they would® die 
sooner than give up their arms. 16. Silanus said to Cyrus — 
that the king would not fight within ten days. 


1In translating these sentences in English a change of tense is the 
into Greek, determine first of all rule after secondary tenses. 
what the quoted sentence would be 2many and fair. 
in the direct form in English, so as TOS. 
to get the original tense. In Greek 4 Cf. 829, 28. 
the tense does not change when the 5 The original affirmation ve 
sentence is indirectly quoted, but mpdo@ev dv dmroPdvomer, etc. 


Mery ee 







READING LESSON. “" 1SGe 


LESSON CXXXI. 


Reading Lesson, 


834. | AnaBasis I, vi. 6-11. 


Cyrus, addressing the council, tells how Orontas on two previous 
occasions proved false to him, but was again received into favour (6, 7). 
He then asks the prisoner if he has received any injury from him that 
would justify his present attempt. Orontas acknowledges that he has 


not, and that he has no reason to expect further mercy (8). Cyrus 
‘then refers the case to those present, and Clearchus advises that the 
culprit be put to death, in which opinion the others concur, and Oron- 
_ tas is led away (9,10). He is taken to the tent of Artapates, and is 
_ hever seen again, alive or dead (11). 


VI. 
Tlapexdheoa vpas, avdpes hiror, das ody vp 6 
‘ , 4 , le > XN NN ~ A 
Bovdevopevos, 6 Tt Sikaudv éote Kat mpos Dewy Kat 
\ > ¥, la) £ \ 3 , 
mpos avOpadmav, rovtro mpagw mept “Opdv7ov Tov- 
£ la 
Tovl. TovTOY yap TPaToOV pev 6 Eds TaTHp €dw- 
¢ v4 > > v4 > ~ \ 4 ¢ y 
5 Kev UmTHKOOV Ewar emot eel S€é TaxOeEls, as Epy 
rd en: a 3s A 3 A a 3 , 
GvUTOS, Ud TOD E“ovd adehov ovTOS éemoheunoeV 
is “erage a5 3. ag \. Sse 
€“ol exav tH €v Yapdeow akpoToAW Kal eyw 
5, Af A bd] we. Y / , 
airov mpoomoenav emoinoa wate doar TovT@ 
Leal > 3 A , , XN s e 
TOU Tpos ewe Todcuov TavoacOa, Kat defvay eda- 


3. rovrout: the demonstratives may be emphasized by adding -7. The 


_ strengthened form implies a gesture, Orontas here.— 6. avros: simply em- 







phasizes (516) the subj. of %p7, which is here to be rendered by an emphatic 
he. Cyrus discredits the statement. — 7. kal éyd érolynoa, and I brought 
it about, dependent on éref in}. 5. The principal clause begins with pera 
radra inl. 10. —8. avrdv: not the obj. of mpoomoAeuav, which takes the 
dat. Cyrus began to say éye abrdy (him, emphatic) rpoomorAcuav (partic. 
of manner) érofnoa Tod mpds gut wodrduov matcacba: (airdy being subj. of 


' # 
 gatoacba), but changed the construction, so that abréy seems to stand 
| 


) 


* 
« 





; 












898 READING LESSON. 


\ A a 9 soo » Nae 
10 Bov Kai édwKa, wera Tadta, Eby, @ ‘Opdvta, EoTwT 
9 297 2 z Y x , \ ees 
6 TL OE HOlknoa; amEeKpWwaTo OTL OV. Madu OE O- 
Ktpos ypoéta, OvKow voTEpor, ws avTos OV Opmo- — 
A A L 
hoyets ovdev Um’ Euov adiKOvpEVos, ATOGTAS Els 
Mvoaovs kakds éroicis THY Eunv YOpay O TL Edvva ; 
15 €bn 6 ‘Opovtas. Ovdxovv, Eby 6 Kupos, ordr av 
» N A , P N 3X x A 
eyvas THY GavTov dvvayw, ehOav emi Tov TIS 
"Apréurdos Bwopov perapédrev té wor epyoba Kat 
a= > AN N , ¥ , , » 
Teioas ewe miata TdAW edwkds por Kal ehaBes 
: as A N A? e , 72 4 = e 
Tap euov; Kat Tavd wporoyes 0 Opovtas. Ti8 
> »” e ~ LO Q €223-.35 A a \ fame 
20 ovr, epn 6 Kupos, aducnfels va’ énov viv TO Tpi- 
Tov emiBovrevwv prow havepos yéyovas ; ElmovTos 
‘ ae) f= 2Q\ > , 5 2 ian 
d€ Tov OpdvTa dtu ovdev adiuKnOeis, HpaTnoEV 6- 
Kdpos avrov, “Omodoyets obv mept euée adikos ye 
A 5 \ 2 ¥ e 3 , = 3 
yenoba ; "H yap avaykyn, edn 6 “Opovtas. kK 
, , 2 7 € arn ¥ Lue: naked aetee. 
25 TovTov Taw nopwTnoe Oo Kupos, Ere ovv av yevouo 
A a a \ 
TQ EU AOEAHO Troeut0s, Ewot d€ hidos Kat mio TGs ; 
e€ Qa 9 z y 209 9 , > A , 
6 O€ aTEKplVvaTo OTL Ovd El yevoipyv, @ Kupe, cot 
2 » » , \ A A > ¢ 
e L E oa 
y av more ett Od€ayur. mpds TavTa Kupos ceive 9 — 
Tots Tapovow, O peéev avnp ToLavTa pev TETOINKE, 
lal € lal A 
30 TovavTa de héyer: Uuav € od TpaTOS, @ Kréapye, 


loosely with érolnoa (made him so that he thought it best, etc.).—10. pera — 
Travta, since that, the pledge given and received. ‘There is an abrupt — 
change of address from the council to Orontas, which is helped by the 
insertion of @pn, said he. —totw... ydlkyoa, is there any wrong which — 
(732) I have done you ?—11. éru o¥: sc. éort (or cfm). At the end of a 
sentence od is accented. —14. 6 tv ve, in what (733) you were able. 
—16. Svvapiv: the context shows that this means here lack of power, — 
weakness. —17. perapédrew cor, that you repented (354).— 21. émPovdrevov — 
oes Yéyovas, are you so manifestly plotting against me? —eimovros "OpovTa: ‘ 
see 762. —22. dru ovSev adtxnOels: sc. ériBovrcdwry ate pavepds yeyove. — 
24. "H yop, (I confess) for in truth, etc. — dvdyny: sc. éoriv. —27. dru: 





























. See READING LESSON. 399 


. oe , \ 
43 dardqpqyvau yvounv 6 7. wou SoKet. Kdéapyos dé 
an 


¥ A 
eime Tade, LupBovilevw eyw Tov avdpa TovTOV 
 exTodav Troveto Oar @s TAXLTTA, WS pNKETL O€N TOV- 
= ; , 3 Q \ 9S Carn Q \ 
tov duddtrec bar, adda oKOA} HY Helv TO KaTa 
a= as = ‘\ 2 L fs , S 
TovToy eivat Tovs- EHedovTas didouvs TovTovs Ev 
‘a , \ EN , ¥ \ \ A 
mow. TavTn S€ TH yvoOuyn edy Kat TOs addovs 10 
= , \ a ¥ , 4 
mpoolécOar. pera Tavta, Edy, KeXevovTos Kipou 
A , oe / = 29008 , 9 
€kaBov THs Cévyns Tov “Oporvrav ert Oavatw amav- 
TES avaoTavTes Kal ol ovyyevets: Elta dé eENyov 
eX - L¢ 3 N pee Fibs ie Y 
) avTov ols MpoceTayOn. mel dé cidov avrov olTeEp 
_ mpoobev mpocexivovy, Kat TOTE TpoceKivyaa)L, 
, > l4 4 a5 ON ra + > \ \ 
KaliTrep elooTes OTL emt Odvarov ayouTo. ret de 11 
eis THY “Aptamdrov oKyryy elayyOyn Tov morTo- 
Tatov Tav Kupov oKymrovywv, meTa TavTa oUTE 
er ite 5) "4 = ¥ , NUN > , 
45 Lavra “Opdvrav ovte teOvynkdra ovdets Eide TadTOTE 
ies | b) , 5) Q saN »¥ ¥ 
ov0€ 67as améaverv ovdels ELdas eye cixalov 
8€ dddor drws Tdhos S€ odSels téroreE adrou 


Eepavy. 


here introduces a direct quotation, and is not to be translated. — 34. ré 
Kara ToUTOY etvar, so far as this fellow is concerned. The infin. may stand 
- absolutely in parenthetical phrases, but in certain instances of this use it 
_ seems superfluous, as here 7d xar& rodroy eva: means no more than 7) cara 
q _rodToy (lit. as regards what pertains to him). +é with the word for thing 
understood (p. 83°) is an accusative of specification (733). —385. €edov- 
ras: note the accent (a subst., not é0¢Aovras, partic. of €6éAw). — 88. AaBov 
_... Opovrav: verbs signifying to take hold of may be followed by the 
‘simple gen. (746), or, as here, by an object acc. with a gen. of the part 
taken hold of. —39. kat, even. — 40. ots mpocerdx On, to whom it had been 
appointed, sc. é&dyew. —42. walawep elSdres, although they knew (379). 
Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition in this 
Reading Lesson (ava-, 89; ao-, 11, 13, 27, 31, 46; <io-, 43; emi, 215 et, 
’ 89 3 meta-, 173 mapa-, 1, 29; «poo, 8, 37, 40, 41 (bis); cuv-, 82), according 
to the direbtions Sab yiGaaly’ given. 


‘] 
ao © 





a a ee ee oe 


400 INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 





LESSON CXXXII. 


Wy 


Indirect Discourse: Infinitive and Participle in Indirect Quotations 


835. EXERCISE. 


1. dv Mianr@ 6& Ticcaddpyns mponcbdvero ta avTa 
tavta PovArcvopuévovs.1 2. wate PBacired’s Tiooadépver 
> , “A la) b) \ \ vs A 
évourte mrodkewovvta Kodpov audi ta otpatedpata daTravav. 
3. Ticcadéovns pelfova nyetto eivas ) ws emt Uicidas tov 

hed | Y 
mapackeunv. 4. évtavOa réyetas AmroANwv éxdeipar Map- 
f= \ \ b¢, , > a + 5 Ko on 
ovav Kal TO Sépua Kpeaoa év TH avTpw. 9. Kipos dros 
ee Gs. = 7 6 5 he Z x Ny ae > , ~ 
hv avimpevos. 6. Tod Kidparou ras mnydas eX€yeTo ov Tpdcw@ — 
tod Tiypntos eivat. T. rovt~ Kopov érictpatevovta mpa- 

DE KA fe ” 4 @ - ee ee j= 
Tos? Hyyetta. 8. Tpinpers Kove Tepitrcovcas am “lwvias 
eis Kitixiav Tapav éyovta. 9. vopifer Kodpos tm’ euod 

an fA - - 
nouxnobar. 10. oda yap vuiv tovs Mucovs Avarnpods GvTas. — 
11. évradda Bépéns rNéyeras oixodophoa Tatra Ta Racine. — 
12. of pev Epacav Tors Tod Mévwvos otpati@tas dpravovrds — 
Te KaTaKkoTrhvat LTO TaV Kinrixwy, ot 5é ov Suvapévous evpetvy — 


Tas odovs atrordéoOa. 18. ctvoida yap éuavT@ mavTa éyev- — 
a As a a 
opévos avtov. 14. tots Aiyumriow padiota vas VvoV yiyva- 
oxo TeOUuwpéevovs. 15. cal édéyeto Exrvaéa Kip@ Sodvar 
/ , 16 e a > + 7 Pie 
XPHUATA TOA. . of oTpaTi@tat ovK epacay iévat Tod — 
/ e , \ ” + f— / an = 7. 
Tpocw* UrwmTevov yap Hon ert Baciréa iévar> picOwOhvar 
dé ov« eri tovt@ éhacav. 17. Kal réyerar SenOAvar H- 
Kittooa Kipou émideiEar TO otpadtevpa avrp. 18. Kr © 
apyos Soxet yevéoOat avip mroreuixos. 19. ri ody adienOels 
um éuod viv TO Tpitov émiBovrAcdw@v jot Pavepos yéyovas ; 
20. ode oppo Soxovpév pot Ktpov xabjcba. 21. cal ody 
CY a 
Upiv pev av oipar elvat tiptos, VudY dé Epnwos Ov ovK av 


1 Sc. tids. 2 Of. 779, 4, and note. 


a) 








_ INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLE. 401 


a ixavds olpar elvar ob dv pirov aperjoat ot’ dv éyOpov 
— adeé€acba. 22. ed cupBovrevods épdvn 6 avnp. 28. oipat 
yap ay nuas Tovaita Trabeiv ofa Tods éyOpods of Oeot ross 
— cevav.) 24. Kupos & ésrel jo0ero Tols otpatiords SiaBeRn- 
 Koras, Hon. 25. bricyvetrar adrois pi) mpocev Travcec bat 
| mplv av avtovs Kataydyn olkade. 26. ered) Sé tods Bap- 
: Badpous ov mpootovtas Ewpwv oi "EdAnves, HoOncav. 27. Hdeuv 
yap Huds ovTws av TropiCopévous? Ta émitydeca. 28. ef odv 
Openv vuas cwripidv tL Bovrevopevovs, eOoups av Tpos 
duds. 29. ériBovretov typiv gavepos éott. 30. rovrous 
«86 égacay oikeiv ava Ta dpn Kal ToremLKors elvat, Kal Bact 
 Aéws ovK axoveww, ard euBanreiv Tote eis avTOvs Baciréd. 


ee 


os = 


886. Indirect quotations are expressed not only by ért or ds 
_ and a finite verb (830), but also by the infinitive, and some- 
times by the participle. 
In examining the sentences cited below, convert each indirect 
- quotation into its original form. 


| Examine the infinitives in 2, 3, 9, 12 (xaraxomjvat, drod€obat), 16, 

x 21 (Gy civat, dy efvar), 23, 25, 30. 

_ Observe that these infinitives follow verbs of saying or thinking or 

3 the like, that they represent indicatives, or optatives with dy (21, 23), 

_ in the original, and that the tenses have not been changed. If the 
original had ay, the infinitive retains it. 

Review 354. 


_ Examine 4, 6, 11, 15, 17 (Sey64vax), 18, 20. 
837. Many verbs of this class, especially Aéyw in the pas- 


" Sive and doxéw, seem, while allowing both the personal and the ~ 
impersonal construction, are generally used personally. 


838. Of the three common verbs meaning to say, — 


a ~dypi regularly takes the infinitive in indirect discourse. Ex- 
amine 12, 16, 30. 








1 See 787. 2 The original was, &» mop:Colueda. 








Shoe te te ae ee 


INDIRECT DISCOURSE, 




















b. efzov regularly takes 6rz or ws with the indicative or optative, * 
Examine 829, 13. © ae 
c. A€yw allows either construction, but in the active voice , it gen- 
erally takes dru or ws. Examine 829, 8, 21, 22, 24. q 


Examine the participles in 1, 5, 7, 8 (éxovra), 10, 18, 14, 19 Suan = 
Aevwr), 22, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, and note the meaning of the verbs after — 
which they are quoted, and the mood and tense of the originals of 4 
the participles. a 

839. Rule of Syntax. — With many verbs the participle a 
stands in indirect discourse, each tense representing the cor 
responding tense of a finite mood. 

a. If the original had dy, the participle retains it. Examine 27. 

b. Such verbs are chiefly those signifying to see, hear, learn, per- — 
ceive, know, be ignorant of, remember, forget, show, appear, prove, acknowl- — 
edge, and ayyédru, announce. Here belong also the Birnie wie # 
eit and davepds eius, pavepos yiyvopat, used personally. a 

c. Most of these verbs may also take a clause with dre or ws in 
indirect discourse. | 


Examine the negatives with the infinitives and participles in 6, 16, B 
21, 25, 26, 30. 
840. The regular negative of the infinitive and participle / 
in indirect discourse is ov, but y7 sometimes irregularly occurs. — 


= - 
Td 


841. EXERCISE.1 


1. For he heard that Cyrus was? in Cilicia. 2. And he : 
promised® that he would deliver over the Greeks to him. 
3. He said that he had been ordered‘ by my brother to war 
with me. 4. The wife of the king is said to have taken | 
refuge there. 5. For I know that pledges have been given. 
6. For I knew that the soldiers had provisions. 7. And the 
great king dug’ this trench when he learned ® that Cyrus was 


. 


1See p. 3961. 8 See p. 250°. 

2 Use the participle in translat- 4 He said, érdxOnv.. 
ing this exercise into Greek wher- 5 made. 
ever the principal verb is one of 6 Use éreid# and the indic. of 
those named in 839 b. muvOdvouat. 2 









; READING LESSON. 403 
_ marching against (him). 8. I saw that you were suffering 
harm and were not’ able to retaliate. 9. For they did not 
_ know that he was dead. 10. They therefore announce that in 
__ that case the Greeks would retreat. 11. And the Greeks 
knew the enemy wished to go away. 12. Do you think,? 
_ Cyrus, that your brother will fight? 138. Let it not yet be 
manifest that we* have set out for home. 14. He accordingly 
_ showed* that the satrap had broken the truce. 15. He is 
conscious that he has broken ® the truce. 


a | LESSON CXXXIII. 
k- Reading Lesson, 


= 842. AnaBAsiIs I. vii. 1-10. 


Cyrus proceeds through Babylonia, and at the end of the third 
day’s march reviews his troops (1). The next morning he receives 
information about the King’s army, and summons the Greek generals 
x and captains to council (2). He expresses his confidence in them (8), 
_ describes the manner of a Persian onset, and promises to reward 
_ them magnificently in case of victory (4). Gaulites says there are 
_ doubts as to the sincerity of Cyrus and his ability to fulfil his prom- 
__ises (5). Cyrus thereupon describes the extent of country he hopes 
| __ to conquer, and promises a crown to each Greek (6,7). The Greeks 
_ are much encouraged by these assurances (8). Cyrus gives his 
_ decided opinion that his brother will not refuse to fight (9). The 
numbers of the Greeks and barbarians in the army of Cyrus are 
given (10). 





VII. 
evrev0ev eEehatvver dia THS BaBvrwrids ora-1 


‘ A , = , 3 N ~ 6 
Ouovs TpEets Tapacayyas dddexa. Ev dé TO TpiT@ 
‘otabu@ Kupos e&éracw movetrar tov ‘EA\Hvev 
Kal Tov BapBapwv ev T@ TEdiw TEpL eods VUKTAS* 


1 Of. 835, 26 above. 4 Use delrvimi. 
2 Use ofouar. 5 Cf. 835, 18 above, and note the 
8 Cf. 835, 29 above. use of the reflexive pron. 


ah i: 
< 


404 READING LESSON. 


39 7 ‘ 3 ‘ +s A 9 ¢ a ae 
5 ed0KEL yap Eis THY EmLioVTAaY Ew H&ew Baoiiea ovv 
T® OTpaTedpaTL wayovpevov: Kat éxéheve Kdé- 
Q A § A , e A ug \ 
apxov pev Tov deELov Képas yyeto Oar, Mevava dé 
\ \ A 9 , 2 ON \ \ e A 
Tov @etraddov Tov evwvipov, avTds dé Tovs EavTOU 
OueTace era O€ tTHy e&€raow aua TH emivon 2 
aN U/ jhO.2 Th) vo}. 
e , y  ] , x" , , 
10 NMEepa HKOVTES a’TOpodoL Tapa peydrov Baciéws 
b) , £ \ ~ , wn 
amyyyedXov Kup mept tas Baoitéws otparias. 
Kupos d€ ovykadécas Tovs orpatnyovs Kai oya- 

Q A e€ Ar v4 r 4 4 A x \ 
yous Tav “ENAjvev ocvveBovdevero TE TAS av THY 
PaXNV ToLotTo Kal avTos tapyver Dapper Tot 

15 doe. °O, avdpes "ENAnves, ovK avOpdérav amopav 3 

, , < La! ¥ b ‘\ 4 

BapBapwv cvppaxovs vuas ayw, adda vopilav 
dpeivous Kal Kpeitrovs mohkov BapBdpav vas 
> ‘ A , Y > » 
elval, dua ToUTO mpocéhaBov. Oras ovv eceoOe 
avdpes a€ior THS EAevOepias hs KéxtynoOe Kal Hs 
LA 3 UA C) , > Q ¥ 4 4 3 

20 vuas eyw evdaipovilw. €v yap taTE OTL THY Edev- 
Depiav edotwnv av av? dv exw Tavtwv Kat adov 
To\Aat\aciov. Omws d€ Kal eidnTe Eis olov eEp- 4 

2 A Sid is ASS , Q Q BN 

xerbe ayava, vas elddas didd&w. TO pev yap 

A , \ a A, 3 2 ka x \ 
TrNOos Todt, kal Kpavyn woddH eriaow: av Oe 

A ) , * \ > Z ? 

2 TavTa avacynole, Tada Kal atoxiverOai por 


5. one, he thought.— ets... &w: of. 175, I. 9. —6. paxovpevov: fut. — 
partic. expressing purpose (379). — kal ékéXeve.. . Stérage: the Greeks 
were next to the river, Cyrus and his barbarian troops on their left. — 
13. mas dv... paxo.ro: see 832. —14. wapyver... Tordde, exhorted and 
encouraged them as follows. —18. 8a rovro: resumes voul(wy, because 1 
thought, etc., on this account. — drws érerbe: an object clause (792) after 
okoreire, see to it, to be supplied. — 19. js, ys: see 725 and 756.— 21. av 
dv... mavrev, in preference to all that (725) I have. — 22. Gmws eldnre: 
a final clause (278). —els ofov ... dyava, into what sort of a struggle you 


are going (571a).— 23. +o wAndos: sc. éort. — 25. ravra: 7.e. their num- — 
bers and outcry.—rddda . . . dvOpa:rous, as to all else, I feel even ashamed 


7S 












i 







‘ a“ 
can Cw A 


& ‘ 
aa. | 4 
a 


, 
“* 


READING LESSON. . 405 


8 (oi ee Ta a Va 50 \ > ‘al , » 
OK@ olous Huiv yodaoerOe Tovs Ev TH XOYPG OVTAsS 
> , ae eth aA » \ ee 
avOparovs. vay de avdpov ovTwy Kat €evTd\pov 
, SA, eS oS \ \ » 5 , 
yEevomevav, €y@ vp@v Tov pev olKade Bovdomevor 
> s A ¥ \ , b) A 
amuevat Tors olkou Cydwrov Toinow azredOetv, Trod- 
: X ‘\ de < l4 x Nea St} Wy eV G7? 3 XX 
30 Aovs dé Ofpar ToLnoEW Ta Tap Eeuol EhéeoOar avTt 
A x lal 
Tov oikot. evtav0a Tavdirns tapav duyas Xd- 5 
\ \ Z > \ , > A 
potos, motos O€ Kupa, eime, Kat pyv, @ Kipe, 
A€yovot tives 6TL TOAAA Vrioyxvet vUY dua TO EV 
TOLOVT® EivaL TOD KWOUVOY TpoTLOVTOS, av Sé ED 
, , > ? ? , - ¥ \ 
8 yevytai TL, ov peuvnoecOat oé daow: enor de 
0. > aS, b 4 , Kx > 
ovo «i peuvynd te Kail BovdAoto, divacbat av azro- 
8 a 9 ¢ a > , nae A ¥ e 
oval Goa UmTLoXVEl. aKovoas TavTa Ehe~H 06 
A 9 2 »¥ \ eon > » e 9 N 
Kipos, “AAN €ore pev jut, @ avdopes, ) apxy 
4 warped mpds pev peonuBpiav péxypr ov dia 


(lit. seem to myself even to be ashamed — see 837) as to what sort of men 


(av@pérovs with emphasized contempt at the end of the sentence) you will 
discover those in our country to be (évras, 889). The indirect question 
olovs . . . avOpdmrous (571 a) follows aicxtvecba:. Its direct form would be 
molous yvwodueba Tors ev TH xdpa dvras avOpdmovs ;— 27. pav. . . yevouévov: 
gen. absol. (762), the participles expressing condition (379). Freely ren- 
dered the thought is, only do you be men (cf. 1. 18) and prove yourselves 
bold of spirit, and Iwill make, etc. — 28. vpav: with rv BovaAduevoy (748 a), 
which is the subj. of aareadetv. —29. trots otkot, to those at home (771).— 
81. rav oko: neut. Of. 7d rap’ euol just above.—TavaAtrnys . . . ele: 
probably at the suggestion of Cyrus.— 33. 81d. . . mpocovtos, because 
you are (lit. on account of your being — ef. 524, I. 19) at such (a critical 
point) of the danger (7483 a) that is approaching. — 35. tl: the reference 
to his present undertaking is purposely vague. — pepvyoecOar: fut. perf., 
serving as a simple fut. to uéuynua (642, 6).— evior 8€: sc. paciv.— 36. ov8' 
el... Sivacbar av, not even if you should remember, etc., would you be 
able (354).—pepvqjo: perf. opt. mid, sec. per. sing. of prurfoxw. The perf. 
opt. mid, is ordinarily compound (307 d), but a few vowel verbs form it 
directly from the stem. Thus, péurynua, remember, opt. neury} unr, weuviio, 
penriro, etc. (for pemyn-mny, menyn-to, meuvy-iro). — 38, Eore mpos peony 
Bplay, is (i.e. extends) toward the south. For éo7, see 188 a. — 89. péxpe 


y be < P 


o ?. i oe 7 Vy 





4 Me.) oe ee eee ee 


406 READING LESSON. 


a > , news| ” ‘ de <¥ : 
40 Kava ov OvvavTaL oiKetv avOpwrroL, Tpos OE ap- 
KTov expt ov Oia YeyLova’ TAO ev pEo@ TOUTOV —— 
/ , € ae alee Ne i 
TaVTA TATpaTEvoUTW OL TOV Eov adEhpod Pidor. 
nv © pets vikyooper, nas Set Tos HueTepovsT —— 
‘bidous TovTav éyKpaTeEts TOLMTaL WOTE OV TOVTO — 
45 SédolKa py) OVK ey 6 TL OW ExdoTw@ TaV dpirear, 
L 
x > , 9 \ \ B) ¥ e \ @ A 
dv ed yévyntat, adda py) OvK Eyw tkavods ols da. 
a ~ \ ~ € la \ P. ec 4 - 
Duav d€ Tov “EAjvev Kat oTéEhavov EKATT@ KPU- 









A , c \ A > , > / 
cow déow. ot d€ Tadra axovoavres avTot TE 8 
5 \ ae es \ an ¥ sf 7 : 
noav wokd mpovpdrepor Kal Tots addous e&Hy-  . 
50 yelNov. elonoay dé map avrov ol TE OTpaTYYoL 
Kat Tov ad\wv “EXAyvev twes a€vovvres eidevar Ti 
, + 3% , ¢€ s3 x 
odiow era, av Kpatnowow. 6 dé eumtumdas - 
aTdvTwY THY yvouny atrérEeue. TapeKehevovTo 9 
dé adT@ mavTes OoouTep SueheyovTo pn payer Oa, 
> > »¥ e ~ , 3 \ A Pes 
55 ad’ omicOev Eavtwv TtatTecOar. ev S€ TH KalP@ — 
& Aw : ¥ 
TovT@ Kiéapyxos @6€ ras jpero Tov Kipov: Ovex 
yap cou paxeto Oa, @ Kupe, Tov adeddov ; Ny At, 
y c A x - \ , /_ an 
edn 6 Kupos, eirep ye Aapetov kai Tlapvodrios 
> A aty XS Ne , b] 3 \ i, +? > \ 
ETL Tats, Eds OE GOEAPOS, OVK Auayel TAUT eyo 
4 3 al \ a ot SB , bd X , = 
60 Arjrouwar. évtavda dy ev TH e€omuicia, apiOuds 10 — 
> 4 le) \ t4 ? b) \ - /= \ ; 
éyéveTo TOV pev EAjvav aomis pupia Kal TeTpa- 


ov, to where, lit. to what (place), o6 being the gen. sing. neut. of the rela- 
tive 8s, 7, 8, and wéxp: an improper prep. — 44. rovrwv: see 760.—-Totro: © 
introduces the object clause (280) uh odx exw, this, namely, that I shall — 
not know, etc. —45. 6 t 86: see 831.—46. dv eb yévyrat: sc. Td mpdy- 
wata.—Gd\Aa... 80, but that I shall not have enough to whom to give. — 
48. ot S¢: the generals and captains (see 1. 12) present at the council.— — 
53. mapexeAevovro... tarrecOar: had Cyrus followed this advice, the — 
whole course of Persian history might have been changed. —61. domls, 
shield, t.e. men, aS we say ‘a thousand horse.’ — The sum total of the 





COMPLEX SENTENCES. 407 








Koola, me\tacral dé duryidior Kat revTakdctoL, 
av O€ pera Kipov Pappapep ddka pupiddes Kat 
appara Speravynpdpa adi Ta eikoon. 





reason for the discrepancy is uncertain. 


a 





Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition in this 
Reading Lesson (ava-, 25; do-, 11, 29 (bis), 36, 53; d:0-, 9, 54; eic-, 50; 
7 év-, 52; éf-, 1, 495 emi-, 24; mapa-, 14, 31, 58; mpoo-, 18, 34; ouv-, 12, 13; 
_ tro-, 38, 37), according to eh directions piPriously given, 


LESSON CXXXIV. 


Indirect Discourse: Indirect Quotation of Complex Sentences, 


_ 


843. : EXERCISE. 


Ee 6G 88 Recon Prk sai nuLodLov Tact dooce ov 7 pe- 
-Tepov Edpepov.! n&louv eidévat Th golauw.€ éoTal, éav Kparn. 
coo. 3. Kai ovK Segall lévan, €av py Tis avTois YonuaTa 
880. 4. odt05 8 ise 6Tt hrAvapoin Goris ait be adAws 
TOS pernpias dv tuxeiv? 7 Baothea melaas. 5. viréoyeTo 
_avtots, el KaXdOs Eee a oeele TOV oTOXoP, 1) 7 popu 
mavoecbat Tp avTovs eararydyot oixade. 6. évdurte yap, 
ba@ Oarrov €dXOo, rocovT@ are porepoT pp ah ae HaNete 
aba. 7.68 UmeTXETO Pcie Exdot@ Sao TévTE apryv- 
ae pras, émny eis eee 7 HKwoL, Kal TOV pucOov Sah: 
pepe av KaTaoTICN TOUS PE els lwviav radu. 8. of 
8 éadaxdtes eheyov OTL TA -mpos peanwBplav® thst eat 
| Bafudéva ein, Ov namep HKo.ev. 9. TovTo oy Set Névyeu, 
Tas av mopevotwebd TE @S eaihahconara Kal, et je ee ee 


--béoe, @s Kpaticta payoiueba.® 10. of & deyov bre meph 
2 a 
ed, Cyrus said, judrcoy ract Séow 3 the (parts) to the south. 


7 es mparepor epepere. 4 Sc. 6500, and see 744. 
_ # Inthe original av réxo.u1 (838 c). > ay belongs to waxolueba also. 


} 
ty 4 
5 
Ma 
> 














ll See ee ee 


| Greeks here given does not tally with the numbers previously given. The 





ie ee. 


408 ? INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 

























OTOVOOY HKoLeY aVvdpes olTives iKavol écovTaL TA Tapa TOV 
¢ n a : ae \ a UK ee 
EnAnvev Bactre? atrayyetAat. 11. ofda avdtovs todto av 
/ 1 e} GEAy2 19. JO EDEL OVOELS WS EV@ & sa ae 
moujaavtas,: ei Env od8' cpt obBels cos ile fais eae 
mapp TLS XpBpae, érretoav O€ amévat BovrAnTAaL, ouraBov 
Kal aitods Kak&s Tod Kal Ta yphpata amooth®. 18. av 
yt Eo) / i > / / / ae 4 
dé ev yévnTai TL, OV peuvncecOai oé dao: Evior dé ovd et 
ast \ iA 6 /, Q NX > 5 a 6 € n 
peuvnd te Kal Bovro10, Sivacba av arrodovvas boa UTLTYXVEl. 
€ xX = 
14. ddeyou rt Heovev rryeudvas Eyovtes, ol avTovs, éay oTov- 
dal yévwvtat, dEovaw évOev Eovat ta érritHndeva. 15. ’Opor- 
Tas éypawpev émictoAnV Tapa Bactréa bre HEot exw imméas 
e x td / & £ 9s > > fal 
as av dSvvyntat wAciotous. 16. odtos Kip eizev, ei atte 
Soin imméas yidlous, 6TL TOs TpoKaTaKaovTas imméas 1 
KATAKAVOL av evedpevaas % CavTas Todos avTa@V EXol. 
17. Kav wep 7 eKel, THY Siieny ébn xpntew emiOeivar avTe@, Hv 
dé dvyn, Hpeis éxel mpos tadta Bovrevoopeda® 18. of & 
vy 3c e , 19 € 8 b 4 4 4 fee 
@KTELPOV EL GAWTOLYTO. . 0 © éyarérawev OTu* rpdas 
» poet : 
Néyou TO avTovd Taos. 20. AaBav vuds erropevounr, iva ei 
a a to —_ 
Tt d€o.To w@peroinv avtov. 21. Kdpos ras vads peteméu- 
yato, drws PBiacdwevot Tovs TroAEwiovs mapéAOover, eb 
guratroev éml tais Lupiais mUAas. 22. édeiro avtTod pr) 
mpocbev KaTardoat Tpos TOs aVTLGTAaTL@TAaS TplY av avT@ 
cupBovrevontar. 28. eis dé 51 eire oTpatnyovs pmev EX€oOaL 
GdXovs ws TaxloTa, eb py BovreTat Kyréapyos amayew: 
A a a \ a 
éXMovtas 5é Kipov aitety mrota: éav 5é py did Tada, 
¢€ , 9 ral a e/ \ /=- an iis > , _— 
nyewova aitetv Kipov dotis dia pirias THs yopas amaker. 


844. When a complex sentence, z.e. a sentence consisting 
of a principal and a dependent clause or clauses, is indirectly 
quoted, its leading verb follows the rules for simple sentences 
(830, 831, 832, 354, 839). But its dependent verbs are subject 
to the following law (845). * 


nr es 


1In the original roiro dy érotn- 8 Observe the shift to direct dis- — 
gay (839 a). course in the last clause. = 
2 had it been possible. 4 because. a 






COMPLEX SENTENCES. 409 


In examining the sentences cited below, convert each quoted com- 
plex sentence into its original form. 
Examine the dependent verbs in 9 (80), 11 (effv),12 (apy, 
BovAynrar), 13 (yévyrot, peuvijo, BovAoto, imuryvel). 
Observe that the dependent clause here follows a primary tense, 
and that its verb has not changed its original mood and tense. 
Examine the dependent verbs in 4 (Aé€you for dyer), 5 (et Kara- 
mpagee for édv xatazpagw, mpiv Kataydyou for mpiv av Kataydyo), 
6 (6ow eGo for Sow dv 2X0w), 8 (sfkouev for sfxere). | 
Observe that the dependent clause here follows a secondary tense, 
that its verb was originally in the subjunctive or in a primary tense 
of the indicative, that it has been changed to the optative, but that 
its tense remains the same, and that, when the subjunctive becomes 
the optative, dv is dropped. 
Examine the dependent verbs in 2 (xparyowowv), 3 (818d), 7 (jxwor, 
KataotTnon), 10 (€covrat), 14 (yévwvrar, d€ovowv, Eovor), 15 (Skvyrau), 
17 Gf, b¥y9). 
Observe that the dependent clause here follows a secondary tense, 
but that its verb has not changed its original mood and tense. 
Examine the dependent verbs in 1 (€pepov) and 16 (do¢y). 
Observe that the dependent clause here follows a secondary tense, 
that its verb was originally in a secondary tense of the indicative or 
in the optative, and that it has not changed its mood and tense. 
845. Rule of Syntax.— When a complex sentence is indi- 
_ rectly quoted, after primary tenses its dependent verbs retain 
_ their original mood and tense. After secondary tenses, de- 
_ pendent primary tenses of the indicative and all dependent 
subjunctives may either be changed to the same tense of the 
optative or retain their original mood and tense. When a 
subjunctive becomes optative, d is dropped, éév becoming et, 
etc. Dependent secondary tenses of the indicative and depend- 
ent optatives remain unchanged. 
a. One verb of the quoted complex sentence may be changed to 


the optative, while another is retained in the original mood. Ex- 
amine 10, 14, 15. 


Examine the dependent verbs in 18 (dAdcowro for adwcovrat), 
19 (Aéyou for éreye), 20 (ei S€ouro for cay Senta), 21 (ed PvdAdrrovev 
s- for éav dvdrdrrwoty), 22 (cupBovrdcionrar), 23 (BovrAcrat, Sida, dard&er). 









a Se " 
; a8 


: 7 Baa fe>.-- 
"ee ' s- 
Sa) <a t tae bei 


410 INDIRECT DISCOURSE. ce F 


ay, : 
- ae 

























Observe that the clause to which the dependent clause is here 
attached is not itself quoted, but that nevertheless the dependent 
clause follows the rule in 845. ~ a 

846. Rule of Syntax. — The principles of 845 apply alsoto 
any dependent clause after a secondary tense (even if the — 
clause on which it depends is not quoted) which expresses — 
indirectly the past thought of any person. 3 

a. This construction is allowed after verbs of emotion (18), some- 
times in causal sentences (19), after final clauses (20, 21), and after 


verbs of commanding, advising, and the like with the infinitive 7 
(22, 28). 3 


847. EXERCISE.1 


1. And he promised him that if he would come he would — 
make him a friend to Cyrus. 2. He said that if there was no 
objection? he wished to converse with them. 3. He said that — 
if they should see you dispirited they would all be cowardly. — 
4. And he told (him) that just as soon as® the expedition — 
should come to an end he would immediately send him home. _ 
5. He announced that if we had not come they would be 
proceeding against the king. 6. He said that he should delay — 
until the king arrived. 7. But he said that he did not com- — 
mend the man if he had done this. 8. And they said that the 
enemy were within in great numbers,‘ and that they® were 
striking our men. 9. And they said that they would burst — 
open the gates if they did not open (them) of their own a 
accord. 10. It was evident that they would elect him if any- — 
body should put it to vote. 11. But he said he should dread to 4 
embark in the boats which Cyrus might give them. 12. He © 
accordingly then asked who those were who (always) did® — 
whatever took place in battle.’ q 


1 See p. 3961. The direction is £in great numbers, moddAol. See 


here of special importance. _ also 720. 
2 unless something hindered. 5 and that they, i.e. who. 
8 just as soon as, éreidav (OF 6 those who did, see 371. 


éreid)) TaXLOTE. 1 év Talis wdxais. 






- - 


Re 


= 









| 
q 


READING LESSON. 411 


LESSON CXXXV. 
Reading Lesson. 


848. AwnaBasis I. vii. 11-20 and viii. 1-3. 


: 
} 


An account of the king’s forces is given (11-13). Cyrus advances 
a day’s march farther, and at midday comes tg a deep trench dug. by 


_ the king, but he succeeds in making his way past this (14-16). The 


king does not come to an engagement, and traces of his retreat are 
observed (17). Cyrus rewards the soothsayer Silanus (18). Con- 
cluding that the king has given up the intention of fighting, he pro- 
ceeds with less caution (19, 20). 

But near the station where he intends to halt for breakfast, Cyrus 
is met by Pategyas riding at full speed, who calls out that the king 
and his army are approaching (1). Great confusion ensues (2), and 
Cyrus gives orders for all to arm and fall into line (3). us 


“~ * , 3 MA <y e ‘ Q 
Tov € Todepior eXé€yovTo eivar éxaTov Kat ll 

£Y) - , \ 9 , - - 
elKoo. pupiddes Kal appara dperavnddpa SuaKd- 
¥ emt € £ e A = 
gia. ardor dé joap éEaxioxtdwou UITTTELS, WV 
ry , > F @ > 4 N 9 A 
Aptayepons npxev* ovto. 0 avd mpd avtod Bact- 


5 Kéws Teraypevor Hoar. Tod dé Baciéws orpared- 12 


Paros Hoav apxovres Kal oTparnyol Kal HyEeudves 

TerTapes, TpidKovTa pUpiddav ekacTos, *ABpoKé- 

pas, Tuxroadéepyyns, TwBpvas, "ApBakns. rovrwv 

d€ mapeyevovto &v TH paxn everyjxovta pupiddes 
10 Kat appara dperarvnddpa EKATOV Kal TEVTNKOVTA. : 

> | Shed WS 4 a , ecu s , 

ABpokopas dé vorépnoe Tis waXNs Hucpars TévTE, 

3 £ 3 , a) \ ¥ ‘ 

ex Dowixns elavvav. Tatra dé yyyeddov pds 18 


1. elvor: see 837.—3. dAdou, besides. Cf. 810, 33. —4. a8, moreover. 
—11. paxys: after verdpyoe (754), which implies comparison. Cf. the 








; construction of ¢uod after the adv. in 826, 14. —rjpépais: see 776, — 





412 : READING LESSON. 


Kdpor ot adropohyoartes eK TOV TOhEMIoOV Tapa 
eydhov Baciiéws mpd THS mays, Kal pera THY - 
pey os mpd THs paxns, Kal pera THY - 

ig ON Peace Bb] la “ / E Nedine. 

15 paynv ot VvaTepov ehydOynoay Tov TorELiov TavTa 








nyyeddov. evTevOev dé Kopos éfehatver orabpov 14 
EVA TAPATAYYAS TPELS TUVTETAYMEVH TH OTPATEV- | 
7 \ ae “~ A wn ag 
pare TavTt Kat T@ HAAnviK@ Kat T@ BapRapixk@ 
¥ \ , ote ce a s-, 
@ETO yap TavTH TH Nuépa paxetoOar Baorréa 
x \ XN >" “~ fa > 
20 KaTa yap pécov TOV otafuoy TovTOY Tappos HV 
> x A aA \ \ S > \ 2 \ de 
dpuxTn Baleta, TO pev Evpos Opyulal TEVTE, TO OE . 
td bs \ cB , \ c , - 
Babos dpyviat tpeis. maperérato dé 1 tadpos15 — 
A \ la) a6 ae 5 a , - 4 is >: a 
av@ 1a Tov Tediou emt OHdEKa Tapacayyas LEXpL 
la) f= 4 ¥ e , > XN A 
Tov Myodias teiyous. evOa ai didpvxes, ad TOD 
23 Tiypytos motapov péovaoar: eiot dé rérrapes, TO - 
pev evpos mreOprata, Babetar dé iayvpas, Kai 
mola mre Ev avTais oitaywya: elo Baddovor Sé 
> ‘\ > £ 8 , 8 e , 
eis TOV Evdparny, diadetrovot 0 ExaoTn Tapa- 
, 144 [ke 3 ¥ 2 de bs X 
cayynv, yepupau ETELoW. WV O€ Tapa TOV 
30 Eidhparnv mapodos orev weTrakv Tov ToTapov Kal 
~ , ¢ ¥ A x 5 4 ty ai 
THS Tahpov ws Elkoot TOMY TO Evpos: TavTnv Se 16 
\ / \ a - 3 ‘\ > , 
Tv Tappov Baorrevs Tovet péeyas avTt epvparos, 
érevon TuvOdverar Kipov tpocedatvovta. TavTnv 
on +" , 5 ‘al 4 x e x A A 
n THY Tapodov Kvpos TE kal H oTpaTia mapydle 


14. kal pera... tyyeAAov: compare the order with that of the preced- — 
ing sentence. —15. todeplov: with of (7438, 6a). —17. cuvreraypéve to 
otpatevpari, with his troops in line of battle, a dat. of manner (775) ex- — 
pressing the idea of accompaniment. —20. péoov: cf. 741, 7, and see p, — 
1415, — 21. dpyual: in appos. with rdppos, where we should expect dpyuiav 
(743, 5). Of. the use of the adj. in 26.—24. rot MnSlas retyous: see the — 
map. — Siwpuxes: SC. eiclv.— 28. Siarelrovet ... rapardyyyy, they are dis- 
tant each a parasang (from the other). — 33. mpooehavvovta: see p. 2505, — 
— 34. mapyd0e, éyévovro: the point of view shifts. Cyrus is prominently — 


| 





h 






READING LESSON. 413 


| ee Sd x A , 
35 KAU fe eer aerys Tappov. TavTy per ouv a 17 


NeEpa ovK eco Baovheds, add’ vroxwpovv- 
Tov pavepa yoav Kat immov Kat avOparwv i ixyn 
mo\\a.  evtavda Kipos Lidavov Karéoas Tov 18 
“Apa paxudrny pavtw ed@Kev avT@ Sapeucods TpLo- 
40 Xidious, 6 OTL TH evdexdiry a ar <aeil meepa. mpolve- 
pevos civev ait@ oT» Baciheds od payeirar Séca 
e ~ la) Ss} 5 b) ¥ » =~ > 
neepov, Kupos 0 eimev, OvK apa eri paxelrat, Et 
€v TAVTALS OV aAXElTAL Tais jucpais: edy S an- 
Devons, vmiryvodpal cor Séxa Tdhavta. TovTO TS 
- , , b) 4 3 \ ”~ e - 
45 ypvoiov Tore amédaxer, émet TapnrOov ai Séka 
¢ , > XN S Ye ~ , b) 3 , = 
Hepa. Emel O emt TH TAadpw OvK éexddvE Bact- 19 
Neds 1d Kipov orparevpa SiaBaivew, &o€e Kat 
Z \ A 
Kup kat tots addous dreyvaxevar Tod payeoOas: 
@oTE TH DaoTepaia Kidpos éropevero rucdypevas 
, NJ lal 
50 pahdov. tH S€ Tpitn émi Te TOD dpyatos Kab%- 20 
Bevos THY TopEiav Erovetro Kal ddtyous év Tae 
EXWV TPO AVTOD, TO Dé TOAD avT@ avaTerapaypeévov 
EMOPEVETO Kal TOY STAY TOls OTPATLOTALS TOAAG 
lls Sill 4 la ¥ Sree - 
emt apakav yyero Kal uToluyiwv. 








in the writer’s mind when he says wapjAde (sing.), the whole army when 


he says éyévoyvro. — 35. pév: cf. 7H 5& tplry in 1. 50, —37. ynoav: cf. 810, 6, 


‘ and note. —40. dt... elev: causal clause (781).—dm, from, i.e. before. 


— 41. dr... paxetroar: see 830. — 42. rjpepav: see 759. — én, hereafter, t.e. 
at all. —el ov paxetrar: od for wh (797 a), because Cyrus is consciously 
repeating the statement of Silanus. For the fut. indic., see p. 3751. — 
43. ddnPevoys, prove to be speaking the truth. The future apodosis (273) 
is décew, to be supplied with sricyvotuar.— 45. TraprAGoy : see note on 
706, 7.— 47. Soke, he seemed (837). — 48. dmeyvaxévat tot paxer Ben, to 


have abandoned the intention of fighting (753 and p. 194°).—49. dere 
| -émopevero: see 824, — 52. atrd: dat. of disadvantage, but TTPATLOT ALS 
_ below, of advantage (769). 





ee er ae ee ee ee a a a “a 
‘ 7 


~ 


. 

Pan, f en 
ran NN 
a ed 


414 , INFINITIVE. 


BB Ka 78% TE HY audi ayopav Tear Kat 1 
Ba) Gov nv o orabpos ev0a, ewede KaTahvew, — 
nvika Tarnyvas avyp Wépons tov adi Kipov 
TiTTOV Tpopaiverar elavvwv ava KpaTos LOpovvTt 
T® tmmTw, Kal evOds Tacw ols evervyyavey EBOa 

60 Kat BapBapikas Kai “EAAnviKads OTe Bacireds adv 
oTpaTevpate ToAA@ TpomepyeTaL ws Els PaXNV 

id ¥ \ ~ , 353 
maperKkevacpevos. evla 81) modds Tapaxos eye- 2 
A oe \ 25 4 ey ‘N , 
VETO" avTika yap €ddKouv ot “EAAnves Kal mavtes 
Ra 99? , > an . ns 
dé arakrous odiow emumeceio Oar’ Kupds Te kata- 3 


5 , - 3 \ “A 4 MA Q 4, ne > 45 _ \ 
65 THONTaAS ATO TOV apLaTos TOY Vwapaka Evedu Kal 


3 L 3% N 9 x \ > L be 
avaBas €7l TOV WmmTov Ta TaATAa Els TAS yELpAs 
ehaBe, Tots TE AAAOLS TaTL TapryyyeAhev e€omi- 

\ z b \ € ~ , 
CecOar Kai Kabicracbar «is tiv éavrov taéw 
EKACTOV. 


58. Spovvte ro Urm@, with his horse in a sweat, a dat. of manner (775). 
Cf. 1. 17 above. — 59. ots: see 774. —60. dtu... mpooépyerar: see 830.— 
61. as els paxnv, apparently for battle. —66. ra wadta ... EhaPe: cf. 826, 8. 


Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition in this 
Reading Lesson (dva-, 52, 66; amo-, 45, 48; dia-, 28, 475; eio-, 27; ev-, 59, 
65; e&, 16, 673 ém-, 29, 64; Kxata-, 50, 56, 64, 68; mapa-, 9, 22, 34,45, 
62, 67; mpo-, 58 : mpoa-, 33, 613 cuv-, 17; sbrro-, 36, 44), according to the ii 
directions previously given. 


LESSON CXXXVI. 


The Infinitive. 
849. EXERCISE. 


> fd e }- F4 bs a \ / eo 
1. éd€76n 7) Kittooa Kupou émidetEat TO oTpaTeupa aut. i 
2. aicxypov & ovdev él tais Baciréws Ovpais ovT’ + axodoat 








1 See p. 2022, 


———— 





‘+ 
a 
1a 






INFINITIVE. 415 


ovr ideiy éoriv. 3. Kipos odv obtws érededrycev, dvip dv 
apyeww akiotatos. 4. ip~are tov SiaBalverw. 5. nab Trois 
_ tmedow eipnto Oappodor Si@xerv. 6. Kal el tus Torutos 
 éyéveto, orretcapévov Kipou ériateve pndev dv Tapa Tas 
_ omrovdas rrabeiv.® 7. 0 dé Kréapyos idvas ovk HOerev. 8. row- 
mov fot elTreiy OTrep Kal pwéytoTov vopitw eivar. 9. évdpustov 
: a e \ 5 is n / Q@ de / 10 4 Pe 
‘yap ikavous eivar Huds TrepiyevécOat TO TrOrAeLY. . ert 
EXOMEV TMOpaTa iKavw@Tepa TovTwY Tdvous déperv. 11. els Td 
8 s a 12 na re Oe bd > \ 
 «Ot@Ketvy Wpynaar. . ovvodenodat & ovdev ovTEe Eis TO 
vA wy 9 > \ x » / yA 13 Ul 
uaxerOar oT eis TO Ta erriTHSELa eyeLv. » KpaTLoToV 
piv tecbar as Taxiota eri TO dxpov. 14. ddd TadTa 
/ 7 dls ¢ 4 > Ae fe , 
_ ~Tméepaiverv 6n wpa. 15. 4» Bacirtéos apyn hv to Sveotd- 
Z 4 xX 5 / >’ / 16 « e \ 49 A 
aBai* tas dSuvapers aabevns. - OUTOL iKavol haav Tas 
> / / n \ € ae \ ” 
axpotronXes duddtrew. 17. tovTov yap o épuos TaTnp €dw- 
. ie f 5 b / e \ , \ \ 
Kev UTKooV eivas euol. 18. ai yap odevddvat dia TO yeLpo- 
mrAnGéot Tois ALOoIs cHevdovav® emi Bpayd eEiKvodvTar. 
19. ain ab addy Tpddacis jv ait@ tod aOpoitew otpd- 
— tevpa. 20. mrodra brricyvel viv, & Kipe, Sia To év TOLOUT@ 
eva Tod Kivdvvov mpoctovTos. 21. eirev Ort oreicacbat 
F , re 4 \ od b) , U a 
Bovroto. 922. ravtny tiv ywpav érérpe we Staprdcat Tois 
— “EXAnot. 23. To Kredpyw éBoa dye To otpdrevpa Kata 
E a £ 
| fécov 70 THY TronEpiwv. 24. oe Baciredls cal Kipo «ab 
Tols adXols aTreyvoxévar TOD wayeo Oar. 


Examine the infinitives in 2, 5, 8 (etety), 18, and the verbs with 
which they are connected as subject nominatives. 
P Review 352. 


Examine the infinitives in 6, 8 (efvac), 9 (evar), 24 (dareyvwxeévat), 
and note the meaning of the verbs on which they depend. 








1 See 188 a. 8 In the original &y rd@oim. 

2 courageously, dat. plur. of the 4 For to dieordo Oa, see 775. The 
partic. qualifying the unexpressed subj. of the infin. is r&s duvdyets. 
subj. of diéxew, but assimilated in 5 Sc. robs cpevdovhras as subj. of 






case to immedow. The partic: ex- the infin. 
presses manner (379). 6 For rot udxecOu, see 753. 





St be. eee ne ee 





course in 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 25, 30. 


(thing) to see. 5. They intrust their children to them to be 


INFINITIVE. 















Review 354, and re-examine in 835 the infinitives in eintlineek dis 


Examine the infinitives in 1, 7, 21, 23, and the verbs on which 
they depend as object accusatives. 
Review 355. 


Examine the infinitives in 3, 9 (wepvyevéoOar), 10, 14, 16, and the — 
adjectives and the substantive on which they depend. a 

850. Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive may depend on adjec- 
tives or substantives, especially those which express ability, — 
Jitness, or the like. ; 


Examine the Se in 17, 22, and observe that they oe 
purpose. a 
851. Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive may express the Due ¥ 
pose of an action. ; 


Examine the infinitives in 11, 12, 18, 20, and observe that they. 
have the neuter article and depend on prepositions. 4 

852. Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive with the neuter arti- a 
cle may depend on a preposition. | 


Examine the infinitives in 4, 15, 19, 24 (udyeoOar), and observe 4 
that they have the neuter article and are used as substantives in the — 
genitive or dative. “3 

853. Rule of Syntax.— The genitive and dative of the q 
infinitive, with the neuter article, may stand in most of the — 
constructions belonging to those cases. 


wal 
a 


For the infinitive with piv and dare, see 823 and 824. 


< 


854. EXERCISE. 


1. It seemed best to them to go away. 2. And the station 
was near, where he was about to halt. 3. It is not, therefore, 
a time for us to be sleeping. 4. But it was a most fearful - 


educated! 6. It was manifest,? therefore, that Menon desired 
mT canna earns See hm 
1 Use the active of the infin., to educate. 2 See 839 b. 






eb 
eS. 
er 


ee. 


tobe rich. 7. But the peltasts must! pursue. 8. The fairest 
egapment befits victory.? 9. He accomplished this by® be- 
- ing* severe. 10. For I should be able in this way to benefit 
my friends. 11. And they said they would give up the dead. 
_ 12. It is safer for them to flee than for us. 13. But when® it 
7 was now evening, it was time for the enemy to go away. 
14. For we have come to save you. 15. For he was stern in 


-aspect.® 
1 Use dei. 8 ek. 7 
; 2 Use the infin. (853) of virdw * Use the infin. (852). 
in the dat. (768). 5 dred. 6 stern to see. 
; LESSON CXXXVII. 
Reading Lesson. 
B B55. AnaBasis JI. viii. 4-16. 


= The troops of Cyrus fall into line as speedily as possible (4, 5). 
_ The armour of the body-guard of Cyrus and of their horses is 
described (6, 7). Toward evening the enemy appear, marching in 
_ solid squares, with their chariots in the van. They approach slowly 

. and in silence, prepared for battle (8-11). Cyrus calls to Clearchus 
3 to attack the centre where the king is, but he is unwilling to do 
- this (12, 13). The king’s troops continue to advance, the Greek 
force being not yet completely in line. Cyrus surveys both armies, 
and tells Xenophon, who rides up to him, to announce that the sacri- 
- fices are favourable (14, 15). The watchword passes down the line of 
the Greeks from man to man and then back again (16). Hiss 


eva 7 avy ohn rrovdy eatuarravra, Khe. 4 
apxos pev ta de€ia Tov Képaros XO res TO 
penpary Totau@, Ipogevos dé éydpuevos, of a 


2. v0. Befic Tot Képaros, the right (sc. uépn, parts) of the wing. Képas 
_ here refers to the whole Greek force (7d ‘EAAnvutdy), Which was the right 








READING LESSON. ‘i —41T 





— ss == Fa Ve 


= a 








418 READING LESSON. 


x \ a , \ aes , os 
ahdou pera TovTov, Mévwy S€ Kal TO oTpdrevpa 
5 TO EvaVUpOY Képas eaye TOU “EAAniKov. Tov de 5 

lt A \ / 3 =X EF, x 
BapBapixov tmmets pev IlapAayoves ets ytdious 
xX - A > Les) ~ ‘\ XN 
mapa Kdéapyov é€atncay &v Te Se&i@ Kal TO 
“EdAnvixdv medractiKdy, ev d€ TO EvavYpw *Apt- 
As e £ Y ‘ x 4 
atds Te 0 Kipou virapxos kat 76 ahiio BapBapiKov. 
A \ \ ae: A , ° € / <5 
10 Kupos dé kat ot immets TtovTov oaov é€aKxdcor 6 
e , 1 dt eS \ b) 5 ‘ , 
amdiopevor Odpaks péev avtot Kat mapapnp.diots 
Kal Kpaveou mavtTes ANY Kupou' Kupos de Widnv 
+ ‘\ \ > \ , if e 
Exwv THY Kepahyny Els THY paxynv KaHicTaTo. oT 
& immo. mavres ot peta Kipov eiyov Kat mpomeTw- 
15 Tidva Kal mpooTepvioia* eiyov b€ Kal wayaipas ot 
e Ae 2 , » > , ef = 
immets EXAnviKas. Kal Hon TE HY péeaov Hmepas 8 
N ¥ 6 5 e , grees NGS 
Kal oUTw KaTadavels Hoav ot modeuor’ Hvika de 
, 344 3 , \ 4 l4 
deihn éyiyvero, ébdvy Kovioptds wamep vededy 
, , Q a ¢ Y res 
hevKy, ypovm S€ TVYV@ VaTEpoy waTEp pedavia 
20 ae) A yi 9 AN ei y Se 9 , > 2 
TUS EVT@ TEdi@M ETL TOAV. OTE OE EyyUTEpoV eyi- 
¢€ 
yvovto, Taxa On Kal yahkds Tis HYoTpamTE Kal at 
Adyxat Kal al Ta€ers KaTapavels eyiyvovTo. Kat 9 
noav imreis pev NevKoOwpaKes emt TOU EvwV-— 
A la A Ne be 2 
pov Tov TOhEpiov* Ticoadépyyns ed€yeTo TOVTWY 





4 
e « 
~ 


wing of the entire force of Cyrus. «épas in 1. 5 refers only to a part of — 
this same Greek division (or képas).— 5. tov BapBapixod: with immeis — 
(743, 6). Note 7d &Ao BapBapicdy in 1. 9.—6. xiAlovs: note the case and — 
of. 498, I. 12.—7. ternoav: took their position (second aor.). The Paphla- — 
gonian cavalry and light-armed Greek troops were placed at the extreme 
right to support the heavy-armed troops of Clearchus.— 10. Kwpos kal ot 
immeis TovToU: sc. Zrrnoav. — doov, about. — 11. Owpatt pev avrot: the arm- © 
ing of the men themselves is contrasted with that of the horses (of ® trma 
in 1, 18),—12. mavres wdrv Kipov: the exception extends only to xpdveo., — 
as appears from what follows. —19. xpovw ... modu, but some time (776) — 

later (the cloud of dust appeared) just like a sort of blackness in the plain 











ie 2s © . ‘ 
ei) 


READING LESSON. : 419 


a 7 ¥ 3s. ¢ Se , , Phage 
% 25 ap Kev EX OMEVOL € TOUVUTWY yep popopot, EX OMEVOL 


Sé 6aAirar cdv rodypect Evdivats domiow* Atyv-— 
mtu 8 obrou éhéyovto evar’ aAdou O° Urmeis, 
»” , , 3 iQ % 4 3 
Gddou tofdra. mavres S ovTor Kara evn e€v 
a , > 4 4 x ¥ 3 
mracio mrype avOpamav Exactov 76 €Ovos eo- 
4 Px nS Cea: 7 “4 X 
pevero. po dé avTav appara dvaheimovtTa ovyxvor 10 


se 


am adj ov ra 57 Speravyddpa Kahovpeva* eixov 
\ % ig > A > ld > 4, b) 

S¢ ra Spérava ex Tov afdvov eis TAadyLov amoTeTa- 
re XN € \ ae OL > ~ ah e 
peva Kat vd Tots Sidpors eis yqv BdérovTa, ws 
Suakdmrew 6tw evtvyydvoue. 7H SE yrouyn HY ws 
35 els Tas Ta€ers TOV “EAAjvev ehdvTa Kat diaKd- 
a / lal 5 9 = 
yovra. © pevtor Kupos eimey ore kadeoas mape- 11 

Kedevero ToIs "EAAnot THY Kpavyny Tov BapBapwv 

> + 3 , See: 5 9 ‘ aren. \ 

avéxeo Oar, efevoOn TovTo’ ov yap Kpavyy ahha 
- A € > \ An Ke cates = ‘ , 

oly Ss avvoTOY Kal NOVKX EV Law Kab Bpadéws 
a N 3 , fe: , 

40 mpoonoav. Kal é tovtm Kupos mapehavver 12 
a 7 , A e A \ ¥ X 
abros ovv Itypnte TO Epuyvel Kat addows Tprow 

*» , cs , > sf- 7 \ 4 

H TérTapo. T@ Kieapxw «Boa ayew TO oTpaTevpa 
‘\ - X, “~ , 9 ] A \ 

KaTa pécov TO TOV TohEpiov, OTL exer BactdEus 





for a great distance. —25. rovrav: see 746. —28. TAVTES . . . mropEvETO, 
but these were all proceeding nation by nation, each nation (€xacrov 7d 
Z6vos in appos. with odro:) in_the form of a solid square. émopedvero (for 
émopevorro) is attracted into agreement with 2vos, which intervenes be- 
tween the verb and its subj.—30. dppara: sc. jv.— cvxvdv: SC. Xwploy 
(735). —33. ds Svaxomrav: cf. 816, 29, and note. See also 824 a. — 
34. Srw évrvyydvorev: we might have had ir by evruyxdvwoww tO express 
the thought in the form in which it was originally conceived. See 846. — 


a S€ yvopm. . . Staxoipovra, they were intended to drive (fut. of erative), 


etc. ‘The participles are nom., as if yrdunv etyer (SC. Ta &pyara) had pre- 
ceded; and és is used with the future participles of purpose as if the 
chariots themselves had the intention. See note on 706, 16.— 38. apevoOy 
rovro, in this (733) he was mistaken. rodro repeats the relative clause. — 
39. év tow, with even step. —43. or ely: we might have had jv. See 781, 








420 READING LESSON: en 


ae Ny A> » =5 A , yo € A 7 ee 
 €in* Kay TOUT, edn, vikonev, mavl Hiv teoin- 
45 Tal. Opwv d€ 6 Kiéapyos 7d pécov oridos Kat 13 
> 4 £ Y + ae nw 3 , 
aKkovav Kupov e&m ovra Tov “EdAnvikov evmvdpou 
s= la Q , “ ‘ 
Baowréa (rocovTov yap mnie wepunv Bacidreds 
@OTE pecov TO EavToV exwv Tov Kupov evwvdpou 
e&w jv) — ahd’ opaws 6 Kiéapyos obk 7Oehev azro- 
, > ‘\ Mi “A »* ‘ l4 4 
50 Omdoa aTd TOU ToTaLoOv TO SeELdv KEepas, hoBov- 
\ id ¢c , ~ \ e 4 
pevos pry Kukd\olein Exatépwler, t@ Sé€ Kup@ 
a £ 4 > ~ , 4 A ¥ x 
QTEKPWATO OTL AVT@ EOL OWS Kahws Evol. Kat 14 
€v TOUTM T@ KaLp@ TO pev BapBapiKov oTparevpa 
e A , \ a ¢ N ¥ > A > eae 
Opahas mpoye, TO d€ “EAAnuiKdv ete & TO avT@ 
35 LEVOV DUVETATTETO EK TOV ETL TPOTLOVTMV. Kal O 
Kvpos mapehatvav od Tdvu TpOs avT@ TM OTPA- - 
Tevpate Katefeato éexatépwoe atoB\érov els Te 
Tovs TodEmious Kal Tovs dirous. idav dé avrdv 15 — 
aro Tov “EAAnvikov Bevodav ‘“AOnvatos, vmehacas 
e A ¥ ¥ , Reyer F) 
60 @s GUvarvTHoAL NpeTo El TL TapayyéeAdor® 6 8 
emuaTHoas etre kal éyew exéhevoe TATW OTL Kal 


846 a. — 44. kav vikapev: see 273. The apodosis rerofnra, although a perf. 
in form, still refers vividly to the future, our whole task is (will have 
been) done. — npiv: see 224. — 45. dpav... oridos, although he saw (con- 
cessive, 379) the compact body at the centre, i.e. the 6000 cavalry nfen ~ 
mentioned in 848, 3. dxotwy is also concessive. —46. Kipov, from Cyrus: | j 
(p. 1881).— dvra Baortdéa, that the king was (839).— 47. mdrnbe, in 
respect to numbers, a dat. of manner (775) expressing respect. —49. GAN 
dpws, but still, resuming the narrative after the parenthesis, with emphatic 
repetition of 6 KAéapxos.— 52. o6rv... Exot: Clearchus said, éuod wérce 
Omws KaA@s exn (SC. Ta mpdyuata). See 845.—53. td BapBapukoy orpa- 
Tevpa: the king’s army. —55. pévov: nom. sing. neut. of the present 
partic. —ovverdrtero . . . mpocidvtav, was forming its line from those still 
coming up.—56. od mdvu mpos, not very near, t.e. at some distance from. 
— 57. &katépwoe: With droBAérav.— 60. os cvvavryca: cf. 1. 33 above, 
and note. —et rt rwapayyéAAor, whether he had any orders (830).—61. ém- 










PARTICIPLE. 421 





f 


& 7a iepa Kala kal Ta oddyia Kadd. Tavra d€ 16 
: héyav OopvBov ykovore Sia TaV TaGewv LovTOS, Kat 
»¥ Mis te , ¥ e N , 5 9 

npeto Tis 6 BdpuBos etn. 6 dé KA€apyos e€imer ort 
Pi \ , , , ” \ oa 
65 TO oWwOnpa Tapépxerar SevTEpov HOH. Kal ds 
, 2.7 , , Voy y ¥ \ 
(eavpace tis Tapayyédrer Kal NpeTo O TL El TO 
— —s a wvOnpa. 6 8 anexpivaro ZET> SOTHP KAI 
NIKH. 4 


_—v. 


eS — ye 





_setyras, pulling up (sc. roy trrov).— 64. 6 S€ Kdéapxos: Clearchus had 
ridden up in the meantime. — 65. kal és, and he, i.e. Cyrus. The rela- 
tive is here used as a demonstrative.— 66. rly mapayyé&Aa, who was 
giving tt out, without his approval. ‘ 

Make a special study of the prepositions used in composition in this 
Reading Lesson (ava-, 38; do-, 32, 49, 52, 57, 67; d:a-, 80, 85; ev-, 34; 
ém-, 61; wata-, 1, 18, 57; mapa-, 36, 40, 56, 60, 65, 66; wepi-, 475 mpo-, 

. 54; mpoo-, 40, 55; cvv-, 55, 60; frro-, 59), according to the directions pre- 
viously given. 


LESSON CXXXVIII. 


The Participle. 


“i 856. EXERCISE. 


1. AW irroywpotvtor pavepa hoav Kal trv Kai avOpo- 
” Sp. yi. al be / > / a e¢ Q / 
mov iyvn To\Ad. 2. Th Oe TpiTtn emi Te TOD AppaTtos Kaln- 
pevos THY Topelay émoteiTo Kal dduyous év Taker ExwV TpO 
avtov, TO 88 rod avT@e avatetapaypévoy érropevero. 3. dn 
a 7 5) } 2 .4 0% 10 4 70 , = / 
tv adi ayopav mrjPovcav. 4. “Opovtavy mpocexvvycar, 
__ Kaitrep ciddtes Stu er) Oavatov dyoito. 5. Kal cvAdapPaver 
fa) A > a / \ a“ 
Kipov as amoxtevav. 6. ruvOdverat Bacirervs Kidpov mpoo- 
, b] “4 / > ral / - 
eravvovta. 1. émevdi) memt@xota eide Kidpov, catamrndjoas 
amo tod trou teptérecey aito. 8. 0 5 éyaipe TavTa 
Loa 
axovov. 9. mevouévors viv od petauerdynoe. 10. eyo 
5 EA > 4 /= / , 4 
oby ovmrote érmravopny Baciréa paxapifwv, diafewpevos Conv 





Tee? Foe. ae 2 ee ee 
Fe 


_ =p 


_ =, = & ert . Y Ww Ya 


qoneow. 17. of Trodéutot ovdev érravacavto Sv 6ANS THS vu- 





422 | - PARTICIPLE. 


























yopav éxor. 11. 6 rpecBitepos mapav érvyyavev. 12. pera 
a ” soy ) x \ A # A \ vate 
TOUTOV AANOS AVETTNH, ETLOELKVUS THV EvNOELAY TOU TA TADLA 
aiteity Kerevovtos. 18. Kal dverédouv ypwpevor Tois TaV 
ied \ 
Tonewiwov tokevpwaciw. 14. Bovrolunv & av axovtos* amiov 
lal , ¢ ee ad ‘ 
Kipov Aabety avtov amedOov. 15. of dé BapBapou immeis 
Kai hevyovtes dua éritpwoKov eis TovTicOev TokevovTEs ATO 
an ~/ 1 / val , 7 
Ttav immwv. 16. rapynyyere tols dpovpapyows AapRave 
avdpas bt TAElaTOUS ws émtBourEvovTos Ticcadépvovs Tais — 


KTOS KUAIVOoVTES TOUS ALouvs. 18. Kal KaTéxoav TiVas TOV 
> » / > fa) bd 19 a \ n0 x z 
eoKedacpevwy ev TO TrEdiO. . TavTa Ta €Ovn av Travaatpme 
nn = Ales ‘ “ : 
évoxAobvTa ael TH Uuetépa evdammovia. 20. peta Tadta 7dn 
nrcov Sivovtos édeEe Tordde. 21. Kal rots immedow eipnto 
an / id Db] , e an / nr <_< 
Oappodar Saxe ws epevrouéevns ixavis dvvapews. 22. tadTa 
dé Aéyor OopvBov jKovee Sia TOV Ta~ewv ovTos.2 23. mép-. 
x az Xe oy, 4 \ / 
momev O€ TpoKaTadnopmévous TA akpa, Oras pn POdowow — 
of Kidtxes xataraBovtes. 24. ottou d€ mpooedOovtes Kal 
, \ lal ¢€ / + / 4 : 
Kanécavtes Tovs TOV EXAHVOV apxYovTas Aéyovow OTL Bact- 
Neds Kerever TOS “EXAnvas, érrel vicov Tuyxaver Kal Kdpov — 
5) ad ij \ v4 7 } Pe . é 
atéxtove, Tapaddvtas Ta Sida lovtas éml Tas Bacthéas 
2 
Oupas etpicxecOar av Te Sivwvtat ayaov. 


coal 


857. The participle has three uses. First, it may express 
an attribute, qualifying a substantive like an ordinary adjec- 
tive; secondly, it may define the circumstances under which 
an action takes place; thirdly, it may be joined to certain 
verbs to supplement their meaning, often having a i a 
resembling that of the infinitive. 


Examine the attributive participles in 1, 3, 12 (émexvis), and 4 
observe that they are used as attributive adjectives. 
Review 369. 


1 Sc. dvros. to denote the act in which an ob= 4 
2 Not in indirect discourse. The ject is perceived, as here, Bear a 
supplementary partic. may be used noise ge: 


’ ¥ 
a. ee 







PARTICIPLE. 423 


Pecomnine the attributive participles in 12 (KeAevovros), 18, 24 
Ps) and observe that they are used substantively with the 
article after the analogy of adjectives (718). 

= Review 371. 


# 


ij Examine the circumstantial participles in 9, 4, 5, 7 (katarydnoas), 
‘10 (Giabediuevos), 14 (darudy), 15, 21 (Oappotor), 22 (Adywv), 23 (mpo- 
Zz BE Siiontvovs), 24 (mpocedOortes, Kadeoavres, tapaddvtas, idvras), 
and observe that they are adverbial in their nature and express rela- 
J tions of time, cause, manner, means, purpose, condition, concession, and 
attendant circumstance. 
Review 379. 


_ _ Examine the circumstantial participles in 14 (dvros), 16, 20, 21 
_ (épeWouevyns), and observe that they are used in the genitive abso- 
lute, and express relations of time, cause, etc., as above. 

Review 762. 

858. Circumstantial participles, especially those denoting 
cause or purpose, are often preceded by ws. This shows that 
_ they express the idea or the assertion of the subject of the 

leading verb or that of some other person prominent in the © 
sentence, without implying that it is also the idea of the speaker 
' orwriter. Examine 5, 16, 21. 


Examine the supplementary participles in 8, 9, 10 (uaxapiZwv), 13, 
4 _ 17, 19, and observe that they complete the idea aes by the verb 
_ and closely resemble the infinitive. 


859. Rule of Syntax. — The supplementary participle com- 
_ pletes the idea expressed by the verb, by showing to what its 
- action relates. It may belong to either the subject or the 
_ object of the verb, and it agrees with it in case. 


a. In this sense the participle is used with verbs signifying to 
7 begin, continue, endure, persevere, cease, repent, be weary, be pleased, 
| displeased, or ashamed. 


: “Examine the supplementary participles in 11, 14 (dreA@wv), 28 
_ (xaradaBovres), 24 (vixOv), note the verbs with which they are con- 
nected, and observe that the participle contains the leading idea of 


‘ba expression. 


; 














4h ' 
“ 7 q ¥ 
° aig a fA. aA An 
- <7 rast. vita 





494 ae PARTICIPLE. 




















860. Rule of Syntax.—The participle with AavOdve, escape — 
the notice of, tvyxdve, happen, and $0dvw, anticipate, contains | : 
the leading idea of the expression and is usually to be trans- a 

lated by a finite verb. q 
: a. The aorist participle here coincides in time with the principal a 
verb, and does not, according to the rule for the participle (ore), in 
itself denote past time. 


Examine the supplementary participles in 6, 7 (werrwxora), and : 
observe that they are used in indirect discourse. 
Review 839, and re-examine in 835 the participles in indirect dis- 
course in 1, 5, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 19, 22, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29. 


861. EXERCISE. 


1. But these got! above the enemy (who were) following? 
2. For those who had been wounded were many. 8. And 
another army was secretly? supported for him in Thrace., — 
4, For they have ceased to war with one another.* 5. ‘Fed 
happened to have money.’ 6. We came and encamped near A 
him. 7. A square is a bad arrangement when enemies are 
following. 8. We attacked® them while (they were) crossing 
the ravine. 9. He went up upon the mountains without oppo- 
sition. 10. When this had been said, they arose. 11. I 
therefore never ceased to pity you. 12. Let us therefore 
attack those who are burning the ships. 13. He immediately — 
crossed the river with his soldiers. 14. The enemy appeared 
while the Greeks were crossing the river. 15. They then an- 
nounced that the generals had all suffered death.’ 16. Though — 
he continues to send for me, I am not willing to go. 17. He 
suffered no injury, though he had (only) a few soldiers (with © 
him). e 


1 Use yiyvopuat. 4 See 773. 
2 Put the partic. in the attribu- 5 Use émirlOnui. 
tive position. 6 nobody opposing. 


8 Cf, 856, 14. 7 Use amro0vijonw. 









a tas : i 
, bail oe y 
ies an 


READING LESSON. 425 


LESSON CXXXIXx. 
Reading Lesson. 


862. Awasasis I. viii. 17-29. 
| Cyrus accepts the watchword, and returns to his own place. The 
Greeks sing the paean and advance (17). They break into a run, and 
raise the war-cry (18), at which the barbarians on the left of the 
king’s army give way and take flight (19). The enemies’ chariots do 
little execution (20). Cyrus is pleased at the enemies’ defeat, but does 
not join in the pursuit. He directs his attention towards the king, 
who is beyond his extreme left, and then, in fear that the Greeks may 
be encircled, moves directly upon him and puts to rout the troops in 
front (21-24). He attacks the king in person and wounds him, but 
is himself struck with a javelin, and in the fierce fight that ensues is 


killed. Artapates dies upon his body (25-29). 
VIII. 


6 d€ Ktpos dkovoas, “Ad\Aa Séyouat re, edn, 17 
Kal TOUTO €oTw. TavTa S Eimer eis THY EavTOd 
Xopav amyjhavve> Kal oder Tpia 7 Térrapa 
ordou diccyernyv TH Pddrayye am’ addyjrov jvika 
> £ / cy” x. ? b ig 

8 emavaviCov Te ol EAAnves Kal mpoypyovTo avTiou 
27 A , e Q , 3 2 
lévat Tots Todewious. ws d€ mopevoneruv é&exd- 18 

ld “A , \ > , ¥ 

_pawe tr THS padrayyos, 76 émdermdpevoy npEato 

, a SASS 5) , , a. 5 
Spopw Oeiv: Kat dua ebbéyéavro waves ofdvitep 
7 “Evvadio édediCovor, Kat mavres Se eov. 


Ba , , G \ A bY , N \ 
10 éyovot dé TWES WS KAL TALS AOTLOL TPOS Ta 


, > 4 , La! “A y 
Sdépata edovrncay, doBov rowdvtes Tots trots. 
mpw dé ro€evua e€ixveto Oar, exxkdtvovow ot Bap- 19 





1. “AdAd Séxopor, well, I accept it (the pass-word). éaad marks the 


| Opposition between his present concession and previous surprise. — 
6. amopevopévav: sc. aitav, as they proceeded (762).—11. trois: see 





T= i ee Ti i 


426 READING LESSON. 










‘ = 
Bapou kat devyovor.. Kat évradla dy edimKov 
pév kata Kpatos ot “EdAnves, €Bdwv dé addydots - 

15 py Oetv Spduw, ar\dX ev taker erecOar Ta 5 20 — 
Y ee \ \ > a A , 5 
appara epépovto Ta pev Ov avrt@v Tov Toepion, 
Ta O€ Kal dua Tov “EdARHveY Keva HYidxov. ol 0 
3 \ to 5 4 ¥ S y \ 
ETEL Tpotooter, OLLGTAVTO* EDTLO OOTLS Kal KaTE- 
AjpOyn womwep €v immodpouw exmayeis* Kal ovdev 

20 pevTor ovde TovToV malety Ehacapy, ovd aAdos € 

la "EXX , b) , a , x fl 70 Ae 
TOV nvav ev TavTH TH pmaxn emaley ovdEls 
ovder, TAH emt TO eee TokevOnvat tis €éXé- 
YETO. Bae 0 dpeav Ttovs “E\Anvas VUK@VTAS TO a 
Kal’ avtovs Kal SuwKovTas, mO0p<v0s Kal M POT ls 
25 vovpevos Non as Baciteds Wad TOV apd avTor,- 
10> a > 4 , > ‘\ = ? 
ovd os ebnxn Sudkew, aNa cuver reipan ern 
eyav THY TOV ov éavT@ éEakoolwy imméwv TAEW 
ee? O TL TOV Oret Bao.devs. Kat Yop noer — 
© 

QUTOV OTL MécoV €Xot TOU HeporKov ops ze 

30 Kal mavres O° ot TOV BapBapwv apxovres Hostile 22 
EyovTes TO avTaV yyovrTal, vopilovTes OVTM Kal 
‘va , 3 x 5B e 9 L > FA ee , 
eV pee aii eval, NY YN LOXUS AUTWY EKATE- 
fakes KaU €L TL pay yeas py Cover, Rig av 
xpovw aicbdverOar To orpdrevpa. Kat Baordevs 23 

9 





769. —16. rd pév, ta 5€: in appos. with dpuata.—17. rvrex@v: see 760. 
—18. émel nile lai see 813. — ont 8 dotis: we should expect jy dé Tis 
ds. Cf. jv os in 810, 48, and note. — karedypby éxmdayels, in his con- 
sternation was caught (i.e. by failing to get out of the way of an on-— 
coming chariot). —19. kal... éhacav, and yet they said that not even 
he suffered any harm. —20. ob8€... 8€: the negative expression corre- 
sponding to cal... 65é. Cf. 706, 7, and note.—ov8 ovSels ovdév: em- — 
phatic negation (p. 2022).—28. Se atrov dru exor, knew him that he 
had, t.e. knew that he had. —30. péoov té avrav: see 719 and 743, 1.— 
83. dv atcOdverOor: in the original dy aicddvoiro (354), the apodosis to ei 












Sa a REE. 
Ps — "j es Fe 7 . = re 
a f yo , 7Y {a5 * 

major: 5 a5 

iy 

4 


READING LESSON. 427 


3 oH TOTE pérov EYav THS AUVTOD oTparvas Spas e€w 
éyeveTo TOU Képou etertpou ‘KEPATOS. émet de 
obdels abt@ eudxero €x Tov avTiov OvdE TOls avTOU 
Teraypevars euTtpoo ler, Smet pnarew ws eis KUK\O- 
ow. 0a 8) Kipos deicas py omiobev yevo- 24 

40 revos Katakdwy TO “EXAnvuxdy édavver avtios: 
\ > \ ‘\ “ € 7 =" ~ \ ‘\ 

Kal éuBarov adv tots EEakociors viKa ToVs TPO 

id , XN > XN ¥y x 

Baotéws teraypevovs Kat els pvynv eTpee Tovs 

é€axioyidiouvs, Kat amoKrewat éyerar avTos TH 


¢€ La) A > ? XN + > a 
€avrod xeupt “Aptayéponv tov apxovTa avr. 
e€ 8 e \ > l4 , \ e 
4 as 8 1 Tpom) eyévero, SiacmeipovTa Kat ot 25 
4 € , > X 4 3 ‘4 A 
Kupov é€axdovor eis TO SudKew Opunoartes, TAnV 
Bee. a, ds ee > > r aa." ta N 
mavu odiyo. aud avtov KateheipOnoay, ayedov 
et e e , , ‘ , Q x 
Ot Gmotpamelor Kadovpevor. adv TovTois dé dv 26 
“ s= N ‘ > a a) Ss \ 
kaBopa Baciéa kat TO au exetvov otipos* Kat 


60 evOds ovK HréoxeTo, GAN eitav Tov avdpa Opa, 


tero én avtov Kal maleu Kata Td oTépvov Kal 

pepooxes dua Tov Oapaos, OS alle Kryoias o 
iarpos kat tac0ar abrds TO Tpatpa BT. Tat- 27 

ovta 8 avrov dcovriter Tus TAAT@ VT TOV 6dOah- 

55 pov Buaiws: Kat évradOa paxdpevor Kat Bacrdevs 

A wa A ¢€ bd > > ‘ e \ e , e , 

Kat Ktpos kat ot aud avrous umep Exarépov, o70- 





. « « xpr Cover. —39. yevopevos: t.€. cay yévnra (379).—47. cxeBdv. . . 
Kahovpevor, chiefly his so-called table-companions.— 49. to dp exetvov 
otidos: the king’s éuorpdre(o., probably, who, now that the 6000 had 
fled, rallied about him in a compact body (c7ipos) for his protection. — 
53. kal tioOar.. . hyo, he says that he himself cured the wound. Cte- 
sias said iduny (impf.) ards 7d tpadua. The present infin. in indirect 
discourse (354) sometimes represents the imperfect indic., against the , 
rule that in Greek the tense does not change in quotation. This results 
from the fact that there is no imperfect infin. ; but the construction is 
allowed only when the time of the infin. is made clear by the context. — 


_ 








o ~ hy wn A ae 
Lr ’ Fa ts dee Ee edi Bi 


READING LESSON. 2 t—~<CS~S 


















COL pev TOV apni argc atéOvyoKov: Krnoias | ee 4 
héyen+ aap éxeiva yap Hv: Kupos Se abtés Te 
améOave Kat éxT@ ol adpioTo. TOY TEept avTov ; 

60 exewTo Er aiT@. “Aptramarns 8 6 mMoarTdOTaTos 28 — 

—adT@ TOV oKYTTOVXoV Depdtav héyeraL, EmEdy 
memTwoKoTa €lde Ktpov, katamndyoas amo Tov — 
9 AS. 5) nw x e , - ? $ ‘fe — 
immov TEepiTecel avT@. Kat ot pe pact Baciéa 29 — 
Kehevoal twa emodd€at avTov Kup, ot 0 éavrov 

& émopdfacba onacdpevoy Tov akivaKyny: Elye 

4 - A \ x 8 af 2 \ 4 , > 
Pepe RP dro A Kalo R ema epope Kat pedua 
Kal Ta\\a wWorEp ob dpiarot Hegnen ; ereTiynto - 
yap umd Kipovu ov’ evvoudy TE Kat | TUFTOTHTO. 





60. 6 muororatos aite Yepdtrov, the attendant most in his aden - 
63. mwepurecety aire, to have fallen about him (774), t.e. so as to embrace 
him. — 64. émogdgtar airov Kipw, to slay him (Artapates) over Cyrus 
(774), i.e. as a sacrifice. — éavrdv émurddtacba: strongly reflexive, éavrdy 4 
being added to the verb in the mid. (196). 


Make a special study of the prepositions used in oethpolifion® in this | 
Reading Lesson (dva-, 50; dmo-, 8, 43, 57, 59; dia-, 4, 18, 45; ev-, 41; 
é-, 6, 12 (bis), 19, 26; ém-, 7, 28, 38, 64, 65; xara-, 18, 40, 47, 49, 62; 
mapa-, 33; wepi-, 633; mpo-, 5, 183 mpoo-, 24; cuv-, 26), acconging to the 
directions bre Honals given. 












NN ee 
40 

hi Ma Oe ee ins ZI 
ie of ie . a op ee . 


—= ZANE, NSA) 
= : D 


ere wll) lg 


a A yn ‘s 









































“fone 





















































































































Win, ane can “a 
SMH Mt 
5 Ss WY Ma MMi, 
= _ wu NZ 
Lo = on me Wyn AN» 
P ys” a : 
AX m oe ‘A WAT SSS s 
rl oO cama ANZ mM yD “Al ql lo NI PeSu0: 5) 5 ‘ RNY = 
ni a Se nd Nee » hoe vf) : S 
2s oe Ambrsig : Fy DI RENE AMS 
Cow an a a i Arnis BOM Xe ag AWS op | 
. i SWUi aN KOM” 7, J aw se ji! JW : ZINN Nps 4p 0 WS ane R. = ae 4 race’) 40 
TN 7H \ Re Beh U / i ANNs SN i. IS © UR of yas Mea ally ; 
os > SE Mad Cars BS S dy tit sis ee AW 
: 4 Zela “ ) } = ‘ y 
a = aid I i <e 
“en f ANGRY WANG) NGS 4 
. ESAs x oes , 2 Wiig, ©? 
\ i! Fade ~ ign i Yp Mar Me. 3 
’Gordieum , ! ae is A AX Se Dionne “a R = Zyyomnsst a) ms Nyy I INS " 
a oe slate’ 5 Si my Coins WF A AS ‘. “A > 
Se lS Sts ties <5 ye 
d i vor ~ VE mess De ae Evphrates RS, 2 Ff : 
*. Vane . = ~] 
vey aN ey \ uaa N <n 1 S : 
Shy = Ln yn iy ST asp gs 
. vay’ stxupedion “O i = E4 Py wes ge ie ~ 
: > oN yp ss if FMD ” Pane 
(2m Cay I CBT Ls \ a “ies Se Tans 
C J AK ‘Melitene a q a gi mn — 
~ hy i 
OM NVA Pays 7 nex © 4 
\y . fe, . yi GZ 
sat q as NP NNN Yess Amida os sii ay + 
: y NE inan® A Y BE a ye 
Z, 40 I ns =~ 








































— a 








"= \Bambyce 
al ‘ 












t ye Prete Oe “Ay a pe 
Ay Qty te Avr nn me 
KU omy = 
: = IW“ Celenderis Chailybo sons 
Anemurium Pr. : J STS* 


a Thapseo™” 


\Hamath aod 


i Hmesa 





































oa 


oooor- ~~~ 




























































—-==-- Route of the Ten Thousand. 
ee Boundary of the Satrapy of Cyrus. 
Persian Parasangs of 30 Stadia each... 






Z| ff wo vs ande* 
‘A hes yw recite 8 










0 10 20 30 40 50 
English Miles = : = = j , ts 
a7) ae 77 ny. = = —— us d ao 
oa : S bas 



































Ke 6 P 
ys 3 BABYLON 

















































































| 





Greenwich. 














peo tir 
‘ 


VOCABULARIES. 


~ 


GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY, 


[I. ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 


. 
a? 
—< 


S37 
ors Sees , 
“EA Sd bd eee 
eas ao 


: sg dt ise 





rr: , = +, D2 OD Pe = 


ABBREVIATIONS, eo 


abl. = ablative. 

abs., absol. = absolute, -ly. 
acc. = accusative. 

act. = active, -ly. 

adj. = adjective, -ly. 

adv. = adverb, adverbial, -ly. 
antec. = antecedent. 

aor. = aorist. 

apod. = apodosis. 

appos. = apposition, appositive. 
art. = article. 

attrib. = attributive. 

cf. = confer, compare. 

comm. = commonly. 

comp. = comparative. 

cond. = condition, conditional. 
conj. = conjunction. 

const. = construction. 


contr. = contraction, contracted. 


dat. = dative. 

def. = definite. 

dem., demon. = demonstrative. 
dep. = deponent. 

dim. = diminutive. 

dir. = direct. 

disc. = discourse. 

e.g. = for example. 

encl. = enclitic. 


Eng. = English. 


esp. = especial, -ly. 

etc. = and so forth. 

f., ff. = following. 

fem. = feminine. 

freq. = frequently. 

fut. = future. 

gen. = genitive. 

i.e. = that is. 

impers. = impersonal, -ly. 
impf., imperf. = imperfect. 
imy. = imperative. 

indec., indecl. = indeclinable. 
indef. = indefinite. . 


rs) 


| Rem. = remark. 


ind., indic. = indicative. 
indir. = indirect. - 
inf., infin. = infinitive. 
interr. = interrogative, -ly. 
intr., intrans. = intransitive, -ly. 
Lat. = Latin. 

lit. = literal, -ly. 

masc. = masculine. 

mid. = middle. 

neg. = negative, -ly. 

neut. = neuter. 

nom. = nominative. 

obj. = object. 

opt. = optative. 

p., Pp. = page, pages. 
part., partic. = participle. 
pass. = passive, -ly. 
pers. = person, personal, -ly. 
pf., perf. = perfect. 

pl., plur. = plural. 

plpf., plup. = pluperfect. 
post-posit. = post-positige. 
pred. = predicate. 

prep. = preposition. 

pres. = present. 

pron. = pronoun. 

prop. = proper, -ly. 

prot. = protasis. 

reflex. = reflexive, -ly. 
rel, = relative, -ly. 

R. = root. 


sc. = scilicet. 

sec. = second. 

sent. = sentence. 

sing. = singular. 

subj. = subject. 

subjv. = subjunctive. 
subst. = substantive, -ly. 
sup. = superlative. 

tr., trans. = transitive, -ly. 
voc. = vocative. 








t 







VOCABULARIES, 


4 I. GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 


In the following Vocabulary the theme of each simple verb is given in parentheses 


_ directly after the present indicative unless the verb is of the First Class (595). 


‘The small Roman numeral following the principal parts of a simple verb designates 
_ the class to which the verb belongs. When no small Roman numeral occurs, the verb is 
_ of the First Class. Compound verbs are not classified, nor are their themes or principal 
_ parts given, if the simple verb occurs elsewhere in the Vocabulary or presents no difti- 
_ culties. Deponents that are regular have the aorist middle, unless it is stated that they 


Lee 


- are re. deponents. Arabic numerals refer to the sections of this book. 
The form of the genitive is given for substantives of the A-declension, the gender is 


_ indicated in the O-declension, and both genitive and gender are given in the Consonant- 


_ declension. 


The derivation of most words is indicated witbin brackets or by means of the dagger, 
_ which points up (1) or down (ft) or in both directions (¢) to some simpler related word 
or words. Arabic numerals within the brackets refer to the groups of related words 

previously given. If no indication of the derivation is given, the etymological connexion 
of the word is unknown, doubtful, or too difficult to be discussed here. The parts of 


_ compound words are separated by a hyphen. 
a 


a- A 


_ 4&-, an inseparable particle, (a) 
negative; (bd) copulative. 424 ab. 
«&, see bs. 

 &-Baros, ov [Balyw], not to be 
trodden; of mountains or a country, 


| impassable, for men or horses. 


*ABpoxdpas, a (Dor. gen.), Abro- 
comas, satrap of Phoenicia and 
_ Syria, and commander of one fourth 
_ of the king’s army. 

"ABi8os, 7, Abydus, a city of 
_ Troas, on the Hellespont. 

dyayetlv, ayayy, etc., see dyw. 

— Gyabds, 7, 6v, 469, good in the 
_ broadest sense (as opposed to xaxés), 
brave, expert, upright, noble, useful, 


| excellent; dyadsy, 6, good, good 


thing; pl., good things, blessings, 


| supplies; xadds kal dyaids, Kadds 


 Kayabss, noble and good, ‘gentle- 
mnan’; én’ dyad@, for one’s good. 


Gypvos 


Gayapor, wyacdunry, nydcOnv, 647, 
3, Vil., admire. 

tayyé&\Aw (ayyed-), ayyedd, Hy- 
yea, Hyyedka, iryyeduar, HyyéerOnr, 
619, 1, iv., bring news, announce, 
report. 839. 

ayyedos, 6 [angel, ev-angelist], 
messenger, scout, envoy, herald. 

ayeipw (ayep-), nyepa, iv., collect. 

ayKvpa, as, [anchor], anchor. 

G-yvaopwv, ov, gen. ovos [644], tg- 
norant, thoughtless, senseless. 

ayopa, as [dyelpw], assembly, meet- 
ing, place of assembly, Lat. forum, 
esp. market-place, market; dudi 
dyopav wiiOovcav, about the time of 
full market, forenoon. 


Jayopdtw (ayopad-), dyopdow, etc.,. 


iv., frequent the market, buy, pur- 
chase ; mid., buy for oneself. 
Gyptos, d, ov [435], wild. 
3 





i ee oe CR 2 ee he Oe 





lA 
ayo 


ayo, diw, iyayor, xa, Fymar, 
HxOnv, 604, 1 [435], set going, drive, 
lead, bring, conduct, carry, convey ; 
intrans., lead on, march, go ; dye 57, 
dyere 67, come now! well then! 
novxlav dyev, keep quiet; dywy, 
dyovres, with. 

a&yov, vos, 6 [485], assembly, 
contest, struggle, games; ayava Ti- 
bévat, hold games. 

Gyovifopar (aywud-), dywvodpuat, 
etc., iv. [435], contend, fight. 

d&ywvo-Gérns, ov [435, 638], judge 
of a contest, president in the games. 

&-Sevmvos, ov [ def vor], without sup- 
per, supperless (see detrvor). 

G&deXdds, 6, brother. 

&-SeGs, adv. [deldw], without fear, 
fearlessly, confidently. 

G-Syros, ov [570s], doubtful, wn- 
certain. 

&-Sikéw, ddiejow, etc. [486], be 
unjust, do wrong, wrong, injure, 
with fut. mid. as pass.; pres. as pf., 
have done wrong, be in the wrong, 
and so in the pass., be wronged, 
have suffered wrong. . 

&-Suxla, as [486], wrongdoing. 

&-Stkos, ov [486], unjust, wicked ; 
6 &dixos, the wrongdoer. 

&-S6rws, adv. [d6dos, deceit], with- 
out deceit or treachery. 

G-Séivaros, ov [divayac], unable, 
powerless, impossible. 

del, adv. [Lat. aewum, age, Eng. 
EVER, AYE], always, ever, from time 
to time. 

aeTds, 6, eagle. 

*AOfivar, Gv, Athens. 

f A@nvatos, a, ov, Athenians °A0n- 
vaios, 6, an Athenian. 
PACAvyor, adv., at Athens. 

GOXov, 7b [GAdos, 6, contest, Eng. 
athlete], prize of contest, prize. 

GOpol{w (adpod-), dOpolcw, etc., 
618, 1, iv. [d@pd0s, in a body], press 


srr = 


4 


EE 
; 5 * | ie Pa BS Me 
Md af. < . 
ee eee 
: > 2 “es 
g = ; 
airla 


close together, collect, as troops, Lat. 
cogo ; mid., intrans., muster. 
&-Otpéw, dbvujow [537], be dbvuos, 
be discouraged, dejected, or dispir- 
ited, lose courage. a 
&-Oupia, as [537], fainthearted- _ 
ness, dejection, despondency. >» 
&-Bvpos, ov [537], without heart, 
dispirited, Sainthearted. 
ai, at, see 6, ds. a 
‘Alyierioet a,ov[Atyurros, Egypt}, 
Egyptian ; Alybrrws, 6, an Egyptian. 
alkife (axd-), comm. dep., aixl- 
fouar, alkrodpuar, etc., iv. [aixhs, shame- 
Sul), outrage, maltreat, mutilate. . 
aivéw, alvérw, vera, Tveka, Tvnuat,. 
jvé0nv [alvos, tale, praise], praise.. 
Aivudv, dvos, 6, an Aenianian. 
até, alyds, 6, 7, goat. a 
tatperds, 1%, dv, chosen; ob alperot, : 
the deputies. 
aipéw (alpe-, é\-), alpjow, hor, 
nenka, yonua, ypéOnv, 655, 1, viii. — 


[di-aeresis, heresy], take, seize, cap- 


ture; mid., take for oneself, choose, 
prefer, leeds 

alpw (ap-), apo, pa, hpka, Fpyar, 
nponv, iv. [met-eor], raise. 

ais, see ds. : 

aicbdavopa. (aicd-), alcOjcomar, 
Hoddunv, HoOnua, 625, 1, v. [aes- 
thetic], perceive, learn, see, observe ; 
with gen., hear, hear of. 747, 839. — 

aloxpds, ad, dv [alddés, sense of 
shame], eee base, pe Aber 
Sul. i: 

latoxivn, ns, shame, disgrace; ore 
aicxivyny addr\jrwv, from a sense of — 
shame before one another. 

jaloxive (axur-), aloxuvd, Foxv- 
va, yoxvvOnv, 619, 2, iv., shame; 
mid. as pass. dep., feel ashamed, fees 
ashamed before, stand in awe of. 

aitréw, alrihow, etc., ask for, i 
demand. 737,: 

alrla, as, blame, censure. 










point, highest, topmost ; 


éxév), unwilling, reluctant ; 
Twos (sc. 8vros), against a man’s 


airidopar 


—— jalridopat, alridcoua, etc., 255 a, 
blame, reproach, accuse, charge. 


jairios, a, ov, to blame, responst- 
ble; atrids elu, be the cause; rd 
atriov, the cause. 

aixp-drXwros, ov [564], captured by 
the spear, taken in war, captured; 
alxpddwrot, oi, captives. 


 Gkivakys, ov, a short sword. 


- Gkorov0éw, dxodovdjow, etc., ac- 


company, follow. 773. 


akovtitw (axovrid-), dxovrid, iv. 
[564], hurl the javelin, hit with a 
javelin, hit. 

G&kévricis, ews, 7 [564], javelin 
throwing. 

Gkovtirrhs, of [564], Javelin 
thrower, javelin-man. 

GKotw, dkovcoua, qKovoa, axhxoa, 


 HKxovcOnv, 604, 2 [ Lat. caued, take care, 


Eng. acoustic], hear, learn, hear of, 
listen to, give heed to. 747, 839. 
 dkpa, ds [564], height, citadel. 

G-Kparos, ov [Kepdvviyu], unmixed. 
' &xpé-trodts, ews, 4) [564], upper 
city, acropolis, citadel. 

axpos, a, ov [564], pointed, at the 
dkpov, 76, 
height, summit ; ra &xpa, the heights. 
' &kp-ovuxld, ds [564], spur, crest. 
- Gxwv, ovoa, ov [for d-éxwy, see 
dxovrés 


will, without his consent. 
GAadhdfio (araray-), ddardfoua, 


. Hrd aka, iv. [adanyH, garnet A raise 
the war-cry. 


GAEw, ddétouar, pretduny, ward 
of; mid., ward off from oneself, 
repulse. 

Ghéryns, ov. [ddéw, grind], lit. 
grinder, only as adj. in the phrase 


- Bvos ahérns, upper mill-stone. 


GAevpov, 74 [ddéw, grind], in. pl., 


flour, wheaten flour. 


fa-Aqera, ds, truth, sincerity. 


5 _ GAdvrov 





Ta-AnPedo, drnOedow,  AAHOevoa, 
speak the truth, tell the truth. 

G-AnOxs, és [Aavddvw ], unconcealed, 
true ; 7d adnbés, the truth. 

dAlokopat (adA-), dAwooua, é&rwv 
and jrwy, éddwka and 7drwka, 642, 
1, vi., be captured, taken, caught, be 
convicted, used as pass. to aipéw. 

GAKipos, ov [dK7}, prowess], stout, 
brave, warlike, valiant. 

GAAG, adversative conj. [533], 
otherwise, in another way, on the 
other hand, still, but, yet. It intro- 
duces something different from or 
opposed to what has been said before, 
and occurs frequently after nega- 
tives. At the beginning of a speech, 
by way of an abrupt transition, or 
to break off discussion, well, well 
but, however, for my part. 

GAAGTTwO (adrAay-), dAAdEW, FANaEA, 
MrArAaXa, HAAayMa, PAA On and H)r- 
Adynv, 617, 1, iv. [5383], change. 

GAAy, adv. [533], in another way, 
elsewhere, somewhere else. 

&AAfAwv, reciprocal pron., 5380 
[5383], of one another, each other. 

GXos, 7, 0 [533], other, another ; 
with the art., the other, the remain- 
ing, the rest, the rest of; &ddo ad- 
ws, Lat. alit aliter, some one way, 
others another ; ri &dXy (sc. Huépa), 
next day; with numerals and in 
enumerating objects, besides, fur- 
ther ; ws tis kal &ddos, as (well as) 
any other man whosoever; ovbdév 
&dro 4, nothing else than, only. 

Gddore, adv. [533], at another time ; 
&AAote kal &AAore, every now and 
then. 

GAXws, adv. [533], otherwise, in 
another way ; tAdkws mws, in_some or 
any other way. 

G-AdyirrTos, ov [501], unreason- 
ing, foolish, inconsiderate. 

GAditov, 74, in pl., barley meal.- 


GAorekh 


GAwmekn, Fs [aAdrnt, fox, Lat. 
uolpes, fox], fox-skin, fox-skin cap. 

dAocoopat, See GAloKouat. 

apa, ady. [Lat. sem-per, always, 
Eng. SAME, SOME ], at the same time, 
together ; aua TH jnuepa, at daybreak ; 
dua TH emiovon Huéepr, as the next day 
was breaking. 773. 

jap-ata, ns [4385], a heavy wagon, 
originally and generally with four 
wheels (and therefore with two 
united axles, as the name signifies). 
_|dp-atiros, év [435], passable for 
wagons ; 6d5ds auatitds, wagon-road. 

Guaptave (dguapt-), auaprhooua, 
fmaprov, hudpTrnka, judpTnuat, map- 
TthOnv, 625, 2, v., miss the mark, 
miss, fail (in conduct), err, do 
wrong, commit error. 746. 

a-paxel, adv. [udxyn], without fight- 
ing, without a struggle. 
a-paxyrl, adv. [udxn], without 
Jighting. 

*Aumpaxisrns, ov, an Ambraciot. 

Gyelvov, -ov, gen. ovos, comp. of 
aya0ds, 469, better, braver, stouter. 

G-pedéw, ducrhow, etc. [wera], be 
careless, neglect. 747. 

G-pedos, adv. [udrAa], negligently, 
carelessly, incautiously. 

G-pyxavos, ov [455], without 
means, impossible, impracticable. 

GprdAdopar, auiAAcouat, eC., Pass. 
dep., 599 [@u:AdAa, contest], contend, 
struggle, race. 

Gurredos, 7, vine. 

Give (auvy-), dauvyd, Huiva, iv., 
ward off, defend ; mid., ward of Srom 
oneself, defend onesely, 

aul, prep. [akin to &udw, of. Lat. 
ambi-, amb-, in composition, round 
about], orig. on both sides of, hence 
about, followed by the acc. and 
very rarely by the gen. With gen., 
about, concerning, of things. With 
acc., of place, round, about, of per- 


.|and temporal protases. See 2738, 803, 


ava-Batve 


sons, countries, or things; of the 

object affected, aug) orpdrevya dSama- 
vav, spend money on an army; of 
time, about, at; with numerals pre- 
ceded by the art., about, Lat. cir- 


citer. of dugi with an acc. of a ~—— 


person may denote either the fol- — 
lowers of that person or that per- 
son and his followers, as of dud} 


Bacihéa, the king’s attendants, but 


of dup) Xeipicopov, Chirisophus and 
his men; ra dui tdters, tactics. 
In composition déu@i signifies on 
both sides, about. 
audi-A€yw, speak on both sides, 
have a dispute, quarrel. me 
tapdorepos, a, ov, both. 
‘tdpdborépwhev, adv., on both sides, — 
Strom both sides. 
ayo [akin to dugl, of. Lat. ambd, 
both, Eng. Boru], both. 


dv, a post-positive particle with- 


out an exact equivalent in English, 
Three uses of & are to be distin- 
guished: I. In conditional, relative, 


814, III, 814, I. 2a, 822, 823. ay 
unites with the particle ei (forming 
édv, av, or #v), and sometimes with 
the relatives. II. In apodosis. See — 
798, 300, 814, IL, 814, IV., 822, 823. 
III. In iterative sentences. See 805. 

dv, contracted form of édv. 

dva, prep. with acc. [Eng. on], wp 
(opposed to card). Of place, up, up 
along, upon, over, throughout ; with 


numerals to signify distribution, at _ 


the rate of, ava éxatdv, by hun- 
dreds, a hundred each; to express _ 
manner, ava xpdros, up to one’s — 
strength, at full speed. 

In composition avd signifies up, — 
back, again, and is sometimes sim- 
ply intensive. . 

dva-Balye, go up, ascend, march — 
up, mount. a 





aa 





i- » €ws, 7, going up, as- 


cent, march inland. 


4 % 


- dva-Body, Hs [480], that which is 


thrown up, earth-work, rampart. 


ay-ayyé\do, bring back word, 


report. 7 
. ava-yryverke, know again, recog- 


nize, read. 


he. ty 






Mae LAS ec eed so ee ee ee ee Oe ae eee Tee ee 
‘ : al sg hi a — 


tdvayxdte (avaykad-), dvaykdicw, 


_ ete., iv., force, compel, oblige. 


tdvayKatos, a, ov, necessary; dvay- 


Kaidy Tt, some necessity. 


avayKn, ns, force, necessity, con- 
straint; avdyxn éorf (more often 
without éori), it is necessary, one 
must, of physical necessity. 850. 
 dva-yvous, See dva-yryvdonw. 

av-ayo, lead up, take up. 

ava-Sappéw, regain courage, pluck 
up courage again. 
~ gva-Onpa, aros, 7d [638], something 
set up, a votive offering. 

dy-aipew, take up; mid., take up 
one’s dead for burial. 

dva-Ko.wow, make common, com- 


— municate, consult a god; mid., con- 
fer with a friend. 


773. 
dva-Kpatw, raise a shout, shout, 
cry out. 
ava-hapBave, take or pick up. 
ava-Adprew, burst into flames. 
dva-peve, wait for, await, Lat. 


 exspecto ; intrans., remain, wait. 


 dyva-pivyoke, remind of. 787. 
dvatupldes, (Swy, ai, trousers. 
ava-ravw, make to cease or halt; 
mid., desist, stop, halt.for the pur- 
pose of resting, rest.. 
ava-Tre (Ow, persuade. 
ava-rvew, breathe again. 
 dy-aprrate, snatch up, carry off as 
booty, plunder. 

ava-ords, etc., See ay-lornm. 

dva-cravpow [649], set up on a 
stake, impale. 

ava-oreAAw, send back, repulse. 


avOpwrros 


dva-rrpedho, turn back, turn 

round, face about; pass., be turned 
back, rally. 

dva-oxéoOar, eic., see av-exw. 

ava-rapatrw, stir up; pf. pass., 
be in confusion or disorder. 

ava-relvw, stretch up, hold up ; ava- 
retauevos, With extended wings. 

ava-rlOnpr, put or lay upon. 

dva-xwpew, move back, withdraw, 
retire, of troops. 

dvipdrofov, 7é, a slave, esp. a 
captive taken in war. 

avBpetos, a, ov [aviip], manly, brave, 
valiant. 

jdvSpelws, adv., bravely, courage- 
ously. 

Gv-ethov, SCC dv-aipew. - 

av-eivat, See av-tnu. 

av-eirov, proclaim, of a herald. 

aveyos, 6 [Lat. anima, breath, 
wind, animus, soul], wind; &vepuos 
evayrtos, a wind full in the face. . 

av-epwtaw, ask with authority, in- 
quire of, question, demand. 

av-eoTyny, See av-ioT nm. 

dvev, improper prep., without, fol- 
lowed by the gen. . 

av-€xo, impf. and aor. mid. with 
double augment, jveryduny and jve- 
oxdunv, hold up; mid., control one- 
self, tolerate, endure. 

av-1yyayov, See av-dyw. 

dv-ykeoros, ov [dxéoua, heal, &xos, 
ré, remedy, Eng. pan-acea], not to 
be healed, incuradle, irreparable. 

avip, avipds, 6, 291, man, Lat. uir, 
as opposed to woman, youth, or 
child, in contrast with the generic 
&vOpwiros. 

dv0-iornpr, match against; mid., 
stand against, resist. 

avOpwros, 6, % [phil-anthropy], 
man, human being, Lat. homo, one 
of the human race as opposed to 
a higher or lower order of beings ; 





eee 





a a we Pet ee een ee eee * 


‘avidw 


contemptuously, person, fellow; pl., 
men, persons, people. 

avidw, dvidow, jvidca, hviaOny 
[avia, grief], harass, trouble. 

dv-lornpt, make stand up, rouse 
up, start up, raise up; mid., with 
pf. and 2 aor. act., stand up, rise, 
get up. 

div-o80s, 7 [656s], way up, the march 
inland from the coast. 

dv-olyw, dv-olfw, av-epta, av-eyya 
and av-éwxa, av-emyuat, av-edxOnv, 
604, 8, open up, open. 

dyt-ayopatw, buy in exchange. 

avT-erripedéonar, take care in re- 
turn, take measures against. 

avri, prep. with gen., orig. facing, 
over against, against, hence, instead 
of, for, in place of, in preference to, 
in return for. 

In composition dyri_ signifies 
against, in opposition, in return, in 
turn, instead. ‘ 

dvti-Aéyw, say or speak against, 
say in opposition, object. 

dvtios, a, ov [avri], set against, 
opposite ; avrio igvat, go to meet; 
€x Tov avtiov, from the opposite side. 
772. 

avTi-trapa-léw, run along one’s own 
line to meet. 

GvTi-TrapacKevatopar, prepare one- 
self in turn. 

GyTL-TrapatarTropar, array oneself 
against. 

dyri-tovew, do in return, retaliate ; 
mid., lay claim to. 746. 

avTi-oractwrns, ov [649], one of 
the opposite faction, opponent. 


avtTi-tattw, set against; mid., 
marshal oneself against. 773. 
avtTi-dbuAdtTo, guard in turn; 


mid., guard oneself in turn. 

avrpov, 74, Cave. 

avuoros, dv [aviw, accomplish], to 
be accomplished, possible. 


-dvw, adv. [avd], above, up, on — 


higher ground, upwards, into the 
air, up country; comp., wien 
SUp., avwrdrw. 
ldvabev, adv., from above. - 


déla, ds [485], worth, cana Thy | 


atiav tivt vetua, give one his deserts. 
afivn, ns [Lat. ascia, axe, ea 
AXE, ADZE], axe, Lat. bipennis. : 


Gftos, a, ov [435], netg hig as a 
much as, worthy of, deserving, wval-— 3 
uable, bejitting, worth; neut. wv 


(sc. éort), be worth while, becoming ; 
mwoAAov &tios, worth much, of great 
value ; mdetovos &os, more valuable 
or serviceable, mAclorov tk.os, . most. 
valuable. 760. - 

déiow, aiiow, esc. [485], think 


jit, deem worthy or proper, expect; — 


hence, claim, ask, demand. ° 758. 

délws, adv. [435], worthitly,. ditly. 
761, 

déwv, ovos, 6 [485], axle. 

ar-ayy&Aw, bring back word, an- 
nownce, report. . 

ar-ayopeiw [ dyopetw, harangue, 

say, ayopa], say no, -piibimate in- 
trans., give up or out. 

dir-dy~, lead away or back. 

ar-a.téw, ask from, eens de- 
mand back. 

ar-ahAarre, change off, dhanaale 
quit, go away, depart, withdraw, act. 


and mid. ; pass., be freed PAE, be 


rid of. 
daradds, nh, év, tender, delicata:é 
dma, numeral adyv., 496, once. 


pena ov [mapasxevs], un- 


prepared. 
G-mds, doa, av [544], all together, 


all, whole, entire; with the art. it — 


has pred. position, as d&rav rd pécor, 
the entire space between. 
dirr-eui (eiul), be away or absent. 
Grr-eupt (elur), go of or away, de- 
part. 


i 


a 


¥ 






a 





 @areipos, ov [561], without experi- 
ence, unskilled. 
“Nits am-eAavve, drive away; 
_ march, ride, or go away. 
 dar-eAOoiv, see am-€pxXomat. 
 d-trep, see do-mnep. 
eons, come or go away, de- 
pat retreat, desert. 
:. ant Gr-exPavopor, ar-exOjoouat, am- 
XOdunv, an-xOnpai, 625, 3, V. [ExOos, 
> 76, hatred], be hated or hateful, in- 
cur hatred. 
—s aer-€xo, Keep off or away ; intr., be 
away from or distant, Lat. disto ; 
Sak keep oneself from, desist or 
seg a from. 753. 
 Gar-yer, See Gacy (clus). 
 d-nAOov, see dr-epxouat. 
—-- dar-vévan, etc., See tm-eyu (eluc). 
3 d-Trirréw, ai 1 9,,, etc. [495], dis- 
trust, mistrust, disobey. 768. 
_ G@awheros, ov [rlumAnu], not to be 
Jiled or measured, great. 
: Garhoos, én, dov, contr. ods, 7H, ody, 
simple, frank, sincere, Lat. simplex ; 
7d &rdodv, sincerity. 
amo, prep. with gen. [Lat. ab, 
_ Eng. orr, or], from, off, off from, 
away from. Of place, from, away 
. from; of time, from, after, start- 
_ ing from; of source, including ori- 
gin, from; of cause, on, upon; of 
- means, by, out of, by the aid of, by 
— means of, with. 
_ __ In composition a7é signifies from, 
| away, off, in return, back, but is 
' sometimes simply intensive, and 
__ sometimes almost neg. (arising from 
the sense of off). 
 daro-BiBatw, make go off, disem- 
m bark. 
| _— garo-BAérrw, look away from all 
| s other objects at one, look steadily. 
— dmo-yryvarka, give up the inten- 
tion of. 7653. 
——— daro-Belkvipn, 


qy 


intr., 


gz < 


& 
Se 
a 






point out, make 


_ 






&.-Tropéw 


si Bi appoint; mid., set forth 
one’s views, declare, express. 739. 

dmo-Sépw, take the hide off, Jay, 
skin. 

atro-Si8packe, run away, desert, 

escape by stealth, abandon. 
aro-SiSwpt, give back or up, re- 

store, deliver, pay, fulfil; mid., sell. 
atro-OvyoKke, die off, die, be killed, 

be slain, be put to death, suffer death. 

aro-tw, sacrifice in payment of a 
vow, offer a votive sacrifice. 

daro-Keipar, be laid away. 

aro-kAcla, shut off, intercept. 

atro-koTrTw, cut off, beat off. 

amo-Kptvopat, give a decision, make 
answer, answer, Lat. responded. 

aro-Kpirra, hide from, conceal. 

amo-xtelva, kill off, put to death. 

atro-Kwrvw, hinder from, hinder, 
prevent. 

drro-AapBave, take from or back, 
regain. 

atro-Aelrrw, leave behind, forsake, 
abandon, desert. 

dir-odAdpr, destroy utterly, kill; 
mid. with 2 pf. and plpf. act., perish, 
die, be lost. 

*Aroddoyv, wvos, 6, Apollo, one of 
the greatest of the divinities of the 
Greeks, god of music and poetry. 

atro-Avw, loose from, acquit. TdT. 

amr-okwdeKa, SC dar-dAAv mL. 

daro-voo'réw [vdoros, return home], 
return home. 

daro-mrépmrw, send off or away, let 
go, send home, remit; mid., send 
away from oneself, dismiss. 

dtro-mhéw, sail from the side of, 
sail away or home. 

Gtro-mAoos, contr. 
[wAéw], voyage home. 

Garo-tropevopat, go off, depart. 

G-tropéw, aropjcw, etc. [561], be in 
doubt, be at a loss, act. and mid. ; 
be in want of. 749. 


757. 


andrdous, 6 








A) Pe ee ee 
» _—— 


&-ropla 


a-tropla, as [561], difficulty. 

G-topos, ov [561], without means, 
impracticable ; of roads, mountains, 
or rivers, impassable, unfordable ; 
&mopov, Td, obstacle, difficulty. 

Gmrd-ppytos, ov [épa], not to be 
told, secret. 

atro-cKkedavvupr, scatter to the 
winds ; mid. and pass., be dispersed, 
straggle. 

a1ro-o- Td, 
withdraw. 

atro-cré\Aw, send back or away 
with a commission, despatch, dismiss. 

Giro-o'Tparomesevopar, camp away 
from. 

atro-orpédw, turn back, induce to 
return. 

aro-cvAaw [oiAov, cxdAov, spoil], 
strip off, spoil, rob. 737. 

atro-c ato, bring back safely or in 
safety, restore safe. 

atro-relyw, reach out, extend. 

aro-réuve, cut off, sever, as parts 
of the body, and so as a military 
phrase, intercept. 

atro-r (Onur, put or store away. 

atro-rivw, pay back; mid., make 
pay back, punish, requite. 

aro-dalvw, show forth ; mid., show 
one’s own, declare, express. 

atro-hevyw, flee away, escape, flee. 

atro-xwpéw, go away, depart, re- 
treat, withdraw. 

atro-ydlfopar, vote 
against, reject by vote. 

G-mrporSoKntos, ov [mpoodoxdw, ea- 
 pect|, unexpected ; e& a&mpocdoxhrov, 
unexpectedly, Lat. ex improuiso. 

arre (ap-), alow, fWa, Huma, HPOnv, 
613, 1, iii., lay hold of, fasten, kin- 
dle; mid., touch. 746, 

dpa, post-positive particle of in- 
ference, therefore, accordingly, then. 

dpa, interrogative particle, surely ? 
indeed?, but often best expressed 


draw off, separate, 


no, vote 


10 


in Eng. by the intonation; dp’ ‘ob, : 


Lat. ndnne, expecting an affirmative 


answer. ae % 


*ApaBla, as, Arabia. id 
*Apagns, ov, the Araxes. ~ 


’ApBaxys, ov, Arbaces, one of the - 4 


four generals of the king. 
"Apyetos, a, ov, of Argos or Argo- 
lis ; "Apyetos, 6, an Argive. 
apyss, dv 
idle, in idleness. 
tdpyvpeos, a, ov, 191, of silver. 
tapyvptov, 7d, silver, silver mney, 
coin. 


apyupos, 6 [apyds, white, Lat. ar- 


gentum|], silver. 


dpéokw (ape-), apéow, Hpeca, dpeoGni, : 


vi., please, suit. 768 
apeTr, fis, goodness, virtue, cour- 
age, valour, good service. x 
dprjye, aphiw, ipnta, succour. 
’Aptaios, 6, Ariaeus, the lieuten- 


ant-general of Cyrus, and comman- __ 


der of his barbarian force. 
apiO.os, 6 [arithmetic], number, 
enumeration, extent. . 
’Aplorapxos, 6, Aristarchus. 
a2 , 2 a 
apioTaw, apisthow, etc. [apioror], 
breakfast, Lat. prandeo. 


dpotepos, a, dv, left, Lat. sinister ; x 


ev apirtepa (Sc. xepl), on the left. 
*Aplorimmos, 6, Aristippus. 


aptotov, 7é [jp., early], breakfast. — 
dpiorros, 7, ov, 469, fittest in any 


sense, best, bravest, noblest. 
*Apkds, ados, 6, an Arcadian. 


dpxros, 4 [arctic], bear; the con- — 


stellation Ursa Maior, the north. 
dppa, atos, 76, war-chariot, Lat. 
currus. 


ldpp-dpagta, ns [435], a@ closed car-_ ; 


riage. 
"Appevia, as, Armenia. 
dpporrys, 00, governor, harmost. 


dpratw (aprad-), aprdcw, Hpmaca, — 
iipraxa, hpracuat, npwdoOnv, 618, 2, — 





a 


468), not working, i 





9 _ tion, be the first to do it ; 


es 


3 pleased, with pleasure, gladly. 













*Aprayépons 


tv, [Lat. rapid, seize, tear, Eng. 
. Harpy), seize, capture, carry away, flash, glitter. 
plunder. 

. *Aprayépons, ov, Artagerses, com- 
_ mander of the king’s body-guard. 


*Apratéptns, ov, Artaxerxes IL, 


eldest son of Darius II. 705. 


ov, Artapates, the 


*Apramarys, 


confidential attendant of Cyrus. 


l "Aprepis, idos, 7, Artemis, sister 

of Apollo, patroness of hunting. 
dipros, 6, loaf of bread. 
“Apxayspas, a, Archagoras. 
 dpxatos, a, ov [463], old, ancient ; 


7d dpxaiov, adv., formerly. 


apxy, fs [463], beginning, rule, 
province, government, satrapy. 

apxikos, 4, dv [463], Jit to rule. 

Gpxa, tptw, jipta, hpyua, ipxOny, 
600, 1 [463], be jirst, in point of 
time begin, take the lead in an ac- 
in point of 
station rule, reign over, command, 
have command; apxwv, 6, ruler, 


7 commander, leader, chief, a higher 
title than otparnyds; 7d tpxew, the 
_ government ; 


of apxduevor, subjects, 
soldiers ; mid., begin, enter upon an 
action. 746, 748. 
 Gpopa, atos, td [aroma], spice, 
Sragrant herbs. 

a@oéBea, as [d-ceBhs, impious, 


 géBouat, revere], impiety. 
— ta-oPevéw, be feeble, ill, sick. 


a-olevys, és [c0evos, rd, strength], 


without strength, weak, feeble. 


"Acta, as, Asia. 
aoxéw [ascetic], practice, observe. 
aos, 5, leathern bag, wine-skin. 
Gopevos, 7, ov [douar], well- 


Gomdfopa. (aorad-), aordocouat, 
iv. [580], draw to oneself, embrace, 


ee greet. 


*Aowéviwos, 6, an Aspendian, 
domls, idos, 7, shield. 


11 avTod 


dotparrw (actpam-), toTpaia, iii, 


Gort, ews, Td, town. 
*Aoruayns, ov, Astyages. 


ta-odadea, ds, safety, freedom 


Srom danger, security. 


d-ohadrs, és [opddAdw], not liable 
to be tripped up, safe, free from 
danger, sure, secure; év daopadre- 
otépw, in greater security; ev aopa- 
Acotatw, in the safest place. 

dodadtos, 7 [asphalt], asphalt. 

a-ohadras, adv. [acpadrys], safely, 
securely, without danger. 

d-raxréw [554], be out of order. 

d-raktos, ov [554], in disorder. 

G-Tipdte (atiuad-), ariudow, etc., 
iv. [444], dishonour, disgrace. 

atpite (atwd-), aruiow, iv. [arpds, 
vapour |, steam. 

G-rotros, ov [Témos], out of place, 
strange, absurd. 

*Artikos, 4, dv, Attic. 

av, adv., again, in turn, moreover. 

avAlfopat (avaid-), nvaAlc@nv, iv. 
[avan, open courtyard], lie in the 
open air, bivouac, lodge, be quar- 
tered. 

avtika, adv., at this very moment, 
immediately, on the spot. 

avroft, adv. [518], in this or that 
very place, here, there. 

avro-KéXevotos, ov [518], 
directed, of one’s own accord. 

airo-paros, ov [518], self-impelled ; 
ard OY ek Tod av’Toudtov, unbidden, 
voluntarily. 

avro-poréw [518], desert, the regu- 
lar military word. 

avro-podos, 6 [518], deserter. 

avtos, 7, 4, 511 [518], intensive 
pron., self, same, him, heats it. 515, 
516. 

avrov, adv. [518], in the very 
place, here, there. 

GQUTOU, SCC Eavrod, 


self- 





ad’, see did. 

 adb-atpéw, take away; maids take 
away for oneself, rob. 737. - 

ahavys, és [483], wnseen, out of 
sight. 

a-havitw (apavid-), apavd, Apd- 
visa, Apdvica [483], hide, blot out. 

ab-aprdte, plunder, pillage. 

ab-eotikerav, SCC ap-loTnuL. 

dib-rjorw, SCC Ap-inut 

&-Oovos, ov [POdvos, 6, envy], wn- 
grudging, abundant, fertile. 

ap-tnpr, send away, let go, let 
loose, let flow; mpds pirlav aieva, 
let depart in peace. 

ap-ikvéopar, come from one place 
to another, arrive, reach, return. 

ab-irmevw [564], ride back or off. 

ab-lornpsr, set off, separate, lead 
to revolt; intrans. in pass. and in 
2 aor. and pf. act., stand off, revolt. 

a-hpwv, ov, gen. ovos [ Pphv], with- 
out sense, senseless, foolish. 

d-puvAaKktos, ov [vAdtTw], Un- 
guarded, unwatched. 

ld-puAdkras, adv., unguardedly. 

*Axatos, ov, 6, an Achaean. 

a-Xapioros, ov [xapiCoua], ungra- 
cious, unpleasant. 

jd-xaplorws, adv., without thanks. 

GxPopar, axécouar, HxOécOnv, be 
troubled, displeased, or vexed. 

a-xpetos, ov [xpdouar], useless. 

dipivOrov, 7d, wormwood. 


B. 


BaBvArov, dvos, 7, Babylon. 
LBaBvdovia, as, Babylonia. 
tBa8os, ovs, rd [bathos], depth. 

Babds, <ia, J, deep. 

Balvw (Ba-), Bhoous, EBnv, BEBnka, 
BéBauor, &Bd0nv, 646, 1, iv. and vy. 
[Lat. wenid, come, Eng. come, ba- 
sis], go, walk. 

JBaxrypla, as, staff, walking-stick. 





12 


' Persia, when the art. is regularly 


a) 

- hs ae ~ , A 
dee er igna , 
ae re eed mPa. 

Se 14 Lo as. 
ee, ates =. at 
ee ash te ee oe 
See AS) Se Pete ee 
y - * > 
" > { 
BiPéto — : 


Bddavos, 7,.acorn, date. 


Bdddw (Bad-), Bard, EBaror, Be 


BAnta, BéBAnuat, éBAHOnv, 619, 8, iv. 


[480], throw, throw at, hy: hit with a 


stones, stone. 


Barra (Bap-), Bdipo, Baya, AéBap- z 


pat, éBapnv, 613, 2, iii. Loaptize), 
dip, dip in. 


tBapBapikcs, 4, dv, foreign, icbias ‘_ 
rian ; 7d BapBapixdy (sc. otpdrevpa) 


the Perstan force of Cyrus. 
tBapBapikas, adv., in the barbarian 
tongue, e.g. in Peestad 
BapBapos, ov [barbarous], 
Greek, barbarian, foreign ; BdpBapos, : 
6, a foreigner, barbarian. : 
Bapéws, adv. [Bapts, heavy, Lat. 


grauis, heavy, se bary-tone}, heav- a 


ily ; Bapéws akovew, hear with anger. 
tBactreva, as, queen. : 
tBacrrgcla, as, kingdom, royalty. 
tBactreos, ov, royal; Bacidrciov, 74, 
and BaotAeva, Td, palace. F 
Baccus, ews, 6 [ basilica, basilisk}; 
king, Lat. réx, esp. the king of 


omitted 5 mapa Baaiet, at court. 
{[Pacredo, Baocirevow, be king. 


|BaotAukos, 4, dv, royal, the king’s. = 
BéBaros, a, ov [Balvw], abiding, — 


jirm, constant. 
BéXeovs, vos, 6, Belesys, a satrap. 
BéXos, ous, 7d [480], missile. 
BéAriorros, 7, ov, 469 [615], most 


desired, best, noblest, most advan- a 


tageous. 


BeAriwv, ov, 469 [615], more da 
sired, better, nobler, more advanta- “a 


geous. 
Brjpa, aros, 7d [Balvw], stride. 
Bla, ds, force, violence, Lat. urs. 


{Prdfopar (Siad-), Bidoomat, etc., 618, : 


3, iv., force, compel, overpower. — 
i Bieta, adv., violently, hard. — 


BiBato (B:Bad-), BiBdow OF BiB q 


éBlBaca, iv. [Balyw], make gos ~ 


not = 








— BiBdos 


-BiBAos, » (Bible, biblio-graphy), 
Ee F hock, Lat. liber. 

Bios, 46, a large jar, wine-jar. 
Bos, 6 [Lat. wiwus, alive, Eng. 
Sebi bio-graphy |, life, living. 

- Brakevo [BAaéE, slack], be slack or 
"idle, shirk. 

BrAdwra (BAaB-), BAddw, éBaAawa, 
BF Aaaxcse, BeBrAammat, éBAdPOny and 
 €BAABnv, 618, 8, iii, [BadBn, hurt), 
Z ; injure, hurt, damage, harm. 

—. BAéra, BrAepwo, EBrAeWa, look, turn 

one’s eyes, face, point. 

E Tt Bode, Bofjooum, éBdnoa, shout, cali 

; ees cry out. 

Box, fs, shout, call, cry. 
- 'fBor-0ea, as, succour, aid, help. 
| Bon-0éw, BonPijcw, €BohOnoa, BeBoh- 
— Onka, BeBohOnua [@éw], run to rescue 
_ at a ery for help, give assistance, 
_ bring aid, help, assist. 768. 
4 _ Bouirios, 6, a Boeotian. 
Bopéas, ov, contr. Boppas, a, Boreas ; 
Y Bopéas or &veuos Bopéds, the north 
wind. 
— Booknpa, aros, rd [Bdonw, feed], 

- Satted beast, pl. cattle. 

- Povdeva, Bovrcicw, etc. [615], plan, 

“plot; comm. mid., form one’s own 
a plan, plan, cpavider. deliberate, pur- 
4 cape determine, settle on. 7992. 

2 - Bovdy, js [615], will, plan, delib- 
_ eration ; senate. 

PoNopan, BovaAhcopuat, BeBovaAnuat, 
. — €BovahOnv, 605, 1 [615], will, wish, 
Zz pairs, be willing, like. 

a. Bots, Bods, 5, 4, 383: [Lat. b6s, 
 0%,. cow, Eng. cow, bucolic], ox, 

Cow, pl. cattle, oxen. 
—  Bpadéws, adv. 
“slowly, leisurely. 
| — Bpaxds, eta, ¥ (Lat. breuis, short], 

short ; méres0a Bpaxt, have a short 

| “flight; Bpaxtrepa togedev, shoot less 
Sar; ém) Bpaxd étixvetcOau, have a 
‘short range. 


_ 


5 ony 










[Bpadds, slow], 







13 yA 


Bpéxo, 28peta, BEBpeyuat, éBpexOnv, 
600, 2, wet, pass. get wet. 

Boorts: 6, @ mortal. 

Belcan +6, Byzantium. 

Bopos, 6, altar. 


r. 


yapos, 5 [bi-gamy, orypto-ginit 
wedding, marriage. 
yap, post-positive causal conj., 
Jor; when it expresses specifica- 
tion, confirmation, or explanation, 
Surceres. indeed, certainly, then, now, 
Jor example, namely ; in questions, 
then, or to be omitted in transla- 
tion ; kat ydp, Lat. etenim, and (this 
is $0) for, and to be sure, and 
really. 
yaornp, reds, 4 [gastric], belly. 
Tavdirys, ov, Gaulites. 
yé, enclitic and post-positiveintens, 
particle, even, at least, yet, indeed, 
certainly, but often to be indicated 
in Eng. only by emphasis. 
yeyevno Gar, yéyova, see ylyvouat. 
yeddw, yeAdcouat, eyéraca, eyerd- 
aOnv, 441, laugh, Lat. rided. 
Lys, wros, 6, laughter, roar of 
laughter. 
yépo, be full of. 749. 
yevvarorns, nros, 7 [612], nobility, 
magnanimity, generosity. 
yévos, ous, 7ré [612], family, race. 
yéppov, 76, wicker-shield. 
Jyeppo-opor, of [658], light-armed 
troops with wicker-shields. 
yépov, @7OS; 6 Tags, old man. 
yevo, yetow, @yevoa, yéyevua [Lat. 
gusto, taste, Eng. cHoosE], give a 
taste ; mid., taste. 747. 
‘yebipa, as, bridge; yépipa é€Cevy- 
mévn mAotos, pontoon bridge: 
Yi, vis [apo-gee, geo-graphy}, 
earth, ground, country, Lat. terra, 
land as opposed to sea. 























yf-odos 


_Lyy-Aodos, [Adpos], mound of 
earth, hill, hillock. 

ylyvopar, yernooun, eyevdunv, yeé- 
yova, yeyevnuat, 606, 1 [612], be born, 
become, be made, happen, take place, 
occur, and with many other mean- 
ings to be determined from the con- 
text, such as arise, fall upon, get, 
dawn, draw on, fall, accrue, be 
favourable, amount to, prove oneself 
to be. 

yryvecke (yvo-), yvdooua, eyvor, 
peas eyvwcuat, éyvecOnv, 642, 2, 

[644], perceive, know, under- 

where learn, think. 889. 

Tdots, 6, Glus, an Egyptian. 

youn, ns [644], opinion, plan, 
understanding, judgment; avev ris 
yvouns twds, against one’s will; 
éumiuTAas Thy yvaunv, satisfy one’s 
desire. 

YVOvaL, yvaoopar, See yiyvdcKw. 

yovevs, ews, 6 [612], father, pl. 
parents. 

yovu, yévatos, 7é [ Lat. gent, knee, 
Eng. KNEE], knee. 

youv, post-positive intensive par- 
ticle [yé+ ody], at any rate, anyhow. 

ypats, ypads, 7, 388 [cf. yépwr], 
old woman. 

ypadw, ypdyw, &ypaya, yéypapa, yée- 
ypaumat, eypdpnv, 604, 3 [Lat. scribd, 
write, Eng. SHARP, GRAVE, graphic, 
grammar, etc.|, make a mark, draw, 
write, describe. 

Tyupvdle (yuuvad-), yuurvdow, etc, 
iv., train naked, exercise. 

Tyvpvys, firos, 6, a@ light armed 
Soot-soldier. 

Tyupvikes, 4, dv, gymnastic. 

yupvos, 4, dv, [gymnast], naked, 
stripped, lightly clad. 

yuv"y, yurauds, 4, 3892 [612], wo- 
man, wife. 

TwBpids, ov, Gobryas, one of the 
four generals of the king. 


14 


igs ae cade eis 
a =< Rak rTP . 
ee otis 5 
oe ee 
SelSo 
A. 

























Saipwv, ovos, 6 [demon], divinity. 
Sdxve (dax-), Shtouat, Cdaxor, dedny- 
pat, €dnxOnv, 624, 1, v., bite. aa 
Saxpia, dakpiow, eddKpvoa, BSedd- =a 
kpuuat [ddxpv, tear, Lat. lacrima, tear, 
Eng. TEAR], shed tears, weep. 
Adva, td, Dana, a city. 
Savella (Saverd-), davelow, iv., lend ; 
mid., have lent to oneself, opens 
Samravees damaviow, etc. [dardvn, 3 
expense], spend, expend. _ 
AdpSas, atos, 6, the Dardas. 
TSapexos, 6, daric, a Persian gold — 
coin. It contained about 125.5 grains 
of gold, and would now be worth ~ 
about $5.40 in American gold. The — 
daric was worth 20 Attic drachmas. 
Aapeios, 6, Darius, the name of — 
many of the Persian kings. 705. 
Sacpos, 6 ban, impost, tribute. 
Sacvs, cza, v, thick, dense, thickly — 
grown, rough. 
S€, post-positive conj., but, mids 
way in force between &AAd and ral. 
Its adversative force is often slight, — 
so that it may be rendered by and, 
to be sure, further, etc. ev is often — 
found in the preceding clause, and — 
wey . . . 5€ then have the force of, 
while... yet, on the one hand.... 
on the Other: or both ... and, but — 
generally these expressions are too 4 
strong to be used in translating into 
English, and the force of péy had — 
better be indicated simply by stress — 
of the voice (see péev). Kal. .. de 
and (5é) also, but further. 
-Se, suffix denoting whither, or 3 
with demonstrative force. . 
SeStas, SéS0uxa, see deldw. 
Sén, SenOryvar, Set, see Sw, lack. 
SelSw, Seloouat, Zea, dé50iKa and 
déda, 660, 3 (pres. not Attic), fear, 
be afraid, of reasonable fear. ; 


ig 
E * 





Te 
(hon 


” ay 
| 


— a 


=> Selevipe (Seiux-), Selfw, Weta, d5é- 

, Xa, Sederyuat, edelx Any, 651, 1, Vv. 

(486), point out, indicate, show. 

= _ > SeQn, m5, afternoon, evening. 
 Badds, 4, dv [deldw], fearful, cow- 

Eid. skulking, vile. . 

—s«- Saws, f, dv [Seldw], dreadful, 
ir clee terrible, marvellous, skil- 
4 clever ; dewdv, 76, peril, danger. 
a Setrvov, eh dinner, supper. 

Séxa, indecl., 496 [Lat. decem, ten, 
< Eng. TEN, decade |, ten. 
___—-BévSpov, 74, tree, Lat. arbor. 

—s Sekuds, &, dv [602], right, Lat. 
dexter ; 4 detid (sc. xelp), the right 

(hand), used either in indicating 

direction, or with AaBeiv kad dodvar 

- asasign of confirmation; 7d detidy 
3 (se. népas), the right (wing). 

— T8€ppa, aros, rd, hide, skin. 

Sépw, Sepa, eeipa, Sédapuar, eddpnv 
_ [Lat. dolo, split, Eng. THar, epi- 
_ dermis), flay. 

—s Berpds, 6 [S¢w, bind], band, strap. 

Seorrorys, ov [despot |, master, lord, 

Lat. dominus. 

_ Sevpo, adv., hither, here. 

| Sevtepos, d, ov, 496 [499], second; 
iairens>, as adv., a second time, iad, 
Be tercni. 

4 ——- Bexopar, Sdtouar, edekdunv, Sdeyua, 
— 600, 6 [602], receive what is offered, 
take, accept, admit, await. 

a Séo, Show, dyoa, Sédexa, dédeua, 
— 5€0nv, 442 [dia-dem ], bind, fasten, 
tie, fetter, shackle. 

! :  B€w, dejow, edénca, dedenua, dedenuar, 

— -ehOnv, 605, 2, lack, want, need; 

- comm. mid., lack, need, want, desire, 

(beg, request ; Sez, used impersonally, 

— therei is need, it is necessary or proper, 

one must, ought, should. 749. 

$y, post-positive intensive particle, 

now, indeed, in particular, accord- 

- ingly so, then, but often its force is 

_ best indicated simply by emphasis. 














| -Sabievis at 5. 


Sta-A€yonar 


SHAos, 7, ov, plain, clear, evident, 
manifest. 

L8yrAow, SyrAdow, etc., make clear. 

Sypoctos, a, ov [dfjuos, the people], 
public ; +r& Snudcia, the public money. 

Syow, dndow, edifwoa [Epic dios, 
hostile}, lay waste, ravage. | 

Sia, prep. with gen. and acc, [499], 
orig. between, then through. With 
gen., used of place, time, or means, 
through, during, throughout, by 
means of, Lat. per; dia taxéwy, rap- 
idly ; 5a wicrews, trustingly. With 
acc., through, by means or aid of, 
on account of, for the sake of, Lat. 
ob or propter. 

In composition 8:4 signifies through 
or over; sometimes it adds an idea 
of continuance or fulfilment; or it 
may signify apart, Lat. di-, dis-. 

Ata, Aut, Avos, see Zeds. 

Sta-Baivw, go over, cross. 

Sia-BarrAw, throw over, throw at 
with words, slander, traduce. 

Sid-Bacts, ews, 7 [dia-Balyw], a 
crossing, hence ford, bridge. 


Sta-Baros, 7, dv [dia-Balyw], forda-. 


ble, passable. 

S.a-BiBdfw, make go across, take 
or carry across. 

Si-ayyé\Xw, carry word through, 
bring word, report. 

Sta-ylyvopar, of time, get through, 
continue, exist, subsist. 859. 

Si-dyw, of time, pass, spend, live, 
continue. 859. 

Sia-Séxopor, receive at intervals ; 
Onp@or Siadexduevor, relieve one an- 
other in the chase. 

S.a-SlSapr, distribute. 

Sia-Sediopar, observe closely. 

S.a-Kkorre, cut to pieces or through. 

Std-Koorot, at, a, 496 [499], 200. 

Sta-Aayxaveo, assign by lot. 

Sra-Aéyopar, Sia-AcEouar, Si-elAeypaty 
5i-eAexOnv, converse with. 7738. 





——| pe CSS See ew 








Sva-Aelrwo — TAG 


Sta-Aelrw, leave a space between, 
stand apart, be distant. 

Sia-véuw, divide up among. 

Sta-vodopar, pass. dep., be minded, 
intend, purpose. 

Sia-mépro, send round. 

Sia-mAéw, sail over Or across. 

Sia-roAcpéw, fight it out. 773. 

Sta-mpartw, work out; comm. 
mid., bring to pass, effect. 

Si-aprate, tear in pieces, plunder, 
lay waste, sack, spoil, ravage. 

dia-onpatve, point out, indicate. 

Sta-oKynvew, encamp apart. 

Sia-omdw, draw apart, separate, 
scatter, of soldiers. 

Sia-orrelpw, scatter about, scatter. 

Sia-cuto, bring through safely, 
keep safe, save. 

Sva-tarre, draw up in array. 

Sva-reAéw, finish, complete the 
march, continue. 859. 

Sta-rlOnr, arrange, dispose. 

Sia-rpépw, feed well, support. 

Sia-rptBw, rub through, spend, 
waste time, delay. 

Sia-hepovrws, adv. [658], differ- 
ently from others, pre-eminently, 
peculiarly, surpassingly. 

Sia-hépw, bear apart, quarrel, be 
different from, Lat. differd. 7538. 

Sia-hbcipw, destroy utterly, ruin, 
corrupt. 

SiSdacKados, 6 [486], teacher. 

Si8doKkw (didax-), Siddiw, edldaia, 
Sedidayxa, SediSayua, ebiddxOnv, 642, 
3, vi. [486], teach, instruct, show, 
Lat. doced. 737. 

SlSypr, bind, collateral form of 
déw, bind. 

SiBpdokw (dpa-), Spacouc, par, 
Sédpana, 646, 2, vi. [TREAD], run. 


S(Sapr (5o-), Sdow, Cwra, Sdwxa, |: 


dédoua1, €560nv, 647, 2, vii. [641], 
give, grant, permit. 
St-eAavve, drive or ride through. 


travel, spread abroad. 


a a ~ = fete eu 6 -_ <4 
- a no 4 - ee 
é re a ies 
Spemsaebkoes 




















Su-épxopar, go or march through, 4 


Si-epwTtaw, cross-question. 
S-€x, hold apart, be apart. 758. 
Si-lornpt, set apart; mid. and 2 © 
aor. act. intr., sian apart, open — - 
ranks, stand at intervals. = 
Sikatos, a, ov [486], just, right, 3 
reasonable, proper. : . 
Sukacorvvn, ns [486], justice. aa 
Sixalws, adv. [486], justly, rightly. — 
Sikyn, ns [486], custom, right, jue P 
tice, punishment, deserts. 
Sv0, for dv 6, wherefore. ‘ 
Si-1Aovs, 7, odv, 191 [499], double. 
Sls, adv., 496 [499], twice, Lat. bis. — 
Sto-xtrror, at, a, 496 [499], 2000. 
Sup0épa, as, tanned hide, leathern — 
bag. 
Si-ppos, 6 [499, 658], body of a 
chariot. 
SioKw, didtw, diwta, dedlwyxa, bide 
xOnv, 604, 4, pursue, go in pursuit, — 
chase, give chase, prosecute. 755. 
[Slwkis, ews, 7, pursuit. ? 
St-apv—, vxos, 7% [di-optTTe, dig 
through], ditch, canal. 
Soxéw, Sdtw, dota, Sedoypar, aac 
xonv, 605, 3 [586], seem, appear, — 
seem best or good, be voted, think. 
Aodof, ovos, 6, @ Dolopian. 
Sdéa, ns [586], reputation. 
Sopkds, ddos, 7, gazelle. 4 
Sdpv, aros, Td [Odpvs, tree, Eng. 
TREE], prop. stem of a tree, then — 
shaft of a spear, and hence spear. 
t8ovdevw, edotAevoa, SedobAeuKka, be 
a slave, Lat. seruio. ; 
SovAos, 6, slave, Lat. seruus. 
Sotvar, etc., see Sl5wmt. 
- Sovréw, dodrnoa ([dodmos, din, 
make a din. 
Apaxovtvos, 6, Dracontius. 
Spdpous, Spapotpar, see rpexw. 
tSperavy-ddpos, ov [658], scythe. 
bearing, of chariots. 





ene 
“ae Wilkens 76, scythe. 


"dary a running, run, race, race- 
course; dpduey, on the run, double 
F-  gutck. 

—— SWvapar (duva-), Suvqooua, Seddv7- 

Mat, édvvfOny, 647, 4, vii. [dynamic], 

: beable, be capable, be strong enough, 
_ be powerful, can, be worth, amount 
4 to. 
; jSvvapts, ews, 4, ability, power, 
resources, force, troops. 
{Svvderys, ov, nobleman. 
|8uvvaros, 4, dv, able, possible. 
Sive, set, of the sun. See dia. 
8¥o, dvoiv, 496 [499], two. 
Suc- [dyspeptic], ill, hard. 424c. 
Suo-mopevtos, ov [561], hard to get 
through, of heavy ground. 

q Siw, dicw, Zdica and Zdiv, dédd«Ka, 
- Béduman, é500nv, 652, 1, make enter, 
intr. enter ; mid., set, of the sun. 

§-Sexa, indecl., 496 [499], twelve. 
———“ Bwpéopat, Swpfooua, etc. [641], give 
 a@ present, present. 

Sapov, ré [641], pr esent, gift. 


4 E. 

d édd\oxa, eddy, see GAlocxouat. 

4 éav, contr. dy or fv, in crasis ndtv 

| for nad étv, conj. [ci+a], if, with 

| subjv. 273, 803. 

| €-avrod, 7s, 00, reflexive pron., 527 

| —- (518), of himself, herself, itself. 528. 

4 dio, edow, eldoa, elana, elapat, <id- 

ae — Ony, permit, allow, let, let go. 

| EBSopos, 7, ov, 496 [ éwrd], seventh. 

éy-, for éy before a palatal mute. 

éyyvs, adv., near, at hand, comp. 

am ee... SUP. eyyuTdrw Or éyyirara. 
] éyelpw (evyep-), eyepa, fyeipa and 

— Iypépny, aires, eyiryepuat, ay épOny, 

iv, rouse ; pass. and 2 pf., lie awake. 

g bephadtere, cover closely ; -mid., 

| wrap oneself up. 











eltrov 


éy-KéXevorros, ov [KeAcdw], insti- 


— Bpdpos, 5 Cer, diSpaioxw, Eng. drome- | gated. 


éy-Képados, 5 [xepadj], brain; 
crown, cabbage, of the palm. 

éy-kparys, és [471], in possession 
of, master of. 760. 

éy-xetpldvov, 7d [yelp], dagger. 

éy-xetplfo (xempid-), ey-xepioduan, 
etc., iv. [xelp], commit to the hands 
of, entrust. 

éy-xéw, pour in. 

éy#, é€uod OF uod, personal pron., 
511 [Lat. ego, mé, Eng. I, mx, 
egoist], I. 512, 518, 514. 

léyw-ye [yé], IJ for my part. 

éSerra, see deldw. 

TébeAovrys, od, volunteer ; 
of one’s own free will. 

€édw or OéAw, COeAhow, HOEANCO, 
noednna, 605, 4, wish, be willing, 
volunteer. 

€Bvos, ovs, 7d [ethnic], nation, 
tribe, Lat. natio. 

el, conj., procl., if, w. ind. and opt., 
797, 798, 800, 804; in indirect ques- 
tions, whether; «i uh, if not, except, 
unless, Lat. nisi; ei 6¢ wh, otherwise. 

ela, elaoa, See edw. 

elSov, see dpdw. 

elxdfe (erad-), eixdow, eleaca, et- 
kaguat, eikdcOny, iv., liken, suppose, 
conjecture, fancy. 

elkoot, indecl,. 496 [Lat. wigin#, 
twenty, Eng. twenty |, twenty. 

elVAnda, efc., See AauBavw. 

elXov, eiAcpnyv, See alpéw. 

eipl [eo-], @roua:, 700 [666], be, 
exist ; with gen. or dat. of possessor, 
belong, have, possess; éort, it is 
possible, one can. 


as adj., 


etue (i-), impf. Fa or ev, 701 [Lat. 


€0, wre, go], go (pres. indic. with fut. 
sense, shall go), proceed, march. 
el-mep [ci-+7ép], if in fact. 
eltrov (em-, ep-), épa&, elpnra, elpnuat, 
eppnOnv, 655, 2, viii. [Lat. wocd, call ; 





























elptvy 


Lat. uerbum, word, Eng. word], say, 
speak, tell, relate, propose, order ; et- 
pnto, orders had been given. 838 b. 

elpyvy, ns [/rene], peace, Lat. pax. 

els, prep. w. acc., procl., prop. of 
place, into, to, among, for, against, 
into the country of, sometimes with 
verbs of rest, but implying previous 
motion, where Eng. uses in; of 
time, up to, during, in, at; with 
numerals, up to, at most, to the 
number of; of the end or object, 
in regard to, for, in respect to. 

In composition eis signifies into, 
to, on, in. 

eis, ia, €v, numeral adj., 496, 497, 
one, Lat. unus. 
- elo-dyw, lead into or in. 

elo-Badr.w, throw into ; intr., empty, 
of rivers, invade. 

elo-BoAn, fs [480], entrance, pass. 

elor-eupt (elur), go in, enter. 

elo-eAXavve, drive or march into. 
_ elo-épxopar, come in, enter. 

elcopat, See ofda. 

ela-od0s, 7) [656s], entrance. 

elo-ry Saw, spring into. 

elorykev, See torn. 

elow, adv. [év], inside, within. 

etra, adv., then, thereupon. 

ékactos, 7, each, every, 
more than two. 

léxaorote, adv., every time. 

€xatepos, a, ov, each of two. 

léxarépw-Oev, adv., on both sides or 
Jlanks. 

léxarépw-oe, adv., in both directions. 

éxatov, indecl., 496 [ Lat. centum, 
Eng. HUNDRED, hecatom-b], 100. 

éx-BddAw, throw out, expel. 

€x-yovos, ov [612], born or sprung. 
from; éxyovor, 76, offspring. 

éx-5épw, strip off the skin, flay. 

éx-5lSop., give or deliver up. 

éxet, adv., there, in that place, 
thither. 


of 


ov, 


18 





















léxetvos, 7, 0, dem. pron., 589b, 
that, that man there, Lat. tlle. 540. — 
éx-kadurTw, uncover, of shields — 
without the usual leathern case. — 
éx-kAnola, as [622], meeting, as- 
sembly. = 
éx-kAtvo, bend out, give way. = 
éx-Kkoplfo, carry out. . a 
éx-koTrTw, cut off ordown. —— q 
éx-kupalve (Kiuav-), iv. [xdpa, bil- — 
low], billow out, surge forward. j 
éx-héyw, pick out; mid., select for — 
oneself, choose. a 
éx-Aelrrw, leave out, abandon, quit; 
intr., fail, melt away. : 
éx-aremrAnypevos, See éx-mAfTTw. => 
&k-rinro, fall out or down, be — 
driven out, be exiled. q 
éx-rAéw, sail out or away. : 
ék-TrAews, wy, gen. w [mlumranus], q 
Jilled out, full, in full, complete. 
ék-rAytro, strike out of one’s — 
senses, amaze, terrify. ey 
ék-rodwv, adv. [mods], out of the 
way. 
éx-rropl{w, furnish, supply. 
éxtos, 7, ov, 496 [2], sixth. 
éx-Tpérw, turn out or aside. 
éx-tTpéhw, bring up, rear. 
éx-hépw, carry out, report. 
éx-pevyo, fice away, escape. i 
éxov, odca, dv, willing, of one’s — 
own accord ; in pred., willingly. 
éXarrov, ov, gen. ovos, 469, smaller, 
less, fewer. <a 
éLavvw, (eAa-), EA, HAaca, 2Afraray 3 
éAnAauar, HAdOnv, 624, 2, v. [elastic], 
drive, set in motion; intr., ride, 
drive, march. 
eAdipevos, ov [éAagos, deer], of a 
deer; xpéa eAdpera, venison. 
Eldxioros, n, ov, 469, fewest, least, 
shortest, lowest. . 
ehéyxo, cAdyiw, Hreyka, éAfAcyuaty 
nréyxOnv, 600, 3, investigate, exam- 
ine, convict, confute. 


b> 






ee — Xetv 
. yore 
thay, édéoBar, see aipéw. 
— Aedifo (eAcAry-), HACALEG, iV., Cry 
 édedcd, raise the war-cry. 
— t&devbepia, as, liberty, freedom. 
éewOepos, a, ov, free, Lat. liber. 
opal eerehepeow; liberate. 
— -€Oetv, EADav, see epyoma. 
- #EAAds, ddos, 9, Greece. 
q - “EXAny, nvos, 6 [Hellenic], a Greek. 
. |“ LERAqvucds, h, dv, Greek; 7d ‘EA- 
¥ anrnée, the Greek army. 
- SEAAnvukds, adv., in Greek. 
: Ee ieoyriaxds, h, dv, lying on 
the Hellespont. 
_ *EdArortrovtos, 6, the Hellespont, 
now the Dardanelles. 
earls, (50s, 7, hope. 
éu-, for év- before a labial mute. 
éu-avtov, fs, reflexive pron., 527 
[518], of myself. 528. 
ép-Baive, go into, embark. 
ep-Porrw, throw in, inflict ; intr., 
empty, of rivers, make an invasion, 
attack. 
ép-BiBalo, embark, put on board. 
euos, 4, dv, 531 [Lat. meus, my, 
Eng. m1nz, My], my, mine. 
——— perradwy, adv. [daw], with 76 (by 
| erasis), rotmradw,, back, back again. 
. ép-meipos, ov [561], acquainted 
| with. 760. 
| — u-treipws, adv. [661], by exeperi- 
ence; éumelpws abtod exew, be per- 
‘sonally acquainted with him. 761. 
ep-riprdnpe, fill full, satisfy. 749. 
—— &u-arlwarpypr, set on fire. 
ép-rimre, fall upon, occur to. 774. 
| _— ép-arhews, wy, gen. w [riurdnuc], 
= quite full of, full of. 760. 
4 ep-rodwv, adv. [mods], before the 
| feet, in the way ; éumodmyv eiva, be in 
| the way, hinder. 1772. 
4 éu-rrovéw, create or inspire in, im- 
| press upon. 774. 
| —s- &praropevopar [561], travel on busi- 
ness, engage in traffic. 














19 év-Otpnpa 


éu-mdpuov, 76 [561], place of trade, 
emporium. 
ép-mpooGey, adv. [rpdober], before, 
in front of; 6 eumpoobev Adyos, the 
previous book. 761. ob 
év, prep. w. dat., procl. [Lat. in, 
Eng. 1n], in. Of piace in, among, in 
presence of, before, at, on, by; of 
time, in; during, within, at, in the 
course of; év tovte, meanwhile ; 
év @, while. 
In composition éy signifies in, at, 
on, upon, among. 
éy-avtlos, a, ov [avtios], opposite, 
in one’s face; tavavrla, the reverse. 
éy-amrrw, set on Jire. 
év-Séxatos, 7, ov, 496 [év-dexa, 
eleven], eleventh. 
tévSo-Gev, adv., from inside. 
évSov, adv. fév], inside, within. 
éy-Siw, put on. 
év-eSpevo, év-edpevoouat, ev-ndpevoa, 
év-ndpevonv [év-édpa, ambush, €dpa, 
seat, see xab-éCoua|, set an ambush, 
waylay. 
év-euut (eiul), be in or there. 
évexa Or é€vexev, improper prep. 
with gen., post-positive, on account 
of. 
évevykovra, indecl., 
ninety. 
éy-erOiw, eat quickly or hastily. 
év-exelpioa, see éy-xeipl(w. 
évOa, adv. [év], of place, where, 
there, here; of time, then, there- 
upon. 
jévOd-Se, adv., there, here, hither. 
1évOa-tep, adv., just where. 
év-Oev, adv. [ev], from there, thence, 
whence. 
jév0év-Se, adv., hence, from this spot. 
év-Odpéopar, év-Odujoouac, év-T eOuun- 
pat, ev-eOduhOnv, 599 [537], have in 
mind, reflect. 
év-Ovpnpa, aros, Té [537], thought, 
device, plan. 


496 [évvéa], 








évitavTds 


 éytautos, 6, year, Lat. annus. 
- yor, ar, a, some. 

éviore, adv. [c¢f. évuo], sometimes. 

évvéa, indecl., 496 [Lat. nowem, 
nine, Eng. NINE], nine. 

éy-voéw, have in mind, often as 
pass. dep., consider, be anxious or 
apprehensive. 

év-voia, as [644], thought. 

éy-oixéw, live in, inhabit; of évor- 
kovvtes, the inhabitants. 

év-opdw, see in a person or thing. 

évos, evi, see eis. 

év-oxdéw, év-oxAhow, hy-oxAnoa, 
Hv-OXANKA, v-oXAHMaL, Hv-wKANOny 
[dxAos, crowd], crowd upon, harass, 
annoy. 

évrav0a, adv. [év], there, here, in 
this place, hereupon, thereupon. 

év-retvw, stretch or strain tight, 
inflict upon. 

év-reAns, ¢s [réAos, end], at the 
end, complete, in full. 

évrevOev, adv. [év], thence, from 
this place, thereupon. 

év-r(Onpe [638], put in, inspire in. 
774. 

évros, adv. [év], within. 761. 

év-ruyxave, chance upon, meet, 
Jind... 774. 

*EviaAwos, 6, Hnyalius, a name of 
Ares, god of war. 

é€, before a consonant éx, prep. 
w. gen., procl. [Lat.exv,é]. Of place, 
out of, from, from within; of time, 
after, aS ex rovtov, after this, here- 
upon, ex raliwv, from boyhood; of 
source or origin, from, in conse- 
quence of, aS ék TovTov, in conse- 
quence of this. 

In composition é signifies from, 
away, out, often implying resolu- 
tion, strong intention, fulfilment, or 
completion. 

é€, indecl., 496 [Lat. sex, six, Eng. 
six, hex-agon], six. 


20 


somewhere, reach the mark, hit. 


a = > Sai “a 
ce ae a 


ae a 





érr-altios . 























e€-ayyé\Ao, tell out, report, esp. the 
proceedings of a conference. 
é€-dyw, lead forth, induce. ar 
é-airéw, ask from, demand ; mid., 
beg off, save by entreaty. ‘a 
éfaxio-xtrror, at, a, 496 [e&+x- — 
Ato], GOOO. -" 
é£a-Kocot, at, a, 496 Le&+ exardv], 
600. : 
tét-arrardo, 
grossly, mislead. 
é-arrarn, ns [ardrn, deceit], gross 
deceit, deception. 
é-amivys, adv. [adve, ady., of a 
sudden], all of a sudden, chine : 
edly. . 
eye (eiuf), used only impers., a 
e£-eor1, it is allowed or possible. : 
é€-eup (clus), go out, depart. 
é€-chavvw, drive out, expel ; 
march, march on. 
e€-Epxopar, go or come out, get out, — 
escape, march out. 
é€-erri, e&-€orat, see ef-exui (ein). . 
éé-erdiw (erad-), eg-erdow, etc., iv. 
[666], examine closely, review. a 
e-éracis, ews, 7 [666], inspection, — 
review. 
éEyjxovra, indecl., 476 [ét], sixty. — 
éE-xvéowar, reach a place from — 


éf-arariow, deceive 3 


intr., 


ée-lorypt, make stand out of ; mid., 
stand aside, retire. a 
é-ordifw, arm ; mid., arm oneself. — 
é-omduola, ds, state of being armed; 
ev TH eborAicla, under arms. ; 
é€-oppaw, urge out, incite, arouse ; 
intr., set out. a 
é£w, adv. [é, Eng. exotic], outside, — 
without, beyond the reach of. 761. — 
ér-ayyé\dopor, declare oneself, 
promise, offer. 
érr-aivéw, bestow praise on, praise, — 
commend, approve, applaud. a 
ér-altios, ov [attios], blamed for; 


eraitidy 71, cause for blame. 4 





iq 


: eS ér-axodov0éw, follow upon or after, 


y 







0 


when, after, with or without rdyicra, 


érr-aKodovléw 


follow, pursue. 773. 
 émrav, see émhy. 

érei, temporal and causal conj., 
when, since. 


féwed-av, conj. with subjv. [é&], 


as soon as. 
| [ewet-81, conj. [34], when. 
. €m-ey (eiul), be on or upon, be 
over. 
€m-eye (eur), go or come on, fol- 
low, advance, make an attack. 
émei-mep, CON}. [ eel], since indeed. 
éw-ara, adv. [elra], thereupon, 
thereafter, moreover. 
émr-ex-Oéw, run out against. 
én-éxw, hold upon, hold back, de- 
lay. 753. 
éryv, temporal conj. with subjv. 
[éwei+ ty], whenever, as soon as. 
ér{, prep. with gen., dat., or acc. 


% With gen., of place, on, wpon, é¢’ 


trrwv, on horseback, with verbs of 
‘motion, towards, in the direction of ; 
of time, in the time of, at; of man- 
ner, esp. denoting distribution, ém 
_tettdpwy, four deep, ér) pddayyos, in 
the form of a phalanx, in battle 
array. With dat., of place, upon, 
on, by, close to, at, ém Oadrdrrn, on 
the sea; of time, ém rodrw or rot- 
Tos, at or upon this, thereupon; of 
cause, aim, or reason, for; of pos- 
session, 7n the power of, in command 


_ of; of manner, in, ém) ydue, in mar- 


riage. With acc., of place, on, upon, 
to, against ; of extent of space, ez- 
tending over, over, along; of extent 


_ of time, for, during ; of purpose or 


object, to, for. 
In composition émi signifies over, 


+ in, upon, against, in addition, but 
often it is merely intensive. 


émi-Bovdevo, plan or plot against, 


| design. 774. 














pal éarl-trovos 


émt-Bovdn, fs [615], a plan against, 


plot, design. 


émt-ylyvopar, come upon, arise. 
émi-ypadw, write upon, inscribe. 
émt-Selkvupt, show to, point out, 
display, disclose; mid., show for 
oneself, show. 
émrl-Beois, ews, 7 [638], attack. 
éri-Oupéw, emi-Oiunow, éx-ebiunoa 
[5387], have one’s heart on, desire, 
long for. 747. 
ért-Ovpta, as [537], desire. 
émi-Koprre (Kam), éri-Kdupo, iii. 
bend towards, wheel. 
émi-Kata-ppitrre, throw down after. 
ért-Kepar, lie upon, aitack. 774. 
émi-Klv8vuvos, ov [xivdvvos], danger- 
ous, perilous. 
émukoupéw, emixouphow, émekovpnoa 
[ emfoupos, ally], lend assistance. 768. 
Lémukovpnpa, atos, 7d, relief, pro- 
tection. 
émi-Kpatéw, get the mastery. 
ému-Kputrw, conceal, hide. 
émi-Kupow, émi-kupdow [Kidpos, 7d, 
might], make valid, confirm, ratify. 
émt-AapBave, take to oneself ; mid., 
take hold of. 746. 
ért-AavOdvopar, forget. 747. 
ém-delrrw, leave behind ; intr., fail, 
give out. 
tém-pérera, as, care, thoughtful- 
ness, attention. 
témi-pedéopar, éemi-weAtooua, émi-we- 
meAnmat, ér-euedrOny, care for, give 
attention to. 747, 792. 
émt-pedys, és [uéAer], careful. 
érrwvoéw, have in mind, purpose. 
témt-opkéw, émi-opkhow, émi-épxnoa, 
émi-woknka, swear falsely, forswear 
or perjure oneself. 
érl-opkos, ov [ dpxos |, perjured. 
émi-rintre, fall upon, attack, as- 
sail; of snow, fall. 
émru-mrAé€w, sail upon or against. 
érrf-rrovos, ov [580], laborious. 





érl-ppuTos 


éml-ppuros, ov [féw], flowed upon, 
watered, well watered. 
émi-ctrifopat (ot715-), emi-ciriovua, 
én-eoiticdunv, iv. [otros], collect or 
procure supplies. 
lémi-oitrirpos, 6, a procuring of 
supplies, foraging. 
émi-oKérmrropor, look to, examine, 
inquire. 
émi-cKotréw, look to, consider. 
érictapat (emicta-), emioThoouat, 
-Amotnonv, 647, 5, vii., understand, 
know, know how. 
émri-oTéAAw, send to, send word, en- 
— join, command. 
lém-oroAy, js [ep/stle], letter. 
émi-oTpatreva, make an expedition 
against. 774. 
émi-obatre, slay upon. 
éri-rartw, lay orders on, com- 
mand. ‘774. 
ému-redéw, bring to an end, fulfil. 
émurydevos, a, ov [emirndés, of set 
purpose], suitable, fit, deserving ; ra 
émitHoera, provisions, supplies. 
ém-rlOnpr, impose upon, inflict ; 
Slenv émitibéva, inflict punishment ; 
mid., attack, assault. 774. 
émi-tpérw, turn over to, entrust ; 
mid., give oneself up for protection. 
émi-ruyxave, chance on, find. 774. 
émt-haivona, show oneself to, ap- 
pear. 
ému-xeipéw, émi-xeiphow [xelp}, put 
one’s hand to, attempt. 
émt-xéw, pour on or in. 
émt-xwpéw, Move against, advance. 
émi-ydifo, put to vote. e 
émr-orkodopéw, Duild on or upon. 
€ropat, eoua, éeorduny, 604, 5 
[Lat. sequor, follow], follow, accom- 
pany, pursue. 778. 
érra, indecl., 496 [Lat. septem, 
seven, Eng. SEVEN, hepta-gon], seven. 
lémra-Koovor, a, a [éxardy], 700. 


*Envagta, ns, Epyaxa. 


22 tnisen 





























epydopar (epya5-), eprydoouat, elpya- e 
odunv, elpyacua, 618, 4, iv. (408%, 9 
work, do, inflict on. 738. ie 
_épyov, ré [468], work, deed, execu- 4 
tion, exercise. 

€pypos, 7, ov, and os, ov hermit], x, 
deserted, empty, uninhabited, desti- — 
tute or deprived of; oraOuo epnuor, — 
marches through a desert. 760. 

epifw (epid-), ipica, iv. [epus, strife], — 
strive, contend, vie with. 7738. 3 

téppnveds, ews, 6 [hermeneutic], in- 
terpreter. a 

‘Eppys, od, 178, Hermes, the Mews a 
cury of the Romans, mROSHOnESH of 3 
Zeus. 7 

Epupe., aT 0S; 76, protection, wall. 

1épupves, h, ov, fortified. 4 

Epxopar (epx-, <dvd-), HAGor, ent- 
AvOa, 655, 3, viii. [ pros-elyte], come, — 
go. 

épo, see elroy. 

pws, wros, 5 [erotic], love. : 

épwtdw, épwriow, etc.,2 aor: npdunv, — 
ask a question, inentenl 737. | 

éo Ors, firos, 4 [&vvdmu, clothe, Lat. — 
uestis, clothing, Eng. wear], clothes, — 
raiment. a 

éoOiw (erOi-, d-, pary-), ZSouar, pa- 
yor, €0hdoxa, édpdecuat, HdéoOnv, 655, 
4, viii. [Lat. edd, eat, Eng. Eat], — 
eat, have to eat, live on. é 


€orat, éoouro, See eiul. 4 
éoradpévos, SCC oTeAAw. iia” 
gore, conj., until. 821, 822. 
é€oTykws, eoTyoav, eats, See — 
lornut. e. 


€oXaros, 7, ov [eé], JSarthest, outer- 
most, extreme; Ta erxara mabeiv, j 
suffer death. a 

€xw-Sev, adv. [e%ow], from inside ; 
Td ower, the inner. 

erage, éraxOnoav, see tdrTw. 

érepos, a, ov. [hetero-dox, hetero- 
geneous |, the other, one of two ; withe 
out art., another, other. 


ye ep ee 





a ae | 


PERSO Pre ee 


Ce eS ee a pt a Eee er 
P L _ 
i wl eae 


én, adv. of time and degree, yet, 


€roupos, 7, ov, OF os, ov [666], ready, 
prepared. 
éros, ovs, Té [Lat. wetus, old, Eng. 
WETHER |, year, Lat. annus. 
érpadny, see Tpepw. 
ev, adv. [666], well, well off, hap- 
pily ; «6 roieiv, do well by, benesit. 
ted-Saipovid, as, prosperity. 
Tev-Sapovife [evdamord-], evdamo- 
vid, nvdapdvoa, iv., count happy, 
congratulate. 756. 
tev-Sapoves, adv., happily, comp. 
evdaimovéor epov. 
ev-Salpov, ov, gen. ovos, [datuwy], 
of good fate or fortune, fortunate, 
happy, prosperous, flourishing. 
ev-epyérns, ov [468], well-doer, 
benefactor. 
tev-Oeva, as, simplicity, silliness, 
Jolly. 
ev-70ns, es [700s, 174, character, 
Eng. ethics], of simple character, 
silly, foolish. 
e00vs, adv., straightway, immedi- 
ately, at once, Lat. statim. 
€v-KXeds, adv. [ei-xAehs, famous, 
KAéos, 74, fame, Lat. clued, be spoken 
of, Eng. Loup], gloriously. 
e¥-vowa, as [644], good-will, fidelity. 
ev-voikas, adv. [644], with good- 
will, kindly ; ebvoinds Exewv, be well- 
disposed. 
€¥-voos, ov, contr. evous, ovy [644], 
well-disposed, attached. 
ev-meTws, adv. [ev-rerfs, falling 
well, easy, cf. ntrrw], easily. 
evplokw (edp-), etphow, nipov, ni- 
pnka, nipnuat, nopednv, 642, 4, vi., find, 
devise, procure. 
€Upos, ous, 
breadth, width. 
ev-raKxtws, adv. [554], in good order. 
ev-ratia, as [554], good order, dis- 
cipline. 


broad], 


75 [evdpus, 


23 


ev-roApos, ov [TédAua], of brave 


still, further, longer, any more, again. | spirit, courageous. 


ev-TUXéw, edTUX Hw, etc. [554], have 
Success. 

Evdparns, ov, the Huphrates. 

evxopar, evtoua, evédunr, 600, 7, 
pray, wish for, offer one’s vows. 

ev-8Sns, es [3(w, smell, Lat. odor, 
smell], sweet-smelling, fragrant. 

ev-wvupos, ov [644], of good name 
or omen, euphemistic for the ill- 
omened word dpiotepés, left; 7d ev- 
évupoy, the left wing. 

ép’, see én. 

épayov, see écbiw. 

éhavny, see dalvw. 

épacav, hare, See pyul. 

ép-érrop.ar, follow after, pursue. 
773. 

"Edeoos, 7, Ephesus. 

edn, Epyo Ga, see pnul. 

ép-lornpt, bring to a stand, make 
halt ; intr. in mid., 2 aor., and pf., 
be set in or on, stop, halt. 

ép-o80s, 7 [654s], way to, approach. 

éxOpos, a, dv [ex 00s, hate], hostile ; 
éxOpds, 6, enemy, foe. 

é€x@ (cex-), w and oxhow, erxor, 
érxnka, toxnuat, 604, 6 [608], have, 
Lat. habeo, hold, possess, receive, 
keep, wear; éxwv, having, with; 
with inf., be able, can; with an adv. 
equivalent to efva: with an adj., as 
edvoikas Zxew, be well-disposed ; ovK 
éxyw, not to know; mid., hold on to, 
come next to. 

eo, Eviow, hWnoa, boil. 

€wpa, Ewpaxa, eaipwv, See dpdw. 

gos, &w, 4 [Lat. aurora, dawn, 
Eng. East], dawn, east. 

Zs, conj., as long as, while, until. 
821, 822. 


Z. 


taw, (now [(wds, alive, Eng. zoo- 
logy], live, be alive. 


























fevyvipe 


“Levyvopn (Cvy-), Cedtw, ECevta, FCevy- 
pot, eCdyny and éCedyOnv, 651, 2, v. 
[654], yoke, join, form by. join- 
Digs — 

tevyos, ovs, 7d [654], yoke, team, 
Lat. iugum, pl. cattle. 

Zevs, Ards, 6, 392, Zeus, highest of 
the gods. 

{nrow, (nadow [(Hdos, envy, Eng. 
zeal, jealous], emulate, envy. 756. 

{t{ndwros, 4, dv, to be envied; (nrw- 
Tov, an object of envy. 

{npta, as, loss, penalty. 
Linprow, (nurdow, etc., cause one loss, 
do damage to, punish. 755. 
‘ tyv, Lav, see (dw. 
{nréw, (nthow, etc., seek, ask for. 
Lovn, ns [zone |, belt, girdle, “ girdle- 
money.” 


H. 


~ qf, conj., or; }... H, either... or; 
mwétepov... %, whether... or. 

q, conj., than, Lat. quam. 

7H, intensive particle, really, truly ; 
in oaths, 4 why, in very truth. 

q, dat. sing. fem. of és used adv. 
(sc. 65¢), in which way, where, as. 

Hyyerra, See ayyéArw. 

nyepov, dvos, 6 [485], 
guide. 

HYCopaL, yhooua, hynoduny, hyn- 
pa, nynOnv, 255 a [435], go before, 
lead, conduct, command ; think, be- 
lieve, consider. 748. 

qoew, WSerav, see ofda. 

ydéws, adv. [7dvs], gladly ; comp. 
Hoiov, SUP. Hdcora. 

Hon, adv., already, by this time, at 
length, now, forthwith. 

TySopar, 7oOjcoua, hoOnv, be glad, 
be pleased. 

yous, eva, b [Lat. suduis, sweet, 
Eng. swEET], sweet, pleasant. 

Wkverra, SCe Hrrwy. 

qkw, itw, come, be or have come. 


leader, 


24 


oUXY 


jAace, See éAadve. 

*Hvetos, 6, an Hléan. 

qAextpov, 76 [electric], lustre, radi- 
ance, amber; electrum, a compound 
of 4 gold and 4 silver. 

yA9ov, see ere 

TA(Baros, ov, high, steep. 

HAWLos, a, ov, idle, Soolish, silly ; 
Td HALOov, folly. 

yAvos, 6 [he/io-trope, peri-helion), 
the sun. 

YAwKws, See adlokoua. 

ypar [jo-], 667, 3, sit. 

ypets, etc., See cya. 

jpeAnpévas, adv. [formed from pf. — 
pass. partic. of duerdw], carelessly. . 

vipépa, ds [ep-hemeral], day i 7 a 
eriovon huepa, neat day ; E pécoy nee~ 
pas, mid-day, noon; &ua Th huepa, - 
day-break. 

Tipérepos, &, ov, 531 [hers], our; 
TO Nuéerepa, our affairs. 

jpt-, only in composition [Lat. 
semi-, half-, Eng. hemi-], half. 

7p-(-Bpwros, ov [Bpwrds, to be eaten, 
BiBpéckw, eat, Lat. uord, devour], 
half-eaten. 

ypt-Sapexov, 7d, [Sapends], half- 
daric. : 
npi-Sens, és [Séw, lack], wanting — 
half, half full. 

apt-oALos, a, ov [dros], containing 
the whole and half, half as mee 
again. } 

pious, eva, v [Hut-], half. q 

rpt-wBodvov, 7d [dBords], half-obol. 

wv, contr. form of éay. 

nv, see eiul. 

nvika, conjunctive adv., when. 

yvi-oxos, 6 [608], driseas chart. 
oteer. 

rpeOnv, rpnpyy, See aipew. 

HPOpnVv, SCC epwrdw. 

yoOn, see Hdoua. 

yovxy, adv. [fovxos, quiet], qui- 
etly. in silence. 








qjovxla, as [fovxos, quiet], sttll- 


“ness, quiet; novxidy w&yew, keep still, 


q _ hold one’s peace. 




























farrdopa, Arricouat, etc., pass. 
dep., 599, be inferior, be worsted or 
defeated. 754. 

YTTav, ov, gen. ovos, 469, inferior, 


- weaker. 


| 0. 


@adrarra, ys, sea, Lat. mare. 
Oopiva, adv. [@aud, often], fre- 
quently, often. 
Bavaros, 6 [Avxfcxw], death. 
[Oavarow, Javardow, COavdtwoa, €Ba- 
varaébnv, put or condemn to death. 
Odrre (tad-), Odyw, Mapa, TéOap- 
pat, érdpny, 618, 4, iii., bury. 
tOapparéos, a, ov, bold, courageous. 
fOappadréws, adv., boldly, cowr- 
ageously. 
TOappéw, Oappio, eOdppnoa, rebdp- 
pnxa, be bold o1 courageous, take 
heart ; Oappar, partic. as ady., confi- 


dently. 


Qappos, ovs, 7d [DARE, DURST], 


courage. 
 [Sappive, iv., make bold, cheer, en- 


courage. 

Garrev, see Taxus. 

Bavpate (Aavuad-), Pavudcouat, €bav- 
paca, TeOavpara, eOavudodnry, 618, 5, 
iv. [@atua, wonder, Eng. thaumat- 
urgy|, wonder at, admire, wonder. 

[Oavpdorvos, a, ov, wonderful, re- 
markable. 

[Savpactos, 4, dv, wondrous, won- 
derful, surprising, remarkable. 
T@aWaxnvol, of, inhabitanis of 
Thapsacus, Thapsacenes. 

| Odpaxos, 7, Thapsacus. 

Gea, as [Aeds], goddess. 

Oedopar, Pedoouat, etc., 598 [thea- 
tre], gaze at, behold. 

Qetos, a, ov [Geds], divine; Oetoy, 
76, divine intervention, portent. 


Oérw, see e0éArw. 

-Oev, suffix denoting whence. 

Beds, 6, 7 [theo-logy, theism], god, 
goddess, 

tOepamevw, Oeparevow [therapeu- 
tic], serve, wait upon, take care of, 
court. 

Beparrev, ovros, 6, servant. 

t@erradria, as, Thessaly. ~ 

Oetrados, 6, a Thessalian. 

Béw (Ou-), Oevoour, 610, 1, ii., run, 
race, of troops, charge. 

Dewpéw, Ocwpicw, eOedpynoa, Tebed- 
pnka [Oewpds, spectator, cf. Sedona, 
Eng. theorem, theory |, view, witness, 
inspect, review. 

Oxpa, as [6%p, wild beast, Lat. fe- 
rus, wild, Eng. DEER], hunt, chase. 

[Onpdw, Onpicw, eOhpaca, TeOhpaxa, 
€Onpbanv, hunt, chase, pursue. 

LOnpevo, Onpetow, etc., hunt, catch. 

LOnplov, 76, wild animal, creature. 

Oncavpds, 6 [638], treasure. - 

-6., suffix denoting where. 

Ovyoke (Gav-), Oavoiua, avo, Té- 
Ovnxa, 642, 5, vi., die, pf. and 2 pf., 
660, 2, be dead, be slain. 

OdpuBos, 5 [Opdos, noise], noise, dis- 
turbance, uproar. 

tOpdxtos, a, ov, Thracian. 

Opdé, «ds, 6, @ Thracian. 

Ovyarnp, Tpds, 7, 291 [DAUGHTER], 
daughter. 

OvpBprov, 76, Thymbrium. 

Odpo-evShs, és [537,663], high-spirited. 

Oipdopar, diudocoua, TeOiuwpmat, 
€0vuHOnv, [537], be angry. 768. 

Ovpss, 6 [537], soul, heart. 

 Oipa, as [Lat. foris, door, Eng. 
DOOR], door; éri rats Bacidéws Obpacs, 
at court; so dipa of a general’s head- 
quarters. 

Ovoia, as [538], sacrifice, offering. 

Bbw, dicw, €0vca, TéOvKa, Tébvpat, 
érvOnv, 442 [538], sacrifice; mid., 
cause to sacrifice, offer sacrifice. — 








Owpaxlto 26 


TOwpaxl{a  (Owparid-), wpa, 
reOwpdkicucat, e0wpaxtcdnv, iv., arm 
with a cutrass; mid., put on one’s 
cuirass. 

Owpat, acos, 6 [thorax ], breastplate, 
corselet, cutrass. 


I. 


tdopar, idcoua, tacdunr, taOnv, heal, 
cure. 
jtarpos, 6, surgeon, physician. 
é, iSetv, etc., see dpaw. 
tSt0s, a, ov [/diom, idio-syncrasy], 
one’s own, personal, private; eis Td 
YSiov, for one’s personal use. 
jiStorns, ov [/diot], an ordinary 
or private person, private soldier, 
private. 
iSpow, tipwoa [idpds, sweat, Lat. si- 
dor, sweat, Eng. SwEAT ], sweat, reek 
with sweat. 
tiepetov, 7d, victim for sacrijice. 
tepds, a, dv [hier-archy, hiero- 
glyphic], holy, sacred ; tepd, rd, sac- 
rifices, omens from inspecting the 
vitals, in contrast to opdyia. 
Enpr(é-), How, hxa, efka, efuat, eVOnr, 
667, 1, 702, send, throw, hurl at; 
mid., send oneself, rush, charge. 
746. 
tikavos, 4, év, coming up to, suffi- 
cient, able, capable, competent. 
tixavas, adv., sufficiently, enough. 
ixvéopar (ir-), Ufouc, ixdunv, typar, 
627, 1, v., come. 
*Ixovov, 76, Iconium. 
frews, wy, gen. w, 170, propitious. 
tAn, ns [etAw, press, hem in], crowd, 
band ; of cavalry, troop. 
Wva, final particle, that, in order 
that. 
immevs, éws, 5 [564], horseman, 
knight, cavalryman, pl., cavalry. 
immuos, 4, dv [564], for cavalry, 
cavalry-; inmndy, 76, cavalry, horse. 


aay A 


xa0-nSuTrabéw 


twmd-Spopos, 6 [564], race-course, 


hippodrome. 

tartros, 6, 7 [564], horse, mare ; &mbd 
or é¢’ trrov, on horseback. 

tobi, topev, etc., see olda. 

tloo-mAevpos, ov 
equal sides, equilateral. 

tros, n, ov [/so-sceles], equal; ob« 
ét Yoou eopev, we are not on an equal- 
ity. 

*Iocol, of, Issus. 

lornpe (ora-), orhow, Eornoa and 
eoTnv, EoTnka, EoTauat, eordbnv, 647, 
6, vii., 2 pf. goraroy, etc., 659, 697 
[649], set, make stand, make halt , 
intr. in mid. (except 1 aor.), in 2 
aor., both pfs., and both plpfs. act., 
stand, stop, halt. 

ioriov, 7d [649], sail. 

tloxupes, a, dv, strong. 

tloxupa@s, adv., strongly, 


severity. 
loxius, vos, 7 [Lat. wis, strength], 
strength; of an army, force. 
tows, adv. [Yoos], equally, perhaps. 
Urus, vos, 7, outer edge, rim. 
tx Os, vos, 6 [ichthyo-logy], fish. 
txvos, ous, 7d, trace, track. 
*Twvla, as, Tonia. 
fIovucds, 4, 4v, Jonian. 


’ 
ee 
Ad 
= a a 


Kaya0d, by crasis for kad a&yabd. 

Kay, by crasis for kal éyé. 

Kad’, see kaTd. 

Ka0-efopar (€5-), xad-eSoduq, imps 
éxab-e(dunv, iv. [Lat. seded, sit, Eng. 
SIT, SET], sit down; of a general, 
make a halt, encamp. 


Kab-evSw, Kad-evdjow, lie down to © 


sleep, sleep, lie or be asleep. 
Ka0-nyéopnar, lead or show the way. 


Ka0-nSumabéw, cad-ndumd0noa [580], 7 


be luxurious, waste in luxury. 


vehe- 
mently, exceedingly, vigorously, with — 


[mrevpt], with 


4 








27 


ka0-7ko 













Kab-yKw, come down, reach or ex- 
tend down. 

Kad-npar, 704, sit down, be seated ; 
of soldiers, be encamped. 

Kab-tornp, set down, station, bring 
down or back, bring, establish, make, 
appoint; mid. with pf. and 2 aor. 
act. intrans., take one’s place, be 
established. 739. 

_ xad-opdw, look down on, observe, 
inspect. 

kat, conj., and, Lat. et; influenc- 
ing particular words or expressions, 
also, too; even, further, Lat. etiam ; 
Babes kal OF re...xal, both... 
and, not only... but also. 

Kawai, av, Caenae. 

Kavos, 7, dv, new, strange. 

Kal-qep, concessive particle [kat], 
although, with the participle. 

Kaupos, 6, the right or fitting time, 
opportunity, occasion. 

Kai-rot, conj. [xaf+rol], and yet. 

Kalw, Se Kdw. 

Kaketvos, by crasis for ka) éreivos. 

tKaxo-vous, ovv, 191 c [644], evil- 
minded, ill-disposed. 

Kaxos, 7, dv, 448, 469, bad in the 
broadest sense (as opposed to éya- 
06s), base, cowardly, hurtful; kardv, 
76, harm, evil. 

lwaxodpyos, 6 [468], wrongdoer. 

jwakos, adv., badly, ill; kaxas mot- 
eiv, do harm or damage to, injure, 
ravage ; kaxds éxew, be badly off. 

Kddapos, 6, reed, Lat. harundo. 

Kaéw, Kad@, éxdAeoa, KeKANKG, KE- 
KAnwat, exahOnv, 442 [622], call, sum- 
mon, Lat. wocd, call, name; 6 ka- 
Aovmevos, the so-called. 

KadAlpaxos, 6, Callimachus. 

Kados, 4, 6v, 469 [HALE, WHOLE, 
calli-graphy], beautiful, fair, propt- 
tious, noble; Kadrds Kat dya0ds, Kards 
nayabds, noble and good, ‘gentle- 
man.’ 





Kadv@rw (KadvB-), Kadrdpw, éxd- 


Ava, KexdAvupat, exardpOnv, 613, 5, 
iii., cover. 


Kadds, adv. [xards], beautifully, 


bravely, well, successfully, honour- 
ably ; kad@s @xew, be well. 


Kdpve (Kap-), Kauoduat, eamoy, KéK- 


unna, 624, 3, v., labour, be weary. 


dol, by crasis for kal éuol. 
Kav, by crasis for xa éap. 
KavSus, vos, 6, a long outer gar- 


ment, the caftan. 


Kaveov, contr. kavody, 7d, basket. 
Kamndetov, 7d [xdmrndros, retail ~ 


dealer, Lat. caupod, tradesman], re- 
tail shop, tavern, Lat. caupona. 


karlOn, ns, capithe, a Persian dry 


measure, equal to two choenices. 


See yotué. 

Kamvés, 6, smoke, Lal. fumus. 

Karrafsoxla, as, Cappadocia. 

Kampos, 6 [Lat. caper, goat], wild 
boar, Lat. aper. 

KapSotxou, of, the Carduchians. 

Kapla, as, Caria. 

Kdpoos, 6, the Carsus. 

Kapoy, ns [xdpdw, ary up], dried 
stalks, hay, straw. 

Kaortodos, 7, Castolus. 

Kata, prep. with gen. and acc., 
down (as opposed to avd), Lat. sub. 
With gen., denoting motion from 
above, down, down from, down 
upon, underneath. With acc., of 
place or position, with verbs of mo- 
tion, on, over, down, down along, 
by, opposite, against, near, at; of 
fitness or relation, according to, con- 
cerning ; Kal Kata yiv Kal Kara Od- 
Aatrav, by land and sea; kara Kpd- 
ros, with might and main; kara 
Zovn, by nations; kara péoov Tov 
orabudv, about the middle of the 
day’s march. 

In composition xard signifies down, 
along, or against; frequently it 


ao es Oe Te. ee ee oe a? eS ee ee ae 


, kara-Balvo 


merely strengthens the meaning of 
the simple verb, and often cannot 
be translated ; sometimes it gives a 
transitive force to an intransitive 
simple verb (cf. Lat. dé-). 

kata-Batvo, go down, descend. 

lkatrd-Bacis, ews, 7, descent, march 
down to the coast. 

Katd-yeios, ov (yi), underground. 

Kara-yedaw, laugh at, deride. 757. 

kar-a&yo, lead down or back, bring 
back, restore. 

Kata-Sie, make enter, sink, of 
ships ; mid. intr., sink down. 

kara-Sedopar, look down on. 

KaT-arxive, disgrace. 

Kata-Kalyw (Kav-), KaTa-Kav@, KaT- 
éxavoy, kata-kéxova, iv. [cf. rrelvw], 
kill, slay, cut down. 

Kata-Kaw, burn down, burn up, 
burn. 

Kata-Keimar, Jie down, lie asleep or 
outstretched. 

KaTa-KypUTTH, proclaim. 

Kata-kAelw, shut up or in. 

Kara-koTTe, cut to pieces, slay. 

Kata-AapPave, seize upon, capture, 
take, surprise, occupy. 

Kkata-Aclrrm, leave behind, abandon. 

KaTa-AcVo, KaTa-Aclow, KaT-éAevoa, 
kat-eAevoOnv [Aas, Ados, 6, stone], 
stone to death, stone. 

kat-addatto, change completely, 
reconcile. 

Kara-Avwo, unloose, dissolve, end, 
make peace, stop fighting, unyoke 
(sc. ra trolvyia), te. make a halt, 
halt. 

Kara-pavOave, learn thoroughly. 

kata-péve, stay behind. 

Kara-voéw, mark well, observe. 

Kat-avti-mépas, adv. [561], over 
against, opposite. 761. 

KaTa-metpow [7érpa |, 
death. 

Kara-wnddaw, leap down, leap. 


stone to 





Cas ee ee eee 


28 


ew ig ™~ 


Kedevo 


kata-mparrea, do thoroughly, exe- 
cute, bring to an end, accomplish. 

kara-ckérropar, view closely. - 

kara-cknvéw, encamp, camp. 
kara-cmde, draw or drag down. 

KATO-OTACIS, €ws, 7 [649], state, — 
condition. a 

Kkara-oTpédw, turn down, subdue. 

kata-oxl{w, split down, cleave 
asunder, burst through, burst open. — 

Kata-relvw, stretch hard, insist. 

Rares (nit, put down, lay away 
or an ; mapa Twa Kar abc Bat, putinto 
one’s keeping. 

KaTa-pavys, és [485], clearly seen, 
in plain sight, visible. + See 

Kkara-hevyw, take refuge. 

kata-ppovéw, set one’s 
against, despise. 'T57. 

kat-etSov, See ra-opdw. s 

Kat-erOlw, eat up, bolt. 

kat-éxw, hold down, 
check, control, occupy. 

KaT-nyopéw, Kat-nyophow, etc., 597 
[xat-hyopos, accuser, dyopetw, ha- 
rangue, speak, ayopa], speak against, — 
charge, accuse. 757. ¥ 

KaT-.S0v, see xab-opdw. 

Kavpa, aros, Td [kaw], heat. a 

Kaiorpov meSlov, 746, Caister 
Plain, Caijsterfield. ee EE 

Kaw (Kav-), katow, Exavoa, KéeKavKa, 
kéxavuat, éxavOnv, 620, 1, iv. [caustic, 
holo-caust], burn, kindle, cauterize; 
mip éxaov, they kept a fire going. — 

Kéyxpos, 5, millet, millet grass. 

ketpat, ckeloouct, 667, 2, 703 [Lat. 
ciuis, citizen, quiés, rest, Eng. HOME, 
cemetery |, lie, be laid, lie dead. 

Kerawal, av, Celaenae. 

KeAevw, KeAcvow, exéAevoa, KEKE- 
Aevka, KexéAevopat, ExeAetoOnv, 441 b 
[Lat. celer, swift, currd, run, Eng. 
CAR, HORSE], drive, order, command, 
bid, give orders; Lat. iubed; re 
advise, suggest. 


a 





mind — 


restrain, 


2 


a 


a 


a 





we 


ry 


mpe ens 


Fe Pe ANE et eT Oe ee 





Kevos, 4, dv, empty, groundless. 

760. 
lwevo-radiov, 7d [rdpos], cenotaph. 

Kepapav ayopa, as, Market of the 
Ceramians. 

Kepavvupt (Kepa-), exepaca, Kexpa~ 
pat, éxepdoOnv and éxpdOny, V. [crasis], 
mix. 

Képas, Képws and Képaros, 7d [ Lat. 
cornu, horn, Eng. HORN, HART, 
rhino-ceros |, horn, prop. of an ani- 
mal, then bugle horn, drinking horn, 
peak of a mountain, wing of an 
army. 

Kepacovvrior, of, the Cerasuntians. 

Kehadr, fs [Lat. caput, head, Eng. 
HEAD, a@-cephalous |, head. 

Kypvé, dxos, 6 [622], herald. 

KypuTT@ (KypiK-), Knpitw, exnpdia, 
Kexhpdxa, Kekhpiyuat, éxnpvxOny, 617, 
2, iv. [622], be a herald, proclaim, 
make proclamation. 

+Kiduxla, as, Cilicia. 

Kinré, uxos, 6, a Cilician. 
{KQuooa, as, Cilician queen. 
tewSevevo, Kivduvetow, etc., encoun- 

ter danger, run a risk, be in peril. 
klvSv0vos, 6, danger, risk. 

Kivéw, Kiviow, etc. [ Lat. cied, cause 
to go, Eng. HIE], move, remove. 

KAGd@ (KAav-), KAadooua: and KAav- 
covpa:, 620, 2, iv., weep, wail. 

Knycéivep, opos, 6, Cleanor. 

Knrtéapxos, 6, Clearchus, a Spartan 
general, the special friend of Cyrus ; 
KAéapxo, men like Clearchus. 

KAelw, KAciow, ZxAerca, KeKAELWOL 
and KéxrAciopat, exactoOnv, 441 b [ Lat. 
claudo, close, Eng. sLor], shut, close. 

KAérrw (KAer-), KAdpw, Exrea, Ké- 
KAopa, KéxAcupou, éxAdmny, 613, 6, iii. 
[Lat. clepd, steal, Eng. shop-LirTER ], 
steal, embezzle. 

Knrtcoivupos, 6, Cleonymus. 

TkAtpag, axos, % [climax], ladder 
(because it leans). 


se. eee eS Ss Sl 


kparée 


KAtvw (KAw-), KAW, EkAiva, KEKAI- 
pat, exAlOny and éxAlyny, 619, 4, iv. 
[Lat. inclind, incline. Eng. LEAN, 
climate, en-clitic], cause to lean, 
bend. 

KAO, KAwmds, 6 [KAérrw], thief. 

Kvypts, tos, 7 [kvhun, leg], greave. 

kowsdw, exolunoa, exomutOny [Kel- 
wa], lay to rest, put to sleep; mid. 
and pass., lie down, go to sleep, 
sleep. . 

tkowy, adv., in common, jointly. 

KoLvos, f, dv, common, joint. 

|kowvow, Kowwdow, make common, 
communicate. 

tkowevéw, Kowvwviow, have a share 
of, partake of. 746. 

{kxow.wwvos, 6, Sharer, partner. 

KoAdlw (KoAad-), KoAdow, éxddaga, 
Kexdracuat, exoAdoOnv, iv., check, 
punish, inflict punishment. 

Kodoooal, dv, Colossae. 

Koadxot, oi, the Colchians. 

Koplf{e (Kousd-), Koma, etc., iv. [Ko- 
uéw, care for], carry away so as to 
save, bring, convey. 

kovioptos, 6, cloud of dust. 

Kotpos, 7, dung. 

KoTTw (Ko7-), Kd~w, Eropa, Kékopa, 
Kéxoupar, exdanv, 613, 7, iii. [cHOP, 
syn-copate], cut, hew, slash, fell, 
slaughter. 

Kopoarn, fs, Corsote. 

Kopuh1, 7s, top, summit. 

tkoopéw, koounow, dress, adorn. 

Koapos, 6 [cosmic, cosmetic], or- 
der, dress, equipment. 

Kovdos, 7, ov, light ; xéptos Kodpos, 
hay. 

Kpolw (Kpay-), &kpayov, Kéxparya, 
617, 3, iv. [622], cry out. 

Kpavos, ous, Té [cranium], head- 
piece, helmet. 

Kparéw, Kpathow, etc. [471], be 
strong, have the power, be superior, 
master, overcome, control, conquer. 


ee 


a ee 





Pr ~ ~*,0 2 eee 


Kparrip 30 


Kparnp, fipos, 6 [Kepdvvim], miax- 
ing bowl, punch bowl. 

Kpatirros, 7, ov, 469 [471], strong- 
est, bravest, best, noblest ; neut. pl. 
kpdticta as ady., in the best way, 
most bravely. 

Kparos, ovs, 76 [471], strength, 
force, might, Lat. uis. 

Kpavyy, fs [622], outcry, shout, 
clamour, uproar. 

Kpéas, xpéws, Td [Lat. card, flesh, 


jlesh, meat. 

Kpelrrwyv, ov, gen. ovos, 469 [471], 
stronger, braver, better, nobler, more 
valuable. 

Kpépapar (xpeua-), kpeunooua, 647, 
7, vii., intr., hang, be suspended. 

Lipepavvupe (Kpeua-), Kpeud, éxpe- 
paca, éxpeudoOny, v., trans., hang 
up, suspend. 

Kpyvy, ns, spring, well, Lat. fons. 

kpytis, idos, 7, base, foundation. 

Kors, Kpnrés, 6, a Cretan. 

Kpt0y, fs, in pl., barley. 

lxptO.vos, , ov, of barley. 

Kptvw (Kpiv-), Kpiv@, expiva, kéxpika, 
Kéxpiwat, éxplOny, 619, 5, iv. [Lat. 
cerno, separate, Eng. critic, hypo- 
crisy|, divide, distinguish, decide, 
determine, be of opinion, judge, bring 
to trial. 

Kptos, 6, ram, Lat. ariés. 

Kplots, ews, 4 [xptyw, Eng. crisis], 
decision, trial. 

Kpovw, Kpotow, expovea, Kéxpouka, 
Kéxpouuac and Kéxpovouat, éxpotabny, 
strike one thing against another, 
clash, rattle. 

KpimTw@ (Kpup-), Kptyo, expuia, 
Kéxpuppat, éxptpOny, 613, 8, iii. [erypt, 
crypto-gam, grotto], hide, conceal, 
Lat. tego. 787. 

KTdopaL, KThcoual, éextnoduny, Ké- 
ktnuc, 598, acquire, gain, get, get 
together ; pf. as pres., possess, have. 


Krelvo («rev-), KTEVO, eerewa, “a 
exrovay 619, 6, iv., kill. 3 
KTTPO, aTos, rf [«rdouac], posses: s 
sion, pl. property. ~ 
KT}VOS, ous, Td Perdohntty chaiter a 
domestic animal, pl. cattle. “| 
Kryolas, ov, Ctesias, a famous — = 
Greek physician at the Persian 


irate kukAdow, etC., surround, 
encircle, hem in. ‘ 
{kvKAwors, ews, 7, an encircling; — 
ws eis xdxAwow, as tf to encircle. x 
KvAlvBw, éxddAica, KextAioua, éxv- 
AtoOnv [cylinder], roll, roll down. 


founder of the Persian empire, ac- 
cording to Xenophon the son of a 
Cambyses and grandson of Astya- 
Il. Cyrus the Younger, the — 
leader of the expedition against Ar- 


KVOV, peste 6 [Lat. canis, aoqgal a 
Eng. HounD, cynic], dog, hound, cur. 4 
KwAJw, Kwriow, etc., hinder, pre- — 
vent, oppose, check ; 7d KwAdov, the — 
hindrance, obstacle. 
Tkap-dpx ns, ov [463], village-chief. 
kam, ns [ketua], village. Se 
lkopyrys, ov, villager. 
korn, ns, oar-handle, oar. a 


AaPetv, AaBov, see AauBdvw. 

Aayxdvw (Aax-), Antouat, Eraxorv, — 
etAnxa, etAnyuat, €ARxXOnrv, 626, 1, V., 
obtain by lot, get, obtain, be pos-— 
sessed of, hold. 

Aayws, 6, hare, Lat. lepus. 

Aabetv, Aalav, see AavOdvw. 


hafety 









Ksovon 6, the Cydnus. 7 
KukAos, 6 [ Lat. circus, circle, Eng, | 
Eng. creo-sote], flesh, pl. pieces of | RING, cycle, bi-cycle, en-cyclo-pae- 
dia], circle, curve, ring; KiKrAw, in 


» 


6, I. Cyrus the Elder, | 


706. 


a 


A. 








AdOpa, adv. [Aavédvw], covertly, 
without the knowledge of. 


AaxeSayovos, a, ov, Lacedae- 


 monian; Aaredaudvios, 6, a@ Lace- 


daemonian. 

Aakrif{e (Aakrid-), AakTi@, etc., iv. 
[Adé, adv., with the foot, Lat. calx, 
heel], kick at, kick. : 

Adkev, wvos, 5, a Laconian. 

jAakwvues, 7, dv, Laconian. 

AapBave (AaB-), AfWoua, eraBor, 
eYAnpa, efAnumat, eAnpOnrv, 626, 2, v. 
[Lat. labor, toil, Eng. di-/emma, 
pro-lepsis|, take, take into one’s 
hand, receive, get, take or get pos- 
session of, enlist, catch, find. 

traparpos, a, dv, bright, distin- 
guished. 

tAapmporns, nros, 7, splendour. 

Adprrw, Aduyw, Aaupa, A€Aapta 
[Lat. limpidus, clear, Eng. lamp], 
shine, be bright, blaze. 

AavOdve (Aab-), Afow, ~rabov, Aé€- 


 AnOa, AAnoua, 626, 3, v. [Lat. lated, 


lie hid, Eng. /ethargy, Lethe], lie 
hid, escape the notice of; mid., for- 
get. 860. 

Ney, Acta, efAoxa, efAeyuai, éré- 
ynv and ér€xOnv, 604, 7 [591], gather, 
collect. 

Méyw, Adtw, Zrcta, AeAeypai, eré- 
xOnv, 600, 4 [591], say, speak, tell, 
state, mention, relate, Lat. dicd, bid, 
charge, vote. 8387, 838 c. 

Aelrro (Aur-), Achbw, EAmov, Aé€- 
Aoira, AcAcyupat, éeAelpOny, 609, 1, ii. 
[Lat. linguod, leave, Eng. Lenn, ec- 
lipse], leave, abandon, forsake, quit, 
leave behind, leave alive; rande 
huav rAeapdevres, inferior to us in 
numbers. 754, 

TKevko-Ouipat, axos, 5, 7 [Odpat], in 
white cuirass. 

AeuKos, 4, dv [Lat. liix, light, Eng. 
LIGHT], white. 

Aes, 6, people. 


81 


Adinpos 


Arya, Anim, ania, leave off, end, 
come to an end. 

Aylopar (And-), éAnoduny, iv. [Acia, 
booty], plunder, pillage. 

\Aqorys, od, plunderer, robber. 
TAlBivos, 7, ov, of stone. 

Al€os, 6 [/itho-graphy], stone. 

Aupyy, evos, 6, harbour, port. 

Aipos, 6, hunger, famine. 

Aiveos, &, ov, contr. ods, 4H, obv 
[Alvov, linen], linen. 

Aoyos, 6 [591], word, saying, state- 
ment, speech, discourse, debate, 
rumour, narrative. 

Aoyxn, us, point or spike of a 
spear, spear, lance. 

AovSopéw, Aodopfjow, etc. [Aoldopos, 
abusive], revile, abuse. 

Aoutros, 4, dv [Aelrw], remaining, 
with the art., the rest; Aomdy (se. 
éotl), it remains ; 7d Aourdy, for the 
future. 734, 

Aodos, 6, hill, ridge, height. 
trox-ayla, as [435], captaincy. 
trox-ayes, 6 [435], commander of 

a Adxos, captain. 

Aoxos, 6 [A€xos, couch, Lat. lectus, 
couch, Eng. LIB, LAIR, LOG], ambush, 
men in ambush, a company. 

tAv8la, as, Lydia. 

Avdwos, a, ov, Lydian. 

Avkawos, a, ov, Lycaean; ra Ad- 
kaa, the Lycaea, a festival in honour 
of Zeus. 

Av«aovla, ds, Lycaonia. 

Avxwos, 6, Lycius, an Athenian. 

AvKos, 5 [Lat. lupus, wolf, Eng. 
WOLF], wolf. 

Avpalvopa. (Aduar-), Aduavodmar, 
eAvunvdunv, AedAtuacua, iv. [Adun, 
insult], outrage, destroy, ruin. 

TAdréw, Avdmhow, etc., grieve, dis- 
tress, vex, annoy, molest. 

Adan, ns, pain, grief, sorrow. 
jAutrnpos, a, dv, painful, trouble- 

some, annoying. 





Ato 


Atw, Atow, Zddoa, AdAvKA, AéAvuaL, 
érvdnv, 442 [Lat. lud, loose, Eng. 
LOSE, LOOSE, and-lyze|, loose, set 
Sree, release, break, break down, 
destroy ; mid., loose one’s own, ran- 
som. 


Awro-hayou, of [Awrds, lotus, + a- | 778 


yeiv, see éc0iw], lotus-eaters. 
Awav, Agorv, gen. ovos, 469, better, 
preferable, pleasanter. 


M. 


pa, intensive particle, surely, used 
in negative oaths. 736. 

MatavSpos, 6 [meander], the Mae- 
ander, a river in Asia Minor of wind- 
ing course. 

patvopat (uav-), wavodual, meunva, 
éudvnv, iv. [maniac, necro-mancy], 
rage, be mad. 

pakapl{o (uarapib-), éuaxdpica, éua- 
kaptoOnv, iv. [455], regard as happy. 

pakaptoros, 7, dv [455], deemed 
happy, enviable. 

pakpos, ad, dv [455], long, high, 
tall ; waxpay (sc. 6dév), a long way ; 
paxpérepov, adyv., farther, at longer 
range. 

Maxpov, wvos, 6, a Macronian. 

pada, adv., very, much, very much, 
greatly, exceedingly, Lat. ualde; 
comp. mardAov, more, rather; sup. 
pddwocra, most, especially. 

pavOdve (uab-), pabjocouat, Euabor, 
MepudOnna, 626, 4, v. [mathematics], 
learn, find out. 

pavris, ews, 6 [ualvoun], one in- 
spired, seer, diviner. 

Mapovds, ov, Marsyas, a satyr. 

tpaprupéw, uaptuphow, etc., testify, 
bear witness, Lat. testor. 

tpapruptov, 7d, evidence, proof. 

pdptus, vpos, 6 [martyr], witness. 

Maokas, a, 5, the Mascas. 

parrit, tyos, 7, whip, lash. 


32 


parros, 6, nipple, breast, of men ; a 
hill, hillock. . 
Tp arpa, as, knife, sword, wana 4 
paxn, ns, battle, engagement, fight. 4 
LpaXopar, waxoduat, euaxeodunv, me 
udxnuat, 605, 5, fight, give battle. — 
peyado-mpemas, adv. [455], mag- 
nificently, in a princely manner. 
peyddws, adv. [455], greatly. 
Meyapeus, ews, 6, a Megarian, = 
péyas, pmeydan, péya, 885, 469 
[455], great, Lat. mdgnus, large, — 
tall, weighty, powerful; neut. as 
adyv., weyers greatly ; Td péyiror, 
chiefly; of péysota Suvduevor, thes 
most powerful. : 
Meyadépvys, ov, Megaphernes. 
péyeBos, ous, 7d [455], SET 
magnitude, size. 
péyrorros, Sup. Of péyas. at 
ped’, See werd. . 
pe(Lav, comp. of pwéyas. 
pelov, comp. of pixpds. 
Tpedavla, a as, blackness. 3 
pédds, wéAauva, méAav, gen. uddasiy) Fg 
etc., 83388 [melan-choly], black. F 
‘ie! meAhoer, eueAnoe, memeAnne, 
impers., it is a care, it concerns; 
éuol weAtoe:, I will see to it. 792, 
ipederda, meAcThow, €medeTnoa, ME- 
meAeTnka, care for, attend to, Drag 4 
tise. = 
|pedérn, ns, care, attention, prac ¢q 
tice. aa 

perAtyyn, ns, millet. 

pro, weAAhow, €ueAAnoa, be about, 
intend, delay. 

pepvyo, elc., SCC mur oka. | 

pév, post-positive particle, never 
used as a conj. to connect words — 
and sentences, but to distinguish 
the word or clause with which it 
stands from something that is tofol- — 
low, and commonly answered by 3¢ — 
(sometimes by aAAd, mévrot, érerra) — 









‘4 in ie corresponding clause, | on the 
one hand, indeed, truly, but often it 
_ is not to be translated, and its pres- 
ence is to be shown merely by stress 
of voice; 6 piv... 6 5¢, the one... 
the other, plur. some. . . others; 
— GAAG mer, but certainly. 
 |pév-rov [rol], adv., really, cer- 
tainly, in truth; conj., yet, still, 
—- however, nevertheless. 
ss péva, werd, Zucwa, penévnra, 605, 6 

[Lat. maneo, stay], remain, stay, 

wait for, last, be in force. 

Mévoy, wvos, 6, Menon. 

pépos, ous, 7d, division, part, share, 
portion, Lat. pars; wépos ti Tis edTa- 
tlds, an instance of their discipline ; 
— év wéper, in turn. 

tpeo-npBpla, as [juepa], noon, mid- 
day ; the south. 

‘pécos, 7, ov [Lat. medius, middle, 
Eng. mip], middle; péoov, rd, the 
_ middle, centre, midst, space between. 

~ Méemda, as, Mespila. 

perros, h, dv, full of, laden. 760. 
, pera, prep. with gen. and acc. 
| With gen., with, in company with, 
_ among; with acc., of place or time, 
_ behind, after, next; meta todro or 
_ radra, after this, hereupon. 
i In composition perd signifies shar- 
ing, with, among, or time or quest, 
after, or change, from one place to 
another. 
—-s pera-SiSopr, give among, give a 
| share. 745. 
7 —s pera-péder, 7 is a care, afterwards, 
_ wt repents; with wo, I repent. 859. 
:  peraty, adv., between. 761. 
S 


os ae ee 
. 


0 


Re ers een 


7 


Tpetd-mepmrros, ov, sent for. 
—s pera-tréurra, send after ; mid., send 
_ for a person to come to oneself, 
summon. 
——sper-éxw, have a share. 745. 

_~ per-€wpos, ov [alpw, Eng. meteor], 
raised from the ground, on high. 







33 | pyvio 


pérpov, 7d [Lat. métior, measure, 
Eng. metre, etc.], measure. 

péxpt, improper prep. with gen., 
of time or place, up to, until; conj., 
until. 821, 822. 

py, adv., not, used with the imv. 
and subjv. in all constructions ; in 
all final and object clauses, except 
after uh, that not, lest, which takes 
ov; in all conditional and condi- 
tional relative clauses, and in the 
corresponding temporal sentences 
after €ws, piv, etc.; in relative sen- 
tences expressing a purpose ; in ex- 
pressions of a wish ; with the infin., 
except in indirect discourse; and 
with the partic. when it expresses a 
condition. All of the compounds 
of uh follow the usage of the simple 
word. 

LpnSapas, adv. [undauds, none], by 
no means, Lat. nequaquam. 

jpy-8é, conj. and adv. [5€], but not, 
and not, nor, Lat. neque, nec; not 
even, Lat. né... quidem. 

Lpyd-els, ula, ev, 497 c [eis], not one, 
none, no, nobody, nothing, Lat. 
nemo, nullus. 

jpndé-rore, adv. [ord], never, Lat. 
nunquam. 

tMndta, as, Media. 

Mrpbos, 6, a Mede. 

Mrsdoxos, 6, Medocus. 

pd’, see whe. 

py-k-ére, adv. [ufj+ éru], not again, 
no longer. 

prkos, ous, 7d [455], length. 

priv, post-positive intensive parti- 
cle, in truth, surely, truly, Lat. wero ; 


(Kal uhv, and in fact, and yet; &rAAa 


pny, but surely, but still; 
very truth. 

pry, unvds, 6 [Lat. ménsis, month, 
Eng. BOON, MONTH], month. 

pnviw, unvicw, etc., disclose, Le Sar 
known. | 


Hh phy, in 





—— 


a, ei eee | ok 


Py-TorTe 34 VELO 


py-twore, adv. [uh-+ ord], not ever, 
never, Lat. nunquam. 
Bt TE, con): ber heeds and not ; 
hte... unre, neither... nor; unre 
. Té, not only not... but also, 
Lat. neque... et. 
prrnp, untpds, 7, 291 [Lat. mater, 
mother, Eng. MOTHER], mother. 
pla, see cis. 
plyvipe (ury-), uliw, Euita, weuiypar, 
éutxOnv and éulynv, 651; 3, v. [Lat. 
misced, mix, Eng. Mix], mix, mingle. 
Midas, ov, Midas, a mythical king 
of Phrygia. 
Mvdpisarns, ov, Mithridates. 
pikpos, a, dv, 469 [micro-scope], 
small, little, Lat. paruus, of small 
account, insigniyicant ; neut. as adv., 
pixpdv, hardly ; comp. pelwv, smaller, 
less ; neut. as adv., pezoy, less. 
TMiAyotos, a, ov, Milesian. 
MiaAnrtos, 7, Miletus. 
pipéopar, miuhoouat, etc. [uiwos, ac- 
tor, Eng. mimic], imitate, copy. 
Pipvyoko (uva-), pynow, euvnoa, 
péeuvnuct, euvhoOnv, 642, 6, vi. [ Lat. 
memini, remember, moneo, remind, 
admonish, Eng. mentor, mnemon- 
ics], remind; mid. and pass., re- 
mind oneself, remember, mention, 
make mention, with pf. uéuynua as 
pres., Lat. memini. 747. 
pioéw, plotow, etc. [pioos, é, 
hatred, Lat. miser, wretched, Eng. 
mis-anthrope]}, hate, Lat. dt. 
tpio80-Sdrns, ov [641], paymaster, 
employer. 772. 
pioOds, 6 [MEED], wages, pay, 
hire, reward. 
|ptr8o-hopa, as [658], wages re- 
ceived, pay. 
|pur8o-hopos, ov [658], receiving 
pay; puc8opédpor, of, mercenaries. 
|pro8ow, wicbdow, etc., let for hire, 
let; mid., have let to oneself, hire, 
197a; pass., be hired. 


Ce Le ee 


pva, as, mina, the next to the — 
highest denomination in Attic silver 
money, although never actually — 
minted as a coin, one sixtieth of a 
talent, and worth to-day about — 
$18.00 in U.S. silver money, accord- - 
ing to its legal rate of value. — a 
HVTpoV, ov, gen. ovos [myfoxw), 
mindful. 760. , 
pyyno Oy, see mmry ok. 
porvBdos, 6, lead. . 
povos, 7, ov [monk, monad, mono-], 
alone, Lat. sdlus, only, sole; neut. 
as adv., udvor, alone, only, solely. 
Movoa, ns [Muse], Muse. 
Miplavios, 7 it Myriandus. a 
tpuptas, ddos, ) [myriad], the num- ; 
ber ten thousand, myriad. ; 
puplos, a, ov, countless ; pl. wipro, — 
at, a, 496, 10,000; aomts pipla, ten 
thousand shield, t.e. shield-bearers. — 
tMiotos, a, ov, Mysian. 
Micos, 6, a Mysian. 
popos, a, ov [sopho-more], dull, 
stupid, foolish, Lat. stultus. 


N. 


vorn, ns, ravine, glen. 

tvav-apxos, 6 [463], admiral. 

vais, veds, 4, 388 [Lat. nduis, ship, 
Eng. nautical, cf. véw], ship (because 
it swims). . 

{vavrns, ov, sailor. 

|vautikos, h, dv, naval ; vavtucdy 1 Th 
a naval force, a fleet. 

veavlas, ov [véos], young man. 

{veavickos, 6, young man. 

vexpos, 6 Lat. nex, death, Eng. 
necro-logy|, dead body, corpse; oi — 
vexpot, the dead. 

vépo, veua, eveua, veveunna, veve- 
nua, éveunOnv, 605, 7 [509], dis- 
tribute, portion out, award, Lat. dis- 
tribud, drive to pasture; mid., of 
cattle, feed, graze. ; 





— oF 
o 
Z ~ 





re™ mS ad hes aa | ee 


* in affirmative oaths. 





véos, a, ov [Lat. nowus, new, Eng. 
NEW, neo-phyte], young, fresh. 
vedeAn, ns [vépos, 7d, cloud, Lat. 
nubés, cloud], cloud ; hence net. 
véw (vu-), vevoodua, evevoa, vé- 
vevxa, 610, 2, ii. [Lat. no, swim, ef. 
vais], swim. 
vews, ©, 170, temple. 
veav, SCC vais. 
_ vy, intensive particle, swrely, used 
736. 
vygos, 7 [cf vew], island (as 
swimming in the sea). 
tyikaw, vinjow, etc., conquer, pre- 
vail over, surpass, outdo, Lat. uinco. 
vixy, ns, victory, Lat. uictoria. 
votw, vohow, etc. [644], observe, 
perceive, plan. 
youn, fs [509], pasture, herd. 
volte (vouid-), vouie, etc., 618, 6, 
iv. [509], regard as a custom, pass., 
be the custom, be usual; own, re- 
gard, consider, believe, think, Lat. 
puto. 
vopos, 6 [509], custom, law. 
vous, vov, 6, 180 [644], mind, Lat. 
méns; év ve exev, have in mind, 
purpose. 
vuKro-dvAak, axos, 6 [yvt+ pvrAak], 
night-watch, picket. 
vixrwp, adv. [yvé], by or at night. 
vov, adv. [Lat. nunc, now, Eng. 
now ], now, just now, just, at present. 
vu—, vuxtds, » [Lat. nox, night, 
Eng. nieut], night; péca vixtes, 
midnight. 


. 


levias, ov, Xenias. 

tEevixes, 7, ov, mercenary ; 7d ten- 
név (SC. otpdrevua), the mercenary 
Sorce. — 

févos, 6, stranger, foreigner, guest 
Sriend, guest, host, foreign soldier, 
mercenary. 


35 








oySorykovra 


Elevohav, aytos, 6, Xenophon, an 
Athenian, author of the Anabasis. 

ElépEns, ov, Xerxes, in particular 
Xerxes I., son of Darius I. 

Enpalve (Enpav-), Enpavd, etfpava, 
éEfjpacua, e&npdvOnv, iv. [énpds, dry], 
dry. 

Eidos, ous, 74, sword, Lat. gladius. 
tEvAlLopat (EvALd-), iv., gather wood. 
tEvALvos, 7, ov, of wood, wooden. 

EvAov, 74, wood, piece or bar of 
wood; pl. timbers, beams, wood, 
Suel. 


O. 


6, 7, 74, the definite art., 88, the, 
with demonstrative force in the ex- 
pressions 6 wév...6 dé, the one... 
the other, this... that, pl. these... 
those, some... the rest; 6 8é, with- 
out preceding 6 péev, and he, but he, 
and in pl., but they, the rest (never 
referring to the subject of the pre- 
ceding sentence, but always to some 
word in an oblique case). As the 
art., used sometimes in Greek where 
we should omit it, as with proper 
names and numerals. The art. may 
be used also to mark a person or 
thing as well known or customary, 
or with distributive force, as Tod 
unvos TH atpatidtyn, per month to 
each soldier, or where we should 
use a possessive pron. Ta Kupou, 
Cyrus’s relations ; of éxelyov, his 
men ; oi pevyovtes, the exiles; 6 Bov- 
Aduevos, Whoever wishes ; oi ofkot, 
those at home; oi évdov, those with- 
in; of mapa Baciréws, men from the 
king ; of éx ths ayopas, market men ; 
of aby a’t@, his men. 

éBodds, 6, obol, an Attic. silver 
coin, worth about three cents. 

dySorxkovra, indecl., 496 [oxo], 
eighty. . 


dySoos 


- OyS00s, 7, ov, 496 [oxrd], eighth. 

65¢, de, rd8e, demon. pron., 539 a 
[6+ -de], this, the following. 540, 
541. 


60s, 7 [ Lat. solum, ground, Ene. 
ex-odus, meth-od, etc.|, way, road, 
Lat. uia; march, journey, expedi- 
tion. 

6-Gev, adv. [és], from which place, 
whence. 

ot, ol, of, see 6, ds, ov. 

ota, 2 pf. with pres. force, 661, 
698 [663], know, understand, have 
knowledge of. 839. 

totka-Se, adv., home, homeward. 

Tolketos, a, ov, belonging to one’s 
house, familiar ; ot oiretor, one’s fam- 
ily, kinsmen, friends. 

tolkérns, house servant, 
mestic. 

Tolkéw, oixhow, etc., inhabit, dwell, 
occupy, live ; pass., be inhabited, be 
situated. 

totkla, as, house, dwelling. 

tolko-Sopnéo, oikodouhow, etc. [déuw, 
build], build, construct, erect. 

totko-Oev, adv., from home. 

Totkou, adv., 28, at home. 

Totko-vopos, 6 [509], steward. 

otkos, 6 [ Lat. uicus, abode, village, 
King. di-ocese, eco-nomy]|, house re- 
garded as a home. 

olktelpw (oixTep-), oikTEp@, @KTELpa, 
iv. [olkros, pity], pity, Lat. misereor. 

otpar, see oYoua. 

otvos, 6 [Lat. uinum, wine], wine ; 
olvos powtkwy, palm-wine. 

olopar Or otpat, offcouar, @hOny, 
605, 8, think, believe, expect. 

otos, @, ov, of which kind, (such) 
as, Lat. qualis ; oiés te, able, possi- 
ble; of what sort or kind. 571, 
671.a. . 

lotoo-mep, amrep, dvrep, just (such) 
as; neut. as adv., ofdviep, just as. 

feu, SEC hépw. 


do- 


36 


Ovelpara 


otxopat, oixicoua, pres. with vf 
force, have gone, be gone. 
olwvos, 5, bird of omen, omen. _ 
ToKvéw, dxvhiow, éxvyca, shrink from 
an act, hesitate, dread, fear. 
ioxvnpas, adv., reluctantly. 
dxvos, 5, hesitation, reluctance. —— 
féieraxtr-yEhiiee at, a, 496 [xidor], a 
8000. 


800. a 
oxtw, indecl., 496 [ Lat. octo, eight, 
Eng. EIGHT, acto-pon, eight. 
6rcBpos, 6 [dAAduU], destruction, 
loss. 
oAtyos, 7, ov [olig-archy], ee a 
small, pl. few. - 
oAkds, ddos, 7 [€Axw, haul], gk. f 
of burden, merchantman. 


OAAUpL (0A-), GAG, SAeoa and loa 4 
unv, dAdAexa and dAwAa, 651, 4, v., — 


destroy, lose. _- 
ddos, 7, ov [Lat. solidus, whole, — 

Eng. cath-olic], whole, entire. a 
"Odvvb0s, 6, an Olynthian. 
Opadrrs, és [duds], even, level. 
lopadras, adv., in even line. z 
Opvupe (ou-), Guoduat, Buooa, oud- 


Moka, Oudpouat aNd duduocuat, wud- 


Onv and audcbny, 651, 5, V., wei = 
take an oath. - 
téporos, a, ov, like, similar. 773. .— 
topolws, adv., in like manner, alike, —- 
topo-Aoyéw, subhoeha ete. [591], 4 
agree, confess, admit. it 
tépo-Aoyoupévas, adv. [591], avow- — 
edly, by common consent. Wl 
Opes, 7, dv [Gua], one and the — 
same. ) 


|Opo-rpdaretos, ov [tpdmela], at the — 


same table; déuorpdme{os, 6, table- — 

companion. 7 
jopas, adv., all the same, neverthien : 

less, yet, still, however. 5 4 
ov, ov, See eiul, Js. 
ovelpara, Td, dream. 


toxra-Kootor, at, a, 496 [écardo], _* 








serve, perceive, Lat. uideo. 





ovivne 


ovivype (ova-), dvicw, &vnoa and 
awvhuny, wvndnv, 647, 8, vii., benefit, 
assist. 

Svopa, aros, 7d [644], name. 

évos, 6 [Lat. asinus, ass, Eng. 


- ASS], ass. : 


Ory, conjunctive adv., where, wher- 
ever, in whatever way, Lat. qua. 

omoGey, adv., behind, in the rear ; 
7d dmiabev, Tovricbev, the rear. 761. 

tomir8o-hvAakla, as, command of 
the rear. 

jomo@o-pvAagt, axos, 
rear-guard. 

Tomdife (érALd-), SrAwa, drrAwcpa, 
amrAlcOny, arm, equip. 

omdtrys, ov, heavy-armed soldier, 
hoplite. ° 

Owkov, rd [pan-oply], implement, 
pl. gear, arms, armour ; év rots ér- 
Aois, under arms. 

Omotos, a, ov, rel. pron., of which 
kind, (such) as, Lat. qualis, of what 
sort. 571, 571 a. 

6m0c0s, 7, ov, rel. pron., how much 
or large, how many, (as much or as 
many) as, Lat. quantus. 571, 571 a. 

Omore, conjunctive adv., when, 
whenever, since, because. 
 OmOTEpos, a, ov, rel. pron., which 
of two parties, whichever, Lat. uter. 

6rov, conjunctive adv., where, 
wherever, Lat. ubi. 

ores, 4, dv, baked, burnt. 

OtTws, conjunctive adv. and final 
particle, in what way, how, that, in 
order that. 

Spdw (dpa-, d-, o-), dpomar, eldor, 
édpaka and édpaxa, édpauo: and dy- 
prot, pny, 655, 5, viii. [a-waRe, 
pan-orama ; 663; Lat. oculus, Eng. 
EYE, OGLE, optic, syn-opsis |, see in 
its widest sense, behold, look, ob- 
839. 

opyy, fis, temper, anger ; dpyh, in 
a passion. 


6 [pvaak] ’ 


87 bre 


lopylLopar (opyid-), dpyioduar, etc., 
iv., be angry, be in a passion. 
768. 

opyvia, as, fathom, six Greek feet. 
TépO.os, a, ov, straight up, steep, in 
column. 

6p8cs, 4, dv Lortho-dox], straight, 
direct. 

ép8pos, 6, daybreak, dawn. 

op0as, adv. [dp0ds], rightly, justly. 

dpia, td [horizon], boundary. 

épkos, 6, oath. 

Oppaw, dpunow, etc. [épuh, mo- 
tion], set in motion, hasten; mid. 
and pass., set out or forth, start. 

Oppéo [8puos, anchorage], be 
moored, lie at anchor. 

Opvis, dpvidos, 6, 7 Lornitho-logy], 
bird. 

’Opovras, & or ov, Orontas. 

Opos, ous, Td, Mountain. 

TépuKtos, 7h, dv, dug, artificial. 

OpuTTw (opvx-), dpvéw, wpvta, dpa- 
puxa, Opmpuyuat, wpvxOny, 617, 4, iv., 
dig, Lat. fodiod ; quarry. 

ophavos, 4, dv [orphan], orphan. 

os, 7, 8, rel. pron., 566, who, 
which, what, Lat. qui; 5 & why; 
év 6, during which (time), mean- 
time; as dem., kal 8s, and he. 668, 
569, 725. 

6a0s, 7, ov, rel. pron., how much 
or great, how many, (as much or 
as many) as, Lat. quantus; neut. 
as adv., gov, with numerals, about ; 
dom, With comparatives, by how 
much, the. 571, 571 a. 

|6coo-mep, nrep, ovmep, just (as 
much or many) as. 

oo-Tep, imep, Owep [bs], just who, 
just what. 

Oo-tis, firis, & ri, 567 [és+rs], 
who, whoever, whichever, whatever, 
which, what. 570. 

ére, conjunctive adv., when, as, 
whenever, because, since. 


ore 38 


én, conj. [neut. of Soris], that, be- 
cause, since ; used also to strengthen 
superlatives, as 87: dmapacxevdtartos, 
as unprepared as possible. 


ov, OVK, OVX, adv., procl., not, Lat. 


non, used, to deny a fact, with the 
indic. and opt. in all independent 
sentences, except wishes; in indirect 
discourse after 671 and @s; and in 
causal sentences; accented at the 
end of a clause or sentence. All of 
the compounds of ov follow the 
nee of the simple word. 
ov, conjunctive adv. [és], where. 
ov, dat. of, personal pron., 511, 
of himself, Lat. suit. 6515. 
TovSapy, adv., in no wise. 
tovSapo-Sev, adv., from no place. 
ovdapos, 4, dv [ovde], none. 
Lovsapod, adv., nowhere. 
ov-5é, neg. conj. and adv. [ov+ d¢], 
but not, and not, nor yet, nor, Lat. 
neque, nec; as adv., not even, Lat. 
née... quidem, not at all, by no 
means. 
lovd-els, pla, ev, 497 c [eis], not 
one, not any, none, no, Lat. nullus ; 
nobody, Lat. némo; nothing, Lat. 
nihil. 
ov’, see ore. 
ovk-ért, adv. [ov+ 21], no longer. 
ovK-ovv, inter. particle and infer- 
ential conj. [od+otv], not then? not 
therefore? expecting an affirmative 
answer, Lat. nonne igitur ; as conj., 
therefore, then, so, Lat. igitur, with 
no neg. force. 
ovv, post-positive inferential conj., 
stronger than &pa, therefore, then, 
accordingly, consequently, now, so. 
ov-more, adv. [od-+ ord], never. 
ov-mw, adv. [ov-+74], not yet. 
ov-rorote, adv. [ov + rérore], 
never yet. 
oupa, as, tail; rear, of an army. 
ow-re, neg. conj. [od+7é], and not, 


addon 


Lat. neque ; ofre.. . ore, neither... 
nor, ore... Té, NOt Only Not... but 
also, Lat. neque « «. et. . Se 

otros, airy; todro, demon. pron., 


172, this, pl. these, freq. as pers. 


pron., he, she, tt, pl. they, Lat. hic ; g 


kal ravta, and that too. 174, 541. 


losroot, airnl, rovrt, strengthened 


form of oiros, this man here. 


lotrws, before a consonant ofta, — 


adv., thus, so, in that case. 
ovxt, adv., emphatic form of od. 


odelho (oped-), dpEliAnow, @PElAnca 4 


and Sperop, wpelAnca, wPerAnOny, iV., 
owe, Lat. debeo ; pass., be due. 
odedos, 7d, advantage, use. 
opbadrpos, 6 [cf dpdw], eye. 
6xéw, dx}ow [dxos, carriage, Lat. 


ueho, carry, Eng. WAGON, wary, 


carry ; pass., ride. = 
8x0, ns, height, bank, bluff. 


sxvupos, &, dv [608], tenable, arom ; 4 


secure. 


oWl{o (Coid-), dwicOnv, iv. oud, a q 
adv., late], be or come late; of oyl- 


(ovres, the late comers. 
dips, ews, 7 (of. dpdw], look. 


II. 


madetv, SCC rdoxyw. 


awa0os, ous, Td [580], experience, 


trouble, ill-treatment. 


maravitw (maavd-), emartvioa, iv, 


~ </* 


[wadv, paean], raise the paean. 
travsela, as, training. 


traSevw, madedow, etc., train up a 


child, educate. 
tradlov, 76, infant, little child. 
mats, madds, 6,  [Lat. puer, boy, 


child, Eng. roaL, ped-agogue], child, 
boy, girl, son; éx maldwr, from boy- 


hood. 


twalw, malow, era, neque ered . 


oOnv, strike, hit, beat, strike at. 
adda, ady., long, long ago. 











jwodaids, d, dv [palae-ontology], 
ancient, old. 

addw, adv. [palim-psest], back 
again, a second time. 

aaArov, 74, javelin, spear. 
- ardp-roAus, éAAN, TOAU [544], very 
much, great, or numerous, pl. very 


- many, Lat. permultus. 


 mayro-ract, adv. [544], all in all, 
altogether, wholly. 

mavry, adv. [544], in every way. 

qravrodames, 7, dv [544], of every 
description, of all sorts. 

qayrotos, a, ov [544], of all sorts. 

mavu, adv. [544], very, altogether, 
wholly, very much. 

ardopot (pres. not in use), mécouar, 
eracduny, wémauar, acquire; pi. as 
pres., possess, have. 

mapa, prep. with gen., dat., and 
acc. [para-, as para-graph, etc.], be- 
side. With gen., from beside, from 
the presence of, from; with the 
pass., by. With dat., beside, by the 
side of, beside, at or on the side of, 
with, at; mapa Bacire?, at court; 
Ta rap euol, my fortunes, my side. 
With acc., to a position beside, to 
the side of, unto, to, towards, along 
to, alongside, along, near, by, past, 
sometimes even with verbs of rest ; 
beside, beyond, against, contrary to, 
in violation of; of time, during. 

In composition rapd signifies along, 
along by or past, alongside, by, be- 
side, beyond, aside, amiss. 

map-ayyAdw, pass along an order, 
give orders, pass the word, give out, 
order ; kara Ta wapnyyeAueva, accord- 
ing to orders. 

mapa-ylyvopat, be by, be present 
or at hand, arrive. 

map-cyo, lead along, lead on; eis 


7a wAdyia, lead into position on either 


flank of an enemy’s force. 
mapadecos, 6 [paradise], park. 


39 


hort, urge. 


by, similar, like. 





arap-€Xx @ 


rapa-SiSwpr, pass along to one, 


give up, deliver over, surrender, pass 
along. 


qapa-Spapetv, SCC mapa-Tpexw. 
map-aivew, recommend, advise. 


768 a. 


map-arreopat, beg, intercede. 
mapa-kadéw, call to one’s side, 


summon, call to or forth, urge. 


mapa-Kedevonar, urge along, eu- 
768. 

mrapa-pévo, stay or stand by. 
mapa-pypldia, td [unpds, thigh], 


thigh pieces, armour for the thighs. 


mapa-rénrw, send along, despatch. 
mapa-tréw, sail along. 
mapa-tAro0s, &, ov [rAhoios], near 
773. 

mapardyyys, ov, parasang, a Per- 
sian road measure, equal to about 


30 stadia or three and one-third 
miles. 


mapa-ckevotw, put things side by 


side, get ready, prepare, procure ; 
mid., prepare or procure for oneself, 


make ready, provide. 

mapa-okevy, fs [oxevh], prepara- 
tion, equipment. 

mapa-cKnvew, encamp near or by. 
774, 

mrapa-rarre, draw up side by side ; 
maparetaymevor, drawn up in line. 

mapa-telvw, stretch out, extend. 

mapa-TlOnpr, put beside, set before, 
serve. 

mapa-rpéxa, run along or by. 

ardp-epe (eiul), be near or by, be 
at a place, be at hand or present, 
have come; 7% mapévra, the present 
circumstances. } 

amop-eupe (lus), go or pass by. 

map-edkavvo, march by or past, ride 


past, review. 


map-épxopat, pass by or along. 
map-€xo, hold near, afford, Sur- 
nish, render, make, cause, inspire. 


amrap-o50s 40 | Seif 


map-odos, 7) [55ds], way by, pass, 
passage, act of passing. 

Tlappacvos, 6, a Parrhasian. 

IIapvcarts, 150s, 7, Parysatis, 
mother of Cyrus the Younger. 

was, Taca, wav, 260 [544], all, Lat. 
omnis, every, With a subst. comm. in 
the predicate position, all, entire, 
the whole. — 

Ildotwv, wos, 6, Pasion. 

TacXw (mab-), mwelcouat, %radoy, 
mérov0a, 642, 7, vi. [580], experience, 
suffer, Lat. patior ; «d wadeiv, be well 
treated. 

TIarnyvas, a, Pategyas. 

Twatyp, marpds, 6, 291 [Lat. pater, 
father, Eng. FATHER], father. 

laarpls, (50s, 7, native land. 
|mrarp@os, a, ov, ancestral, heredi- 
tary. 

Tave, tavow, etc. [Lat. paucus, 
few, Eng. Few], make to cease, end, 
stop; mid., make oneself to cease, 
cease, stop, desist, give up, come to 
an end. 859. 

TIadAayov, dvos, 6, @ Paphlago- 
nian. 

Taxus, eta, v [pachy-derm], thick, 
stout. 

medlov, Td [medov, ground], level 
ground, open country, plain. 

tefy, adv., on foot, afoot. 

melos, h, dv [rovs], on foot; meds, 
6, foot soldier, pl. infantry. 

melOw (110-), relow, Emerica, wéeweika 
and réroi0a, réreropat, éreloOnv, 609, 
2, ii. [495], persuade, prevail upon ; 
mid. and pass., be prevailed on, 
yield, obey. 768. 

metpa, as [561], experience. 

meipaw, mepdow, etc. [561], try, 
prove, comm. pass. dep., try, test, 
attempt, endeavour. 746. 

meloopat, See mdoxw and meldw. 

mevoréos, a, ov, verbal [495], to be 
persuaded or obeyed. 


~ a, on 2 bd Ct 
ae ero 


tIleAorovvyjoves, a, ov, Petoponne 
Sian.. 
TleXorevvycos, 7, Peloponnésus. 
TléAra, dv, Peltae. 
TreAtactHs, ov, peltast, satchel 
tarekractixos, 4, dv, belonging to = 
peltasts; 7d wedraotixdy (SC. orpde 
Teuua), the peltast force. ra 
wéXry, ns, shield, target, small anda 
light. a 
mura, méuyo, Fmreuwpa, néroupa, e 
mémeupat, éréupOnv, 604, 9 [oomp), ‘ 
send, despatch, send word. ; 
tarevTa-Koorol, at, a, 496 [énandr li 
500. a 
wévre, indecl., 496 [Lat. quingue, 
Eng. FIVE, penta-gon', Jive. oc 
irevrecetiaee indecl., 496 [déaalg 4 
Jifteen. 
}mevrykovra, indecl., 496, ify. S 
TeTopar, See BRIN 3 
awétrovOa, efc., see mdaxXen 
wemToKe,, etc., SCC wirtw. 
* -rép, intensive enclitic particle, — 
very, just, even. , 
mepalye (repay-), mepava, érépava, 
memépaguat, emepavOnv, 619, 7, iv. 
[561], bring to an end, carry out, — 
accomplish. 4 
aépav, adv. [561], across, beyond, 
761. 










aépSté, ixos, 6, 7 (pte par- 
tridge. e: 

mrép0w, réprw, Lec pu destroy. = 

mwepl, prep. with gen., dat., and — 
acc. [per/-, as in peri-patetic, peri- — 
od, etc.], round, on all sides, about. — 
With gen., chiefly in a derived sense, 
about, with respect to, concerning, — 
because of, for, Lat. dé; expressing 
superiority, more than, as in the — 
phrases, zep) mwavrds moeioOat, CON- — 
sider all important, wept mdclotrov — 
movetcOa, consider most important. — 
With dat., of place, round, about. — 
With acc., of place, about, all round, — 


a : 


on; of things, about ; of time, about; 
- of relation, an respect to, to, in one’s 
dealings with, Lat. dé. 
Incomposition wepi signifies round, 
about, (remaining) over, above (su- 
periority). 
aepi-ayo, take about with one. 
_ mepi-ylyvopar, be superior to. 754. 
 mepl-euut (eiut), be superiorto. 754. 
mept-€xo, surround, encompass. 
mept-pévo, wuit round, remain. 
mepi-tinra, embrace. 774. 
mept-TrAgw, Sail round. 
mepl-rAovs, 6, 180, ¢ [dois], a 
sailing round, voyage round. 
 arept-ppéw, encircle. 
mepiotepa, as, deve, pigeon. 
tarepirrevo, érepirrevca, be over and 
above, reach beyond, outflank. 754. 
mepitrés, 4, dv [epi], superfluous, 
unnecessary. . 
Ilépons, ov, a Persian. 
jmepottw [mepoid-], iv., speak Per- 
sian. 
jIlepouxos, 7, dv, Persian. 
X jmepoiott, adv., in Persian. 
mérouat, mrycoua, éemrduny [ Lat. 
penna, Eng, FEATHER], fly. 
mérpa, as [petri-fy], rock, mass 
of rock, crag. 
ary, indefinite enclitic adv., in any 
way, anyhow, somehow. 
anyy, fs, fountain, source. 
anyvup, (may-), “ernia, wénnya, 
emdynv, 651, 6, v. [Lat. pax, com- 
pact, peace, Eng.. FANG, FEE], fix, 
freeze. . 
anda, mndhjow, émjpdnoa, meri dna, 
leap. 
andos, 6, clay, mire, mud. 
mHXVUS, ews, 6, forearm, cubtt. 
IItypys, nros, 6, Pigres. 


oa ep ae eee de 
’ i he" ie 
f , i’ te 
7 Fs iv 
; . . n 7 4 


~~ 


anv, iv., press hard, crowd; pass., 
be hard pressed. 








round; of persons, about, attending | | 


arét (micd-), midow, erleca, éemeé- 


wAnYH 


atprdype (mAo-), wAfow, Emrnoa, 
ménAnka, mérAnuae and mémAnopat, 
éranadnv, 647, 9, vii. [Lat. impleo, 


fill up, Eng. FILL, FULL, plethora], 


jill. 749. 
awlumrpnpt (mpa-), mow, Enpyoa, 
mémpynua, emppodny, 647, 10, vii., set 
on fire, burn. 
atvw (mi-), mioua, emiov, mémwxa, 
mérouot, emdOnv, 624, 4, v. [629], 
drink. 
mimra, mecoduat, recov, méemTwxa, 
606, 2 [Lat. petd, seek, Eng. Finp], 
fall. 
Tlic (Sar, dv, the Pisidians. 
muorevo, mictevow [495], put faith 
in, trust, rely on. 768 a. 
mloris, ews, ) [495], faith, good 
faith, pledge. 
murros, 4, dv [495], faithful, trust- 
worthy ; morot, a title given to Per- 
sian royal counsellors; mord, rd, 
pledges. 772. 
murroTns, nTos, [495], fidelity. 
awAayvos, a, ov [wAdyos, 74, the side], 
sideways, slanting; ra mAdya, the 
flanks of an army ; eis rAdyior, side- 
ways. 
mAralovov, 76, sguare, of troops. 
TAAVAONAL, TAar}Touat, Pass. dep. 
[radvn, wandering, Eng. planet], 
wander, stray, straggle, Lat. wagor, 
miss the mark. 
tardePpiatos, a, ov, of a plethrum. 
wrEpov, +d, a plethrum, a meas- 
ure of 100 Greek feet. 
amdetrtos, wAelwy, SCC moAUs. 
awhéxw, &rrActa, rémAcypat, EmrAEXOnv 
and érAd«ny [Lat. plico, fold, Eng. 
FOLD |, twist, plait. 
adeupa, as [ pleurisy], side, flank. 
wdéw (rAv-), mAcvcoua: and mAev- 
goduat, &rAevoa, wémAEvKa, ~wérAEv- 
ouat, 610, 3, ii. [Lat. piuo, rain, 
Eng. row], sail. 
mwAny, As [wAnTTw], blow, stroke. 


aAA90s 


awAnOos, ovs, Td [wiutAnu], fulness, 
extent, number, multitude. 
mANPo [rlurrnm], be full. 
wAnv, Conj., except, except that; 
improper prep. with gen., except. 
Arps, es [wlumanu], full, full of, 
abounding in. 760. 
tardnoidfe (rAnoad-), mAnoidow, 
etc., iv., approach, draw near. 773. 
mAynolos, a, ov, near; neut. as 
ady., mAngtov, near, at hand, in 
attributive position, neighbouring. 
761. 
mAyTTO (TAny-), mANEwW, EnAnéa, 
WenmANYa, wewAnyuat, emAhyny and 
éradynv, 617, 5, iv. [Lat. plangd, 
strike, Eng. FLAG, apo-plexy], strike, 
hit, smite. 
tarArlvOwos, 7, ov, of brick, brick. 
adtv0os, 7 [FLINT, plinth], brick. 
mAotov, Té [wAéw], vessel, boat. 
tAovs, 6, 180 [rAéew], voyage. 
tarAovoros, a, ov, rich, wealthy. 
tarAovuréw, rAouticw, be rich. 
aXovTos, 6, wealth. 
avéw (mvu-), mvevoodua, emvevoa, 
nénvevxa, 610, 4, ii. [ pneu-matics], 
breathe, blow. 
moonpns, es [rovs], reaching to the 
feet. 
qot, interr. adv., whither? 
mouew, monjow, etc., do, make, pro- 
duce, fashion, effect, cause, accom- 
plish, inflict; «d OF kak@s oveiv, 
treat well or tll; éxxdAnotav moreiy, 
call or convoke a meeting. 738, 739. 
jaro(npa, atos, Td [ poem], poem. 
mouxlr0os, 7, ov, party-coloured. 
motos, a, ov, interr. pron., of what 
sort? Lat. qudlis. 559, 559 a. 
Trrodepéw, rodcuyow, etc., war, make 
or carry on war, fight. 773. 
tarodepixos, 4, dv [ polemic], of or 
for war, warlike, skilled in war. 
tarodéuos, a, ov, belonging to war, 
at war with, hostile; r& modrdua, 


42 


military matters ; modgusos, 6, an en- 


emy, in war ; of moAguio, the enemy. 
773. . 
modenos, 6, war, warfare. 


Tarodt-opkéw, roAsopky ow [ elpya, hei 


in], hem in @ city, bestege. 


state. 
larodtrys, ov, citizen, fellow-citieeel 


moAXdxts, adv. [woAvs ], many aimee a 


often, frequently. 


TodAatrAdoLos, a, ov [roAv’s + nue q 


mwAnut|, many times as many. 
TIoAvkparns, ovs, 6, Polycrates. 
TOAVS, TOAA?, OAV, 385, 469 [ poly-, 


as in poly-syllable, etc.], much,many, 


Lat. multus, in great numbers, great, 
large, long, strong; neut. as adv., 


Todd, much, far ; rd road, the greater — 


part ; én moat, over a great extent. 


|moAdv-reAns, és [réAos, outlay], re- 


quiring outlay, expensive. 
movew, tovyow, etc. [580], toil, a 


bour, undergo hardship, earn byhard 


work. 
movnpla, as [580], knavery. 


movnpos, 4, dv [580], burdensome, — 
bad, poor, base, worthless, vicious, — 


harmful. 
movos, 6 [580], toil, hardship. 
Tropela, as Boe journey, march. 
mopevw, mopevow [561], make go; 


comm. pass. dep., go, proceed, ar 


vance, march, journey. 


mopl{w (aoptd-), mopid, etc., 618, ia a 
iv. [561], furnish, provide, give; = 


mid., get, obtain. 
mopos, 6 [561], ford, means. 
moppw, adv. [573], far from. 761. 
twoppupots, a, ovv, 191b [porphyry], 
dark red, purple. 
mTooos, 7, ov, interr. pron., how 
much? Lat. quantus. 559, 559 a. 
tworapos, 6 [hippo-potamus], river. 


motré, indef. encl. adv., at some 


time, once on @ time, once, ever. 





mods, ews, 7 [acro-polis], city, 


+ 
o. 
- j 
i 


a 





es 





ual 
2 





amOTEPOS 


amorepos, a, ov, interr. pron., which 
of two? neut. as adv., in an alterna- 
tive question, rérepov .. . #, whether 

...or, Lat. utrum...an. 

motov, Té [629], drink. 

arov, indef. encl. adv., anywhere. 

movs, 10dds, 6 [Lat. pés, Eng. root, 
tri-pod], foot, as a measure equal to 
about 11.65 inches. 

_mpaypa, aros, 7é [mparrw], deed, 
thing, matter, affair, event, cir- 
cumstance, difficulty; pl., affairs, 
trouble. 

mpavys, és [573], headlong, steep. 

mpagis, ews, 7 [mparrw], undertak- 
ing. 

mpqos, cia, ov, gen. pl. mpaewy, 
mild, tame. 

mparrw (mpay-), mpdiw, %rpata, 
mémpaya and mémpaxa, mémpayyou, 
éxpaxOnv, 617, 6, iv. [practice], do, 
act, accomplish ; intr., do, fare. 

apqas, adv. [mpdos], lightly. 

apéra, mpepw, @rpepa, be fit. 

arpéo us, ews, 6 [ presbyter, priest], 
old, reverend; comp. and sup., mpe- 

oBtrepos, mpecBitaros ; mpéoBes, ol, 
envoys. 

mplacGar, see dréouar 

aptly, conj. [573], before, until. 823. 

mpd, prep. with gen. [573], of 
place, before, in front of, facing, 
hence, in defence of, for the sake of, 
for, in preference to ; of time, before. 

In composition mpé signifies be- 
fore, forth, forward, in public, in 
behalf of. 

arpo-ato-Oavopar, 

hand. 889. 

apo-apxopat, take the start. 
apo-Balvw, advance, wear on. 


observe before- 


arpo-Baddw, throw before ; mid., mpo- 
Badreo Oat 7a Srda, “charge bayonets.” 


apéParov, 7d, comm. plur., sheep, 
cattle. 
mpo~yovos, 6 [612], ancestor. 


43 





POS 


apo-SiaBalve, cross jirst. 
apo-SlSopt, give over, surrender, 


betray, abandon. 


mpo-docla, as [641], treason. 
mpo-Sorns, ov [641], traitor. 
apo-er (elu), go forward, ad- 


vance, proceed, come on. 


apo-etrrov, tell before, give orders. 
mpo-ecavvo, intr., ride forward, 


march on before, push on. 


apo-€pxopar, go forward, advance. 
ampo-éw, run ahead. 
arpo-Ovpéopat, mpo-Piufoouar and 


mpo-OopnOfcouat, mpovddpr Ony [537], 
be eager. 


arpo-Ovpos, ov [537], ready, eager. 
arpo-Otpws, adv. [537], eagerly. 
mpo-Oiw, sacrifice before; mid., 


offer sacrifice before an event. 


apo-tnpr, send forth; mid., give 


oneself up, entrust, surrender, aban- 
don. 


mpo-lornpr, put at the head of; 


intr. in pf. and 2 pf., stand or be 


at the head of. 57. 

arpo-KahuTTw, Cover Up. 

mpo-karakaw, burn down in front. 

apo-kaTahapBave, p7'e-occupy- 

arpo-petwm(Sov, Td [uérwmor, fore- 
head], frontlet, of horses. 

II pogevos, 6, Proxenus. 

apo-opaw, see in front. 

mpo-réepra, send forward, escort. 

arpo-rive, drink before another, 
drink a health, drink as a pledge. 

apds, prep. with gen., dat., and 
acc., confronting, at, by. Withgen., . 
over against, towards ; in swearing, . 
by; with the pass., by, from; with 
adjectives, in the sight of; express- 
ing what is characteristic, pertain- 
ing to, like. With dat., near, at, be- 
sides, in addition to. With.acc., to, 
towards, against, before, at, accord- 
ing to, with respect to, about; mpos 
pirlav, in a friendly manner. 


~ 


he es ee” oe 8 


it Lae 549) 


_—) 


Pa ee eee, 


—e 1 e 


rare sea Se era bo te 
he aN . 
‘ ia 


er eer eee a oe 
Na Mie oS en ne 4) ol pict 


Tpoo-ayo 


In composition mpés signifies to, 
towards, against, besides, in addi- 
tion to. 

mpoo-ayo, lead to or against ; intr., 
lead on, advance. 

mpoo-aitéw, ask in addition. 

mpoo-Badlrw, throw against ; intr., 
attack, make an attack. 

_ ampoo-Body, Fs [480], assault. 
arpoo-SiSwpi, give besides. 
mTpoo-eipt (eius), Come to, advance. 
mpoo-eLavvo, ride towards or up. 
Tpoc-Epxopar, COME ON OF UP, Ap- 

proach, advance. 774. 

mpoo-éxw, hold to, apply; mpoo- 
exe Toy vou, direct or give attention 
to. 774. 

apoo-yko, be come to, be related 
to. 768. 

awpoo-Oev, adv. [wpds], before, pre- 
viously, sooner ; in attributive posi- 
tion, previous. 

tmpoo-typ, let approach. 

mpoo-Kahéw, call to, summon. 

TPOT-KVVEW, TpoT-KUVHTwW,  Mpoc- 
extynoa [xuvéw, kiss], make obeisance 
to, salute. 

apoo-AapBave, take to oneself. 

“mpoo-opvupt, swear besides. 
mpoo-trovéopat, take to oneself, as- 

sume, pretend. 

Mpoo-TroAcnew, War against. 

Tpoo-rarTw, assign or appoint. 

arpo-orepv(Siov, 76 [ orépvor |, breast- 
plate, of horses. 

awpoo-TlOnpr, add to; mid., agree. 

mpoo-piras, adv. [pidos], in a 
Sriendly way toward, kindly. 

mpoow, adv. [573], forward, far, 
at a distance, far from; rod mpdca, 
forward. 761, 

aporepos, a, ov [573], former, pre- 
vious ; neut. as adv., formerly. 

mpo-TlOnp, set forth, offer. 

Tpo-Tipaw, honour more. 

“mpo-Tpéxo, run forward. 


44. 


‘| somehow, at all. 




















Tpo- Sagan show aay mid.,. come 
in sight, appear. a 
Tpo-pacis, «ws, 7 [483], pretext-ta 
Tpo- vrak, axos, 6 [pvAak], picket. a 
mparos, 7, ov [573], first, fore-— 
most; neut. as ady., mp@ror, at ‘Riese 
Jirst. a 
awrépve, vyos, 7 [méroua] wing of 
a bird, flap of a cuirass. 
Tlvbaydpas, ov, Pythagoras. be 
muxvos, 7, dv [rvé], thick, close” " 
together. - 
TIvAa, dv, Pylae. 
TvAn, ns, gate, pl. gate, pass. 
movOdvopat (arv0-), medoouat, emv0b- 
pny, mérvopat, 626, 5, v., inquire, 7 
ask, learn by inquiry, learn, ascer- ” 
tain, find out. 839. sf 
awvé, adv. [Lat. pugnus, jist, Eng. Fe 
FIST], with clenched fist. 
Tp, wuss, 7é [FIRE, pyre], cae 
pl. wupd, rd, beacons. Sa 
mipapls, (50s, » [ pyramid], pura ‘ 
mid. 
IIvpapos, 6, the Pyramus. 
mupyos, 6, tower. ; 
Tupds, 6, wheat, comm. pl. ; a 
aww, indef. encl. adv., yet, up to tetas 5 


time. — = 
mae, Tmorfow [mono-poly |, sell. fa 
TAL, atos, Té [629], drink. a x 
mw-mrote, indef. adv. [é-+mord], — ; 


a any time, ever, ever yet. f _— 


Tos, interr. adv., how? s 
aos, indef. encl. adv., in any way, 


P. 


padios, a, ov, 469, easy. 
lpqdlws, adv., easily, readily. é 
1oq-Ovpla, as [537], easy life. 
pew (fu-) petoouat, éppinka, Eppiny, — 
610, 5, ii. [cata-rrh, rheum], flow. 
Mee opos, 6 [cf. elror], site 
orator. 





- Plarrw (fip-), pipw, Eppiva, Eppipa, 
Zppimmat, epptpOny and éppipyr, 618, 9, 
iii., throw, hurl, cast aside. 

*Podtvos, 6, @ Rhodian. 


=. 


— toadmyxrys, see codmn«ris. 


oodAdmiye, yyos, 7, trumpet. 
joodmito (cadrmiyy-), codrmcyéa, iv., 
blow the trumpet; érel éodamvyte 
(sc. 6 cadmtys), when the trumpet 
sounded the charge. 
loadmuKtys, ov, trumpeter. 
Xidpros, a, ov, Samian. 
Dapdses, ewr, al, Sardis. 
toarpareva, be satrap, rule. 748. 
carpamrys, ov, viceroy, satrap. 
Ldrvpos, 6, the satyr Silenus. 
cays, és [Lat. sapid, be wise, 
Eng. sap], of keen taste, clear, man- 
ifest. 
loadas, ady., clearly, evidently. 
-oe, Suffix denoting whither. 
ve-avTo, fs, contr. cavrod, js, refl. 
pron., 527 [518], of yourself. 528. 
cedrvy, ns, the moon. 
cérwpar, See oo lw. 
LevOys, ov, Seuthes. 
_ oTpa, aros, 7d, sign. 
lonpalve (onuar-), onuavad, éorf- 
pnva, ceohparpat, éonudyOny, 619, 8, 
iv., show by a sign, give the signal, 
make known. 


 jonpetov, 74, signal, standard. 


oycapov, 7d, sesame. 

atyy, fs, silence. 

ciydos, 6, siglus, a coin current in 
Persia worth 7% obols. 

odnpods, a, dv, 191 b [ctdnpos, iron], 
made of iron, tron, Lat. ferreus. 

ZuceAdla, as, Sicily. 

Ztravoes, 6, Silanus. 

Livery, ns, Sinope. 
teir-aywyos, dv [435], corn-carry- 


ing. 


45 


ods 


tournpéctov, 7d, provision money. 

citos, 6 [ para-site], grain, corn, 
food, supplies. 

clwTdw, ciwmrjcoua [owr}, Ssi- 
lence], be silent. 

oKamTe (cKap-), oKdbw, Eoxapa, 
Zcxapa, éoxappat, eoxdpyy, 618, 10, 
ili., dig. 

oKeddvvupe (ocKeda-), cKeda, éoxe- 
daca, eoxédacuat, eoxeddoOny, 651, 7, 
v. [SCATTER ], scatter; mid., scatter, 
straggle. . 

ockérromat (cKeT-), ckePouat, eoke- 
Wdunv, %orxeumar, 613, 11, iii. [Lat. 
species, sight, Eng. spy, sceptic], spy, 
spy out, view, find out, observe care- 
fully, deliberate, see to tt. 

toKevdat{o (cKevad-), oKxevdow, iv., 
use utensils, prepare, get or make 
ready, equip. 

tokevn, fs, equipment, dress. 

oKevos, ous, 76, gear, utensils, pl. 
baggage. 

tokevo-hopéw, ckevopopicw [658], 
carry baggage. 

loKevo-dopos, ov [658], baggage- 
carrying ; okevopdpa, Td, pack-ani- . 
mals, the baggage-train, the baggage. 

toknvéw, oxnrijcw, éoxyivnoa, be in 
camp, aor. go into camp, encamp. 

oKyV1, 7s [SHED, scene], tent. 

loKynvow, éoxijvwca, eoxivwKa, en- 
camp. 

oKyrros, 6, thunder-bolt. 


oKytrovxos, 6 [608],  sceptre- 
bearer. 

Kodo, omos, 5, stake, pole, pl. 
palisade. 


toxotéw, look at, spy, consider, see 
to it. 
okotros, 6 [oxérrouat, Eng. scope, 
bi-shop ], spy, scout, sentinel. 
Deror, of [so/ecism], Soli.. 
wos, of, odv, 531 [ot, Lat. tuus, 
thy, Eng. THINE, THY], thy, thine, 
your. 


Zodalveros 


Lodpatveros, 6, Sophaenetus. 
Ttoopla, as, skill, ability. 
codes, 7, dv [capns, Eng. Lies 
sophy |, skilled, wise. 
omavitw (oravid-), orarida, 
[580], lack, need, want. 749. 
omavios, a, ov [580], scanty, scarce. 
Xrapty, ns, Sparta. 
|2araptiarys, ov, a Spartan. 
onaprov, 74, rope, cord. 
omaw, toraca, éomaka, Eoracpat, 
éordabnv, 441 [580], draw. 
omelpw (amep-), omepo, eametpa, 
éorapuat, éomdpny, iv. [SPURN, spo- 
radic |; sow, scatter, disperse. 
oméviw, orelow, omeica, Ecmeropat 
[Lat. sponded, promise], offer a liba- 
tion; mid., make a treaty. 778. 
omevdw, oretiow, eorevoa, 600, 5, 
urge, hasten, be urgent. 
orovdy, fs [orévdw, Eng. spon- 
dee], libation, pl. truce. 
torovdato-loyéw [591], carry on an 
earnest conversation. 
omovdy, 7s [orevdw], haste, hurry. 
oradioyv, 7d, pl. orddco, of, and ord- 
Sia, tad [580], extended space, sta- 
dium, stade, as a measure of distance 
600 Greek feet, or 5824 English feet. 
See zrovs. 
oradpos, 6 [649], stopping-place, 
station, stage, day’s march. 
toréyacpa, atos, 76, covering. 
oréyn, ns [oréyw, cover, Lat. tego, 
cover, Eng. THATCH, ], roof, house. 
oTe\AwW (oTEA-), oTEAG, EoTELAG, 
erradka, €oraduat, €ordany, 619, 9, iv., 
put in order, equip, send. 
orevos, 7, dv [steno-graphy], nar- 
row, strait. 
lorevo-xwpla, as [xépa], narrow 
pass. 
orepéw, orephow, etc.,2 fut. pass., 
orephooua, deprive, rob; pres. pass., 
orépoua, have lost, be without. 753, 
orépvov, 74, breast. 


iv. 





46 


oreppas, adv. [oreppds, firm, Eng. 2 
stereo-type |, firmly, obstinately. ' 


oréphavos, 6 [ordépw, put rounties : 


crown, wreath, chaplet. 
oTyHAn, ns [oTeAAw], pillar, post. 
ottBos, 6, track, trail. 
aridos, ovs, Té, mass, throng. 
otheyyls, {Sos, 7, tiara. 
otToAy, fs [oréAAw, Eng. stole], 
dress, garment, robe. 
oTodos, 6 [oréAAw], equipment, 
armed force, expedition. 
oToOpRa, atos, Td, mouth, van. 
torparela, as, expedition. 
torparevpa, aros, 7d, army, troops, 
host, force, division, contingent. 
torparevo, otparetow, make an ex-— 


pedition, make war; dep. mid., take 


the field, take part in an expedition. 
torpar-nyéw, orpatnynow [435], be 
general, lead, command. 748. — 
torpat-nyla, ds [435], office of gen- 
eral, command. 


torpar-nyos, 6 [435], general, yg = | 


mander. 
torparia, as, army, troops, host. 
torpatiarys, ov, soldier, pl. troops. 
totpato-meSevw, encamp; comm. 
dep. mid., encamp, go into camp. a 
torparo-reSov, 7é [wédov, ground], 
camp-ground, encampment. 
orpatos, 6, an encamped army, 
army, force. 


torperrds, 5, necklace, collar, ~~ 


otpthw, otpéyw, zorpewa, Corpopa, 
Zorpaupat, eotpddny and éorpépOnr, 
604, 10 [strophe, apo-strophe], turn, 
twist ; intr. and in pass., turn or face 
about. 

otpovles, 7 [o-strich], sparrow; 
otpovdds 7 meydan, the ostrich. 

otvyvcs, 7, dv, hateful, stern. 

Utupparos, 6, a Stymphalian. 

ov, cov, pers. pron., 511 [Lat. tz, 
Eng. tHou], thou, you. 612, 513, 
514. 




























Pew vers, é¢ [612], akin of ovy- 


_ yeveis, one’s kinsmen. 
ee 


ovy-ylyvopa, get into company 


with, become acquainted with, meet. 
Tas 


ov-ye [ot+ yé], you indeed. 
ovy-kahéw, call together, summon. 
Zvévveris, sos, 6, Syennesis. 
ovd-AapBdve, seize, arrest. 
_ vd-Aéya, collect, gather, bring to- 


gether ; pass., come together, assen- 


ble. 
- gvd-Aoyn, Hs [591], levying, levy. 
cup-Bodrro, throw together; mid., 


bring one’s own together, contrib- | 


ute. 
oup-Bovrtevo, plan with, advise, 
counsel, give advice; mid., consult 
with, deliberate. 
cvp-Bovros, 6 [615], adviser. 
tovp-pay la, as, alliance. 
Up HaXos, ov [udxn], in alliance 
with ; cbupaxos, 6, ally. 
oup-ptyvip, mix with, join. 
wuUp-tras, aoa, av [544], all to- 
gether, all; 7b cturay, in general. 
oup-réparw, send with. 
TUp-TAEws, wv, gen. w [aluwmranu], 


quite full, full, abounding in. 760. 


oup-todkenéw, help in war, make 
war with. 

TVP-Topevouar, accompany. 

cup-rparte, help in doing, co- 
operate. 

rup-hépe, collect, be of use. 

ovv, prep. with dat. [Lat. cum, 
with |, with, in company with, along 


with, together with, on the side of, 


with the help or aid of, by the favour 
of. 

In composition ody signifies with, 
along with, together, jointly, at the 
same time, entirely, at once. 

ovv-ayelpw, collect together. 

ovv-dyo, bring together, call. 
ovv-abpoltw, get together. 





47 ' TU-CTELpaopat 


cvv-axodovdéw, follow. 773. 
ovv-adAarra, reconcile. 
ovv-avaBalve, march up with. 
Tvy-avTaw, cvv-hytnoa [avril], meet 
with, meet. 773. 
cuv-atretmt (elu), go away with. 
cvv-arre, join with. 
ouv-Semvos, 6 [detmvor], 
companion, guest at dinner. 
ovv-epn (ciul), be with; ot cvvdy- 
Tes, one’s associates. 
cvv-ex-BiBdfw, help extricate. 
cuv-exkorra, help cut down. 
ovy-em-omevda, help hurry on. 
cuv-éropat, follow with, accom- 
pany. T78. 
ovv-epyds, 6v [468], working with ; 
auvepyos, 6, helper, assistant, co- 
worker. 
cvv-épxouar, come together. 
cuv-OyKy, ns [688], compact, agree- 
ment. 
cvv-Onpa, atos, td [638], watch- 
word. 
auv-od0s, 7 [656s], encounter. 
cvv-o.ba, share in knowledge, be 
conscious. 839. 
cvv-opaw, see at once, mark. 
cvv-rarrew, set in order together, 
draw up in batile array; mid., fall 
into battle-line, take one’s position. 
ocvv-riOnp., put together; mid., 
make an agreement, contract. 
ouv-rpamefos, 6 [tpdre(a], table- 
companion. 
cuv-whedréw, join in aiding. 
Lvpakooros, 6, a Syracusan. 
TZvpla, as, Syria. 
tXvuplos, a, ov, Syrian. 
Zvpos, 6, a Syrian. 
ov-cKevatw, collect baggage ; mid., 
collect one’s own baggage, pack up. 
ouv-ordaw, draw or sew together. 
TV-ocTEelpaopar, cvy-comelpauiat, TvV- 
eoreipaeny, be formed in close order 


table- 


Jor in a solid body. 


ee Bo ee eee | 





7 





és Paik 
et _* .. ~ 
ee (ee 
a B: = Piss 
“# eae 
Tv-cTpPATEvoMaL 48 - raxd Ee 
; ee ‘ sere ~ aie Ot 7 ees 
ov-orparevopar, take the field with,| |owrypla, as, safety, deliverance 
join an expedition. rescue from danger, =» 4 


cU-oTpATLoTNs, fellow-soldier. 
suxvos, 7, dv, considerable, long. 
obayov, 7d [opdrrw], victim; pl., 
omens drawn from the movements 
of the victims, external omens in 
contrast with fepd. 
opadro (opaA-)s ohare, eognra, 
Zrparuat, eopddanv, iv. [Lat. fall, 
trip, Eng. FALL], trip up, make fall ; 
pass., fail, meet with a mischance. 
charra (cpay-), oodiw, eopata, 
Lrpayuat, eopayny, iv., slay, sacrifice. 
aodeis, SCC ov. 
todevSovaw, eopevddvnca, use the 
sling, throw with a sling, sling. 
odhevSovn, ns, sling, Lat. funda. 
loevSovytys, ov, slinger. 
odérepos, a, ov [opeis], their own. 
odict, see ob. 


cdodpa, adv. [ogodpds, violent],. 


exceedingly, excessively. 

oxedia, as, raft, float. 

oxedov, adv. [608], near, nearly. 

oxito (oxd-), xia, eoxloOny, 
iv. [Lat. scindo, split, Eng. schism], 
split. 

axoralws, adv. [608], slowly ; 
neut. comp. as adv., cxodratrepor, 
more slowly. 

oxoAy, As [608], leisure; oxo0Ah, 
slowly. 

cwleo (cwd-), téow, Zowoa, c€owra, 
céowuar and céowopunt, esdOny, 618, 
8, iv. [o@os], save, rescue, preserve, 
keep safe; mid. and pass., save one- 
self, be saved alive, escape, return 
or arrive safely. 

Xaxparys, ovs, 6, Socrates. 

capa, aros, 76, body, life, person. 

wos, &, ov OF was, oa, cov [ Lat. 
sdnus, sound |, safe and sound, alive, 
saved from danger. 

Xaors, tos, 6, Sosis. 

cwrrp, foos, 6 Lod <w], saviour. 
























Zornpldas, ov, Soteridas. 
cwrTrpios, d, ov [owrhp], salutary. 
trw-hpovéw, swhpovhow, be discreet, 
wise, or prudent. ; 
tow-hpoovvy, ns, self-control. 
od-ppwv, ov, gen. ovos [cos + 
ophy], of sound mind, discreet. a 


<a 


'' 


tddavrov, 76, a talent, worth 60° 
minas or about $1080.00. See ura. 
Tapws, 6, Tamos. rg 
ravayria, by crasis for ra drat “4 
Tags, ews, 7 [554], arrangement, 
esp. of troops, order, rank, array 
line of batile, division. > fe 
Tarewds, qs OM submissive. i 
Torus, dos, , Carpet, rug. =. 
Taparrys (rapax-), Tapdéw, erdpata, 
Tetdparyywat, érapdxOnv, 617, 7, iv., 
trouble, disturb. — “~_ ; 
|rdpaxos, 6, confusion, tumult. ig ; 
Tapool, av, Tarsus. o 
Tattw (Tay-), Tdkw, rata, réraxay 
rérayuat, érdxOnv, 617, 8, iv. [554], 
arrange, assign, order, esp. of troops, — 
draw wes marshal ; mid, and pass. 
take one’s post, be ‘anaaed: 4 
Tatpos, 6 [Lat. taurus, bull, Eng. 
SPENE | bull. i 
Tard, by crasis for ré& aris Be 
ravTy, adv. [obros], in this way or 
direction. 
Ttadbos, 6 [Odr7w, Eng. epi-taph], 
burial, burial-place, grave. Bf 
Tadpos, 7 [@drrw], ditch, trench. — 
trdxa, adv., quickly, forthwith ; in 
apodosis with &y, perhaps. . ‘ 
trayéws, adv., quickly, soon. 
trdxos, ovs, 7d, swiftness, speed. 
Taxus, ea, v, 448, quick, svotlte 
Lat. celer; 5:4 taxéwv, with speed; 
neut, as adv., raxd, swiftly, soon e 


ie Tt ald ere so 
‘ . 





comp. Oarrov, more quickly ; sup. 
- rdxiora, With dr: or as, as quickly as 
possible, with all possible speed. 


ré, encl. copulative conj., and, cor- 
responding to cai much as Lat. -que 


toet; te... Kal or re kal, both... 


and. 
 rePvavar, TEvyKa, See Or7/oKw. 
melva (rTev-), Teva, @reiwa, TéraKa, 
rérapa, érd0nv, 619, 10, iv. [Lat. 
tendo, stretch, Eng. THIN, DANCE, 
tone], stretch, exert oneself, hasten, 
push on. 

Tetxo$, ovs, Té[DIKE, DITCH, DIG], 
wall, rampart, fort. 

réxvov, Td [554], child. 
‘TreXevratos, a, ov, last, af the rear ; 


oi TeAevTaio, the rear guard. 


Trekevtaw, TeAcuTHicw, end, finish, 
end one’s life, die. 

jredevrn, fs, end, death. 

Tredéw, TeAG, éréAcoa, TeTéAeka, 
TeTeAcoua, éTeAcoOnv, 441, complete, 
jinish, fulfil an obligation, pay. 

TéXos, ovs, 76 [ Lat. terminus, end, 


Eng. talisman), fulfilment, end, re- 


a Se eo es 


ye er es 


ea ie Eh ak be 


« 






sult; acc. as adv., réAos, at last, 
finally. 734. 

TéXos, ovs, Td [TéAua], What is im- 
posed on one, tax, outlay; pl. re 
réAn, the authorities, magistrates. 
 tépve (repu-), Tend, erewoy and éra- 
pov, TéeTUNKA, TEeTUNMaL, ErTUNnOny, 624, 
5, v. [Lat. temno, slight, ‘cut,’ Eng. 
a-tom |, cut. 

Tépas, aros, Td, portent. 

Trerpaxis, adv., 496, four times. 
frerpaxio-xtrLou, a [xtaAo], 


at, 


— 4000. 


Tretpa-Koovor, at, a [éxardy], £00. 
Trerpa-mAovs, 7, ody, 191 [rlumanue], 
jilled four times, four-fold. 
trerrapdxovra, indecl., 496, forty. 
_ wérrapes, a, 496, 497 [Lat. quat- 


_ tuor, Eng. rour, tetra-gon, tetr- 
 archy), four. 


Towa de 


TyHK@, (TaKk-), Thkw, Ernka, TéTyKa, 
érdknv and érhxOnv, 609, 8, ii. [Lat. 
tabés, decay, Eng. THaw], melt; 
intr. thaw, melt. 

Typepov, adv. [7-, demon. pre- 
fix, + jucpa], to-day, Lat. hodie. 

Tiypys, nros, 6, the Tigris. 

TiOnpr (Oe-), Ofow, Onna, Tera, 
Ttéear, eréOnv, 647, 1, vii. [638], 
put, set, place, institute; @éc0a Ta 
émAa, order arms, ground arms, get 
under arms; Kata xépav @evro ra 
érAa, moved back to quarters. 

Tipdw, Tiuhow, etc. [444], value, 
esteem, honour. A 

Tip, As [444], value, worth, price, 
honour, esteem. 

tipros, a, ov [444], precious, val- 
ued, honoured, in honour, worthy. 

Tip-wpéw, Tiuwpjow, etc. [444], 
avenge; mid., avenge oneself on, 
take vengeance on, punish ; pass., be 
punished, tortured. 755. 

tivw (Ti-), Tiow, erioa, TéTiKa, Te 
Tigmat, ericOnv, 624, 6, v. [444], pay 
back, expiate; mid., make pay, 
punish. 

tls, ri, gen. tlvos, interr. pron., 
557, who? which? what? Lat. quis ; 
neut. acc. as adv., ri, why? 568. 

tis, 7!, gen. Tids, encl. indef. pron., 
557, a, an, any, some, a sort of, a 
certain, Lat. quis ; subst., somebody, 
anybody, something, anything, pl. 
some. 

Ticcadépyys, ous, 6, Tissaphernes. 

TiTpwokKw (TpO-), Tpdcw, ETPwOA, 
TétTpwuat, erpHonv, 642, 8, vi., wound. 

rol, encl. intensive particle, in 
truth, verily, surely, of a certainty. 

ro.-yap-ovy, inferential conj. [rol+ 
ydp+obv], therefore, accordingly. 

rol-yuv, post-posit. inferential conj. 
[rott+wiv, now], therefore, then. 

Toworde, Toidde, todvde, demon. 
pron., such, such as follows; &rete 





TOLOUTOS 


roidde, spoke as follows or in the 
following terms. 542, 542 a. 

TOLOUVTOS, TOLav’Ty, ToLovTOY, demon. 
pron., such, such as precedes. 542, 
542 a. 

troApa, ns [Lat. tolerd, endure, 
Eng. a-tlas], courage to endure. 

|roApaw, ToAuhow, etc., have the 
courage, venture, risk, dare. 

Todrptdys, ov, Lolmides. 

Totevpa, atos, 7d [554], arrow. 

Tokevo, érdicvoa, TeTOtevuat, eTokev- 
Onv [554], use one’s bow, shoot. 

rokiky, fs [544], archery. 

totov, ov [544], bow. 

tototys, ov [544], bowman. 

Tomros, 6 [TOPIC], place, region. 

Torombe, ToTHde, Toodvde, dem. 
pron., so much, so many. 542. 

TOTOVTOS, TOTA’TN, TocovTOY, dem. 
pron., so much, so many; with com- 
paratives, rocoite, by so much, the ; 
neut. acc. as adv., rocovrov, so much, 
so far. 542. 

Tote, adv., at that time, then. 

roupraAwy, by crasis for rd gumarw. 

TrovmioGev, by crasis for 7d dmoGev. 

Tpaynpa, aros, Td, Sweet-meats. 

Tpaddas, ew, of, Tralles. 

tpa-mela, ns [rérrapes+mods, cf. 
me(ds], table, prop. with four legs. 

TpAVpA, aTos, Td [TITPdoKw], WoUNd. 

Tpaxndros, 6, neck, throat. 

Tpaxus, eta, v, harsh, rough. 

tpets, tpla, 496, 497 [Lat. trés, 
Eng. THREE, tri-pod], three. 

Tpérw, Tpéyw, ErpeWa and eErparor, 
TEeTpopa, TéTpaypmat, eTpdrny and érpé- 
~onv, 604, 11 [Lat. torqued, turn, 
twist, Eng. THREAD], turn, direct, 
divert, rout ; mid., turn oneself, turn 
aside, look, face. 

Tpépo, Opedw, ZpeWa, TeOpaupar, 
erpdpny and edpépOny, 604, 12, nowr- 
ish, support, maintain; pass., be 
supported, subsist. 


90 





5 * . 
+ oe 
+? pe <a ; 
at a atm 
i) 
ary wy, Le ® 
4 a atta 
“ees 
ho i > ad oF iS oe 
br-dyo 























tpéxw (tpex-, dpap-), ape notimetl 
Ed payor, dedpdunka, Sedpdunuat, 655, 
6, vill. [Spduos], run. 2 
TplakovTa, indecl., 496. Popes 
thirty. 4 
TPLA-KOTLOL, al, a, 496 [rpcis+ 
éxatéy], 300. a 
tpiBw, tpivw, erpiva, térpida, rom 
Tpiumat, erpiByy and érpipAny, 6049 X 
13, rub. 
Tpl-yPNS, ovs, 7 [xpcis-+épéeumall 
row], war-vessel, trireme, galley. 
TpLio-dopevos, 7, ov [ tpets+ idopat lig 
thrice glad, very glad. 
tpio-Kai-Sexa, indecl., 
+ déka], thirteen. 
Tpioxtrror, at, a, 496 [tpeis+ xt 


496 [rpeis a : 


Aw], 8000. 
tplros, 7, ov, 496 [zpets], third; a 
ady., 7d tplrov, the third time. _ 


trpomatov, 7é [trophy], trophy. — 
Tpown, hs [tpérww], rout, defeat. 
tpotos, 6 [Tpérw, Eng. tropic], 

manner, turn, character. J a 
tpopy, fs [tTpépw], support. — 
TVYXave (tux-), Tevtouat, Ervxor, — 

rerixnea and rérevxa, 626, 6, Vv. — 

[554], hit, attain, get, obtain; hap- 

pen, chance. 746, 860. 
Tupvatoy, 76, Tyriaeum. 
TUX, 75 [nea luck, fortune, 

chance ; kara tixnv, by chance. 
Tw, see Ts. 


“a 
ew 


Z 


- >. 


Y a 
. 


U8op, aros, 7d [Lat. unda, wave, 
Eng. WATER, WET, Aydro-]|, water. : 
vios, od [SON], son. 
vAn, ns [Lat. silua, wood], noo 
Jagois. 4 
vpets, See ov. : - 
Jopérepos, a, ov, 681, your. 
jm-dywo, lead under, intr. lead on 
or advance slowly; mid., draw on, 


suggest pe htes 





F- Bar-apxos, 6 [463], lieutenant. 


ve ee ns 





BL Ste te 


craft (cf. Eng. underhand), or has 
diminutive force, rather, somewhat, 





in-dpxw, be under as a founda- 
tion, be on hand, be, be on one’s 
side, support. 768. 

jn-acmerys, od [doris], shield- 
bearer, squire. 

$r-ewr (eiul), be under or under- 
neath. 
 §n-eKavvo, vide under or up to. 
 darép, prep. with gen. and acc. 
[Lat. super, over, Eng. OvER, hy- 
per-], over. With gen., over, above, 
beyond, for, in behalf of, for the 
sake of, in defence of, instead of. 
With acc., over, above, more than. 

In composition é:rép signifies over, 
above, beyond, exceedingly, for, in 
behalf of. 

Smep-Pdddrw, strike or pass over, 
surpass, exceed. 

dmep-Bory, Hs [480], act of cross- 
ing, crossing, mountain-pass. 

smep-BéEos, 2, ov [602], above on 
the right, above. 

Hrep-Sev, adv. [brép], overhead. 

Urép-ppwv, ov, gel. ovos [ppnv], 
high-minded, haughty, arrogant. 

Sn-oxeTo, elC., SCC ImiaxvEouat. 

in-fKoos, ov [axotw], listening to, 
obedient. 772. 

timnperéw, irnperiow, serve, help, 
furnish. 768. 

danpérns, ov, servant, attendant. 

tar-cyvéopar, dro-cxhoomat, vr- 
exxduny, on-érxnuat, 627, 2, v. [608], 
hold oneself under, promise. 

ind, prep. with gen., dat., and 
acc. [Lat. sub, under], under. With 


: gen., under, from under, frequently 


of agency, by, through, from, at the 
hands of, by reason of. With dat., 


under, beneath, at the foot of, under 


the power of. With acc., under, 


down under. 


-Incomposition iré signifies under, 


often with an idea of secrecy or 














or it denotes subordination or in- 
feriority. 


§rro-Séxopar, receive under one’s 


protection, welcome. 


§ro-Séo, bind under; mid, and 


pass., put one’s shoes on; brodede- 
pevot, in their shoes. « 


smo-Lvy.ov, 75 [654], beast of bur- 


den; pl. baggage animals. 


§ro-apBave, take wnder one’s 


protection, take up the discourse, 
answer, assume, Suppose. 


§rro-heltrw, leave behind. 
§ro-dbw, loose beneath, take off 


one’s shoes. 


sro-pévo, stay behind. 
jrd-pvnpa, aros, 76 [miurpono], 


memorial, reminder. 


Smo-wewrros, ov [réumw], Sent Se- 


cretly Or as @ Spy. 


ec , ¢ / 4 
jn-orrevw, in-orredow [bn-orTos, 


viewed with suspicion, of. dpdw], Sus- 
pect, apprehend, surmise. 


§mo-pelSopar, spare a little. 
jo-xelpros, ov [xelp], wnder the 
hands of, subject to. 772. 
Ja-oxos, ov [608], subject to. 772. 
§rro-xwpéw, move under another’s 
influence, retire, withdraw, retreat. 
da-ola, as (cf. br-orredw], suspt- 
cion, apprehension ; sropla éorl, 
with dat. of person, be apprehensive. 
tiorepatos, a, ov, later, following ; 
rh totepala (SC. iuépa), the following 
day, next day. 
tiotepéw, voTépnoa, vorépnia, be 
later, come too late for. 754. 
dorepos, 4, ov [OUT, UTTER], later ; 
neut. as adv., écrepov, later, after- 
wards. 
Sh-tnpr, send under, concede; 
mid., put oneself under, yield. 
tidndds, 4, dv, high, lofty. 
thyos, ovs, 75 [éwrép], height. 


et ts me ed 


= 4 lakes 8 a s-5) Seg . pastel ai 
ae 
ae ae fae esi Pa 
. 3 Ae 2 ‘ me ee 
datve 52 pata — m 
“ giddy, ns [phial, vial), drinking 


halve (pav-), avd, epnva, réparyka 
and répnva, mépacuat, epdvOny and 
épdvnv, 619, 11, iv. [483], bring to 
light, make appear, show; mid. and 
pass. and 2 pf., show oneself, be 
_ shown or seen, appear, turn out. 839. 

doddrayt, yyos, 7 [phalanx], line 
of battle, phalanx; kata pddrayya, 
in line of battle. 

Panrivos, 6, Phalinus. 

davepos, &, dv [483], in plain 
sight, visible, manifest, open; év Te 
gavepo, openly, publicly. 839 b. 

dackw, vi. [483], say, allege. 

elSopnar (g15-), Pelooua, epeiod- 
pny, 609, 4, ii [Lat. jfindd, split, 
Eng. BITE, BITTER ], separate oneself 
JSrom, spare. 

dhépw (dep-, ol-, ever-), olow, Hveyra 
and fveyxov, évivoxa, éviveyuat, 
nvexOnv, 655, 7, viii. [658], bear, 
bring, carry, produce, receive, en- 
dure; pass., be borne, carry, rush ; 
xareras pepe, take tt ill, be 
troubled. 

hevyw (puy-), pevioua: and gpevioi- 
Mal, Epuyov, mépevya, 609, 5, ii. [525], 
Slee, take flight, run away, retreat, 
Jly, Lat. fugio, flee from, run away 
Strom, flee from one’s country, be an 
exile, be banished ; oi pedyovres, the 
exiles. 

pynpl, giow, epnoa, 664, 1, 699 
[483], say, declare, state ; pn, said 
yes; ovxn pn, said no, in answers ; 
ov py, say no, refuse, deny. 838 a. 

POdve (p6a-), POjgowar and Pbdow, 
EpOnv and %pGaca, 646, 3, v., get the 
start of, anticipate, outstrip. 860. 

H0éyyouar, POéyioua, etc., 600, 8, 
make a sound, shout, sound. 

Pbelpw (POep-), POepd, epOerpa, z- 
Plapka, EpPapuar, epOdpnv, 619, 12, 
iv., destroy, lay waste, corrupt. 























cup. 
thiréo, piAjow, ies of the love of 
family and friends. | 
Torta, as, affection, friendship. y 
Ttohuttkos, fh, dv, friendly, amicable. 
tpidvos, a, ov, friendly, ana E 
at peace, used esp. of countess 
772. 
thiro-pabys, és [uavddvw], Sond of 
knowledge, eager to learn. 760. 
idos, 7, ov [| phil-anthropy, phi’ 4 
tre], friendly, dear, dear to, loved — 
by, attached to, kindly disposed, 
comp. giAatrepos OF plAtepos; piAos, 
6, friend, adherent. 772. s 
tdidro-Tipéopar, piAoriujcouat, etC.y 
pass. dep. [444], love honour, be ‘4 
ambitious, feel piqued. a 
Ludo-tipos, ov [444], loving hon 
our, ambitious. 
thrAvapéw, PAvapiow, talk bosh. 
TthAvapia, ds, nonsense, pl. baal 
dAvVapos, 6, Nonsense. BS. 
thoBepos, a, dv, fearful, teribte, 9 
formidable. 5 
thoPéw, PoBfjow, EpdBnoa, frighten, a 
terrify, of unreasoning fear; comm. — 
pass. dep., be frightened, be terrified, E 
fear, dread, be afraid. — —_ 
dbdBos, ¢ [hydro-phobia], jour q 
dread, terror, fright. : 
ThowitKous, jj, ovv, 191, purple, so. 3 | 
named since this colour was dis-_ 
covered by the Phoenicians. a7 
tPowwikn, ns, Phoenicia. 
thowixurrys, od, wearer of the pur 
ple, a title of rank at the Persian — 
court. 
Poivik, ixos, 6, @ Phoenician. 
dhoivig, ixos, 6, palm, date-palm. 
hopéw, pophow, etc. [658], carry — 
habitually, wear. 
dpadla (ppad-), ppdow, ete., iv. [Lat. 
inter-pres, explainer, Eng. phrase jem a 
say, tell. 4 





dpéap, aros, rd [Lat. fervd, boil, 
Eng. BREW], well. 
pry, ppevds, % (frantic, phreno- 
logy], heart, mind. 
Ldpovéw, ppovficw, have understand- 
ing, understand, think. 
—-. Lpovrita (ppovtid-), ppovTia, Av: 
take thought, be anxious. 
_ thpovp-apxos, 4 [578, 463], com- 
 - mander of a garrison. 
 -— thpovpéw, ppovphaw [573], watch, 
2 guard. 
tdpovprov, 74 [573], guard, garrison. 
dpovpds, 6 [573], watcher, guard. 
t tPpvyia, as, Phrygia. 
i PpvE, vyds, 6, a Phrygian. 
: vyds, dos, 6 [525], fugitive, exile, 
refugee. , 
vyy, 7s [525], light, rout. 
; tovraxy, fis, @ watching, watch, 
| picket duty, garrison. 
| tovAak, axos, 6, a watcher, guard, 
outpost ; pl. bodyguard. 
guddtra (gudax-), puddiw, epv- 
Aaka, mepirAaxa, mepvdAayuat, epvAd- 
xOnv, 617, 9, iv., stand guard, guard, 
watch, defend; mid., be on one’s 
| guard, watch out against, Lat. caweo ; 
: pudakas puddrrey, stand guard. 
— —s Tehvors, ews, 7, nature. 
= dia, picw, pica and épiv, méepixa, 
«652, 2 (Lat. Jui, I was, Eng. BE, 
MY Boor, physic], bring forth, bear, 
A produce; intr., 2 aor., was born, 
2 pf., be by nature, be. 
ovr, fs [488], voice, speech. 


xX. 


xalpo (xap-), xarphow, Kexdpnka, 
rexdpnucr and Kéxapuar, exdpny, iv. 
. [Lat. gratus, agreeable, Eng. YEARN, 
_ eu-charist], rejoice, be glad. 859. 

XadSator, of, the Chaldaecans. 
txaderalva (xXaArerar-), Xarewrava, 
exarernva, éxarerdvOnv, iv., be an- 








XLov 


gry, be severe, be offended or pro- 
voked. 768. 
xareros, 7, dv, hard, grievous, 
difficult, dangerous, severe, stern, 
savage. 
lxaAerds, adv., hardly, with diff- 
culty, painfully. 
txadkots, 7, odv, 191, of bronze, 
bronze. 
xadkes, 6, copper, bronze, bronze 
armour. 
Xaaros, 6, the Chalus. 
Xddv, vBos, 5 [chalybeate], a 
Chalybian. 
xapaSpa, as, gorge, ravine. 
txaplets, eooa, ev, graceful, pleasing. 
txapifopar (xaptd-), xapioduat, ebC., 
iv., gratify, favour, please. 768. 
Xapis, cros, 7 [xalpw], grace, jSa- | 
vour, gratitude, thanks; xdpw «ide 
vat, xdpw exew, be or feel grateful ; 
xdpw amodiddrvau, return the favour. 
Xappavby, ns, Charmande. 
Xepov, dvos [Lat. hiems, winter], 
bad weather, winter. 
xelp, xeupds, 7 [ Lat. herctum, inher- 
ttance, Eng. chiro-graphy, s-urgeon], 
hand, Lat. manus. 
Xerplrodos, 6, Chirisophus. 
Xepo-mAnOrjs, és [xelp + miumAnut |, 
handfilling, as large as the hand 
can hold. 
Xerpdw, Xeipdow, etc.[xelp], handle, 
subdue. 
Xelpwv, ov, Zen. ovos, 469, worse, 
inferior. 
Xeppovyros, 7, the Chersonese. 
xo (xv-), Xow, EXea, KEXUKA, kéXu- 
uo, éxvOny, 610, 6, ii. [Lat. fundo, 
pour, Eng. GusH], pour. 
xiv, xnvds, 6, 7 [Lat. anser, goose, 
Eng. GOOSE, GANDER], goose. 
xtrror, at, a, 496, 1000. 
Xi0s, 6, fodder, forage. 
Xirav, Gvos, 6, undergarment. 
xrav, dvos, q [cf xeyudy], snow. 





oe 


ag 


aa ae 


7t> id i . : 


Xotveg 


XotvE, ucos, 7, choenix, an Attic 
dry measure containing nearly one 
quart U.S. dry measure. 

Xoptos, 6, fodder, grass. 

Xpdopar, xphooua, etc., 255 a, serve 
oneself by, make use of, use, employ, 
treat, Lat. utor. 775. 

XP, XPAcet, impers., it is needful, 
one must or ought. 

xprte (xpnd-), iv., want, need, de- 
sire. 

Xpypa, aros, Td [xpdoun], a thing 
that one uses; pl. things, property, 
wealth, money. 

Xprvar, see xp7j. 

XpyoTpos, 7, ov, and os, ov [xpdo- 
pa], useful, serviceable. 

Xpto, xpicw, expioa, Kéexpiua and 
Kexpiopuat, exptoOny [Lat. frid, rub, 
Eng. crinn, Christ], rub, anoint. 

xpovos, 6 [chrono-logy], time, sea- 
son, period, Lat. tempus. 

txpucovs, 7, ody, 191, 
golden, gold, gilded. 

Txpvclov, rd, piece of gold, gold- 
coin, gold. 

Xpvods, 5 [GOLD, chryso-lite], gold. 

lxpuco-xaXivos, ov [ xadivés, bridle], 
with gold-mounted bridle. 

Xepa, as [cf. x@pos], place, as- 
signed place, position, post, station ; 
land, tract of land, territory, re- 
gion, country. 

X@péw, Xwpryjow, etc. [x@pos], give 
place, withdraw, move, march; of 
measures, hold. 

xwplov, 7d [yapos], space, place, 
spot, stronghold. 

xopls, adv., apart, away from. 761. 

X@pos, 6 [an-chorite], particular 
place, piece of ground, estate. 


of gold, 


wv. 


Wapos, 6, the Psarus. 
Wérov, 7d, armlet, bracelet. 


5d 


aoe 
jena a 
am 4eAe aye 
; See 
’ oh oa Ty ES Coen 
é a, eo 
ee wee eas 4 
~ es es pee 
7 Seman bs Ne te “ae 
pay -. 
v.53 ne 




























Weido, Wetow, ehevoa, evouat, 
évevcOny [pseud-onym], deceive; — 
mid., lie, cheat, deceive, act falsel fe 

Wnolito (ynpid-), Wnpud, etc., Iv. 
[Wipos, pebble], reckon with pebbles > 
mid., vote, resolve, determine. — a 

Widds, 4, ov, bare, unprotected + “a 
of idol, light-armed troops. i 4 

Woxn, is [psycho-logy], life, ecu 
spirit. ; 


2. 


@, exelenieuian O, with voc. 
ae, adv. [de], thus, as follows, — 
in the Following manner. a 
AVEw, ow, Ewoa, Ewopmat, eboonyy ; 

605, 9, Pues shove. 
pos, 7, dv, raw, uncooked. e 

@veowar Corey mpta-), avhoouat, 

émpiduny, edynuat, ewrhOnv, 655, 8, 
viii. [dvos, price], buy, purchase. 
{éivvos, a, ov, purchasadle ; trae 
Td, wares, goods. 
apa, as [YEAR, hour, horo-scope], = 
time, period, season, hour, Lat. hora, — 
the proper time, opportunity. E. 
os, procl., orig. a conjunctive adv. — % 
of manner [6s], “but developed into — " 
a variety of uses. As conj. adv., — 
as, Lat. ut, with verbs, before prep- — 
ositions, and with participles (see q 
858), as if, just as, thinking that, — 
on the ground that, with the avowed ~ 
intention, as though; with numer- — ; 
als, about; of degree, how, esp. — 
with superlatives, Lat. quam, aS @s — 
udduora, as much as possible. As — 
prep., with acc., to, only of persons. — 
As conj., of time, as, when, after, — 
as tdéxirra, as soon as; introducing © 
indirect discourse, that; of cause, — 
as, since, because, for, Lat. ut; 
final, that, in order that, Lat. ut; — 
of intended result, like éore, so as 
so that. a 
ws, thus, so. 










[518], in this same) aris, (50s, 7, bustard. 
- aheréo, dpeAfow, etc. [dperos], 
ctive adv. [as], like | help, succour, assist, benejit, be of 
as, as it were. service to, give assistance to, of 
inctive adv. [és], so | voluntary service. 
ihe Lodpétpos, ov, useful, serviceable. 


rT: ‘ 4 if a 
4 . i - a, Pe a wes 
ae. fe ee Fr ind > as 


Il. ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 


Consult the Greek-English Vocabulary for the forms and fuller meanings of the Greek 
words here given. 

The distinction of synonymous Greek words is here briefly indicated, if possiblagi a 
But in all cases where there is a choice of Greek words, the Greek-English Vocabulary — 
should be carefully consulted. That vocabulary is necessarily brief, but it gives the — a 
etymological meanings of the words and indicates the lines on which these meanings 
have been developed. Sometimes the synonymous words are interchangeable, but this — i 
should not be taken for granted. 








a 
a 
= 
a 
Ss 


If in doubt, choose the word that is familiar, 
into the English- Greek exercises that has not previously been 
choice will be determined by the appropriateness of the word to the lesson in which it — 
occurs. Each sentence in each English-Greek exercise illustrates the principles of thes 


lesson of which the exercise is a part, 


Abandon 


Abandon, Aclrw, éx- 
Aclrw, quit a place ; 
GroAelrw, KaTadelro, 
desert a person ; mpo- 
teuat, surrender, give 


up; mpodiiom, be- 
tray. 
Able, ixavés; be —, 


ixavds eiut, Svvapmac. 

Abound, — in, ovp- 
TAEHS Ei. 

Abounding, — in, otp- 
TAEWS. 

About, audi, card, repl, 
mpds, as; be —, MéA- 
Aw. 

Above, irép; from —, 
&ywbey, 
Abrocomas, 

Mas. 

Abundant, &pdovos. 

Accompany, €ropuai, 
guvako\ovbéw; ac- 
companied by, éxwv 
mepl, With acc. 

Accomplish, rarampdr- 
Tw, wepalvw, bring to 
anend, fulfil ; rovéw, 
do. 


A Bpoko- 


56 


A. 


Accord, of one’s own 
—, Exo. 
Accordingly, 67, ot». 
Account, on — of, did, 
evera. 
Accrue, yiyvouat. 
Accuse, karnyopéw. 
Acquainted, — with, 
Eumeipos. 
Acquire, xcrdouat. 
Acropolis, a&xpdémoAus. 
Across, répav. 
Addition, in — to, 
mpos. 
Address, Aéyw. 
Admire, @davud¢w. 
Advance, or make an 
—, mopevouat, mpdc- 
Elflle 
Advise, cvpBovacdw. 
Afraid, be —, oBéo- 
po. 
After, perd. 
Afternoon, SefAn. 
Afterwards, forepov. 
Again, rdduv, ert. 
Against, él, mpds. 
Agreement, make an 
—, cvyTidepat. 


The aim has been to introduce no word ~ 











given. Frequently the — 


4 


Announce 


Aid, Boden; aperéw. a 
Alive, (@v; be —, (dw. 4 
All, was; of — sorts 
or kinds, wavrotos. | 
Allege, ddcrw. 
Ally, ctpuaxos. 
Alone, pédvos. 
Along, or alongside, 
mapa. 
Already, #57. 
Also, kal. 
Altar, Bods. a 
Always, del. == 
Among, éy, eis. 
Amount, — to, yeyvo- 4 
[atte ~~ 
Anaxibius, ’AvatiBios. — 
Ancestor, mpdyovos. ~ ‘@ 
Ancestral, marpgos. 
Anchor, lie at —, bp- 
pew. 
And, ral, 5é. 4 
Angry, be —, dpyl{o- 
pat, be enraged; xa- 
Aeralyw, be offended. — 
Animal, wild —, On- 
ploy. a 
Announce, éyyéAAw, 
dmaryyéAAw. a 











- Arise, 


Aristippus, 


Anoint 
Anoint, xpiw. 
Another, &dos; one 
—, ddAAfAwr. 
Answer, or make —, 
QmroKptyomat. 
Anxious, be —, évvoéw, 
be apprehensive, be 
fearful;  povrie, 
be troubled. 
Any, tls; anybody or 
_— one, Tis; anything, 
he ii; 
Apart, xopls. 
Appear, galvouat, ém- 
patvouat 
Applaud, éra:véw. 
Appoint, arodelxvvm. 
Apprehensive, be —, 
évvogoua, fear; d1o- 
wia éorl, be suspt- 
cious, suspect. 
Approach, mAnoid(a ; 
let —, mpootnu. 
Arabia, “Apa8ia. 
Araxes, ‘Apdéns. 
Arcadian, ’Apxds. 
Argument, Adyos. 
Ariaeus, ’Apiaios. 
dvicrapat, Of 
bodily action ; +yfyvo- 
moa, of disturbance, 
etc. 
*Aplorin- 
TOS. 
Aristonymus, ’Apiora- 


VUMOS- 


Arm, brAl(w, eorrl(w 5 


arms, armour, brAa 5 
under arms, év Ti 
éforAtola. 
Army, orpatid, orpd- 
revua, oTpatds. 
Arrangement, rdits. 


Array, in battle —, 


OUVTETAryLEVOS. 


Arrest, cvAAauBdvo. 


ae ee 


57 


Arrive, apicvéouat, dp- 
emu; — safely, o- 
Comat. 

Arrow, réfevpua. 

Artapates, ’Apramdrns. 


Artaxerxes,  Apra- 
tépins. 

As, as; (— much) —, 
écos; —.. . — pos- 


sible, 8ru or as with 
_ the superlative. 

Ashamed, feel —, ai- 
oxvouat. 

Asia, ’Acia. 

Ask, épwrdw, inguire ; 
aitéw, ask for. 

Asleep, lie —, ratdicet- 
Mat. 

Aspendian, *Acrévduos. 

Ass, ovos. 

Assembly, éxxanoia. 

Assistance, give —, 
Bondéw, wpercw. 

At, év, érl, mpds. 

Athenian, *A@nvaios. 

Athens, at —, *AGj- 
VNC. 

Attack, éwirideuat, éu- 
BddAAw; make the —, 
ret. 

Attempt, 
TEeipcouat. 

Attention, give or pay 
—, mporexw Tov voor. 

Await, déxoua. 

Axe, déivn. 


érixepew, 


B. 

Babylon, BaBuady. 

Babylonia, BaBvAwvia. 

Back, wdAuv. 

Bad, «ards, the general 
word; rovnpés, harm- 
ful, vicious. 

Baggage, oxevn, pl. of 


Black 


oKedos ; . skevopdpa, 
baggage-train. 

Bank, 6x07. 

Barbarian, 
BapBapixés. 

Base, kakds. 

Basket, xdveov. 

Battle,. udxn; im — 
array,  ovvrTerarype- 
vos; give —, paxo- 
par; fall into — line, 
TUVTATTOMAL. 

Be, eiut; — at hand, 
— by, or — present, 
mdpeut,  tmaparylyvo~ 
par; — iM, Eve; 
— Upon, Fmeipt 

Beast, @npiov; — of 
burden, bro tuyiov. 

Beat, raiw ; — off, amo- 
KOTT@. 

Beautiful, rards. 

Because, é71, as. 

Become, yiyvomat. 

Befit, mpéra. 

Before, apd; mpdadev ; 
mply. 

Begin, &pxoua, enter 
upon an action ; 
tpxw, take the lead 
in an action. 

Behalf, in — of, irép. 

Behind, dricder ; leave 
—, karadelro. 

Believe, jyéouat. 

Benefit, aperéw, help, 
assist ; ed movéw, treat 
well. 

Beside, mapd; — OF 
besides, mpés. 

Besiege, moAsopréw. 

Beyond, mépay. 

Bid, ceAevw. 

Bind, dé. > 

Bird, épvis. 

Black, péaas. 


BdpBapos, 





Blow 


Blow, rvéw. 

Boat, wAotov. 

Borrow, davelCoua. 

Both, on — sides, ap- 
gporépwlev ; On — 
jlanks, éxarépwOev ; 
—...and, kal... kal, 
or re... Kal. 

Bow, rétov; use the 
—, Totedw. 

Bowman, roférns. 

Boy, sais. 

Brave, &yaés, avipeios. 

Bravely, radrés. 

Breadth, «dpos. 

Break, Aiw. 

Breakfast, dperrov. 

Breastplate, Oépaé. 

Brick, rAtvé.vos. 

Bridge, yédipa. 

Bring, &yw; — back 

word, amaryyéAdw ; 
— safely, arocg (w ; 
— together, cvvdyw, 
ovAAeyw. 

Bronze, xdAkeos. 

Brother, adeAgés. 

Build, oixodoudw, éroi- 
Kodoméew. 

Burn, xéw, kataxdw ; 
— up or — down, 
katakaw; — before, 
mpokaTakadw. 

Burst, — open, nara- 
ox lw. 

Bury, ddrrw. 

But, aaad, dé. 

Buy, a&yopd¢w. 

By, éni ; id, with gen. 
of the agent, rarely 
mapa; — the side of, 
mapa; — means of, 
ard, did; —land and 
Sed, Kata yhv kal Kara 
OdAarrTay. 

Byzantium, Bu(dyrior. 


58 


he 


Call, nkaréw; — out, 
Boaw; — forth, wapa- 
kadéw; — together, 
ovykaréw; — a meet- 
ing or an assembly, 
exxAnalay troéw. 

Camp, orpatdredor ; 
KaTacknvéw. 

Canal, diadpvé. 

Cap, fox-skin —, &drw- 
TEKT. 

Cappadocia, Kamrmado- 
kia. 

Captain, Aoxayés. 

Captive, aixudAwros. 

Capture, aprd(w, aipéw; 
be captured, adAloKo- 
pat. 

Cardiichi, Kapdodx0. 

Care, take — of, Oepa- 
mevw ; take — of in 
return, dvremmedr€o- 
Mat. 


Carelessly, jmeAnue- 
vos. 

Carry, &yw; — away, 
apra(w; — over or 


across,  S:aBiBd Cw ; 
— On War, TorEnéw. 
Case, in that —, otrws. 
Catch, 6npevw, AauBdvw. 
Cattle, Bots, xrFvos. 
Cause, rapéxw. 
Cavalry, 
Man, trmeds. 
Cease, ravouat. 
Celaenae, KeAavat. 
Centre, uécor. 
Certain, @ —, ris. 
Chance, by —, xara 
TUXNY. 
Charge,teuo1; —double 
quick, dpdum ew. 
Chariot, dpua. 


immets; — 


Confer 


Charmande, Xapudvn. 


Chase, or give —, didxw. 


Check, kwddwe 
Chersonese, Xeppdévy- — 
COSse* 
Child, rats, ra:dlov. 
Chirisophus, Xeipioo- — 
pos. 
Choose, aipéoua. 
Cilicia, KiArkia. a 
Cilician, King; — — 
queen, Kidiooa, 
Citadel, axpa. 
Citizen, moAtrns. 
City, wérus. 
Clearchus, KAéapxos. 
Close, — to, éri. 
Cloud, — of dust, ko- 


vioptdés. - 


Collect, adOpoi(w, ava- 
Aéyw; — supplies, 
émoitiCouat 

Colossae, KoAogcal. 

Come, épxoua, tHkw ; 
have —, tw; — to- 
gether, avddéyouat, 
ouveépxouat; — ON, 
mporepxouat, mpderue ; 


— to an end, mavo- 


pat, Anyw; — late, 
owl Cw. 

Command, kedctw, or- 
der ; &pxw, rule; in 
— of, ent. 

Commander, 
otpatnyés. 

Commend, éravéw. 

Commit, — error, auap- 
TaVW. 

Company, Adxos; in 
— with, ovr. 

Compel, avaynd(w. 

Complete, diareAdw. 

Conceal, dmroxpirrw. 

Conduct, &yw. 

Confer, dvarowdoua. 


pyar, 














Confess 


Confess, duorovew. 

Conquer, vikdw, kparéw. 

Conscious, be —, ovv- 
O10 


Consider, oxérropa, 
BovAevopuat. 


~ Consternation,in great 
—, éxmemdnypevos. 
Consult, — with, ovp- 
_ BovAevomat. 
Contend, dmiAdAdopuat, 
. dywvi Comat 
Contest, judge of a—, 
arywvobérns. 
Contingent, otpdrevpa. 
Converse, diaréyouat. 
Convict, ¢dA¢yxw; be 
convicted, adrloxoma:. 
Convoke, zroéw. 
Corrupt, diapbelpw. 
Corselet, Adpat. 
Corsdte, Kopoarn. 
Counsel, cupBovarcdiw. 
Country, xépa; into 
the — of, «is. 
Courage, dpern; lose 


—, abipew. 
Courageous, Oappadéos. 
Courageously, appa- 

Aéws. 


Court, deparevw ; at —, 
mapa BaciAei, ert rais 
Baotréws Odpats. 

Cowardly, rands. 

Co-worker, svvepyés. 

Creature, wild —, 9n- 
plov. 

Cross, or — over, dia- 
Balvw. 

Crown, orépavos. 


Ory out, dvaxpd(w, Bodw. 
Ctesias, Krnotas. 
Cuirass, Odpat; in 


. white —, AevKobdpaé; 
put on one’s —, Aw- 
paniCouat. 


59 


Cup, drinking —, pid- 
An. 

Cut, — to pieces or 
down, karakértw ; — 


down, éxxédrtw, of 
trees ; help in cutting 
down, auvexkdrrw ; 


— off, &moxAclw, aro- 

kénrw, &moTéuva. 
Cydnus, Kvdvos. 
Cyrus, Kipos. 


D. 


Damage, do —, kakas 
Touew. 

Dana, Adva. 

Danger, xlvdvvos. 

Dardas, Adpdas. 

Daric, dapends 

Darius, Adpetos. 

Date, BdAavos. 

Dawn, éws. 

Day, nuepa; on the fol- 
lowing —, TH taTe- 
pata; day’s march, 
otabuds. 

Daybreak, at —, dua 
TH NMEpe 

Dead, vexpéds; be —, 
reOvnkévat, TeOvdvat. 

Death, put to —, dava- 
réw, amoxrelyw ; Suf- 
Ser —, arobvjoKw. 

Debate, Adyos. 

Deceive, eEarrardw, 
pevdw. 

Decision, kplots. 

Declare, dmrodelevius. 

Deep, Badus. 

Deer, of @ —, éAd- 
gevos; — medt, Ta 
erdpeia. 

Defeat, vixdw; be de- 
Seated, arTdoma. 

Defend, dpive. 


Dispirited 


Delay, duarptBo. 
Deliberate, BovAcvo- 
pat, cvpBovrdevopa. 
Deliver, — over, mapa- 

5ldwpt. 

Deliverance, ocwrnpid. 

Demand, or — back, 
Qrair ew. 

Deny, of nm. 

Depart, dmoxwpéw. 

Descend, kataBalvw. 

Describe, ypapw. 

Description, of every 
—, mavTodamds. 

Desert, adropordw, airo- 
Aclrw, améepxomat ; 
through a —, épnpos. 

Design, émiBovAcevo 5 
ériBovAn. 

Desire, émidvpéw. 

Desist, mavouat, ava- 
TAVOMAL 

Despatch, amooréAAw. 

Despise, karappovéw. 

Destroy, Avw, dia- 
pbelpw. 

Destruction, dAcOpos. 

Dexippus, Aédéurros. 

Die, rerevtdw, amobvz- 
oKW. 

Difficult, xademds. 

Difficulty, mpaypya, &ro- 
pov; with great —, 
mdvu XadeTa@s. 

Dig, — through, 510- 
piTTw; — @ trench, 
Tdppov ToLew. 

Disclose, émdelkvup. 

Discouraged, be —, 
d0dmEew. 

Disgrace, karaoxive. 

Dishonour, ariud(w. 

Dismiss, arootéAAw. 

Disperse, omelpw. 

Dispirited, %0vpos ; bé 


40v / 
—, abupew. 





Distance 


Distance, at a— from, 
Tpocw. 

Distant, be —, améxw. 

Distribute, d:adt5wpur. 

Disturb, tapdtrw. 

Disturbance, OépuBos. 

Divide, — up, diavéuw. 

Division, orpdrevua, 
TaéLs. 

Do, modw, mptrrw, in 
this sense used in- 
terchangeably ; 
harm, BaAdrtw; — 
damage, kakas mow; 
— wrong, &dinéw 3 — 
well by, ed roéw. 

Dog, kiwr. 

Door, Apa. 

Double-quick, charge 
—, dpdup Ow. 

Draw, omrdoua; — up, 
TaTT WH; — Up in line, 
 wapaTaTrTw. 

Dread, édxvéw. 

Drinking-cup, g:dA7n. 


Drive, — away, are- 
Aatyw. 

Dust, cloud of —, xo- 
vioptés. 


Dwell, oixéw. 


E. 


Each, éxacros; — time, 
éxdoTore. 

Eager, mpd0vpos ; 
—, éridvpéw. 

Earn, — by hard work, 

 qovéw. 

Ease, with — or eas- 

_ ily, padtws. 

East, éws. 

Easy, pdd:0s. 

Eat, éo0iw. 

Educate, ra:dedw. 

Hight, d«rd. 


be 


60 


Hither, — 
he 

Elect, aipéoua:. 

Eleven, — thousand, 
puptor kab xtALoL. 

Elsewhere, &AAn. 

Embark, éuBaivo. 

Emporium, éumrdpior. 

Empty, euBddrrw. 

Encamp, orpatoredeto- 
Mat; — near, mapa- 
oKnvew ; be en- 
camped, ndO@nua. 

End, zatw; come to 
an —, wavouat, Nap 

Endeavour, metpdopiae. 

Enemy, moAéuios 3 the 

—, of moArégmor. 

Enjoin, émiréAAw. 

Enlist, AauBdvw. 

Enough, fravas. 

Entire, ards, was. 

Enumeration, épiduds. 

Envoy, ayyedos. 

Envy, ~0ovéw. 

Ephesus, “Egecss. 

Episthenes,  *Emi6é- 
vns. 

Equip, oréAdw. 

Equipment, xdécpos. 

Error, commit —, 

 Gmaprdave. 

Escape, aropetyw; — 
notice or the notice 
of, AavOdvw ; — or — 
safely, o@ Comat. 

Especially, udavora. 

Euphrates, Evi@parns. 

Even, «alt; not —, 
ovdé; in — Tine, 
Saxe, 

Evening, Sefdn. 

Ever, moré, mémote ; 
if —, etrore. 

Every, of —. sort or 
description, wayvToda- 


»- OP, Aes. 


Feel 


és 3 } everything, ihe 
whats 


Evident, 57A0s. of a3 j 
Evil-minded, rardvoos. 


Exceedingly, loxipiis, 
strongly, Foreibly ; ; 
opddpa, grievously. 

Except, rAjv. 

Excessively, opddpa. 

Exercise, yonvd io. 

Exhort, TapaneRebouat. 

Exile, guyds, éxrertw- 
nos (See éxatrrw). 

Expedition, ordros, 
65ds, orparela ; 3 take 
aie in an —, orpa-— 


Teboma} make an—, ie 


+1 1 TPAT EVW« 

Expel, é«BdArw. 

Experience, zeipa. 

Expert, aya6ds. 

Express, 
aropalyw, 

Hye, dp@aduds. 


F. 


Face, in one’s —, ian 
Tlos. 

Fail, émiAelra, - 

Fair, xcadds. 

Faithful, riords. 

Fall, yiyvouat; — ate 
éuminra. 

Fast, raxéws. 

Father, rarnp. 

Fear, @dfos ; poBéouat, 
of sudden fear or 
terror; dédecKa, of 
reasonable fear ; in- 
spire with —, éBor 
Tapex w. 

Fearful, asBepdye 

Feel, — ashamed, ai- 


oxvvoua; — grate: 


Sul, xdpw.éxa. 


&rod elevipt, 


a 

——— 
- -, 
«a 








Fellow 


— Fellow, &vOpwros. 

Fellow-citizen, oAt- 
TNS. 

Fellow-Greeks, @ ar- 
Spes “EAANVEs. 

Fellow-soldier, ov- 
arpatioTns ; fellow- 

_ soldiers, &vdpes otpa- 
miata, With or with- 
out &, 

Fertile, &pGovos. 

Few, 6Alyo.. 

Field, take 
oTpaTevomat. 

Fifteen, revrexaldexa. 

Fifty, revrhtorta. 

Fight, waxy 5 mdxopas ; 
— it out, Siaroreuew; 
without _ fighting, 
dpaxntt. 

Fill; riurAnm. 

Find, cipicxw ; — out, 
OKEMTOMAL. 

Fire, rip; set on —, 
évdntw, éurivmrpnet. 
First, mpatos ; mparov. 

Fish, ixéus. 

Fist, with the —, mvé. 

Fittest, &pioros. 

Five, mévte; — hun- 
dred, mevTakdotol. 
Flanks, on both —, 

éxat épwhev. 

Flee, petyw; aropetyo, 
involving the idea of 
escape. 

Flesh, xpéas. 

Flight, guyi; put to 
—, eis puyhy Tpérw. ' 

Flour, &Aecvpa. 

Flourishing, cddaluwr. 

Flow, péw. 

Foe, éxOpdés. 

Follow, &oAov0éw, €ro- 
par; as follows, or 
the following, some 


the —, 


61 


case of é5e; in the 
— terms, toidde ; On 
the — day, tH vote- 
pata ; in the — man- 
ner, @de, Tévde Tov 
Tpdmov. 

Folly, evj@ea. 

Food, gitos. 

Foot, movs; on —, 


meq. 

Foot-soldier, me(és. 

For, -yap; mepl, én, 
mpds. 

Forage, xiAdés. 

Force, Svvauis, otpd- 
tevua; the Greek — 
Td ‘EAAnvurdy 3 Bid ¢o- 
par; be in —, mévo. 

Ford, d:dBacis, mépos. 

Formerly, mpérepov. 

Forsake, amoAcirw. 

Fort, tetxos. 

Fortified, épuuvds. 

Forty, rertapdxovra. 

Foundation, xpytts. 

Four, téttapes; — 
hundred, rerpadcrot. 

Fourth, rérapros. 

Fox-skin, — cap, adw- 
WEKT). 

Fragrant, evo#dns. 

Free, éAcvdepdw. 

Freedom, éAcvdepia. 

Freeze, mhyvupm. 

Frequently, moAAdkis. 

Friend, idos, tévos. 

Friendly, faios, piaos. 

Frightened, be —, po- 

 Béoua. 

From, éf, ad, mapa. 

Fugitive, puyds. 

Full, peords, wAnpns ; 
in —, %xmrews; at 
— speed, ava kpdros ; 
— market, &ayopa 
TANGovea. 


Grateful 


Furnish, opl{w, é- 
mop Cw. 


G. 


Garrison, dvAak?. 

Gate, An. 

Gazelle, dopxds. 

General, orparnyds; be 
—, oTpaTnyéew. 

Get, yiyvoua; rvyxdve, 
obtain ; — together, 
cuvdyw, KTdoMaL; — 
possession, AapBave. 

Gift, Sépov; make a 
—, ddwt. 

Girdle, (évn. 

Give, didwu:, the gen- 
eral word; sopi¢w, 
Surnish; — over, 
mapadliwuc; — Up, 
mavouat, desist; ma- 
padtdwur, arodidwp, 
restore, surrender; 
— a share, pertadl- 
Swut; — Way, ék- 
KALV@. 

Gladly, 7déws. 

Go, elu, epxoua; be 
gone, otxouat ; — Up, 
dvaBalyw; — away, 
trey; — forward, 
mpdeyu ; — through, 
diaBatvw ; lee —, 
aint. 

Goat, até. 

God, eds. 

Goddess, Oca. 

Gold, xpiclov; of —, 
Xpuceos. 

Good, ayaids. 

Good-will, evvoia, 

Grant, Sido. 

Grass, xépros. 

Grateful, feel —, xdpw 


BA 
exw. 


eS ———=- <7 


Great 


Great, uéyas, of size; 
woAvs, Of amount or 
number ; in — num- 
bers, roAAol ; with — 
difficulty, mdavu xa- 
Aem@s. 

” Greatly, weydrws, neva. 

Greece, ‘EAAds. 

Greek, “EAAnv; ‘EAAn- 
vinds. 

Grieve, Airéw. 

Ground, — arms, ride- 
bar Ta SrAa. 

Groundless, kevés. 

Guard, gvAakh, pov- 
pos, pvAak; — or be 
On —, pvaAdtrw. 

Guest, or guest-friend, 
tévos. 

Guide, jyeudr. 


H. 


Half, fjuous. 

Halt, dvaravoun, in 
order to rest; éi- 
otayat, said of a 
commander ;_ kara- 
Avw, unyoke ; tornut. 

Hand, xelp; in the 
hands of, ért; at—, 
éyyts; be at —, md- 
peut; — Over, mapa- 
5t5wut. 

Happen, tvyxdvw, yi- 
yvomat. 

Happy, cvdaluwr. 

‘Hard, xadrerds ; be — 
pressed, méCouat. 

Hardship, undergo —, 
movew. 

Hare, Aayds. 

Harm, do —, BAdrrw, 
Kak@s movew; suffer 
—, kakas waoxw; plot 
—, kakdy BovrAetw. 


62 


Harmost, apuoorhs. 

Haste, make —, or 
hasten, orevdw. 

Have, éxw, eiuf with 
dat. 

Hay, Kdpon. 

Head, nepadh; be or 
stand at the—of, 
MpoeoTnka. 

Headquarters, @vpa. 

Hear, arovw. 

Heavy-armed, — men 
or troops, émAtrat. 

Height, ios, &xpov. 

Helmet, xpdvos. 

Help, with the — of, 
ovv. 

Helper, cuvepyés. 

Hem, — in, kudAdw. 

Her, oblique cases of 
avTh. 

Herald, kfpvé. 

Here, évrai@a, avtoi, 
avTdéh, Sedpo. 

Hereon, ék rovrov. 

Hereupon, évraiéa, éx 
TOUTOU. 

Hermes, ‘Epyjjs. 

Hide, d€pua; xpdarw. 

High, paxpéds. 

Hill, adgos, pacrds. 
Him, oblique cases of 
a’rés; ov, reflex. 
Himself, éavrod, reflex. ; 
avrds, intens. 
Hinder, kwdiw ; 

Srom, dmronwrdw. 

Hindrance, 7d kwAdoyr. 

Hire, pic Odopat. 

His, often by the arti- 
cle; sometimes ai- 
Tov, éxelvov ; — OWN, 
é€auTou. 

Hold, zx. 

Home, at —, ofko:; for 

or homeward, 


Inhabit — ‘ 
otkade ; voyage aS ; - 
&rdarAoos. ah 


Honour, tinh; tiudw; 


in —, tims. = — 
Hope, éazts. : 
Hoplite, éxatrns. 


Horse, frmos; onhorse-  — 


back, Gawd trmov. 
Horseman, fmmeds. 
Host, orpdrevua. 
Hostile, roAguios. 
House, oikfa. 
How, ras, brows; — 


many, récot, décor; 


— large, bcos, drdaos. 
Hundred, éxardy. 
Hunger, Aiuds. 

Hunt, @npedw. 
Hurl, pirrw, tyme. 
Hurt, BaAdrrw. 


t 
I, eyo, eywye. 


Idleness, in —, apyds. 


If, ei, éav, dv, Hv. 
Ignorant, ayvdépwr. 
Ill-disposed, raxdvoos. 
Ill-treatment, mdéos. 
Imitate, pinéoua. 
Immediately, ci6ds. 


Impassable,  &opos, 
&Baros. 

Impose, émirlOnut. d 

In, @, es; — the am 


power of, ext; be—, 


€veyut ; — order that, 
iva, as, Srws. 
Indicate, diacnuatvw. 
Induce, — to return, 
drooTpepw. 
Inflict, érirlOnue; — 
punishment, Koad (a. 
Inhabit, olxéw ; the in- 
habitants, oi évot- 
KovrvTes. om 





* ad 


‘a 








Injure 


Injure, BAdrrw. 


Inquire, épwrdw. 


Inscribe, émypdgw. 
- Insist, cararetve. 
Inspire, rapéxo. 

Instead, — of, avi. 


Intend, év v¢ exw. 

Intercept, amorAclw. 

Interpreter, épunveds. 

Into, eis. 

Intrust, éritpémw, mpo- 
temat. 

Invade, or make an 
invasion, éuBadrrdAw. 

Tron, of —, odhpeos. 

Island, vijoos. 


J. 


Jar, Bikos. 

Javelin, madrév; — 
Man, &kovrioThs. 

Join, cupptyvipu. 

Journey, wopela, 55¢s ; 
mopevoua. 

Judge, xpivw; — of a 
contest, aywvoberns. 

Judgment, yvapn. 

Just, dixaos. 

Justice, dicaootvn. 

Justly, ducalws. 


K. 


Keep, — safe, d:aod (w; 
kept, sometimes the 
sign of the impf. 
tense. 

Kill, crelvw, dronrelvw; 

be killed, drodvijcxw. 

Kinds, of all —, ravr- 
TOLOS. 

King, Baoireds ; be —, 
BagtAedw. 

Knee, yévv. 

Know, yryvéonw, ola. 


— 663 


L. 


- Lacedaem 2dnian, Aae- 


Saudvios. 

Laden, peords. 

Land, yf, x#pa. 

Large, péyas, Of ex- 
tent; modds, of 
amount or number ; 
how —, éréaos. 

Last, at —, réAos. 

Late, come —, dpitw. 

Laugh, — at, kataye- 
Adw. 

Laughter, roar of —, 
yeAwS. 

Lay, — waste, elpw ; 
— plans, émriBovaAcdiw. 

Lead, udaufdos. 

Lead, a&yw, nyéoua ; — 
inte, eiodyw. 

Leader, 7yeuor. 

Leap, kararnddw. 

Learn, or — by in- 
quiry, muvOdvouat. 

Least, at —, yé. 

Leathern-bag, doxds, 


dipOepa. 

Leave; Acelrw, éxAelrw ; 
— behind, katadrel- 
Tw. 


Left, cidvupos, apiore- 
pos. 

Leisure, be at —, cx0- 
Ad fw. 

Length, at —, #5n. 

Lest, “7. 

Let, — loose or — go, 
apinut ; — approach, 
1 pootnt. 


- Letter, émioroAn. 


Level, éuadrs. 

Levy, cvAdoyn. 

Lie, kejua, of posi- 
tion; pevdw, falsify ; 
— outstretched or 


Manner 


asleep, KaTdKeimat 5 
— at anchor, dppéw. 

Life, cdua. 

Light-armed, — sol- 
dier, yuuvns. 

Lightly, mpdws. 

Like, raparAhotos ; Bov- 
AoMat. 

Line, in even —, dua- 
Aas 3 fall into battle 
—, ovvTdrroma. 

Little, pixpds, of size 
or amount; oAlyos, 
of number. 

Live, (dw. 

Living, Blos. 

Lofty, iwnrds. 

Long, waxpds, of space 
or time; odds, of 
time. 

Loose, Avw. 

Lose, orepéouat; — 
courage, abvpéw. 

Loss, be at @ —, airo- 
pew. 

Love, piAéw. 

Lycaonia, Avxdovia. 

Lydia, Avéia. 


M. 


Macrones, Md«pwves. 

Maeander, Malavipos. 

Make, roéw; — an- 
swer, &mroxplvowat ; — 
war, ToAEwew ; — AN 
expedition, otparervw ; 
— known, pnviw ; be 
made, ylyvopat. 

Man, avhp, Lat. wir; 
&vOpwros, Lat. homo ; 
old —, yépwrv ; young 
—, veavias. 

Manifest, pavepds, 57- 
Aos. 

Manner, rpémos. 





| 
. 


Many 


Many, see Much. 
March, opela ; — in- 
land, avdBaois ; day’s 
—, oTabuds; eAadvw, 
eEcAavvw, mopevoua ; 
— on, ékeAavva. 
Market-place, ayopa. 
Marsyas, Mapovds. 
Mascas, Mdoxas. 
- Means, by — of, ard, 
did. 
Meat, xpéas. 
Mede, M7éos. 
Meet, cvyylyvoua. 
Meeting, éxxAncia. 
Melt, thxw. 
Menon, Mévwr. 
Mention, Aéyo. 
Mercenary, tevirds. 
Messenger, iyyedos. 
Midas, M(das. 
Mid-day, pécov juépas. 
Middle, uéoos; pécor. 
Midnight, wéoa vines. 
Midst, pécor. 

Might, with — and 
Main, kaTa& Kpdros. 
Milétus, Miantos; from 
—, MiAfouos. 

Mina, ura. 
Miss, auaptdve. 
Mistrust, amioréw. 


Mithridates, Mi6pi- 
‘OarTns. 

Moderation, with —, 
petplws. 


Molest, Admréw. 

Money, apyipiorv, xpr- 
mara. 

Month, why, tpiirovra 
NMEpale 

More, maaddov. 

Mother, puarnp. 

Mount, avaBatvw. 

Mountain, dpos. 

Much, wodd’s; modAd. 


64 


Multitude, 7AG0s. 

Muse, Moioa. 

Must, de7, xpn, avarynn 
éori; often the verbal 
in -réos. 

My, éuds, sometimes 
éuovd OF pod ; Of mine, 
éuds OY éuol. 

Myriad, pipids. 

Myself, éuavrod. re- 
flex. ; avrds, intens. 

Mysian, Mics. 


N. 


Name, dvoua. 

Narrow, orevds. 

Near, mapa; mAnciov, 
eyyus. 

Nearer, éyyv’tepov. 

Necessary, itis —, 5e?. 

Necessity, avdyrn. 


Need, déoua:; there is 
—, de?. 

Neglect, awerdw. 

Neighbouring, A7- 
olov. 

Neither, — ... nor, 
ore ... ore, pte 

- MATE. 


Never, otrore, uhrorte. 

Nevertheless, duws. 

Next, on the — day, 
Th botepala. 

Nicarchus, Nixapyos. 

Night, wi; by —, 
vUKT@p. 

Nine, évvéa. 

Ninety, évevjxovra. 

No, ovdels, undeis ; — 
one or nobody, ov- 
dels, undels; nothing, 
ovdév, under. 

Noble, xadrds, a&yadds. 

Noise, 0épuBos. 

None, ovdéves. 






% hy eal hogs 
ee ee 
oe ¥ oe ae 
Ory ae 4 
Nor, ovdé, pnéé. re my 7 
North, Bopéas. ae 


Not, od, wh; — yet, 
ottw, UNTe ; — eos , 
obdé, undé; —atall, — 
ovdév; — only... 


= 
but also, cal... Kal. © 
Notice, escape — or 


escape the — of, Aav- 
Odvw. 4 

Now, viv, of time a 
45n, already ; 34,in- 
ferential ; and i 
then, hAdore Kal &A- 
Aore, 

Numbers, in great — _—, 
moAAol. a 


~ 


O. 
O, 3. 
Oath, dpxos. = 
Obey, mef@oua. 
‘Observe, voéw. 
Obtain, tvyxdvw. 
Occupy, oixéw. 4 
Offer, — sacrifice, 6to- 
Mat. ~ a 
Offering, dvd@nua. - 
Often, woAAd«us. 
Old, — man, yépwv. 
On, én, év ; — account 
of, Sid, Everas; — 
horseback, amd tr- — 
mov; — board, in a { 
— this, éx rovrov. e 
Once, woré; at —, ed- — 
Ous. 
One, cis, tls; — an-- 
other, adAAnrwv. - 
Open, volves; : pavepds, q 
Opinion, yun 5 ; be ay 
the —, Kptv. 
Opponent, dvroragibe 
TNS. 
- Oppose, KwAvw. . 
Or, #. ra 


wa 





Order 





Order, xedcdto, 
command; TaTTw, 
appoint, assign ; 
pass the — along, ma- 
payyéAAw 3 — arms, 
riGeuar Ta Orda; tn 
good —, ebTdKTws ; 
in — that, iva, os, 
érrws. 

Orders, give —, mapay- 
vyédAw, Kedevo. 

Orontas, ’Opértas. 

Ostrich, orpovOds 7 Me- 
aan: 

Other, HAAos. 

Ought, xpr. 

Our, often by the arti- 
cle ; sometimes juav. 

Out, — of sight, apa- 
vhs; — of the way, 
éxrod av. 

Outside, ziw. 
Outstretched, lie —, 
KaTaK Ela. . 

Overcome, «paréw. 

- Overpower, AidCoua. 

Ox, Bois. 


bid, 


oy 


Pack, — wp, cvonevd- 
Comat. 
Paean, raise the —, 
madvilo. — 
Palace, BaciAeia. 
Palisade, oxdAomes. 
Parasang, tapacdyyns. 
Parent, yovevs. 
Park, mapddeioos. 
Parysatis, Maptcaris. 
Pasion, Mdclwr. 
Pass, — along, mapadi- 
dour; — by, mapép- 
xoua; — the order 
along, maparyyeAhw. 
Pay, picdds; Tedréw, 


65 


amodldwut, micOdy amo- 
Sldwue 3 — attention, 
mpoaéexw TOV vOUV. 

Peace, eipjvn. 

Peloponnesian, IleAo- 
TOVYNTLOS- 

Peltast, meAtacris. 

Penalty, ¢nula. 

People, Acés, &vOpwirot. 

Perceive, aic@dvoua. 

Perhaps, tows. 

Peril, be in —, Kwvdv- 
vev@. 

Perish, aréAAvpa. 

Perjure, — oneself, 
emopK ew. 

Permit, édw. 

Persian, Mepouxds; Mép- 
ons. 

Person, c@ua. 

Persuade, meldw. 

Phalanx, pdrayé. 

Phalinus, badrivos. 

Phrygia, bpvyia. 

Pisidian, Micidns. 

Pity, oixrelpw. 

Place, xwplov ; take —, 
ylyvoua; take one’s 
—, Kadlorapar; im 
this —, évrad0a; in 
— of, atl. 

Plain, redfov ; dros. 

Plan, BovaAt ; Bovaedo ; 
— harm, raxdy Bov- 
Aevw; lay plans, ém- 
Bovaetw. 

Pleasing, xaplecs. 

Pleasure, with —, tope- 
vos. 

Pledges, mord. 

Plethrum, rA¢Opov ; of 
@ —, wA€Opiaios. 

Plot, émriBovrAh; — 
against, émiBovrAevw ; 
— harm or evil, ka- 
Kov BovAevo. 


Proof 


Plunder, aprafw, avap- 
ad(w, Siapra cw. 

Point, — out, émidel- 
kvom.; at this —, év- 
Tavda. 

Polished, feords. 

Populous, oixovpevos. 

Portent, tépas. 

Position, get into —, 
CVVTATTOMAL. 

Possess, KéxTnmat. 

Possession, get —, Aap- 
Bavw. 

Possible, as... as —, 
ére or &s with the 


superlative. 

Post, take one’s —, 
TATTOMOL 

Power, in the — of, 
ert. 


Praise, éraivéw. 

Pray, edxoma. 

Precious, tiyos. 

Prefer, aipéoua. 

Present, dwpéouat, aS a 
gift;  mpoBdAropmat, 
present arms ; be —, 
mdperu,  maparylyvo- 
pau. 

Press, — hard, mé(w. 

Pretext, mpdpacts. 

Previous, or 
viously, mpdabev. 

Princely, in a — man- 
ner, mEeyadorpeTas. 

Prize, aOAop. 

Proceed, ropevoua, efe- 
advo. 


pre- 


Proclamation, make 
—, KnpuTTo. 

Procure, — supplies, 
éritriCouat. 


Produce, piw. 

Promise, or make a —, 
brio xveouat. 

Proof, uapripiov. 


Proper 


Proper, be —, 5e¢; — 
time, raipds. 

Property, xphuara. 

Propitious, tAcws. 

Prosperous, edvdaiuwr. 

Protection, érixotpnua. 

Prove, — to be, yiyvo- 
pa. 

Provide, mopi(w, fur- 
nish, supply; mapa- 
okevd oun, get ready, 
procure. 

Province, apx7. 

Provision-money, ot- 
TNpEeTLoV. 

Provisions, ra émrf- 
deta. 

Proxenus, IIpdtevos. 

Punish, Kord(w, check ; 
Timwpéouat, take ven- 
geance on. 

Punishment, injlict —, 
Kordd(w, check, pun- 
ish; Slenv émiriOnui, 
the more formal ex- 
pression. 

Purchase, dyopd¢w. 

Purpose, érivoéw. 

Pursue, didkw. 

Pursuit, diwtis; go in 
—, didkw. 

Push, — on, telvw. 

Put, avatidnu:; — to 
flight, eis puyhv tpé- 
rw; —to death, 0a- 
vatéw, &moxrelyw ; — 
to vote, émupnopi ta ; 
— out of the way, 
€xmod@v Tovéoma. 

Pylae, TvAa. 


Queen, BaciAea. 
Question, épwrdw. 
Quickly, taxv, tTaxéws. 


R. 


Raft, cxed{a. 

Raise, — up, aviornm ; 
— a shout, dvarpd lw ; 
— the war-cry, ada- 
Ad(w; — the paean, 
maidviCw. 

Rampart, avaBoaAt. 

Rank, rdéts. 

Ransom, Avouat. 

Ravage, Siaprd(w, Ka- 
K@S ToLéw. 

Ravine, xapddpa. 

Reach, ad¢ixvéouat. 

Ready, Erowmos. 

Rear, ovpa. 

Rear-guard, dmicBope- 
Aaég. 

Reason, for what —, ri. 

Receive, AauBdvw, take 
into one’s hand, take 
to oneself; Séxouat, 
take what is offered, 
accept. 

Reconcile, cataAAdtTw. 

Reflect, évétvuéoua. 

Refrain, aréxopuat. 

Refuge, take —, xara- 
pevyo. 

Refuse, of gnu. 

Regard, voul(w. 

Region, ré7os. 

Remain, pévw. 

Remit, droréurw. 

Report, dmayyéAdrw, 
étayyeAAw. 

Repulse, avacréAAw. 

Rescue, o¢ (w. 

Resolutely, creppés. 

Resolve, BovAevouat. 

Respect, with — to, 
mpds. 

Rest, dvamatoua; the 
—of, 6 Aowds; the 
—, of 4AAoL. 


Restore, wardryor “a 
Restrain, rear exes Se 
Retaliate, dyrimoito. 
Retreat, or beat a a 

pevyw. . 
Return, induce to —, 

amorr pep. 3 e 
Review, éféraots ; hold 





















a —, eéraow Tovo- 

Mau. : 
Revile, Aodopéw. a 
Revolt, aglorapyat az 
Reward, wicOds. s 


Rich, be —, maovréw; 
the —, of Xphparaae 
EXOVTES. ‘ 

Rid, be — of, drah 
AdTToma.. 

Ride, éAatvw; — past, 
mapeAavye ; 3 — away, 
amedatvw 5; — Up, 
mpocedavvw 5 — Sor- . 
ward, mpoedatyw. 

Right, Sfxa:os, mor- — 
ally ; defids, of direc- 
tion; on the —, ev 
Setia; give the — 4 
hand, Setiiv diSou. 

Rightly, dixalws, op- 
bas. 5 

Rise, avicrapat. 

River; rorapdés. 

Road, 65és. 

Rob, aparpéoucn. 

Robbery, Anorela. 

Robe, oronh. 

Rout, rpérw, eis ove 
TpéeTW. 

Ruler, Bpxwv. ; 

Run, tpéxw, the gen- q 
eral word; 0@éw, of 3 
bodies of men; — 
down, naradéw; — 
past, mapabée ; : — for- 
ward, mpoTrpexw. 

Rush, tewat 





Sack 


s. 


Sack, d:aprd(w. 

Sacred, iepds. 

Sacrifice, @vcla ; diw. 

Safe, acpadrs, the gen- 
eral word; c®os, 
alive and safe ; keep 
—, diag Cw. 

Safely, dopadras; ar- 
rive —, os Coua ; 
bring —, amocd (w. 

Safety, cwrnpia, deliv- 
erance;  dopddAeia, 
personal safety; in 
—, doparas; in the 
greatest —, doparé- 
oTaTa. 

Sail, — away, 4arro- 
mwAéw, ékTAdw3; — 
round, wepirréw. 

Sailor, vavTns. 

Same, 6 airtds. 

Sardis, Sdpdecs. 

Satrap, carpdrns. 

Satrapy, apx7. 

Satyr, Sdrupos. 

Save, o¢(w, diargd (w. 

Say, A¢ya, onul; said, 
_elmov. 

Scatter, diacmelpw. 

Scythe-bearing, 
maynpdpos. 

Sea, OdAarra. 

Season, dpa. 

See, dpdw ; — to, oxo- 
méw ; be seen, palvo-, 
pat. 

Seem, or — best, doxéw. 

Seer, udvtis. 

Seize, apmra¢w. 

Self, airds. 

Sell, amrodidoua. 

Send, wéurw, aromédu- 
rw; — for, 
TéeuTOUat; — 


dpe- 


peTa= 


back, 


67 


away, or home, aro- 

méumrw,  a&mooTEAAw ; 
— with, cupréura. 

Senseless, &ppwr. 

Separate, dmoomdw, 
diacmdw. 

Servant, oixérns. 

Serve, waparidnu. 

Service, be of —, wpe- 
Aéw. 

Serviceable, dios. 

Set, wapariOnus ; — on 
jire, evarrw, eumlu- 
mpnuc; — forth or 
out, dpudouat. 

Seuthes, Sev0ns. 

Seven, érrd; — hun- 
dred, érrakéci0. 

Severe, xademds. 

Severity, with —, isxv- 
pas. 

Shame, aicxivn. 

Share, give a —, meta- 
dS. 

Sheep, mpéBata. 

Shield, doris. 

Ship, vais. 

Shoot, tofevw. 

Short-sword, dkiva«ns. 

Should, de?. 

Shout, kpavyh ; Bodw ; 
raise @ —, dvarpa cw. 

Show, ¢galyw, make to 
be seen; delkvixt, 
er idelevipt, point 
out ; diddokw, inform, 
teach. 

Shut, — off, droxAclw ; 
— up, karakrelw. 

Side, by the — of, 
napd; on both sides, 
dupotéepwhev. 

Sight, out of —, apa- 
vis; in —, Karapa- 
vhs; in the — of, 
mpds. 


Sooner 


Signal, or give the —, 
onuatyw. 

Silver, dpyvpiov ; — or 
of —, apytpeos. 

Since, éel, émére. 

Sincere, amAdos. 

Sink, — down, kata- 
Siw. 

Sit, «dOnua. 

Situated, be —, oiéo- 
Mau. 

Six, €; — hundred, 
éfaxdoior; — thou- 
sand, é€axixtAtoe. 

Slander, d:aBdrAAw. 

Slaughter, «érrw. 

Slave, be @ —, dov- 
Aetw. 

Slay, dmoxrelyw; be 
slain, &mobvifoKw. 
Sleep, #rvos; rabevdw. 
Sling, cpevddvn ; use a 
—, spevdovdw ; make 
a —, oevddynv 

TwAEKW. 

Slinger, spevdovqrns. 

Slowly, oxoAf, Bpa- 
déws. 

Small, puixpds. 

Snow, xidv. 

So, ofrws, of manner ; 
57, inferential; — 
that, or — as to, 
ote; be —, ovTws 
exw. 

Socrates, Swxpdrns. 

Soldier, orpatidrns ; 
light-armed —, yup- 
vis. 

Some, tls; somebody 
or something, rhs, TI. 

Sometimes, évfore. 

Son, vids, mais. 

Soon, trax’; just as — 
as, ered) TAXLOTAO. 

Sooner, mpécdev. 


Sort 
Sort, what —, motos, 
oios; of every —, 


mavtodamés ; of all 
sorts, waytoitos. 
Sound, 0éyyouat. 
Source, rnyf. 
Spartan, Srapridrns. 
Speak, Acyw; — the 
truth, adrnbedvw. 
Spear, Adyxn, Sdpv. 
Speed, at full —, ava 
kpatos; with all pos- 
sible —, as Tax.oTa. 
Spring, xpjvn. 
Square, mAaicuov. 
Stade, or stadium, ord- 
diov. 
Stage, craduds. 
Stand, forapuar, €ornka; 
— round, repitocra- 
bar; — Up, davlora- 
Mat. 
State, Aéyw; mdrus. 
Station, craduos. 
Stay, weve. 
Steal, crérrw. 
Stern, arvyvds. 
Still, éru. 
Stone, Aidos; BdAAw. 
Stop, rabw, dvaravouat; 
— fighting, natadrdw. 
Straggle, creddvyvuuat. 
Straightway, eidus. 
Stride, Bua. 
Strike, walw, xpovw. 
Strongly, icxipas. 
Stronghold, xwplor, 
xwplov iaxipdr. 
Struggle, aydv. 
Success, have —, edrv- 
XW. 
Successfully, radrGs. 
Suffer, mdcoxw; — 
harm, kakas rdoxo ; 
— death, amodvifcxw. 
Summit, &pov. 


ee > a ee ee ee 2 ee 


68 
Summon, kadréw, call ; 
auykaréw, call to- 


gether, assemble ; we- 
Tameutoua, send for 
with authority. 

Sun, faAvos. 


Superior, be —, mepryl- 


YvOMat. 

Supper-time, 
ards. 

Supplies, dyad, otros ; 
collect or procure —, 


doprn- 


emigit Comat. 
Support, tpédw, dia- 
Tpepw. 


Surprise, caraAapBdvo. 

Surprising, @avuacrds. 

Surrender, tapadtéwm. 

Surround, repéxw. 

Suspect, bromredw. 

Suspicion, droid. 

Sweet, 7dus. 

Swiftly, tax. 

Sword, or short —, 
aKivarns. 


Syria, Supla. 


he 


Table, tpame(a. 

Table-companion, ovy- 
TpdameCos. 

Take, AauBévw; — 
place, ylyvouar; — 
the field or — part 
in an expedition, 
oTparevouat ; —one’s 
post, rdrtroua; — 
one’s place, xalora- 
par; —carevf, Oepa- 
mevw ; — care of in 
return, dyvTemrimedéo- 
pac; be taken, aal- 
okKoma. 

Talent, rdAavrov. 

Tall, uaxpés. 


Thessalian 


















Tamos, Tauds. 
Targeteer, medraarhs. 
Taste, yevoua. — 


Teach, d:ddoKw. a 
Teacher, dibdoen Xora 
Team, (eiyos. = 
Tell, Aéyw; told, clror. 
Temple, ves. ie 
Ten, deka. 5 a thous 
sand, popu. = 
Tender, araAds. - 
Tent, oxnvt. . & 
Terms, in the follow- 
ing —, Todde. % 
Terrible, goBepés. 
Terrify, ap 
Territory, xa. 
Than, 4. ‘s 
Thapsacus, @dparos. 
That, é7r4; ta, as, 
Smrws; ph; so —, | 
Hore. “- 
The, 6, 4, 76. 4 
Their, often by the — 
article; sometimes — 
avTav, éxelvwy. a 
Them, oblique cases: 
of airdsin plur, 
Themselves, éavrav, 
reflex.; adrof, in-— 
tens. ; 
middle voice. 
Then, rére, of time; 
5, ob”, inferentige’ 
évOa, thereupon ; mow 
and —, tarore kal 
&AAoTe. er 
Thence, évredbev. i= 
There, évrad0a, éxel; 
when merely exple-— 
tive, it is not to be 
translated. 4 
Therefore, ovr. a 
Thereupon, évrav@a, 
évrava 5h, evOa. 
Thessalian, @erradds. 4 





They 


They, generally omit- 
ted ; occasionally oé- 
TOL, CKELVOL. 


Thickly-grown, Sacvs. 


‘Thief, Kady. 


Think, vopl(w,  be- 
lieve; Soxéw, sup- 
pose; sometimes ol- 
pou, esp. when used 
parenthetically. 

Third, rp{ros. 

Thirteen, tpirkaldexa. 

Thirty, tpidkovta. 

This, ottos, d5e. 

Thousand, xzA:o; ten 
—, upto. 

Thrace, Opd¢kn. 

Thracian, @pzé. 

Three, rpeis; — hun- 
dred, tpiaxdoior; — 
thousand, Tpioxtatoc. 

Through, 5:d. 

Throw, firrw; — 4, 
BddAAw. 

Thus, ofrws, ade. 

Thymbrium, OvpSpior. 

Tigris, Tiypns. 

Timbers, {vAa. 

Time, xpdvos, the gen- 
eral word; &pa, sea- 
son, hour ,; proper —, 
kapés; — of full 
market, a&yopa mAh- 
Oovoa; at that —, 
réte; each —, éxd- 
arore; the third —, 
To TplTov. 

Tissaphernes, 
péepvns. 

To, cis, eri, wapd, mpéds, 
QS. 

Too, kal. 

Touch, @rtoua. 

Tower, ripyos. 

Town, torv. 

Track, txvos. 


‘ 


Twoa- 





69 


Traduce, d:aBddArw. 

Traitor, mpoddrns. 

Treason, mpodocia. 

Treasure, Onoavpds. 

Tree, dévdpov. 

Trench, rdpos. 

Trial, xpiovs. 

Tribute, dacpyds. 

Trireme, rp:npns. 

Troops, orpatid, dv- 
Vals, OT PAT EULA 5 
heavy-armed —, 6- 
mrira ; light-armed 
—, yumvAtes. 

Trouble, mpa@ypara ; Ta- 
part. 

Truce, crovdal. 

True, aandjs. 

Truly, 57. 

Trumpet, odamvyé. 

Trumpeter, cadmyxrtis. 

Trust, MOT EVO. 

Truth, speak the —, 
dAndevw. 

Try, meipdoua. 

Tumult, tdpaxos. 

Turn, otpépw, TpEeTw. 

Twenty, efkoot. 

Twice, dis. 

Two, 5vo ; — thousand, 
Sit XTALOL. 

Tyrant, tépavvos. 


U. 
Undergo, — hardship, 


Tove. 
Underneath, be —, 
Bree. 
Uninhabited, gpyuos. 
Unjust, dirs. 
Unless = if not. 
Unprotected, yirds. 
Until, pwéxpt, fore, ews, 
amply. 
Up, — country, ave. 





War-cry 


Upon, éxi; be —, rer 
[Me c 

Uproar, @dpuBos, Kpav~ 
yi 

Urge, xededw, bid ; ma~ 
paxeActouar, exhort, 


encourage. 

Urgent, be —, orevdw. 

Use, or make — of, 
xXpdomat. 


Useful, xpioipos. 


Ws 


Valiant, &%AKipos. 

Valour, dpern. 

Van, ordua. 

Venison, xpéa éAdgera. 

Very, mavu. 

Vicious, rovnpds. 

Victorious, be —, vi- 
Kaw. 

Vigorously, ioxipas. 

Village, «dun; —chief, 
KwmuapXnNs- 

Vine, aumedos. 

Virtue, dapern. 

Visible, pavepds, kaTa- 
pavns. 

Voice, pwr. 

Voyage, mAdos; — 
home, &mémdoos. 


W. 


Wagon, duata; wagon- 
road, apagirds. 

Wait, mepymévw; — 
for, Sropéva. 

Wall, retxos; build a 
—, Teixl(w. 

War, awéAeuos; — OF 
make — or carry on 
—, TorAcHew. 

War-cry, raise the —, 
drAard lw. 


Waste 


Waste, diatpiBw; lay 
—, pbelpw. 

Watchword, ctvOnua. 

Water, ddwp. 

Way, 656s; give —, 
éxkAtyw ; in this —, 

out of the 
—, éxrodéy. 

Wear, exw. 

Weep, krdw, wail ; sa- 
kpuw, shed tears. 

Welcome, domd (oma. 

“Well, cd; dard; do — 
by, eb rogw ; it is—, 
KaA@s exe. 

Well-disposed, etvoos ; 
be —, ebvoixds exw. 

Wet, Bpéxw; get —, 
Bpéxomat. 

What, tis, 8s, 8oris; 
— sort, motos. 

Whatever, go7is, dos, 
érdoos. 


oUTws ; 


When, ezel, éeidt, 
nvika, bre. 

Whence, rdéev. 

Whenever, érdre, 
ered. 


Where, é@v0a, brn, od. 
Wherefore, écre. 
Wherever, ézov. 
Whether, «i. 

Which, és. 
Whichever, ézérepos. 
Whip, udorié. 


10 


White, in — cuirass, 
Aevxobapaé. 

Whither, zoi. 

Who, ris, ds. 

Whole, éros. 

Whosoever, és. 

Why, ti. 

Width, cdpos. 

Wife, yur}. 

Wild, &ypios ; — ani- 
mal, @nptov. 

Willing, be —, é0érw, 
BovrAoman. 

Willingly, éxév. 

Wind, tvepos. 

Wine, ofvos. 

Wing, xépas, of an 
army; mrepvt, of a 
bird; on the right 
—, émi re dekig. 

Wise, codds. 

Wish, BovAoun, with 
the idea of will; é6¢- 
Aw, be willing, be 
ready, but the dis- 
tinction between the 
two words often 
breaks down. 


With, ctv, werd, apd, 


amd, éxwv; — the 
help of, ctv; those 
—, of augl. 
Withdraw, drocrdw, 
dvaxwpéw, amroxwpéew, 
aradAdTrouat. 


Yourself — 


Within, évdov; — al 
night, THs vurrds. = 
Wonder, @davud(w. 
Wonderful, davpacrds. 
Word, Adyos ; bring 
back —, &maryyéAAw. : 
Work, earn by hard 
—, Tovéw. 
Worsted, be —, sone 3 
Mat. : 
Worthy, dios. 
Wound, TITPOCKW. 
Write, ypddw. 
Wrong, or be in the—, — 
G5ixéw, OF Bios yl- 
yvomat ; eroug cote 4 
6 &diKav. -. 















ta 
Xenias, Zevids. a 
Xenophon, Zevopav. 
Xerxes, Héptns. 


a 
Year, @ros. 
Yet, not —, 
hwo. 
Yield, ip*euas. 
You, ov. 
Young, véos ; — man, 
veavlds. 
Your, vuérepos; often 
by the article or cov. — 
Yourself, ceavrod, re- 
flex. ; abrés, intens. 


otrw, — 





INDEXES. 


GREEK INDEX. 
Il, ENGLISH INDEX. 





In these Indexes the references are generally made to sections. . 


Occasional references to pages are preceded by the letter p. The superior 
numeral there refers to the note at the bottom of the page. 

For the principal parts and peculiarities in formation of important 
verbs, and in general for words not found in the Greek Index, consult 
the references under the same verbs and words in the preceding Greek- 
English Vocabulary. 





eG 





: 


INDEXES. 


I. GREEK INDEX. 


A 5; 7-ll; aa augmented 76; a 

lengthened to a 233, to » or a 
254 b, 481, to 7 492, toa or 7 521b; 
in contraction 241; changed to o 
419 a; for € 505. 

-a- tense-suffix 519. 

a- or av- privative 424 a (p. 514) ; 
copulative 424 b. 


_ q improp. diphthong 12-14. 
dyads decl. 144; comp. 469, 1. 


é&yo pf. mid. system 684. 

dyav decl. 286. 

-afw denominative vbs. in 417. 

at diphthong 12, 14; short in accen- 
tuation 28; augmented p. 77’. 

-aivw denominative vbs. in 417. 

até decl. 214. 

alsxpdés comp. 448. 

éAnOAs decl. 341. 

dv, see Greek-Eng. Vocab. 

&v for édv p. 901. 

av- privative, see a- privative. 

&vOpwrros decl. 79. 

-av°/.- tense-suffix 625, 626. 

ddéos decl. 191. 

-ac- stems of cons.-decl. in 316. 

dor decl. 358. 

av diphthong 12-14. 

-aw denominative vbs. in 417. 
Contraction. 


See 


B 5; 7; 112, 114; euphonic changes, 
see Labials; aspirated in second 
pf. system 522. é 

Batve 646, 1; second pf. of -w form 
660, 1. 

Bacireds decl. 388 ; used without 
art. p. 144°. 


Botdet or Botdeo Oe w. interr. subjv. 785. 

















T 5; 7; 112-114; euphonic changes, 
see Palatals; aspirated in second 
pf. system 522. 

yaornp 289. 

yyp changed to yu 550 a. 

yépov decl. 230. 

yépupa decl. 70. 

yi decl. 178. 

yiyvopat 606, 1; copulative vb. 711a, 
715; w. gen. of source Pp. 188! ; 
w. dat, 770. 


A 6: 7; 112,114; euphonic changes, 
see Linguals. 

Satpov decl. 286. 

Se(xvopr 650, 651, 692; w. part. 839. 

Séopar w. gen. 749; w. gen. and acc. 
p. 1802. 

SAdos decl. 144; dHdds elms W. part. 
839 b. 

SyAdw inflexion, ind. 245, subjv. 
283, opt. 310, imy. 3365, inf. 347, 
part. 366, 377. 

SiSwpr 639, 647, 2, 690, 694. 

Sidpvé decl. 214. 

Soxet generally used per. 837. 

Sdéa decl. 70. 

Siw, see ESvv. 

Sdpov decl. 79. 


E 5; 7-11; augmented 76, p. 838; 
as variable vowel 153; lengthened 
to e 233, 481; in contraction 241; 
lengthened to 7 254 b; changed to 
a 505, 552 a, 588 a; changed to o 
521 a; added to theme 605. 


ae a 
| Aa ace = 
74 GREEK INDEX. er “- 
-e- tense-suffix 587. jpt- inseparable prefix 424d. ‘ 
€ pron, 511, 515. -no°/.- tense-suffix 588. 3 
éSuv 650, 696. nv diphthong 12-14; augmented — 


e. diphthong 12-14; augment of p. 
771; as augment p. 838, 

-elas, -ete, -evav in aor. opt. act. 297 c. 

ele, eb yap in wishes 787 a. 

elyl pres. and impf. ind. 183-185, 
188, fut. mid. and pres. subjv. 269, 
opt. 298, imv. 323, inf. 346, part. 
365, complete 700, 664, 2; as cop- 
ula 7lla, 715; w. pred. gen. 744 ; 
w. dat. of possessor 770. 

elut 701, 664, 3; pres. as fut. p. 2744. 

éxov decl. 262. 

édmls decl. 230. 

-ev inf. ending 345 a. 

-€°/.. tense-suffix 473. 

-€s- syncopated stems in 289-291. 

-eo- stems of cons.-decl. in 316, 340, 
406, 408, 411. 

-eorepos, -eoratos 447. 

éorl accented gore 188; w. v- mov- 
able p. 421; omitted p. 2242. 

ev diphthong 12-14; augment 76, 

/ p, 2924. 

evSalpov decl. 338; comp. 447 a. 

edvoos comp. 447 b; w. dat. 772. 

-evw denominative vbs. in 417. 

-ea denominative vbs. in 417; con- 
traction of dissyllabic vbs. in p. 
1072, See Contraction. 

éws acc. of 171. 


os. 73 112, 115. 

{a4 contract forms of p. 139%. 

-{o forms of some verbs in w. 
themes ending in 6 104, 125, 206, 
227. 


H 5; 7-11; in contraction 241; as 
variable vowel in subjv. 268 a, 
276 b; for a and e, see A and E. 

4 improp. diphthorig 12-14. 

Hdtwv decl. 449. 

nd%s decl. 382; comp. 448. 





form of ev 76, but see p. 2324, 4 


© 5; 7; 115, 114; euphonic changes, a 

see Linguals, a 
O@dAarra decl. 70. Cae 
-Qe- tense-suffix 226 a, 252 f. 
-Oy0°/.. tense-suffix 226 b, 252 f. 


I 5; 7-11; subscript 12; augmented — 
76; euphonse changes of in vbs. 
of fourth class 464, 465, 475-478 ; 
lengthened to ¢ 233, 477, 481; in 
contraction 241; lengthened to a 
492, to o 521c; in reduplica~ 
ain of theme in pres. 606, 632, . 
642. 5 

-- stems in of cons.-decl. 358. - 2 F 

-t- mood-suffix in opt. 297 a, 307 b, ‘a 
310 a, 635 h. m 

-le- and -ty- as mood-suffix in opt. 
297 a, 307 b, 310 a, 635 h. 

-t{ denominative vbs. in 417; fut. 
of p. 1692, a 

tva final particle w. subjv. and opt. 
278, 302. “= 

-1o/,. tense-suffix 464, 465, 475-478. 

“Ke /-- tense-suffix 642. a 
lornpt 645, 647, 6, 691, 695, 659, 697. 

-toTos sup. in 448, 449. 

tx@ts decl. 358. SS 

-lwv, -trros comp. and sup. in 448. 

K 5; 7; 112,114; euphonicchanges, 
see Palatals; aspirated insecond 
pf. system 522. a 

-xa- tense-suffix 160, 166, 252 d. 

kdveov decl. 180. 

KAoy decl. 214. 

Kpéas decl. 316. 

Kkoun decl. 51. 


A 5;7; 112,118; euphonic changes 
475, 











hayds ace. of 171. 

Aelarw 609, 1; second aor. system 680; 
second pf. system 681 ; pf. mid. 
system 683. 

Aiphy decl. 286. 

Adyos decl. 79. 

ho inflexion, pres. ind. act. 65, 
impf. ind. act. 74, fut. and first 
aor. ind act. 102, first pf. and plpf. 

ind. act. 118, analysis of primary 
tenses of in ind. 151-160, of sec- 
ondary tenses of 163-166, pres. 
impf. and fut. ind. mid. 200, first 
aor., pf., plpf., fut. pf. ind. mid. 
204, ind. pass. 226, subjv. act. 268, 
subjv. mid. and pass. 276, opt. act. 
297, opt. mid. and pass. 307, imv. 
act. 323, imy. mid. and pass. 332, 
inf. 345, part. act. 363, vw» decl. 
262, dtcds, heAvKds, decl. 364, part. 
mid. and pass. 375, dvOels decl. 
376, pres. system 672, fut. system 
673, first aor. system, 674, first 
pf. system 675, pf. mid. system 
676, first pass. system 677, prin- 
cipal parts 442. ) 


M 56; 7; 112, 113. 

-pevo- part. ending 376 b. 

péoros w. art. p. 141°. 

ph, not, w. subjv. in exhortations 
271; w. subjv. in prot. 273, in 
final clauses 278, after verbs of 
fearing 280; w. opt. in prot. 300, 
in final clauses 302, after verbs of 
fearing 304; w. imv. and subjv. 
in prohibitions 327; w. subjv. in 
questions of appeal 785; w. opt. 
in wishes 787 a; w. fut. ind. in 
obj. clause 792; in all protases 
797a; in all cond. rel. clauses 
812b; w. inf. in consecutive 
clauses 824 a; irregularly w. inf. 
and part. in indir. discourse 840. 
See also Greek-Eng. Vocab. 

phy decl. 286. 


GREEK INDEX. 






T5 


-pt pers.-ending in first pers. sing. 


156; in opt. 297 b; verbs in 632, 
633. 


pixpds decl. 144; comp. 469, 5. 


ppp changed to yy 548 a. 
pva decl. 178. 


WN 5; 7; 112, 113; movable p. 421; 
can stand at end of a word 282; 
euphonic changes before labials 
and palatals p. 45%, p. 1602, 506 ; 
before another liquid p. 167°; 
before o 287 (p. 594); v7, v5, v0 
dropped before o 233 ; dropped 
in some liquid themes 506, 562 ; 
changed to o in liquid themes 
before -at, -ueba, and ~pevos 562 ; 
in pres. tense-suffix of vbs. of fifth 
class 623-627. 

-v- adj. stems in of cons.-decl. 338. 

-vav inf. ending 345 a. 

v8 dropped before o 233. 

veavias decl. 107. 

-veo/.. tense-suffix 627. 

vacos decl. 79. 

v@ dropped before o 233. 

-v?/. tense-suffix 624. 

vr dropped before o 233. 

-vr- adj. stems in 259-261; part. 
ending 364 a. 

-vv- tense-suffix 651. 

vvé decl. 230. 


5; 7; 112, 115; can stand at end 
of a word 282. 


O 5; 7-11; augmented 76; as vari- 
able vowel 153; lengthened to ov 
233; in contraction 241 ; length- 
ened to w 254b; at end of first 
part of compound words 419acd; 
for e in second pf. system 521 a. 

6, 4, 76, see Article. 

686s decl. 79. 

-o/,. tense-suffix 595, 252 a, 440, 492, 

490. 


76 


ou diphthong 12-14; short in accent-|P 5; 7; 112,118; can stand at enc > 


uation 28 ; augmented p. 77!; for 
ec in second pf. system 521 c. 

ot pron. 511, 515. 

oAtyos comp. 469, 6. 

dvopa decl. 236. 

omére causal 781. 

6tws as final particle 278, 302; in 
Obj. clauses w. fut. ind. 792. 

dpvis decl. 230. 

dpos decl. 316. 

-oT- part. ending 364 a. 

ote causal 781. 

ore causal 781; 
tions 830. 

ov diphthong 12-14; by lengthening 
o 233. 

od, ovdk, odx, nol, p. 152; accented 
p. 142%; in all apodoses 273, 300, 
797 a; in neg. clauses after verbs 
of fearing 280, 304; in causal 
clauses 781; in rel. clauses of 
result 819; w. ind. in consecutive 
clauses 824 a; regularly w. inf. 
and part. in indir. discourse 840. 
See also Greek-Eng. Vocab. 

od py W. fut. ind. or subjv. as strong 
fut. 786. 

-ow denominative vbs. in 417. 
Contraction. 


in indirect quota- 


See 


II 5; 7; 112, 114; euphonic changes, 
see Labials; aspirated in second 
pf. system 522. 

mats, voc. mat, gen. dual and pl. 
mwatdouw, maldwy, p. 732. 

aelOm pf. mid. system 685. 

aetpa decl. 70. 

meXTacThs decl. 107. 

mept not elided p. 848, 

Tlépons decl. 107. 

ahxvs decl. 358. 

mAnpys decl. 341. 

modus decl. 358. 

moXtrns decl. 107. 

apo not elided p. 2511, 


eel tS ea Dal 


GREEK INDEX. a 


















of a word 232 + ; initial p doubled™ 
Pp. 1662, 

pawv, pdoros 469, 8. 

pyTwp decl. 286. 


= 5; 7; 112, 113; after mutes 215, — 
231; can stand at end of a word © 
232; v before o 287 (p. 594); yand 
a lingual before ¢ 233;¢ dropped 
in stems in -o- before all case- — 


_ endings 316b; dropped alsointhe — 


verbal pers.-endings -cas and -co 
200 b, 204a, 276d, 307 c, 8382a; 
added to some vowel themes 441 4 
ab, 534; rejected in first aor. sys- a 
tem of fiquid verbs 481; dropped "— 
in @yw 491c; dropped between two 
consonants 549 ; linguals changed 
to o before pu or another lingual- 
551. - 
-oa- tense-suffix 165, 252 ¢c, 481. & 
-cat, -co in second pers. sing. 200b, a 
204 a, 276 d, 307 c, 382 a. . 
XevOns decl. 107. 
-c8ai inf. ending 345 a. 
oKerrtéov W. Obj. clause 792. 
-ok°/.- tense-suffix 642. 
-o°/.. tense-suffix 159, 252 b, 204 c. } 
oré\dw pf. mid. system 686; second 
pass. system 688. es 
orparia decl. 51. 
Zokparys decl. 316. 
cdma decl. 236. - 


T 5; 7; 112, 114; euphonic changes, _ 
see Linguals. ; 

-raros sup. in 446, 

TreXém pf. mid. system 682. 

-Teos, -Teov, verbal adjs. in 581-584 

répas decl. 236. 

-Tepos comp. in 446, 

TlOnpr 636, 647, 1, 689, 693. _ 

Tina inflexion, ind. 245, subjv. 283, 
opt. 310, imy. 335, inf. 347, part. 
366, 367, 377, 


GREEK INDEX. 


Tint decl. 5. 
-r° /.. tense-suffix 460. 
Tpétrov adv. acc. 734. 


Y 5; 7-11; augmented 76; length- 
ened to v 233, 477, 481; dropped 
478 a, 492 a; lengthened to ev 492. 

-v- stems in of cons.-decl. 358, 382. 

vt diphthong 12-14. 

vids omitted after art. p. 316’. 

-vvw denominative vbs. in 417. 


&@ 5; 7; 112, 114; euphonic changes, 
see Labials. 

gaive fut. system 678 ; first aor. 
system 679; pf. mid. system 687. 

$dé inflexion, ind. 245, subjv. 283, 
opt. 310, imv. 335, inf. 347, part. 
366, 367, 377. : 

didtos decl. 144. 

dpéap decl. 236. 

vAag decl. 214. 


T7 


X 5; 7; 112, 114; euphonic changes, 
see Palatals. 

XdrAvyf decl. 214. 

xaples decl. 260. 

xadpis decl. 230. 

Xpuaeos decl. 191. 

x4pa decl. 51. 


WY 5; 7; 112, 115; can stand at end 
of a word 282. 


Q 5; 7-11; in contraction 241 ; 
by lengthening o 254 b; as vari- 
able vowel in subjv. 268 a, 276 b. 

-w- in Attic second decl. 169. 

-w verbs in 634. 

» improp. diphthong 12-14 ; by aug- 
menting o- p. 771. 

-»/,. as variable vowel in subjy. 
268 a, 276 b. 

-ws substs. and adjs. in 169-171; in 
gen. sing, 358, 388. 


> Paes os ey ae Ss, 
of * ae bag tos» ea.4, 


mat q 


Il. ENGLISH INDEX. 


Abundance adjs. exp. 415. 

Abuse vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 

Accent 23-39 ; recessive 32; of pro- 
clitics 87, 186 c; of enclitics 38, 
186, 187; in contraction 180 bc, 
191 ac, 242, 243; of substs. and 
adjs. 44, 45, 52, 146, 170 a, 216, 
338 c; of verbs 62, 185, 188, p. 
837, 297 d, 345c, 364 c, 376 b, 
490 a, 519 a. 

Accusative case 42, 43; sing. and 
pl. of cons.-decl. 2138, 2, 4, 5; con- 
tracted acc. and nom. pl. alike in 
cons.-decl. 341 a, 358 a, 382 b, 449. 
Syntax: 95-97; 350; 354; 355; 
p. 2162; 731 (p. 10°); 732 (p. 1221); 
733 (p. 1158) ; 734 (p. 708) ; 735 (p. 
632) ; 736 (p. 1944); 737 (p. 1002, 
p. 1801) ; 738 (p. 942); 739 (p. 908). 

Accuse vbs. sig. w. gen. 755. 

Acknowledge vbs. sig. w. part. 839 b. 

Acquit vbs. sig. w. gen. 755. 

Action suffixes denoting 405. 

Active voice 58. 

Acute accent 23, 27, 29-31, 33; of 
oxytone changed to grave 34. 

Adjectives inflexion 87, 144-147, 191, 
258-262, 338-341, 382, 385; for- 
mation 411-416 ; comparison 445- 
449, 469; verbal in -ros and -reos 
581-584; attrib. and pred. 710 


(56 Rem.); w. apparent force of |: 


ady. p. 3085; agreement with 
substs. 88 b, 717; used as substs. 


Advantage dat. of 769 (p. 25*). 

Adverbial acc. 734 (p. 708). 

Adverbs used attrib. p. 231; formed 
from adjs. 484; comparison 484 c; 
numeral 496 ; w. gen. 761 (p. 28}, 
p. 917); w. dat. 772, 773. 

Advise vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 

Affection vbs. exp. w. gen. 756. 

Affinity of words 131-137 431-434, 

Agent gen. of 223, dat. of 224; substs. 


denoting 404; w. verbals in -reos - 


and -reov 583, 584. 

Agreement of verb w. subj. 714, 90, 
p. 2327; of pred. w. subj. 715; of- 
adj. etc. w. subst. 88 b, 717. 

Aim at vbs. sig. w. gen. 746. 

Alphabet 5. 

Anger vbs. exp. w. gen. 756 ; w. dat. 
768 a. 

Antecedent, see Relative; def. and 
indef. 812 a. 

Antepenult 19. 

Aorist 60, 61, see bw ; first aor. sys- 
tem 252 c, 436 ; of mute verbs 457- 
459; of liquid verbs 481; second 
aor. system 437, 438, 489, 490; in 
-ut verbs 632, 635; first pass. sys- 
tem 252 f, 574-578; second pass. 
system 587, 688. 
101, dependent moods 265-267, 
355, part. 372, 860a; aor. tense 
unchanged in indir. discourse 354, 
828, 830-832, 839, 845; iterative 
aor. 805. 


718; w. dat. 772, 773; verbal w. | Apodosis 272; neg. od 797 a (273, 


gen. 760 (p. 211, p. 912, p. 10411, 
p. 1262, p. 126%); w. inf. 850. 
Admire vbs. sig. w. gen. 756. 
78 


300) ; various forms of 814. 
Apostrophe (in elision) 21. 
Appear vbs. sig. w. part. 839 b. 





Syntax: ind. © 








Ne 








ENGLISH INDEX. . 7 79 


Appoint vbs. sig. w. two accs. 739 
(p. 90°). 

Apposition 716 (p. 25°). 

Article definite declined 53, 88 ; pro- 
clitic in some forms 88 a ; w. prop. 
names p. 232; w. dems. 174, 539 
end ; omitted p. 144%; in posses- 
sive sense 531 d (p. 23%); agreement 
w. substs. 717 (p. 10%) ; position w. 
attrib. adj. 719, w. pred. adj. 720; 

ow. inf. 852, 853. 

Ashamed vbs. sig. w. part. 859 a. 

Ask vbs. sig. w. two accs. 737 (p. 
1002). 

Aspiration transfer of p. 162!; of 
final mute of theme in second pf. 
§22. 

Assimilation, see Relative. 

Assist vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 

Association words of w. dat. 773 
(p. 831°), 

’ Attain vbs. sig. w. gen. 746. 

Attic second decl. 169-171; fut. p. 
1692; reduplication p. 209}. 

Attributive prepositional phrases and 
advs. p. 231; adj. 710 (56 Rem.) ; 
position of art. w. 719; gen. 743; 
partic. 857. 

Augment 75, 76, 128, p. 77}, p. 838, 
p. 2324, 


213. Syntax, see Nominative, 
Genitive, etc. 

Causal sents. w. ind. 781. 

Cause exp. by gen. 756; by dat. 775 
(p. 1418, p. 2211); by part. 379 ; 
by rel. clause 820. 

Cease vbs. sig. w. gen. 753; w. part. 
859 a. 

Choose vbs. sig. w. two accs. 739. 

Circumflex accent 23-25, 29, 31, 35 

Circumstantial part. 379, 857. 

Claim vbs. sig. w. gen. 746. 

Classes of verbs 440a, 594, 655; 
I. 440, 595-600, 603-606 ; II. 492, 
493, 609, 610; III. 460, 461, 613; 
IV. 464466, 474-478, 616-620 ; 
V. 623-627, 651; VI. 642; VII. 
647; VIII. 655, 656. 

Clothe vbs. sig. w. two accs. 787. 

Cognate mutes 114a; words 433 ; 
acc. 732 (p. 122}). 

Commands, etc., 271, 325, 327. 

Comparative degree 445-449 ; w. gen. 

451, p. 1791, 763; w. dat. 776 (p. 

1715). 

Comparison of adjs. 445-449 ; irreg- 
ular 469; of advs. 484 c. 

Complex sent. 844 ; dependent verbs 
of in indir. quot. 845. 

Compound verbs 127, p. 848, 422 ; 

augment and reduplication of 128, 


















Barytone 36. p. 2511; accent of p. 837; w. gen. 
Begin vbs. sig. w. gen. 746; w. part.| 757 (p. 1074) ; w. dat. 774 (p. 31%, 
859 a. 


p. 1188); compound words 136, 
396, 418-480; forms 207, 276 e, 
307d; indirect compounds 422 ; 
compound negs. p. 2022. 

Conceal vbs. sig. w. two accs. 737 
(p. 180). 

Concession exp. by part. 379. 
Conclusion, see Apodosis. 

Condemn vbs. sig. w. gen. 755. 
Conditional sents., first class 797, 
803, 804, second 798, third 273, 
fourth 300; summary of 814. See 
Apodosis, Protasis. Cond. rel, 


Belonging to adjs. sig. 412. 
Benefit vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 
Black-face letter p. 40°, p. 155!. 
Blame vbs. exp. w. dat. 768 a. 
Borrowed words p. 405, 482. 
Breathings 15-17. 


Call vbs. sig. w. two accs. 739 (p. 
908). 

Cardinal numerals 496, 497. 

Care for vbs. sig. w. gen. 747. 

Cases 42, 43; case-endings 47, 212, 


at en cl cl 


ns aes Start 


i 


80 


clauses 812 bc; four classes of 
813, 814. 

Consonants classification of 112-115; 
final 232; see the various letters 
in the Greek-Eng. Index.  Con- 
sonant-Declension, see Declension. 

Continue vbs. sig. w. part. 859 a. 

Contraction rules of 241-245; in 
vowel-decl. 177-180, 191; in cons.- 
decl. 316, 341, 358, 382, 388, 449; 
in verbs in -aw, -ew, -ow, ind. 241- 
246, subjv. 283, opt. 310, imv. 335, 
inf. 347, part. 366, 367. 

Convict vbs. sig. w. gen. 755. 

Co-ordinate mutes 114 a. 

Copulative verbs 711 a. 

Coronis p. 554. 

Crasis p. 554. 

Crime exp. by gen. 755 (p. 1:03). 


Dative case 42, 48. Syntax: 94, 97; 
224; 583, 584; 767 (p. 257); 768 
(p. 841) ; 769 (p. 254) ; 770 (p. 21?) ; 
771 (p. 188°); 772; 773 (p. 1154, 
p. 831°) ; 774 (p. 318, p. 1188) ; 775 
(p: 141, p. 2214, p..255, p, 1267, 
p. 475) ; 776 (p. 1715) ; 777 (p. 454) ; 
853. 

Declension 46 ; substs. of first or A- 
decl. 48-52, 69, 70, 107-109, of 
second or O-decl. 79-82, 169-171; 
contract substs. of vowel-decl. 
177-180, adjs. of vowel decl. 87, 
144-147, 191; substs. and adjs. of 
third or cons.-decl. 210-218, 230- 
238, 258-262, 286-292, 316-318, 
338-342, 358-360, 382, 383, 388- 
390, 449 : irregular adjs. 385 ; par- 
ticiples 262, 363.a, 364, 367, 375a, 
376, 636 d, 639d, 645f, 650d, 659 b. 
See Article, Pronouns, Numerals. 

Defend vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 

Degree of difference dat. of 776 (p. 
171°), 

Demand vbs. sig. w. two accs. 737 
(p. 1007). 


ENGLISH INDEX. 


Demonstrative prons. 172-174, 539- ; 

542, “ 

Denominatives 397 ; substs. 404, 408, 
409; adjs. 412; verbs. 417. ~~ 

Devendert olauseat in indir. discourse 
845, 846. 

Deponent verbs 255. j 

Deprive vbs. sig. w. two aces. 737. 

Desire vbs. sig. w. gen. 747. 

Determinative compounds 429, 

Diaeresis mark of (“) p. 10512, 

Differ vbs. sig. w. gen. 753. 

Digamma p. 1612. 

Diminutives suffix of 409. | 

Diphthongs 12-14; in contraction 
241 g-j; augment of 76, p. 77}, 
p. 2324, : 

Direct obj. 709, 731. 

Directions for reading 140, 148 ; for 
translating into Greek 149, 

Disadvantage dat. of 769 (p. 254). 

Displeased vbs. sig. to be w. part. 
859 a. 

Do vbs. sig. w. two acces. 738 (p. 
942). 

Doric fut. p. 1744. 

Double consonants 112, 115. 

Dual 41, 65a. 


Elision 21, 22 ; accent of elided word 
39; in compound verbs 127, but 
wept and mpé exceptions p. 848, 
p. 2511, 

Emotions vbs. exp. w. gen. 756. 

Enclitics 38, 185-187, 348 a, 512,~ 
5138, 556. . 

Endings personal 154— 156, 163, 199, 
322, 331; of inf. 345a; of part. 
364 a, 375 b ; in - verbs 632, 635; 


case-endings of cons.-decl. 212. 
Endure vbs. sig. w. part. 859 a. 
Envy vbs. exp. w. gen. 756; w. dat. 

768 a. 

Exhort vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 
Exhortations 271, 325. 
| Extent acc. of 735 (p. 63%). 








ENGLISH INDEX. 


Fail vbs. sig. w. gen. 753. 

Fear vbs. exp. w. obj. clause 280, 
304, 793. 

Fill vbs. sig. w. acc. and gen. 749 
(p. 265°). 

Final consonants 232; clauses 278, 
302, 791. 

First Aorist system, see Aorist. 

First Passive system 252 f., 574-578. 

First Perfect system 252 d, 500-507. 

Fitness adjs. denoting 413. 

Forget vbs. sig. w. gen. 747 (p. 2519) ; 
w. part. 839 b. 

Formation of words 396-430; of 
substs. 402-410 ; of adjs. 411-416 ; 
of advs. 484. 

Friendliness vbs. exp. w. dat. 768 a. 

Fulness adjs. exp. 415. 

Future 60, 61, see \vw; fut. system 
252 b; of mute verbs 457-459 ; of 
liquid verbs 478 ; first pass. system 
252 f, 574-578; second pass. sys- 
tem 588, 688; fut. of some verbs 
in -ew p. 1593; Attic fut. p. 1697; 
Doric fut. p. 1741; fut. mid. for 
act. p. 1592, Syntax: 100; fut. 
ind. in obj. clauses w. dws 792 ; 
in prot. p. 375!; in rel. clauses 

exp. purpose 818; w. od uw 786. 

Future Perfect 60, 61, 203, see \tw ; 

pf. mid. system 252 e, 535. 


Gender 83-86, p. 18!; A-decl. fems. 
in -G, -n, or -a 50, 69, mascs. in -as 
or -ns, 109 ; O-decl. 82 ; cons.-decl. 
217, 234, 237, 292, 317, 359, 389. 

General suppositions 802; forms of 
803, 804. 

Genitive case 42, 43. Syntax: 93, 
96, 97; 743, 1 (p. 1324); 743, 2; 
740, 3 (p. 126°; 743, 4; 743, 5 
(p. 115°); 743, 6 (p. 1881, 453) ; 
744 (p. 1324, p. 1381); 745; 746 
(p. 2438); 747 (p. 638, p. 2515); 
748 (p. 83%) ; 749 (p. 1071, p. 2653); 
753 (p. 602, p. 1079); 754 (p. 907) ; 











81 


755 (p. 1108); 756; 757 (p. 107%) ; 
758; 759 (p. 741); 760 (p. 21’, p. 
912, p. 10411, p. 1262, p. 126%); 761. 
762; 763 (p. 1791, 451); 853. 
Grave accent 23-26; for acute in 
oxytones 34. 
Group of words how related 182. 


Hatred vbs. exp. w. gen. 756. 


Hear vbs. sig. w. gen. 747; w. part. 
839 b. 

Hit vbs. sig. w. gen. 746. 

Hostility vbs. exp. w. dat. 768 a. 


Ignorant of vbs. sig. to be w. part. 
839 b. 


Imperative 59, 321-3828, 330-882, 


335, 685 cd j. Uses: 325, 327. 


Imperfect 60, 61, see vw; in pres. 


system 252 a, see Classes; in -me 
verbs 632, 635. See Contraction. 
Syntax: 73; in unreal conditions 
798; with dv, iterative 805. 

Impersonal verbs w. inf. as subj. 
nom. 352; verbal in -reov 584. 

Inceptive or sixth class of verbs 
642. 

Indefinite pron. rls 556, 557, 724; 
rel. doris 565. 

Indicative 59; tenses of 60, 61; see 
iw, Contraction, -MI Verbs, and 
Present, Imperfect, Future, etc. 
Uses: in causal sents. 781; w. ov 
ui (fut.) 786; in obj. clauses w. 

. brws (fut.) 792 ; in prot.: pres. and 
past tenses 797, fut. p. 8751, sec- 
ondary tenses in unreal supposi- 
tions 798, in cond. rel. clauses 813, 
814, in temporal clauses 821-828 ; 
in apod. : 797, 798, 808, 804, 273, 
814; iterative tenses w. dv 805; 
w. rel. to express purpose (fut.) 
818; w. rel. to express result 819 ; 
w. rel. to express cause 820; w. 
wore 824; in indir. discourse 830, 
832, 845. 


82 


Indirect compounds (verbs) 422; re- 
flexives 515; obj. of verb 709, 767, 
768 (p. 252, p. 84!); discourse 827, 
828, 830-832, 836-840, 844-846. 

Inferiority vbs. exp. w. gen. 754 (p. 
90). 

Infinitive 59, 345, 347, 635 e. Uses: 
850, 352, 354, 355, 828, 824 (p. 
210"), 836-838, 850 (p. 2191), 851- 
853; w. wéd\d\w p. 3201. 

Instrument dat. of 775 (p. 475) ; suf- 
fix denoting 407. 

Intensive pron. 510, 511. 

Interrogative prons. 555, 557-559 ; 
subjv. 785. 

Intransitive verbs 709 a; cognate 
obj. of 782; w. dat. of indir. obj. 
768. 

Iota or fourth class of verbs 464- 
466, 474-478, 616-620; subscript 
12. 

Irregular adjs. 384, 385; compari- 
son 469, 

Iterative tenses w. é&v 805. 


Judicial action vbs. exp. w. gen. 755 
(p. 1108). 


Know vbs. sig. w. part. 839 b. 


Labials 114; euphonic changes 215a, 
457, 460 a, 548, 575; aspirated in 
second pf. 522. See v. 

Lead vbs. sig. w. gen. 748 (p. 83%). 

Learn vbs. sig. w. part. 839 b. 

Likeness dat. of 773 (p. 1154). 

Linguals 114; euphonic changes 
231, 253, 459, 465, 502, 551, 575. 
Liquids 113 ; v before p. 167? ; before 

_ ¢ of tense-suffix -19/.. 475-477. 

Liquid verbs 254, 489, 472-477, 

481, 500, 504-507, 521, 562, 577, 

578, 587, 588. 


Make vbs. sig. w. two accs. 739 (p. 
908, 


ENGLISH INDEX. sn SO 7 


Manner dat. of 775 (p. 25°, p. 10; 
w. comp, 776 (p. 1715); exp. by 
part. 379. - 

Material adjs. denoting 414; gen. ¢ - 
748, 4. ‘a 

Means exp. by part. 379; suffix de-— 
noting 407; dat. of 775 (p. 475), 9% 

Measure gen. ‘of 743, 5 (p. 115%). = 

-MI Verbs 632-636, 639, 645, 650, 
659, 689-697 ; irregular 664, 667, 
698-704. - 

Middle voice 196-199; mutes 114, 

Miss vbs. sig. w. gen. 746. 4 

Mixed or eighth class of verbs 655, 
656. 

Moods, see Indicative, Subjunctive, _ 
ete. 7 
Mutes 112, 114; euphonic hinges a 
see Labials, ‘Lingeaiae Palatals. 
Mute verbs 254, 439, 456-461, 
464-466, 492, 493, 500, 502, 503, 
519, 521, 522, 547-552, 575, 576,, 

587, 588. 







Name vbs. sig. 
(p. 908). 

Nasals 113; nasal or fifth class of 
verbs 623-627, 651. 

Negatives compound p. 2022, 
od and pH. 

Neglect vbs. sig. w. gen. 747. a 

Neuter pl. w. sing. verb 90. See q 
Gender. 

Nominative case 42, 48; sing. of © 
cons.-decl. 213, 1,5. Syntax: 718 


w. two accs, 739 


See 


(p. 105), 714, 729; inf. as 352. <a 
Noun defined 44 a. 4 
Number 41; agreement in 714 (p. 

105), 717 (p. 108). a 


Numerals 496, 497. 


Obey vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 

Object 709, dir. 731 (p. 10°), indir. 
767, 768 (p. 252, p. 841); clauses 
w. wh and subjv. or opt. 280, 304, 
793; w. rws and fut ind. 792. 








ENGLISH INDEX. 


Objective compounds 428 ; gen. 743, 
3 (p. 126°), 760. 

Omission of subj. of inf. 350; of 
subj. nom. 713a; of prot. 808 end ; 
of antec. of rel. 812 a. 

Opposition words of w. dat. 773 (p. 
831°), 

Optative 59, 295-297, 307, 310, 635 h. 
Uses: 300, 802, 304, 787, 804, 813, 
814, 822, 828, 830-832, 845, 846. 

Order of words 56 Rem., 68 Rem., 
p. 2008, 719 (p. 70”), 720. 

Ordinal numerals 496. 

Oxytone 33. 


Palatals 114; euphonic changes 215 
b, 458, 464, 550, 575; aspirated in 
second pf. 522. See v. 

Paroxytone 33. 

Participles 59, 3638, 364, 366, 367, 
375, 876, 635 f. Uses: 869, 371, 
372, 379, 717, 718, 836, 839 (p. 
2505), 840, 857-860 (p. 2503, p. 
2651). 

Particular suppositions 802. 

Partitive gen. 743, 6 (p. 188}). 

Passive voice 221-225; second pass. 
system 437, 438, 587, 588. 

Penult 19. 

Perceive vbs. sig. w. gen. 747; w. 
part. 839 b. 

Perfect 60, 61, see Atw;. first pf. 
system 252 d, 500-507 ; second pf. 
system 437, 488, 519-522, 659- 
661; pf. mid. system, 252 e, 534, 
547-552, 562. Syntax: 116, in 
dependent moods 265-267. 

Perispomenon 35. 

Persevere vbs. sig. w. part. 859 a. 

Person 57; agreement of verb in 
714, of rel. in 568. 

Personal prons. 510-515; position 
of gen. of p. 1941; substituted for 
possessive 531c. See Hndings. 

Pertaining to adjs. exp. 412, 413. 

Pity vbs. exp, w. gen. 756. 


83 


Place suffix exp. 410; advs. of w. 
gen. 761. 

Please vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 

Pleased vbs. sig. to be w. part. 
859 a. 

Plenty verbs of w. gen. 749 (p. 
1073). 

Pluperfect 60, 61, 117, see \tw ; first 
pf. system 252 d ; 500-507 ; second 
pf. system 519-522, 659-661 ; pf. 
mid. system 252e, 534, 547-552, 
562. 

Plural 41; neut. pl. w. sing. verb 90. 

Possessive compounds 480; prons. 
531, p. 200°; gen. 748, 1, 7444 
(p. 1324); dat. 770 (p. 21%). 

Postpositives p. 15%, p. 48°. 

Predicate 708; adj. 710 (56 Rem.) ; 
subst. 711; agreement of 715; 
apparent adv. force of p. 308°; 
position of 720; pred. acc. w. obj. 
acc. 739 (p. 908) ; gen. 744 (p. 1824, 
p. 1387). 

Prepositions 93-98; in compos. w. 
gen. 757 (p. 1074); w. dat. 774 
(p. 313, p. 118°); w. inf. and art. 
852. 

Present 60, 61, see \tw ; pres. system 
252 a; pres. stem, see Classes; 
in -uw verbs, 632, 635; reduplica- 
tion 606, 632, 642. See Contrac- 
tion. Syntax: 64, in dependent 
moods 265-267, 355, part. 372. 

Price gen. of 758. 

Primary tenses 61. 

Primitives 397; prim. substs. 402, 
404, 405, 406; adjs. 411. 

Principal Parts of verbs 253, 603 ; 
of deponents 255 a b. 

Proclitics 37, 186 c. 

Prohibitions w. uy 327. 

Pronouns, see Personal, Intensive, 
Reflexive, etc. 

Pronunciation 5, p. 41, 14. 

Proparoxytone 33. 

Properispomenon 35. 


84 


. Prosecute vbs. sig. w. gen. 755. 

Protasis 272; neg. of wu 797 a (278, 
300); various forms of 814; exp. 
by part., adv., etc. 808 end. 

Prove vbs. sig. w. part. 839 b. 

Punctuation marks of 40. 

Purpose exp. by final clause 278, 
302, 791; by part. 379; by rel. w. 
fut. ind. 818; by inf. 851. 


Quality substs. exp. 408. 

Questions dir. and indir. 558, 570, 
827, 828, 830, 832; of appeal w. 
subjv. 785, 831. 


Reading the art of 138-140, 142; 
directions for 140, 148. 

Reciprocal pron. 529, 530. 

Reduplication 119-123, 128, p. 209}, 
p. 2354; of theme in pres. stem 
606, 632, 642. 

Reflexive prons. 526-528, p. 2008; 
indir. reflexives 515, 528. 

Regular verbs 596. 

Relative prons. 565-571, 725; rel. 

- clauses 818-820 ; cond. rel. clauses 
812-814. 

Release vbs. sig. w. gen. 7538. 

Remember vbs. sig. w. gen. 747 (p. 
251°); w. part. 839 b. 

Remind vbs. sig. w. two accs. 737. 

Remove vbs. sig. w. gen. 753. 

Repent vbs. sig. w. part. 859 a. 

Reproach vbs. exp. w. dat. 768 a. 

Respect dat. of p. 1267. 

Restrain vbs. sig. w. gen. 753. 

Result substs. denoting 406 ; exp. by 
rel. cl. 819; by wore w. inf. or 
ind. 824 (p. 2107). 

Revenge vbs. exp. w. gen. 756. 

Root 185-137 ; changes of 399, 400. 

Rough breathing 15, 16; mutes 114, 
120, 832 b, p. 2639. 

Rule vbs. sig. w. gen. 748 (p. 833). 


Satisfy vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 


\ 


ENGLISH INDEX. 


- BA See 
> ee oe wo ie 
ta eee ee 
eee ee tie 
£} Me : 
4 RY ar 









Second aor., pf., etc. 438, 489; second — 
tense systems, see Aorist, Passive, oa 
Perfect. ~ 

Secondary tenses 61. ‘ 

See vbs. sig. w. part. 839 b. 

Semivowels 112, 118. * 

Separation gen. of 753 (p. 602, pe , 
1079). 

Serve vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 

Share vbs. sig. w. gen. 745. 

Show vbs. sig. w. part. 839 b. 

Sibilant 1138. 

Simple words 396. 

Singular 41; sing. verb w. neut. o 
subj. 90. 

Smooth breathing 15, 16; mutes 114. — 

Sound-changes 401. 

Space extent of w. acc. 7385. 

Specification acc. of 783. — 

Stem 47, 134, 135. See Tense-stems. 

Strong-vowel or second class of verbs 4 
492, 493, 609, 610.. 

Subject 708 ; of finite verb 713 (Pp. 
10°) ; omitted 718a; of inf. 350; 
neut. pl. w. sing. verb 90 ; Boveral a 
subjs. w. one verb p. 2327. : 

Subjective gen. 748, 2. a 

Subjunctive 59, 265-268, 276, 283, — 
635 g. Uses: 271, 278, 278, 280, am 
327, 785, 786, 791, 798, 808, 813, 
814, 822, 823, 831, 845, 846. 

Substantines formate of 402-410; 
w. inf. 850. Zs 

Suffic of opt. mood 297 a, 307 b, 
310 a, 685h; in nouns 398, 401- _ 
416. See Tense-Suffices. = 

Superiority vbs. exp. w. gen. 754 — 
(p. 907). 

Superlative degree 445-448 ; w. gen. 
453, 748 a. 

Supplementary part. 857, 859, 860. 

Suppositions particular and ass 
802. See Conditional. 

Surpass vbs. sig. w. gen. 754 (p. 90"). — 

Swearing particles of w. ace. 736 — 
(p. 194%). 


> 
yy 
. 


b 
~~ 


= ae 





ENGLISH INDEX. 85 


Ultima 19. 
Unlikeness words of w. dat. 773 (p. 
1154). 


Syllabic, see Augment. 

Syllables 18-20. 

Syncopated stems in. -ep- 289-291. 
Syntax defined 707. 

Systems, see Tense-Systems. 

















Value gen. of 758. 

Variable vowel 153; long in subjv. 
268 a, 276b; omitted in -m verbs 
659. See Tense-Suffixes and 
Classes. 

Variable-V owel or first class of verbs 
440, 595-600, 603-606. 

Verbals in -ros and -reos 581-584 ; 
verbal adjs. w. gen. 760; substs. 
w. dat. 772. 

Verbs principal parts 253, 255 a; 
defective 253 a, 596; kinds of 254 ; 
deponent 255; regular 596 ; in -m 
and -w 633, 634. See Classes and 
-MI Verbs. 

Verb theme, see Theme. 

Vocabulary how to be acquired 137, 
434. 

Vocative case 42, 48; sing of cons.- 
decl. 213, 3,5. Syntax: 780. 

Voice 58, 196-199, 221-225. 

Vowels 7-11; contraction of 241 a-f. 
See the various - letters in the 
Greek-Eng. Index. 

Vowel declension 81, 87, 144-147, 
177-180, 191; verbs 254, 441, 442, 
478, 534. See Contraction. 


Take hold of vbs. sig. w. gen. 746. 

Taste vbs. sig. w. gen. 747. 

Tau or third class of verbs 460, 461, 

— 613. 

Teach vbs. sig. w. two accs. 737. 

Temporal sents. 821-823. See Aug- 
ment. 

Tense-Stems 152, 252. See Tense- 
Systems. - 

Tense-Suffines 152, 252, 490, 519, 

Tense-Systems 252, 436, 438; pres. 
system 252 a, see Classes ; fut. 
252 b, 457, 473; first aor. 252 c, 
457, 481; second aor. 490; first 
pf. 252 d, 500-507 ; second pf. 
519-522 ; pf. mid. 252e, 534, 535, 
547-552, 562; first pass. 252 f, 
574-578 ; second pass. 587, 588. 

Tenses 60, 61, see Present, Imper- 
fect, etc. 

Theme of verb, 63, 151; vowel of 
modified 254 ab, 442, 476, 477, 
481, 492, 503, 505, 507, 521, 535, 
552, 576, 588 a, 635 ij, 642. 

Theme or seventh class of verbs 647. 

Think vbs. sig. w. two accs. 739. 

Threats vbs. exp. w. dat. 768 a. 

Time exp. by part. 379; acc. of 735 ; 
gen. of 759 (p. 741); dat. of 777 
(p. 454). : 

Touch vbs. sig. w. gen. 746 (p. 243°). 

Transitive verbs, 709 a; obj. of in 
acc. 731 (p. 108). 

Trial of vbs. sig. make w. gen. 746. 

Trust vbs. sig. w. dat. 768 a. 


Want vbs. of w. gen. 749 (p. 1074). 
Weary vbs. sig. to be w. part. 859 a. 
Whole gen. of (partitive) 748, 6. 
Wishes exp. by opt. 787. 
Wonder vbs. exp. w. gen. 756. 
Word-Grouping 182-187, 431-434. 
Words borrowed and cognate, 432, 
433. 


Yield vbs. sig. w. gen. 753. 











ADVERTISEMENTS 














GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 


———_2o“o——_-_ 


Goodwin’s Greek Grammar. Revision of 1892. 


By Wir11aM W. Goopwin, Ph.D., Eliot Professor of Greek Literature 

in Harvard College. Revised and Enlarged Edition. 12mo. Half 

morocco. xxxvi-+ 451 pages. Mailing price, $1.65; for introd., $1.50. 

OR thirteen years the second edition stood unchallenged as the 

best elementary Greek Grammar in the English language. 
Nevertheless it has been possible to improve it. 


1. The relative degrees of prominence that should be given to the 
various aspects of grammar nave been carefully considered of late years, 
and the new edition of Goodwin will be found in accord with the soundest 
ideas on this subject. 

2. Changes have been freely made where improvement could be 
effected. For instance, a great part of the section on the verb has been 
remodeled and rewritten. 

3. Particular attention has been paid to improvements in the Syntax, 
and the chief increase has been made in this department. 

4. A radical and marked improvement has been made in the number- 
ing of sections. 


This is offered as the best Greek Grammar for preparatory 
schools and colleges that reasonably can be demanded in the 
present state of our knowledge and experience. 

Tt should be borne in mind that Goodwin’s Greek Grammar is 
entirely complete. It does not require the student to get the 
author’s Moops AND TENSES, as it contains as much on these 
subjects as any elementary Greek Grammar does or should. 

No difficulty will be experienced in using the new edition of 


~Goodwin’s Grammar with texts that refer to the former edition. 


A complete table of parallel references is given at the beginning 
of the new edition. 


The work is so favorably and universally known that it is not deemed 
necessary to print any commendations. A few figures however may be 
found of interest. In the year 1893, according to the best reports attain- 
able, the Grammar stood as follows in four representative states. 


Massachusetts . . 171 Schools using Goodwin. 24 Using the grammarstanding next. 
New York. .. . 233 Ay - 51 ‘“ «“ 
Ss aso GO 9 Clee 17 ss és 
Georgia .... S57 race the £5 8 6“ ‘“ 


mecca 
a aa 3 en ae 
ic ee te 
60 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. I ; 


New Anabasis. 
First Four Books. 


leather. 
$1.65; for introduction, $1.50. 


QGOME points of the new edition are : 


Revised’ by Professor W. W. Goopwin, author ong 
Goodwin’s Greek Grammar, and Professor JoHN WILLIAMS WHITE, 
author of Greek Lessons, The Beginner’s Greek Book, ete. With the 
Illustrated Vocabulary of Professors WHITE & MorGan. 12mo. Half — 
With map and illustrations. 


lii+ 274 pages. Mailing price, % 


The thorough revision of % 


the text; the large Porson type; summaries of the contents 


inserted in the page ; 


an introduction of 43 pages, containing all q 
needed information about history and antiquities. : 


The notes have been made on the conviction that the first — ¥ 


Greek book read by a student must be used in part as a basis for 


drill in the ordinary construction of syntax, and that it is only by e 


systematic study of syntax at the outset that a student can prepare 
himself to read Greek afterwards without constantly stumbling 
The grammatical information is 
given chiefly by references to the grammars, but seldom without 
some hint as to the nature of the construction. 
This book, made up by the collaboration of three aminontt 
scholars and specialists, can be most confidently recommended as — 
able and thorough in scholarship, skillful in adaptation to the end 
in view, and free from all features that are merely “taking” and 


over common forms of syntax. 


without real value. 


S. Waterhouse, Professor of 
Greek, Washington University, St. 
Louis, Mo.: For clearness of ex- 
planation, excellence in lexicon, 
relevancy of notes, and elegance of 
typography, the Anabasis is worthy 
of high praise. There is no better 
edition for the use of secondary 
schools. 

0. D. Robinson, Principal High 
School, Albany, N.Y.: It seems to 
leave nothing to be expected in the 
way of excellency even if it could be 
desired. 

Martin L. D’Ooge, Professor of 
Greek, University of Michigan, 





Ann Arbor, Mich. : 
every proper appliance to the begin- 
ner for reading Greek. 

Chas. C. Ramsay, Principal High 
School, Fall River, Mass.: 
lighted with it. The notes and yo- 
cabulary are unequaled. ie 

J. Irving Manatt, Professor of y 
Greek, Brown University, Provi- 
dence, R.I.: It lacks nothing,and _ 
ought to leave room for nothing on 
the same ground in our schools. 

E. G. Warner, Instructor in Latin, 
Polytechnic Institute, Brooklyn, 
N.Y.: It not only gives satisfaction, 
but positive, pleasure. 


It furnishes _ : 


Iamde- = 





_ ° 7 = 


GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 63 


Anabasis Dictionary. 


An illustrated Dictionary to Xenophon’s Anabasis, with Groups of 
words etymologically related. By JoHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Professor 
of Greek, and Morris H. Morea, Assistant Professor of Greek and 
Latin, in Harvard University. 12mo. Cloth. viii+ 290 pages. Mailing 
rice, $1.85; for introduction, $1.25. Also bound with Goodwin and 
hite’s Anabasis. By mail, $1.65; for introduction, $1.50. 


MPHIS is a new collection and examination of all the words in 

the Anabasis itself. It contains all words found in any of 
the principal editions now in use, with every meaning which each 
word has in the Anabasis, and with full references to the passages 
in which they occur. 


Greek-English Word-List. 


Containing about 977 of the most common Greek Words. By ROBERT 
Barry, Professor of Greek, Northwestern University. 12mo. Cloth. 
43 pages. Mailing price, 35 cents; for introduction, 30 cents. 


HE lack of a vocabulary is the greatest obstacle to the reading 
of Greek and the enjoyment of Greek literature. This little 
manual is designed to help the student master this difficulty. 


LATIN AND GREEK SCHOOL CLASSICS. 
See also the Announcements. 


Under the general editorial supervision of W1LLIAM C. CoLLAR, Head- 
Master of the Roxbury Latin School, and Joun TETLOW, Head-Master 
of the Girls’ High and Latin Schools, Boston. 


For the Latin books of this Series, see page 47. 


The Gate to the Anabasis. 


With Colloquia, Notes and Vocabulary. By CLARENCE W. GLEASON, 
Master in the Roxbury Latin School, Boston. 16mo. Cloth. iv+107 
pages. Mailing price, 45 cents; for introduction, 40 cents. 


HIS book is intended to do for beginners in Greek what the 
Gate to Cesar has done for beginners in Latin. 


Odyssey, Book VI. 


Edited by CHarLEs W. Bain, Professor of Greek, University School, 
Petersburg, Va. 16mo. Cloth. pages. Mailing price, 
cents; for introduction, cents. 


HIS edition is intended to meet the wants of pupils just 
beginning Homer. The notes are copious, and all passages 
likely to present any difficulty are fully explained. : 


ee TT ee eee 


asis, with notes and numerous comparisons of Greek and Latin — 


_ neous passages of continuous English for translation into Greek, — 


of Greek, Amherst College: The plan | Dartmouth College: Its method is 


64 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. Saeeeee d 





















The Beginner’s Greek Composition. = = =—— 


Based mainly upon Xenophon’s Anabasis, Book I. By Wi~L1AM oq . 
Co~nar, Head-Master of Roxbury Latin School, and M. GRANT 
DANIELL, Principal of Chauncy-Hall School. Sq. 16mo. Cloth. viii+ — 
ae pages. Illustrated. Mailing price, 95 cents; for introduction, 

cents. a 


His book is designed to offer a complete preparation — for 
_ admission to college. It contains eighty-five exercises for 3 
oral and written translation based on the first book of the Anab- — 


idioms and constructions. Following these are several miscella- 


and certain Harvard admission papers suitably annotated. — 4 ) 


W. S. Tyler, Emeritus Professor| George D. Lord, Prof. of Groce 


is a good one and it is executed with | sound. Its clear and compact treat- ~ 
wisdom and care. ment make it markedly practical. 4 

Edward B. Clapp, Prof. of Greek,| Edward North, Prof. of Greek, 
University of California: It is the| Hamilton College: A good example _ a 
best book for the purpose which we | of recent advance in the teaching ot 2 
have. Greek and Latin. 


Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek q 


Verb. . 
Rewritten and Enlarged. By W1LL1am Watson Goopwin, Eliot Pro % 
fessor in Greek Literature, Harvard University. 8vo. Cloth. xxxii+ — 
464 pages. Mailing price, $2.15; for introduction, $2.00. - 
MOST careful revision and a judicious enlargement of the § 
previous edition. Full use,has been made of all contribu-— 4 
tions to the discussion of the subjects here treated, as well as of | 
the author’s own further investigations and maturer judgments. — 
The work is presented as something indispensable to all students — 
and teachers of Greek. 


Goodwin’s Greek Reader. 


Edited by Professor W1LL1AM Watson Goopwin, of Harvard Univer- : 
sity. 12mo. Half morocco. 384 pages. Mailing price, $1.65; for intro-— : 
duction, $1.50. 


(SONSISTIN G of Selections from Xenophon, Plato, Haxgaatal: z 
and Thucydides. ; & 


ey 
= 











GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. . 665, 


Seymour’s School Iliad. 


With Introduction, Commentary, and Illustrated Vocabulary, by 

Tuomas D. Srymour, Professor of Greek in Yale College. 

Books I.-III. Square 12mo. Half-leather. 371 pages. Mailing price, 
$1.35; for introduction, $1.25. 

Books I.-VI. 478 pages. Mailing price, $1.75; for introduction, $1.60. 
TP YHIS is believed to be without exception the ideal Iliad for school 

use. ‘The introduction, which contains forty-five pages, pre- 
sents, in a concise but systematic form, the most important 
facts regarding Homeric life, the Homeric poem, Homeric style, 
syntax, dialect, and verse. The text is printed in the large and 
clear type that has distinguished the College Series of Greek 
Authors. The commentary has been adapted to the wants of 
beginners in Homer. The notes are copious for the first three 
books. They are less copious for Books IV. to VI., but the 
commentary on Book VI. is fuller than that on Books IV. and V. 
One finds numberless evidences that the editor has done his work 
not only in a careful and in a painstaking and scholarly way, 
but with personal pleasure and with sympathetic regard for the 
difficulties of beginners. The vocabulary described below con- 
tains more than twenty wood-cuts, most of which are new in 
this country. 

A. H. Buck, Professor of Greek,| Charles Forster Smith, Professor 
Boston University: A positive and | of Greek, University of Wisconsin: 
valuable help to an easy and ade-| Universally conceded to be the best 
quate preparation for college work. | school edition of any part of the 


A notable contribution to the cause | Iliad that has yet been put on the 
of classical learning. American market. 


Homeric Vocabulary. 


A Concise Vocabulary to the First Six Books of Homer’s Iliad. By 
Professor T. D. Seymour of Yale College. Square 12mo. Cloth. x+ 
105 pages. Mailing price, 80 cents; for introduction, 75 cents. 


HIS Vocabulary has not been compiled from other dictionaries, 
but has been made from the poem itself. The maker has 
endeavored to give nothing but what is important for the accurate 
and appreciative reading of the Iliad, and yet to show the original 
and derived meanings of the words, and to suggest translations 
which should be both simple and dignified. 





GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 


INTROD, PRICE, 


Allen: Medea of Euripides . ner rremeryer 
Baird: Greek-English Word-List . . o “eg 30 
Collar and Daniell: Beginner’s Greek Composition . a = Sean .90 
Flagg: Hellenic Orations of Demosthenes . ¢.. . . .« . 100 ° — 
Seven against Thebes, $1.00; Anacreontics . vam ee 
Goodwin: Greek Grammar (Rey. Ed.) - 2. ea eee 
Greek Moods and Tenses (Rev. Ed. ) <a eae eee eee 
Greek Reader . . sf seks 
Goodwin & White: New Anabasis, with Illustrated Vocabulary ees Bi. 
Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus a! Loe 
Greek School Classics Series : Bain’s Odyssey, Book VI. 05 
Gleason’s Gate to the Anabasis . . i Poly weer we 
Sewall’s Timon of Lucian . . «. Ti toners 
Ho ie: The Irregular Verbs of Attic Greek |... . @ueee woke 
Jeb Introduction to the Study of Homer ..... . 41.12 
Leighton: New Greek Lessons . Nh pla Air mA 
Liddell & Scott: Greek English Lexicon, ‘$9. 40; Abridged 1.25 
Parsons: Cebes’ Tablet. 15 


Seymour : Homer’s Iliad (School Edition) with Vocabulary, 


Books I.-III., $1.25; Books I.-VI. .60 
Language and Verse of Homer. Paper, 60 cts. ; “Cloth me 
Homeric Vocabulary, 75 cts. ; cae eae Odes of Pindar 1.40 

Sidgwick: Greek Prose Composition .. . 1.50 ~ 
Tarbell: Philippics of Demosthenes . - «5 slept ton rn 
Tyler : Selections from Greek Lyric Poets . . 1.00 
White: Beginner’s Greek Book, $1.50; First Lessons 1.20 
Oedipus Tyrannus of Sophocles ree 1.12 
Passages for Translation at ee Part IV. .80 
White & Morgan: Anabasis Dictionary . . : 1.25 
Whiton: Orations of Lysias . 1.00 


Allen: Wecklein’s Prometheus Bound of Aeschylus, $1. 40. 
Beckwith: Bacchantes of Euripides, $1.25. 
Bennett: Xenophon’s Hellenica, Books V.-VIL., $1.40. 
D’Ooge : Antigone of Sophocles, BI, 40. 
Dyer: Plato’s Apology and Crito, $1.40. 
Flagg: Euripides’ Iphigenia apes) the Taurians, $1.40. 
Fowler: Thucydides, Book V., 
| Humphreys: Clouds of peel ee $1.40. 
Lodge: Gorgias of Plato, $1.65. 
Manatt: Xenophon’s Hellenica, Books I.-IV., $1.65. 
Morgan: Eight Orations of Lysias, $1.40. 
Morris: Thucydides, Book I., $1.65. 
Perrin: Homer’s Odyssey, Books I. -IV., $1.40; Books V.-VIIL., 
$1.40. 
Mech shoots Aeschines against Ctesiphon, $1.40. 
Seymour: Homer’s Iliad, Books I.-III., $1.40; Books IV.-VI., $1.40. 
Smith: Thucydides, Book III. .» 1.65; Book VIL, $1.40. 
| Towle: Protagoras of Plato, $1.25. 


Editions of the Text are issued separately. Each, 40 cents, 


College Series. 


Copies sent to Teachers for Examination, with a view to Introduction, on 
receipt of Introductory Price. The above list is not quite complete. 


CINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 


Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. 








a 


— BOSTON COLLEGE 
gui 


3 9031 01 131011 


| DOES NOT CIRCULATE 
gee. ©6011 


AUTHOR 


JN COLLEGE LI BRARY 


UNIVERSITY HEIGHTS 
CHESTNUT HILL, MASS. 


“* 


Pa, 


a 


Books may be kept for two weeks and may be 


renewed for the same period, unless reserved. 


Two cents a day is charged for each book kept 


overtime. 


If you cannot find what you want, ask the 


Librarian who will be glad to help you. 


-The borrower is responsi 


on his card and for all Gnes accruing on the-same. 


@ 





ble for books drawn - 


» 


OHN WILL AMS 





‘at i , 5 < , ah a ae ‘ L ; F ; 
Bar od: Up ee PRS BT iN BNCAT HN Gur Stk Tenet ae Fe 
rs , Davi! en ’ ‘ae ‘ 

Kao t a ath NOR 1 . Y \ ‘ ces 

yates iy 





¥ 
\ - 
ra by 
eve NSIS WP 
tees vi rt nett 
Ua 
eee vanes AY ane . ; ae ow Xe j 
‘ COMMUN! ant. 0) i ‘ * i 4 — 
ANA hy aan OS SERIES A en Oe 
yt 
MG 


Bs iia 


ey 


i, i ik whe 


SoS gee 


Ha 


4) Me 
4 ‘th Ah ay > 
UNE 
vA 


Ty i a iy AN RSS 5 , Pep 
ee a en ad 
mo tt ue ty ah } » f . \ be \ ‘ 2 of ; > i ‘ a - "a i : 





